Coating_image

Template-Free Scalable Fabrication of Linearly Periodic Microstructures by Controlling Ribbing Defects Phenomenon in Forward Roll Coating for Multifunctional Applications

다기능 응용을 위한 Forward Roll Coating 공정의 리브 경함 형상 제어를 통한 선형 주기적 미세구조물의 템플릿 프리 제작

Md Didarul Islam, Himendra Perera, Benjamin Black, Matthew Phillips,Muh-Jang Chen, Greyson Hodges, Allyce Jackman, Yuxuan Liu, Chang-Jin Kim,Mohammed Zikry, Saad Khan, Yong Zhu, Mark Pankow, and Jong Eun Ryu

Abstract


Periodic micro/nanoscale structures from nature have inspired the scientific community to adopt surface design for various applications, including superhydrophobic drag reduction. One primary concern of practical applications of such periodic microstructures remains the scalability of conventional microfabrication technologies. This study demonstrates a simple template-free scalable manufacturing technique to fabricate periodic microstructures by controlling the ribbing defects in the forward roll coating. Viscoelastic composite coating materials are designed for roll-coating using carbon nanotubes (CNT) and polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS), which helps achieve a controllable ribbing with a periodicity of 114–700 µm. Depending on the process parameters, the patterned microstructures transition from the linear alignment to a random structure. The periodic microstructure enables hydrophobicity as the water contact angles of the samples ranged from 128° to 158°. When towed in a static water pool, a model boat coated with the microstructure film shows 7%–8% faster speed than the boat with a flat PDMS film. The CNT addition shows both mechanical and electrical properties improvement. In a mechanical scratch test, the cohesive failure of the CNT-PDMS film occurs in ≈90% higher force than bare PDMS. Moreover, the nonconductive bare PDMS shows sheet resistance of 747.84–22.66 Ω □−1 with 0.5 to 2.5 wt% CNT inclusion.

 

Keywords


multifunctional surfaces, periodic microtrenches, ribbing instabilities,roll coating, scalable manufacturing

 

References


  • X. Wang, B. Ding, J. Yu, M. Wang, Nano Today 2011, 6, 510.
  • Z. Guo, W. Liu, B. L. Su, J. Colloid Interface Sci. 2011, 353, 335.
  • Q. Xu, W. Zhang, C. Dong, T. S. Sreeprasad, Z. Xia, J. R. Soc. Inter-face 2016, 13, 20160300.
  • W. L. Min, B. Jiang, P. Jiang, Adv. Mater. 2008, 20, 3914.
  • C. Peng Guo, Y. Zheng, M. Wen, C. Song, Y. Lin, L. Jiang, P. Guo,Y. Zheng, M. Wen, C. Y. S. Lin, L. Jiang, Adv. Mater. 2012, 24, 2642.
  • Q. Li, Z. Guo, J. Mater. Chem. A 2018, 6, 13549.
  • L. Li, B. Yan, J. Yang, L. Chen, H. Zeng, L. Li, B. Yan, H. Zeng,J. Yang, L. Chen, Adv. Mater. 2015, 27, 1294.
  • J. Yang, X. Zhang, X. Zhang, L. Wang, W. Feng, Q. Li, J. Yang,X. Zhang, L. Wang, W. Feng, X. F. Zhang, Q. Li, Adv. Mater. 2021, 33,2004754.
  • Y. Y. Yan, N. Gao, W. Barthlott, Adv. Colloid Interface Sci. 2011, 169,80.[10] B. Bhushan, Philos. Trans. R. Soc., A 2009, 367, 1445.
  • C. Zhang, D. A. Mcadams, J. C. Grunlan, Adv. Mater. 2016, 28, 8566.[12] T. Sun, L. Feng, X. Gao, L. Jiang, Acc. Chem. Res. 2005, 38, 644.
  • P. Vukusic, J. R. Sambles, Nature 2003, 424, 852.
  • M. Srinivasarao, Chem. Rev. 1999, 99, 1935.
  • W. Yu, J. Koc, J. A. Finlay, J. L. Clarke, A. S. Clare, A. Rosenhahn,Biointerphases 2019, 14, 051002.
  • M. D. Ibrahim, S. N. A. Amran, Y. S. Yunos, M. R. A. Rahman,M. Z. Mohtar, L. K. Wong, A. Zulkharnain, Appl. Bionics Biomech.2018, 2018, 7854321.
  • X. Li, J. Deng, Y. Lu, L. Zhang, J. Sun, F. Wu, Ceram. Int.2019, 45,21759.
  • G. Liu, Z. Yuan, Z. Qiu, S. Feng, Y. Xie, D. Leng, X. Tian, Ocean Eng.2020, 199, 106962.
  • X. Feng, P. Sun, G. Tian, X. Feng, P. Sun, G. Tian,Adv. Mater. Inter-faces 2022, 9, 2101616.
  • M. Xu, A. Grabowski, N. Yu, G. Kerezyte, J. W. Lee, B. R. Pfeifer,C.-J. J. Kim, Phys. Rev. Appl. 2020, 13, 034056.
  • H. Park, G. Sun, C. J. Kim, J. Fluid Mech. 2014, 747, 722.
  • M. Xu, N. Yu, J. Kim, C.-J. Kim, J. Fluid Mech. 2021, 908, A6.
  • B. Liu, Y. He, Y. Fan, X. Wang, Macromol. Rapid Commun. 2006, 27,1859.
  • H. S. Hwang, N. H. Kim, S. G. Lee, D. Y. Lee, K. Cho, I. Park,ACSAppl. Mater. Interfaces 2011, 3, 2179.
  • S. Kato, A. Sato, J. Mater. Chem. 2012, 22, 8613.
  • J. Zou, H. Chen, A. Chunder, Y. Yu, Q. Huo, L. Zhai, Adv. Mater.2008, 20, 3337.
  • S. Lee, J. Lee, J. Park, Y. Choi, K. Yong, Adv. Mater. 2012, 24, 2418.
  • L. Zhu, Y. Xiu, J. Xu, P. A. Tamirisa, D. W. Hess, C. P. Wong, Lang-muir 2005, 21, 11208.
  • X. Hu, L. Chen, T. Ji, Y. Zhang, A. Hu, F. Wu, G. Li, Y. Chen, X. Hu,L. Chen, T. Ji, Y. Zhang, A. Hu, F. Wu, Y. Chen, G. Li, Adv. Mater.Interfaces 2015, 2, 1500445.
  • X. Liang, J. Lu, T. Zhao, X. Yu, Q. Jiang, Y. Hu, P. Zhu, R. Sun,C. P. Wong, Adv. Mater. Interfaces 2019, 6, 1801635.
  • S. Chae, K. H. Cho, S. Won, A. Yi, J. Choi, H. H. Lee, J. H. Kim,H. J. Kim, Adv. Mater. Interfaces 2017, 4, 1701099.
  • M. E. G. Castillo, A. T. Patera, J. Fluid Mech. 1997, 335, 323.
  • Y. H. Chong, P. H. Gaskell, N. Kapur, Chem. Eng. Sci. 2007, 62, 4138.
  • T. Bauman, T. Sullivan, S. Middleman, Chem. Eng. Commun. 1982,14, 35.
  • J. Greener, T. Sullivan, B. Turner, S. Middleman, Chem. Eng.Commun. 1980, 5, 73.
  • G. A. Zevallos, M. S. Carvalho, M. Pasquali, J. Non-Newtonian FluidMech. 2005, 130, 96.
  • R. J. Fields, M. F. Ashby, Philos. Mag. 1976, 33, 33.
  • A. M. Grillet, A. G. Lee, E. S. G. Shaqfeh, J. Fluid Mech. 1999, 399,49.
  • E. Szczurek, M. Dubar, R. Deltombe, A. Dubois, L. Dubar,J. Mater.Process. Technol. 2009, 209, 3187.
  • O. Cohu, A. Magnin, J. Rheol. 1995, 39, 767.
  • C. K. Yang, D. S. H. Wong, T. J. Liu, Polym. Eng. Sci. 2004, 44, 1970.
  • G. P. Bierwagen, Electrochim. Acta 1992, 37, 1471.
  • P. Brumm, H. Sauer, E. Dörsam, Colloids Interfaces 2019, 3, 37.
  • M. Pudas, J. Hagberg, S. Leppävuori, Int. J. Electron. 2005, 92, 251.
  • M. Yamamura, J. Coat. Technol. Res. 2020, 17, 1447.
  • J. H. Lee, S. K. Han, J. S. Lee, H. W. Jung, J. C. Hyun, Korea Aust.Rheol. J. 2010, 22, 75.
  • M. Rosen, M. Vazquez, AIP Conf. Proc. 2007, 913, 14.
  • D. J. Coyle, C. W. Macosko, L. E. Scriven, J. Rheol. 1990, 34, 615.
  • F. V. López, L. Pauchard, M. Rosen, M. Rabaud, J. Non-NewtonianFluid Mech. 2002, 103, 123.
  • D. A. Soules, R. H. Fernando, J. E. Glass, J. Rheol. 1988, 32, 181.
  • D. J. Coyle, Liquid Film Coating, Springer, Netherlands, Dordrecht1997, pp. 539–571.
  • A. Shahsavar, M. Bahiraei, Powder Technol. 2017, 318, 441.
  • S. Abbasi, S. M. Zebarjad, S. H. N. Baghban, A. Youssefi,M.-S. Ekrami-Kakhki, J. Therm. Anal. Calorim. 2016, 123, 81.
  • B. Jo, D. Banerjee, Mater. Lett. 2014, 122, 212.
  • S. Mueller, E. W. Llewellin, H. M. Mader, Proc. R. Soc. A: Math. Phys.Eng. Sci. 2010, 466, 1201.
  • E. Anczurowski, S. G. Mason, Trans. Soc. Rheol. 1968, 12, 209.
  • C. W. Macosko, Rheology: Principles, Measurements, and Applications,VCH, Weinheim 1994.
  • R. D. Corder, P. Adhikari, M. C. Burroughs, O. J. Rojas, S. A. Khan,Soft Matter 2020, 16, 8602.
  • S. A. Jin, E. G. Facchine, S. A. Khan, O. J. Rojas, R. J. Spontak, J. Col-loid Interface Sci. 2021, 599, 207.
  • S. Wang, H. Tang, J. Guo, K. Wang, Carbohydr. Polym. 2016, 147, 455.
  • M. Razavi-Nouri, A. Sabet, M. Mohebbi, Polym. Bull. 2020, 77, 5933.
  • T. V. Neumann, E. G. Facchine, B. Leonardo, S. Khan, M. D. Dickey,Soft Matter 2020, 16, 6608.
  • Y. Y. Huang, S. V. Ahir, E. M. Terentjev, Phys. Rev. B: Condens. MatterMater. Phys. 2006, 73, 125422.
  • N. A. Burns, M. A. Naclerio, S. A. Khan, A. Shojaei, S. R. Raghavan,J. Rheol. 2014, 58, 1599.
  • S. Wu, J. Polym. Sci., Part C: Polym. Symp. 1971, 34, 19.
  • J. E. Mark, Physical Properties of Polymers Handbook, 2nd ed.,Springer, Berlin 2007.
  • B. B. Sauer, N. V. Dipaolo, J. Colloid Interface Sci. 1991, 144, 527.
  • M. Morra, E. Occhiello, R. Marola, F. Garbassi, P. Humphrey,D. Johnson, J. Colloid Interface Sci. 1990, 137, 11.
  • A. Dresel, U. Teipel, Colloids Surf., A 2016, 489, 57.
  • S. C. Roh, E. Y. Choi, Y. S. Choi, C. K. Kim, Polymer 2014, 55, 1527.
  • S. Nuriel, L. Liu, A. H. Barber, H. D. Wagner, Chem. Phys. Lett. 2005,404, 263.
  • Y. C. Jeong, S. J. Yang, K. Lee, A.-Y. Kamebuchi, Y. Kamimoto,M. H. Al-Saleh, Mater. Res. Express 2019, 6, 115088.
  • S.-H. Park, S. Lee, D. Moreira, P. R. Bandaru, I. Han, D.-J. Yun, Sci.Rep. 2015, 5, 15430.
  • D. J. Coyle, C. W. Macosko, L. E. Scriven, J. Fluid Mech. 1986, 171, 183.
  • D. J. Coyle, C. W. Macosko, L. E. Scriven, AIChE J. 1987, 33, 741.
  • M. S. Owens, M. Vinjamur, L. E. Scriven, C. W. Macosko, J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2011, 166, 1123.
  • C. Lee, C. H. Choi, C. J. Kim, Exp. Fluids 2016, 57, 176.
  • M. P. Schultz, Biofouling 2007, 23, 331.
  • Y. Xia, P. Cai, Y. Liu, J. Zhu, R. Guo, W. Zhang, Y. Gan, H. Huang,J. Zhang, C. Liang, X. He, Z. Xiao, J. Electron. Mater. 2021, 50, 3084.
  • B. Earp, J. Simpson, J. Phillips, D. Grbovic, S. Vidmar, J. McCarthy,C. C. Luhrs, Nanomaterials 2019, 9, 491.
  • D. M. Kalyon, E. Birinci, R. Yazici, B. Karuv, S. Walsh, Polym. Eng.Sci. 2002, 42, 1609.
  • A. Mora, P. Verma, S. Kumar, Composites, Part B 2020, 183, 107600.
  • C. Lee, C. J. Kim, Phys. Rev. Lett. 2011, 106, 014502.
  • M. Xu, C. T. Liu, C. J. Kim, Langmuir 2020, 36, 8193.
  • D. Li, Scratch Hardness Measurement Using Tribometer, Nanovea,Irvine, CA 2014.
  • D. Li, Understanding Coating Failures Using Scratch Testing, Nanovea,Irvine, CA 2013.
  • X. Li, J. Deng, H. Yue, D. Ge, X. Zou, Tribol. Int. 2019, 134, 240.
  • S. N. Li, Z. R. Yu, B. F. Guo, K. Y. Guo, Y. Li, L. X. Gong, L. Zhao,J. Bae, L. C. Tang, Nano Energy 2021, 90, 106502.
  • S. W. Dai, Y. L. Gu, L. Zhao, W. Zhang, C. H. Gao, Y. X. Wu,S. C. Shen, C. Zhang, T. T. Kong, Y. T. Li, L. X. Gong, G. D. Zhang,L. C. Tang, Composites, Part B 2021, 225, 109243.
  • Y. T. Li, W. J. Liu, F. X. Shen, G. D. Zhang, L. X. Gong, L. Zhao,P. Song, J. F. Gao, L. C. Tang, Composites, Part B2022, 238,109907.
  • H. J. Walls, S. B. Caines, A. M. Sanchez, S. A. Khan, J. Rheol. 2003,47, 847.
  • F. M. Fowkes, J. Phys. Chem. 1963, 67, 2538.
  • D. K. Owens, R. C. Wendt, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 1969, 13, 1741.
  • N. Selvakumar, H. C. Barshilia, K. S. Rajam, J. Appl. Phys. 2010, 108,013505.
  • A. Kozbial, Z. Li, C. Conaway, R. McGinley, S. Dhingra, V. Vahdat,F. Zhou, B. Durso, H. Liu, L. Li, Langmuir 2014, 30, 8598.
  • A. F. Stalder, G. Kulik, D. Sage, L. Barbieri, P. Hoffmann, ColloidsSurf., A 2006, 286, 92.
  • C. A. Schneider, W. S. Rasband, K. W. Eliceiri, Nat. Methods 2012, 9, 671.Adv. Mater. Interfaces 2022, 9, 2201237
Computational Fluid Dynamics Study of Perforated Monopiles

Computational Fluid Dynamics Study of Perforated Monopiles

Mary Kathryn Walker
Florida Institute of Technology, mwalker2022@my.fit.edu

Robert J. Weaver, Ph.D.
Associate Professor
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences
Major Advisor


Chungkuk Jin, Ph.D.
Assistant Professor
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences


Kelli Z. Hunsucker, Ph.D.
Assistant Professor
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences


Richard B. Aronson, Ph.D.
Professor and Department Head
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences

Abstract

모노파일은 해상 풍력 터빈 건설에 사용되며 일반적으로 설계 수명은 25~50년입니다. 모노파일은 수명 주기 동안 부식성 염수 환경에 노출되어 구조물을 빠르게 분해하는 전기화학적 산화 공정을 용이하게 합니다. 이 공정은 모노파일을 보호 장벽으로 코팅하고 음극 보호 기술을 구현하여 완화할 수 있습니다.

역사적으로 모노파일 설계자는 파일 내부가 완전히 밀봉되고 전기화학적 부식 공정이 결국 사용 가능한 모든 산소를 소모하여 반응을 중단시킬 것이라고 가정했습니다. 그러나 도관을 위해 파일 벽에 만든 관통부는 종종 누출되어 신선하고 산소화된 물이 내부 공간으로 유입되었습니다.

표준 부식 방지 기술을 보다 효과적으로 적용할 수 있는 산소화된 환경으로 내부 공간을 재고하는 새로운 모노파일 설계가 연구되고 있습니다. 이러한 새로운 모노파일은 간조대 또는 조간대 수준에서 벽에 천공이 있어 신선하고 산소화된 물이 구조물을 통해 흐를 수 있습니다.

이러한 천공은 또한 구조물의 파도 하중을 줄일 수 있습니다. 유체 역학적 하중 감소의 크기는 천공의 크기와 방향에 따라 달라집니다. 이 연구에서는 천공의 크기에 따른 모노파일의 힘 감소 분석에서 전산 유체 역학(CFD)의 적용 가능성을 연구하고 주어진 파도의 접근 각도 변화의 효과를 분석했습니다.

모노파일의 힘 감소를 결정하기 위해 이론적 3D 모델을 제작하여 FLOW-3D® HYDRO를 사용하여 테스트했으며, 천공되지 않은 모노파일을 제어로 사용했습니다. 이론적 데이터를 수집한 후, 동일한 종류의 천공이 있는 물리적 스케일 모델을 파도 탱크를 사용하여 테스트하여 이론적 모델의 타당성을 확인했습니다.

CFD 시뮬레이션은 물리적 모델의 10% 이내, 이전 연구의 5% 이내에 있는 것으로 나타났습니다. 물리적 모델과 시뮬레이션 모델을 검증한 후, 천공의 크기가 파도 하중 감소에 뚜렷한 영향을 미치고 주어진 파도의 접근 각도에 대한 테스트를 수행할 수 있음을 발견했습니다.

접근 각도의 변화는 모노파일을 15°씩 회전하여 시뮬레이션했습니다. 이 논문에 제시된 데이터는 모노파일의 방향이 통계적으로 유의하지 않으며 천공 모노파일의 설계 고려 사항이 되어서는 안 된다는 것을 시사합니다.

또한 파도 하중 감소와 구조적 안정성 사이의 균형을 찾기 위해 천공의 크기와 모양에 대한 연구를 계속하는 것이 좋습니다.

Monopiles are used in the construction of offshore wind turbines and typically have a design life of 25 to 50 years. Over their lifecycle, monopiles are exposed to a corrosive saltwater environment, facilitating a galvanic oxidation process that quickly degrades the structure. This process can be mitigated by coating the monopile in a protective barrier and implementing cathodic protection techniques. Historically, monopile designers assumed the interior of the pile would be completely sealed and the galvanic corrosion process would eventually consume all the available oxygen, halting the reaction. However, penetrations made in the pile wall for conduit often leaked and allowed fresh, oxygenated water to enter the interior space. New monopile designs are being researched that reconsider the interior space as an oxygenated environment where standard corrosion protection techniques can be more effectively applied. These new monopiles have perforations through the wall at intertidal or subtidal levels to allow fresh, oxygenated water to flow through the structure. These perforations can also reduce wave loads on the structure. The magnitude of the hydrodynamic load reduction depends on the size and orientation of the perforations. This research studied the applicability of computational fluid dynamics (CFD) in analysis of force reduction on monopiles in relation to size of a perforation and to analyze the effect of variation in approach angle of a given wave. To determine the force reduction on the monopile, theoretical 3D models were produced and tested using FLOW-3D® HYDRO with an unperforated monopile used as the control. After the theoretical data was collected, physical scale models with the same variety of perforations were tested using a wave tank to determine the validity of the theoretical models. The CFD simulations were found to be within 10% of the physical models and within 5% of previous research. After the physical and simulated models were validated, it was found that the size of the perforations has a distinct impact on the wave load reduction and testing for differing approach angles of a given wave could be conducted. The variation in approach angle was simulated by rotating the monopile in 15° increments. The data presented in this paper suggests that the orientation of the monopile is not statistically significant and should not be a design consideration for perforated monopiles. It is also suggested to continue the study on the size and shape of the perforations to find the balance between wave load reduction and structural stability.

Figure 1: Overview sketch of typical monopile (MP) foundation and transition piece (TP) design with an internal j-tube (Hilbert et al., 2011)
Figure 1: Overview sketch of typical monopile (MP) foundation and transition
piece (TP) design with an internal j-tube (Hilbert et al., 2011)

References
Andersen, J., Abrahamsen, R., Andersen, T., Andersen, M., Baun, T., & Neubauer,
J. (2020). Wave Load Mitigation by Perforation of Monopiles. Journal of
Marine Science and Engineering, 8(5), 352.
https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse8050352
Bakker A. (2008) Lectures on Applied Computational Fluid Dynamics.
www.bakker.org.
Bustamante, A., Vera-Tudela, L., & Kühn, M. (2015). Evaluation of wind farm
effects on fatigue loads of an individual wind turbine at the EnBW baltic 1
offshore wind farm. Journal of Physics: Conference Series, 625, 012020.
https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/625/1/012020
Chakrabarti SK. Hydrodynamics of offshore structures. Springer Verlag;1987.
Christiansen, R. (2020). Living Docks: Structural Implications and Determination
of Force Coefficients of Oyster Mats on Dock Pilings in the Indian River
Lagoon [Master’s Thesis, Florida Institute of Technology].
Clauss, G. (1992). Offshore Structures, Volume 1, Conceptual Design and
Hydromechanics. Springer, London, UK.
COMSOL Multiphysics® v. 6.1. www.comsol.com. COMSOL AB, Stockholm,
Sweden.
Delwiche, A. & Tavares, I. (2017). Retrofit Strategy using Aluminum Anodes for
the Internal section of Windturbine Monopiles. NACE Internation
Corrosion Conference & Expo, Paper no. 8955.
Det Norske Veritas (2014) Fatigue design of offshore steel structures. Norway.
70
Det Norske Veritas (1989). Rules for the Classification of Fixed Offshore
Installations. Technical report, DNV, Hovik, Norway.
DNV. (2011). DNV-RP-C203 Fatigue Design of Offshore Steel Structures (tech.
rep.). http://www.dnv.com
Elger, D. F., LeBret, B. A., Crowe, C. T., & Roberson, J. A. (2022). Engineering
fluid mechanics. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
FLOW-3D® Version 12.0 Users Manual (2018). FLOW-3D [Computer software].
Santa Fe, NM: Flow Science, Inc. https://www.flow3d.com
Gaertner, Evan, Jennifer Rinker, Latha Sethuraman, Frederik Zahle, Benjamin
Andersen, Garrett Barter, Nikhar Abbas, Fanzhong Meng, Pietro Bortolotti,
Witold Skrzypinski, George Scott, Roland Feil, Henrik Bredmose,
Katherine Dykes, Matt Shields, Christopher Allen, and Anthony Viselli.
(2020). Definition of the IEA 15-Megawatt Offshore Reference Wind.
Golden, CO: National Renewable Energy Laboratory. NREL/TP-5000-

  1. https://www.nrel.gov/docs/fy20osti/75698.pdf
    Goodisman, Jerry (2001). “Observations on Lemon Cells”. Journal of Chemical
    Education. 78 (4): 516–518. Bibcode:2001JChEd..78..516G.
    doi:10.1021/ed078p516. Goodisman notes that many chemistry textbooks
    use an incorrect model for a cell with zinc and copper electrodes in an
    acidic electrolyte
    Hilbert, L.R. & Black, Anders & Andersen, F. & Mathiesen, Troels. (2011).
    Inspection and monitoring of corrosion inside monopile foundations for
    offshore wind turbines. European Corrosion Congress 2011, EUROCORR
  2. 3. 2187-2201.
    H. J. Landau, “Sampling, data transmission, and the Nyquist rate,” in Proceedings
    of the IEEE, vol. 55, no. 10, pp. 1701-1706, Oct. 1967, doi:
    10.1109/PROC.1967.5962.
    71
    Journee, J. M., and W. W. Massie. Offshore Hydrodynamics, First Edition.
    Delft University of Technology, 2001.
    Keulegan, G. H., and L. H. Carpenter. “Forces on Cylinders and Plates in an
    Oscillating Fluid.” Journal of Research of the National Bureau of
    Standards, vol. 60, no. 5, 1958, pp. 423–40.
    Lahlou, O. (2019). Experimental and Numerical Analysis of the Drag Force on
    Surfboards with Different Shapes (thesis).
    L. H. Holthuijsen. Waves in Oceanic and Coastal Waters. Cam-bridge University
    Press, 2007. doi:10.1017/cbo9780511618536.
    MacCamy, R.C., Fuchs, R.A.: Wave Forces on Piles: a Diffraction Theory. Corps
    of Engineers Washington DC Beach Erosion Board (1954)
    M. M. Maher and G. Swain, “The Corrosion and Biofouling Characteristics of
    Sealed vs. Perforated Offshore Monopile Interiors Experiment Design
    Comparing Corrosion and Environment Inside Steel Pipe,” OCEANS 2018
    MTS/IEEE Charleston, Charleston, SC, USA, 2018, pp. 1-4, doi:
    10.1109/OCEANS.2018.8604522.
    Morison, J. R.; O’Brien, M. P.; Johnson, J. W.; Schaaf, S. A. (1950), “The force
    exerted by surface waves on piles”, Petroleum Transactions, American
    Institute of Mining Engineers, 189 (5): 149–154, doi:10.2118/950149-G
    Paluzzi, Alexander John, “Effects of Perforations on Internal Cathodic Protection
    and Recruitment of Marine Organisms to Steel Pipes” (2023). Theses and
    Dissertations. 1403. https://repository.fit.edu/etd/1403
    Ploeg, J.V.D. (2021). Perforation of monopiles to reduce hydrodynamic loads and
    enable use in deep waters [Master’s Thesis, Delft University of
    Technology] Institutional Repository at Delft University of Technology.
    http://resolver.tudelft.nl/uuid:91eada6f-4f2b-4ae6-be59-2b5ff0590c6f.
    72
    Shi, W., Zhang, S., Michailides, C., Zhang, L., Zhang, P., & Li, X. (2023).
    Experimental investigation of the hydrodynamic effects of breaking waves
    on monopiles in model scale. Journal of Marine Science and Technology,
    28(1), 314–325. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00773-023-00926-9
    Santamaria Gonzalez, G.A. (2023) Advantages and Challenges of Perforated
    Monopiles in Deep Water Sites [Master’s Thesis, Delft University of
    Technology] Institutional Repository at Delft University of Technology.
    http://resolver.tudelft.nl/uuid:490791b6-a912-4bac-a007-f77012c01107
    Sarpkaya, T. and Isaacson, M. (1981). Mechanics of Wave Forces on Offshore
    Structures. Number ISBN 0-442-25402-4. Van Nostrand Reinhold
    Company Inc., New York.
    Tang, Y., Shi, W., Ning, D., You, J., & Michailides, C. (2020). Effects of spilling
    and plunging type breaking waves acting on large monopile offshore wind
    turbines. Frontiers in Marine Science, 7.
    https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2020.00427
    Teja, R. (2021, June 25). Wheatstone bridge: Working, examples, applications.
    ElectronicsHub. https://www.electronicshub.org/wheatstone-bridge/
    The MathWorks Inc. (2022). MATLAB version: 9.13.0 (R2022b), Natick,
    Massachusetts: The MathWorks Inc. https://www.mathworks.com
    Wave gauges. Edinburgh Designs. (2016).
    http://www4.edesign.co.uk/product/wavegauges/
    Wilberts, F. (2017). MEASUREMENT DRIVEN FATIGUE ASSESSMENT OF
    OFFSHORE WIND TURBINE FOUNDATIONS (Master’s Thesis,
    Uppsala University).
Local Scour Depth Around Bridge Piers: Performance Evaluation of Dimensional Analysis-based Empirical Equations and AI Techniques

Local Scour Depth Around Bridge Piers: Performance Evaluation of Dimensional Analysis-based Empirical Equations and AI Techniques

Abstract

Artificial Intelligence (AI) techniques, such as Artificial Neural Networks (ANN) and Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems (ANFIS), and dimensional analysis-based empirical equations (DAEEs), can estimate scour depth around bridge piers. AI’s accuracy depends on various architectures, while DAEEs’ performance depends on experimental data. This study evaluated the performance of AI and DAEEs for scour depth estimation using flow velocity, depth, size of bed sediment, critical approach velocity, and pier width. The data from a smooth rectangular (20 m × 1 m) flume and a high-precision particle image velocimetry to study the flow structure around the pier – width: 1.5 – 91.5 cm evaluated DAEEs. Various ANNs (5, 10, and 15 neurons), double layer (DL) and triple layers (TL), and different ANFIS settings were trained, tested, and verified. The Generalized Reduced Gradient optimization identified the parameters of DAEEs, and Nash–Sutcliffe efficiency (NSE) and Mean Square Error (MSE) evaluated the performance of different models. The study revealed that DL ANN-3 with 10 neurons (NSE = 0.986) outperformed ANFIS, other ANN (ANN1, ANN2, ANN4 & ANN5) models, and empirical equations with NSE values between 0.76 and 0.983. The study found pier dimensions to be the most influential parameter for pier scour.

 This is a preview of subscription content, log in via an institution  to check access.

Abdul Razzaq GhummanHusnain HaiderIbrahim Saleh Al SalamahMd. ShafiquzzamanAbdullah AlodahMohammad AlresheediRashid FarooqAfzal Ahmed & Ghufran Ahmed Pasha

Similar content being viewed by others

Prediction of local scour around bridge piers using the ANFIS method

Article 18 September 2015

Live-Bed Scour Depth Modelling Around the Bridge Pier Using ANN-PSO, ANFIS, MARS, and M5Tree

Article 22 May 2024

Artificial Intelligence Modeling for Scour Depth Prediction Upstream of Bridge Piers

Article 08 November 2023

References

Download references

Acknowledgments

Authors also thank “The US Department of the Interior,” US Geol. Surv. Reston, VA, USA” for providing access to scour data. The Researchers would like to thank the Deanship of Graduate Studies and Scientific Research at Qassim University for financial support (QU-APC-2024-9/1).

Author information

Authors and Affiliations

  1. Dept. of Civil Engineering, College of Engineering, Qassim University, Buraydah, 51452, Saudi ArabiaAbdul Razzaq Ghumman, Husnain Haider, Ibrahim Saleh Al Salamah, Md. Shafiquzzaman, Abdullah Alodah & Mohammad Alresheedi
  2. Dept. of Civil Engineering, International Islamic University, Islamabad, 44000, PakistanRashid Farooq
  3. Dept. of Civil Engineering, University of Engineering and Technology, Taxila, 47050, PakistanAfzal Ahmed & Ghufran Ahmed Pasha

  • DOIhttps://doi.org/10.1007/s12205-024-1161-x


Keywords

Estimating maximum initial wave amplitude of subaerial landslide tsunamis: A three-dimensional modelling approach

Estimating maximum initial wave amplitude of subaerial landslide tsunamis: A three-dimensional modelling approach

해저 산사태 쓰나미의 최대 초기 파동 진폭 추정: 3차원 모델링 접근법

Ramtin Sabeti a, Mohammad Heidarzadeh ab

aDepartment of Architecture and Civil Engineering, University of Bath, Bath BA27AY, UK
bHydroCoast Consulting Engineers Ltd, Bath, UK

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocemod.2024.102360

Highlights

  • •Landslide travel distance is considered for the first time in a predictive equation.
  • •Predictive equation derived from databases using 3D physical and numerical modeling.
  • •The equation was successfully tested on the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami event.
  • •The developed equation using three-dimensional data exhibits a 91 % fitting quality.

Abstract

Landslide tsunamis, responsible for thousands of deaths and significant damage in recent years, necessitate the allocation of sufficient time and resources for studying these extreme natural hazards. This study offers a step change in the field by conducting a large number of three-dimensional numerical experiments, validated by physical tests, to develop a predictive equation for the maximum initial amplitude of tsunamis generated by subaerial landslides. We first conducted a few 3D physical experiments in a wave basin which were then applied for the validation of a 3D numerical model based on the Flow3D-HYDRO package. Consequently, we delivered 100 simulations using the validated model by varying parameters such as landslide volume, water depth, slope angle and travel distance. This large database was subsequently employed to develop a predictive equation for the maximum initial tsunami amplitude. For the first time, we considered travel distance as an independent parameter for developing the predictive equation, which can significantly improve the predication accuracy. The predictive equation was tested for the case of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami and produced satisfactory results.

Keywords

Tsunami, Subaerial landslide, Physical modelling, Numerical simulation, FLOW-3D HYDRO

1. Introduction and literature review

The Anak Krakatau landslide tsunami on 22nd December 2018 was a stark reminder of the dangers posed by subaerial landslide tsunamis (Ren et al., 2020Mulia et al. 2020a; Borrero et al., 2020Heidarzadeh et al., 2020Grilli et al., 2021). The collapse of the volcano’s southwest side into the ocean triggered a tsunami that struck the Sunda Strait, leading to approximately 450 fatalities (Syamsidik et al., 2020Mulia et al., 2020b) (Fig. 1). As shown in Fig. 1, landslide tsunamis (both submarine and subaerial) have been responsible for thousands of deaths and significant damage to coastal communities worldwide. These incidents underscored the critical need for advanced research into landslide-generated waves to aid in hazard prediction and mitigation. This is further emphasized by recent events such as the 28th of November 2020 landslide tsunami in the southern coast mountains of British Columbia (Canada), where an 18 million m3 rockslide generated a massive tsunami, with over 100 m wave run-up, causing significant environmental and infrastructural damage (Geertsema et al., 2022).

Fig 1

Physical modelling and numerical simulation are crucial tools in the study of landslide-induced waves due to their ability to replicate and analyse the complex dynamics of landslide events (Kim et al., 2020). In two-dimensional (2D) modelling, the discrepancy between dimensions can lead to an artificial overestimation of wave amplification (e.g., Heller and Spinneken, 2015). This limitation is overcome with 3D modelling, which enables the scaled-down representation of landslide-generated waves while avoiding the simplifications inherent in 2D approaches (Erosi et al., 2019). Another advantage of 3D modelling in studying landslide-generated waves is its ability to accurately depict the complex dynamics of wave propagation, including lateral and radial spreading from the slide impact zone, a feature unattainable with 2D models (Heller and Spinneken, 2015).

Physical experiments in tsunami research, as presented by authors such as Romano et al. (2020), McFall and Fritz (2016), and Heller and Spinneken (2015), have supported 3D modelling works through validation and calibration of the numerical models to capture the complexities of wave generation and propagation. Numerical modelling has increasingly complemented experimental approach in tsunami research due to the latter’s time and resource-intensive nature, particularly for 3D models (Li et al., 2019; Kim et al., 2021). Various numerical approaches have been employed, from Eulerian and Lagrangian frameworks to depth-averaged and Navier–Stokes models, enhancing our understanding of tsunami dynamics (Si et al., 2018Grilli et al., 2019Heidarzadeh et al., 20172020Iorio et al., 2021Zhang et al., 2021Kirby et al., 2022Wang et al., 20212022Hu et al., 2022). The sophisticated numerical techniques, including the Particle Finite Element Method and the Immersed Boundary Method, have also shown promising results in modelling highly dynamic landslide scenarios (Mulligan et al., 2020Chen et al., 2020). Among these methods and techniques, FLOW-3D HYDRO stands out in simulating landslide-generated tsunami waves due to its sophisticated technical features such as offering Tru Volume of Fluid (VOF) method for precise free surface tracking (e.g., Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022a). TruVOF distinguishes itself through a split Lagrangian approach, adeptly reducing cumulative volume errors in wave simulations by dynamically updating cell volume fractions and areas with each time step. Its intelligent adaptation of time step size ensures precise capture of evolving free surfaces, offering unparalleled accuracy in modelling complex fluid interfaces and behaviour (Flow Science, 2023).

Predictive equations play a crucial role in assessing the potential hazards associated with landslide-generated tsunami waves due to their ability to provide risk assessment and warnings. These equations can offer swift and reasonable evaluations of potential tsunami impacts in the absence of detailed numerical simulations, which can be time-consuming and expensive to produce. Among multiple factors and parameters within a landslide tsunami generation, the initial maximum wave amplitude (Fig. 1) stands out due to its critical role. While it is most likely that the initial wave generated by a landslide will have the highest amplitude, it is crucial to clarify that the term “initial maximum wave amplitude” refers to the highest amplitude within the first set of impulse waves. This parameter is essential in determining the tsunami’s impact severity, with higher amplitudes signalling a greater destructive potential (Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022a). Additionally, it plays a significant role in tsunami modelling, aiding in the prediction of wave propagation and the assessment of potential impacts.

In this study, we initially validate the FLOW-3D HYDRO model through a series of physical experiments conducted in a 3D wave tank at University of Bath (UK). Upon confirmation of the model’s accuracy, we use it to systematically vary parameters namely landslide volume, water depth, slope angle, and travel distance, creating an extensive database. Alongside this, we perform a sensitivity analysis on these variables to discern their impacts on the initial maximum wave amplitude. The generated database was consequently applied to derive a non-dimensional predictive equation aimed at estimating the initial maximum wave amplitude in real-world landslide tsunami events.

Two innovations of this study are: (i) The predictive equation of this study is based on a large number of 3D experiments whereas most of the previous equations were based on 2D results, and (ii) For the first time, the travel distance is included in the predictive equation as an independent parameter. To evaluate the performance of our predictive equation, we applied it to a previous real-world subaerial landslide tsunami, i.e., the Anak Krakatau 2018 event. Furthermore, we compare the performance of our predictive equation with other existing equations.

2. Data and methods

The methodology applied in this research is a combination of physical and numerical modelling. Limited physical modelling was performed in a 3D wave basin at the University of Bath (UK) to provide data for calibration and validation of the numerical model. After calibration and validation, the numerical model was employed to model a large number of landslide tsunami scenarios which allowed us to develop a database for deriving a predictive equation.

2.1. Physical experiments

To validate our numerical model, we conducted a series of physical experiments including two sets in a 3D wave basin at University of Bath, measuring 2.50 m in length (WL), 2.60 m in width (WW), and 0.60 m in height (WH) (Fig. 2a). Conducting two distinct sets of experiments (Table 1), each with different setups (travel distance, location, and water depth), provided a robust framework for validation of the numerical model. For wave measurement, we employed a twin wire wave gauge from HR Wallingford (https://equipit.hrwallingford.com). In these experiments, we used a concrete prism solid block, the dimensions of which are outlined in Table 2. In our experiments, we employed a concrete prism solid block with a density of 2600 kg/m3, chosen for its similarity to the natural density of landslides, akin to those observed with the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami, where the landslide composition is predominantly solid rather than granular. The block’s form has also been endorsed in prior studies (Watts, 1998Najafi-Jilani and Ataie-Ashtiani, 2008) as a suitable surrogate for modelling landslide-induced waves. A key aspect of our methodology was addressing scale effects, following the guidelines proposed by Heller et al. (2008) as it is described in Table 1. To enhance the reliability and accuracy of our experimental data, we conducted each physical experiment three times which revealed all three experimental waveforms were identical. This repetition was aimed at minimizing potential errors and inconsistencies in laboratory measurements.

Fig 2

Table 1. The locations and other information of the laboratory setups for making landslide-generated waves in the physical wave basin. This table details the specific parameters for each setup, including slope range (α), slide volume (V), kinematic viscosity (ν), water depth (h), travel distance (D), surface tension coefficient of water (σ), Reynolds number (R), Weber number (W), and the precise coordinates of the wave gauges (WG).

Labα(°)V (m³)h (m)D (m)WG’s Location(ν) (m²/s)(σ) (N/m)Acceptable range for avoiding scale effects*Observed values of W and R ⁎⁎
Lab 1452.60 × 10−30.2470.070X1=1.090 m1.01 × 10−60.073R > 3.0 × 105R1 = 3.80 × 105
Y1=1.210 m
W1 = 8.19 × 105
Z1=0.050mW >5.0 × 103
Lab 2452.60 × 10−30.2460.045X2=1.030 m1.01 × 10−60.073R2 = 3.78 × 105
Y2=1.210 mW2 = 8.13 × 105
Z2=0.050 m

The acceptable ranges for avoiding scale effects are based on the study by Heller et al. (2008).⁎⁎

The Reynolds number (R) is given by g0.5h1.5/ν, with ν denoting the kinematic viscosity. The Weber number (W) is W = ρgh2/σ, where σ represents surface tension coefficient and ρ = 1000kg/m3 is the density of water. In our experiments, conducted at a water temperature of approximately 20 °C, the kinematic viscosity (ν) and the surface tension coefficient of water (σ) are 1.01 × 10−6 m²/s and 0.073 N/m, respectively (Kestin et al., 1978).

Table 2. Specifications of the solid block used in physical experiments for generating subaerial landslides in the laboratory.

Solid-block attributesProperty metricsGeometric shape
Slide width (bs)0.26 mImage, table 2
Slide length (ls)0.20 m
Slide thickness (s)0.10 m
Slide volume (V)2.60 × 10−3 m3
Specific gravity, (γs)2.60
Slide weight (ms)6.86 kg

2.2. Numerical simulations applying FLOW-3D hydro

The detailed theoretical framework encompassing the governing equations, the computational methodologies employed, and the specific techniques used for tracking the water surface in these simulations are thoroughly detailed in the study by Sabeti et al. (2024). Here, we briefly explain some of the numerical details. We defined a uniform mesh for our flow domain, carefully crafted with a fine spatial resolution of 0.005 m (i.e., grid size). The dimensions of the numerical model directly matched those of our wave basin used in the physical experiment, being 2.60 m wide, 0.60 m deep, and 2.50 m long (Fig. 2). This design ensures comprehensive coverage of the study area. The output intervals of the numerical model are set at 0.02 s. This timing is consistent with the sampling rates of wave gauges used in laboratory settings. The friction coefficient in the FLOW-3D HYDRO is designated as 0.45. This value corresponds to the Coulombic friction measurements obtained in the laboratory, ensuring that the simulation accurately reflects real-world physical interactions.

In order to simulate the landslide motion, we applied coupled motion objects in FLOW-3D-HYDRO where the dynamics are predominantly driven by gravity and surface friction. This methodology stands in contrast to other models that necessitate explicit inputs of force and torque. This approach ensures that the simulation more accurately reflects the natural movement of landslides, which is heavily reliant on gravitational force and the interaction between sliding surfaces. The stability of the numerical simulations is governed by the Courant Number criterion (Courant et al., 1928), which dictates the maximum time step (Δt) for a given mesh size (Δx) and flow speed (U). According to Courant et al. (1928), this number is required to stay below one to ensure stability of numerical simulations. In our simulations, the Courant number is always maintained below one.

In alignment with the parameters of physical experiments, we set the fluid within the mesh to water, characterized by a density of 1000 kg/m³ at a temperature of 20 °C. Furthermore, we defined the top, front, and back surfaces of the mesh as symmetry planes. The remaining surfaces are designated as wall types, incorporating no-slip conditions to accurately simulate the interaction between the fluid and the boundaries. In terms of selection of an appropriate turbulence model, we selected the k–ω model that showed a better performance than other turbulence methods (e.g., Renormalization-Group) in a previous study (Sabeti et al., 2024). The simulations are conducted using a PC Intel® Core™ i7-10510U CPU with a frequency of 1.80 GHz, and a 16 GB RAM. On this PC, completion of a 3-s simulation required approximately 12.5 h.

2.3. Validation

The FLOW-3D HYDRO numerical model was validated using the two physical experiments (Fig. 3) outlined in Table 1. The level of agreement between observations (Oi) and simulations (Si) is examined using the following equation:(1)�=|��−����|×100where ε represents the mismatch error, Oi denotes the observed laboratory values, and Si represents the simulated values from the FLOW-3D HYDRO model. The results of this validation process revealed that our model could replicate the waves generated in the physical experiments with a reasonable degree of mismatch (ε): 14 % for Lab 1 and 8 % for Lab 2 experiments, respectively (Fig. 3). These values indicate that while the model is not perfect, it provides a sufficiently close approximation of the real-world phenomena.

Fig 3

In terms of mesh efficiency, we varied the mesh size to study sensitivity of the numerical results to mesh size. First, by halving the mesh size and then by doubling it, we repeated the modelling by keeping other parameters unchanged. This analysis guided that a mesh size of ∆x = 0.005 m is the most effective for the setup of this study. The total number of computational cells applying mesh size of 0.005 m is 9.269 × 106.

2.4. The dataset

The validated numerical model was employed to conduct 100 simulations, incorporating variations in four key landslide parameters namely water depth, slope angle, slide volume, and travel distance. This methodical approach was essential for a thorough sensitivity analysis of these variables, and for the creation of a detailed database to develop a predictive equation for maximum initial tsunami amplitude. Within the model, 15 distinct slide volumes were established, ranging from 0.10 × 10−3 m3 to 6.25 × 10−3 m3 (Table 3). The slope angle varied between 35° and 55°, and water depth ranged from 0.24 m to 0.27 m. The travel distance of the landslides was varied, spanning from 0.04 m to 0.07 m. Detailed configurations of each simulation, along with the maximum initial wave amplitudes and dominant wave periods are provided in Table 4.

Table 3. Geometrical information of the 15 solid blocks used in numerical modelling for generating landslide tsunamis. Parameters are: ls, slide length; bs, slide width; s, slide thickness; γs, specific gravity; and V, slide volume.

Solid blockls (m)bs (m)s (m)V (m3)γs
Block-10.3100.2600.1556.25 × 10−32.60
Block-20.3000.2600.1505.85 × 10−32.60
Block-30.2800.2600.1405.10 × 10−32.60
Block-40.2600.2600.1304.39 × 10−32.60
Block-50.2400.2600.1203.74 × 10−32.60
Block-60.2200.2600.1103.15 × 10−32.60
Block-70.2000.2600.1002.60 × 10−32.60
Block-80.1800.2600.0902.11 × 10−32.60
Block-90.1600.2600.0801.66 × 10−32.60
Block-100.1400.2600.0701.27 × 10−32.60
Block-110.1200.2600.0600.93 × 10−32.60
Block-120.1000.2600.0500.65 × 10−32.60
Block-130.0800.2600.0400.41 × 10−32.60
Block-140.0600.2600.0300.23 × 10−32.60
Block-150.0400.2600.0200.10 × 10−32.60

Table 4. The numerical simulation for the 100 tests performed in this study for subaerial solid-block landslide-generated waves. Parameters are aM, maximum wave amplitude; α, slope angle; h, water depth; D, travel distance; and T, dominant wave period. The location of the wave gauge is X=1.030 m, Y=1.210 m, and Z=0.050 m. The properties of various solid blocks are presented in Table 3.

Test-Block Noα (°)h (m)D (m)T(s)aM (m)
1Block-7450.2460.0290.5100.0153
2Block-7450.2460.0300.5050.0154
3Block-7450.2460.0310.5050.0156
4Block-7450.2460.0320.5050.0158
5Block-7450.2460.0330.5050.0159
6Block-7450.2460.0340.5050.0160
7Block-7450.2460.0350.5050.0162
8Block-7450.2460.0360.5050.0166
9Block-7450.2460.0370.5050.0167
10Block-7450.2460.0380.5050.0172
11Block-7450.2460.0390.5050.0178
12Block-7450.2460.0400.5050.0179
13Block-7450.2460.0410.5050.0181
14Block-7450.2460.0420.5050.0183
15Block-7450.2460.0430.5050.0190
16Block-7450.2460.0440.5050.0197
17Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0199
18Block-7450.2460.0460.5050.0201
19Block-7450.2460.0470.5050.0191
20Block-7450.2460.0480.5050.0217
21Block-7450.2460.0490.5050.0220
22Block-7450.2460.0500.5050.0226
23Block-7450.2460.0510.5050.0236
24Block-7450.2460.0520.5050.0239
25Block-7450.2460.0530.5100.0240
26Block-7450.2460.0540.5050.0241
27Block-7450.2460.0550.5050.0246
28Block-7450.2460.0560.5050.0247
29Block-7450.2460.0570.5050.0248
30Block-7450.2460.0580.5050.0249
31Block-7450.2460.0590.5050.0251
32Block-7450.2460.0600.5050.0257
33Block-1450.2460.0450.5050.0319
34Block-2450.2460.0450.5050.0294
35Block-3450.2460.0450.5050.0282
36Block-4450.2460.0450.5050.0262
37Block-5450.2460.0450.5050.0243
38Block-6450.2460.0450.5050.0223
39Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0196
40Block-8450.2460.0450.5050.0197
41Block-9450.2460.0450.5050.0198
42Block-10450.2460.0450.5050.0184
43Block-11450.2460.0450.5050.0173
44Block-12450.2460.0450.5050.0165
45Block-13450.2460.0450.4040.0153
46Block-14450.2460.0450.4040.0124
47Block-15450.2460.0450.5050.0066
48Block-7450.2020.0450.4040.0220
49Block-7450.2040.0450.4040.0219
50Block-7450.2060.0450.4040.0218
51Block-7450.2080.0450.4040.0217
52Block-7450.2100.0450.4040.0216
53Block-7450.2120.0450.4040.0215
54Block-7450.2140.0450.5050.0214
55Block-7450.2160.0450.5050.0214
56Block-7450.2180.0450.5050.0213
57Block-7450.2200.0450.5050.0212
58Block-7450.2220.0450.5050.0211
59Block-7450.2240.0450.5050.0208
60Block-7450.2260.0450.5050.0203
61Block-7450.2280.0450.5050.0202
62Block-7450.2300.0450.5050.0201
63Block-7450.2320.0450.5050.0201
64Block-7450.2340.0450.5050.0200
65Block-7450.2360.0450.5050.0199
66Block-7450.2380.0450.4040.0196
67Block-7450.2400.0450.4040.0194
68Block-7450.2420.0450.4040.0193
69Block-7450.2440.0450.4040.0192
70Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0190
71Block-7450.2480.0450.5050.0189
72Block-7450.2500.0450.5050.0187
73Block-7450.2520.0450.5050.0187
74Block-7450.2540.0450.5050.0186
75Block-7450.2560.0450.5050.0184
76Block-7450.2580.0450.5050.0182
77Block-7450.2590.0450.5050.0183
78Block-7450.2600.0450.5050.0191
79Block-7450.2610.0450.5050.0192
80Block-7450.2620.0450.5050.0194
81Block-7450.2630.0450.5050.0195
82Block-7450.2640.0450.5050.0195
83Block-7450.2650.0450.5050.0197
84Block-7450.2660.0450.5050.0197
85Block-7450.2670.0450.5050.0198
86Block-7450.2700.0450.5050.0199
87Block-7300.2460.0450.5050.0101
88Block-7350.2460.0450.5050.0107
89Block-7360.2460.0450.5050.0111
90Block-7370.2460.0450.5050.0116
91Block-7380.2460.0450.5050.0117
92Block-7390.2460.0450.5050.0119
93Block-7400.2460.0450.5050.0121
94Block-7410.2460.0450.5050.0127
95Block-7420.2460.0450.4040.0154
96Block-7430.2460.0450.4040.0157
97Block-7440.2460.0450.4040.0162
98Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0197
99Block-7500.2460.0450.5050.0221
100Block-7550.2460.0450.5050.0233

In all these 100 simulations, the wave gauge was consistently positioned at coordinates X=1.09 m, Y=1.21 m, and Z=0.05 m. The dominant wave period for each simulation was determined using the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) function in MATLAB (MathWorks, 2023). Furthermore, the classification of wave types was carried out using a wave categorization graph according to Sorensen (2010), as shown in Fig. 4a. The results indicate that the majority of the simulated waves are on the border between intermediate and deep-water waves, and they are categorized as Stokes waves (Fig. 4a). Four sample waveforms from our 100 numerical experiments are provided in Fig. 4b.

Fig 4

The dataset in Table 4 was used to derive a new predictive equation that incorporates travel distance for the first time to estimate the initial maximum tsunami amplitude. In developing this equation, a genetic algorithm optimization technique was implemented using MATLAB (MathWorks 2023). This advanced approach entailed the use of genetic algorithms (GAs), an evolutionary algorithm type inspired by natural selection processes (MathWorks, 2023). This technique is iterative, involving selection, crossover, and mutation processes to evolve solutions over several generations. The goal was to identify the optimal coefficients and powers for each landslide parameter in the predictive equation, ensuring a robust and reliable model for estimating maximum wave amplitudes. Genetic Algorithms excel at optimizing complex models by navigating through extensive combinations of coefficients and exponents. GAs effectively identify highly suitable solutions for the non-linear and complex relationships between inputs (e.g., slide volume, slope angle, travel distance, water depth) and the output (i.e., maximum initial wave amplitude, aM). MATLAB’s computational environment enhances this process, providing robust tools for GA to adapt and evolve solutions iteratively, ensuring the precision of the predictive model (Onnen et al., 1997). This approach leverages MATLAB’s capabilities to fine-tune parameters dynamically, achieving an optimal equation that accurately estimates aM. It is important to highlight that the nondimensionalized version of this dataset is employed to develop a predictive equation which enables the equation to reproduce the maximum initial wave amplitude (aM) for various subaerial landslide cases, independent of their dimensional differences (e.g., Heler and Hager 2014Heller and Spinneken 2015Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022b). For this nondimensionalization, we employed the water depth (h) to nondimensionalize the slide volume (V/h3) and travel distance (D/h). The slide thickness (s) was applied to nondimensionalize the water depth (h/s).

2.5. Landslide velocity

In discussing the critical role of landslide velocity for simulating landslide-generated waves, we focus on the mechanisms of landslide motion and the techniques used to record landslide velocity in our simulations (Fig. 5). Also, we examine how these methods were applied in two distinct scenarios: Lab 1 and Lab 2 (see Table 1 for their details). Regarding the process of landslide movement, a slide starts from a stationary state, gaining momentum under the influence of gravity and this acceleration continues until the landslide collides with water, leading to a significant reduction in its speed before eventually coming to a stop (Fig. 5) (e.g., Panizzo et al. 2005).

Fig 5

To measure the landslide’s velocity in our simulations, we attached a probe at the centre of the slide, which supplied a time series of the velocity data. The slide’s velocity (vs) peaks at the moment it enters the water (Fig. 5), a point referred to as the impact time (tImp). Following this initial impact, the slides continue their underwater movement, eventually coming to a complete halt (tStop). Given the results in Fig. 5, it can be seen that Lab 1, with its longer travel distance (0.070 m), exhibits a higher peak velocity of 1.89 m/s. This increase in velocity is attributed to the extended travel distance allowing more time for the slide to accelerate under gravity. Whereas Lab 2, featuring a shorter travel distance (0.045 m), records a lower peak velocity of 1.78 m/s. This difference underscores how travel distance significantly influences the dynamics of landslide motion. After reaching the peak, both profiles show a sharp decrease in velocity, marking the transition to submarine motion until the slides come to a complete stop (tStop). There are noticeable differences observable in Fig. 5 between the Lab-1 and Lab-2 simulations, including the peaks at 0.3 s . These variations might stem from the placement of the wave gauge, which differs slightly in each scenario, as well as the water depth’s minor discrepancies and, the travel distance.

2.6. Effect of air entrainment

In this section we examine whether it is required to consider air entrainment for our modelling or not as the FLOW-3D HYDRO package is capable of modelling air entrainment. The process of air entrainment in water during a landslide tsunami and its subsequent transport involve two key components: the quantification of air entrainment at the water surface, and the simulation of the air’s transport within the fluid (Hirt, 2003). FLOW-3D HYDRO employs the air entrainment model to compute the volume of air entrained at the water’s surface utilizing three approaches: a constant density model, a variable density model accounting for bulking, and a buoyancy model that adds the Drift-FLUX mechanism to variable density conditions (Flow Science, 2023). The calculation of the entrainment rate is based on the following equation:(2)�������=������[2(��−�����−2�/���)]1/2where parameters are: Vair, volume of air; Cair, entrainment rate coefficient; As, surface area of fluid; ρ, fluid density; k, turbulent kinetic energy; gn, gravity normal to surface; Lt, turbulent length scale; and σ, surface tension coefficient. The value of k is directly computed from the Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) (kw) calculations in our model.

In this study, we selected the variable density + Drift-FLUX model, which effectively captures the dynamics of phase separation and automatically activates the constant density and variable density models. This method simplifies the air-water mixture, treating it as a single, homogeneous fluid within each computational cell. For the phase volume fractions f1and f2​, the velocities are expressed in terms of the mixture and relative velocities, denoted as u and ur, respectively, as follows:(3)��1��+�.(�1�)=��1��+�.(�1�)−�.(�1�2��)=0(4)��2��+�.(�2�)=��2��+�.(�2�)−�.(�1�2��)=0

The outcomes from this simulation are displayed in Fig. 6, which indicates that the influence of air entrainment on the generated wave amplitude is approximately 2 %. A value of 0.02 for the entrained air volume fraction means that, in the simulated fluid, approximately 2 % of the volume is composed of entrained air. In other words, for every unit volume of the fluid-air mixture at that location, 2 % is air and the remaining 98 % is water. The configuration of Test-17 (Table 4) was employed for this simulation. While the effect of air entrainment is anticipated to be more significant in models of granular landslide-generated waves (Fritz, 2002), in our simulations we opted not to incorporate this module due to its negligible impact on the results.

Fig 6

3. Results

In this section, we begin by presenting a sequence of our 3D simulations capturing different time steps to illustrate the generation process of landslide-generated waves. Subsequently, we derive a new predictive equation to estimate the maximum initial wave amplitude of landslide-generated waves and assess its performance.

3.1. Wave generation and propagation

To demonstrate the wave generation process in our simulation, we reference Test-17 from Table 4, where we employed Block-7 (Tables 34). In this configuration, the slope angle was set to 45°, with a water depth of 0.246 m and a travel distance at 0.045 m (Fig. 7). At 0.220 s, the initial impact of the moving slide on the water is depicted, marking the onset of the wave generation process (Fig. 7a). Disturbances are localized to the immediate area of impact, with the rest of the water surface remaining undisturbed. At this time, a maximum water particle velocity of 1.0 m/s – 1.2 m/s is seen around the impact zone (Fig. 7d). Moving to 0.320 s, the development of the wave becomes apparent as energy transfer from the landslide to the water creates outwardly radiating waves with maximum water particle velocity of up to around 1.6 m/s – 1.8 m/s (Fig. 7b, e). By the time 0.670 s, the wave has fully developed and is propagating away from the impact point exhibiting maximum water particle velocity of up to 2.0 m/s – 2.1 m/s. Concentric wave fronts are visible, moving outwards in all directions, with a colour gradient signifying the highest wave amplitude near the point of landslide entry, diminishing with distance (Fig. 7c, f).

Fig 7

3.2. Influence of landslide parameters on tsunami amplitude

In this section, we investigate the effects of various landslide parameters namely slide volume (V), water depth (h), slipe angle (α) and travel distance (D) on the maximum initial wave amplitude (aM). Fig. 8 presents the outcome of these analyses. According to Fig. 8, the slide volume, slope angle, and travel distance exhibit a direct relationship with the wave amplitude, meaning that as these parameters increase, so does the amplitude. Conversely, water depth is inversely related to the maximum initial wave amplitude, suggesting that the deeper the water depth, the smaller the maximum wave amplitude will be (Fig. 8b).

Fig 8

Fig. 8a highlights the pronounced impact of slide volume on the aM, demonstrating a direct correlation between the two variables. For instance, in the range of slide volumes we modelled (Fig. 8a), The smallest slide volume tested, measuring 0.10 × 10−3 m3, generated a low initial wave amplitude (aM= 0.0066 m) (Table 4). In contrast, the largest volume tested, 6.25 × 10−3 m3, resulted in a significantly higher initial wave amplitude (aM= 0.0319 m) (Table 4). The extremities of these results emphasize the slide volume’s paramount impact on wave amplitude, further elucidated by their positions as the smallest and largest aM values across all conducted tests (Table 4). This is corroborated by findings from the literature (e.g., Murty, 2003), which align with the observed trend in our simulations.

The slope angle’s influence on aM was smooth. A steady increase of wave amplitude was observed as the slope angle increased (Fig. 8c). In examining travel distance, an anomaly was identified. At a travel distance of 0.047 m, there was an unexpected dip in aM, which deviates from the general increasing trend associated with longer travel distances. This singular instance could potentially be attributed to a numerical error. Beyond this point, the expected pattern of increasing aM with longer travel distances resumes, suggesting that the anomaly at 0.047 m is an outlier in an otherwise consistent trend, and thus this single data point was overlooked while deriving the predictive equation. Regarding the inverse relationship between water depth and wave amplitude, our result (Fig. 8b) is consistent with previous reports by Fritz et al. (2003), (2004), and Watts et al. (2005).

The insights from Fig. 8 informed the architecture of the predictive equation in the next Section, with slide volume, travel distance, and slope angle being multiplicatively linked to wave amplitude underscoring their direct correlations with wave amplitude. Conversely, water depth is incorporated as a divisor, representing its inverse relationship with wave amplitude. This structure encapsulates the dynamics between the landslide parameters and their influence on the maximum initial wave amplitude as discussed in more detail in the next Section.

3.3. Predictive equation

Building on our sensitivity analysis of landslide parameters, as detailed in Section 3.2, and utilizing our nondimensional dataset, we have derived a new predictive equation as follows:(5)��/ℎ=0.015(tan�)0.10(�ℎ3)0.90(�ℎ)0.10(ℎ�)−0.11where, V is sliding volume, h is water depth, α is slope angle, and s is landslide thickness. It is important to note that this equation is valid only for subaerial solid-block landslide tsunamis as all our experiments were for this type of waves. The performance of this equation in predicting simulation data is demonstrated by the satisfactory alignment of data points around a 45° line, indicating its accuracy and reliability with regard to the experimental dataset (Fig. 9). The quality of fit between the dataset and Eq. (5) is 91 % indicating that Eq. (5) represents the dataset very well. Table 5 presents Eq. (5) alongside four other similar equations previously published. Two significant distinctions between our Eq. (5) and these others are: (i) Eq. (5) is derived from 3D experiments, whereas the other four equations are based on 2D experiments. (ii) Unlike the other equations, our Eq. (5) incorporates travel distance as an independent parameter.

Fig 9

Table 5. Performance comparison among our newly-developed equation and existing equations for estimating the maximum initial amplitude (aM) of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami. Parameters: aM, initial maximum wave amplitude; h, water depth; vs, landslide velocity; V, slide volume; bs, slide width; ls, slide length; s, slide thickness; α, slope angle; and ����, volume of the final immersed landslide. We considered ����= V as the slide volume.

EventPredictive equationsAuthor (year)Observed aM (m) ⁎⁎Calculated aM (m)Error, ε (%) ⁎⁎⁎⁎
2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami (Subaerial landslide) *��/ℎ=1.32���ℎNoda (1970)1341340
��/ℎ=0.667(0.5(���ℎ)2)0.334(���)0.754(���)0.506(�ℎ)1.631Bolin et al. (2014) ⁎⁎⁎13459424334
��/ℎ=0.25(������ℎ2)0.8Robbe-Saule et al. (2021)1343177
��/ℎ=0.4545(tan�)0.062(�ℎ3)0.296(ℎ�)−0.235Sabeti and Heidarzadeh (2022b)1341266
��/ℎ=0.015(tan�)0.10(�ℎ3)0.911(�ℎ)0.10(ℎ�)−0.11This study1341302.9

Geometrical and kinematic parameters of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide based on Heidarzadeh et al. (2020)Grilli et al. (2019) and Grilli et al. (2021)V=2.11 × 107 m3h= 50 m; s= 114 m; α= 45°; ls=1250 m; bs= 2700 m; vs=44.9 m/s; D= 2500 m; aM= 100 m −150 m.⁎⁎

aM= An average value of aM = 134 m is considered in this study.⁎⁎⁎

The equation of Bolin et al. (2014) is based on the reformatted one reported by Lindstrøm (2016).⁎⁎⁎⁎

Error is calculated using Eq. (1), where the calculated aM is assumed as the simulated value.

Additionally, we evaluated the performance of this equation using the real-world data from the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami. Based on previous studies (Heidarzadeh et al., 2020Grilli et al., 20192021), we were able to provide a list of parameters for the subaerial landslide and associated tsunami for the 2018 Anak Krakatau event (see footnote of Table 5). We note that the data of the 2018 Anak Krakatau event was not used while deriving Eq. (5). The results indicate that Eq. (5) predicts the initial amplitude of the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami as being 130 m indicating an error of 2.9 % compared to the reported average amplitude of 134 m for this event. This performance indicates an improvement compared to the previous equation reported by Sabeti and Heidarzadeh (2022a) (Table 5). In contrast, the equations from Robbe-Saule et al. (2021) and Bolin et al. (2014) demonstrate higher discrepancies of 4200 % and 77 %, respectively (Table 5). Although Noda’s (1970) equation reproduces the tsunami amplitude of 134 m accurately (Table 5), it is crucial to consider its limitations, notably not accounting for parameters such as slope angle and travel distance.

It is essential to recognize that both travel distance and slope angle significantly affect wave amplitude. In our model, captured in Eq. (5), we integrate the slope angle (α) through the tangent function, i.e., tan α. This choice diverges from traditional physical interpretations that often employ the cosine or sine function (e.g., Heller and Hager, 2014Watts et al., 2003). We opted for the tangent function because it more effectively reflects the direct impact of slope steepness on wave generation, yielding superior estimations compared to conventional methods.

The significance of this study lies in its application of both physical and numerical 3D experiments and the derivation of a predictive equation based on 3D results. Prior research, e.g. Heller et al. (2016), has reported notable discrepancies between 2D and 3D wave amplitudes, highlighting the important role of 3D experiments. It is worth noting that the suitability of applying an equation derived from either 2D or 3D data depends on the specific geometry and characteristics inherent in the problem being addressed. For instance, in the case of a long, narrow dam reservoir, an equation derived from 2D data would likely be more suitable. In such contexts, the primary dynamics of interest such as flow patterns and potential wave propagation are predominantly two-dimensional, occurring along the length and depth of the reservoir. This simplification to 2D for narrow dam reservoirs allows for more accurate modelling of these dynamics.

This study specifically investigates waves initiated by landslides, focusing on those characterized as solid blocks instead of granular flows, with slope angles confined to a range of 25° to 60°. We acknowledge the additional complexities encountered in real-world scenarios, such as dynamic density and velocity of landslides, which could affect the estimations. The developed equation in this study is specifically designed to predict the maximum initial amplitude of tsunamis for the aforementioned specified ranges and types of landslides.

4. Conclusions

Both physical and numerical experiments were undertaken in a 3D wave basin to study solid-block landslide-generated waves and to formulate a predictive equation for their maximum initial wave amplitude. At the beginning, two physical experiments were performed to validate and calibrate a 3D numerical model, which was subsequently utilized to generate 100 experiments by varying different landslide parameters. The generated database was then used to derive a predictive equation for the maximum initial wave amplitude of landslide tsunamis. The main features and outcomes are:

  • •The predictive equation of this study is exclusively derived from 3D data and exhibits a fitting quality of 91 % when applied to the database.
  • •For the first time, landslide travel distance was considered in the predictive equation. This inclusion provides more accuracy and flexibility for applying the equation.
  • •To further evaluate the performance of the predictive equation, it was applied to a real-world subaerial landslide tsunami (i.e., the 2018 Anak Krakatau event) and delivered satisfactory performance.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Ramtin Sabeti: Conceptualization, Methodology, Validation, Software, Visualization, Writing – review & editing. Mohammad Heidarzadeh: Methodology, Data curation, Software, Writing – review & editing.

Declaration of competing interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Funding

RS is supported by the Leverhulme Trust Grant No. RPG-2022-306. MH is funded by open funding of State Key Lab of Hydraulics and Mountain River Engineering, Sichuan University, grant number SKHL2101. We acknowledge University of Bath Institutional Open Access Fund. MH is also funded by the Great Britain Sasakawa Foundation grant no. 6217 (awarded in 2023).

Acknowledgements

Authors are sincerely grateful to the laboratory technician team, particularly Mr William Bazeley, at the Faculty of Engineering, University of Bath for their support during the laboratory physical modelling of this research. We appreciate the valuable insights provided by Mr. Brian Fox (Senior CFD Engineer at Flow Science, Inc.) regarding air entrainment modelling in FLOW-3D HYDRO. We acknowledge University of Bath Institutional Open Access Fund.

Data availability

  • All data used in this study are given in the body of the article.

References

Fig 1. (a) The Location of the Bahman Shir dam (upstream), (b) Bahman Shir dam (downstream dam) and (c) Mared Dam. Note: The borders of the countries are not exact.

Initial Maintenance Notes about the First River Ship Lock in Iran

M.T. Mansouri Kia1,2, H.R. Sheibani 3, A. Hoback 4
1 Manager of Dam and Power Plant Construction, Khuzestan Water and Power Authority (KWPA), Ahwaz, Iran.
2 Ph.D., Department of Civil Engineering, Payame Noor University, Tehran, Iran.
3 Associate Professor of PNU University, Tehran, Iran.
4 Professor of Civil, Architectural & Environmental Engineering, University of Detroit Mercy Civil, Rome, Italy.

Abstract

Mared Dam in northern Abadan is under construction on the Karun River and it is the first ship lock in Iran. In this study, the ship’s lock was examined. Every vessel must pass through this lock in order to transport water from Arvand River to Karun and vice versa. The interior dimensions of the Mared Shipping Lock are 160 meters long, 25 meters wide and 8 meters deep. Several important times are calculated for lock operation. 𝑇is the first time the gates open, 𝑇15 the time the initial gates remain open until the height difference between the two sides reaches 150 mm, 𝑇filled is the duration between the start of the opening the gates till the difference between the two ends becomes zero after 𝑇15. Finally, T is the total time required for opening or closing the gates completely. The rotational speeds of the gates range from 5 to 35 radians per minute. Numerical modeling has been used to study fluid behavior and interaction between fluid and gates in flow 3D software. Different lock maintenance scenarios have been analyzed. Important parameters such as inlet and outlet flow rate changes from gates, water depth changes at different times, stress and strain fields, hydrodynamic forces acting on different points of the lock have been calculated. Based on this, the forces acting on hydraulic jacks and gates have been calculated. The minimum time required for the safe passage of the ship through the lock is calculated.

북부 아바단의 마레드 댐은 카룬 강에 건설 중이며 이란 최초의 선박 잠금 장치입니다. 본 연구에서는 선박의 자물쇠를 조사하였습니다. Arvand 강에서 Karun으로 또는 그 반대로 물을 운송하려면 모든 선박이 이 수문을 통과해야 합니다.

Mared Shipping Lock의 내부 치수는 길이 160m, 너비 25m, 깊이 8m입니다. 잠금 작동을 위해 몇 가지 중요한 시간이 계산됩니다. 𝑇은 게이트가 처음 열릴 때, 𝑇15는 양쪽의 높이 차이가 150mm에 도달할 때까지 초기 게이트가 열린 상태로 유지되는 시간, 𝑇filled는 게이트가 열리는 시작부터 이후 두 끝의 차이가 0이 될 때까지의 시간입니다.

𝑇15. 마지막으로 T는 게이트를 완전히 열거나 닫는 데 필요한 총 시간입니다. 게이트의 회전 속도는 분당 5~35라디안입니다. 수치 모델링은 유동 3D 소프트웨어에서 유체 거동과 유체와 게이트 사이의 상호 작용을 연구하는 데 사용되었습니다. 다양한 잠금 유지 관리 시나리오가 분석되었습니다.

게이트의 입구 및 출구 유속 변화, 다양한 시간에 따른 수심 변화, 응력 및 변형 필드, 수문의 다양한 지점에 작용하는 유체역학적 힘과 같은 중요한 매개변수가 계산되었습니다.

이를 바탕으로 유압잭과 게이트에 작용하는 힘을 계산하였습니다. 선박이 자물쇠를 안전하게 통과하는 데 필요한 최소 시간이 계산됩니다.

Fig 1. (a) The Location of the Bahman Shir dam (upstream), (b) Bahman Shir dam (downstream dam) and (c) Mared Dam. Note: The borders of the countries are not exact.
Fig 1. (a) The Location of the Bahman Shir dam (upstream), (b) Bahman Shir dam (downstream dam) and (c) Mared Dam. Note: The borders of the countries are not exact.

References

  • Ables, J.H., 1978. Filling and Emptying System, New Ship Lock, Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet, Louisiana: Hydraulic Model Investigation, 78. US Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.
  • Army, U., 1964. Corps of Engineers, 1965. National Inventory of Physical Resources. Agency for International Development, Costa Rica.
  • Belzner, F., Simons, F., Thorenz, C., 2018. An application-oriented model for lock filling processes, 34th PIANC-World Congress (Proceedings). Online verfügbar unter https://coms.events/piancpanama/data/full_pa pers/full_paper_183.pdf, zuletzt geprüft am, pp. 2018.
  • Brolsma, J., Roelse, K., 2011. Waterway guidelines 2011. ISBN 9789036900690. Dhanuka, A., Agrawal, S., Mehra, H., 2018. Hydraulic and Structural Design of Navigational Locks. J Civil Environ Eng, 8(297): 2.
  • Gao, Z., Fang, S.L., Shi, X.T., Gu, Z.H., 2013. Computation of Filling Time of a Ship Lock. Applied Mechanics and Materials, 256: 2509- 2513.
  • Hu, Q., Li, Y., Zhu, L., 2024. Effect of Parameters of Ditch Geometry on the Uniformity of Water Filling in Ship Lock Chambers. Journal of Marine Science and Engineering, 12(1): 86. Iranian sahel Omid Co., Engineer, L.C., 2015. Numerical Modeling of Flow in Lock Chamber, Abadan ship Lock Dam Project. 0920-4741.
  • Iuorio, L., 2024. Dams are fragile: the frenzy and legacy of modern infrastructures along the Klamath and Allegheny Rivers. Water History: 1-26.
  • Li, J., Hu, Y., Wang, X., Diao, M., 2023. Operation safety evaluation system of ship lock based on extension evaluation and combination weighting method. Journal of Hydroinformatics, 25(3): 755-781.
  • Liu, B., Yang, J., Huang, Y., Wang, L., 2022. Hydraulic Research on Filling and Emptying System of Water-Saving Ship Lock for Navigation-Power Junction in Mountainous River, Smart Rivers. Springer, pp. 1492-1501.
  • Mäck, A., Lorke, A., 2014. Ship‐lock–induced surges in an impounded river and their impact on subdaily flow velocity variation. River research and applications, 30(4): 494-507. Mahab., S., 1976. Final technical Report of Feasibility study. 25-96.
  • Mansouri Kia, M.T., 2022. Hydraulic design and optimization of navigation lock performance – A case study of Karun and Bahman Shir river locks. . PNU University. The Ph. D thesis (in Civil Engineering).
  • Mansouri Kia, M.T., Ansari, Z., 2008. Feasibility of Water Transport in Karun Waterway. 4th National Congress of Civil Engineering, Tehran University Iran: 1-8 (in Persian).
  • Mansouri Kia, M.T., Rajabi, E., Sheybani, H.R., 2022. Determining the Optimal Dimensions of River Transportation Channel in Iran. . Fourth International Conference of Civil, Architectural and sustainable green city, Hamedan, Iran. (in Persian): 298-309.
  • Moore, F.G., 1950. Three canal projects, Roman and Byzantine. American Journal of Archaeology, 54(2): 97-111.
  • Negi, P., Kromanis, R., Dorée, A.G., Wijnberg, K.M., 2024. Structural health monitoring of inland navigation structures and ports: a review on developments and challenges. Structural Health Monitoring, 23(1): 605-645.
  • Nogueira, H.I., Van Der Hout, A., O’Mahoney, T.S., Kortlever, W.C., 2024. The Impact of Density Differences on the Hydraulic Design of Leveling Systems: The Case of New Large Sea Locks in IJmuiden and Terneuzen. Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal, and Ocean Engineering, 150(1): 05023002.
  • O’Mahoney, T., De Loor, A., 2015. Paper 55- Computational Fluid Dynamics simulations of the effects of density differences during the filling process in a sea lock. Scott_Wilson;, Piesold., 2005. Karun River, Interim report NO 6, Transportation component.
  • Wang, H.-z., Zou, Z.-j., 2014. Numerical prediction of hydrodynamic forces on a ship passing through a lock. China Ocean Engineering, 28(3): 421-432.
  • Yang, Z., Sun, Y., Lian, F., Feng, H., Li, G., 2024. Optimization of river container port-access transport based on the innovatively designed electric ship in the Yangtze River Delta. Ocean & Coastal Management, 248: 106976.

Fig. 3. Free surface and substrate profiles in all Sp and Ls cases at t = 1 s, t = 3 s, and t = 5 s, arranged left to right (note: the colour contours correspond to the horizontal component of the flow velocity (u), expressed in m/s).

Numerical investigation of dam break flow over erodible beds with diverse substrate level variations

다양한 기질 수준 변화를 갖는 침식성 층 위의 댐 파손 흐름에 대한 수치 조사

Alireza Khoshkonesh1, Blaise Nsom2, Saeid Okhravi3*, Fariba Ahmadi Dehrashid4, Payam Heidarian5,
Silvia DiFrancesco6
1 Department of Geography, School of Social Sciences, History, and Philosophy, Birkbeck University of London, London, UK.
2 Université de Bretagne Occidentale. IRDL/UBO UMR CNRS 6027. Rue de Kergoat, 29285 Brest, France.
3 Institute of Hydrology, Slovak Academy of Sciences, Dúbravská cesta 9, 84104, Bratislava, Slovak Republic.
4Department of Water Science and Engineering, Faculty of Agriculture, Bu-Ali Sina University, 65178-38695, Hamedan, Iran.
5 Department of Civil, Environmental, Architectural Engineering and Mathematics, University of Brescia, 25123 Brescia, Italy.
6Niccol`o Cusano University, via Don C. Gnocchi 3, 00166 Rome, Italy. * Corresponding author. Tel.: +421-944624921. E-mail: saeid.okhravi@savba.sk

Abstract

This study aimed to comprehensively investigate the influence of substrate level difference and material composition on dam break wave evolution over two different erodible beds. Utilizing the Volume of Fluid (VOF) method, we tracked free surface advection and reproduced wave evolution using experimental data from the literature. For model validation, a comprehensive sensitivity analysis encompassed mesh resolution, turbulence simulation methods, and bed load transport equations. The implementation of Large Eddy Simulation (LES), non-equilibrium sediment flux, and van Rijn’s (1984) bed load formula yielded higher accuracy compared to alternative approaches. The findings emphasize the significant effect of substrate level difference and material composition on dam break morphodynamic characteristics. Decreasing substrate level disparity led to reduced flow velocity, wavefront progression, free surface height, substrate erosion, and other pertinent parameters. Initial air entrapment proved substantial at the wavefront, illustrating pronounced air-water interaction along the bottom interface. The Shields parameter experienced a one-third reduction as substrate level difference quadrupled, with the highest near-bed concentration observed at the wavefront. This research provides fresh insights into the complex interplay of factors governing dam break wave propagation and morphological changes, advancing our comprehension of this intricate phenomenon.

이 연구는 두 개의 서로 다른 침식층에 대한 댐 파괴파 진화에 대한 기질 수준 차이와 재료 구성의 영향을 종합적으로 조사하는 것을 목표로 했습니다. VOF(유체량) 방법을 활용하여 자유 표면 이류를 추적하고 문헌의 실험 데이터를 사용하여 파동 진화를 재현했습니다.

모델 검증을 위해 메쉬 해상도, 난류 시뮬레이션 방법 및 침대 하중 전달 방정식을 포함하는 포괄적인 민감도 분석을 수행했습니다. LES(Large Eddy Simulation), 비평형 퇴적물 플럭스 및 van Rijn(1984)의 하상 부하 공식의 구현은 대체 접근 방식에 비해 더 높은 정확도를 산출했습니다.

연구 결과는 댐 붕괴 형태역학적 특성에 대한 기질 수준 차이와 재료 구성의 중요한 영향을 강조합니다. 기판 수준 차이가 감소하면 유속, 파면 진행, 자유 표면 높이, 기판 침식 및 기타 관련 매개변수가 감소했습니다.

초기 공기 포집은 파면에서 상당한 것으로 입증되었으며, 이는 바닥 경계면을 따라 뚜렷한 공기-물 상호 작용을 보여줍니다. 기판 레벨 차이가 4배로 증가함에 따라 Shields 매개변수는 1/3로 감소했으며, 파면에서 가장 높은 베드 근처 농도가 관찰되었습니다.

이 연구는 댐 파괴파 전파와 형태학적 변화를 지배하는 요인들의 복잡한 상호 작용에 대한 새로운 통찰력을 제공하여 이 복잡한 현상에 대한 이해를 향상시킵니다.

Keywords

Dam break; Substrate level difference; Erodible bed; Sediment transport; Computational fluid dynamics CFD.

Fig. 3. Free surface and substrate profiles in all Sp and Ls cases at t = 1 s, t = 3 s, and t = 5 s, arranged left to right (note: the colour contours
correspond to the horizontal component of the flow velocity (u), expressed in m/s).
Fig. 3. Free surface and substrate profiles in all Sp and Ls cases at t = 1 s, t = 3 s, and t = 5 s, arranged left to right (note: the colour contours correspond to the horizontal component of the flow velocity (u), expressed in m/s).

REFERENCES

Aleixo, R., Soares-Frazão, S., Zech, Y., 2010. Velocity profiles in
dam-break flows: water and sediment layers. In: Proc. Int. Conf.
on Fluvial Hydraulics “River Flow 2010”, pp. 533–540.
An, S., Ku, H., Julien, P.Y., 2015. Numerical modelling of local
scour caused by submerged jets. Maejo Int. J. Sci. Technol., 9, 3,
328–343.
Bahmanpouri, F., Daliri, M., Khoshkonesh, A., Namin, M.M.,
Buccino, M., 2021. Bed compaction effect on dam break flow over
erodible bed; experimental and numerical modeling. J. Hydrol.,
594, 125645. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2020.125645
Baklanov, A., 2007. Environmental risk and assessment modelling
– scientific needs and expected advancements. In: Ebel, A.,
Davitashvili, T. (Eds.): Air, Water and Soil Quality Modelling
for Risk and Impact Assessment Springer, Dordrecht, pp. 29–44.
Biscarini, C., Di Francesco, S., Nardi, F., Manciola, P., 2013.
Detailed simulation of complex hydraulic problems with
macroscopic and mesoscopic mathematical methods. Math.
Probl. Eng., 928309. https://doi.org/10.1155/2013/928309
Cao, Z., Pender, G., Wallis, S., Carling, P., 2004. Computational
dam-break hydraulics over erodible sediment bed. J. Hydraul.
Eng., 130, 7, 689–703.
Catucci, D., Briganti, R., Heller, V., 2021. Numerical validation of novel
scaling laws for air entrainment in water. Proc. R. Soc. A, 477, 2255,20210339. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.2021.0339
Dehrashid, F.A., Heidari, M., Rahimi, H., Khoshkonesh, A., Yuan,
S., Tang, X., Lu, C., Wang, X., 2023. CFD modeling the flow
dynamics in an open channel with double-layered vegetation.
Model. Earth Syst. Environ., 9, 1, 543–555.
Desombre, J., Morichon, D., Mory, M., 2013. RANS v2-f simulation
of a swash event: Detailed flow structure. Coastal Eng., 71, 1–12.
Dodangeh, E., Afzalimehr, H., 2022. Incipient motion of sediment
particles in the presence of bed forms under decelerating and
accelerating flows. J. Hydrol. Hydromech., 70, 1, 89–102.
Dong, Z., Wang, J., Vetsch, D.F., Boes, R.M., Tan, G., 2019.
Numerical simulation of air entrainment on stepped
spillways. In: E-proceedings of the 38th IAHR World Congress
(pp. 1494). September 1–6, 2019, Panama City, Panama. DOI:
10.3850/38WC092019-0755
Flow3D [computer software]. 2023. Santa Fe, NM: Flow Science,
Inc.
Fraccarollo, L., Capart, H., 2002. Riemann wave description of
erosional dam-break flows. J. Fluid Mech., 461, 183–228.
Gu, Z., Wang, T., Meng, W., Yu, C.H., An, R., 2023. Numerical
investigation of silted-up dam-break flow with different silted-up
sediment heights. Water Supply, 23, 2, 599–614.
Gualtieri, P., De Felice, S., Pasquino, V., Doria, G.P., 2018. Use of
conventional flow resistance equations and a model for the
Nikuradse roughness in vegetated flows at high submergence. J.
Hydrol. Hydromech., 66, 1, 107–120.
Heller, V., 2011. Scale effects in physical hydraulic engineering
models. J. Hydraul. Res., 49, 3, 293–306.
Hirt, C.W., 2003. Modeling turbulent entrainment of air at a free
surface. Flow Science, Inc.
Hirt, C.W., Nichols, B.D., 1981. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for
the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys., 39, 1, 201–
225.
Issakhov, A., Zhandaulet, Y., Nogaeva, A., 2018. Numerical
simulation of dam break flow for various forms of the obstacle
by VOF method. Int. J. Multiphase Flow, 109, 191–206.
Khayyer, A., Gotoh, H., 2010. On particle-based simulation of a dam
break over a wet bed. J. Hydraul. Res., 48, 2, 238–249.
Khoshkonesh, A., Daliri, M., Riaz, K., Dehrashid, F.A.,
Bahmanpouri, F., Di Francesco, S., 2022. Dam-break flow
dynamics over a stepped channel with vegetation. J. Hydrol., 613,128395. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2022.128395
Khoshkonesh, A., Nsom, B., Gohari, S., Banejad, H., 2019.
A comprehensive study on dam-break flow over dry and wet
beds. Ocean Eng., 188, 106279.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2019.106279
Khoshkonesh, A., Sadeghi, S.H., Gohari, S., Karimpour, S., Oodi,
S., Di Francesco, S., 2023. Study of dam-break flow over a
vegetated channel with and without a drop. Water Resour.
Manage., 37, 5, 2107–2123.
Khosravi, K., Chegini, A.H.N., Cooper, J., Mao, L., Habibnejad, M.,
Shahedi, K., Binns, A., 2021. A laboratory investigation of bedload transport of gravel sediments under dam break flow. Int. J.
Sediment Res., 36, 2, 229–234.
Kim, Y., Zhou, Z., Hsu, T.J., Puleo, J.A., 2017. Large eddy
simulation of dam‐break‐driven swash on a rough‐planar beach.
J. Geophys. Res.: Oceans, 122, 2, 1274–1296.
Kocaman, S., Ozmen-Cagatay, H., 2012. The effect of lateral
channel contraction on dam break flows: Laboratory experiment.
J. Hydrol., 432, 145–153.
Leal, J.G., Ferreira, R.M., Cardoso, A.H., 2006. Dam-break wavefront celerity. J. Hydraul. Eng., 132, 1, 69–76.
Leal, J.G.A.B., Ferreira, R.M., Cardoso, A.H., 2003. Dam-break
wave propagation over a cohesionless erodible bed. In: Proc.
30rd IAHR Congress, 100, 261–268.
Li, Y. L., Ma, Y., Deng, R., Jiang, D.P., Hu, Z., 2019. Research on
dam-break induced tsunami bore acting on the triangular
breakwater based on high order 3D CLSVOF-THINC/WLICIBM approaching. Ocean Eng., 182, 645–659.
Li, Y.L., Yu, C.H., 2019. Research on dam-break flow induced front
wave impacting a vertical wall based on the CLSVOF and level
set methods. Ocean Eng., 178, 442–462.
Mei, S., Chen, S., Zhong, Q., Shan, Y., 2022. Detailed numerical
modeling for breach hydrograph and morphology evolution
during landslide dam breaching. Landslides, 19, 12, 2925–2949.
Meng, W., Yu, C.H., Li, J., An, R., 2022. Three-dimensional simulation
of silted-up dam-break flow striking a rigid structure. Ocean Eng.,
261, 112042. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2022.112042
Meyer-Peter, E., Müller, R., 1948. Formulas for bed-load transport.
In: IAHSR 2nd meeting, Stockholm, appendix 2. IAHR.
Nielsen, P., 1984. Field measurements of time-averaged suspended
sediment concentrations under waves. Coastal Eng., 8, 1, 51–72.
Nielsen, P., 2018. Bed shear stress, surface shape and velocity field
near the tips of dam-breaks, tsunami and wave runup. Coastal
Eng., 138, 126–131.
Nsom, B., Latrache, N., Ramifidisoa, L., Khoshkonesh, A., 2019.
Analytical solution to the stability of gravity-driven stratified
flow of two liquids over an inclined plane. In: 24th French
Mechanics Congress in Brest. Brest, p. 244178.
Nsom, B., Ravelo, B., Ndong, W., 2008. Flow regimes in horizontal
viscous dam-break flow of Cayous mud. Appl. Rheol., 18, 4,
43577-1. https://doi.org/10.1515/arh-2008-0012
Oguzhan, S., Aksoy, A.O., 2020. Experimental investigation of the
effect of vegetation on dam break flood waves. J. Hydrol.
Hydromech., 68, 3, 231–241.
Okhravi, S., Gohari, S., Alemi, M., Maia, R., 2022. Effects of bedmaterial gradation on clear water scour at single and group of
piles. J. Hydrol. Hydromech., 70, 1, 114–127.
Okhravi, S., Gohari, S., Alemi, M., Maia, R., 2023. Numerical
modeling of local scour of non-uniform graded sediment for two
arrangements of pile groups. Int. J. Sediment Res., 38, 4, 597–614.
Parambath, A., 2010. Impact of tsunamis on near shore wind power
units. Master’s Thesis. Texas A&M University. Available
electronically from https://hdl.handle.net/1969.1/ETD-TAMU2010-12-8919
Pintado-Patiño, J.C., Puleo, J.A., Krafft, D., Torres-Freyermuth, A.,

  • Hydrodynamics and sediment transport under a dambreak-driven swash: An experimental study. Coastal Eng., 170,
  • https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2021.103986
    Riaz, K., Aslam, H.M.S., Yaseen, M.W., Ahmad, H.H.,
    Khoshkonesh, A., Noshin, S., 2022. Flood frequency analysis
    and hydraulic design of bridge at Mashan on river Kunhar. Arch.
    Hydroengineering Environ. Mech., 69, 1, 1–12.
    Ritter, A., 1892. Die Fortpflanzung der Wasserwellen. Zeitschrift
    des Vereines Deutscher Ingenieure, 36, 33, 947–954. (In
    German.)
    Smagorinsky, J., 1963. General circulation experiments with the
    primitive equations: I. The basic experiment. Mon. Weather
    Rev., 91, 3, 99–164.
    Soulsby, R.L., 1997. Dynamics of marine sands: a manual for
    practical applications. Oceanogr. Lit. Rev., 9, 44, 947.
    Spinewine, B., Capart, H., 2013. Intense bed-load due to a sudden
    dam-break. J. Fluid Mech., 731, 579–614.
    Van Rijn, L.C., 1984. Sediment transport, part I: bed load transport.
    J. Hydraul. Eng., 110, 10, 1431–1456.
    Vosoughi, F., Rakhshandehroo, G., Nikoo, M.R., Sadegh, M.,
  • Experimental study and numerical verification of
    silted-up dam break. J. Hydrol., 590, 125267.
    https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2020.125267
    Wu, W., Wang, S.S., 2008. One-dimensional explicit finite-volume
    model for sediment transport. J. Hydraul. Res., 46, 1, 87–98.
    Xu, T., Huai, W., Liu, H., 2023. MPS-based simulation of
    dam-break wave propagation over wet beds with a
    sediment layer. Ocean Eng., 281, 115035.
    https://doi.org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2023.115035
    Yang, S., Yang, W., Qin, S., Li, Q., Yang, B., 2018. Numerical study
    on characteristics of dam-break wave. Ocean Eng., 159, 358–371.
    Yao, G.F., 2004. Development of new pressure-velocity solvers in
    FLOW-3D. Flow Science, Inc., USA.
Schematic diagram of HP-LPBF melting process.

Modeling and numerical studies of high-precision laser powder bed fusion

Yi Wei ;Genyu Chen;Nengru Tao;Wei Zhou
https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0191504

In order to comprehensively reveal the evolutionary dynamics of the molten pool and the state of motion of the fluid during the high-precision laser powder bed fusion (HP-LPBF) process, this study aims to deeply investigate the specific manifestations of the multiphase flow, solidification phenomena, and heat transfer during the process by means of numerical simulation methods. Numerical simulation models of SS316L single-layer HP-LPBF formation with single and double tracks were constructed using the discrete element method and the computational fluid dynamics method. The effects of various factors such as Marangoni convection, surface tension, vapor recoil, gravity, thermal convection, thermal radiation, and evaporative heat dissipation on the heat and mass transfer in the molten pool have been paid attention to during the model construction process. The results show that the molten pool exhibits a “comet” shape, in which the temperature gradient at the front end of the pool is significantly larger than that at the tail end, with the highest temperature gradient up to 1.69 × 108 K/s. It is also found that the depth of the second track is larger than that of the first one, and the process parameter window has been determined preliminarily. In addition, the application of HP-LPBF technology helps to reduce the surface roughness and minimize the forming size.

Topics

Heat transferNonequilibrium thermodynamicsSolidification processComputer simulationDiscrete element methodLasersMass transferFluid mechanicsComputational fluid dynamicsMultiphase flows

I. INTRODUCTION

Laser powder bed fusion (LPBF) has become a research hotspot in the field of additive manufacturing of metals due to its advantages of high-dimensional accuracy, good surface quality, high density, and high material utilization.1,2 With the rapid development of electronics, medical, automotive, biotechnology, energy, communication, and optics, the demand for microfabrication technology is increasing day by day.3 High-precision laser powder bed fusion (HP-LPBF) is one of the key manufacturing technologies for tiny parts in the fields of electronics, medical, automotive, biotechnology, energy, communication, and optics because of its process characteristics such as small focal spot diameter, small powder particle size, and thin powder layup layer thickness.4–13 Compared with LPBF, HP-LPBF has the significant advantages of smaller focal spot diameter, smaller powder particle size, and thinner layer thickness. These advantages make HP-LPBF perform better in producing micro-fine parts, high surface quality, and parts with excellent mechanical properties.

HP-LPBF is in the exploratory stage, and researchers have already done some exploratory studies on the focal spot diameter, the amount of defocusing, and the powder particle size. In order to explore the influence of changing the laser focal spot diameter on the LPBF process characteristics of the law, Wildman et al.14 studied five groups of different focal spot diameter LPBF forming 316L stainless steel (SS316L) processing effect, the smallest focal spot diameter of 26 μm, and the results confirm that changing the focal spot diameter can be achieved to achieve the energy control, so as to control the quality of forming. Subsequently, Mclouth et al.15 proposed the laser out-of-focus amount (focal spot diameter) parameter, which characterizes the distance between the forming plane and the laser focal plane. The laser energy density was controlled by varying the defocusing amount while keeping the laser parameters constant. Sample preparation at different focal positions was investigated, and their microstructures were characterized. The results show that the samples at the focal plane have finer microstructure than those away from the focal plane, which is the effect of higher power density and smaller focal spot diameter. In order to explore the influence of changing the powder particle size on the characteristics of the LPBF process, Qian et al.16 carried out single-track scanning simulations on powder beds with average powder particle sizes of 70 and 40 μm, respectively, and the results showed that the melt tracks sizes were close to each other under the same process parameters for the two particle-size distributions and that the molten pool of powder beds with small particles was more elongated and the edges of the melt tracks were relatively flat. In order to explore the superiority of HP-LPBF technology, Xu et al.17 conducted a comparative analysis of HP-LPBF and conventional LPBF of SS316L. The results showed that the average surface roughness of the top surface after forming by HP-LPBF could reach 3.40 μm. Once again, it was verified that HP-LPBF had higher forming quality than conventional LPBF. On this basis, Wei et al.6 comparatively analyzed the effects of different laser focal spot diameters on different powder particle sizes formed by LPBF. The results showed that the smaller the laser focal spot diameter, the fewer the defects on the top and side surfaces. The above research results confirm that reducing the laser focal spot diameter can obtain higher energy density and thus better forming quality.

LPBF involves a variety of complex systems and mechanisms, and the final quality of the part is influenced by a large number of process parameters.18–24 Some research results have shown that there are more than 50 factors affecting the quality of the specimen. The influencing factors are mainly categorized into three main groups: (1) laser parameters, (2) powder parameters, and (3) equipment parameters, which interact with each other to determine the final specimen quality. With the continuous development of technologies such as computational materials science and computational fluid dynamics (CFD), the method of studying the influence of different factors on the forming quality of LPBF forming process has been shifted from time-consuming and laborious experimental characterization to the use of numerical simulation methods. As a result, more and more researchers are adopting this approach for their studies. Currently, numerical simulation studies on LPBF are mainly focused on the exploration of molten pool, temperature distribution, and residual stresses.

  1. Finite element simulation based on continuum mechanics and free surface fluid flow modeling based on fluid dynamics are two common approaches to study the behavior of LPBF molten pool.25–28 Finite element simulation focuses on the temperature and thermal stress fields, treats the powder bed as a continuum, and determines the molten pool size by plotting the elemental temperature above the melting point. In contrast, fluid dynamics modeling can simulate the 2D or 3D morphology of the metal powder pile and obtain the powder size and distribution by certain algorithms.29 The flow in the molten pool is mainly affected by recoil pressure and the Marangoni effect. By simulating the molten pool formation, it is possible to predict defects, molten pool shape, and flow characteristics, as well as the effect of process parameters on the molten pool geometry.30–34 In addition, other researchers have been conducted to optimize the laser processing parameters through different simulation methods and experimental data.35–46 Crystal growth during solidification is studied to further understand the effect of laser parameters on dendritic morphology and solute segregation.47–54 A multi-scale system has been developed to describe the fused deposition process during 3D printing, which is combined with the conductive heat transfer model and the dendritic solidification model.55,56
  2. Relevant scholars have adopted various different methods for simulation, such as sequential coupling theory,57 Lagrangian and Eulerian thermal models,58 birth–death element method,25 and finite element method,59 in order to reveal the physical phenomena of the laser melting process and optimize the process parameters. Luo et al.60 compared the LPBF temperature field and molten pool under double ellipsoidal and Gaussian heat sources by ANSYS APDL and found that the diffusion of the laser energy in the powder significantly affects the molten pool size and the temperature field.
  3. The thermal stresses obtained from the simulation correlate with the actual cracks,61 and local preheating can effectively reduce the residual stresses.62 A three-dimensional thermodynamic finite element model investigated the temperature and stress variations during laser-assisted fabrication and found that powder-to-solid conversion increases the temperature gradient, stresses, and warpage.63 Other scholars have predicted residual stresses and part deflection for LPBF specimens and investigated the effects of deposition pattern, heat, laser power, and scanning strategy on residual stresses, noting that high-temperature gradients lead to higher residual stresses.64–67 

In short, the process of LPBF forming SS316L is extremely complex and usually involves drastic multi-scale physicochemical changes that will only take place on a very small scale. Existing literature employs DEM-based mesoscopic-scale numerical simulations to investigate the effects of process parameters on the molten pool dynamics of LPBF-formed SS316L. However, a few studies have been reported on the key mechanisms of heating and solidification, spatter, and convective behavior of the molten pool of HP-LPBF-formed SS316L with small laser focal spot diameters. In this paper, the geometrical properties of coarse and fine powder particles under three-dimensional conditions were first calculated using DEM. Then, numerical simulation models for single-track and double-track cases in the single-layer HP-LPBF forming SS316L process were developed at mesoscopic scale using the CFD method. The flow genesis of the melt in the single-track and double-track molten pools is discussed, and their 3D morphology and dimensional characteristics are discussed. In addition, the effects of laser process parameters, powder particle size, and laser focal spot diameter on the temperature field, characterization information, and defects in the molten pool are discussed.

II. MODELING

A. 3D powder bed modeling

HP-LPBF is an advanced processing technique for preparing target parts layer by layer stacking, the process of which involves repetitive spreading and melting of powders. In this process, both the powder spreading and the morphology of the powder bed are closely related to the results of the subsequent melting process, while the melted surface also affects the uniform distribution of the next layer of powder. For this reason, this chapter focuses on the modeling of the physical action during the powder spreading process and the theory of DEM to establish the numerical model of the powder bed, so as to lay a solid foundation for the accuracy of volume of fluid (VOF) and CFD.

1. DEM

DEM is a numerical technique for calculating the interaction of a large number of particles, which calculates the forces and motions of the spheres by considering each powder sphere as an independent unit. The motion of the powder particles follows the laws of classical Newtonian mechanics, including translational and rotational,38,68–70 which are expressed as follows:����¨=���+∑��ij,

(1)����¨=∑�(�ij×�ij),

(2)

where �� is the mass of unit particle i in kg, ��¨ is the advective acceleration in m/s2, And g is the gravitational acceleration in m/s2. �ij is the force in contact with the neighboring particle � in N. �� is the rotational inertia of the unit particle � in kg · m2. ��¨ is the unit particle � angular acceleration in rad/s2. �ij is the vector pointing from unit particle � to the contact point of neighboring particle �⁠.

Equations (1) and (2) can be used to calculate the velocity and angular velocity variations of powder particles to determine their positions and velocities. A three-dimensional powder bed model of SS316L was developed using DEM. The powder particles are assumed to be perfect spheres, and the substrate and walls are assumed to be rigid. To describe the contact between the powder particles and between the particles and the substrate, a non-slip Hertz–Mindlin nonlinear spring-damping model71 was used with the following expression:�hz=��������+��[(�����ij−�eff����)−(�����+�eff����)],

(3)

where �hz is the force calculated using the Hertzian in M. �� and �� are the radius of unit particles � and � in m, respectively. �� is the overlap size of the two powder particles in m. ��⁠, �� are the elastic constants in the normal and tangential directions, respectively. �ij is the unit vector connecting the centerlines of the two powder particles. �eff is the effective mass of the two powder particles in kg. �� and �� are the viscoelastic damping constants in the normal and tangential directions, respectively. �� and �� are the components of the relative velocities of the two powder particles. ��� is the displacement vector between two spherical particles. The schematic diagram of overlapping powder particles is shown in Fig. 1.

FIG. 1.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of overlapping powder particles.

Because the particle size of the powder used for HP-LPBF is much smaller than 100 μm, the effect of van der Waals forces must be considered. Therefore, the cohesive force �jkr of the Hertz–Mindlin model was used instead of van der Waals forces,72 with the following expression:�jkr=−4��0�*�1.5+4�*3�*�3,

(4)1�*=(1−��2)��+(1−��2)��,

(5)1�*=1��+1��,

(6)

where �* is the equivalent Young’s modulus in GPa; �* is the equivalent particle radius in m; �0 is the surface energy of the powder particles in J/m2; α is the contact radius in m; �� and �� are the Young’s modulus of the unit particles � and �⁠, respectively, in GPa; and �� and �� are the Poisson’s ratio of the unit particles � and �⁠, respectively.

2. Model building

Figure 2 shows a 3D powder bed model generated using DEM with a coarse powder geometry of 1000 × 400 × 30 μm3. The powder layer thickness is 30 μm, and the powder bed porosity is 40%. The average particle size of this spherical powder is 31.7 μm and is normally distributed in the range of 15–53 μm. The geometry of the fine powder was 1000 × 400 × 20 μm3, with a layer thickness of 20 μm, and the powder bed porosity of 40%. The average particle size of this spherical powder is 11.5 μm and is normally distributed in the range of 5–25 μm. After the 3D powder bed model is generated, it needs to be imported into the CFD simulation software for calculation, and the imported geometric model is shown in Fig. 3. This geometric model is mainly composed of three parts: protective gas, powder bed, and substrate. Under the premise of ensuring the accuracy of the calculation, the mesh size is set to 3 μm, and the total number of coarse powder meshes is 1 704 940. The total number of fine powder meshes is 3 982 250.

FIG. 2.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Three-dimensional powder bed model: (a) coarse powder, (b) fine powder.

FIG. 3.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Geometric modeling of the powder bed computational domain: (a) coarse powder, (b) fine powder.

B. Modeling of fluid mechanics simulation

In order to solve the flow, melting, and solidification problems involved in HP-LPBF molten pool, the study must follow the three governing equations of conservation of mass, conservation of energy, and conservation of momentum.73 The VOF method, which is the most widely used in fluid dynamics, is used to solve the molten pool dynamics model.

1. VOF

VOF is a method for tracking the free interface between the gas and liquid phases on the molten pool surface. The core idea of the method is to define a volume fraction function F within each grid, indicating the proportion of the grid space occupied by the material, 0 ≤ F ≤ 1 in Fig. 4. Specifically, when F = 0, the grid is empty and belongs to the gas-phase region; when F = 1, the grid is completely filled with material and belongs to the liquid-phase region; and when 0 < F < 1, the grid contains free surfaces and belongs to the mixed region. The direction normal to the free surface is the direction of the fastest change in the volume fraction F (the direction of the gradient of the volume fraction), and the direction of the gradient of the volume fraction can be calculated from the values of the volume fractions in the neighboring grids.74 The equations controlling the VOF are expressed as follows:𝛻����+�⋅(��→)=0,

(7)

where t is the time in s and �→ is the liquid velocity in m/s.

FIG. 4.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of VOF.

The material parameters of the mixing zone are altered due to the inclusion of both the gas and liquid phases. Therefore, in order to represent the density of the mixing zone, the average density �¯ is used, which is expressed as follows:72�¯=(1−�1)�gas+�1�metal,

(8)

where �1 is the proportion of liquid phase, �gas is the density of protective gas in kg/m3, and �metal is the density of metal in kg/m3.

2. Control equations and boundary conditions

Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the HP-LPBF melting process. First, the laser light strikes a localized area of the material and rapidly heats up the area. Next, the energy absorbed in the region is diffused through a variety of pathways (heat conduction, heat convection, and surface radiation), and this process triggers complex phase transition phenomena (melting, evaporation, and solidification). In metals undergoing melting, the driving forces include surface tension and the Marangoni effect, recoil due to evaporation, and buoyancy due to gravity and uneven density. The above physical phenomena interact with each other and do not occur independently.

FIG. 5.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of HP-LPBF melting process.

  1. Laser heat sourceThe Gaussian surface heat source model is used as the laser heat source model with the following expression:�=2�0����2exp(−2�12��2),(9)where � is the heat flow density in W/m2, �0 is the absorption rate of SS316L, �� is the radius of the laser focal spot in m, and �1 is the radial distance from the center of the laser focal spot in m. The laser focal spot can be used for a wide range of applications.
  2. Energy absorptionThe formula for calculating the laser absorption �0 of SS316L is as follows:�0=0.365(�0[1+�0(�−20)]/�)0.5,(10)where �0 is the direct current resistivity of SS316L at 20 °C in Ω m, �0 is the resistance temperature coefficient in ppm/°C, � is the temperature in °C, and � is the laser wavelength in m.
  3. Heat transferThe basic principle of heat transfer is conservation of energy, which is expressed as follows:𝛻𝛻𝛻�(��)��+�·(��→�)=�·(�0����)+��,(11)where � is the density of liquid phase SS316L in kg/m3, �� is the specific heat capacity of SS316L in J/(kg K), 𝛻� is the gradient operator, t is the time in s, T is the temperature in K, 𝛻�� is the temperature gradient, �→ is the velocity vector, �0 is the coefficient of thermal conduction of SS316L in W/(m K), and  �� is the thermal energy dissipation term in the molten pool.
  4. Molten pool flowThe following three conditions need to be satisfied for the molten pool to flow:
    • Conservation of mass with the following expression:𝛻�·(��→)=0.(12)
    • Conservation of momentum (Navier–Stokes equation) with the following expression:𝛻𝛻𝛻𝛻���→��+�(�→·�)�→=�·[−pI+�(��→+(��→)�)]+�,(13)where � is the pressure in Pa exerted on the liquid phase SS316L microelement, � is the unit matrix, � is the fluid viscosity in N s/m2, and � is the volumetric force (gravity, atmospheric pressure, surface tension, vapor recoil, and the Marangoni effect).
    • Conservation of energy, see Eq. (11)
  5. Surface tension and the Marangoni effectThe effect of temperature on the surface tension coefficient is considered and set as a linear relationship with the following expression:�=�0−��dT(�−��),(14)where � is the surface tension of the molten pool at temperature T in N/m, �� is the melting temperature of SS316L in K, �0 is the surface tension of the molten pool at temperature �� in Pa, and σdσ/ dT is the surface tension temperature coefficient in N/(m K).In general, surface tension decreases with increasing temperature. A temperature gradient causes a gradient in surface tension that drives the liquid to flow, known as the Marangoni effect.
  6. Metal vapor recoilAt higher input energy densities, the maximum temperature of the molten pool surface reaches the evaporation temperature of the material, and a gasification recoil pressure occurs vertically downward toward the molten pool surface, which will be the dominant driving force for the molten pool flow.75 The expression is as follows:��=0.54�� exp ���−���0���,(15)where �� is the gasification recoil pressure in Pa, �� is the ambient pressure in kPa, �� is the latent heat of evaporation in J/kg, �0 is the gas constant in J/(mol K), T is the surface temperature of the molten pool in K, and Te is the evaporation temperature in K.
  7. Solid–liquid–gas phase transitionWhen the laser hits the powder layer, the powder goes through three stages: heating, melting, and solidification. During the solidification phase, mutual transformations between solid, liquid, and gaseous states occur. At this point, the latent heat of phase transition absorbed or released during the phase transition needs to be considered.68 The phase transition is represented based on the relationship between energy and temperature with the following expression:�=�����,(�<��),�(��)+�−����−����,(��<�<��)�(��)+(�−��)����,(��<�),,(16)where �� and �� are solid and liquid phase density, respectively, of SS316L in kg/m3. �� and �� unit volume of solid and liquid phase-specific heat capacity, respectively, of SS316L in J/(kg K). �� and ��⁠, respectively, are the solidification temperature and melting temperature of SS316L in K. �� is the latent heat of the phase transition of SS316L melting in J/kg.

3. Assumptions

The CFD model was computed using the commercial software package FLOW-3D.76 In order to simplify the calculation and solution process while ensuring the accuracy of the results, the model makes the following assumptions:

  1. It is assumed that the effects of thermal stress and material solid-phase thermal expansion on the calculation results are negligible.
  2. The molten pool flow is assumed to be a Newtonian incompressible laminar flow, while the effects of liquid thermal expansion and density on the results are neglected.
  3. It is assumed that the surface tension can be simplified to an equivalent pressure acting on the free surface of the molten pool, and the effect of chemical composition on the results is negligible.
  4. Neglecting the effect of the gas flow field on the molten pool.
  5. The mass loss due to evaporation of the liquid metal is not considered.
  6. The influence of the plasma effect of the molten metal on the calculation results is neglected.

It is worth noting that the formulation of assumptions requires a trade-off between accuracy and computational efficiency. In the above models, some physical phenomena that have a small effect or high difficulty on the calculation results are simplified or ignored. Such simplifications make numerical simulations more efficient and computationally tractable, while still yielding accurate results.

4. Initial conditions

The preheating temperature of the substrate was set to 393 K, at which time all materials were in the solid state and the flow rate was zero.

5. Material parameters

The material used is SS316L and the relevant parameters required for numerical simulations are shown in Table I.46,77,78

TABLE I.

SS316L-related parameters.

PropertySymbolValue
Density of solid metal (kg/m3�metal 7980 
Solid phase line temperature (K) �� 1658 
Liquid phase line temperature (K) �� 1723 
Vaporization temperature (K) �� 3090 
Latent heat of melting (⁠ J/kg⁠) �� 2.60×105 
Latent heat of evaporation (⁠ J/kg⁠) �� 7.45×106 
Surface tension of liquid phase (N /m⁠) � 1.60 
Liquid metal viscosity (kg/m s) �� 6×10−3 
Gaseous metal viscosity (kg/m s) �gas 1.85×10−5 
Temperature coefficient of surface tension (N/m K) ��/�T 0.80×10−3 
Molar mass (⁠ kg/mol⁠) 0.05 593 
Emissivity � 0.26 
Laser absorption �0 0.35 
Ambient pressure (kPa) �� 101 325 
Ambient temperature (K) �0 300 
Stefan–Boltzmann constant (W/m2 K4� 5.67×10−8 
Thermal conductivity of metals (⁠ W/m K⁠) � 24.55 
Density of protective gas (kg/m3�gas 1.25 
Coefficient of thermal expansion (/K) �� 16×10−6 
Generalized gas constant (⁠ J/mol K⁠) 8.314 

III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

With the objective of studying in depth the evolutionary patterns of single-track and double-track molten pool development, detailed observations were made for certain specific locations in the model, as shown in Fig. 6. In this figure, P1 and P2 represent the longitudinal tangents to the centers of the two melt tracks in the XZ plane, while L1 is the transverse profile in the YZ plane. The scanning direction is positive and negative along the X axis. Points A and B are the locations of the centers of the molten pool of the first and second melt tracks, respectively (x = 1.995 × 10−4, y = 5 × 10−7, and z = −4.85 × 10−5).

FIG. 6.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of observation position.

A. Single-track simulation

A series of single-track molten pool simulation experiments were carried out in order to investigate the influence law of laser power as well as scanning speed on the HP-LPBF process. Figure 7 demonstrates the evolution of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the single-track molten pool in the time period of 50–500 μs under a laser power of 100 W and a scanning speed of 800 mm/s. The powder bed is in the natural cooling state. When t = 50 μs, the powder is heated by the laser heat and rapidly melts and settles to form the initial molten pool. This process is accompanied by partial melting of the substrate and solidification together with the melted powder. The molten pool rapidly expands with increasing width, depth, length, and temperature, as shown in Fig. 7(a). When t = 150 μs, the molten pool expands more obviously, and the temperature starts to transfer to the surrounding area, forming a heat-affected zone. At this point, the width of the molten pool tends to stabilize, and the temperature in the center of the molten pool has reached its peak and remains largely stable. However, the phenomenon of molten pool spatter was also observed in this process, as shown in Fig. 7(b). As time advances, when t = 300 μs, solidification begins to occur at the tail of the molten pool, and tiny ripples are produced on the solidified surface. This is due to the fact that the melt flows toward the region with large temperature gradient under the influence of Marangoni convection and solidifies together with the melt at the end of the bath. At this point, the temperature gradient at the front of the bath is significantly larger than at the end. While the width of the molten pool was gradually reduced, the shape of the molten pool was gradually changed to a “comet” shape. In addition, a slight depression was observed at the top of the bath because the peak temperature at the surface of the bath reached the evaporation temperature, which resulted in a recoil pressure perpendicular to the surface of the bath downward, creating a depressed region. As the laser focal spot moves and is paired with the Marangoni convection of the melt, these recessed areas will be filled in as shown in Fig. 7(c). It has been shown that the depressed regions are the result of the coupled effect of Marangoni convection, recoil pressure, and surface tension.79 By t = 500 μs, the width and height of the molten pool stabilize and show a “comet” shape in Fig. 7(d).

FIG. 7.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Single-track molten pool process: (a) t = 50  ��⁠, (b) t = 150  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 500  ��⁠.

Figure 8 depicts the velocity vector diagram of the P1 profile in a single-track molten pool, the length of the arrows represents the magnitude of the velocity, and the maximum velocity is about 2.36 m/s. When t = 50 μs, the molten pool takes shape, and the velocities at the two ends of the pool are the largest. The variation of the velocities at the front end is especially more significant in Fig. 8(a). As the time advances to t = 150 μs, the molten pool expands rapidly, in which the velocity at the tail increases and changes more significantly, while the velocity at the front is relatively small. At this stage, the melt moves backward from the center of the molten pool, which in turn expands the molten pool area. The melt at the back end of the molten pool center flows backward along the edge of the molten pool surface and then converges along the edge of the molten pool to the bottom center, rising to form a closed loop. Similarly, a similar closed loop is formed at the front end of the center of the bath, but with a shorter path. However, a large portion of the melt in the center of the closed loop formed at the front end of the bath is in a nearly stationary state. The main cause of this melt flow phenomenon is the effect of temperature gradient and surface tension (the Marangoni effect), as shown in Figs. 8(b) and 8(e). This dynamic behavior of the melt tends to form an “elliptical” pool. At t = 300 μs, the tendency of the above two melt flows to close the loop is more prominent and faster in Fig. 8(c). When t = 500 μs, the velocity vector of the molten pool shows a stable trend, and the closed loop of melt flow also remains stable. With the gradual laser focal spot movement, the melt is gradually solidified at its tail, and finally, a continuous and stable single track is formed in Fig. 8(d).

FIG. 8.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Vector plot of single-track molten pool velocity in XZ longitudinal section: (a) t = 50  ��⁠, (b) t = 150  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 500  ��⁠, (e) molten pool flow.

In order to explore in depth the transient evolution of the molten pool, the evolution of the single-track temperature field and the melt flow was monitored in the YZ cross section. Figure 9(a) shows the state of the powder bed at the initial moment. When t = 250 μs, the laser focal spot acts on the powder bed and the powder starts to melt and gradually collects in the molten pool. At this time, the substrate will also start to melt, and the melt flow mainly moves in the downward and outward directions and the velocity is maximum at the edges in Fig. 9(b). When t = 300 μs, the width and depth of the molten pool increase due to the recoil pressure. At this time, the melt flows more slowly at the center, but the direction of motion is still downward in Fig. 9(c). When t = 350 μs, the width and depth of the molten pool further increase, at which time the intensity of the melt flow reaches its peak and the direction of motion remains the same in Fig. 9(d). When t = 400 μs, the melt starts to move upward, and the surrounding powder or molten material gradually fills up, causing the surface of the molten pool to begin to flatten. At this time, the maximum velocity of the melt is at the center of the bath, while the velocity at the edge is close to zero, and the edge of the melt starts to solidify in Fig. 9(e). When t = 450 μs, the melt continues to move upward, forming a convex surface of the melt track. However, the melt movement slows down, as shown in Fig. 9(f). When t = 500 μs, the melt further moves upward and its speed gradually becomes smaller. At the same time, the melt solidifies further, as shown in Fig. 9(g). When t = 550 μs, the melt track is basically formed into a single track with a similar “mountain” shape. At this stage, the velocity is close to zero only at the center of the molten pool, and the flow behavior of the melt is poor in Fig. 9(h). At t = 600 μs, the melt stops moving and solidification is rapidly completed. Up to this point, a single track is formed in Fig. 9(i). During the laser action on the powder bed, the substrate melts and combines with the molten state powder. The powder-to-powder fusion is like the convergence of water droplets, which are rapidly fused by surface tension. However, the fusion between the molten state powder and the substrate occurs driven by surface tension, and the molten powder around the molten pool is pulled toward the substrate (a wetting effect occurs), which ultimately results in the formation of a monolithic whole.38,80,81

FIG. 9.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Evolution of single-track molten pool temperature and melt flow in the YZ cross section: (a) t = 0  ��⁠, (b) t = 250  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 350  ��⁠, (e) t = 400  ��⁠, (f) t = 450  ��⁠, (g) t = 500  ��⁠, (h) t = 550  ��⁠, (i) t = 600  ��⁠.

The wetting ability between the liquid metal and the solid substrate in the molten pool directly affects the degree of balling of the melt,82,83 and the wetting ability can be measured by the contact angle of a single track in Fig. 10. A smaller value of contact angle represents better wettability. The contact angle α can be calculated by�=�1−�22,

(17)

where �1 and �2 are the contact angles of the left and right regions, respectively.

FIG. 10.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic of contact angle.

Relevant studies have confirmed that the wettability is better at a contact angle α around or below 40°.84 After measurement, a single-track contact angle α of about 33° was obtained under this process parameter, which further confirms the good wettability.

B. Double-track simulation

In order to deeply investigate the influence of hatch spacing on the characteristics of the HP-LPBF process, a series of double-track molten pool simulation experiments were systematically carried out. Figure 11 shows in detail the dynamic changes of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool in the time period of 2050–2500 μs under the conditions of laser power of 100 W, scanning speed of 800 mm/s, and hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. By comparing the study with Fig. 7, it is observed that the basic characteristics of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the second track are similar to those of the first track. However, there are subtle differences between them. The first track exhibits a basically symmetric shape, but the second track morphology shows a slight deviation influenced by the difference in thermal diffusion rate between the solidified metal and the powder. Otherwise, the other characteristic information is almost the same as that of the first track. Figure 12 shows the velocity vector plot of the P2 profile in the double-track molten pool, with a maximum velocity of about 2.63 m/s. The melt dynamics at both ends of the pool are more stable at t = 2050 μs, where the maximum rate of the second track is only 1/3 of that of the first one. Other than that, the rest of the information is almost no significant difference from the characteristic information of the first track. Figure 13 demonstrates a detailed observation of the double-track temperature field and melts flow in the YZ cross section, and a comparative study with Fig. 9 reveals that the width of the second track is slightly wider. In addition, after the melt direction shifts from bottom to top, the first track undergoes four time periods (50 μs) to reach full solidification, while the second track takes five time periods. This is due to the presence of significant heat buildup in the powder bed after the forming of the first track, resulting in a longer dynamic time of the melt and an increased molten pool lifetime. In conclusion, the level of specimen forming can be significantly optimized by adjusting the laser power and hatch spacing.

FIG. 11.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Double-track molten pool process: (a) t = 2050  ��⁠, (b) t = 2150  ��⁠, (c) t = 2300  ��⁠, (d) t = 2500  ��⁠.

FIG. 12.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Vector plot of double-track molten pool velocity in XZ longitudinal section: (a) t = 2050  ��⁠, (b) t = 2150  ��⁠, (c) t = 2300  ��⁠, (d) t = 2500  ��⁠.

FIG. 13.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Evolution of double-track molten pool temperature and melt flow in the YZ cross section: (a) t = 2250  ��⁠, (b) t = 2300  ��⁠, (c) t = 2350  ��⁠, (d) t = 2400  ��⁠, (e) t = 2450  ��⁠, (f) t = 2500  ��⁠, (g) t = 2550  ��⁠, (h) t = 2600  ��⁠, (i) t = 2650  ��⁠.

In order to quantitatively detect the molten pool dimensions as well as the remolten region dimensions, the molten pool characterization information in Fig. 14 is constructed by drawing the boundary on the YZ cross section based on the isothermal surface of the liquid phase line. It can be observed that the heights of the first track and second track are basically the same, but the depth of the second track increases relative to the first track. The molten pool width is mainly positively correlated with the laser power as well as the scanning speed (the laser line energy density �⁠). However, the remelted zone width is negatively correlated with the hatch spacing (the overlapping ratio). Overall, the forming quality of the specimens can be directly influenced by adjusting the laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing.

FIG. 14.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Double-track molten pool characterization information on YZ cross section.

In order to study the variation rule of the temperature in the center of the molten pool with time, Fig. 15 demonstrates the temperature variation curves with time for two reference points, A and B. Among them, the red dotted line indicates the liquid phase line temperature of SS316L. From the figure, it can be seen that the maximum temperature at the center of the molten pool in the first track is lower than that in the second track, which is mainly due to the heat accumulation generated after passing through the first track. The maximum temperature gradient was calculated to be 1.69 × 108 K/s. When the laser scanned the first track, the temperature in the center of the molten pool of the second track increased slightly. Similarly, when the laser scanned the second track, a similar situation existed in the first track. Since the temperature gradient in the second track is larger than that in the first track, the residence time of the liquid phase in the molten pool of the first track is longer than that of the second track.

FIG. 15.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Temperature profiles as a function of time for two reference points A and B.

C. Simulation analysis of molten pool under different process parameters

In order to deeply investigate the effects of various process parameters on the mesoscopic-scale temperature field, molten pool characteristic information and defects of HP-LPBF, numerical simulation experiments on mesoscopic-scale laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing of double-track molten pools were carried out.

1. Laser power

Figure 16 shows the effects of different laser power on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool at a scanning speed of 800 mm/s and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. When P = 50 W, a smaller molten pool is formed due to the lower heat generated by the Gaussian light source per unit time. This leads to a smaller track width, which results in adjacent track not lapping properly and the presence of a large number of unmelted powder particles, resulting in an increase in the number of defects, such as pores in the specimen. The surface of the track is relatively flat, and the depth is small. In addition, the temperature gradient before and after the molten pool was large, and the depression location appeared at the biased front end in Fig. 16(a). When P = 100 W, the surface of the track is flat and smooth with excellent lap. Due to the Marangoni effect, the velocity field of the molten pool is in the form of “vortex,” and the melt has good fluidity, and the maximum velocity reaches 2.15 m/s in Fig. 16(b). When P = 200 W, the heat generated by the Gaussian light source per unit time is too large, resulting in the melt rapidly reaching the evaporation temperature, generating a huge recoil pressure, forming a large molten pool, and the surface of the track is obviously raised. The melt movement is intense, especially the closed loop at the center end of the molten pool. At this time, the depth and width of the molten pool are large, leading to the expansion of the remolten region and the increased chance of the appearance of porosity defects in Fig. 16(c). The results show that at low laser power, the surface tension in the molten pool is dominant. At high laser power, recoil pressure is its main role.

FIG. 16.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different laser powers: (a) P = 50 W, (b) P = 100 W, (c) P = 200 W.

Table II shows the effect of different laser powers on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool at a scanning speed of 800 mm/s and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. The negative overlapping ratio in the table indicates that the melt tracks are not lapped, and 26/29 indicates the melt depth of the first track/second track. It can be seen that with the increase in laser power, the melt depth, melt width, melt height, and remelted zone show a gradual increase. At the same time, the overlapping ratio also increases. Especially in the process of laser power from 50 to 200 W, the melting depth and melting width increased the most, which increased nearly 2 and 1.5 times, respectively. Meanwhile, the overlapping ratio also increases with the increase in laser power, which indicates that the melting and fusion of materials are better at high laser power. On the other hand, the dimensions of the molten pool did not change uniformly with the change of laser power. Specifically, the depth-to-width ratio of the molten pool increased from about 0.30 to 0.39 during the increase from 50 to 120 W, which further indicates that the effective heat transfer in the vertical direction is greater than that in the horizontal direction with the increase in laser power. This dimensional response to laser power is mainly affected by the recoil pressure and also by the difference in the densification degree between the powder layer and the metal substrate. In addition, according to the experimental results, the contact angle shows a tendency to increase and then decrease during the process of laser power increase, and always stays within the range of less than 33°. Therefore, in practical applications, it is necessary to select the appropriate laser power according to the specific needs in order to achieve the best processing results.

TABLE II.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different laser powers.

Laser power (W)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
50 16 54 11 −10 23 
100 26/29 74 14 18 23.33 33 
200 37/45 116 21 52 93.33 28 

2. Scanning speed

Figure 17 demonstrates the effect of different scanning speeds on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool at a laser power of 100 W and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. With the gradual increase in scanning speed, the surface morphology of the molten pool evolves from circular to elliptical. When � = 200 mm/s, the slow scanning speed causes the material to absorb too much heat, which is very easy to trigger the overburning phenomenon. At this point, the molten pool is larger and the surface morphology is uneven. This situation is consistent with the previously discussed scenario with high laser power in Fig. 17(a). However, when � = 1600 mm/s, the scanning speed is too fast, resulting in the material not being able to absorb sufficient heat, which triggers the powder particles that fail to melt completely to have a direct effect on the bonding of the melt to the substrate. At this time, the molten pool volume is relatively small and the neighboring melt track cannot lap properly. This result is consistent with the previously discussed case of low laser power in Fig. 17(b). Overall, the ratio of the laser power to the scanning speed (the line energy density �⁠) has a direct effect on the temperature field and surface morphology of the molten pool.

FIG. 17.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different scanning speed: (a)  � = 200 mm/s, (b)  � = 1600 mm/s.

Table III shows the effects of different scanning speed on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. It can be seen that the scanning speed has a significant effect on the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio. With the increase in scanning speed, the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remelted zone, and overlapping ratio show a gradual decreasing trend. Among them, the melt depth and melt width decreased faster, while the melt height and remolten region decreased relatively slowly. In addition, when the scanning speed was increased from 200 to 800 mm/s, the decreasing speeds of melt depth and melt width were significantly accelerated, while the decreasing speeds of overlapping ratio were relatively slow. When the scanning speed was further increased to 1600 mm/s, the decreasing speeds of melt depth and melt width were further accelerated, and the un-lapped condition of the melt channel also appeared. In addition, the contact angle increases and then decreases with the scanning speed, and both are lower than 33°. Therefore, when selecting the scanning speed, it is necessary to make reasonable trade-offs according to the specific situation, and take into account the factors of melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio, in order to achieve the best processing results.

TABLE III.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different scanning speeds.

Scanning speed (mm/s)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
200 55/68 182 19/32 124 203.33 22 
1600 13 50 11 −16.67 31 

3. Hatch spacing

Figure 18 shows the effect of different hatch spacing on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and scanning speed of 800 mm/s. The surface morphology and temperature field of the first track and second track are basically the same, but slightly different. The first track shows a basically symmetric morphology along the scanning direction, while the second track shows a slight offset due to the difference in the heat transfer rate between the solidified material and the powder particles. When the hatch spacing is too small, the overlapping ratio increases and the probability of defects caused by remelting phenomenon grows. When the hatch spacing is too large, the neighboring melt track cannot overlap properly, and the powder particles are not completely melted, leading to an increase in the number of holes. In conclusion, the ratio of the line energy density � to the hatch spacing (the volume energy density E) has a significant effect on the temperature field and surface morphology of the molten pool.

FIG. 18.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different hatch spacings: (a) H = 0.03 mm, (b) H = 0.12 mm.

Table IV shows the effects of different hatch spacing on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and scanning speed of 800 mm/s. It can be seen that the hatch spacing has little effect on the melt depth, melt width, and melt height, but has some effect on the remolten region. With the gradual expansion of hatch spacing, the remolten region shows a gradual decrease. At the same time, the overlapping ratio also decreased with the increase in hatch spacing. In addition, it is observed that the contact angle shows a tendency to increase and then remain stable when the hatch spacing increases, which has a more limited effect on it. Therefore, trade-offs and decisions need to be made on a case-by-case basis when selecting the hatch spacing.

TABLE IV.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different hatch spacings.

Hatch spacing (mm)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
0.03 25/27 82 14 59 173.33 30 
0.12 26 78 14 −35 33 

In summary, the laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing have a significant effect on the formation of the molten pool, and the correct selection of these three process parameters is crucial to ensure the forming quality. In addition, the melt depth of the second track is slightly larger than that of the first track at higher line energy density � and volume energy density E. This is mainly due to the fact that a large amount of heat accumulation is generated after the first track, forming a larger molten pool volume, which leads to an increase in the melt depth.

D. Simulation analysis of molten pool with powder particle size and laser focal spot diameter

Figure 19 demonstrates the effect of different powder particle sizes and laser focal spot diameters on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool under a laser power of 100 W, a scanning speed of 800 mm/s, and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. In the process of melting coarse powder with small laser focal spot diameter, the laser energy cannot completely melt the larger powder particles, resulting in their partial melting and further generating excessive pore defects. The larger powder particles tend to generate zigzag molten pool edges, which cause an increase in the roughness of the melt track surface. In addition, the molten pool is also prone to generate the present spatter phenomenon, which can directly affect the quality of forming. The volume of the formed molten pool is relatively small, while the melt depth, melt width, and melt height are all smaller relative to the fine powder in Fig. 19(a). In the process of melting fine powders with a large laser focal spot diameter, the laser energy is able to melt the fine powder particles sufficiently, even to the point of overmelting. This results in a large number of fine spatters being generated at the edge of the molten pool, which causes porosity defects in the melt track in Fig. 19(b). In addition, the maximum velocity of the molten pool is larger for large powder particle sizes compared to small powder particle sizes, which indicates that the temperature gradient in the molten pool is larger for large powder particle sizes and the melt motion is more intense. However, the size of the laser focal spot diameter has a relatively small effect on the melt motion. However, a larger focal spot diameter induces a larger melt volume with greater depth, width, and height. In conclusion, a small powder size helps to reduce the surface roughness of the specimen, and a small laser spot diameter reduces the minimum forming size of a single track.

FIG. 19.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool with different powder particle size and laser focal spot diameter: (a) focal spot = 25 μm, coarse powder, (b) focal spot = 80 μm, fine powder.

Table V shows the maximum temperature gradient at the reference point for different powder sizes and laser focal spot diameters. As can be seen from the table, the maximum temperature gradient is lower than that of HP-LPBF for both coarse powders with a small laser spot diameter and fine powders with a large spot diameter, a phenomenon that leads to an increase in the heat transfer rate of HP-LPBF, which in turn leads to a corresponding increase in the cooling rate and, ultimately, to the formation of finer microstructures.

TABLE V.

Maximum temperature gradient at the reference point for different powder particle sizes and laser focal spot diameters.

Laser power (W)Scanning speed (mm/s)Hatch spacing (mm)Average powder size (μm)Laser focal spot diameter (μm)Maximum temperature gradient (×107 K/s)
100 800 0.06 31.7 25 7.89 
11.5 80 7.11 

IV. CONCLUSIONS

In this study, the geometrical characteristics of 3D coarse and fine powder particles were first calculated using DEM and then numerical simulations of single track and double track in the process of forming SS316L from monolayer HP-LPBF at mesoscopic scale were developed using CFD method. The effects of Marangoni convection, surface tension, recoil pressure, gravity, thermal convection, thermal radiation, and evaporative heat dissipation on the heat and mass transfer in the molten pool were considered in this model. The effects of laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing on the dynamics of the single-track and double-track molten pools, as well as on other characteristic information, were investigated. The effects of the powder particle size on the molten pool were investigated comparatively with the laser focal spot diameter. The main conclusions are as follows:

  1. The results show that the temperature gradient at the front of the molten pool is significantly larger than that at the tail, and the molten pool exhibits a “comet” morphology. At the top of the molten pool, there is a slightly concave region, which is the result of the coupling of Marangoni convection, recoil pressure, and surface tension. The melt flow forms two closed loops, which are mainly influenced by temperature gradients and surface tension. This special dynamic behavior of the melt tends to form an “elliptical” molten pool and an almost “mountain” shape in single-track forming.
  2. The basic characteristics of the three-dimensional morphology and temperature field of the second track are similar to those of the first track, but there are subtle differences. The first track exhibits a basically symmetrical shape; however, due to the difference in thermal diffusion rates between the solidified metal and the powder, a slight asymmetry in the molten pool morphology of the second track occurs. After forming through the first track, there is a significant heat buildup in the powder bed, resulting in a longer dynamic time of the melt, which increases the life of the molten pool. The heights of the first track and second track remained essentially the same, but the depth of the second track was greater relative to the first track. In addition, the maximum temperature gradient was 1.69 × 108 K/s during HP-LPBF forming.
  3. At low laser power, the surface tension in the molten pool plays a dominant role. At high laser power, recoil pressure becomes the main influencing factor. With the increase of laser power, the effective heat transfer in the vertical direction is superior to that in the horizontal direction. With the gradual increase of scanning speed, the surface morphology of the molten pool evolves from circular to elliptical. In addition, the scanning speed has a significant effect on the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio. Too large or too small hatch spacing will lead to remelting or non-lap phenomenon, which in turn causes the formation of defects.
  4. When using a small laser focal spot diameter, it is difficult to completely melt large powder particle sizes, resulting in partial melting and excessive porosity generation. At the same time, large powder particles produce curved edges of the molten pool, resulting in increased surface roughness of the melt track. In addition, spatter occurs, which directly affects the forming quality. At small focal spot diameters, the molten pool volume is relatively small, and the melt depth, the melt width, and the melt height are correspondingly small. Taken together, the small powder particle size helps to reduce surface roughness, while the small spot diameter reduces the forming size.

REFERENCES

  1. S. L. Sing and W. Y. Yeong , “ Laser powder bed fusion for metal additive manufacturing: Perspectives on recent developments,” Virtual Phys. Prototyping. 15, 359–370 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1080/17452759.2020.1779999
    Google ScholarCrossref
  2. A. M. Khorasani , I. G. Jithin , J. K. Veetil , and A. H. Ghasemi , “ A review of technological improvements in laser-based powder bed fusion of metal printers,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 108, 191–209 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-020-05361-3
    Google ScholarCrossref
  3. Y. Qin , A. Brockett , Y. Ma , A. Razali , J. Zhao , C. Harrison , W. Pan , X. Dai , and D. Loziak , “ Micro-manufacturing: Research, technology outcomes and development issues,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 47, 821–837 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-009-2411-2
    Google ScholarCrossref
  4. B. Nagarajan , Z. Hu , X. Song , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Development of micro selective laser melting: The state of the art and future perspectives,” Engineering. 5, 702–720 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eng.2019.07.002
    Google ScholarCrossref
  5. Y. Wei , G. Chen , W. Li , Y. Zhou , Z. Nie , J. Xu , and W. Zhou , “ Micro selective laser melting of SS316L: Single tracks, defects, microstructures and thermal/mechanical properties,” Opt. Laser Technol. 145, 107469 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2021.107469
    Google ScholarCrossref
  6. Y. Wei , G. Chen , W. Li , M. Li , Y. Zhou , Z. Nie , and J. Xu , “ Process optimization of micro selective laser melting and comparison of different laser diameter for forming different powder,” Opt. Laser Technol. 150, 107953 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2022.107953
    Google ScholarCrossref
  7. H. Zhiheng , B. Nagarajan , X. Song , R. Huang , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Formation of SS316L single tracks in micro selective laser melting: Surface, geometry, and defects,” Adv. Mater. Sci. Eng. 2019, 9451406.https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/9451406
    Crossref
  8. B. Nagarajan , Z. Hu , S. Gao , X. Song , R. Huang , M. Seita , and J. Wei , “ Effect of in-situ laser remelting on the microstructure of SS316L fabricated by micro selective laser melting,” in Advanced Surface Enhancement, edited by Sho Itoh and Shashwat Shukla , Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering ( Springer Singapore, Singapore, 2020), pp. 330–336.
    Google ScholarCrossref
  9. H. Zhiheng , B. Nagarajan , X. Song , R. Huang , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Tailoring surface roughness of micro selective laser melted SS316L by in-situ laser remelting,” in Advanced Surface Enhancement, edited by Sho Itoh and Shashwat Shukla , Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering ( Springer Singapore, Singapore, 2020), pp. 337–343.
    Google Scholar
  10. J. Fu , Z. Hu , X. Song , W. Zhai , Y. Long , H. Li , and M. Fu , “ Micro selective laser melting of NiTi shape memory alloy: Defects, microstructures and thermal/mechanical properties,” Opt. Laser Technol. 131, 106374 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106374
    Google ScholarCrossref
  11. E. Abele and M. Kniepkamp , “ Analysis and optimisation of vertical surface roughness in micro selective laser melting,” Surf. Topogr.: Metrol. Prop. 3, 034007 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1088/2051-672X/3/3/034007
    Google ScholarCrossref
  12. S. Qu , J. Ding , J. Fu , M. Fu , B. Zhang , and X. Song , “ High-precision laser powder bed fusion processing of pure copper,” Addit. Manuf. 48, 102417 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.102417
    Google ScholarCrossref
  13. Y. Wei , G. Chen , M. Li , W. Li , Y. Zhou , J. Xu , and Z. wei , “ High-precision laser powder bed fusion of 18Ni300 maraging steel and its SiC reinforcement composite materials,” J. Manuf. Process. 84, 750–763 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2022.10.049
    Google ScholarCrossref
  14. B. Liu , R. Wildman , T. Christopher , I. Ashcroft , and H. Richard , “ Investigation the effect of particle size distribution on processing parameters optimisation in selective laser melting process,” in 2011 International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium ( University of Texas at Austin, 2011).
    Google Scholar
  15. T. D. McLouth , G. E. Bean , D. B. Witkin , S. D. Sitzman , P. M. Adams , D. N. Patel , W. Park , J.-M. Yang , and R. J. Zaldivar , “ The effect of laser focus shift on microstructural variation of Inconel 718 produced by selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 149, 205–213 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2018.04.019
    Google ScholarCrossref
  16. Y. Qian , Y. Wentao , and L. Feng , “ Mesoscopic simulations of powder bed fusion: Research progresses and conditions,” Electromachining Mould 06, 46–52 (2017).https://doi.org/10.3969/j.issn.1009-279X.2017.06.012
    Google Scholar
  17. J. Fu , S. Qu , J. Ding , X. Song , and M. W. Fu , “ Comparison of the microstructure, mechanical properties and distortion of stainless Steel 316L fabricated by micro and conventional laser powder bed fusion,” Addit. Manuf. 44, 102067 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.102067
    Google ScholarCrossref
  18. N. T. Aboulkhair , I. Maskery , C. Tuck , I. Ashcroft , and N. M. Everitt , “ The microstructure and mechanical properties of selectively laser Melted AlSi10Mg: The effect of a conventional T6-like heat treatment,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 667, 139–146 (2016).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2016.04.092
    Google ScholarCrossref
  19. S. Y. Chen , J. C. Huang , C. T. Pan , C. H. Lin , T. L. Yang , Y. S. Huang , C. H. Ou , L. Y. Chen , D. Y. Lin , H. K. Lin , T. H. Li , J. S. C. Jang , and C. C. Yang , “ Microstructure and mechanical properties of open-cell porous Ti-6Al-4V fabricated by selective laser melting,” J. Alloys Compd. 713, 248–254 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jallcom.2017.04.190
    Google ScholarCrossref
  20. Y. Bai , Y. Yang , D. Wang , and M. Zhang , “ Influence mechanism of parameters process and mechanical properties evolution mechanism of Maraging steel 300 by selective laser melting,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 703, 116–123 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2017.06.033
    Google ScholarCrossref
  21. Y. Bai , Y. Yang , Z. Xiao , M. Zhang , and D. Wang , “ Process optimization and mechanical property evolution of AlSiMg0.75 by selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 140, 257–266 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2017.11.045
    Google ScholarCrossref
  22. Y. Liu , M. Zhang , W. Shi , Y. Ma , and J. Yang , “ Study on performance optimization of 316L stainless steel parts by high-efficiency selective laser melting,” Opt. Laser Technol. 138, 106872 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106872
    Google ScholarCrossref
  23. D. Gu , Y.-C. Hagedorn , W. Meiners , G. Meng , R. J. S. Batista , K. Wissenbach , and R. Poprawe , “ Densification behavior, microstructure evolution, and wear performance of selective laser melting processed commercially pure titanium,” Acta Mater. 60, 3849–3860 (2012).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2012.04.006
    Google ScholarCrossref
  24. N. Read , W. Wang , K. Essa , and M. M. Attallah , “ Selective laser melting of AlSi10Mg alloy: Process optimisation and mechanical properties development,” Mater. Des. 65, 417–424 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2014.09.044
    Google ScholarCrossref
  25. I. A. Roberts , C. J. Wang , R. Esterlein , M. Stanford , and D. J. Mynors , “ A three-dimensional finite element analysis of the temperature field during laser melting of metal powders in additive layer manufacturing,” Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 49(12–13), 916–923 (2009).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2009.07.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  26. K. Dai and L. Shaw , “ Finite element analysis of the effect of volume shrinkage during laser densification,” Acta Mater. 53(18), 4743–4754 (2005).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2005.06.014
    Google ScholarCrossref
  27. K. Carolin , E. Attar , and P. Heinl , “ Mesoscopic simulation of selective beam melting processes,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 211(6), 978–987 (2011).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2010.12.016
    Google ScholarCrossref
  28. F.-J. Gürtler , M. Karg , K.-H. Leitz , and M. Schmidt , “ Simulation of laser beam melting of steel powders using the three-dimensional volume of fluid method,” Phys. Procedia 41, 881–886 (2013).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.phpro.2013.03.162
    Google ScholarCrossref
  29. P. Meakin and R. Jullien , “ Restructuring effects in the rain model for random deposition,” J. Phys. France 48(10), 1651–1662 (1987).https://doi.org/10.1051/jphys:0198700480100165100
    Google ScholarCrossref
  30. J-m Wang , G-h Liu , Y-l Fang , and W-k Li , “ Marangoni effect in nonequilibrium multiphase system of material processing,” Rev. Chem. Eng. 32(5), 551–585 (2016).https://doi.org/10.1515/revce-2015-0067
    Google ScholarCrossref
  31. W. Ye , S. Zhang , L. L. Mendez , M. Farias , J. Li , B. Xu , P. Li , and Y. Zhang , “ Numerical simulation of the melting and alloying processes of elemental titanium and boron powders using selective laser alloying,” J. Manuf. Process. 64, 1235–1247 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.02.044
    Google ScholarCrossref
  32. U. S. Bertoli , A. J. Wolfer , M. J. Matthews , J.-P. R. Delplanque , and J. M. Schoenung , “ On the limitations of volumetric energy density as a design parameter for selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 113, 331–340 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2016.10.037
    Google ScholarCrossref
  33. W. E. King , H. D. Barth , V. M. Castillo , G. F. Gallegos , J. W. Gibbs , D. E. Hahn , C. Kamath , and A. M. Rubenchik , “ Observation of keyhole-mode laser melting in laser powder-bed fusion additive manufacturing,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 214(12), 2915–2925 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  34. L. Cao , “ Numerical simulation of the impact of laying powder on selective laser melting single-pass formation,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 141, 1036–1048 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.07.053
    Google ScholarCrossref
  35. L. Huang , X. Hua , D. Wu , and F. Li , “ Numerical study of keyhole instability and porosity formation mechanism in laser welding of aluminum alloy and steel,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 252, 421–431 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.10.011
    Google ScholarCrossref
  36. K. Q. Le , C. Tang , and C. H. Wong , “ On the study of keyhole-mode melting in selective laser melting process,” Int. J. Therm. Sci. 145, 105992 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijthermalsci.2019.105992
    Google ScholarCrossref
  37. J.-H. Cho and S.-J. Na , “ Theoretical analysis of keyhole dynamics in polarized laser drilling,” J. Phys. D: Appl. Phys. 40(24), 7638 (2007).https://doi.org/10.1088/0022-3727/40/24/007
    Google ScholarCrossref
  38. W. Ye , “ Mechanism analysis of selective laser melting and metallurgy process based on base element powder of titanium and boron,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Nanchang University, 2021).
    Google Scholar
  39. R. Ammer , M. Markl , U. Ljungblad , C. Körner , and U. Rüde , “ Simulating fast electron beam melting with a parallel thermal free surface lattice Boltzmann method,” Comput. Math. Appl. 67(2), 318–330 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2013.10.001
    Google ScholarCrossref
  40. H. Chen , Q. Wei , S. Wen , Z. Li , and Y. Shi , “ Flow behavior of powder particles in layering process of selective laser melting: Numerical modeling and experimental verification based on discrete element method,” Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 123, 146–159 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2017.08.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  41. F. Verhaeghe , T. Craeghs , J. Heulens , and L. Pandelaers , “ A pragmatic model for selective laser melting with evaporation,” Acta Mater. 57(20), 6006–6012 (2009).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2009.08.027
    Google ScholarCrossref
  42. C. H. Fu and Y. B. Guo , “ Three-dimensional temperature gradient mechanism in selective laser melting of Ti-6Al-4V,” J. Manuf. Sci. Eng. 136(6), 061004 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1115/1.4028539
    Google ScholarCrossref
  43. Y. Xiang , Z. Shuzhe , L. Junfeng , W. Zhengying , Y. Lixiang , and J. Lihao , “ Numerical simulation and experimental verification for selective laser single track melting forming of Ti6Al4V,” J. Zhejiang Univ. (Eng. Sci.) 53(11), 2102–2109 + 2117 (2019).https://doi.org/10.3785/j.issn.1008-973X.2019.11.007
    Google Scholar
  44. Q. He , H. Xia , J. Liu , X. Ao , and S. Lin , “ Modeling and numerical studies of selective laser melting: Multiphase flow, solidification and heat transfer,” Mater. Des. 196, 109115 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2020.109115
    Google ScholarCrossref
  45. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale numerical simulation including the influence of process parameters on SLM single-layer multi-pass formation,” Metall. Mater. Trans. A 51, 4130–4145 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1007/s11661-020-05831-z
    Google ScholarCrossref
  46. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale numerical investigation including the influence of process parameters on LPBF multi-layer multi-path formation,” Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 126(1), 5–23 (2021).https://doi.org/10.32604/cmes.2021.014693
    Google ScholarCrossref
  47. H. Yin and S. D. Felicelli , “ Dendrite growth simulation during solidification in the LENS process,” Acta Mater. 58(4), 1455–1465 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2009.10.053
    Google ScholarCrossref
  48. P. Nie , O. A. Ojo , and Z. Li , “ Numerical modeling of microstructure evolution during laser additive manufacturing of a nickel-based superalloy,” Acta Mater. 77, 85–95 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2014.05.039
    Google ScholarCrossref
  49. Z. Liu and H. Qi , “ Effects of substrate crystallographic orientations on crystal growth and microstructure formation in laser powder deposition of nickel-based superalloy,” Acta Mater. 87, 248–258 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2014.12.046
    Google ScholarCrossref
  50. L. Wei , L. Xin , W. Meng , and H. Weidong , “ Cellular automaton simulation of the molten pool of laser solid forming process,” Acta Phys. Sin. 64(01), 018103–018363 (2015).https://doi.org/10.7498/aps.64.018103
    Google ScholarCrossref
  51. R. Acharya , J. A. Sharon , and A. Staroselsky , “ Prediction of microstructure in laser powder bed fusion process,” Acta Mater. 124, 360–371 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2016.11.018
    Google ScholarCrossref
  52. M. R. Rolchigo and R. LeSar , “ Modeling of binary alloy solidification under conditions representative of additive manufacturing,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 150, 535–545 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2018.04.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  53. S. Geng , P. Jiang , L. Guo , X. Gao , and G. Mi , “ Multi-scale simulation of grain/sub-grain structure evolution during solidification in laser welding of aluminum alloys,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 149, 119252 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.119252
    Google ScholarCrossref
  54. W. L. Wang , W. Q. Liu , X. Yang , R. R. Xu , and Q. Y. Dai , “ Multi-scale simulation of columnar-to-equiaxed transition during laser selective melting of rare earth magnesium alloy,” J. Mater. Sci. Technol. 119, 11–24 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmst.2021.12.029
    Google ScholarCrossref
  55. Q. Xia , J. Yang , and Y. Li , “ On the conservative phase-field method with the N-component incompressible flows,” Phys. Fluids 35, 012120 (2023).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0135490
    Google ScholarCrossref
  56. Q. Xia , G. Sun , J. Kim , and Y. Li , “ Multi-scale modeling and simulation of additive manufacturing based on fused deposition technique,” Phys. Fluids 35, 034116 (2023).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0141316
    Google ScholarCrossref
  57. A. Hussein , L. Hao , C. Yan , and R. Everson , “ Finite element simulation of the temperature and stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 52, 638–647 (2013).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2013.05.070
    Google ScholarCrossref
  58. J. Ding , P. Colegrove , J. Mehnen , S. Ganguly , P. M. Sequeira Almeida , F. Wang , and S. Williams , “ Thermo-mechanical analysis of wire and arc additive layer manufacturing process on large multi-layer parts,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 50(12), 3315–3322 (2011).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2011.06.023
    Google ScholarCrossref
  59. Y. Du , X. You , F. Qiao , L. Guo , and Z. Liu , “ A model for predicting the temperature field during selective laser melting,” Results Phys. 12, 52–60 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rinp.2018.11.031
    Google ScholarCrossref
  60. X. Luo , M. Liu , L. Zhenhua , H. Li , and J. Shen , “ Effect of different heat-source models on calculated temperature field of selective laser melted 18Ni300,” Chin. J. Lasers 48(14), 1402005–1402062 (2021).https://doi.org/10.3788/CJL202148.1402005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  61. J. F. Li , L. Li , and F. H. Stott , “ Thermal stresses and their implication on cracking during laser melting of ceramic materials,” Acta Mater. 52(14), 4385–4398 (2004).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2004.06.005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  62. P. Aggarangsi and J. L. Beuth , “ Localized preheating approaches for reducing residual stress in additive manufacturing,” paper presented at the 2006 International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium, The University of Texas in Austin on August 14–16, 2006.
  63. K. Dai and L. Shaw , “ Thermal and mechanical finite element modeling of laser forming from metal and ceramic powders,” Acta Mater. 52(1), 69–80 (2004).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2003.08.028
    Google ScholarCrossref
  64. A. H. Nickel , D. M. Barnett , and F. B. Prinz , “ Thermal stresses and deposition patterns in layered manufacturing,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 317(1–2), 59–64 (2001).https://doi.org/10.1016/S0921-5093(01)01179-0
    Google ScholarCrossref
  65. M. F. Zaeh and G. Branner , “ Investigations on residual stresses and deformations in selective laser melting,” Prod. Eng. 4(1), 35–45 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1007/s11740-009-0192-y
    Google ScholarCrossref
  66. P. Bian , J. Shi , Y. Liu , and Y. Xie , “ Influence of laser power and scanning strategy on residual stress distribution in additively manufactured 316L steel,” Opt. Laser Technol. 132, 106477 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106477
    Google ScholarCrossref
  67. B. M. Marques , C. M. Andrade , D. M. Neto , M. C. Oliveira , J. L. Alves , and L. F. Menezes , “ Numerical analysis of residual stresses in parts produced by selective laser melting process,” Procedia Manuf. 47, 1170–1177 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.promfg.2020.04.167
    Google ScholarCrossref
  68. W. Mu , “ Numerical simulation of SLM forming process and research and prediction of forming properties,” MA thesis ( Anhui Jianzhu University, 2022).
    Google Scholar
  69. Y. Zhang , “ Multi-scale multi-physics modeling of laser powder bed fusion process of metallic materials with experiment validation,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Purdue University, 2018).
    Google Scholar
  70. Y. Qian , “ Mesoscopic simulation studies of key processing issues for powder bed fusion technology,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Tsinghua University, 2019).
    Google Scholar
  71. N. V. Brilliantov , S. Frank , J.-M. Hertzsch , and T. Pöschel , “ Model for collisions in granular gases,” Phys. Rev. E 53(5), 5382–5392 (1996).https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevE.53.5382
    Google ScholarCrossref
  72. Z. Xiao , “ Research on microscale selective laser melting process of high strength pure copper specimens,” MA thesis ( Hunan University, 2022).
    Google Scholar
  73. Z. Li , K. Mukai , M. Zeze , and K. C. Mills , “ Determination of the surface tension of liquid stainless steel,” J. Mater. Sci. 40(9–10), 2191–2195 (2005).https://doi.org/10.1007/s10853-005-1931-x
    Google ScholarCrossref
  74. R. Scardovelli and S. Zaleski , “ Analytical relations connecting linear interfaces and volume fractions in rectangular grids,” J. Comput. Phys. 164(1), 228–237 (2000).https://doi.org/10.1006/jcph.2000.6567
    Google ScholarCrossref
  75. D.-W. Cho , W.-I. Cho , and S.-J. Na , “ Modeling and simulation of arc: Laser and hybrid welding process,” J. Manuf. Process. 16(1), 26–55 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2013.06.012
    Google ScholarCrossref
    76.Flow3D. Version 11.1.0: User Manual ( FlowScience, Santa Fe, NM, USA, 2015).
  76. Y. Tian , L. Yang , D. Zhao , Y. Huang , and J. Pan , “ Numerical analysis of powder bed generation and single track forming for selective laser melting of ss316l stainless steel,” J. Manuf. Process. 58, 964–974 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2020.09.002
    Google ScholarCrossref
  77. C. Tang , K. Q. Le , and C. H. Wong , “ Physics of humping formation in laser powder bed fusion,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 149, 119172 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.119172
    Google ScholarCrossref
  78. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale simulation of pore evolution during laser powder bed fusion process,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 179, 109686 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2020.109686
    Google ScholarCrossref
  79. R. Li , J. Liu , Y. Shi , W. Li , and W. Jiang , “ Balling behavior of stainless steel and nickel powder during selective laser melting process,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 59(9–12), 1025–1035 (2012).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-011-3566-1
    Google ScholarCrossref
  80. S. A. Khairallah and A. Anderson , “ Mesoscopic simulation model of selective laser melting of stainless steel powder,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 214(11), 2627–2636 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.001
    Google ScholarCrossref
  81. J. Liu , D. Gu , H. Chen , D. Dai , and H. Zhang , “ Influence of substrate surface morphology on wetting behavior of tracks during selective laser melting of aluminum-based alloys,” J. Zhejiang Univ. Sci. A 19(2), 111–121 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1631/jzus.A1700599
    Google ScholarCrossref
  82. L. Li , J. Li , and T. Fan , “ Phase-field modeling of wetting and balling dynamics in powder bed fusion process,” Phys. Fluids 33, 042116 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0046771
    Google ScholarCrossref
  83. X. Nie , Z. Hu , H. Zhu , Z. Hu , L. Ke , and X. Zeng , “ Analysis of processing parameters and characteristics of selective laser melted high strength Al-Cu-Mg alloys: from single tracks to cubic samples,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 256, 69–77 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.01.030
    Google ScholarCrossref

Lab-on-a-Chip 시스템의 혈류 역학에 대한 검토: 엔지니어링 관점

Review on Blood Flow Dynamics in Lab-on-a-Chip Systems: An Engineering Perspective

  • Bin-Jie Lai
  • Li-Tao Zhu
  • Zhe Chen*
  • Bo Ouyang*
  • , and 
  • Zheng-Hong Luo*

Abstract

다양한 수송 메커니즘 하에서, “LOC(lab-on-a-chip)” 시스템에서 유동 전단 속도 조건과 밀접한 관련이 있는 혈류 역학은 다양한 수송 현상을 초래하는 것으로 밝혀졌습니다.

본 연구는 적혈구의 동적 혈액 점도 및 탄성 거동과 같은 점탄성 특성의 역할을 통해 LOC 시스템의 혈류 패턴을 조사합니다. 모세관 및 전기삼투압의 주요 매개변수를 통해 LOC 시스템의 혈액 수송 현상에 대한 연구는 실험적, 이론적 및 수많은 수치적 접근 방식을 통해 제공됩니다.

전기 삼투압 점탄성 흐름에 의해 유발되는 교란은 특히 향후 연구 기회를 위해 혈액 및 기타 점탄성 유체를 취급하는 LOC 장치의 혼합 및 분리 기능 향상에 논의되고 적용됩니다. 또한, 본 연구는 보다 정확하고 단순화된 혈류 모델에 대한 요구와 전기역학 효과 하에서 점탄성 유체 흐름에 대한 수치 연구에 대한 강조와 같은 LOC 시스템 하에서 혈류 역학의 수치 모델링의 문제를 식별합니다.

전기역학 현상을 연구하는 동안 제타 전위 조건에 대한 보다 실용적인 가정도 강조됩니다. 본 연구는 모세관 및 전기삼투압에 의해 구동되는 미세유체 시스템의 혈류 역학에 대한 포괄적이고 학제적인 관점을 제공하는 것을 목표로 한다.

KEYWORDS: 

1. Introduction

1.1. Microfluidic Flow in Lab-on-a-Chip (LOC) Systems

Over the past several decades, the ability to control and utilize fluid flow patterns at microscales has gained considerable interest across a myriad of scientific and engineering disciplines, leading to growing interest in scientific research of microfluidics. 

(1) Microfluidics, an interdisciplinary field that straddles physics, engineering, and biotechnology, is dedicated to the behavior, precise control, and manipulation of fluids geometrically constrained to a small, typically submillimeter, scale. 

(2) The engineering community has increasingly focused on microfluidics, exploring different driving forces to enhance working fluid transport, with the aim of accurately and efficiently describing, controlling, designing, and applying microfluidic flow principles and transport phenomena, particularly for miniaturized applications. 

(3) This attention has chiefly been fueled by the potential to revolutionize diagnostic and therapeutic techniques in the biomedical and pharmaceutical sectorsUnder various driving forces in microfluidic flows, intriguing transport phenomena have bolstered confidence in sustainable and efficient applications in fields such as pharmaceutical, biochemical, and environmental science. The “lab-on-a-chip” (LOC) system harnesses microfluidic flow to enable fluid processing and the execution of laboratory tasks on a chip-sized scale. LOC systems have played a vital role in the miniaturization of laboratory operations such as mixing, chemical reaction, separation, flow control, and detection on small devices, where a wide variety of fluids is adapted. Biological fluid flow like blood and other viscoelastic fluids are notably studied among the many working fluids commonly utilized by LOC systems, owing to the optimization in small fluid sample volumed, rapid response times, precise control, and easy manipulation of flow patterns offered by the system under various driving forces. 

(4)The driving forces in blood flow can be categorized as passive or active transport mechanisms and, in some cases, both. Under various transport mechanisms, the unique design of microchannels enables different functionalities in driving, mixing, separating, and diagnosing blood and drug delivery in the blood. 

(5) Understanding and manipulating these driving forces are crucial for optimizing the performance of a LOC system. Such knowledge presents the opportunity to achieve higher efficiency and reliability in addressing cellular level challenges in medical diagnostics, forensic studies, cancer detection, and other fundamental research areas, for applications of point-of-care (POC) devices. 

(6)

1.2. Engineering Approach of Microfluidic Transport Phenomena in LOC Systems

Different transport mechanisms exhibit unique properties at submillimeter length scales in microfluidic devices, leading to significant transport phenomena that differ from those of macroscale flows. An in-depth understanding of these unique transport phenomena under microfluidic systems is often required in fluidic mechanics to fully harness the potential functionality of a LOC system to obtain systematically designed and precisely controlled transport of microfluids under their respective driving force. Fluid mechanics is considered a vital component in chemical engineering, enabling the analysis of fluid behaviors in various unit designs, ranging from large-scale reactors to separation units. Transport phenomena in fluid mechanics provide a conceptual framework for analytically and descriptively explaining why and how experimental results and physiological phenomena occur. The Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation, along with other governing equations, is often adapted to accurately describe fluid dynamics by accounting for pressure, surface properties, velocity, and temperature variations over space and time. In addition, limiting factors and nonidealities for these governing equations should be considered to impose corrections for empirical consistency before physical models are assembled for more accurate controls and efficiency. Microfluidic flow systems often deviate from ideal conditions, requiring adjustments to the standard governing equations. These deviations could arise from factors such as viscous effects, surface interactions, and non-Newtonian fluid properties from different microfluid types and geometrical layouts of microchannels. Addressing these nonidealities supports the refining of theoretical models and prediction accuracy for microfluidic flow behaviors.

The analytical calculation of coupled nonlinear governing equations, which describes the material and energy balances of systems under ideal conditions, often requires considerable computational efforts. However, advancements in computation capabilities, cost reduction, and improved accuracy have made numerical simulations using different numerical and modeling methods a powerful tool for effectively solving these complex coupled equations and modeling various transport phenomena. Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is a numerical technique used to investigate the spatial and temporal distribution of various flow parameters. It serves as a critical approach to provide insights and reasoning for decision-making regarding the optimal designs involving fluid dynamics, even prior to complex physical model prototyping and experimental procedures. The integration of experimental data, theoretical analysis, and reliable numerical simulations from CFD enables systematic variation of analytical parameters through quantitative analysis, where adjustment to delivery of blood flow and other working fluids in LOC systems can be achieved.

Numerical methods such as the Finite-Difference Method (FDM), Finite-Element-Method (FEM), and Finite-Volume Method (FVM) are heavily employed in CFD and offer diverse approaches to achieve discretization of Eulerian flow equations through filling a mesh of the flow domain. A more in-depth review of numerical methods in CFD and its application for blood flow simulation is provided in Section 2.2.2.

1.3. Scope of the Review

In this Review, we explore and characterize the blood flow phenomena within the LOC systems, utilizing both physiological and engineering modeling approaches. Similar approaches will be taken to discuss capillary-driven flow and electric-osmotic flow (EOF) under electrokinetic phenomena as a passive and active transport scheme, respectively, for blood transport in LOC systems. Such an analysis aims to bridge the gap between physical (experimental) and engineering (analytical) perspectives in studying and manipulating blood flow delivery by different driving forces in LOC systems. Moreover, the Review hopes to benefit the interests of not only blood flow control in LOC devices but also the transport of viscoelastic fluids, which are less studied in the literature compared to that of Newtonian fluids, in LOC systems.

Section 2 examines the complex interplay between viscoelastic properties of blood and blood flow patterns under shear flow in LOC systems, while engineering numerical modeling approaches for blood flow are presented for assistance. Sections 3 and 4 look into the theoretical principles, numerical governing equations, and modeling methodologies for capillary driven flow and EOF in LOC systems as well as their impact on blood flow dynamics through the quantification of key parameters of the two driving forces. Section 5 concludes the characterized blood flow transport processes in LOC systems under these two forces. Additionally, prospective areas of research in improving the functionality of LOC devices employing blood and other viscoelastic fluids and potentially justifying mechanisms underlying microfluidic flow patterns outside of LOC systems are presented. Finally, the challenges encountered in the numerical studies of blood flow under LOC systems are acknowledged, paving the way for further research.

2. Blood Flow Phenomena

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


2.1. Physiological Blood Flow Behavior

Blood, an essential physiological fluid in the human body, serves the vital role of transporting oxygen and nutrients throughout the body. Additionally, blood is responsible for suspending various blood cells including erythrocytes (red blood cells or RBCs), leukocytes (white blood cells), and thrombocytes (blood platelets) in a plasma medium.Among the cells mentioned above, red blood cells (RBCs) comprise approximately 40–45% of the volume of healthy blood. 

(7) An RBC possesses an inherent elastic property with a biconcave shape of an average diameter of 8 μm and a thickness of 2 μm. This biconcave shape maximizes the surface-to-volume ratio, allowing RBCs to endure significant distortion while maintaining their functionality. 

(8,9) Additionally, the biconcave shape optimizes gas exchange, facilitating efficient uptake of oxygen due to the increased surface area. The inherent elasticity of RBCs allows them to undergo substantial distortion from their original biconcave shape and exhibits high flexibility, particularly in narrow channels.RBC deformability enables the cell to deform from a biconcave shape to a parachute-like configuration, despite minor differences in RBC shape dynamics under shear flow between initial cell locations. As shown in Figure 1(a), RBCs initiating with different resting shapes and orientations displaying display a similar deformation pattern 

(10) in terms of its shape. Shear flow induces an inward bending of the cell at the rear position of the rim to the final bending position, 

(11) resulting in an alignment toward the same position of the flow direction.

Figure 1. Images of varying deformation of RBCs and different dynamic blood flow behaviors. (a) The deforming shape behavior of RBCs at four different initiating positions under the same experimental conditions of a flow from left to right, (10) (b) RBC aggregation, (13) (c) CFL region. (18) Reproduced with permission from ref (10). Copyright 2011 Elsevier. Reproduced with permission from ref (13). Copyright 2022 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/. Reproduced with permission from ref (18). Copyright 2019 Elsevier.

The flexible property of RBCs enables them to navigate through narrow capillaries and traverse a complex network of blood vessels. The deformability of RBCs depends on various factors, including the channel geometry, RBC concentration, and the elastic properties of the RBC membrane. 

(12) Both flexibility and deformability are vital in the process of oxygen exchange among blood and tissues throughout the body, allowing cells to flow in vessels even smaller than the original cell size prior to deforming.As RBCs serve as major components in blood, their collective dynamics also hugely affect blood rheology. RBCs exhibit an aggregation phenomenon due to cell to cell interactions, such as adhesion forces, among populated cells, inducing unique blood flow patterns and rheological behaviors in microfluidic systems. For blood flow in large vessels between a diameter of 1 and 3 cm, where shear rates are not high, a constant viscosity and Newtonian behavior for blood can be assumed. However, under low shear rate conditions (0.1 s

–1) in smaller vessels such as the arteries and venules, which are within a diameter of 0.2 mm to 1 cm, blood exhibits non-Newtonian properties, such as shear-thinning viscosity and viscoelasticity due to RBC aggregation and deformability. The nonlinear viscoelastic property of blood gives rise to a complex relationship between viscosity and shear rate, primarily influenced by the highly elastic behavior of RBCs. A wide range of research on the transient behavior of the RBC shape and aggregation characteristics under varied flow circumstances has been conducted, aiming to obtain a better understanding of the interaction between blood flow shear forces from confined flows.

For a better understanding of the unique blood flow structures and rheological behaviors in microfluidic systems, some blood flow patterns are introduced in the following section.

2.1.1. RBC Aggregation

RBC aggregation is a vital phenomenon to be considered when designing LOC devices due to its impact on the viscosity of the bulk flow. Under conditions of low shear rate, such as in stagnant or low flow rate regions, RBCs tend to aggregate, forming structures known as rouleaux, resembling stacks of coins as shown in Figure 1(b). 

(13) The aggregation of RBCs increases the viscosity at the aggregated region, 

(14) hence slowing down the overall blood flow. However, when exposed to high shear rates, RBC aggregates disaggregate. As shear rates continue to increase, RBCs tend to deform, elongating and aligning themselves with the direction of the flow. 

(15) Such a dynamic shift in behavior from the cells in response to the shear rate forms the basis of the viscoelastic properties observed in whole blood. In essence, the viscosity of the blood varies according to the shear rate conditions, which are related to the velocity gradient of the system. It is significant to take the intricate relationship between shear rate conditions and the change of blood viscosity due to RBC aggregation into account since various flow driving conditions may induce varied effects on the degree of aggregation.

2.1.2. Fåhræus-Lindqvist Effect

The Fåhræus–Lindqvist (FL) effect describes the gradual decrease in the apparent viscosity of blood as the channel diameter decreases. 

(16) This effect is attributed to the migration of RBCs toward the central region in the microchannel, where the flow rate is higher, due to the presence of higher pressure and asymmetric distribution of shear forces. This migration of RBCs, typically observed at blood vessels less than 0.3 mm, toward the higher flow rate region contributes to the change in blood viscosity, which becomes dependent on the channel size. Simultaneously, the increase of the RBC concentration in the central region of the microchannel results in the formation of a less viscous region close to the microchannel wall. This region called the Cell-Free Layer (CFL), is primarily composed of plasma. 

(17) The combination of the FL effect and the following CFL formation provides a unique phenomenon that is often utilized in passive and active plasma separation mechanisms, involving branched and constriction channels for various applications in plasma separation using microfluidic systems.

2.1.3. Cell-Free Layer Formation

In microfluidic blood flow, RBCs form aggregates at the microchannel core and result in a region that is mostly devoid of RBCs near the microchannel walls, as shown in Figure 1(c). 

(18) The region is known as the cell-free layer (CFL). The CFL region is often known to possess a lower viscosity compared to other regions within the blood flow due to the lower viscosity value of plasma when compared to that of the aggregated RBCs. Therefore, a thicker CFL region composed of plasma correlates to a reduced apparent whole blood viscosity. 

(19) A thicker CFL region is often established following the RBC aggregation at the microchannel core under conditions of decreasing the tube diameter. Apart from the dependence on the RBC concentration in the microchannel core, the CFL thickness is also affected by the volume concentration of RBCs, or hematocrit, in whole blood, as well as the deformability of RBCs. Given the influence CFL thickness has on blood flow rheological parameters such as blood flow rate, which is strongly dependent on whole blood viscosity, investigating CFL thickness under shear flow is crucial for LOC systems accounting for blood flow.

2.1.4. Plasma Skimming in Bifurcation Networks

The uneven arrangement of RBCs in bifurcating microchannels, commonly termed skimming bifurcation, arises from the axial migration of RBCs within flowing streams. This uneven distribution contributes to variations in viscosity across differing sizes of bifurcating channels but offers a stabilizing effect. Notably, higher flow rates in microchannels are associated with increased hematocrit levels, resulting in higher viscosity compared with those with lower flow rates. Parametric investigations on bifurcation angle, 

(20) thickness of the CFL, 

(21) and RBC dynamics, including aggregation and deformation, 

(22) may alter the varying viscosity of blood and its flow behavior within microchannels.

2.2. Modeling on Blood Flow Dynamics

2.2.1. Blood Properties and Mathematical Models of Blood Rheology

Under different shear rate conditions in blood flow, the elastic characteristics and dynamic changes of the RBC induce a complex velocity and stress relationship, resulting in the incompatibility of blood flow characterization through standard presumptions of constant viscosity used for Newtonian fluid flow. Blood flow is categorized as a viscoelastic non-Newtonian fluid flow where constitutive equations governing this type of flow take into consideration the nonlinear viscometric properties of blood. To mathematically characterize the evolving blood viscosity and the relationship between the elasticity of RBC and the shear blood flow, respectively, across space and time of the system, a stress tensor (τ) defined by constitutive models is often coupled in the Navier–Stokes equation to account for the collective impact of the constant dynamic viscosity (η) and the elasticity from RBCs on blood flow.The dynamic viscosity of blood is heavily dependent on the shear stress applied to the cell and various parameters from the blood such as hematocrit value, plasma viscosity, mechanical properties of the RBC membrane, and red blood cell aggregation rate. The apparent blood viscosity is considered convenient for the characterization of the relationship between the evolving blood viscosity and shear rate, which can be defined by Casson’s law, as shown in eq 1.

𝜇=𝜏0𝛾˙+2𝜂𝜏0𝛾˙⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√+𝜂�=�0�˙+2��0�˙+�

(1)where τ

0 is the yield stress–stress required to initiate blood flow motion, η is the Casson rheological constant, and γ̇ is the shear rate. The value of Casson’s law parameters under blood with normal hematocrit level can be defined as τ

0 = 0.0056 Pa and η = 0.0035 Pa·s. 

(23) With the known property of blood and Casson’s law parameters, an approximation can be made to the dynamic viscosity under various flow condition domains. The Power Law model is often employed to characterize the dynamic viscosity in relation to the shear rate, since precise solutions exist for specific geometries and flow circumstances, acting as a fundamental standard for definition. The Carreau and Carreau–Yasuda models can be advantageous over the Power Law model due to their ability to evaluate the dynamic viscosity at low to zero shear rate conditions. However, none of the above-mentioned models consider the memory or other elastic behavior of blood and its RBCs. Some other commonly used mathematical models and their constants for the non-Newtonian viscosity property characterization of blood are listed in Table 1 below. 

(24−26)Table 1. Comparison of Various Non-Newtonian Models for Blood Viscosity 

(24−26)

ModelNon-Newtonian ViscosityParameters
Power Law(2)n = 0.61, k = 0.42
Carreau(3)μ0 = 0.056 Pa·s, μ = 0.00345 Pa·s, λ = 3.1736 s, m = 2.406, a = 0.254
Walburn–Schneck(4)C1 = 0.000797 Pa·s, C2 = 0.0608 Pa·s, C3 = 0.00499, C4 = 14.585 g–1, TPMA = 25 g/L
Carreau–Yasuda(5)μ0 = 0.056 Pa·s, μ = 0.00345 Pa·s, λ = 1.902 s, n = 0.22, a = 1.25
Quemada(6)μp = 0.0012 Pa·s, k = 2.07, k0 = 4.33, γ̇c = 1.88 s–1

The blood rheology is commonly known to be influenced by two key physiological factors, namely, the hematocrit value (H

t) and the fibrinogen concentration (c

f), with an average value of 42% and 0.252 gd·L

–1, respectively. Particularly in low shear conditions, the presence of varying fibrinogen concentrations affects the tendency for aggregation and rouleaux formation, while the occurrence of aggregation is contingent upon specific levels of hematocrit. 

(27) The study from Apostolidis et al. 

(28) modifies the Casson model through emphasizing its reliance on hematocrit and fibrinogen concentration parameter values, owing to the extensive knowledge of the two physiological blood parameters.The viscoelastic response of blood is heavily dependent on the elasticity of the RBC, which is defined by the relationship between the deformation and stress relaxation from RBCs under a specific location of shear flow as a function of the velocity field. The stress tensor is usually characterized by constitutive equations such as the Upper-Convected Maxwell Model 

(29) and the Oldroyd-B model 

(30) to track the molecule effects under shear from different driving forces. The prominent non-Newtonian features, such as shear thinning and yield stress, have played a vital role in the characterization of blood rheology, particularly with respect to the evaluation of yield stress under low shear conditions. The nature of stress measurement in blood, typically on the order of 1 mPa, is challenging due to its low magnitude. The occurrence of the CFL complicates the measurement further due to the significant decrease in apparent viscosity near the wall over time and a consequential disparity in viscosity compared to the bulk region.In addition to shear thinning viscosity and yield stress, the formation of aggregation (rouleaux) from RBCs under low shear rates also contributes to the viscoelasticity under transient flow 

(31) and thixotropy 

(32) of whole blood. Given the difficulty in evaluating viscoelastic behavior of blood under low strain magnitudes and limitations in generalized Newtonian models, the utilization of viscoelastic models is advocated to encompass elasticity and delineate non-shear components within the stress tensor. Extending from the Oldroyd-B model, Anand et al. 

(33) developed a viscoelastic model framework for adapting elasticity within blood samples and predicting non-shear stress components. However, to also address the thixotropic effects, the model developed by Horner et al. 

(34) serves as a more comprehensive approach than the viscoelastic model from Anand et al. Thixotropy 

(32) typically occurs from the structural change of the rouleaux, where low shear rate conditions induce rouleaux formation. Correspondingly, elasticity increases, while elasticity is more representative of the isolated RBCs, under high shear rate conditions. The model of Horner et al. 

(34) considers the contribution of rouleaux to shear stress, taking into account factors such as the characteristic time for Brownian aggregation, shear-induced aggregation, and shear-induced breakage. Subsequent advancements in the model from Horner et al. often revolve around refining the three aforementioned key terms for a more substantial characterization of rouleaux dynamics. Notably, this has led to the recently developed mHAWB model 

(35) and other model iterations to enhance the accuracy of elastic and viscoelastic contributions to blood rheology, including the recently improved model suggested by Armstrong et al. 

(36)

2.2.2. Numerical Methods (FDM, FEM, FVM)

Numerical simulation has become increasingly more significant in analyzing the geometry, boundary layers of flow, and nonlinearity of hyperbolic viscoelastic flow constitutive equations. CFD is a powerful and efficient tool utilizing numerical methods to solve the governing hydrodynamic equations, such as the Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation, continuity equation, and energy conservation equation, for qualitative evaluation of fluid motion dynamics under different parameters. CFD overcomes the challenge of analytically solving nonlinear forms of differential equations by employing numerical methods such as the Finite-Difference Method (FDM), Finite-Element Method (FEM), and Finite-Volume Method (FVM) to discretize and solve the partial differential equations (PDEs), allowing for qualitative reproduction of transport phenomena and experimental observations. Different numerical methods are chosen to cope with various transport systems for optimization of the accuracy of the result and control of error during the discretization process.FDM is a straightforward approach to discretizing PDEs, replacing the continuum representation of equations with a set of finite-difference equations, which is typically applied to structured grids for efficient implementation in CFD programs. 

(37) However, FDM is often limited to simple geometries such as rectangular or block-shaped geometries and struggles with curved boundaries. In contrast, FEM divides the fluid domain into small finite grids or elements, approximating PDEs through a local description of physics. 

(38) All elements contribute to a large, sparse matrix solver. However, FEM may not always provide accurate results for systems involving significant deformation and aggregation of particles like RBCs due to large distortion of grids. 

(39) FVM evaluates PDEs following the conservation laws and discretizes the selected flow domain into small but finite size control volumes, with each grid at the center of a finite volume. 

(40) The divergence theorem allows the conversion of volume integrals of PDEs with divergence terms into surface integrals of surface fluxes across cell boundaries. Due to its conservation property, FVM offers efficient outcomes when dealing with PDEs that embody mass, momentum, and energy conservation principles. Furthermore, widely accessible software packages like the OpenFOAM toolbox 

(41) include a viscoelastic solver, making it an attractive option for viscoelastic fluid flow modeling. 

(42)

2.2.3. Modeling Methods of Blood Flow Dynamics

The complexity in the blood flow simulation arises from deformability and aggregation that RBCs exhibit during their interaction with neighboring cells under different shear rate conditions induced by blood flow. Numerical models coupled with simulation programs have been applied as a groundbreaking method to predict such unique rheological behavior exhibited by RBCs and whole blood. The conventional approach of a single-phase flow simulation is often applied to blood flow simulations within large vessels possessing a moderate shear rate. However, such a method assumes the properties of plasma, RBCs and other cellular components to be evenly distributed as average density and viscosity in blood, resulting in the inability to simulate the mechanical dynamics, such as RBC aggregation under high-shear flow field, inherent in RBCs. To accurately describe the asymmetric distribution of RBC and blood flow, multiphase flow simulation, where numerical simulations of blood flows are often modeled as two immiscible phases, RBCs and blood plasma, is proposed. A common assumption is that RBCs exhibit non-Newtonian behavior while the plasma is treated as a continuous Newtonian phase.Numerous multiphase numerical models have been proposed to simulate the influence of RBCs on blood flow dynamics by different assumptions. In large-scale simulations (above the millimeter range), continuum-based methods are wildly used due to their lower computational demands. 

(43) Eulerian multiphase flow simulations offer the solution of a set of conservation equations for each separate phase and couple the phases through common pressure and interphase exchange coefficients. Xu et al. 

(44) utilized the combined finite-discrete element method (FDEM) to replicate the dynamic behavior and distortion of RBCs subjected to fluidic forces, utilizing the Johnson–Kendall–Roberts model 

(45) to define the adhesive forces of cell-to-cell interactions. The iterative direct-forcing immersed boundary method (IBM) is commonly employed in simulations of the fluid–cell interface of blood. This method effectively captures the intricacies of the thin and flexible RBC membranes within various external flow fields. 

(46) The study by Xu et al. 

(44) also adopts this approach to bridge the fluid dynamics and RBC deformation through IBM. Yoon and You utilized the Maxwell model to define the viscosity of the RBC membrane. 

(47) It was discovered that the Maxwell model could represent the stress relaxation and unloading processes of the cell. Furthermore, the reduced flexibility of an RBC under particular situations such as infection is specified, which was unattainable by the Kelvin–Voigt model 

(48) when compared to the Maxwell model in the literature. The Yeoh hyperplastic material model was also adapted to predict the nonlinear elasticity property of RBCs with FEM employed to discretize the RBC membrane using shell-type elements. Gracka et al. 

(49) developed a numerical CFD model with a finite-volume parallel solver for multiphase blood flow simulation, where an updated Maxwell viscoelasticity model and a Discrete Phase Model are adopted. In the study, the adapted IBM, based on unstructured grids, simulates the flow behavior and shape change of the RBCs through fluid-structure coupling. It was found that the hybrid Euler–Lagrange (E–L) approach 

(50) for the development of the multiphase model offered better results in the simulated CFL region in the microchannels.To study the dynamics of individual behaviors of RBCs and the consequent non-Newtonian blood flow, cell-shape-resolved computational models are often adapted. The use of the boundary integral method has become prevalent in minimizing computational expenses, particularly in the exclusive determination of fluid velocity on the surfaces of RBCs, incorporating the option of employing IBM or particle-based techniques. The cell-shaped-resolved method has enabled an examination of cell to cell interactions within complex ambient or pulsatile flow conditions 

(51) surrounding RBC membranes. Recently, Rydquist et al. 

(52) have looked to integrate statistical information from macroscale simulations to obtain a comprehensive overview of RBC behavior within the immediate proximity of the flow through introduction of respective models characterizing membrane shape definition, tension, bending stresses of RBC membranes.At a macroscopic scale, continuum models have conventionally been adapted for assessing blood flow dynamics through the application of elasticity theory and fluid dynamics. However, particle-based methods are known for their simplicity and adaptability in modeling complex multiscale fluid structures. Meshless methods, such as the boundary element method (BEM), smoothed particle hydrodynamics (SPH), and dissipative particle dynamics (DPD), are often used in particle-based characterization of RBCs and the surrounding fluid. By representing the fluid as discrete particles, meshless methods provide insights into the status and movement of the multiphase fluid. These methods allow for the investigation of cellular structures and microscopic interactions that affect blood rheology. Non-confronting mesh methods like IBM can also be used to couple a fluid solver such as FEM, FVM, or the Lattice Boltzmann Method (LBM) through membrane representation of RBCs. In comparison to conventional CFD methods, LBM has been viewed as a favorable numerical approach for solving the N–S equations and the simulation of multiphase flows. LBM exhibits the notable advantage of being amenable to high-performance parallel computing environments due to its inherently local dynamics. In contrast to DPD and SPH where RBC membranes are modeled as physically interconnected particles, LBM employs the IBM to account for the deformation dynamics of RBCs 

(53,54) under shear flows in complex channel geometries. 

(54,55) However, it is essential to acknowledge that the utilization of LBM in simulating RBC flows often entails a significant computational overhead, being a primary challenge in this context. Krüger et al. 

(56) proposed utilizing LBM as a fluid solver, IBM to couple the fluid and FEM to compute the response of membranes to deformation under immersed fluids. This approach decouples the fluid and membranes but necessitates significant computational effort due to the requirements of both meshes and particles.Despite the accuracy of current blood flow models, simulating complex conditions remains challenging because of the high computational load and cost. Balachandran Nair et al. 

(57) suggested a reduced order model of RBC under the framework of DEM, where the RBC is represented by overlapping constituent rigid spheres. The Morse potential force is adapted to account for the RBC aggregation exhibited by cell to cell interactions among RBCs at different distances. Based upon the IBM, the reduced-order RBC model is adapted to simulate blood flow transport for validation under both single and multiple RBCs with a resolved CFD-DEM solver. 

(58) In the resolved CFD-DEM model, particle sizes are larger than the grid size for a more accurate computation of the surrounding flow field. A continuous forcing approach is taken to describe the momentum source of the governing equation prior to discretization, which is different from a Direct Forcing Method (DFM). 

(59) As no body-conforming moving mesh is required, the continuous forcing approach offers lower complexity and reduced cost when compared to the DFM. Piquet et al. 

(60) highlighted the high complexity of the DFM due to its reliance on calculating an additional immersed boundary flux for the velocity field to ensure its divergence-free condition.The fluid–structure interaction (FSI) method has been advocated to connect the dynamic interplay of RBC membranes and fluid plasma within blood flow such as the coupling of continuum–particle interactions. However, such methodology is generally adapted for anatomical configurations such as arteries 

(61,62) and capillaries, 

(63) where both the structural components and the fluid domain undergo substantial deformation due to the moving boundaries. Due to the scope of the Review being blood flow simulation within microchannels of LOC devices without deformable boundaries, the Review of the FSI method will not be further carried out.In general, three numerical methods are broadly used: mesh-based, particle-based, and hybrid mesh–particle techniques, based on the spatial scale and the fundamental numerical approach, mesh-based methods tend to neglect the effects of individual particles, assuming a continuum and being efficient in terms of time and cost. However, the particle-based approach highlights more of the microscopic and mesoscopic level, where the influence of individual RBCs is considered. A review from Freund et al. 

(64) addressed the three numerical methodologies and their respective modeling approaches of RBC dynamics. Given the complex mechanics and the diverse levels of study concerning numerical simulations of blood and cellular flow, a broad spectrum of numerical methods for blood has been subjected to extensive review. 

(64−70) Ye at al. 

(65) offered an extensive review of the application of the DPD, SPH, and LBM for numerical simulations of RBC, while Rathnayaka et al. 

(67) conducted a review of the particle-based numerical modeling for liquid marbles through drawing parallels to the transport of RBCs in microchannels. A comparative analysis between conventional CFD methods and particle-based approaches for cellular and blood flow dynamic simulation can be found under the review by Arabghahestani et al. 

(66) Literature by Li et al. 

(68) and Beris et al. 

(69) offer an overview of both continuum-based models at micro/macroscales and multiscale particle-based models encompassing various length and temporal dimensions. Furthermore, these reviews deliberate upon the potential of coupling continuum-particle methods for blood plasma and RBC modeling. Arciero et al. 

(70) investigated various modeling approaches encompassing cellular interactions, such as cell to cell or plasma interactions and the individual cellular phases. A concise overview of the reviews is provided in Table 2 for reference.

Table 2. List of Reviews for Numerical Approaches Employed in Blood Flow Simulation

ReferenceNumerical methods
Li et al. (2013) (68)Continuum-based modeling (BIM), particle-based modeling (LBM, LB-FE, SPH, DPD)
Freund (2014) (64)RBC dynamic modeling (continuum-based modeling, complementary discrete microstructure modeling), blood flow dynamic modeling (FDM, IBM, LBM, particle-mesh methods, coupled boundary integral and mesh-based methods, DPD)
Ye et al. (2016) (65)DPD, SPH, LBM, coupled IBM-Smoothed DPD
Arciero et al. (2017) (70)LBM, IBM, DPD, conventional CFD Methods (FDM, FVM, FEM)
Arabghahestani et al. (2019) (66)Particle-based methods (LBM, DPD, direct simulation Monte Carlo, molecular dynamics), SPH, conventional CFD methods (FDM, FVM, FEM)
Beris et al. (2021) (69)DPD, smoothed DPD, IBM, LBM, BIM
Rathnayaka (2022) (67)SPH, CG, LBM

3. Capillary Driven Blood Flow in LOC Systems

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


3.1. Capillary Driven Flow Phenomena

Capillary driven (CD) flow is a pivotal mechanism in passive microfluidic flow systems 

(9) such as the blood circulation system and LOC systems. 

(71) CD flow is essentially the movement of a liquid to flow against drag forces, where the capillary effect exerts a force on the liquid at the borders, causing a liquid–air meniscus to flow despite gravity or other drag forces. A capillary pressure drops across the liquid–air interface with surface tension in the capillary radius and contact angle. The capillary effect depends heavily on the interaction between the different properties of surface materials. Different values of contact angles can be manipulated and obtained under varying levels of surface wettability treatments to manipulate the surface properties, resulting in different CD blood delivery rates for medical diagnostic device microchannels. CD flow techniques are appealing for many LOC devices, because they require no external energy. However, due to the passive property of liquid propulsion by capillary forces and the long-term instability of surface treatments on channel walls, the adaptability of CD flow in geometrically complex LOC devices may be limited.

3.2. Theoretical and Numerical Modeling of Capillary Driven Blood Flow

3.2.1. Theoretical Basis and Assumptions of Microfluidic Flow

The study of transport phenomena regarding either blood flow driven by capillary forces or externally applied forces under microfluid systems all demands a comprehensive recognition of the significant differences in flow dynamics between microscale and macroscale. The fundamental assumptions and principles behind fluid transport at the microscale are discussed in this section. Such a comprehension will lay the groundwork for the following analysis of the theoretical basis of capillary forces and their role in blood transport in LOC systems.

At the macroscale, fluid dynamics are often strongly influenced by gravity due to considerable fluid mass. However, the high surface to volume ratio at the microscale shifts the balance toward surface forces (e.g., surface tension and viscous forces), much larger than the inertial force. This difference gives rise to transport phenomena unique to microscale fluid transport, such as the prevalence of laminar flow due to a very low Reynolds number (generally lower than 1). Moreover, the fluid in a microfluidic system is often assumed to be incompressible due to the small flow velocity, indicating constant fluid density in both space and time.Microfluidic flow behaviors are governed by the fundamental principles of mass and momentum conservation, which are encapsulated in the continuity equation and the Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation. The continuity equation describes the conservation of mass, while the N–S equation captures the spatial and temporal variations in velocity, pressure, and other physical parameters. Under the assumption of the negligible influence of gravity in microfluidic systems, the continuity equation and the Eulerian representation of the incompressible N–S equation can be expressed as follows:

∇·𝐮⇀=0∇·�⇀=0

(7)

−∇𝑝+𝜇∇2𝐮⇀+∇·𝝉⇀−𝐅⇀=0−∇�+�∇2�⇀+∇·�⇀−�⇀=0

(8)Here, p is the pressure, u is the fluid viscosity, 

𝝉⇀�⇀ represents the stress tensor, and F is the body force exerted by external forces if present.

3.2.2. Theoretical Basis and Modeling of Capillary Force in LOC Systems

The capillary force is often the major driving force to manipulate and transport blood without an externally applied force in LOC systems. Forces induced by the capillary effect impact the free surface of fluids and are represented not directly in the Navier–Stokes equations but through the pressure boundary conditions of the pressure term p. For hydrophilic surfaces, the liquid generally induces a contact angle between 0° and 30°, encouraging the spread and attraction of fluid under a positive cos θ condition. For this condition, the pressure drop becomes positive and generates a spontaneous flow forward. A hydrophobic solid surface repels the fluid, inducing minimal contact. Generally, hydrophobic solids exhibit a contact angle larger than 90°, inducing a negative value of cos θ. Such a value will result in a negative pressure drop and a flow in the opposite direction. The induced contact angle is often utilized to measure the wall exposure of various surface treatments on channel walls where different wettability gradients and surface tension effects for CD flows are established. Contact angles between different interfaces are obtainable through standard values or experimental methods for reference. 

(72)For the characterization of the induced force by the capillary effect, the Young–Laplace (Y–L) equation 

(73) is widely employed. In the equation, the capillary is considered a pressure boundary condition between the two interphases. Through the Y–L equation, the capillary pressure force can be determined, and subsequently, the continuity and momentum balance equations can be solved to obtain the blood filling rate. Kim et al. 

(74) studied the effects of concentration and exposure time of a nonionic surfactant, Silwet L-77, on the performance of a polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) microchannel in terms of plasma and blood self-separation. The study characterized the capillary pressure force by incorporating the Y–L equation and further evaluated the effects of the changing contact angle due to different levels of applied channel wall surface treatments. The expression of the Y–L equation utilized by Kim et al. 

(74) is as follows:

𝑃=−𝜎(cos𝜃b+cos𝜃tℎ+cos𝜃l+cos𝜃r𝑤)�=−�(cos⁡�b+cos⁡�tℎ+cos⁡�l+cos⁡�r�)

(9)where σ is the surface tension of the liquid and θ

bθ

tθ

l, and θ

r are the contact angle values between the liquid and the bottom, top, left, and right walls, respectively. A numerical simulation through Coventor software is performed to evaluate the dynamic changes in the filling rate within the microchannel. The simulation results for the blood filling rate in the microchannel are expressed at a specific time stamp, shown in Figure 2. The results portray an increasing instantaneous filling rate of blood in the microchannel following the decrease in contact angle induced by a higher concentration of the nonionic surfactant treated to the microchannel wall.

Figure 2. Numerical simulation of filling rate of capillary driven blood flow under various contact angle conditions at a specific timestamp. (74) Reproduced with permission from ref (74). Copyright 2010 Elsevier.

When in contact with hydrophilic or hydrophobic surfaces, blood forms a meniscus with a contact angle due to surface tension. The Lucas–Washburn (L–W) equation 

(75) is one of the pioneering theoretical definitions for the position of the meniscus over time. In addition, the L–W equation provides the possibility for research to obtain the velocity of the blood formed meniscus through the derivation of the meniscus position. The L–W equation 

(75) can be shown below:

𝐿(𝑡)=𝑅𝜎cos(𝜃)𝑡2𝜇⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√�(�)=��⁡cos(�)�2�

(10)Here L(t) represents the distance of the liquid driven by the capillary forces. However, the generalized L–W equation solely assumes the constant physical properties from a Newtonian fluid rather than considering the non-Newtonian fluid behavior of blood. Cito et al. 

(76) constructed an enhanced version of the L–W equation incorporating the power law to consider the RBC aggregation and the FL effect. The non-Newtonian fluid apparent viscosity under the Power Law model is defined as

𝜇=𝑘·(𝛾˙)𝑛−1�=�·(�˙)�−1

(11)where γ̇ is the strain rate tensor defined as 

𝛾˙=12𝛾˙𝑖𝑗𝛾˙𝑗𝑖⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√�˙=12�˙���˙��. The stress tensor term τ is computed as τ = μγ̇

ij. The updated L–W equation by Cito 

(76) is expressed as

𝐿(𝑡)=𝑅[(𝑛+13𝑛+1)(𝜎cos(𝜃)𝑅𝑘)1/𝑛𝑡]𝑛/𝑛+1�(�)=�[(�+13�+1)(�⁡cos(�)��)1/��]�/�+1

(12)where k is the flow consistency index and n is the power law index, respectively. The power law index, from the Power Law model, characterizes the extent of the non-Newtonian behavior of blood. Both the consistency and power law index rely on blood properties such as hematocrit, the appearance of the FL effect, the formation of RBC aggregates, etc. The updated L–W equation computes the location and velocity of blood flow caused by capillary forces at specified time points within the LOC devices, taking into account the effects of blood flow characteristics such as RBC aggregation and the FL effect on dynamic blood viscosity.Apart from the blood flow behaviors triggered by inherent blood properties, unique flow conditions driven by capillary forces that are portrayed under different microchannel geometries also hold crucial implications for CD blood delivery. Berthier et al. 

(77) studied the spontaneous Concus–Finn condition, the condition to initiate the spontaneous capillary flow within a V-groove microchannel, as shown in Figure 3(a) both experimentally and numerically. Through experimental studies, the spontaneous Concus–Finn filament development of capillary driven blood flow is observed, as shown in Figure 3(b), while the dynamic development of blood flow is numerically simulated through CFD simulation.

Figure 3. (a) Sketch of the cross-section of Berthier’s V-groove microchannel, (b) experimental view of blood in the V-groove microchannel, (78) (c) illustration of the dynamic change of the extension of filament from FLOW 3D under capillary flow at three increasing time intervals. (78) Reproduced with permission from ref (78). Copyright 2014 Elsevier.

Berthier et al. 

(77) characterized the contact angle needed for the initiation of the capillary driving force at a zero-inlet pressure, through the half-angle (α) of the V-groove geometry layout, and its relation to the Concus–Finn filament as shown below:

𝜃<𝜋2−𝛼sin𝛼1+2(ℎ2/𝑤)sin𝛼<cos𝜃{�<�2−�sin⁡�1+2(ℎ2/�)⁡sin⁡�<cos⁡�

(13)Three possible regimes were concluded based on the contact angle value for the initiation of flow and development of Concus–Finn filament:

𝜃>𝜃1𝜃1>𝜃>𝜃0𝜃0no SCFSCF without a Concus−Finn filamentSCF without a Concus−Finn filament{�>�1no SCF�1>�>�0SCF without a Concus−Finn filament�0SCF without a Concus−Finn filament

(14)Under Newton’s Law, the force balance with low Reynolds and Capillary numbers results in the neglect of inertial terms. The force balance between the capillary forces and the viscous force induced by the channel wall is proposed to derive the analytical fluid velocity. This relation between the two forces offers insights into the average flow velocity and the penetration distance function dependent on time. The apparent blood viscosity is defined by Berthier et al. 

(78) through Casson’s law, 

(23) given in eq 1. The research used the FLOW-3D program from Flow Science Inc. software, which solves transient, free-surface problems using the FDM in multiple dimensions. The Volume of Fluid (VOF) method 

(79) is utilized to locate and track the dynamic extension of filament throughout the advancing interface within the channel ahead of the main flow at three progressing time stamps, as depicted in Figure 3(c).

4. Electro-osmotic Flow (EOF) in LOC Systems

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


The utilization of external forces, such as electric fields, has significantly broadened the possibility of manipulating microfluidic flow in LOC systems. 

(80) Externally applied electric field forces induce a fluid flow from the movement of ions in fluid terms as the “electro-osmotic flow” (EOF).Unique transport phenomena, such as enhanced flow velocity and flow instability, induced by non-Newtonian fluids, particularly viscoelastic fluids, under EOF, have sparked considerable interest in microfluidic devices with simple or complicated geometries within channels. 

(81) However, compared to the study of Newtonian fluids and even other electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flows, the literature focusing on the theoretical and numerical modeling of electro-osmotic blood flow is limited due to the complexity of blood properties. Consequently, to obtain a more comprehensive understanding of the complex blood flow behavior under EOF, theoretical and numerical studies of the transport phenomena in the EOF section will be based on the studies of different viscoelastic fluids under EOF rather than that of blood specifically. Despite this limitation, we believe these studies offer valuable insights that can help understand the complex behavior of blood flow under EOF.

4.1. EOF Phenomena

Electro-osmotic flow occurs at the interface between the microchannel wall and bulk phase solution. When in contact with the bulk phase, solution ions are absorbed or dissociated at the solid–liquid interface, resulting in the formation of a charge layer, as shown in Figure 4. This charged channel surface wall interacts with both negative and positive ions in the bulk sample, causing repulsion and attraction forces to create a thin layer of immobilized counterions, known as the Stern layer. The induced electric potential from the wall gradually decreases with an increase in the distance from the wall. The Stern layer potential, commonly termed the zeta potential, controls the intensity of the electrostatic interactions between mobile counterions and, consequently, the drag force from the applied electric field. Next to the Stern layer is the diffuse mobile layer, mainly composed of a mobile counterion. These two layers constitute the “electrical double layer” (EDL), the thickness of which is directly proportional to the ionic strength (concentration) of the bulk fluid. The relationship between the two parameters is characterized by a Debye length (λ

D), expressed as

𝜆𝐷=𝜖𝑘B𝑇2(𝑍𝑒)2𝑐0⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√��=��B�2(��)2�0

(15)where ϵ is the permittivity of the electrolyte solution, k

B is the Boltzmann constant, T is the electron temperature, Z is the integer valence number, e is the elementary charge, and c

0 is the ionic density.

Figure 4. Schematic diagram of an electro-osmotic flow in a microchannel with negative surface charge. (82) Reproduced with permission from ref (82). Copyright 2012 Woodhead Publishing.

When an electric field is applied perpendicular to the EDL, viscous drag is generated due to the movement of excess ions in the EDL. Electro-osmotic forces can be attributed to the externally applied electric potential (ϕ) and the zeta potential, the system wall induced potential by charged walls (ψ). As illustrated in Figure 4, the majority of ions in the bulk phase have a uniform velocity profile, except for a shear rate condition confined within an extremely thin Stern layer. Therefore, EOF displays a unique characteristic of a “near flat” or plug flow velocity profile, different from the parabolic flow typically induced by pressure-driven microfluidic flow (Hagen–Poiseuille flow). The plug-shaped velocity profile of the EOF possesses a high shear rate above the Stern layer.Overall, the EOF velocity magnitude is typically proportional to the Debye Length (λ

D), zeta potential, and magnitude of the externally applied electric field, while a more viscous liquid reduces the EOF velocity.

4.2. Modeling on Electro-osmotic Viscoelastic Fluid Flow

4.2.1. Theoretical Basis of EOF Mechanisms

The EOF of an incompressible viscoelastic fluid is commonly governed by the continuity and incompressible N–S equations, as shown in eqs 7 and 8, where the stress tensor and the electrostatic force term are coupled. The electro-osmotic body force term F, representing the body force exerted by the externally applied electric force, is defined as 

𝐹⇀=𝑝𝐸𝐸⇀�⇀=���⇀, where ρ

E and 

𝐸⇀�⇀ are the net electric charge density and the applied external electric field, respectively.Numerous models are established to theoretically study the externally applied electric potential and the system wall induced potential by charged walls. The following Laplace equation, expressed as eq 16, is generally adapted and solved to calculate the externally applied potential (ϕ).

∇2𝜙=0∇2�=0

(16)Ion diffusion under applied electric fields, together with mass transport resulting from convection and diffusion, transports ionic solutions in bulk flow under electrokinetic processes. The Nernst–Planck equation can describe these transport methods, including convection, diffusion, and electro-diffusion. Therefore, the Nernst–Planck equation is used to determine the distribution of the ions within the electrolyte. The electric potential induced by the charged channel walls follows the Poisson–Nernst–Plank (PNP) equation, which can be written as eq 17.

∇·[𝐷𝑖∇𝑛𝑖−𝑢⇀𝑛𝑖+𝑛𝑖𝐷𝑖𝑧𝑖𝑒𝑘𝑏𝑇∇(𝜙+𝜓)]=0∇·[��∇��−�⇀��+����������∇(�+�)]=0

(17)where D

in

i, and z

i are the diffusion coefficient, ionic concentration, and ionic valence of the ionic species I, respectively. However, due to the high nonlinearity and numerical stiffness introduced by different lengths and time scales from the PNP equations, the Poisson–Boltzmann (PB) model is often considered the major simplified method of the PNP equation to characterize the potential distribution of the EDL region in microchannels. In the PB model, it is assumed that the ionic species in the fluid follow the Boltzmann distribution. This model is typically valid for steady-state problems where charge transport can be considered negligible, the EDLs do not overlap with each other, and the intrinsic potentials are low. It provides a simplified representation of the potential distribution in the EDL region. The PB equation governing the EDL electric potential distribution is described as

∇2𝜓=(2𝑒𝑧𝑛0𝜀𝜀0)sinh(𝑧𝑒𝜓𝑘b𝑇)∇2�=(2���0��0)⁡sinh(����b�)

(18)where n

0 is the ion bulk concentration, z is the ionic valence, and ε

0 is the electric permittivity in the vacuum. Under low electric potential conditions, an even further simplified model to illustrate the EOF phenomena is the Debye–Hückel (DH) model. The DH model is derived by obtaining a charge density term by expanding the exponential term of the Boltzmann equation in a Taylor series.

4.2.2. EOF Modeling for Viscoelastic Fluids

Many studies through numerical modeling were performed to obtain a deeper understanding of the effect exhibited by externally applied electric fields on viscoelastic flow in microchannels under various geometrical designs. Bello et al. 

(83) found that methylcellulose solution, a non-Newtonian polymer solution, resulted in stronger electro-osmotic mobility in experiments when compared to the predictions by the Helmholtz–Smoluchowski equation, which is commonly used to define the velocity of EOF of a Newtonian fluid. Being one of the pioneers to identify the discrepancies between the EOF of Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, Bello et al. attributed such discrepancies to the presence of a very high shear rate in the EDL, resulting in a change in the orientation of the polymer molecules. Park and Lee 

(84) utilized the FVM to solve the PB equation for the characterization of the electric field induced force. In the study, the concept of fractional calculus for the Oldroyd-B model was adapted to illustrate the elastic and memory effects of viscoelastic fluids in a straight microchannel They observed that fluid elasticity and increased ratio of viscoelastic fluid contribution to overall fluid viscosity had a significant impact on the volumetric flow rate and sensitivity of velocity to electric field strength compared to Newtonian fluids. Afonso et al. 

(85) derived an analytical expression for EOF of viscoelastic fluid between parallel plates using the DH model to account for a zeta potential condition below 25 mV. The study established the understanding of the electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow under low zeta potential conditions. Apart from the electrokinetic forces, pressure forces can also be coupled with EOF to generate a unique fluid flow behavior within the microchannel. Sousa et al. 

(86) analytically studied the flow of a standard viscoelastic solution by combining the pressure gradient force with an externally applied electric force. It was found that, at a near wall skimming layer and the outer layer away from the wall, macromolecules migrating away from surface walls in viscoelastic fluids are observed. In the study, the Phan-Thien Tanner (PTT) constitutive model is utilized to characterize the viscoelastic properties of the solution. The approach is found to be valid when the EDL is much thinner than the skimming layer under an enhanced flow rate. Zhao and Yang 

(87) solved the PB equation and Carreau model for the characterization of the EOF mechanism and non-Newtonian fluid respectively through the FEM. The numerical results depict that, different from the EOF of Newtonian fluids, non-Newtonian fluids led to an increase of electro-osmotic mobility for shear thinning fluids but the opposite for shear thickening fluids.Like other fluid transport driving forces, EOF within unique geometrical layouts also portrays unique transport phenomena. Pimenta and Alves 

(88) utilized the FVM to perform numerical simulations of the EOF of viscoelastic fluids considering the PB equation and the Oldroyd-B model, in a cross-slot and flow-focusing microdevices. It was found that electroelastic instabilities are formed due to the development of large stresses inside the EDL with streamlined curvature at geometry corners. Bezerra et al. 

(89) used the FDM to numerically analyze the vortex formation and flow instability from an electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid flow in a microchannel with a nozzle geometry and parallel wall geometry setting. The PNP equation is utilized to characterize the charge motion in the EOF and the PTT model for non-Newtonian flow characterization. A constriction geometry is commonly utilized in blood flow adapted in LOC systems due to the change in blood flow behavior under narrow dimensions in a microchannel. Ji et al. 

(90) recently studied the EOF of viscoelastic fluid in a constriction microchannel connected by two relatively big reservoirs on both ends (as seen in Figure 5) filled with the polyacrylamide polymer solution, a viscoelastic fluid, and an incompressible monovalent binary electrolyte solution KCl.

Figure 5. Schematic diagram of a negatively charged constriction microchannel connected to two reservoirs at both ends. An electro-osmotic flow is induced in the system by the induced potential difference between the anode and cathode. (90) Reproduced with permission from ref (90). Copyright 2021 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

In studying the EOF of viscoelastic fluids, the Oldroyd-B model is often utilized to characterize the polymeric stress tensor and the deformation rate of the fluid. The Oldroyd-B model is expressed as follows:

𝜏=𝜂p𝜆(𝐜−𝐈)�=�p�(�−�)

(19)where η

p, λ, c, and I represent the polymer dynamic viscosity, polymer relaxation time, symmetric conformation tensor of the polymer molecules, and the identity matrix, respectively.A log-conformation tensor approach is taken to prevent convergence difficulty induced by the viscoelastic properties. The conformation tensor (c) in the polymeric stress tensor term is redefined by a new tensor (Θ) based on the natural logarithm of the c. The new tensor is defined as

Θ=ln(𝐜)=𝐑ln(𝚲)𝐑Θ=ln(�)=�⁡ln(�)�

(20)in which Λ is the diagonal matrix and R is the orthogonal matrix.Under the new conformation tensor, the induced EOF of a viscoelastic fluid is governed by the continuity and N–S equations adapting the Oldroyd-B model, which is expressed as

∂𝚯∂𝑡+𝐮·∇𝚯=𝛀Θ−ΘΩ+2𝐁+1𝜆(eΘ−𝐈)∂�∂�+�·∇�=�Θ−ΘΩ+2�+1�(eΘ−�)

(21)where Ω and B represent the anti-symmetric matrix and the symmetric traceless matrix of the decomposition of the velocity gradient tensor ∇u, respectively. The conformation tensor can be recovered by c = exp(Θ). The PB model and Laplace equation are utilized to characterize the charged channel wall induced potential and the externally applied potential.The governing equations are numerically solved through the FVM by RheoTool, 

(42) an open-source viscoelastic EOF solver on the OpenFOAM platform. A SIMPLEC (Semi-Implicit Method for Pressure Linked Equations-Consistent) algorithm was applied to solve the velocity-pressure coupling. The pressure field and velocity field were computed by the PCG (Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient) solver and the PBiCG (Preconditioned Biconjugate Gradient) solver, respectively.Ranging magnitudes of an applied electric field or fluid concentration induce both different streamlines and velocity magnitudes at various locations and times of the microchannel. In the study performed by Ji et al., 

(90) notable fluctuation of streamlines and vortex formation is formed at the upper stream entrance of the constriction as shown in Figure 6(a) and (b), respectively, due to the increase of electrokinetic effect, which is seen as a result of the increase in polymeric stress (τ

xx). 

(90) The contraction geometry enhances the EOF velocity within the constriction channel under high E

app condition (600 V/cm). Such phenomena can be attributed to the dependence of electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow on the system wall surface and bulk fluid properties. 

(91)

Figure 6. Schematic diagram of vortex formation and streamlines of EOF depicting flow instability at (a) 1.71 s and (b) 1.75 s. Spatial distribution of the elastic normal stress at (c) high Eapp condition. Streamline of an electro-osmotic flow under Eapp of 600 V/cm (90) for (d) non-Newtonian and (e) Newtonian fluid through a constriction geometry. Reproduced with permission from ref (90). Copyright 2021 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

As elastic normal stress exceeds the local shear stress, flow instability and vortex formation occur. The induced elastic stress under EOF not only enhances the instability of the flow but often generates an irregular secondary flow leading to strong disturbance. 

(92) It is also vital to consider the effect of the constriction layout of microchannels on the alteration of the field strength within the system. The contraction geometry enhances a larger electric field strength compared with other locations of the channel outside the constriction region, resulting in a higher velocity gradient and stronger extension on the polymer within the viscoelastic solution. Following the high shear flow condition, a higher magnitude of stretch for polymer molecules in viscoelastic fluids exhibits larger elastic stresses and enhancement of vortex formation at the region. 

(93)As shown in Figure 6(c), significant elastic normal stress occurs at the inlet of the constriction microchannel. Such occurrence of a polymeric flow can be attributed to the dominating elongational flow, giving rise to high deformation of the polymers within the viscoelastic fluid flow, resulting in higher elastic stress from the polymers. Such phenomena at the entrance result in the difference in velocity streamline as circled in Figure 6(d) compared to that of the Newtonian fluid at the constriction entrance in Figure 6(e). 

(90) The difference between the Newtonian and polymer solution at the exit, as circled in Figure 6(d) and (e), can be attributed to the extrudate swell effect of polymers 

(94) within the viscoelastic fluid flow. The extrudate swell effect illustrates that, as polymers emerge from the constriction exit, they tend to contract in the flow direction and grow in the normal direction, resulting in an extrudate diameter greater than the channel size. The deformation of polymers within the polymeric flow at both the entrance and exit of the contraction channel facilitates the change in shear stress conditions of the flow, leading to the alteration in streamlines of flows for each region.

4.3. EOF Applications in LOC Systems

4.3.1. Mixing in LOC Systems

Rather than relying on the micromixing controlled by molecular diffusion under low Reynolds number conditions, active mixers actively leverage convective instability and vortex formation induced by electro-osmotic flows from alternating current (AC) or direct current (DC) electric fields. Such adaptation is recognized as significant breakthroughs for promotion of fluid mixing in chemical and biological applications such as drug delivery, medical diagnostics, chemical synthesis, and so on. 

(95)Many researchers proposed novel designs of electro-osmosis micromixers coupled with numerical simulations in conjunction with experimental findings to increase their understanding of the role of flow instability and vortex formation in the mixing process under electrokinetic phenomena. Matsubara and Narumi 

(96) numerically modeled the mixing process in a microchannel with four electrodes on each side of the microchannel wall, which generated a disruption through unstable electro-osmotic vortices. It was found that particle mixing was sensitive to both the convection effect induced by the main and secondary vortex within the micromixer and the change in oscillation frequency caused by the supplied AC voltage when the Reynolds number was varied. Qaderi et al. 

(97) adapted the PNP equation to numerically study the effect of the geometry and zeta potential configuration of the microchannel on the mixing process with a combined electro-osmotic pressure driven flow. It was reported that the application of heterogeneous zeta potential configuration enhances the mixing efficiency by around 23% while the height of the hurdles increases the mixing efficiency at most 48.1%. Cho et al. 

(98) utilized the PB model and Laplace equation to numerically simulate the electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid mixing process within a wavy and block layout of microchannel walls. The Power Law model is adapted to describe the fluid rheological characteristic. It was found that shear-thinning fluids possess a higher volumetric flow rate, which could result in poorer mixing efficiency compared to that of Newtonian fluids. Numerous studies have revealed that flow instability and vortex generation, in particular secondary vortices produced by barriers or greater magnitudes of heterogeneous zeta potential distribution, enhance mixing by increasing bulk flow velocity and reducing flow distance.To better understand the mechanism of disturbance formed in the system due to externally applied forces, known as electrokinetic instability, literature often utilize the Rayleigh (Ra) number, 

(1) as described below:

𝑅𝑎𝑣=𝑢ev𝑢eo=(𝛾−1𝛾+1)2𝑊𝛿2𝐸el2𝐻2𝜁𝛿Ra�=�ev�eo=(�−1�+1)2��2�el2�2��

(22)where γ is the conductivity ratio of the two streams and can be written as 

𝛾=𝜎el,H𝜎el,L�=�el,H�el,L. The Ra number characterizes the ratio between electroviscous and electro-osmotic flow. A high Ra

v value often results in good mixing. It is evident that fluid properties such as the conductivity (σ) of the two streams play a key role in the formation of disturbances to enhance mixing in microsystems. At the same time, electrokinetic parameters like the zeta potential (ζ) in the Ra number is critical in the characterization of electro-osmotic velocity and a slip boundary condition at the microchannel wall.To understand the mixing result along the channel, the concentration field can be defined and simulated under the assumption of steady state conditions and constant diffusion coefficient for each of the working fluid within the system through the convection–diffusion equation as below:

∂𝑐𝒊∂𝑡+∇⇀(𝑐𝑖𝑢⇀−𝐷𝑖∇⇀𝑐𝒊)=0∂��∂�+∇⇀(���⇀−��∇⇀��)=0

(23)where c

i is the species concentration of species i and D

i is the diffusion coefficient of the corresponding species.The standard deviation of concentration (σ

sd) can be adapted to evaluate the mixing quality of the system. 

(97) The standard deviation for concentration at a specific portion of the channel may be calculated using the equation below:

𝜎sd=∫10(𝐶∗(𝑦∗)−𝐶m)2d𝑦∗∫10d𝑦∗⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯�sd=∫01(�*(�*)−�m)2d�*∫01d�*

(24)where C*(y*) and C

m are the non-dimensional concentration profile and the mean concentration at the portion, respectively. C* is the non-dimensional concentration and can be calculated as 

𝐶∗=𝐶𝐶ref�*=��ref, where C

ref is the reference concentration defined as the bulk solution concentration. The mean concentration profile can be calculated as 

𝐶m=∫10(𝐶∗(𝑦∗)d𝑦∗∫10d𝑦∗�m=∫01(�*(�*)d�*∫01d�*. With the standard deviation of concentration, the mixing efficiency 

(97) can then be calculated as below:

𝜀𝑥=1−𝜎sd𝜎sd,0��=1−�sd�sd,0

(25)where σ

sd,0 is the standard derivation of the case of no mixing. The value of the mixing efficiency is typically utilized in conjunction with the simulated flow field and concentration field to explore the effect of geometrical and electrokinetic parameters on the optimization of the mixing results.

5. Summary

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


5.1. Conclusion

Viscoelastic fluids such as blood flow in LOC systems are an essential topic to proceed with diagnostic analysis and research through microdevices in the biomedical and pharmaceutical industries. The complex blood flow behavior is tightly controlled by the viscoelastic characteristics of blood such as the dynamic viscosity and the elastic property of RBCs under various shear rate conditions. Furthermore, the flow behaviors under varied driving forces promote an array of microfluidic transport phenomena that are critical to the management of blood flow and other adapted viscoelastic fluids in LOC systems. This review addressed the blood flow phenomena, the complicated interplay between shear rate and blood flow behaviors, and their numerical modeling under LOC systems through the lens of the viscoelasticity characteristic. Furthermore, a theoretical understanding of capillary forces and externally applied electric forces leads to an in-depth investigation of the relationship between blood flow patterns and the key parameters of the two driving forces, the latter of which is introduced through the lens of viscoelastic fluids, coupling numerical modeling to improve the knowledge of blood flow manipulation in LOC systems. The flow disturbances triggered by the EOF of viscoelastic fluids and their impact on blood flow patterns have been deeply investigated due to their important role and applications in LOC devices. Continuous advancements of various numerical modeling methods with experimental findings through more efficient and less computationally heavy methods have served as an encouraging sign of establishing more accurate illustrations of the mechanisms for multiphase blood and other viscoelastic fluid flow transport phenomena driven by various forces. Such progress is fundamental for the manipulation of unique transport phenomena, such as the generated disturbances, to optimize functionalities offered by microdevices in LOC systems.

The following section will provide further insights into the employment of studied blood transport phenomena to improve the functionality of micro devices adapting LOC technology. A discussion of the novel roles that external driving forces play in microfluidic flow behaviors is also provided. Limitations in the computational modeling of blood flow and electrokinetic phenomena in LOC systems will also be emphasized, which may provide valuable insights for future research endeavors. These discussions aim to provide guidance and opportunities for new paths in the ongoing development of LOC devices that adapt blood flow.

5.2. Future Directions

5.2.1. Electro-osmosis Mixing in LOC Systems

Despite substantial research, mixing results through flow instability and vortex formation phenomena induced by electro-osmotic mixing still deviate from the effective mixing results offered by chaotic mixing results such as those seen in turbulent flows. However, recent discoveries of a mixing phenomenon that is generally observed under turbulent flows are found within electro-osmosis micromixers under low Reynolds number conditions. Zhao 

(99) experimentally discovered a rapid mixing process in an AC applied micromixer, where the power spectrum of concentration under an applied voltage of 20 V

p-p induces a −5/3 slope within a frequency range. This value of the slope is considered as the O–C spectrum in macroflows, which is often visible under relatively high Re conditions, such as the Taylor microscale Reynolds number Re > 500 in turbulent flows. 

(100) However, the Re value in the studied system is less than 1 at the specific location and applied voltage. A secondary flow is also suggested to occur close to microchannel walls, being attributed to the increase of convective instability within the system.Despite the experimental phenomenon proposed by Zhao et al., 

(99) the range of effects induced by vital parameters of an EOF mixing system on the enhanced mixing results and mechanisms of disturbance generated by the turbulent-like flow instability is not further characterized. Such a gap in knowledge may hinder the adaptability and commercialization of the discovery of micromixers. One of the parameters for further evaluation is the conductivity gradient of the fluid flow. A relatively strong conductivity gradient (5000:1) was adopted in the system due to the conductive properties of the two fluids. The high conductivity gradients may contribute to the relatively large Rayleigh number and differences in EDL layer thickness, resulting in an unusual disturbance in laminar flow conditions and enhanced mixing results. However, high conductivity gradients are not always achievable by the working fluids due to diverse fluid properties. The reliance on turbulent-like phenomena and rapid mixing results in a large conductivity gradient should be established to prevent the limited application of fluids for the mixing system. In addition, the proposed system utilizes distinct zeta potential distributions at the top and bottom walls due to their difference in material choices, which may be attributed to the flow instability phenomena. Further studies should be made on varying zeta potential magnitude and distribution to evaluate their effect on the slip boundary conditions of the flow and the large shear rate condition close to the channel wall of EOF. Such a study can potentially offer an optimized condition in zeta potential magnitude through material choices and geometrical layout of the zeta potential for better mixing results and manipulation of mixing fluid dynamics. The two vital parameters mentioned above can be varied with the aid of numerical simulation to understand the effect of parameters on the interaction between electro-osmotic forces and electroviscous forces. At the same time, the relationship of developed streamlines of the simulated velocity and concentration field, following their relationship with the mixing results, under the impact of these key parameters can foster more insight into the range of impact that the two parameters have on the proposed phenomena and the microfluidic dynamic principles of disturbances.

In addition, many of the current investigations of electrokinetic mixers commonly emphasize the fluid dynamics of mixing for Newtonian fluids, while the utilization of biofluids, primarily viscoelastic fluids such as blood, and their distinctive response under shear forces in these novel mixing processes of LOC systems are significantly less studied. To develop more compatible microdevice designs and efficient mixing outcomes for the biomedical industry, it is necessary to fill the knowledge gaps in the literature on electro-osmotic mixing for biofluids, where properties of elasticity, dynamic viscosity, and intricate relationship with shear flow from the fluid are further considered.

5.2.2. Electro-osmosis Separation in LOC Systems

Particle separation in LOC devices, particularly in biological research and diagnostics, is another area where disturbances may play a significant role in optimization. 

(101) Plasma analysis in LOC systems under precise control of blood flow phenomena and blood/plasma separation procedures can detect vital information about infectious diseases from particular antibodies and foreign nucleic acids for medical treatments, diagnostics, and research, 

(102) offering more efficient results and simple operating procedures compared to that of the traditional centrifugation method for blood and plasma separation. However, the adaptability of LOC devices for blood and plasma separation is often hindered by microchannel clogging, where flow velocity and plasma yield from LOC devices is reduced due to occasional RBC migration and aggregation at the filtration entrance of microdevices. 

(103)It is important to note that the EOF induces flow instability close to microchannel walls, which may provide further solutions to clogging for the separation process of the LOC systems. Mohammadi et al. 

(104) offered an anti-clogging effect of RBCs at the blood and plasma separating device filtration entry, adjacent to the surface wall, through RBC disaggregation under high shear rate conditions generated by a forward and reverse EOF direction.

Further theoretical and numerical research can be conducted to characterize the effect of high shear rate conditions near microchannel walls toward the detachment of binding blood cells on surfaces and the reversibility of aggregation. Through numerical modeling with varying electrokinetic parameters to induce different degrees of disturbances or shear conditions at channel walls, it may be possible to optimize and better understand the process of disrupting the forces that bind cells to surface walls and aggregated cells at filtration pores. RBCs that migrate close to microchannel walls are often attracted by the adhesion force between the RBC and the solid surface originating from the van der Waals forces. Following RBC migration and attachment by adhesive forces adjacent to the microchannel walls as shown in Figure 7, the increase in viscosity at the region causes a lower shear condition and encourages RBC aggregation (cell–cell interaction), which clogs filtering pores or microchannels and reduces flow velocity at filtration region. Both the impact that shear forces and disturbances may induce on cell binding forces with surface walls and other cells leading to aggregation may suggest further characterization. Kinetic parameters such as activation energy and the rate-determining step for cell binding composition attachment and detachment should be considered for modeling the dynamics of RBCs and blood flows under external forces in LOC separation devices.

Figure 7. Schematic representations of clogging at a microchannel pore following the sequence of RBC migration, cell attachment to channel walls, and aggregation. (105) Reproduced with permission from ref (105). Copyright 2018 The Authors under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

5.2.3. Relationship between External Forces and Microfluidic Systems

In blood flow, a thicker CFL suggests a lower blood viscosity, suggesting a complex relationship between shear stress and shear rate, affecting the blood viscosity and blood flow. Despite some experimental and numerical studies on electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid flow, limited literature has performed an in-depth investigation of the role that applied electric forces and other external forces could play in the process of CFL formation. Additional studies on how shear rates from external forces affect CFL formation and microfluidic flow dynamics can shed light on the mechanism of the contribution induced by external driving forces to the development of a separate phase of layer, similar to CFL, close to the microchannel walls and distinct from the surrounding fluid within the system, then influencing microfluidic flow dynamics.One of the mechanisms of phenomena to be explored is the formation of the Exclusion Zone (EZ) region following a “Self-Induced Flow” (SIF) phenomenon discovered by Li and Pollack, 

(106) as shown in Figure 8(a) and (b), respectively. A spontaneous sustained axial flow is observed when hydrophilic materials are immersed in water, resulting in the buildup of a negative layer of charges, defined as the EZ, after water molecules absorb infrared radiation (IR) energy and break down into H and OH

+.

Figure 8. Schematic representations of (a) the Exclusion Zone region and (b) the Self Induced Flow through visualization of microsphere movement within a microchannel. (106) Reproduced with permission from ref (106). Copyright 2020 The Authors under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

Despite the finding of such a phenomenon, the specific mechanism and role of IR energy have yet to be defined for the process of EZ development. To further develop an understanding of the role of IR energy in such phenomena, a feasible study may be seen through the lens of the relationships between external forces and microfluidic flow. In the phenomena, the increase of SIF velocity under a rise of IR radiation resonant characteristics is shown in the participation of the external electric field near the microchannel walls under electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow systems. The buildup of negative charges at the hydrophilic surfaces in EZ is analogous to the mechanism of electrical double layer formation. Indeed, research has initiated the exploration of the core mechanisms for EZ formation through the lens of the electrokinetic phenomena. 

(107) Such a similarity of the role of IR energy and the transport phenomena of SIF with electrokinetic phenomena paves the way for the definition of the unknown SIF phenomena and EZ formation. Furthermore, Li and Pollack 

(106) suggest whether CFL formation might contribute to a SIF of blood using solely IR radiation, a commonly available source of energy in nature, as an external driving force. The proposition may be proven feasible with the presence of the CFL region next to the negatively charged hydrophilic endothelial glycocalyx layer, coating the luminal side of blood vessels. 

(108) Further research can dive into the resonating characteristics between the formation of the CFL region next to the hydrophilic endothelial glycocalyx layer and that of the EZ formation close to hydrophilic microchannel walls. Indeed, an increase in IR energy is known to rapidly accelerate EZ formation and SIF velocity, depicting similarity to the increase in the magnitude of electric field forces and greater shear rates at microchannel walls affecting CFL formation and EOF velocity. Such correlation depicts a future direction in whether SIF blood flow can be observed and characterized theoretically further through the lens of the relationship between blood flow and shear forces exhibited by external energy.

The intricate link between the CFL and external forces, more specifically the externally applied electric field, can receive further attention to provide a more complete framework for the mechanisms between IR radiation and EZ formation. Such characterization may also contribute to a greater comprehension of the role IR can play in CFL formation next to the endothelial glycocalyx layer as well as its role as a driving force to propel blood flow, similar to the SIF, but without the commonly assumed pressure force from heart contraction as a source of driving force.

5.3. Challenges

Although there have been significant improvements in blood flow modeling under LOC systems over the past decade, there are still notable constraints that may require special attention for numerical simulation applications to benefit the adaptability of the designs and functionalities of LOC devices. Several points that require special attention are mentioned below:

1.The majority of CFD models operate under the relationship between the viscoelasticity of blood and the shear rate conditions of flow. The relative effect exhibited by the presence of highly populated RBCs in whole blood and their forces amongst the cells themselves under complex flows often remains unclearly defined. Furthermore, the full range of cell populations in whole blood requires a much more computational load for numerical modeling. Therefore, a vital goal for future research is to evaluate a reduced modeling method where the impact of cell–cell interaction on the viscoelastic property of blood is considered.
2.Current computational methods on hemodynamics rely on continuum models based upon non-Newtonian rheology at the macroscale rather than at molecular and cellular levels. Careful considerations should be made for the development of a constructive framework for the physical and temporal scales of micro/nanoscale systems to evaluate the intricate relationship between fluid driving forces, dynamic viscosity, and elasticity.
3.Viscoelastic fluids under the impact of externally applied electric forces often deviate from the assumptions of no-slip boundary conditions due to the unique flow conditions induced by externally applied forces. Furthermore, the mechanism of vortex formation and viscoelastic flow instability at laminar flow conditions should be better defined through the lens of the microfluidic flow phenomenon to optimize the prediction of viscoelastic flow across different geometrical layouts. Mathematical models and numerical methods are needed to better predict such disturbance caused by external forces and the viscoelasticity of fluids at such a small scale.
4.Under practical situations, zeta potential distribution at channel walls frequently deviates from the common assumption of a constant distribution because of manufacturing faults or inherent surface charges prior to the introduction of electrokinetic influence. These discrepancies frequently lead to inconsistent surface potential distribution, such as excess positive ions at relatively more negatively charged walls. Accordingly, unpredicted vortex formation and flow instability may occur. Therefore, careful consideration should be given to these discrepancies and how they could trigger the transport process and unexpected results of a microdevice.

Author Information

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


  • Corresponding Authors
    • Zhe Chen – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Email: zaccooky@sjtu.edu.cn
    • Bo Ouyang – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Email: bouy93@sjtu.edu.cn
    • Zheng-Hong Luo – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0000-0001-9011-6020; Email: luozh@sjtu.edu.cn
  • Authors
    • Bin-Jie Lai – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0009-0002-8133-5381
    • Li-Tao Zhu – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0000-0001-6514-8864
  • NotesThe authors declare no competing financial interest.

Acknowledgments

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (No. 22238005) and the Postdoctoral Research Foundation of China (No. GZC20231576).

Vocabulary

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


Microfluidicsthe field of technological and scientific study that investigates fluid flow in channels with dimensions between 1 and 1000 μm
Lab-on-a-Chip Technologythe field of research and technological development aimed at integrating the micro/nanofluidic characteristics to conduct laboratory processes on handheld devices
Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)the method utilizing computational abilities to predict physical fluid flow behaviors mathematically through solving the governing equations of corresponding fluid flows
Shear Ratethe rate of change in velocity where one layer of fluid moves past the adjacent layer
Viscoelasticitythe property holding both elasticity and viscosity characteristics relying on the magnitude of applied shear stress and time-dependent strain
Electro-osmosisthe flow of fluid under an applied electric field when charged solid surface is in contact with the bulk fluid
Vortexthe rotating motion of a fluid revolving an axis line

References

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


This article references 108 other publications.

  1. 1Neethirajan, S.; Kobayashi, I.; Nakajima, M.; Wu, D.; Nandagopal, S.; Lin, F. Microfluidics for food, agriculture and biosystems industries. Lab Chip 201111 (9), 1574– 1586,  DOI: 10.1039/c0lc00230eViewGoogle Scholar
  2. 2Whitesides, G. M. The origins and the future of microfluidics. Nature 2006442 (7101), 368– 373,  DOI: 10.1038/nature05058ViewGoogle Scholar
  3. 3Burklund, A.; Tadimety, A.; Nie, Y.; Hao, N.; Zhang, J. X. J. Chapter One – Advances in diagnostic microfluidics; Elsevier, 2020; DOI:  DOI: 10.1016/bs.acc.2019.08.001 .ViewGoogle Scholar
  4. 4Abdulbari, H. A. Chapter 12 – Lab-on-a-chip for analysis of blood. In Nanotechnology for Hematology, Blood Transfusion, and Artificial Blood; Denizli, A., Nguyen, T. A., Rajan, M., Alam, M. F., Rahman, K., Eds.; Elsevier, 2022; pp 265– 283.ViewGoogle Scholar
  5. 5Vladisavljević, G. T.; Khalid, N.; Neves, M. A.; Kuroiwa, T.; Nakajima, M.; Uemura, K.; Ichikawa, S.; Kobayashi, I. Industrial lab-on-a-chip: Design, applications and scale-up for drug discovery and delivery. Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 201365 (11), 1626– 1663,  DOI: 10.1016/j.addr.2013.07.017ViewGoogle Scholar
  6. 6Kersaudy-Kerhoas, M.; Dhariwal, R.; Desmulliez, M. P. Y.; Jouvet, L. Hydrodynamic blood plasma separation in microfluidic channels. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 20108 (1), 105– 114,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-009-0450-5ViewGoogle Scholar
  7. 7Popel, A. S.; Johnson, P. C. Microcirculation and Hemorheology. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 200537 (1), 43– 69,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.fluid.37.042604.133933ViewGoogle Scholar
  8. 8Fedosov, D. A.; Peltomäki, M.; Gompper, G. Deformation and dynamics of red blood cells in flow through cylindrical microchannels. Soft Matter 201410 (24), 4258– 4267,  DOI: 10.1039/C4SM00248BViewGoogle Scholar
  9. 9Chakraborty, S. Dynamics of capillary flow of blood into a microfluidic channel. Lab Chip 20055 (4), 421– 430,  DOI: 10.1039/b414566fViewGoogle Scholar
  10. 10Tomaiuolo, G.; Guido, S. Start-up shape dynamics of red blood cells in microcapillary flow. Microvascular Research 201182 (1), 35– 41,  DOI: 10.1016/j.mvr.2011.03.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  11. 11Sherwood, J. M.; Dusting, J.; Kaliviotis, E.; Balabani, S. The effect of red blood cell aggregation on velocity and cell-depleted layer characteristics of blood in a bifurcating microchannel. Biomicrofluidics 20126 (2), 24119,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4717755ViewGoogle Scholar
  12. 12Nader, E.; Skinner, S.; Romana, M.; Fort, R.; Lemonne, N.; Guillot, N.; Gauthier, A.; Antoine-Jonville, S.; Renoux, C.; Hardy-Dessources, M.-D. Blood Rheology: Key Parameters, Impact on Blood Flow, Role in Sickle Cell Disease and Effects of Exercise. Frontiers in Physiology 201910, 01329,  DOI: 10.3389/fphys.2019.01329ViewGoogle Scholar
  13. 13Trejo-Soto, C.; Lázaro, G. R.; Pagonabarraga, I.; Hernández-Machado, A. Microfluidics Approach to the Mechanical Properties of Red Blood Cell Membrane and Their Effect on Blood Rheology. Membranes 202212 (2), 217,  DOI: 10.3390/membranes12020217ViewGoogle Scholar
  14. 14Wagner, C.; Steffen, P.; Svetina, S. Aggregation of red blood cells: From rouleaux to clot formation. Comptes Rendus Physique 201314 (6), 459– 469,  DOI: 10.1016/j.crhy.2013.04.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  15. 15Kim, H.; Zhbanov, A.; Yang, S. Microfluidic Systems for Blood and Blood Cell Characterization. Biosensors 202313 (1), 13,  DOI: 10.3390/bios13010013ViewGoogle Scholar
  16. 16Fåhræus, R.; Lindqvist, T. THE VISCOSITY OF THE BLOOD IN NARROW CAPILLARY TUBES. American Journal of Physiology-Legacy Content 193196 (3), 562– 568,  DOI: 10.1152/ajplegacy.1931.96.3.562ViewGoogle Scholar
  17. 17Ascolese, M.; Farina, A.; Fasano, A. The Fåhræus-Lindqvist effect in small blood vessels: how does it help the heart?. J. Biol. Phys. 201945 (4), 379– 394,  DOI: 10.1007/s10867-019-09534-4ViewGoogle Scholar
  18. 18Bento, D.; Fernandes, C. S.; Miranda, J. M.; Lima, R. In vitro blood flow visualizations and cell-free layer (CFL) measurements in a microchannel network. Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science 2019109, 109847,  DOI: 10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2019.109847ViewGoogle Scholar
  19. 19Namgung, B.; Ong, P. K.; Wong, Y. H.; Lim, D.; Chun, K. J.; Kim, S. A comparative study of histogram-based thresholding methods for the determination of cell-free layer width in small blood vessels. Physiological Measurement 201031 (9), N61,  DOI: 10.1088/0967-3334/31/9/N01ViewGoogle Scholar
  20. 20Hymel, S. J.; Lan, H.; Fujioka, H.; Khismatullin, D. B. Cell trapping in Y-junction microchannels: A numerical study of the bifurcation angle effect in inertial microfluidics. Phys. Fluids (1994) 201931 (8), 082003,  DOI: 10.1063/1.5113516ViewGoogle Scholar
  21. 21Li, X.; Popel, A. S.; Karniadakis, G. E. Blood-plasma separation in Y-shaped bifurcating microfluidic channels: a dissipative particle dynamics simulation study. Phys. Biol. 20129 (2), 026010,  DOI: 10.1088/1478-3975/9/2/026010ViewGoogle Scholar
  22. 22Yin, X.; Thomas, T.; Zhang, J. Multiple red blood cell flows through microvascular bifurcations: Cell free layer, cell trajectory, and hematocrit separation. Microvascular Research 201389, 47– 56,  DOI: 10.1016/j.mvr.2013.05.002ViewGoogle Scholar
  23. 23Shibeshi, S. S.; Collins, W. E. The Rheology of Blood Flow in a Branched Arterial System. Appl. Rheol 200515 (6), 398– 405,  DOI: 10.1515/arh-2005-0020ViewGoogle Scholar
  24. 24Sequeira, A.; Janela, J. An Overview of Some Mathematical Models of Blood Rheology. In A Portrait of State-of-the-Art Research at the Technical University of Lisbon; Pereira, M. S., Ed.; Springer Netherlands: Dordrecht, 2007; pp 65– 87.ViewGoogle Scholar
  25. 25Walburn, F. J.; Schneck, D. J. A constitutive equation for whole human blood. Biorheology 197613, 201– 210,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1976-13307ViewGoogle Scholar
  26. 26Quemada, D. A rheological model for studying the hematocrit dependence of red cell-red cell and red cell-protein interactions in blood. Biorheology 198118, 501– 516,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1981-183-615ViewGoogle Scholar
  27. 27Varchanis, S.; Dimakopoulos, Y.; Wagner, C.; Tsamopoulos, J. How viscoelastic is human blood plasma?. Soft Matter 201814 (21), 4238– 4251,  DOI: 10.1039/C8SM00061AViewGoogle Scholar
  28. 28Apostolidis, A. J.; Moyer, A. P.; Beris, A. N. Non-Newtonian effects in simulations of coronary arterial blood flow. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2016233, 155– 165,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2016.03.008ViewGoogle Scholar
  29. 29Luo, X. Y.; Kuang, Z. B. A study on the constitutive equation of blood. J. Biomech. 199225 (8), 929– 934,  DOI: 10.1016/0021-9290(92)90233-QViewGoogle Scholar
  30. 30Oldroyd, J. G.; Wilson, A. H. On the formulation of rheological equations of state. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences 1950200 (1063), 523– 541,  DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1950.0035ViewGoogle Scholar
  31. 31Prado, G.; Farutin, A.; Misbah, C.; Bureau, L. Viscoelastic transient of confined red blood cells. Biophys J. 2015108 (9), 2126– 2136,  DOI: 10.1016/j.bpj.2015.03.046ViewGoogle Scholar
  32. 32Huang, C. R.; Pan, W. D.; Chen, H. Q.; Copley, A. L. Thixotropic properties of whole blood from healthy human subjects. Biorheology 198724 (6), 795– 801,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1987-24630ViewGoogle Scholar
  33. 33Anand, M.; Kwack, J.; Masud, A. A new generalized Oldroyd-B model for blood flow in complex geometries. International Journal of Engineering Science 201372, 78– 88,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijengsci.2013.06.009ViewGoogle Scholar
  34. 34Horner, J. S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J.; Beris, A. N. Investigation of blood rheology under steady and unidirectional large amplitude oscillatory shear. J. Rheol. 201862 (2), 577– 591,  DOI: 10.1122/1.5017623ViewGoogle Scholar
  35. 35Horner, J. S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J.; Beris, A. N. Measurements of human blood viscoelasticity and thixotropy under steady and transient shear and constitutive modeling thereof. J. Rheol. 201963 (5), 799– 813,  DOI: 10.1122/1.5108737ViewGoogle Scholar
  36. 36Armstrong, M.; Tussing, J. A methodology for adding thixotropy to Oldroyd-8 family of viscoelastic models for characterization of human blood. Phys. Fluids 202032 (9), 094111,  DOI: 10.1063/5.0022501ViewGoogle Scholar
  37. 37Crank, J.; Nicolson, P. A practical method for numerical evaluation of solutions of partial differential equations of the heat-conduction type. Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 194743 (1), 50– 67,  DOI: 10.1017/S0305004100023197ViewGoogle Scholar
  38. 38Clough, R. W. Original formulation of the finite element method. Finite Elements in Analysis and Design 19907 (2), 89– 101,  DOI: 10.1016/0168-874X(90)90001-UViewGoogle Scholar
  39. 39Liu, W. K.; Liu, Y.; Farrell, D.; Zhang, L.; Wang, X. S.; Fukui, Y.; Patankar, N.; Zhang, Y.; Bajaj, C.; Lee, J.Immersed finite element method and its applications to biological systems. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 2006195 (13), 1722– 1749,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cma.2005.05.049ViewGoogle Scholar
  40. 40Lopes, D.; Agujetas, R.; Puga, H.; Teixeira, J.; Lima, R.; Alejo, J. P.; Ferrera, C. Analysis of finite element and finite volume methods for fluid-structure interaction simulation of blood flow in a real stenosed artery. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 2021207, 106650,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2021.106650ViewGoogle Scholar
  41. 41Favero, J. L.; Secchi, A. R.; Cardozo, N. S. M.; Jasak, H. Viscoelastic flow analysis using the software OpenFOAM and differential constitutive equations. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2010165 (23), 1625– 1636,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2010.08.010ViewGoogle Scholar
  42. 42Pimenta, F.; Alves, M. A. Stabilization of an open-source finite-volume solver for viscoelastic fluid flows. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2017239, 85– 104,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2016.12.002ViewGoogle Scholar
  43. 43Chee, C. Y.; Lee, H. P.; Lu, C. Using 3D fluid-structure interaction model to analyse the biomechanical properties of erythrocyte. Phys. Lett. A 2008372 (9), 1357– 1362,  DOI: 10.1016/j.physleta.2007.09.067ViewGoogle Scholar
  44. 44Xu, D.; Kaliviotis, E.; Munjiza, A.; Avital, E.; Ji, C.; Williams, J. Large scale simulation of red blood cell aggregation in shear flows. J. Biomech. 201346 (11), 1810– 1817,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2013.05.010ViewGoogle Scholar
  45. 45Johnson, K. L.; Kendall, K.; Roberts, A. Surface energy and the contact of elastic solids. Proceedings of the royal society of London. A. mathematical and physical sciences 1971324 (1558), 301– 313,  DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1971.0141ViewGoogle Scholar
  46. 46Shi, L.; Pan, T.-W.; Glowinski, R. Deformation of a single red blood cell in bounded Poiseuille flows. Phys. Rev. E 201285 (1), 016307,  DOI: 10.1103/PhysRevE.85.016307ViewGoogle Scholar
  47. 47Yoon, D.; You, D. Continuum modeling of deformation and aggregation of red blood cells. J. Biomech. 201649 (11), 2267– 2279,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2015.11.027ViewGoogle Scholar
  48. 48Mainardi, F.; Spada, G. Creep, relaxation and viscosity properties for basic fractional models in rheology. European Physical Journal Special Topics 2011193 (1), 133– 160,  DOI: 10.1140/epjst/e2011-01387-1ViewGoogle Scholar
  49. 49Gracka, M.; Lima, R.; Miranda, J. M.; Student, S.; Melka, B.; Ostrowski, Z. Red blood cells tracking and cell-free layer formation in a microchannel with hyperbolic contraction: A CFD model validation. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine 2022226, 107117,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cmpb.2022.107117ViewGoogle Scholar
  50. 50Aryan, H.; Beigzadeh, B.; Siavashi, M. Euler-Lagrange numerical simulation of improved magnetic drug delivery in a three-dimensional CT-based carotid artery bifurcation. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine 2022219, 106778,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cmpb.2022.106778ViewGoogle Scholar
  51. 51Czaja, B.; Závodszky, G.; Azizi Tarksalooyeh, V.; Hoekstra, A. G. Cell-resolved blood flow simulations of saccular aneurysms: effects of pulsatility and aspect ratio. J. R Soc. Interface 201815 (146), 20180485,  DOI: 10.1098/rsif.2018.0485ViewGoogle Scholar
  52. 52Rydquist, G.; Esmaily, M. A cell-resolved, Lagrangian solver for modeling red blood cell dynamics in macroscale flows. J. Comput. Phys. 2022461, 111204,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jcp.2022.111204ViewGoogle Scholar
  53. 53Dadvand, A.; Baghalnezhad, M.; Mirzaee, I.; Khoo, B. C.; Ghoreishi, S. An immersed boundary-lattice Boltzmann approach to study the dynamics of elastic membranes in viscous shear flows. Journal of Computational Science 20145 (5), 709– 718,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jocs.2014.06.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  54. 54Krüger, T.; Holmes, D.; Coveney, P. V. Deformability-based red blood cell separation in deterministic lateral displacement devices─A simulation study. Biomicrofluidics 20148 (5), 054114,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4897913ViewGoogle Scholar
  55. 55Takeishi, N.; Ito, H.; Kaneko, M.; Wada, S. Deformation of a Red Blood Cell in a Narrow Rectangular Microchannel. Micromachines 201910 (3), 199,  DOI: 10.3390/mi10030199ViewGoogle Scholar
  56. 56Krüger, T.; Varnik, F.; Raabe, D. Efficient and accurate simulations of deformable particles immersed in a fluid using a combined immersed boundary lattice Boltzmann finite element method. Computers & Mathematics with Applications 201161 (12), 3485– 3505,  DOI: 10.1016/j.camwa.2010.03.057ViewGoogle Scholar
  57. 57Balachandran Nair, A. N.; Pirker, S.; Umundum, T.; Saeedipour, M. A reduced-order model for deformable particles with application in bio-microfluidics. Computational Particle Mechanics 20207 (3), 593– 601,  DOI: 10.1007/s40571-019-00283-8ViewGoogle Scholar
  58. 58Balachandran Nair, A. N.; Pirker, S.; Saeedipour, M. Resolved CFD-DEM simulation of blood flow with a reduced-order RBC model. Computational Particle Mechanics 20229 (4), 759– 774,  DOI: 10.1007/s40571-021-00441-xViewGoogle Scholar
  59. 59Mittal, R.; Iaccarino, G. IMMERSED BOUNDARY METHODS. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 200537 (1), 239– 261,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.fluid.37.061903.175743ViewGoogle Scholar
  60. 60Piquet, A.; Roussel, O.; Hadjadj, A. A comparative study of Brinkman penalization and direct-forcing immersed boundary methods for compressible viscous flows. Computers & Fluids 2016136, 272– 284,  DOI: 10.1016/j.compfluid.2016.06.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  61. 61Akerkouch, L.; Le, T. B. A Hybrid Continuum-Particle Approach for Fluid-Structure Interaction Simulation of Red Blood Cells in Fluid Flows. Fluids 20216 (4), 139,  DOI: 10.3390/fluids6040139ViewGoogle Scholar
  62. 62Barker, A. T.; Cai, X.-C. Scalable parallel methods for monolithic coupling in fluid-structure interaction with application to blood flow modeling. J. Comput. Phys. 2010229 (3), 642– 659,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jcp.2009.10.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  63. 63Cetin, A.; Sahin, M. A monolithic fluid-structure interaction framework applied to red blood cells. International Journal for Numerical Methods in Biomedical Engineering 201935 (2), e3171  DOI: 10.1002/cnm.3171ViewGoogle Scholar
  64. 64Freund, J. B. Numerical Simulation of Flowing Blood Cells. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 201446 (1), 67– 95,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev-fluid-010313-141349ViewGoogle Scholar
  65. 65Ye, T.; Phan-Thien, N.; Lim, C. T. Particle-based simulations of red blood cells─A review. J. Biomech. 201649 (11), 2255– 2266,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2015.11.050ViewGoogle Scholar
  66. 66Arabghahestani, M.; Poozesh, S.; Akafuah, N. K. Advances in Computational Fluid Mechanics in Cellular Flow Manipulation: A Review. Applied Sciences 20199 (19), 4041,  DOI: 10.3390/app9194041ViewGoogle Scholar
  67. 67Rathnayaka, C. M.; From, C. S.; Geekiyanage, N. M.; Gu, Y. T.; Nguyen, N. T.; Sauret, E. Particle-Based Numerical Modelling of Liquid Marbles: Recent Advances and Future Perspectives. Archives of Computational Methods in Engineering 202229 (5), 3021– 3039,  DOI: 10.1007/s11831-021-09683-7ViewGoogle Scholar
  68. 68Li, X.; Vlahovska, P. M.; Karniadakis, G. E. Continuum- and particle-based modeling of shapes and dynamics of red blood cells in health and disease. Soft Matter 20139 (1), 28– 37,  DOI: 10.1039/C2SM26891DViewGoogle Scholar
  69. 69Beris, A. N.; Horner, J. S.; Jariwala, S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J. Recent advances in blood rheology: a review. Soft Matter 202117 (47), 10591– 10613,  DOI: 10.1039/D1SM01212FViewGoogle Scholar
  70. 70Arciero, J.; Causin, P.; Malgaroli, F. Mathematical methods for modeling the microcirculation. AIMS Biophysics 20174 (3), 362– 399,  DOI: 10.3934/biophy.2017.3.362ViewGoogle Scholar
  71. 71Maria, M. S.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K. Capillary flow-driven blood plasma separation and on-chip analyte detection in microfluidic devices. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 201721 (4), 72,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-017-1907-6ViewGoogle Scholar
  72. 72Huhtamäki, T.; Tian, X.; Korhonen, J. T.; Ras, R. H. A. Surface-wetting characterization using contact-angle measurements. Nat. Protoc. 201813 (7), 1521– 1538,  DOI: 10.1038/s41596-018-0003-zViewGoogle Scholar
  73. 73Young, T., III. An essay on the cohesion of fluids. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 180595, 65– 87,  DOI: 10.1098/rstl.1805.0005ViewGoogle Scholar
  74. 74Kim, Y. C.; Kim, S.-H.; Kim, D.; Park, S.-J.; Park, J.-K. Plasma extraction in a capillary-driven microfluidic device using surfactant-added poly(dimethylsiloxane). Sens. Actuators, B 2010145 (2), 861– 868,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2010.01.017ViewGoogle Scholar
  75. 75Washburn, E. W. The Dynamics of Capillary Flow. Physical Review 192117 (3), 273– 283,  DOI: 10.1103/PhysRev.17.273ViewGoogle Scholar
  76. 76Cito, S.; Ahn, Y. C.; Pallares, J.; Duarte, R. M.; Chen, Z.; Madou, M.; Katakis, I. Visualization and measurement of capillary-driven blood flow using spectral domain optical coherence tomography. Microfluid Nanofluidics 201213 (2), 227– 237,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-012-0950-6ViewGoogle Scholar
  77. 77Berthier, E.; Dostie, A. M.; Lee, U. N.; Berthier, J.; Theberge, A. B. Open Microfluidic Capillary Systems. Anal Chem. 201991 (14), 8739– 8750,  DOI: 10.1021/acs.analchem.9b01429ViewGoogle Scholar
  78. 78Berthier, J.; Brakke, K. A.; Furlani, E. P.; Karampelas, I. H.; Poher, V.; Gosselin, D.; Cubizolles, M.; Pouteau, P. Whole blood spontaneous capillary flow in narrow V-groove microchannels. Sens. Actuators, B 2015206, 258– 267,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2014.09.040ViewGoogle Scholar
  79. 79Hirt, C. W.; Nichols, B. D. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 198139 (1), 201– 225,  DOI: 10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5ViewGoogle Scholar
  80. 80Chen, J.-L.; Shih, W.-H.; Hsieh, W.-H. AC electro-osmotic micromixer using a face-to-face, asymmetric pair of planar electrodes. Sens. Actuators, B 2013188, 11– 21,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2013.07.012ViewGoogle Scholar
  81. 81Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Electrokinetics of non-Newtonian fluids: A review. Advances in Colloid and Interface Science 2013201-202, 94– 108,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cis.2013.09.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  82. 82Oh, K. W. 6 – Lab-on-chip (LOC) devices and microfluidics for biomedical applications. In MEMS for Biomedical Applications; Bhansali, S., Vasudev, A., Eds.; Woodhead Publishing, 2012; pp 150– 171.ViewGoogle Scholar
  83. 83Bello, M. S.; De Besi, P.; Rezzonico, R.; Righetti, P. G.; Casiraghi, E. Electroosmosis of polymer solutions in fused silica capillaries. ELECTROPHORESIS 199415 (1), 623– 626,  DOI: 10.1002/elps.1150150186ViewGoogle Scholar
  84. 84Park, H. M.; Lee, W. M. Effect of viscoelasticity on the flow pattern and the volumetric flow rate in electroosmotic flows through a microchannel. Lab Chip 20088 (7), 1163– 1170,  DOI: 10.1039/b800185eViewGoogle Scholar
  85. 85Afonso, A. M.; Alves, M. A.; Pinho, F. T. Analytical solution of mixed electro-osmotic/pressure driven flows of viscoelastic fluids in microchannels. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2009159 (1), 50– 63,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2009.01.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  86. 86Sousa, J. J.; Afonso, A. M.; Pinho, F. T.; Alves, M. A. Effect of the skimming layer on electro-osmotic─Poiseuille flows of viscoelastic fluids. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 201110 (1), 107– 122,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-010-0651-yViewGoogle Scholar
  87. 87Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Electro-osmotic mobility of non-Newtonian fluids. Biomicrofluidics 20115 (1), 014110,  DOI: 10.1063/1.3571278ViewGoogle Scholar
  88. 88Pimenta, F.; Alves, M. A. Electro-elastic instabilities in cross-shaped microchannels. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2018259, 61– 77,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2018.04.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  89. 89Bezerra, W. S.; Castelo, A.; Afonso, A. M. Numerical Study of Electro-Osmotic Fluid Flow and Vortex Formation. Micromachines (Basel) 201910 (12), 796,  DOI: 10.3390/mi10120796ViewGoogle Scholar
  90. 90Ji, J.; Qian, S.; Liu, Z. Electroosmotic Flow of Viscoelastic Fluid through a Constriction Microchannel. Micromachines (Basel) 202112 (4), 417,  DOI: 10.3390/mi12040417ViewGoogle Scholar
  91. 91Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Exact solutions for electro-osmotic flow of viscoelastic fluids in rectangular micro-channels. Applied Mathematics and Computation 2009211 (2), 502– 509,  DOI: 10.1016/j.amc.2009.01.068ViewGoogle Scholar
  92. 92Gerum, R.; Mirzahossein, E.; Eroles, M.; Elsterer, J.; Mainka, A.; Bauer, A.; Sonntag, S.; Winterl, A.; Bartl, J.; Fischer, L. Viscoelastic properties of suspended cells measured with shear flow deformation cytometry. Elife 202211, e78823,  DOI: 10.7554/eLife.78823ViewGoogle Scholar
  93. 93Sadek, S. H.; Pinho, F. T.; Alves, M. A. Electro-elastic flow instabilities of viscoelastic fluids in contraction/expansion micro-geometries. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2020283, 104293,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2020.104293ViewGoogle Scholar
  94. 94Spanjaards, M.; Peters, G.; Hulsen, M.; Anderson, P. Numerical Study of the Effect of Thixotropy on Extrudate Swell. Polymers 202113 (24), 4383,  DOI: 10.3390/polym13244383ViewGoogle Scholar
  95. 95Rashidi, S.; Bafekr, H.; Valipour, M. S.; Esfahani, J. A. A review on the application, simulation, and experiment of the electrokinetic mixers. Chemical Engineering and Processing – Process Intensification 2018126, 108– 122,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cep.2018.02.021ViewGoogle Scholar
  96. 96Matsubara, K.; Narumi, T. Microfluidic mixing using unsteady electroosmotic vortices produced by a staggered array of electrodes. Chemical Engineering Journal 2016288, 638– 647,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cej.2015.12.013ViewGoogle Scholar
  97. 97Qaderi, A.; Jamaati, J.; Bahiraei, M. CFD simulation of combined electroosmotic-pressure driven micro-mixing in a microchannel equipped with triangular hurdle and zeta-potential heterogeneity. Chemical Engineering Science 2019199, 463– 477,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ces.2019.01.034ViewGoogle Scholar
  98. 98Cho, C.-C.; Chen, C.-L.; Chen, C. o.-K. Mixing enhancement in crisscross micromixer using aperiodic electrokinetic perturbing flows. International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 201255 (11), 2926– 2933,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2012.02.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  99. 99Zhao, W.; Yang, F.; Wang, K.; Bai, J.; Wang, G. Rapid mixing by turbulent-like electrokinetic microflow. Chemical Engineering Science 2017165, 113– 121,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ces.2017.02.027ViewGoogle Scholar
  100. 100Tran, T.; Chakraborty, P.; Guttenberg, N.; Prescott, A.; Kellay, H.; Goldburg, W.; Goldenfeld, N.; Gioia, G. Macroscopic effects of the spectral structure in turbulent flows. Nat. Phys. 20106 (6), 438– 441,  DOI: 10.1038/nphys1674ViewGoogle Scholar
  101. 101Toner, M.; Irimia, D. Blood-on-a-chip. Annu. Rev. Biomed Eng. 20057, 77– 103,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.bioeng.7.011205.135108ViewGoogle Scholar
  102. 102Maria, M. S.; Rakesh, P. E.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K. Capillary flow of blood in a microchannel with differential wetting for blood plasma separation and on-chip glucose detection. Biomicrofluidics 201610 (5), 054108,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4962874ViewGoogle Scholar
  103. 103Tripathi, S.; Varun Kumar, Y. V. B.; Prabhakar, A.; Joshi, S. S.; Agrawal, A. Passive blood plasma separation at the microscale: a review of design principles and microdevices. Journal of Micromechanics and Microengineering 201525 (8), 083001,  DOI: 10.1088/0960-1317/25/8/083001ViewGoogle Scholar
  104. 104Mohammadi, M.; Madadi, H.; Casals-Terré, J. Microfluidic point-of-care blood panel based on a novel technique: Reversible electroosmotic flow. Biomicrofluidics 20159 (5), 054106,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4930865ViewGoogle Scholar
  105. 105Kang, D. H.; Kim, K.; Kim, Y. J. An anti-clogging method for improving the performance and lifespan of blood plasma separation devices in real-time and continuous microfluidic systems. Sci. Rep 20188 (1), 17015,  DOI: 10.1038/s41598-018-35235-4ViewGoogle Scholar
  106. 106Li, Z.; Pollack, G. H. Surface-induced flow: A natural microscopic engine using infrared energy as fuel. Science Advances 20206 (19), eaba0941  DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.aba0941ViewGoogle Scholar
  107. 107Mercado-Uribe, H.; Guevara-Pantoja, F. J.; García-Muñoz, W.; García-Maldonado, J. S.; Méndez-Alcaraz, J. M.; Ruiz-Suárez, J. C. On the evolution of the exclusion zone produced by hydrophilic surfaces: A contracted description. J. Chem. Phys. 2021154 (19), 194902,  DOI: 10.1063/5.0043084ViewGoogle Scholar
  108. 108Yalcin, O.; Jani, V. P.; Johnson, P. C.; Cabrales, P. Implications Enzymatic Degradation of the Endothelial Glycocalyx on the Microvascular Hemodynamics and the Arteriolar Red Cell Free Layer of the Rat Cremaster Muscle. Front Physiol 20189, 168,  DOI: 10.3389/fphys.2018.00168ViewGoogle Scholar
Fig. 9 From: An Investigation on Hydraulic Aspects of Rectangular Labyrinth Pool and Weir Fishway Using FLOW-3D

An Investigation on Hydraulic Aspects of Rectangular Labyrinth Pool and Weir Fishway Using FLOW-3D

Abstract

웨어의 두 가지 서로 다른 배열(즉, 직선형 웨어와 직사각형 미로 웨어)을 사용하여 웨어 모양, 웨어 간격, 웨어의 오리피스 존재, 흐름 영역에 대한 바닥 경사와 같은 기하학적 매개변수의 영향을 평가했습니다.

유량과 수심의 관계, 수심 평균 속도의 변화와 분포, 난류 특성, 어도에서의 에너지 소산. 흐름 조건에 미치는 영향을 조사하기 위해 FLOW-3D® 소프트웨어를 사용하여 전산 유체 역학 시뮬레이션을 수행했습니다.

수치 모델은 계산된 표면 프로파일과 속도를 문헌의 실험적으로 측정된 값과 비교하여 검증되었습니다. 수치 모델과 실험 데이터의 결과, 급락유동의 표면 프로파일과 표준화된 속도 프로파일에 대한 평균 제곱근 오차와 평균 절대 백분율 오차가 각각 0.014m와 3.11%로 나타나 수치 모델의 능력을 확인했습니다.

수영장과 둑의 흐름 특성을 예측합니다. 각 모델에 대해 L/B = 1.83(L: 웨어 거리, B: 수로 폭) 값에서 급락 흐름이 발생할 수 있고 L/B = 0.61에서 스트리밍 흐름이 발생할 수 있습니다. 직사각형 미로보 모델은 기존 모델보다 무차원 방류량(Q+)이 더 큽니다.

수중 흐름의 기존 보와 직사각형 미로 보의 경우 Q는 각각 1.56과 1.47h에 비례합니다(h: 보 위 수심). 기존 웨어의 풀 내 평균 깊이 속도는 직사각형 미로 웨어의 평균 깊이 속도보다 높습니다.

그러나 주어진 방류량, 바닥 경사 및 웨어 간격에 대해 난류 운동 에너지(TKE) 및 난류 강도(TI) 값은 기존 웨어에 비해 직사각형 미로 웨어에서 더 높습니다. 기존의 웨어는 직사각형 미로 웨어보다 에너지 소산이 더 낮습니다.

더 낮은 TKE 및 TI 값은 미로 웨어 상단, 웨어 하류 벽 모서리, 웨어 측벽과 채널 벽 사이에서 관찰되었습니다. 보와 바닥 경사면 사이의 거리가 증가함에 따라 평균 깊이 속도, 난류 운동 에너지의 평균값 및 난류 강도가 증가하고 수영장의 체적 에너지 소산이 감소했습니다.

둑에 개구부가 있으면 평균 깊이 속도와 TI 값이 증가하고 풀 내에서 가장 높은 TKE 범위가 감소하여 두 모델 모두에서 물고기를 위한 휴식 공간이 더 넓어지고(TKE가 낮아짐) 에너지 소산율이 감소했습니다.

Two different arrangements of the weir (i.e., straight weir and rectangular labyrinth weir) were used to evaluate the effects of geometric parameters such as weir shape, weir spacing, presence of an orifice at the weir, and bed slope on the flow regime and the relationship between discharge and depth, variation and distribution of depth-averaged velocity, turbulence characteristics, and energy dissipation at the fishway. Computational fluid dynamics simulations were performed using FLOW-3D® software to examine the effects on flow conditions. The numerical model was validated by comparing the calculated surface profiles and velocities with experimentally measured values from the literature. The results of the numerical model and experimental data showed that the root-mean-square error and mean absolute percentage error for the surface profiles and normalized velocity profiles of plunging flows were 0.014 m and 3.11%, respectively, confirming the ability of the numerical model to predict the flow characteristics of the pool and weir. A plunging flow can occur at values of L/B = 1.83 (L: distance of the weir, B: width of the channel) and streaming flow at L/B = 0.61 for each model. The rectangular labyrinth weir model has larger dimensionless discharge values (Q+) than the conventional model. For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir at submerged flow, Q is proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively (h: the water depth above the weir). The average depth velocity in the pool of a conventional weir is higher than that of a rectangular labyrinth weir. However, for a given discharge, bed slope, and weir spacing, the turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) and turbulence intensity (TI) values are higher for a rectangular labyrinth weir compared to conventional weir. The conventional weir has lower energy dissipation than the rectangular labyrinth weir. Lower TKE and TI values were observed at the top of the labyrinth weir, at the corner of the wall downstream of the weir, and between the side walls of the weir and the channel wall. As the distance between the weirs and the bottom slope increased, the average depth velocity, the average value of turbulent kinetic energy and the turbulence intensity increased, and the volumetric energy dissipation in the pool decreased. The presence of an opening in the weir increased the average depth velocity and TI values and decreased the range of highest TKE within the pool, resulted in larger resting areas for fish (lower TKE), and decreased the energy dissipation rates in both models.

1 Introduction

Artificial barriers such as detour dams, weirs, and culverts in lakes and rivers prevent fish from migrating and completing the upstream and downstream movement cycle. This chain is related to the life stage of the fish, its location, and the type of migration. Several riverine fish species instinctively migrate upstream for spawning and other needs. Conversely, downstream migration is a characteristic of early life stages [1]. A fish ladder is a waterway that allows one or more fish species to cross a specific obstacle. These structures are constructed near detour dams and other transverse structures that have prevented such migration by allowing fish to overcome obstacles [2]. The flow pattern in fish ladders influences safe and comfortable passage for ascending fish. The flow’s strong turbulence can reduce the fish’s speed, injure them, and delay or prevent them from exiting the fish ladder. In adult fish, spawning migrations are usually complex, and delays are critical to reproductive success [3].

Various fish ladders/fishways include vertical slots, denil, rock ramps, and pool weirs [1]. The choice of fish ladder usually depends on many factors, including water elevation, space available for construction, and fish species. Pool and weir structures are among the most important fish ladders that help fish overcome obstacles in streams or rivers and swim upstream [1]. Because they are easy to construct and maintain, this type of fish ladder has received considerable attention from researchers and practitioners. Such a fish ladder consists of a sloping-floor channel with series of pools directly separated by a series of weirs [4]. These fish ladders, with or without underwater openings, are generally well-suited for slopes of 10% or less [12]. Within these pools, flow velocities are low and provide resting areas for fish after they enter the fish ladder. After resting in the pools, fish overcome these weirs by blasting or jumping over them [2]. There may also be an opening in the flooded portion of the weir through which the fish can swim instead of jumping over the weir. Design parameters such as the length of the pool, the height of the weir, the slope of the bottom, and the water discharge are the most important factors in determining the hydraulic structure of this type of fish ladder [3]. The flow over the weir depends on the flow depth at a given slope S0 and the pool length, either “plunging” or “streaming.” In plunging flow, the water column h over each weir creates a water jet that releases energy through turbulent mixing and diffusion mechanisms [5]. The dimensionless discharges for plunging (Q+) and streaming (Q*) flows are shown in Fig. 1, where Q is the total discharge, B is the width of the channel, w is the weir height, S0 is the slope of the bottom, h is the water depth above the weir, d is the flow depth, and g is the acceleration due to gravity. The maximum velocity occurs near the top of the weir for plunging flow. At the water’s surface, it drops to about half [6].

figure 1
Fig. 1

Extensive experimental studies have been conducted to investigate flow patterns for various physical geometries (i.e., bed slope, pool length, and weir height) [2]. Guiny et al. [7] modified the standard design by adding vertical slots, orifices, and weirs in fishways. The efficiency of the orifices and vertical slots was related to the velocities at their entrances. In the laboratory experiments of Yagci [8], the three-dimensional (3D) mean flow and turbulence structure of a pool weir fishway combined with an orifice and a slot is investigated. It is shown that the energy dissipation per unit volume and the discharge have a linear relationship.

Considering the beneficial characteristics reported in the limited studies of researchers on the labyrinth weir in the pool-weir-type fishway, and knowing that the characteristics of flow in pool-weir-type fishways are highly dependent on the geometry of the weir, an alternative design of the rectangular labyrinth weir instead of the straight weirs in the pool-weir-type fishway is investigated in this study [79]. Kim [10] conducted experiments to compare the hydraulic characteristics of three different weir types in a pool-weir-type fishway. The results show that a straight, rectangular weir with a notch is preferable to a zigzag or trapezoidal weir. Studies on natural fish passes show that pass ability can be improved by lengthening the weir’s crest [7]. Zhong et al. [11] investigated the semi-rigid weir’s hydraulic performance in the fishway’s flow field with a pool weir. The results showed that this type of fishway performed better with a lower invert slope and a smaller radius ratio but with a larger pool spacing.

Considering that an alternative method to study the flow characteristics in a fishway with a pool weir is based on numerical methods and modeling from computational fluid dynamics (CFD), which can easily change the geometry of the fishway for different flow fields, this study uses the powerful package CFD and the software FLOW-3D to evaluate the proposed weir design and compare it with the conventional one to extend the application of the fishway. The main objective of this study was to evaluate the hydraulic performance of the rectangular labyrinth pool and the weir with submerged openings in different hydraulic configurations. The primary objective of creating a new weir configuration for suitable flow patterns is evaluated based on the swimming capabilities of different fish species. Specifically, the following questions will be answered: (a) How do the various hydraulic and geometric parameters relate to the effects of water velocity and turbulence, expressed as turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) and turbulence intensity (TI) within the fishway, i.e., are conventional weirs more affected by hydraulics than rectangular labyrinth weirs? (b) Which weir configurations have the greatest effect on fish performance in the fishway? (c) In the presence of an orifice plate, does the performance of each weir configuration differ with different weir spacing, bed gradients, and flow regimes from that without an orifice plate?

2 Materials and Methods

2.1 Physical Model Configuration

This paper focuses on Ead et al. [6]’s laboratory experiments as a reference, testing ten pool weirs (Fig. 2). The experimental flume was 6 m long, 0.56 m wide, and 0.6 m high, with a bottom slope of 10%. Field measurements were made at steady flow with a maximum flow rate of 0.165 m3/s. Discharge was measured with magnetic flow meters in the inlets and water level with point meters (see Ead et al. [6]. for more details). Table 1 summarizes the experimental conditions considered for model calibration in this study.

figure 2
Fig. 2

Table 1 Experimental conditions considered for calibration

Full size table

2.2 Numerical Models

Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) simulations were performed using FLOW-3D® v11.2 to validate a series of experimental liner pool weirs by Ead et al. [6] and to investigate the effects of the rectangular labyrinth pool weir with an orifice. The dimensions of the channel and data collection areas in the numerical models are the same as those of the laboratory model. Two types of pool weirs were considered: conventional and labyrinth. The proposed rectangular labyrinth pool weirs have a symmetrical cross section and are sized to fit within the experimental channel. The conventional pool weir model had a pool length of l = 0.685 and 0.342 m, a weir height of w = 0.141 m, a weir width of B = 0.56 m, and a channel slope of S0 = 5 and 10%. The rectangular labyrinth weirs have the same front width as the offset, i.e., a = b = c = 0.186 m. A square underwater opening with a width of 0.05 m and a depth of 0.05 m was created in the middle of the weir. The weir configuration considered in the present study is shown in Fig. 3.

figure 3
Fig. 3

2.3 Governing Equations

FLOW-3D® software solves the Navier–Stokes–Reynolds equations for three-dimensional analysis of incompressible flows using the fluid-volume method on a gridded domain. FLOW -3D® uses an advanced free surface flow tracking algorithm (TruVOF) developed by Hirt and Nichols [12], where fluid configurations are defined in terms of a VOF function F (xyzt). In this case, F (fluid fraction) represents the volume fraction occupied by the fluid: F = 1 in cells filled with fluid and F = 0 in cells without fluid (empty areas) [413]. The free surface area is at an intermediate value of F. (Typically, F = 0.5, but the user can specify a different intermediate value.) The equations in Cartesian coordinates (xyz) applicable to the model are as follows:

�f∂�∂�+∂(���x)∂�+∂(���y)∂�+∂(���z)∂�=�SOR

(1)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�x+�x

(2)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�y+�y

(3)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�z+�z

(4)

where (uvw) are the velocity components, (AxAyAz) are the flow area components, (Gx, Gy, Gz) are the mass accelerations, and (fxfyfz) are the viscous accelerations in the directions (xyz), ρ is the fluid density, RSOR is the spring term, Vf is the volume fraction associated with the flow, and P is the pressure. The kε turbulence model (RNG) was used in this study to solve the turbulence of the flow field. This model is a modified version of the standard kε model that improves performance. The model is a two-equation model; the first equation (Eq. 5) expresses the turbulence’s energy, called turbulent kinetic energy (k) [14]. The second equation (Eq. 6) is the turbulent dissipation rate (ε), which determines the rate of dissipation of kinetic energy [15]. These equations are expressed as follows Dasineh et al. [4]:

∂(��)∂�+∂(����)∂��=∂∂��[������∂�∂��]+��−�ε

(5)

∂(�ε)∂�+∂(�ε��)∂��=∂∂��[�ε�eff∂ε∂��]+�1εε��k−�2ε�ε2�

(6)

In these equations, k is the turbulent kinetic energy, ε is the turbulent energy consumption rate, Gk is the generation of turbulent kinetic energy by the average velocity gradient, with empirical constants αε = αk = 1.39, C1ε = 1.42, and C2ε = 1.68, eff is the effective viscosity, μeff = μ + μt [15]. Here, μ is the hydrodynamic density coefficient, and μt is the turbulent density of the fluid.

2.4 Meshing and the Boundary Conditions in the Model Setup

The numerical area is divided into three mesh blocks in the X-direction. The meshes are divided into different sizes, a containing mesh block for the entire spatial domain and a nested block with refined cells for the domain of interest. Three different sizes were selected for each of the grid blocks. By comparing the accuracy of their results based on the experimental data, the reasonable mesh for the solution domain was finally selected. The convergence index method (GCI) evaluated the mesh sensitivity analysis. Based on this method, many researchers, such as Ahmadi et al. [16] and Ahmadi et al. [15], have studied the independence of numerical results from mesh size. Three different mesh sizes with a refinement ratio (r) of 1.33 were used to perform the convergence index method. The refinement ratio is the ratio between the larger and smaller mesh sizes (r = Gcoarse/Gfine). According to the recommendation of Celik et al. [17], the recommended number for the refinement ratio is 1.3, which gives acceptable results. Table 2 shows the characteristics of the three mesh sizes selected for mesh sensitivity analysis.Table 2 Characteristics of the meshes tested in the convergence analysis

Full size table

The results of u1 = umax (u1 = velocity component along the x1 axis and umax = maximum velocity of u1 in a section perpendicular to the invert of the fishway) at Q = 0.035 m3/s, × 1/l = 0.66, and Y1/b = 0 in the pool of conventional weir No. 4, obtained from the output results of the software, were used to evaluate the accuracy of the calculation range. As shown in Fig. 4x1 = the distance from a given weir in the x-direction, Y1 = the water depth measured in the y-direction, Y0 = the vertical distance in the Cartesian coordinate system, h = the water column at the crest, b = the distance between the two points of maximum velocity umax and zero velocity, and l = the pool length.

figure 4
Fig. 4

The apparent index of convergence (p) in the GCI method is calculated as follows:

�=ln⁡(�3−�2)(�2−�1)/ln⁡(�)

(7)

f1f2, and f3 are the hydraulic parameters obtained from the numerical simulation (f1 corresponds to the small mesh), and r is the refinement ratio. The following equation defines the convergence index of the fine mesh:

GCIfine=1.25|ε|��−1

(8)

Here, ε = (f2 − f1)/f1 is the relative error, and f2 and f3 are the values of hydraulic parameters considered for medium and small grids, respectively. GCI12 and GCI23 dimensionless indices can be calculated as:

GCI12=1.25|�2−�1�1|��−1

(9)

Then, the independence of the network is preserved. The convergence index of the network parameters obtained by Eqs. (7)–(9) for all three network variables is shown in Table 3. Since the GCI values for the smaller grid (GCI12) are lower compared to coarse grid (GCI23), it can be concluded that the independence of the grid is almost achieved. No further change in the grid size of the solution domain is required. The calculated values (GCI23/rpGCI12) are close to 1, which shows that the numerical results obtained are within the convergence range. As a result, the meshing of the solution domain consisting of a block mesh with a mesh size of 0.012 m and a block mesh within a larger block mesh with a mesh size of 0.009 m was selected as the optimal mesh (Fig. 5).Table 3 GCI calculation

Full size table

figure 5
Fig. 5

The boundary conditions applied to the area are shown in Fig. 6. The boundary condition of specific flow rate (volume flow rate-Q) was used for the inlet of the flow. For the downstream boundary, the flow output (outflow-O) condition did not affect the flow in the solution area. For the Zmax boundary, the specified pressure boundary condition was used along with the fluid fraction = 0 (P). This type of boundary condition considers free surface or atmospheric pressure conditions (Ghaderi et al. [19]). The wall boundary condition is defined for the bottom of the channel, which acts like a virtual wall without friction (W). The boundary between mesh blocks and walls were considered a symmetrical condition (S).

figure 6
Fig. 6

The convergence of the steady-state solutions was controlled during the simulations by monitoring the changes in discharge at the inlet boundary conditions. Figure 7 shows the time series plots of the discharge obtained from the Model A for the three main discharges from the numerical results. The 8 s to reach the flow equilibrium is suitable for the case of the fish ladder with pool and weir. Almost all discharge fluctuations in the models are insignificant in time, and the flow has reached relative stability. The computation time for the simulations was between 6 and 8 h using a personal computer with eight cores of a CPU (Intel Core i7-7700K @ 4.20 GHz and 16 GB RAM).

figure 7
Fig. 7

3 Results

3.1 Verification of Numerical Results

Quantitative outcomes, including free surface and normalized velocity profiles obtained using FLOW-3D software, were reviewed and compared with the results of Ead et al. [6]. The fourth pool was selected to present the results and compare the experiment and simulation. For each quantity, the percentage of mean absolute error (MAPE (%)) and root-mean-square error (RMSE) are calculated. Equations (10) and (11) show the method used to calculate the errors.

MAPE(%)100×1�∑1�|�exp−�num�exp|

(10)

RMSE(−)1�∑1�(�exp−�num)2

(11)

Here, Xexp is the value of the laboratory data, Xnum is the numerical data value, and n is the amount of data. As shown in Fig. 8, let x1 = distance from a given weir in the x-direction and Y1 = water depth in the y-direction from the bottom. The trend of the surface profiles for each of the numerical results is the same as that of the laboratory results. The surface profiles of the plunging flows drop after the flow enters and then rises to approach the next weir. The RMSE and MAPE error values for Model A are 0.014 m and 3.11%, respectively, indicating acceptable agreement between numerical and laboratory results. Figure 9 shows the velocity vectors and plunging flow from the numerical results, where x and y are horizontal and vertical to the flow direction, respectively. It can be seen that the jet in the fish ladder pool has a relatively high velocity. The two vortices, i.e., the enclosed vortex rotating clockwise behind the weir and the surface vortex rotating counterclockwise above the jet, are observed for the regime of incident flow. The point where the jet meets the fish passage bed is shown in the figure. The normalized velocity profiles upstream and downstream of the impact points are shown in Fig. 10. The figure shows that the numerical results agree well with the experimental data of Ead et al. [6].

figure 8
Fig. 8
figure 9
Fig. 9
figure 10
Fig. 10

3.2 Flow Regime and Discharge-Depth Relationship

Depending on the geometric shape of the fishway, including the distance of the weir, the slope of the bottom, the height of the weir, and the flow conditions, the flow regime in the fishway is divided into three categories: dipping, transitional, and flow regimes [4]. In the plunging flow regime, the flow enters the pool through the weir, impacts the bottom of the fishway, and forms a hydraulic jump causing two eddies [220]. In the streamwise flow regime, the surface of the flow passing over the weir is almost parallel to the bottom of the channel. The transitional regime has intermediate flow characteristics between the submerged and flow regimes. To predict the flow regime created in the fishway, Ead et al. [6] proposed two dimensionless parameters, Qt* and L/w, where Qt* is the dimensionless discharge, L is the distance between weirs, and w is the height of the weir:

��∗=���0���

(12)

Q is the total discharge, B is the width of the channel, S0 is the slope of the bed, and g is the gravity acceleration. Figure 11 shows different ranges for each flow regime based on the slope of the bed and the distance between the pools in this study. The results of Baki et al. [21], Ead et al. [6] and Dizabadi et al. [22] were used for this comparison. The distance between the pools affects the changes in the regime of the fish ladder. So, if you decrease the distance between weirs, the flow regime more likely becomes. This study determined all three flow regimes in a fish ladder. When the corresponding range of Qt* is less than 0.6, the flow regime can dip at values of L/B = 1.83. If the corresponding range of Qt* is greater than 0.5, transitional flow may occur at L/B = 1.22. On the other hand, when Qt* is greater than 1, streamwise flow can occur at values of L/B = 0.61. These observations agree well with the results of Baki et al. [21], Ead et al. [6] and Dizabadi et al. [22].

figure 11
Fig. 11

For plunging flows, another dimensionless discharge (Q+) versus h/w given by Ead et al. [6] was used for further evaluation:

�+=��ℎ�ℎ=23�d�

(13)

where h is the water depth above the weir, and Cd is the discharge coefficient. Figure 12a compares the numerical and experimental results of Ead et al. [6]. In this figure, Rehbock’s empirical equation is used to estimate the discharge coefficient of Ead et al. [6].

�d=0.57+0.075ℎ�

(14)

figure 12
Fig. 12

The numerical results for the conventional weir (Model A) and the rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B) of this study agree well with the laboratory results of Ead et al. [6]. When comparing models A and B, it is also found that a rectangular labyrinth weir has larger Q + values than the conventional weir as the length of the weir crest increases for a given channel width and fixed headwater elevation. In Fig. 12b, Models A and B’s flow depth plot shows the plunging flow regime. The power trend lines drawn through the data are the best-fit lines. The data shown in Fig. 12b are for different bed slopes and weir geometries. For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir at submerged flow, Q can be assumed to be proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively. In the results of Ead et al. [6], Q is proportional to 1.5h. If we assume that the flow through the orifice is Qo and the total outflow is Q, the change in the ratio of Qo/Q to total outflow for models A and B can be shown in Fig. 13. For both models, the flow through the orifice decreases as the total flow increases. A logarithmic trend line was also found between the total outflow and the dimensionless ratio Qo/Q.

figure 13
Fig. 13

3.3 Depth-Averaged Velocity Distributions

To ensure that the target fish species can pass the fish ladder with maximum efficiency, the average velocity in the fish ladder should be low enough [4]. Therefore, the average velocity in depth should be as much as possible below the critical swimming velocities of the target fishes at a constant flow depth in the pool [20]. The contour plot of depth-averaged velocity was used instead of another direction, such as longitudinal velocity because fish are more sensitive to depth-averaged flow velocity than to its direction under different hydraulic conditions. Figure 14 shows the distribution of depth-averaged velocity in the pool for Models A and B in two cases with and without orifice plates. Model A’s velocity within the pool differs slightly in the spanwise direction. However, no significant variation in velocity was observed. The flow is gradually directed to the sides as it passes through the rectangular labyrinth weir. This increases the velocity at the sides of the channel. Therefore, the high-velocity zone is located at the sides. The low velocity is in the downstream apex of the weir. This area may be suitable for swimming target fish. The presence of an opening in the weir increases the flow velocity at the opening and in the pool’s center, especially in Model A. The flow velocity increase caused by the models’ opening varied from 7.7 to 12.48%. Figure 15 illustrates the effect of the inverted slope on the averaged depth velocity distribution in the pool at low and high discharge. At constant discharge, flow velocity increases with increasing bed slope. In general, high flow velocity was found in the weir toe sidewall and the weir and channel sidewalls.

figure 14
Fig. 14
figure 15
Fig. 15

On the other hand, for a constant bed slope, the high-velocity area of the pool increases due to the increase in runoff. For both bed slopes and different discharges, the most appropriate path for fish to travel from upstream to downstream is through the middle of the cross section and along the top of the rectangular labyrinth weirs. The maximum dominant velocities for Model B at S0 = 5% were 0.83 and 1.01 m/s; at S0 = 10%, they were 1.12 and 1.61 m/s at low and high flows, respectively. The low mean velocities for the same distance and S0 = 5 and 10% were 0.17 and 0.26 m/s, respectively.

Figure 16 shows the contour of the averaged depth velocity for various distances from the weir at low and high discharge. The contour plot shows a large variation in velocity within short distances from the weir. At L/B = 0.61, velocities are low upstream and downstream of the top of the weir. The high velocities occur in the side walls of the weir and the channel. At L/B = 1.22, the low-velocity zone displaces the higher velocity in most of the pool. Higher velocities were found only on the sides of the channel. As the discharge increases, the velocity zone in the pool becomes wider. At L/B = 1.83, there is an area of higher velocities only upstream of the crest and on the sides of the weir. At high discharge, the prevailing maximum velocities for L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 were 1.46, 1.65, and 1.84 m/s, respectively. As the distance between weirs increases, the range of maximum velocity increases.

figure 16
Fig. 16

On the other hand, the low mean velocity for these distances was 0.27, 0.44, and 0.72 m/s, respectively. Thus, the low-velocity zone decreases with increasing distance between weirs. Figure 17 shows the pattern distribution of streamlines along with the velocity contour at various distances from the weir for Q = 0.05 m3/s. A stream-like flow is generally formed in the pool at a small distance between weirs (L/B = 0.61). The rotation cell under the jet forms clockwise between the two weirs. At the distances between the spillways (L/B = 1.22), the transition regime of the flow is formed. The transition regime occurs when or shortly after the weir is flooded. The rotation cell under the jet is clockwise smaller than the flow regime and larger than the submergence regime. At a distance L/B = 1.83, a plunging flow is formed so that the plunging jet dips into the pool and extends downstream to the center of the pool. The clockwise rotation of the cell is bounded by the dipping jet of the weir and is located between the bottom and the side walls of the weir and the channel.

figure 17
Fig. 17

Figure 18 shows the average depth velocity bar graph for each weir at different bed slopes and with and without orifice plates. As the distance between weirs increases, all models’ average depth velocity increases. As the slope of the bottom increases and an orifice plate is present, the average depth velocity in the pool increases. In addition, the average pool depth velocity increases as the discharge increases. Among the models, Model A’s average depth velocity is higher than Model B’s. The variation in velocity ranged from 8.11 to 12.24% for the models without an orifice plate and from 10.26 to 16.87% for the models with an orifice plate.

figure 18
Fig. 18

3.4 Turbulence Characteristics

The turbulent kinetic energy is one of the important parameters reflecting the turbulent properties of the flow field [23]. When the k value is high, more energy and a longer transit time are required to migrate the target species. The turbulent kinetic energy is defined as follows:

�=12(�x′2+�y′2+�z′2)

(15)

where uxuy, and uz are fluctuating velocities in the xy, and z directions, respectively. An illustration of the TKE and the effects of the geometric arrangement of the weir and the presence of an opening in the weir is shown in Fig. 19. For a given bed slope, in Model A, the highest TKE values are uniformly distributed in the weir’s upstream portion in the channel’s cross section. In contrast, for the rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B), the highest TKE values are concentrated on the sides of the pool between the crest of the weir and the channel wall. The highest TKE value in Models A and B is 0.224 and 0.278 J/kg, respectively, at the highest bottom slope (S0 = 10%). In the downstream portion of the conventional weir and within the crest of the weir and the walls of the rectangular labyrinth, there was a much lower TKE value that provided the best conditions for fish to recover in the pool between the weirs. The average of the lowest TKE for bottom slopes of 5 and 10% in Model A is 0.041 and 0.056 J/kg, and for Model B, is 0.047 and 0.064 J/kg. The presence of an opening in the weirs reduces the area of the highest TKE within the pool. It also increases the resting areas for fish (lower TKE). The highest TKE at the highest bottom slope in Models A and B with an orifice is 0.208 and 0.191 J/kg, respectively.

figure 19
Fig. 19

Figure 20 shows the effect of slope on the longitudinal distribution of TKE in the pools. TKE values significantly increase for a given discharge with an increasing bottom slope. Thus, for a low bed slope (S0 = 5%), a large pool area has expanded with average values of 0.131 and 0.168 J/kg for low and high discharge, respectively. For a bed slope of S0 = 10%, the average TKE values are 0.176 and 0.234 J/kg. Furthermore, as the discharge increases, the area with high TKE values within the pool increases. Lower TKE values are observed at the apex of the labyrinth weir, at the corner of the wall downstream of the weir, and between the side walls of the weir and the channel wall for both bottom slopes. The effect of distance between weirs on TKE is shown in Fig. 21. Low TKE values were observed at low discharge and short distances between weirs. Low TKE values are located at the top of the rectangular labyrinth weir and the downstream corner of the weir wall. There is a maximum value of TKE at the large distances between weirs, L/B = 1.83, along the center line of the pool, where the dip jet meets the bottom of the bed. At high discharge, the maximum TKE value for the distance L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 was 0.246, 0.322, and 0.417 J/kg, respectively. In addition, the maximum TKE range increases with the distance between weirs.

figure 20
Fig. 20
figure 21
Fig. 21

For TKE size, the average value (TKEave) is plotted against q in Fig. 22. For all models, the TKE values increase with increasing q. For example, in models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and a slope of 10%, the TKE value increases by 41.66 and 86.95%, respectively, as q increases from 0.1 to 0.27 m2/s. The TKE values in Model B are higher than Model A for a given discharge, bed slope, and weir distance. The TKEave in Model B is higher compared to Model A, ranging from 31.46 to 57.94%. The presence of an orifice in the weir reduces the TKE values in both weirs. The intensity of the reduction is greater in Model B. For example, in Models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and q = 0.1 m2/s, an orifice reduces TKEave values by 60.35 and 19.04%, respectively. For each model, increasing the bed slope increases the TKEave values in the pool. For example, for Model B with q = 0.18 m2/s, increasing the bed slope from 5 to 10% increases the TKEave value by 14.34%. Increasing the distance between weirs increases the TKEave values in the pool. For example, in Model B with S0 = 10% and q = 0.3 m2/s, the TKEave in the pool increases by 34.22% if you increase the distance between weirs from L/B = 0.61 to L/B = 0.183.

figure 22
Fig. 22

Cotel et al. [24] suggested that turbulence intensity (TI) is a suitable parameter for studying fish swimming performance. Figure 23 shows the plot of TI and the effects of the geometric arrangement of the weir and the presence of an orifice. In Model A, the highest TI values are found upstream of the weirs and are evenly distributed across the cross section of the channel. The TI values increase as you move upstream to downstream in the pool. For the rectangular labyrinth weir, the highest TI values were concentrated on the sides of the pool, between the top of the weir and the side wall of the channel, and along the top of the weir. Downstream of the conventional weir, within the apex of the weir, and at the corners of the walls of the rectangular labyrinth weir, the percentage of TI was low. At the highest discharge, the average range of TI in Models A and B was 24–45% and 15–62%, respectively. The diversity of TI is greater in the rectangular labyrinth weir than the conventional weir. Fish swimming performance is reduced due to higher turbulence intensity. However, fish species may prefer different disturbance intensities depending on their swimming abilities; for example, Salmo trutta prefers a disturbance intensity of 18–53% [25]. Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26] found a higher range of TI for fishways, such as natural rock weirs, of 40–60%. The presence of an orifice in the weir increases TI values within the pool, especially along the middle portion of the cross section of the fishway. With an orifice in the weir, the average range of TI in Models A and B was 28–59% and 22–73%, respectively.

figure 23
Fig. 23

The effect of bed slope on TI variation is shown in Fig. 24. TI increases in different pool areas as the bed slope increases for a given discharge. For a low bed slope (S0 = 5%), a large pool area has increased from 38 to 63% and from 56 to 71% for low and high discharge, respectively. For a bed slope of S0 = 10%, the average values of TI are 45–67% and 61–73% for low and high discharge, respectively. Therefore, as runoff increases, the area with high TI values within the pool increases. A lower TI is observed for both bottom slopes in the corner of the wall, downstream of the crest walls, and between the side walls in the weir and channel. Figure 25 compares weir spacing with the distribution of TI values within the pool. The TI values are low at low flows and short distances between weirs. A maximum value of TI occurs at long spacing and where the plunging stream impinges on the bed and the area around the bed. TI ranges from 36 to 57%, 58–72%, and 47–76% for the highest flow in a wide pool area for L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83, respectively.

figure 24
Fig. 24
figure 25
Fig. 25

The average value of turbulence intensity (TIave) is plotted against q in Fig. 26. The increase in TI values with the increase in q values is seen in all models. For example, the average values of TI for Models A and B at L/B = 0.61 and slope of 10% increased from 23.9 to 33.5% and from 42 to 51.8%, respectively, with the increase in q from 0.1 to 0.27 m2/s. For a given discharge, a given gradient, and a given spacing of weirs, the TIave is higher in Model B than Model A. The presence of an orifice in the weirs increases the TI values in both types. For example, in Models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and q = 0.1 m2/s, the presence of an orifice increases TIave from 23.9 to 37.1% and from 42 to 48.8%, respectively. For each model, TIave in the pool increases with increasing bed slope. For Model B with q = 0.18 m2/s, TIave increases from 37.5 to 45.8% when you increase the invert slope from 5 to 10%. Increasing the distance between weirs increases the TIave in the pool. In Model B with S0 = 10% and q = 0.3 m2/s, the TIave in the pool increases from 51.8 to 63.7% as the distance between weirs increases from L/B = 0.61 to L/B = 0.183.

figure 26
Fig. 26

3.5 Energy Dissipation

To facilitate the passage of various target species through the pool of fishways, it is necessary to pay attention to the energy dissipation of the flow and to keep the flow velocity in the pool slow. The average volumetric energy dissipation (k) in the pool is calculated using the following basic formula:

�=����0��

(16)

where ρ is the water density, and H is the average water depth of the pool. The change in k versus Q for all models at two bottom slopes, S0 = 5%, and S0 = 10%, is shown in Fig. 27. Like the results of Yagci [8] and Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26], at a constant bottom slope, the energy dissipation in the pool increases with increasing discharge. The trend of change in k as a function of Q from the present study at a bottom gradient of S0 = 5% is also consistent with the results of Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26] for the fishway with rock weir. The only difference between the results is the geometry of the fishway and the combination of boulders instead of a solid wall. Comparison of the models shows that the conventional model has lower energy dissipation than the rectangular labyrinth for a given discharge. Also, increasing the distance between weirs decreases the volumetric energy dissipation for each model with the same bed slope. Increasing the slope of the bottom leads to an increase in volumetric energy dissipation, and an opening in the weir leads to a decrease in volumetric energy dissipation for both models. Therefore, as a guideline for volumetric energy dissipation, if the value within the pool is too high, the increased distance of the weir, the decreased slope of the bed, or the creation of an opening in the weir would decrease the volumetric dissipation rate.

figure 27
Fig. 27

To evaluate the energy dissipation inside the pool, the general method of energy difference in two sections can use:

ε=�1−�2�1

(17)

where ε is the energy dissipation rate, and E1 and E2 are the specific energies in Sects. 1 and 2, respectively. The distance between Sects. 1 and 2 is the same. (L is the distance between two upstream and downstream weirs.) Figure 28 shows the changes in ε relative to q (flow per unit width). The rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B) has a higher energy dissipation rate than the conventional weir (Model A) at a constant bottom gradient. For example, at S0 = 5%, L/B = 0.61, and q = 0.08 m3/s.m, the energy dissipation rate in Model A (conventional weir) was 0.261. In Model B (rectangular labyrinth weir), however, it was 0.338 (22.75% increase). For each model, the energy dissipation rate within the pool increases as the slope of the bottom increases. For Model B with L/B = 1.83 and q = 0.178 m3/s.m, the energy dissipation rate at S0 = 5% and 10% is 0.305 and 0.358, respectively (14.8% increase). Figure 29 shows an orifice’s effect on the pools’ energy dissipation rate. With an orifice in the weir, both models’ energy dissipation rates decreased. Thus, the reduction in energy dissipation rate varied from 7.32 to 9.48% for Model A and from 8.46 to 10.57 for Model B.

figure 28
Fig. 28
figure 29
Fig. 29

4 Discussion

This study consisted of entirely of numerical analysis. Although this study was limited to two weirs, the hydraulic performance and flow characteristics in a pooled fishway are highlighted by the rectangular labyrinth weir and its comparison with the conventional straight weir. The study compared the numerical simulations with laboratory experiments in terms of surface profiles, velocity vectors, and flow characteristics in a fish ladder pool. The results indicate agreement between the numerical and laboratory data, supporting the reliability of the numerical model in capturing the observed phenomena.

When the configuration of the weir changes to a rectangular labyrinth weir, the flow characteristics, the maximum and minimum area, and even the location of each hydraulic parameter change compared to a conventional weir. In the rectangular labyrinth weir, the flow is gradually directed to the sides as it passes the weir. This increases the velocity at the sides of the channel [21]. Therefore, the high-velocity area is located on the sides. In the downstream apex of the weir, the flow velocity is low, and this area may be suitable for swimming target fish. However, no significant change in velocity was observed at the conventional weir within the fish ladder. This resulted in an average increase in TKE of 32% and an average increase in TI of about 17% compared to conventional weirs.

In addition, there is a slight difference in the flow regime for both weir configurations. In addition, the rectangular labyrinth weir has a higher energy dissipation rate for a given discharge and constant bottom slope than the conventional weir. By reducing the distance between the weirs, this becomes even more intense. Finally, the presence of an orifice in both configurations of the weir increased the flow velocity at the orifice and in the middle of the pool, reducing the highest TKE value and increasing the values of TI within the pool of the fish ladder. This resulted in a reduction in volumetric energy dissipation for both weir configurations.

The results of this study will help the reader understand the direct effects of the governing geometric parameters on the hydraulic characteristics of a fishway with a pool and weir. However, due to the limited configurations of the study, further investigation is needed to evaluate the position of the weir’s crest on the flow direction and the difference in flow characteristics when combining boulders instead of a solid wall for this type of labyrinth weir [26]. In addition, hydraulic engineers and biologists must work together to design an effective fishway with rectangular labyrinth configurations. The migration habits of the target species should be considered when designing the most appropriate design [27]. Parametric studies and field observations are recommended to determine the perfect design criteria.

The current study focused on comparing a rectangular labyrinth weir with a conventional straight weir. Further research can explore other weir configurations, such as variations in crest position, different shapes of labyrinth weirs, or the use of boulders instead of solid walls. This would help understand the influence of different geometric parameters on hydraulic characteristics.

5 Conclusions

A new layout of the weir was evaluated, namely a rectangular labyrinth weir compared to a straight weir in a pool and weir system. The differences between the weirs were highlighted, particularly how variations in the geometry of the structures, such as the shape of the weir, the spacing of the weir, the presence of an opening at the weir, and the slope of the bottom, affect the hydraulics within the structures. The main findings of this study are as follows:

  • The calculated dimensionless discharge (Qt*) confirmed three different flow regimes: when the corresponding range of Qt* is smaller than 0.6, the regime of plunging flow occurs for values of L/B = 1.83. (L: distance of the weir; B: channel width). When the corresponding range of Qt* is greater than 0.5, transitional flow occurs at L/B = 1.22. On the other hand, if Qt* is greater than 1, the streaming flow is at values of L/B = 0.61.
  • For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir with the plunging flow, it can be assumed that the discharge (Q) is proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively (h: water depth above the weir). This information is useful for estimating the discharge based on water depth in practical applications.
  • In the rectangular labyrinth weir, the high-velocity zone is located on the side walls between the top of the weir and the channel wall. A high-velocity variation within short distances of the weir. Low velocity occurs within the downstream apex of the weir. This area may be suitable for swimming target fish.
  • As the distance between weirs increased, the zone of maximum velocity increased. However, the zone of low speed decreased. The prevailing maximum velocity for a rectangular labyrinth weir at L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 was 1.46, 1.65, and 1.84 m/s, respectively. The low mean velocities for these distances were 0.27, 0.44, and 0.72 m/s, respectively. This finding highlights the importance of weir spacing in determining the flow characteristics within the fishway.
  • The presence of an orifice in the weir increased the flow velocity at the orifice and in the middle of the pool, especially in a conventional weir. The increase ranged from 7.7 to 12.48%.
  • For a given bottom slope, in a conventional weir, the highest values of turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) are uniformly distributed in the upstream part of the weir in the cross section of the channel. In contrast, for the rectangular labyrinth weir, the highest TKE values were concentrated on the sides of the pool between the crest of the weir and the channel wall. The highest TKE value for the conventional and the rectangular labyrinth weir was 0.224 and 0.278 J/kg, respectively, at the highest bottom slope (S0 = 10%).
  • For a given discharge, bottom slope, and weir spacing, the average values of TI are higher for the rectangular labyrinth weir than for the conventional weir. At the highest discharge, the average range of turbulence intensity (TI) for the conventional and rectangular labyrinth weirs was between 24 and 45% and 15% and 62%, respectively. This reveals that the rectangular labyrinth weir may generate more turbulent flow conditions within the fishway.
  • For a given discharge and constant bottom slope, the rectangular labyrinth weir has a higher energy dissipation rate than the conventional weir (22.75 and 34.86%).
  • Increasing the distance between weirs decreased volumetric energy dissipation. However, increasing the gradient increased volumetric energy dissipation. The presence of an opening in the weir resulted in a decrease in volumetric energy dissipation for both model types.

Availability of data and materials

Data is contained within the article.

References

  1. Katopodis C (1992) Introduction to fishway design, working document. Freshwater Institute, Central Arctic Region
  2. Marriner, B.A.; Baki, A.B.M.; Zhu, D.Z.; Thiem, J.D.; Cooke, S.J.; Katopodis, C.: Field and numerical assessment of turning pool hydraulics in a vertical slot fishway. Ecol. Eng. 63, 88–101 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2013.12.010Article Google Scholar 
  3. Dasineh, M.; Ghaderi, A.; Bagherzadeh, M.; Ahmadi, M.; Kuriqi, A.: Prediction of hydraulic jumps on a triangular bed roughness using numerical modeling and soft computing methods. Mathematics 9, 3135 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  4. Silva, A.T.; Bermúdez, M.; Santos, J.M.; Rabuñal, J.R.; Puertas, J.: Pool-type fishway design for a potamodromous cyprinid in the Iberian Peninsula: the Iberian barbel—synthesis and future directions. Sustainability 12, 3387 (2020). https://doi.org/10.3390/su12083387Article Google Scholar 
  5. Santos, J.M.; Branco, P.; Katopodis, C.; Ferreira, T.; Pinheiro, A.: Retrofitting pool-and-weir fishways to improve passage performance of benthic fishes: effect of boulder density and fishway discharge. Ecol. Eng. 73, 335–344 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2014.09.065Article Google Scholar 
  6. Ead, S.; Katopodis, C.; Sikora, G.; Rajaratnam, N.J.J.: Flow regimes and structure in pool and weir fishways. J. Environ. Eng. Sci. 3, 379–390 (2004)Article Google Scholar 
  7. Guiny, E.; Ervine, D.A.; Armstrong, J.D.: Hydraulic and biological aspects of fish passes for Atlantic salmon. J. Hydraul. Eng. 131, 542–553 (2005)Article Google Scholar 
  8. Yagci, O.: Hydraulic aspects of pool-weir fishways as ecologically friendly water structure. Ecol. Eng. 36, 36–46 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2009.09.007Article Google Scholar 
  9. Dizabadi, S.; Hakim, S.S.; Azimi, A.H.: Discharge characteristics and structure of flow in labyrinth weirs with a downstream pool. Flow Meas. Instrum. 71, 101683 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2019.101683Article Google Scholar 
  10. Kim, J.H.: Hydraulic characteristics by weir type in a pool-weir fishway. Ecol. Eng. 16, 425–433 (2001). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0925-8574(00)00125-7Article Google Scholar 
  11. Zhong, Z.; Ruan, T.; Hu, Y.; Liu, J.; Liu, B.; Xu, W.: Experimental and numerical assessment of hydraulic characteristic of a new semi-frustum weir in the pool-weir fishway. Ecol. Eng. 170, 106362 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2021.106362Article Google Scholar 
  12. Hirt, C.W.; Nichols, B.D.: Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 39, 201–225 (1981). https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5Article Google Scholar 
  13. Roache, P.J.: Perspective: a method for uniform reporting of grid refinement studies. J. Fluids Eng. 1994(116), 405–413 (1994)Article Google Scholar 
  14. Guo, S.; Chen, S.; Huang, X.; Zhang, Y.; Jin, S.: CFD and experimental investigations of drag force on spherical leak detector in pipe flows at high Reynolds number. Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 101(1), 59–80 (2014)Google Scholar 
  15. Ahmadi, M.; Kuriqi, A.; Nezhad, H.M.; Ghaderi, A.; Mohammadi, M.: Innovative configuration of vertical slot fishway to enhance fish swimming conditions. J. Hydrodyn. 34, 917–933 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-022-0071-yArticle Google Scholar 
  16. Ahmadi, M.; Ghaderi, A.; MohammadNezhad, H.; Kuriqi, A.; Di Francesco, S.J.W.: Numerical investigation of hydraulics in a vertical slot fishway with upgraded configurations. Water 13, 2711 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  17. Celik, I.B.; Ghia, U.; Roache, P.J.; Freitas, C.J.J.: Procedure for estimation and reporting of uncertainty due to discretization in CFD applications. J. Fluids Eng. Trans. ASME (2008). https://doi.org/10.1115/1.2960953Article Google Scholar 
  18. Li, S.; Yang, J.; Ansell, A.: Evaluation of pool-type fish passage with labyrinth weirs. Sustainability (2022). https://doi.org/10.3390/su14031098Article Google Scholar 
  19. Ghaderi, A.; Dasineh, M.; Aristodemo, F.; Aricò, C.: Numerical simulations of the flow field of a submerged hydraulic jump over triangular macroroughnesses. Water 13(5), 674 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  20. Branco, P.; Santos, J.M.; Katopodis, C.; Pinheiro, A.; Ferreira, M.T.: Pool-type fishways: two different morpho-ecological cyprinid species facing plunging and streaming flows. PLoS ONE 8, e65089 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0065089Article Google Scholar 
  21. Baki, A.B.M.; Zhu, D.Z.; Harwood, A.; Lewis, A.; Healey, K.: Rock-weir fishway I: flow regimes and hydraulic characteristics. J. Ecohydraulics 2, 122–141 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1080/24705357.2017.1369182Article Google Scholar 
  22. Dizabadi, S.; Azimi, A.H.: Hydraulic and turbulence structure of triangular labyrinth weir-pool fishways. River Res. Appl. 36, 280–295 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1002/rra.3581Article Google Scholar 
  23. Faizal, W.M.; Ghazali, N.N.N.; Khor, C.Y.; Zainon, M.Z.; Ibrahim, N.B.; Razif, R.M.: Turbulent kinetic energy of flow during inhale and exhale to characterize the severity of obstructive sleep apnea patient. Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 136(1), 43–61 (2023)Google Scholar 
  24. Cotel, A.J.; Webb, P.W.; Tritico, H.: Do brown trout choose locations with reduced turbulence? Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 135, 610–619 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1577/T04-196.1Article Google Scholar 
  25. Hargreaves, D.M.; Wright, N.G.: On the use of the k–ε model in commercial CFD software to model the neutral atmospheric boundary layer. J. Wind Eng. Ind. Aerodyn. 95, 355–369 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jweia.2006.08.002Article Google Scholar 
  26. Kupferschmidt, C.; Zhu, D.Z.: Physical modelling of pool and weir fishways with rock weirs. River Res. Appl. 33, 1130–1142 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1002/rra.3157Article Google Scholar 
  27. Romão, F.; Quaresma, A.L.; Santos, J.M.; Amaral, S.D.; Branco, P.; Pinheiro, A.N.: Multislot fishway improves entrance performance and fish transit time over vertical slots. Water (2021). https://doi.org/10.3390/w13030275Article Google Scholar 

Download references

Intrusion of fine sediments into river bed and its effect on river environment – a research review

미세한 퇴적물이 강바닥에 침투하고 하천 환경에 미치는 영향 – 연구 검토

Intrusion of fine sediments into river bed and its effect on river environment – a research review

Nilav Karna,K.S. Hari Prasad, Sanjay Giri & A.S. Lodhi

Abstract

Fine sediments enter into the river through various sources such as channel bed, bank, and catchment. It has been regarded as a type of pollution in river. Fine sediments present in a river have a significant effect on river health. Benthic micro-organism, plants, and large fishes, all are part of food chain of river biota. Any detrimental effect on any of these components of food chain misbalances the entire riverine ecosystem. Numerous studies have been carried out on the various environmental aspects of rivers considering the presence of fine sediment in river flow. The present paper critically reviews many of these aspects to understand the various environmental impacts of suspended sediment on river health, flora and fauna.

Keywords: 

  1. Introduction
    The existence of fine sediment in a river system is a natural phenomenon. But in many cases it is exacerbated by the manmade activities. The natural cause of fines being in flow generally keeps the whole system in equilibrium except during some calamites whereas anthropogenic activities leading to fines entering into the flow puts several adverse impacts on the entire river system and its ecology. Presence of fines in flow is considered as a type of pollution in water. In United States,
    the fine sediment in water along with other non point source pollution is considered as a major obstacle in providing quality water for fishes and recreation activities (Diplas and Parker 1985).
    Sediments in a river are broadly of two types, organic and inorganic, and they both move in two ways either along the bed of the channel called bed load or in suspension called suspended load and their movements depend upon fluid flow and sediment characteristics. Further many investigators have divided the materials in suspension into two different types.
    One which originates from channel bed and bank is called bed material suspended load and another that migrates from feeding catchment area is called wash load. A general perception is that wash loads are very fine materials like clay, silt but it may not always be true (Woo et al. 1986). In general, suspended materials are of size less than 2 mm. The impact of sand on the various aspects of river is comparatively less than that of silt and clay. The latter are chemically active and good carrier of many contaminants and nutrients such as dioxins, phosphorous, heavy and trace metals, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCBs), radionuclide, etc. (Foster and Charlesworth 1996; Horowitz et al. 1995; Owens et al. 2001; Salomons and Förstner 1984; Stone and Droppo 1994; Thoms 1987). Foy and Bailey-Watt (1998) reported that out of 129 lakes in England and Wales, 69% have phosphorous contamination. Ten percent lakes, rivers, and bays of United States have sediment contaminants with chemicals as reported by USEPA. Several field and experimental studies have been conducted
    considering, sand, silt, and clay as suspended material. Hence, the subject reported herein is based on considering the fine sediment size smaller than 2 mm.
    Fine sediments have the ability to alter the hydraulics of the flow. Presence of fines in flow can change the magnitude of turbulence, it can change the friction resistance to flow. Fines can change the mobility and permeability of the bed material. In some extreme cases, fines in flow may even change the morphology of the river (Doeg and Koehn 1994; Nuttall 1972; Wright and Berrie 1987). Fines in the flow adversely affect the producer by increasing the turbidity, hindering the
    photosynthesis process by limiting the light penetration. This is ultimately reflected in the entire food ecosystem of river (Davis-Colley et al. 1992; Van Niewenhuyre and Laparrieve 1986). In addition, abrasion due to flowing sediment kills the aquatic flora (Edwards 1969; Brookes 1986). Intrusion of fines into the pores of river bed reduces space for several invertebrates, affects the spawning process (Petts 1984; Richards and Bacon 1994; Schalchli 1992). There are several other direct
    or indirect, short-term or long-term impacts of fines in river.
    The present paper reports the physical/environmental significance of fines in river. The hydraulic significance of presence of fines in the river has been reviewed in another paper (Effect of fine sediments on river hydraulics – a research review – http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09715010.2014.982001).

References

  • Adams, J.N., and Beschta, R.L. (1980). “Gravel bed composition in oregon coastal streams.” Can. J. Fish. Aquat.Sci., 37, 1514–1521.10.1139/f80-196  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Alabaster, J.S., and Llyod, R.L. (1980). Water quality criteria for fresh water, Butterworth, London, 297. [Google Scholar]
  • Aldridge, D.W., Payne, B.S., and Miller, A.C. (1987). “The effects of intermittent exposure to suspended solids and turbulence on three species of freshwater mussels.” Environ. Pollution, 45, 17–28.10.1016/0269-7491(87)90013-3  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Barton, B.A. (1977). “Short-term effects of highway construction on the limnology of a small stream in southern Ontario.” Freshwater Biol., 7, 99–108.10.1111/fwb.1977.7.issue-2  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Bash, J., Berman, C., and Bolton, S. (2001). Effects of turbidity and suspended solids on salmonids, Center for Streamside Studies, University of Washington, Seattle, WA. [Google Scholar]
  • Baxter, C.V., and Hauer, F.R. (2000). “Geomorphology, hyporheic exchange, and selection of spawning habitat by bull trout (Salvelinus confuentus).” Can. J. Fish. Aquat.Sci., 57, 1470–1481.10.1139/f00-056  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Berkman, H.E., and Rabeni, C.F. (1987). “Effect of siltation on stream fish communities.” Environ. Biol. Fish., 18, 285–294.10.1007/BF00004881  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Beschta, R.L., and Jackson, W.L. (1979). “The intrusion of fine sediments into a stable gravel bed.” J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 36, 204–210.10.1139/f79-030  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Boon, P.J. (1988). “The impact of river regulation on invertebrate communities in the UK.” Reg. River Res. Manage., 2, 389–409.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Brookes, A. (1986). “Response of aquatic vegetation to sedimentation downstream from river channelization works in England and Wales.” Biol. Conserv., 38, 352–367. [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Bruton, M.N. (1985). “The effects of suspensoids on fish.” Hydrobiologia, 125, 221–241.10.1007/BF00045937  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Carling, P.A. (1984). “Deposition of fine and coarse sand in an open-work gravel bed.” Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci., 41, 263–270.10.1139/f84-030  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Carling, P.A., and McCahon, C.P. (1987). “Natural siltation of brown trout (Salmo trutta L.) spawning gravels during low-flow conditions.” Regulated streams, J.F. Craig and J.B. Kemper, eds., Plenum Press, New York, NY, 229–244.10.1007/978-1-4684-5392-8  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Carter, J., Owens, P.N., Walling, D.E., and Leeks, G.J.L. (2003). “Fingerprinting suspended sediment sources in a large urban river system.” Sci. Total Environ., 314–316, 513–534.10.1016/S0048-9697(03)00071-8  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Chang, H.H. (1988). Fluvial processes in river engineering, Krieger, Malabar Florida, 432. [Google Scholar]
  • Chapman, D.W. (1988). “Critical review of variables used to define effects of fines in redds of large salmonids.” Trans. Am. Fish. Soc., 117, 1–21.10.1577/1548-8659(1988)117<0001:CROVUT>2.3.CO;2  [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Church, M.A., Mclean, D.G., and Wolcott, J.F. (1987). “River bed gravel sampling and analysis.” Sediment transport in gravel-bed rivers, C.R. Thorne, J.C. Bathrust, and R.D. Hey, eds., John Willey, Chichester, 43–79. [Google Scholar]
  • Cline, L.D., Short, R.A., and Ward, J.V. (1982). “The influence of highway construction on the macroinvertebrates and epilithic algae of a high mountain stream.” Hydrobiologia, 96, 149–159.10.1007/BF02185430  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Collins, A.L., Walling, D.E., and Leeks, G.J.L. (1997). “Fingerprinting the origin of fluvial suspended sediment in larger river basins: combining assessment of spatial provenance and source type.” Geografiska Annaler, 79A, 239–254.10.1111/1468-0459.00020  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Cordone, A.J., and Kelly, D.W. (1961). “The influence of inorganic sediment on the aquatic life of stream.” Calif. Fish Game, 47, 189–228. [Google Scholar]
  • Culp, J.M., Wrona, F.J., and Davies, R.W. (1985). “Response of stream benthos and drift to fine sediment depositionversus transport.” Can. J. Zool., 64, 1345–1351. [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Davies-Colley, R.J., Hickey, C.W., Quinn, J.M., and Ryan, P.A. (1992). “Effects of clay discharges on streams.” Hydrobiologia, 248, 215–234.10.1007/BF00006149  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Dhamotharan, S., Wood, A., Parker, G., and Stefan, H. (1980). Bed load transport in a model gravel stream. Project Report No. 190. St. Anthony Falls Hydraulic Laboratory, University of Minnesota. [Google Scholar]
  • Diplas, P., and Parker, G. (1985). Pollution of gravel spawning grounds due to fine sediment. Project Report, No. 240. St. Anthony Falls Laboratory, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. [Google Scholar]
  • Doeg, T.J., and Koehn, J.D. (1994). “Effects of draining and desilting a small weir on downstream fish and macroinvertebrates.” Reg. River Res. Manage., 9, 263–277.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Droppo, I.G. (2001). “Rethinking what constitutes suspended sediment.” Hydrol. Process., 15, 1551–1564.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Droppo, I.G., and Ongley, E.D. (1994). “Flocculation of suspended sediment in rivers of southeastern Canada.” Water Res., 28, 1799–1809.10.1016/0043-1354(94)90253-4  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Einstein, H.A. (1968). “Deposition of suspended particles in a gravel bed.” J. Hydraul. Eng., 94, 1197–1205. [Google Scholar]
  • Erman, D.C., and Ligon, F.K. (1988). “Effects of discharge fluctuation and the addition of fine sediment on stream fish and macroinvertebrates below a water-filtration facility.” Environ. Manage., 12, 85–97.10.1007/BF01867380  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Farnsworth, K.L., and Milliman, J.D. (2003). “Effects of climatic and anthropogenic change on small mountainous rivers: the Salinas River example.” Global Planet. Change, 39, 53–64.10.1016/S0921-8181(03)00017-1  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Foster, I.D.L., and Charlesworth, S.M. (1996). “Heavy metals in the hydrological cycle: trends and explanation.” Hydrol. Process., 10, 227–261.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Foy, R.H., and Bailey-Watts, A.E. (1998). “Observations on the spatial and temporal variation in the phosphorus status of lakes in the British Isles.” Soil Use Manage., 14, 131–138.10.1111/sum.1998.14.issue-s4  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Frostick, L.E., Lucas, P.M., and Reid, I. (1984). “The infiltration of fine matrices into coarse-grained alluvial sediments and its implications for stratigraphical interpretation.” J. Geol. Soc. London, 141, 955–965.10.1144/gsjgs.141.6.0955  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Gagnier, D.L., and Bailey, R.C. (1994). “Balancing loss of information and gains in efficiency in characterizing stream sediment samples.” J. North Am. Benthol. Soc., 13, 170–180.10.2307/1467236  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Gammon, J.R. (1970). The effect of inorganic sediment on stream biota. Environmental Protection Agency, Water Pollution Control Research, Series, 18050 DWC 12/70. USGPO, Washington, DC. [Google Scholar]
  • Graham, A.A. (1990). “Siltation of stone-surface periphyton in rivers by clay-sized particles from low concentrations in suspention.” Hydrobiologia, 199, 107–115.10.1007/BF00005603  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Greig, S.M., Sear, D.A., and Carling, P.A. (2005). “The impact of fine sediment accumulation on the survival of incubating salmon progeny: Implications for sediment management.” Sci. Total Environ., 344, 241–258.10.1016/j.scitotenv.2005.02.010  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Harrod, T.R., and Theurer, F.D. (2002). “Sediment.” Agriculture, hydrology and water quality, P.M. Haygarth and S.C. Jarvis, eds., CABI, Wallingford, 502. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Horowitz, A.J., Elrick, K.A., Robbins, J.A., and Cook, R.B. (1995). “Effect of mining and related activities on the sediment trace element geochemistry of Lake Coeur D’Alene, Idaho, USA part II: Subsurface sediments.” Hydrol. Process., 9, 35–54.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Hynes, H.B.N. (1970). The ecology of running waters, Liverpool University Press, Liverpool. [Google Scholar]
  • Khullar, N.K. (2002). “Effect of wash load on transport of uniform and nonuniform sediments.” Ph.D. thesis, Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee. [Google Scholar]
  • Kondolf, G.M. (1995). “Managing bedload sediment in regulated rivers: Examples from California, USA.” Geophys. Monograph, 89, 165–176. [Google Scholar]
  • Kondolf, G.M. (1997). “Hungry water: effects of dams and gravel mining on river channels.” Environ. Manage., 21, 533–551.10.1007/s002679900048  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Langer, O.E. (1980). “Effects of sedimentation on salmonid stream life.” Report on the Technical Workshop on Suspended Solids and the Aquatic Environment, K. Weagle, ed., Whitehorse. [Google Scholar]
  • Lemly, A.D. (1982). “Modification of benthic insect communities in polluted streams: combined effects of sedimentation and nutrient enrichment.” Hydrobiologia, 87, 229–245.10.1007/BF00007232  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Levasseur, M., Bergeron, N.E., Lapointe, M.F., and Bérubé, F. (2006). “Effects of silt and very fine sand dynamics in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) redds on embryo hatching success.” Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci., 63, 1450–1459.10.1139/f06-050  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Lewis, K. (1973a). “The effect of suspended coal particles on the life forms of the aquatic moss Eurhynchium riparioides (Hedw.).” Fresh Water Biol., 3, 251–257.10.1111/fwb.1973.3.issue-3  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lewis, K. (1973b). “The effect of suspended coal particles on the life forms of the aquatic moss Eurhynchium riparioides (Hedw.).” Fresh Water Biol., 3, 391–395.10.1111/fwb.1973.3.issue-4  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lisle, T. (1980). “Sedimentation of Spawning Areas during Storm Flows, Jacoby Creek, North Coastal California.” Presented at the fall meeting of the American Geophysical Union, San Francisco, CA. [Google Scholar]
  • Marchant, R. (1989). “Changes in the benthic invertebrate communities of the thomson river, southeastern Australia, after dam construction.” Reg. River Res. Manage., 4, 71–89.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • McNeil, W.J., and Ahnell, W.H. (1964). Success of pink salmon spawning relative to size of spawning bed material. US Fish and Wildlife Service. Special Scientific Report, Fisheries 469. Washington, DC. [Google Scholar]
  • Milhous, R.T. (1973). “Sediment transport in a gravel bottomed stream.” Ph.D. thesis, Oregon State University, Corvallis, OR. [Google Scholar]
  • Milliman, J.D., and Syvitski, J.P.M. (1992). “Geomorphic/tectonic control of sediment discharge to the oceans: the importance of small mountainous rivers.” J. Geol., 100, 525–544.10.1086/jg.1992.100.issue-5  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Mohnakrishnan, A. (2001). Reservoir sedimentation, Seminar on Reservoir Sedimentation, Ooty. [Google Scholar]
  • Mohta, J.A., Wallbrink, P.J., Hairsine, P.B., and Grayson, R.B. (2003). “Determining the sources of suspended sediment in a forested catchment in southeastern Australia.” Water Resour. Res., 39, 1056. [Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Morris, G.L. (1993). “A global perspective of sediment control measures in reservoirs.” Notes on sediment management in reservoirs, S. Fan and G. Morris, eds., Water Resources Publications, Colorado, 13–44. [Google Scholar]
  • Morris, L.G., and Fan, J. (2010). Reservoir Sedimentation hand book – design and management of dams, reservoirs and watershed for sustainable use. McGraw-Hill, 440 and 499. [Google Scholar]
  • Newcombe, C.P., and Macdonald, D.D. (1991). “Effects of suspended sediments on aquatic ecosystems.” North Am. J. Fish. Manage., 11, 72–82.10.1577/1548-8675(1991)011<0072:EOSSOA>2.3.CO;2  [Taylor & Francis Online][Google Scholar]
  • Nuttal, P.M. (1972). “The effects of sand deposition upon the macroinvertebrate fauna of the River Camel, Cornwall.” Freshwater Biol., 2, 181–186.10.1111/fwb.1972.2.issue-3  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Olsson, T.I., and Petersen, B. (1986). “Effects of gravel size and peat material on embryo survival and alevin emergence of brown trout, Salmo trutta L.” Hydrobiologia, 135, 9–14.10.1007/BF00006453  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Owens, P.N., Walling, D.E., and Leeks, G.J.L. (2000). “Tracing fluvial suspended sediment sources in the catchment of the River Tweed, Scotland, using composite fingerprints and a numerical mixing model.” Tracers in eomorphology, I.D.L. Foster, ed., Wiley, Chichester, 291–308. [Google Scholar]
  • Owens, P.N., Walling, D.E., Carton, J., Meharg, A.A., Wright, J., and Leeks, G.J.L. (2001). “Downstream changes in the transport and storage of sediment-associated contaminants (P, Cr and PCBs) in agricultural and industrialized drainage basins.” Sci. Total Environ., 266, 177–186.10.1016/S0048-9697(00)00729-4  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Petts, G.E. (1984). Impounded rivers: Perspectives for ecological management, Wiley, Chichester, 326. [Google Scholar]
  • Phillips, J.M., and Walling, D.E. (1995). “An assessment of the effects of sample collection, storage and resuspension on the representativeness of measurements of the effective particle size distribution of fluvial suspended sediment.” Water Res., 29, 2498–2508.10.1016/0043-1354(95)00087-2  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Quinn, J.M., Davies-Coley, R.J., Hickey, C.W., Vickers, M.L., and Ryan, P.A. (1992). “Effects of clay discharges on streams.” Hydrobiologia, 248, 235–247.10.1007/BF00006150  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Reiser, D.W., and White, R.G. (1990). “Effects of stream flow reduction on Chinook salmon egg incubation and fry quality.” Rivers, 1, 110–118. [Google Scholar]
  • Richards, C., and Bacon, K.L. (1994). “Influence of fine sediment on macroibvertebrates colonization of surface and hyporheic stream substrate.” Great Basin Nat., 54, 106–113. [Google Scholar]
  • Richards, C., Host, G.H., and Arthur, J.W. (1993). “Identification of predominant environmental factors structuring stream macroinvertebrate communities within a large agricultural catchment.” Freshwater Biol., 29, 285–294.10.1111/fwb.1993.29.issue-2  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Rosenberg, D.M., and Wiens, A.P. (1978). “Effects of sediment addition on macrobenthic invertebrates in a Northern Canadian River.” Water Res., 12, 753–763.10.1016/0043-1354(78)90024-6  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Ryan, P.A. (1991). “Environmental effects of sediment on New Zealand streams: A review.” New Zeal. J. Mar. Freshwater Res., 25, 207–221.10.1080/00288330.1991.9516472  [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Salomons, W., and Förstner, U. (1984). Metals in the hydrocycle, Sringer Verglag, New York, NY.10.1007/978-3-642-69325-0  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Schalchli, U. (1992). “The clogging of coarse gravel river beds by fine sediment.” Hydrobiologia, 235–236, 189–197.10.1007/BF00026211  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Scrivener, J.C., and Brownlee, M.J. (1989). “Effects of forest harvesting on spawning gravel and incubation survival of chum (Oncorhynchus keta) andcoho salmon (O. kisutch) in Carnation Creek, British Columbia.” Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci., 46, 681–696.10.1139/f89-087  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Sear, D.A. (1993). “Fine sediment infiltration into gravel spawning beds within a regulated river experiencing floods: Ecological implications for salmonids.” Reg Rivers Res. Manage., 8, 373–390.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Soutar, R.G. (1989). “Afforestation and sediment yields in British fresh waters.” Soil Use Manage., 5, 82–86.10.1111/sum.1989.5.issue-2  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Stone, M., and Droppo, I.G. (1994). “In-channel surficial fine-grained sediment laminae: Part II: Chemical characteristics and implications for contaminant transport in fluvial systems.” Hydrol. Process., 8, 113–124.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Thoms, M.C. (1987). “Channel sedimentation within the urbanized River Tame, UK.” Reg. Rivers Res. Manage., 1, 229–246.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Trimble, S.W. (1983). “A sediment budget for Coon Creek, Driftless area, Wisconsin, 1853–1977.” Am. J. Sci., 283, 454–474.10.2475/ajs.283.5.454  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare. (1965). Environmental Health Practices in recreational Areas, Public Health Service, Publication No. 1195. [Google Scholar]
  • Van Nieuwenhuyse, E.E., and LaPerriere, J.D. (1986). “Effects of placer gold mining on primary production in subarctic streams of Alaska.” J. Am. Water Res. Assoc., 22, 91–99. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Vörösmarty, C.J., Meybeck, M., Fekete, B., Sharma, K., Green, P., and Syvitski, J.P.M. (2003). “Anthropogenic sediment retention: major global impact from registered river impoundments.” Global Planet. Change, 39, 169–190.10.1016/S0921-8181(03)00023-7  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Walling, D.E. (1995). “Suspended sediment yields in a changing environment.” Changing river channels, A. Gurnell and G. Petts, eds., Wiley, Chichester, 149–176. [Google Scholar]
  • Walling, D.E., and Moorehead, D.W. (1989). “The particle size characteristics of fluvial suspended sediment: an overview.” Hydrobiologia, 176–177, 125–149.10.1007/BF00026549  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Walling, D.E., Owens, P.N., and Leeks, G.J.L. (1999). “Fingerprinting suspended sediment sources in the catchment of the River Ouse, Yorkshire, UK.” Hydrol. Process., 13, 955–975.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Walling, D.E., Owens, P.N., Waterfall, B.D., Leeks, G.J.L., and Wass, P.D. (2000). “The particle size characteristics of fluvial suspended sediment in the Humber and Tweed catchments, UK.” Sci. Total Environ., 251–252, 205–222.10.1016/S0048-9697(00)00384-3  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Wilbur, C.G. (1983). Turbidity in the aquatic environment: an environmental factor in fresh and oceanic waters, Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, IL, 133. [Google Scholar]
  • Woo, H.S., Julien, P.Y., and Richardson, E.V. (1986). “Washload and fine sediment load.” J. Hydraul. Eng., 112, 541–545.10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1986)112:6(541)  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Wood, P.J., and Armitage, P.D. (1997). “Biological effects of fine sediment in the lotic environment.” Environ. Manage., 21, 203–217.10.1007/s002679900019  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Wooster, J.K., Dusterhoff, S.R., Cui, Y., Sklar, L.S., Dietrich, W.E., and Malko, M. (2008). “Sediment supply and relative size distribution effects on fine sediment infiltration into immobile gravels.” Water Res. Res., 44, 1–18. [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Wren, G.Daniel, Bennett, J.Sean, Barkdoll, D.Brian, and Khunle, A.Roger. (2000). Studies in suspended sediment and turbulence in open channel flows, USDA, Agriculture Research Service, Research Report No. 18. [Google Scholar]
  • Wright, J.F., and Berrie, A.D. (1987). “Ecological effects of groundwater pumping and a natural drought on the upper reaches of a chalk stream.” Reg. River Res. Manage., 1, 145–160.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Zhang, H., Xia, M., Chen, S.J., Li, Z., and Xia, H.B. (1976). “Regulation of sediments in some medium and small-sized reservoirs on heavily silt-laden streams in China.” 12th International Commission on Large Dams (ICOLD) Congress, Q. 47, R. 32, Mexico City, 1123–1243. [Google Scholar]
Figure 2 Modeling the plant with cylindrical tubes at the bottom of the canal.

Optimized Vegetation Density to Dissipate Energy of Flood Flow in Open Canals

열린 운하에서 홍수 흐름의 에너지를 분산시키기 위해 최적화된 식생 밀도

Mahdi Feizbahr,1Navid Tonekaboni,2Guang-Jun Jiang,3,4and Hong-Xia Chen3,4
Academic Editor: Mohammad Yazdi

Abstract

강을 따라 식생은 조도를 증가시키고 평균 유속을 감소시키며, 유동 에너지를 감소시키고 강 횡단면의 유속 프로파일을 변경합니다. 자연의 많은 운하와 강은 홍수 동안 초목으로 덮여 있습니다. 운하의 조도는 식물의 영향을 많이 받기 때문에 홍수시 유동저항에 큰 영향을 미친다. 식물로 인한 흐름에 대한 거칠기 저항은 흐름 조건과 식물에 따라 달라지므로 모델은 유속, 유속 깊이 및 수로를 따라 식생 유형의 영향을 고려하여 유속을 시뮬레이션해야 합니다. 총 48개의 모델을 시뮬레이션하여 근관의 거칠기 효과를 조사했습니다. 결과는 속도를 높임으로써 베드 속도를 감소시키는 식생의 영향이 무시할만하다는 것을 나타냅니다.

Abstract

Vegetation along the river increases the roughness and reduces the average flow velocity, reduces flow energy, and changes the flow velocity profile in the cross section of the river. Many canals and rivers in nature are covered with vegetation during the floods. Canal’s roughness is strongly affected by plants and therefore it has a great effect on flow resistance during flood. Roughness resistance against the flow due to the plants depends on the flow conditions and plant, so the model should simulate the current velocity by considering the effects of velocity, depth of flow, and type of vegetation along the canal. Total of 48 models have been simulated to investigate the effect of roughness in the canal. The results indicated that, by enhancing the velocity, the effect of vegetation in decreasing the bed velocity is negligible, while when the current has lower speed, the effect of vegetation on decreasing the bed velocity is obviously considerable.

1. Introduction

Considering the impact of each variable is a very popular field within the analytical and statistical methods and intelligent systems [114]. This can help research for better modeling considering the relation of variables or interaction of them toward reaching a better condition for the objective function in control and engineering [1527]. Consequently, it is necessary to study the effects of the passive factors on the active domain [2836]. Because of the effect of vegetation on reducing the discharge capacity of rivers [37], pruning plants was necessary to improve the condition of rivers. One of the important effects of vegetation in river protection is the action of roots, which cause soil consolidation and soil structure improvement and, by enhancing the shear strength of soil, increase the resistance of canal walls against the erosive force of water. The outer limbs of the plant increase the roughness of the canal walls and reduce the flow velocity and deplete the flow energy in vicinity of the walls. Vegetation by reducing the shear stress of the canal bed reduces flood discharge and sedimentation in the intervals between vegetation and increases the stability of the walls [3841].

One of the main factors influencing the speed, depth, and extent of flood in this method is Manning’s roughness coefficient. On the other hand, soil cover [42], especially vegetation, is one of the most determining factors in Manning’s roughness coefficient. Therefore, it is expected that those seasonal changes in the vegetation of the region will play an important role in the calculated value of Manning’s roughness coefficient and ultimately in predicting the flood wave behavior [4345]. The roughness caused by plants’ resistance to flood current depends on the flow and plant conditions. Flow conditions include depth and velocity of the plant, and plant conditions include plant type, hardness or flexibility, dimensions, density, and shape of the plant [46]. In general, the issue discussed in this research is the optimization of flood-induced flow in canals by considering the effect of vegetation-induced roughness. Therefore, the effect of plants on the roughness coefficient and canal transmission coefficient and in consequence the flow depth should be evaluated [4748].

Current resistance is generally known by its roughness coefficient. The equation that is mainly used in this field is Manning equation. The ratio of shear velocity to average current velocity  is another form of current resistance. The reason for using the  ratio is that it is dimensionless and has a strong theoretical basis. The reason for using Manning roughness coefficient is its pervasiveness. According to Freeman et al. [49], the Manning roughness coefficient for plants was calculated according to the Kouwen and Unny [50] method for incremental resistance. This method involves increasing the roughness for various surface and plant irregularities. Manning’s roughness coefficient has all the factors affecting the resistance of the canal. Therefore, the appropriate way to more accurately estimate this coefficient is to know the factors affecting this coefficient [51].

To calculate the flow rate, velocity, and depth of flow in canals as well as flood and sediment estimation, it is important to evaluate the flow resistance. To determine the flow resistance in open ducts, Manning, Chézy, and Darcy–Weisbach relations are used [52]. In these relations, there are parameters such as Manning’s roughness coefficient (n), Chézy roughness coefficient (C), and Darcy–Weisbach coefficient (f). All three of these coefficients are a kind of flow resistance coefficient that is widely used in the equations governing flow in rivers [53].

The three relations that express the relationship between the average flow velocity (V) and the resistance and geometric and hydraulic coefficients of the canal are as follows:where nf, and c are Manning, Darcy–Weisbach, and Chézy coefficients, respectively. V = average flow velocity, R = hydraulic radius, Sf = slope of energy line, which in uniform flow is equal to the slope of the canal bed,  = gravitational acceleration, and Kn is a coefficient whose value is equal to 1 in the SI system and 1.486 in the English system. The coefficients of resistance in equations (1) to (3) are related as follows:

Based on the boundary layer theory, the flow resistance for rough substrates is determined from the following general relation:where f = Darcy–Weisbach coefficient of friction, y = flow depth, Ks = bed roughness size, and A = constant coefficient.

On the other hand, the relationship between the Darcy–Weisbach coefficient of friction and the shear velocity of the flow is as follows:

By using equation (6), equation (5) is converted as follows:

Investigation on the effect of vegetation arrangement on shear velocity of flow in laboratory conditions showed that, with increasing the shear Reynolds number (), the numerical value of the  ratio also increases; in other words the amount of roughness coefficient increases with a slight difference in the cases without vegetation, checkered arrangement, and cross arrangement, respectively [54].

Roughness in river vegetation is simulated in mathematical models with a variable floor slope flume by different densities and discharges. The vegetation considered submerged in the bed of the flume. Results showed that, with increasing vegetation density, canal roughness and flow shear speed increase and with increasing flow rate and depth, Manning’s roughness coefficient decreases. Factors affecting the roughness caused by vegetation include the effect of plant density and arrangement on flow resistance, the effect of flow velocity on flow resistance, and the effect of depth [4555].

One of the works that has been done on the effect of vegetation on the roughness coefficient is Darby [56] study, which investigates a flood wave model that considers all the effects of vegetation on the roughness coefficient. There are currently two methods for estimating vegetation roughness. One method is to add the thrust force effect to Manning’s equation [475758] and the other method is to increase the canal bed roughness (Manning-Strickler coefficient) [455961]. These two methods provide acceptable results in models designed to simulate floodplain flow. Wang et al. [62] simulate the floodplain with submerged vegetation using these two methods and to increase the accuracy of the results, they suggested using the effective height of the plant under running water instead of using the actual height of the plant. Freeman et al. [49] provided equations for determining the coefficient of vegetation roughness under different conditions. Lee et al. [63] proposed a method for calculating the Manning coefficient using the flow velocity ratio at different depths. Much research has been done on the Manning roughness coefficient in rivers, and researchers [496366] sought to obtain a specific number for n to use in river engineering. However, since the depth and geometric conditions of rivers are completely variable in different places, the values of Manning roughness coefficient have changed subsequently, and it has not been possible to choose a fixed number. In river engineering software, the Manning roughness coefficient is determined only for specific and constant conditions or normal flow. Lee et al. [63] stated that seasonal conditions, density, and type of vegetation should also be considered. Hydraulic roughness and Manning roughness coefficient n of the plant were obtained by estimating the total Manning roughness coefficient from the matching of the measured water surface curve and water surface height. The following equation is used for the flow surface curve:where  is the depth of water change, S0 is the slope of the canal floor, Sf is the slope of the energy line, and Fr is the Froude number which is obtained from the following equation:where D is the characteristic length of the canal. Flood flow velocity is one of the important parameters of flood waves, which is very important in calculating the water level profile and energy consumption. In the cases where there are many limitations for researchers due to the wide range of experimental dimensions and the variety of design parameters, the use of numerical methods that are able to estimate the rest of the unknown results with acceptable accuracy is economically justified.

FLOW-3D software uses Finite Difference Method (FDM) for numerical solution of two-dimensional and three-dimensional flow. This software is dedicated to computational fluid dynamics (CFD) and is provided by Flow Science [67]. The flow is divided into networks with tubular cells. For each cell there are values of dependent variables and all variables are calculated in the center of the cell, except for the velocity, which is calculated at the center of the cell. In this software, two numerical techniques have been used for geometric simulation, FAVOR™ (Fractional-Area-Volume-Obstacle-Representation) and the VOF (Volume-of-Fluid) method. The equations used at this model for this research include the principle of mass survival and the magnitude of motion as follows. The fluid motion equations in three dimensions, including the Navier–Stokes equations with some additional terms, are as follows:where  are mass accelerations in the directions xyz and  are viscosity accelerations in the directions xyz and are obtained from the following equations:

Shear stresses  in equation (11) are obtained from the following equations:

The standard model is used for high Reynolds currents, but in this model, RNG theory allows the analytical differential formula to be used for the effective viscosity that occurs at low Reynolds numbers. Therefore, the RNG model can be used for low and high Reynolds currents.

Weather changes are high and this affects many factors continuously. The presence of vegetation in any area reduces the velocity of surface flows and prevents soil erosion, so vegetation will have a significant impact on reducing destructive floods. One of the methods of erosion protection in floodplain watersheds is the use of biological methods. The presence of vegetation in watersheds reduces the flow rate during floods and prevents soil erosion. The external organs of plants increase the roughness and decrease the velocity of water flow and thus reduce its shear stress energy. One of the important factors with which the hydraulic resistance of plants is expressed is the roughness coefficient. Measuring the roughness coefficient of plants and investigating their effect on reducing velocity and shear stress of flow is of special importance.

Roughness coefficients in canals are affected by two main factors, namely, flow conditions and vegetation characteristics [68]. So far, much research has been done on the effect of the roughness factor created by vegetation, but the issue of plant density has received less attention. For this purpose, this study was conducted to investigate the effect of vegetation density on flow velocity changes.

In a study conducted using a software model on three density modes in the submerged state effect on flow velocity changes in 48 different modes was investigated (Table 1).

Table 1 

The studied models.

The number of cells used in this simulation is equal to 1955888 cells. The boundary conditions were introduced to the model as a constant speed and depth (Figure 1). At the output boundary, due to the presence of supercritical current, no parameter for the current is considered. Absolute roughness for floors and walls was introduced to the model (Figure 1). In this case, the flow was assumed to be nonviscous and air entry into the flow was not considered. After  seconds, this model reached a convergence accuracy of .

Figure 1 

The simulated model and its boundary conditions.

Due to the fact that it is not possible to model the vegetation in FLOW-3D software, in this research, the vegetation of small soft plants was studied so that Manning’s coefficients can be entered into the canal bed in the form of roughness coefficients obtained from the studies of Chow [69] in similar conditions. In practice, in such modeling, the effect of plant height is eliminated due to the small height of herbaceous plants, and modeling can provide relatively acceptable results in these conditions.

48 models with input velocities proportional to the height of the regular semihexagonal canal were considered to create supercritical conditions. Manning coefficients were applied based on Chow [69] studies in order to control the canal bed. Speed profiles were drawn and discussed.

Any control and simulation system has some inputs that we should determine to test any technology [7077]. Determination and true implementation of such parameters is one of the key steps of any simulation [237881] and computing procedure [8286]. The input current is created by applying the flow rate through the VFR (Volume Flow Rate) option and the output flow is considered Output and for other borders the Symmetry option is considered.

Simulation of the models and checking their action and responses and observing how a process behaves is one of the accepted methods in engineering and science [8788]. For verification of FLOW-3D software, the results of computer simulations are compared with laboratory measurements and according to the values of computational error, convergence error, and the time required for convergence, the most appropriate option for real-time simulation is selected (Figures 2 and 3 ).

Figure 2 

Modeling the plant with cylindrical tubes at the bottom of the canal.

Figure 3 

Velocity profiles in positions 2 and 5.

The canal is 7 meters long, 0.5 meters wide, and 0.8 meters deep. This test was used to validate the application of the software to predict the flow rate parameters. In this experiment, instead of using the plant, cylindrical pipes were used in the bottom of the canal.

The conditions of this modeling are similar to the laboratory conditions and the boundary conditions used in the laboratory were used for numerical modeling. The critical flow enters the simulation model from the upstream boundary, so in the upstream boundary conditions, critical velocity and depth are considered. The flow at the downstream boundary is supercritical, so no parameters are applied to the downstream boundary.

The software well predicts the process of changing the speed profile in the open canal along with the considered obstacles. The error in the calculated speed values can be due to the complexity of the flow and the interaction of the turbulence caused by the roughness of the floor with the turbulence caused by the three-dimensional cycles in the hydraulic jump. As a result, the software is able to predict the speed distribution in open canals.

2. Modeling Results

After analyzing the models, the results were shown in graphs (Figures 414 ). The total number of experiments in this study was 48 due to the limitations of modeling.


(d)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(d)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(d)

  • (a)
    (a)
  • (b)
    (b)
  • (c)
    (c)
  • (d)
    (d)

Figure 4 

Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 1 m and flow velocities of 3–3.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 1 meter and a flow velocity of (a) 3 meters per second, (b) 3.1 meters per second, (c) 3.2 meters per second, and (d) 3.3 meters per second.

Figure 5 

Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3 meters per second.

Figure 6 

Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.1 meters per second.

Figure 7 

Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.2 meters per second.

Figure 8 

Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.3 meters per second.


(d)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(d)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(d)

  • (a)
    (a)
  • (b)
    (b)
  • (c)
    (c)
  • (d)
    (d)

Figure 9 

Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 2 m and flow velocities of 4–4.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of (a) 4 meters per second, (b) 4.1 meters per second, (c) 4.2 meters per second, and (d) 4.3 meters per second.

Figure 10 

Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4 meters per second.

Figure 11 

Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.1 meters per second.

Figure 12 

Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.2 meters per second.

Figure 13 

Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.3 meters per second.


(d)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(d)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(d)

  • (a)
    (a)
  • (b)
    (b)
  • (c)
    (c)
  • (d)
    (d)

Figure 14 

Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 3 m and flow velocities of 5–5.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of (a) 4 meters per second, (b) 4.1 meters per second, (c) 4.2 meters per second, and (d) 4.3 meters per second.

To investigate the effects of roughness with flow velocity, the trend of flow velocity changes at different depths and with supercritical flow to a Froude number proportional to the depth of the section has been obtained.

According to the velocity profiles of Figure 5, it can be seen that, with the increasing of Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.

According to Figures 5 to 8, it can be found that, with increasing the Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the models 1 to 12, which can be justified by increasing the speed and of course increasing the Froude number.

According to Figure 10, we see that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.

According to Figure 11, we see that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of Figures 510, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

With increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases (Figure 12). But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models (Figures 58 and 1011), which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

According to Figure 13, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of Figures 5 to 12, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

According to Figure 15, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.

Figure 15 

Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5 meters per second.

According to Figure 16, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher model, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

Figure 16 

Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.1 meters per second.

According to Figure 17, it is clear that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

Figure 17 

Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.2 meters per second.

According to Figure 18, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

Figure 18 

Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.3 meters per second.

According to Figure 19, it can be seen that the vegetation placed in front of the flow input velocity has negligible effect on the reduction of velocity, which of course can be justified due to the flexibility of the vegetation. The only unusual thing is the unexpected decrease in floor speed of 3 m/s compared to higher speeds.


(c)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(a)


(b)


(c)

  • (a)
    (a)
  • (b)
    (b)
  • (c)
    (c)

Figure 19 

Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 1 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 1 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 1 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 1 m.

According to Figure 20, by increasing the speed of vegetation, the effect of vegetation on reducing the flow rate becomes more noticeable. And the role of input current does not have much effect in reducing speed.


(c)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(a)


(b)


(c)

  • (a)
    (a)
  • (b)
    (b)
  • (c)
    (c)

Figure 20 

Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 2 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 2 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 2 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 2 m.

According to Figure 21, it can be seen that, with increasing speed, the effect of vegetation on reducing the bed flow rate becomes more noticeable and the role of the input current does not have much effect. In general, it can be seen that, by increasing the speed of the input current, the slope of the profiles increases from the bed to the water surface and due to the fact that, in software, the roughness coefficient applies to the channel floor only in the boundary conditions, this can be perfectly justified. Of course, it can be noted that, due to the flexible conditions of the vegetation of the bed, this modeling can show acceptable results for such grasses in the canal floor. In the next directions, we may try application of swarm-based optimization methods for modeling and finding the most effective factors in this research [27815188994]. In future, we can also apply the simulation logic and software of this research for other domains such as power engineering [9599].


(c)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(a)


(b)


(c)

  • (a)
    (a)
  • (b)
    (b)
  • (c)
    (c)

Figure 21 

Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 3 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 3 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 3 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 3 m.

3. Conclusion

The effects of vegetation on the flood canal were investigated by numerical modeling with FLOW-3D software. After analyzing the results, the following conclusions were reached:(i)Increasing the density of vegetation reduces the velocity of the canal floor but has no effect on the velocity of the canal surface.(ii)Increasing the Froude number is directly related to increasing the speed of the canal floor.(iii)In the canal with a depth of one meter, a sudden increase in speed can be observed from the lowest speed and higher speed, which is justified by the sudden increase in Froude number.(iv)As the inlet flow rate increases, the slope of the profiles from the bed to the water surface increases.(v)By reducing the Froude number, the effect of vegetation on reducing the flow bed rate becomes more noticeable. And the input velocity in reducing the velocity of the canal floor does not have much effect.(vi)At a flow rate between 3 and 3.3 meters per second due to the shallow depth of the canal and the higher landing number a more critical area is observed in which the flow bed velocity in this area is between 2.86 and 3.1 m/s.(vii)Due to the critical flow velocity and the slight effect of the roughness of the horseshoe vortex floor, it is not visible and is only partially observed in models 1-2-3 and 21.(viii)As the flow rate increases, the effect of vegetation on the rate of bed reduction decreases.(ix)In conditions where less current intensity is passing, vegetation has a greater effect on reducing current intensity and energy consumption increases.(x)In the case of using the flow rate of 0.8 cubic meters per second, the velocity distribution and flow regime show about 20% more energy consumption than in the case of using the flow rate of 1.3 cubic meters per second.

Nomenclature

n:Manning’s roughness coefficient
C:Chézy roughness coefficient
f:Darcy–Weisbach coefficient
V:Flow velocity
R:Hydraulic radius
g:Gravitational acceleration
y:Flow depth
Ks:Bed roughness
A:Constant coefficient
:Reynolds number
y/∂x:Depth of water change
S0:Slope of the canal floor
Sf:Slope of energy line
Fr:Froude number
D:Characteristic length of the canal
G:Mass acceleration
:Shear stresses.

Data Availability

All data are included within the paper.

Conflicts of Interest

The authors declare that they have no conflicts of interest.

Acknowledgments

This work was partially supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Contract no. 71761030 and Natural Science Foundation of Inner Mongolia under Contract no. 2019LH07003.

References

  1. H. Yu, L. Jie, W. Gui et al., “Dynamic Gaussian bare-bones fruit fly optimizers with abandonment mechanism: method and analysis,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 20, pp. 1–29, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  2. X. Zhao, D. Li, B. Yang, C. Ma, Y. Zhu, and H. Chen, “Feature selection based on improved ant colony optimization for online detection of foreign fiber in cotton,” Applied Soft Computing, vol. 24, pp. 585–596, 2014.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  3. J. Hu, H. Chen, A. A. Heidari et al., “Orthogonal learning covariance matrix for defects of grey wolf optimizer: insights, balance, diversity, and feature selection,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 213, Article ID 106684, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  4. C. Yu, M. Chen, K. Chen et al., “SGOA: annealing-behaved grasshopper optimizer for global tasks,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 4, pp. 1–28, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  5. W. Shan, Z. Qiao, A. A. Heidari, H. Chen, H. Turabieh, and Y. Teng, “Double adaptive weights for stabilization of moth flame optimizer: balance analysis, engineering cases, and medical diagnosis,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 8, Article ID 106728, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  6. J. Tu, H. Chen, J. Liu et al., “Evolutionary biogeography-based whale optimization methods with communication structure: towards measuring the balance,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 212, Article ID 106642, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  7. Y. Zhang, R. Liu, X. Wang et al., “Towards augmented kernel extreme learning models for bankruptcy prediction: algorithmic behavior and comprehensive analysis,” Neurocomputing, vol. 430, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  8. H.-L. Chen, G. Wang, C. Ma, Z.-N. Cai, W.-B. Liu, and S.-J. Wang, “An efficient hybrid kernel extreme learning machine approach for early diagnosis of Parkinson׳s disease,” Neurocomputing, vol. 184, pp. 131–144, 2016.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  9. J. Xia, H. Chen, Q. Li et al., “Ultrasound-based differentiation of malignant and benign thyroid Nodules: an extreme learning machine approach,” Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, vol. 147, pp. 37–49, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  10. C. Li, L. Hou, B. Y. Sharma et al., “Developing a new intelligent system for the diagnosis of tuberculous pleural effusion,” Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, vol. 153, pp. 211–225, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  11. X. Xu and H.-L. Chen, “Adaptive computational chemotaxis based on field in bacterial foraging optimization,” Soft Computing, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 797–807, 2014.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  12. M. Wang, H. Chen, B. Yang et al., “Toward an optimal kernel extreme learning machine using a chaotic moth-flame optimization strategy with applications in medical diagnoses,” Neurocomputing, vol. 267, pp. 69–84, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  13. L. Chao, K. Zhang, Z. Li, Y. Zhu, J. Wang, and Z. Yu, “Geographically weighted regression based methods for merging satellite and gauge precipitation,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 558, pp. 275–289, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  14. F. J. Golrokh, G. Azeem, and A. Hasan, “Eco-efficiency evaluation in cement industries: DEA malmquist productivity index using optimization models,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  15. D. Zhao, L. Lei, F. Yu et al., “Chaotic random spare ant colony optimization for multi-threshold image segmentation of 2D Kapur entropy,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 8, Article ID 106510, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  16. Y. Zhang, R. Liu, X. Wang, H. Chen, and C. Li, “Boosted binary Harris hawks optimizer and feature selection,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 517, pp. 1–30, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  17. L. Hu, G. Hong, J. Ma, X. Wang, and H. Chen, “An efficient machine learning approach for diagnosis of paraquat-poisoned patients,” Computers in Biology and Medicine, vol. 59, pp. 116–124, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  18. L. Shen, H. Chen, Z. Yu et al., “Evolving support vector machines using fruit fly optimization for medical data classification,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 96, pp. 61–75, 2016.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  19. X. Zhao, X. Zhang, Z. Cai et al., “Chaos enhanced grey wolf optimization wrapped ELM for diagnosis of paraquat-poisoned patients,” Computational Biology and Chemistry, vol. 78, pp. 481–490, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  20. Y. Xu, H. Chen, J. Luo, Q. Zhang, S. Jiao, and X. Zhang, “Enhanced Moth-flame optimizer with mutation strategy for global optimization,” Information Sciences, vol. 492, pp. 181–203, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  21. M. Wang and H. Chen, “Chaotic multi-swarm whale optimizer boosted support vector machine for medical diagnosis,” Applied Soft Computing Journal, vol. 88, Article ID 105946, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  22. Y. Chen, J. Li, H. Lu, and P. Yan, “Coupling system dynamics analysis and risk aversion programming for optimizing the mixed noise-driven shale gas-water supply chains,” Journal of Cleaner Production, vol. 278, Article ID 123209, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  23. H. Tang, Y. Xu, A. Lin et al., “Predicting green consumption behaviors of students using efficient firefly grey wolf-assisted K-nearest neighbor classifiers,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 35546–35562, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  24. H.-J. Ma and G.-H. Yang, “Adaptive fault tolerant control of cooperative heterogeneous systems with actuator faults and unreliable interconnections,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, vol. 61, no. 11, pp. 3240–3255, 2015.View at: Google Scholar
  25. H.-J. Ma and L.-X. Xu, “Decentralized adaptive fault-tolerant control for a class of strong interconnected nonlinear systems via graph theory,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, vol. 66, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  26. H. J. Ma, L. X. Xu, and G. H. Yang, “Multiple environment integral reinforcement learning-based fault-tolerant control for affine nonlinear systems,” IEEE Transactions on Cybernetics, vol. 51, pp. 1–16, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  27. J. Hu, M. Wang, C. Zhao, Q. Pan, and C. Du, “Formation control and collision avoidance for multi-UAV systems based on Voronoi partition,” Science China Technological Sciences, vol. 63, no. 1, pp. 65–72, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  28. C. Zhang, H. Li, Y. Qian, C. Chen, and X. Zhou, “Locality-constrained discriminative matrix regression for robust face identification,” IEEE Transactions on Neural Networks and Learning Systems, vol. 99, pp. 1–15, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  29. X. Zhang, D. Wang, Z. Zhou, and Y. Ma, “Robust low-rank tensor recovery with rectification and alignment,” IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 43, no. 1, pp. 238–255, 2019.View at: Google Scholar
  30. X. Zhang, J. Wang, T. Wang, R. Jiang, J. Xu, and L. Zhao, “Robust feature learning for adversarial defense via hierarchical feature alignment,” Information Sciences, vol. 560, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  31. X. Zhang, R. Jiang, T. Wang, and J. Wang, “Recursive neural network for video deblurring,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology, vol. 03, p. 1, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  32. X. Zhang, T. Wang, J. Wang, G. Tang, and L. Zhao, “Pyramid channel-based feature attention network for image dehazing,” Computer Vision and Image Understanding, vol. 197-198, Article ID 103003, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  33. X. Zhang, T. Wang, W. Luo, and P. Huang, “Multi-level fusion and attention-guided CNN for image dehazing,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology, vol. 3, p. 1, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  34. L. He, J. Shen, and Y. Zhang, “Ecological vulnerability assessment for ecological conservation and environmental management,” Journal of Environmental Management, vol. 206, pp. 1115–1125, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  35. Y. Chen, W. Zheng, W. Li, and Y. Huang, “Large group Activity security risk assessment and risk early warning based on random forest algorithm,” Pattern Recognition Letters, vol. 144, pp. 1–5, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  36. J. Hu, H. Zhang, Z. Li, C. Zhao, Z. Xu, and Q. Pan, “Object traversing by monocular UAV in outdoor environment,” Asian Journal of Control, vol. 25, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  37. P. Tian, H. Lu, W. Feng, Y. Guan, and Y. Xue, “Large decrease in streamflow and sediment load of Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau driven by future climate change: a case study in Lhasa River Basin,” Catena, vol. 187, Article ID 104340, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  38. A. Stokes, C. Atger, A. G. Bengough, T. Fourcaud, and R. C. Sidle, “Desirable plant root traits for protecting natural and engineered slopes against landslides,” Plant and Soil, vol. 324, no. 1, pp. 1–30, 2009.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  39. T. B. Devi, A. Sharma, and B. Kumar, “Studies on emergent flow over vegetative channel bed with downward seepage,” Hydrological Sciences Journal, vol. 62, no. 3, pp. 408–420, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
  40. G. Ireland, M. Volpi, and G. Petropoulos, “Examining the capability of supervised machine learning classifiers in extracting flooded areas from Landsat TM imagery: a case study from a Mediterranean flood,” Remote Sensing, vol. 7, no. 3, pp. 3372–3399, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  41. L. Goodarzi and S. Javadi, “Assessment of aquifer vulnerability using the DRASTIC model; a case study of the Dezful-Andimeshk Aquifer,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering, vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 17–22, 2016.View at: Google Scholar
  42. K. Zhang, Q. Wang, L. Chao et al., “Ground observation-based analysis of soil moisture spatiotemporal variability across a humid to semi-humid transitional zone in China,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 574, pp. 903–914, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  43. L. De Doncker, P. Troch, R. Verhoeven, K. Bal, P. Meire, and J. Quintelier, “Determination of the Manning roughness coefficient influenced by vegetation in the river Aa and Biebrza river,” Environmental Fluid Mechanics, vol. 9, no. 5, pp. 549–567, 2009.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  44. M. Fathi-Moghadam and K. Drikvandi, “Manning roughness coefficient for rivers and flood plains with non-submerged vegetation,” International Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 1–4, 2012.View at: Google Scholar
  45. F.-C. Wu, H. W. Shen, and Y.-J. Chou, “Variation of roughness coefficients for unsubmerged and submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 125, no. 9, pp. 934–942, 1999.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  46. M. K. Wood, “Rangeland vegetation-hydrologic interactions,” in Vegetation Science Applications for Rangeland Analysis and Management, vol. 3, pp. 469–491, Springer, 1988.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  47. C. Wilson, O. Yagci, H.-P. Rauch, and N. Olsen, “3D numerical modelling of a willow vegetated river/floodplain system,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 327, no. 1-2, pp. 13–21, 2006.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  48. R. Yazarloo, M. Khamehchian, and M. R. Nikoodel, “Observational-computational 3d engineering geological model and geotechnical characteristics of young sediments of golestan province,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 03, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
  49. G. E. Freeman, W. H. Rahmeyer, and R. R. Copeland, “Determination of resistance due to shrubs and woody vegetation,” International Journal of River Basin Management, vol. 19, 2000.View at: Google Scholar
  50. N. Kouwen and T. E. Unny, “Flexible roughness in open channels,” Journal of the Hydraulics Division, vol. 99, no. 5, pp. 713–728, 1973.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  51. S. Hosseini and J. Abrishami, Open Channel Hydraulics, Elsevier, Amsterdam, Netherlands, 2007.
  52. C. S. James, A. L. Birkhead, A. A. Jordanova, and J. J. O’Sullivan, “Flow resistance of emergent vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 42, no. 4, pp. 390–398, 2004.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  53. F. Huthoff and D. Augustijn, “Channel roughness in 1D steady uniform flow: Manning or Chézy?,,” NCR-days, vol. 102, 2004.View at: Google Scholar
  54. M. S. Sabegh, M. Saneie, M. Habibi, A. A. Abbasi, and M. Ghadimkhani, “Experimental investigation on the effect of river bank tree planting array, on shear velocity,” Journal of Watershed Engineering and Management, vol. 2, no. 4, 2011.View at: Google Scholar
  55. A. Errico, V. Pasquino, M. Maxwald, G. B. Chirico, L. Solari, and F. Preti, “The effect of flexible vegetation on flow in drainage channels: estimation of roughness coefficients at the real scale,” Ecological Engineering, vol. 120, pp. 411–421, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  56. S. E. Darby, “Effect of riparian vegetation on flow resistance and flood potential,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 125, no. 5, pp. 443–454, 1999.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  57. V. Kutija and H. Thi Minh Hong, “A numerical model for assessing the additional resistance to flow introduced by flexible vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 34, no. 1, pp. 99–114, 1996.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  58. T. Fischer-Antze, T. Stoesser, P. Bates, and N. R. B. Olsen, “3D numerical modelling of open-channel flow with submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 39, no. 3, pp. 303–310, 2001.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  59. U. Stephan and D. Gutknecht, “Hydraulic resistance of submerged flexible vegetation,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 269, no. 1-2, pp. 27–43, 2002.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  60. F. G. Carollo, V. Ferro, and D. Termini, “Flow resistance law in channels with flexible submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 131, no. 7, pp. 554–564, 2005.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  61. W. Fu-sheng, “Flow resistance of flexible vegetation in open channel,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. S1, 2007.View at: Google Scholar
  62. P.-f. Wang, C. Wang, and D. Z. Zhu, “Hydraulic resistance of submerged vegetation related to effective height,” Journal of Hydrodynamics, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 265–273, 2010.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  63. J. K. Lee, L. C. Roig, H. L. Jenter, and H. M. Visser, “Drag coefficients for modeling flow through emergent vegetation in the Florida Everglades,” Ecological Engineering, vol. 22, no. 4-5, pp. 237–248, 2004.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  64. G. J. Arcement and V. R. Schneider, Guide for Selecting Manning’s Roughness Coefficients for Natural Channels and Flood Plains, US Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, USA, 1989.
  65. Y. Ding and S. S. Y. Wang, “Identification of Manning’s roughness coefficients in channel network using adjoint analysis,” International Journal of Computational Fluid Dynamics, vol. 19, no. 1, pp. 3–13, 2005.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  66. E. T. Engman, “Roughness coefficients for routing surface runoff,” Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, vol. 112, no. 1, pp. 39–53, 1986.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  67. M. Feizbahr, C. Kok Keong, F. Rostami, and M. Shahrokhi, “Wave energy dissipation using perforated and non perforated piles,” International Journal of Engineering, vol. 31, no. 2, pp. 212–219, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  68. M. Farzadkhoo, A. Keshavarzi, H. Hamidifar, and M. Javan, “Sudden pollutant discharge in vegetated compound meandering rivers,” Catena, vol. 182, Article ID 104155, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  69. V. T. Chow, Open-channel Hydraulics, Mcgraw-Hill Civil Engineering Series, Chennai, TN, India, 1959.
  70. X. Zhang, R. Jing, Z. Li, Z. Li, X. Chen, and C.-Y. Su, “Adaptive pseudo inverse control for a class of nonlinear asymmetric and saturated nonlinear hysteretic systems,” IEEE/CAA Journal of Automatica Sinica, vol. 8, no. 4, pp. 916–928, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  71. C. Zuo, Q. Chen, L. Tian, L. Waller, and A. Asundi, “Transport of intensity phase retrieval and computational imaging for partially coherent fields: the phase space perspective,” Optics and Lasers in Engineering, vol. 71, pp. 20–32, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  72. C. Zuo, J. Sun, J. Li, J. Zhang, A. Asundi, and Q. Chen, “High-resolution transport-of-intensity quantitative phase microscopy with annular illumination,” Scientific Reports, vol. 7, no. 1, pp. 7654–7722, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  73. B.-H. Li, Y. Liu, A.-M. Zhang, W.-H. Wang, and S. Wan, “A survey on blocking technology of entity resolution,” Journal of Computer Science and Technology, vol. 35, no. 4, pp. 769–793, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  74. Y. Liu, B. Zhang, Y. Feng et al., “Development of 340-GHz transceiver front end based on GaAs monolithic integration technology for THz active imaging array,” Applied Sciences, vol. 10, no. 21, p. 7924, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  75. J. Hu, H. Zhang, L. Liu, X. Zhu, C. Zhao, and Q. Pan, “Convergent multiagent formation control with collision avoidance,” IEEE Transactions on Robotics, vol. 36, no. 6, pp. 1805–1818, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  76. M. B. Movahhed, J. Ayoubinejad, F. N. Asl, and M. Feizbahr, “The effect of rain on pedestrians crossing speed,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 6, no. 3, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  77. A. Li, D. Spano, J. Krivochiza et al., “A tutorial on interference exploitation via symbol-level precoding: overview, state-of-the-art and future directions,” IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 796–839, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  78. W. Zhu, C. Ma, X. Zhao et al., “Evaluation of sino foreign cooperative education project using orthogonal sine cosine optimized kernel extreme learning machine,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 61107–61123, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  79. G. Liu, W. Jia, M. Wang et al., “Predicting cervical hyperextension injury: a covariance guided sine cosine support vector machine,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 46895–46908, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  80. Y. Wei, H. Lv, M. Chen et al., “Predicting entrepreneurial intention of students: an extreme learning machine with Gaussian barebone harris hawks optimizer,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 76841–76855, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  81. A. Lin, Q. Wu, A. A. Heidari et al., “Predicting intentions of students for master programs using a chaos-induced sine cosine-based fuzzy K-Nearest neighbor classifier,” Ieee Access, vol. 7, pp. 67235–67248, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  82. Y. Fan, P. Wang, A. A. Heidari et al., “Rationalized fruit fly optimization with sine cosine algorithm: a comprehensive analysis,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 157, Article ID 113486, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  83. E. Rodríguez-Esparza, L. A. Zanella-Calzada, D. Oliva et al., “An efficient Harris hawks-inspired image segmentation method,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 155, Article ID 113428, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  84. S. Jiao, G. Chong, C. Huang et al., “Orthogonally adapted Harris hawks optimization for parameter estimation of photovoltaic models,” Energy, vol. 203, Article ID 117804, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  85. Z. Xu, Z. Hu, A. A. Heidari et al., “Orthogonally-designed adapted grasshopper optimization: a comprehensive analysis,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 150, Article ID 113282, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  86. A. Abbassi, R. Abbassi, A. A. Heidari et al., “Parameters identification of photovoltaic cell models using enhanced exploratory salp chains-based approach,” Energy, vol. 198, Article ID 117333, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  87. M. Mahmoodi and K. K. Aminjan, “Numerical simulation of flow through sukhoi 24 air inlet,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 03, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
  88. F. J. Golrokh and A. Hasan, “A comparison of machine learning clustering algorithms based on the DEA optimization approach for pharmaceutical companies in developing countries,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  89. H. Chen, A. A. Heidari, H. Chen, M. Wang, Z. Pan, and A. H. Gandomi, “Multi-population differential evolution-assisted Harris hawks optimization: framework and case studies,” Future Generation Computer Systems, vol. 111, pp. 175–198, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  90. J. Guo, H. Zheng, B. Li, and G.-Z. Fu, “Bayesian hierarchical model-based information fusion for degradation analysis considering non-competing relationship,” IEEE Access, vol. 7, pp. 175222–175227, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  91. J. Guo, H. Zheng, B. Li, and G.-Z. Fu, “A Bayesian approach for degradation analysis with individual differences,” IEEE Access, vol. 7, pp. 175033–175040, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  92. M. M. A. Malakoutian, Y. Malakoutian, P. Mostafapour, and S. Z. D. Abed, “Prediction for monthly rainfall of six meteorological regions and TRNC (case study: north Cyprus),” ENG Transactions, vol. 2, no. 2, 2021.View at: Google Scholar
  93. H. Arslan, M. Ranjbar, and Z. Mutlum, “Maximum sound transmission loss in multi-chamber reactive silencers: are two chambers enough?,,” ENG Transactions, vol. 2, no. 1, 2021.View at: Google Scholar
  94. N. Tonekaboni, M. Feizbahr, N. Tonekaboni, G.-J. Jiang, and H.-X. Chen, “Optimization of solar CCHP systems with collector enhanced by porous media and nanofluid,” Mathematical Problems in Engineering, vol. 2021, Article ID 9984840, 12 pages, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  95. Z. Niu, B. Zhang, J. Wang et al., “The research on 220GHz multicarrier high-speed communication system,” China Communications, vol. 17, no. 3, pp. 131–139, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  96. B. Zhang, Z. Niu, J. Wang et al., “Four‐hundred gigahertz broadband multi‐branch waveguide coupler,” IET Microwaves, Antennas & Propagation, vol. 14, no. 11, pp. 1175–1179, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  97. Z.-Q. Niu, L. Yang, B. Zhang et al., “A mechanical reliability study of 3dB waveguide hybrid couplers in the submillimeter and terahertz band,” Journal of Zhejiang University Science, vol. 1, no. 1, 1998.View at: Google Scholar
  98. B. Zhang, D. Ji, D. Fang, S. Liang, Y. Fan, and X. Chen, “A novel 220-GHz GaN diode on-chip tripler with high driven power,” IEEE Electron Device Letters, vol. 40, no. 5, pp. 780–783, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  99. M. Taleghani and A. Taleghani, “Identification and ranking of factors affecting the implementation of knowledge management engineering based on TOPSIS technique,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, no. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
Fig. 2. Design of the grate inlet types studied: (a) R1, (b) R2, (c) R3, (d) R4, (e) R5, (f) R6, (g) R7 (source: based on geometries of Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)

Three-dimensional Numerical Evaluation of Hydraulic Efficiency and Discharge Coefficient in Grate Inlets

쇠창살 격자 유입구의 수리효율 및 배출계수에 대한 3차원 수치적 평가

Melquisedec Cortés Zambrano*, Helmer Edgardo Monroy González,
Wilson Enrique Amaya Tequia
Faculty of Civil Engineering, Santo Tomas Tunja University. Address Av. Universitaria No. 45-202.
Tunja – Boyacá – Colombia

Abstract

홍수는 지반이동 및 이동의 원인 중 하나이며, 급속한 도시화 및 도시화로 인해 이전보다 빈번하게 발생할 수 있다. 도시 배수 시스템의 특성은 집수 요소가 결정적인 역할을 하는 범람의 발생 및 범위를 정의할 수 있습니다. 이 문서는 7가지 유형의 화격자 유입구의 수력 유입 효율 및 배출 계수에 대한 수치 조사를 제시합니다. FLOW-3D® 시뮬레이터는 Q = 24, 34.1, 44, 100, 200 및 300 L/s의 유속에서 풀 스케일로 격자를 테스트하는 데 사용되며 종방향 기울기가 1.0인 실험 프로토타입의 구성을 유지합니다. %, 1.5% 및 2.0% 및 고정 횡단 경사, 총 126개 모델. 그 결과를 바탕으로 종류별 및 종단경사 조건에 따른 수력유입구 효율곡선과 토출계수를 구성하였다. 결과는 다른 조사에서 제안된 경험적 공식으로 조정되어 프로토타입의 물리적 테스트 결과를 검증하는 역할을 합니다.

Floods are one of the causes of ground movement and displacement, and due to rapid urbanization and urban growth may occur more frequently than before. The characteristics of an urban drainage system can define the occurrence and extent of flooding, where catchment elements have a determining role. This document presents the numerical investigation of the hydraulic inlet efficiency and the discharge coefficient of seven types of grate inlets. The FLOW-3D® simulator is used to test the gratings at a full scale, under flow rates of Q = 24, 34.1, 44, 100, 200 and 300 L/s, preserving the configuration of the experimental prototype with longitudinal slopes of 1.0%, 1.5% and 2.0% and a fixed cross slope, for a total of 126 models. Based on the results, hydraulic inlet efficiency curves and discharge coefficients are constructed for each type and a longitudinal slope condition. The results are adjusted with empirical formulations proposed in other investigations, serving to verify the results of physical testing of prototypes.

Keywords

grate inlet, inlet efficiency, discharge coefficient, computational fluid dynamic, 3D modelling.

Fig. 1. Physical model of the experimental campaign (source: Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 1. Physical model of the experimental campaign (source: Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 2. Design of the grate inlet types studied: (a) R1, (b) R2, (c) R3, (d) R4, (e) R5, (f) R6, (g) R7 (source: based on geometries of Chaparro Andrade
and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 2. Design of the grate inlet types studied: (a) R1, (b) R2, (c) R3, (d) R4, (e) R5, (f) R6, (g) R7 (source: based on geometries of Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 4. Comparison between the results obtained during physical experimentation in prototype 7 and simulation results with FLOW-3D® (source:
made with FlowSight® and photographic record by Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 4. Comparison between the results obtained during physical experimentation in prototype 7 and simulation results with FLOW-3D® (source: made with FlowSight® and photographic record by Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 6. Example of the results of flow depth and velocity vectors in the xy plane, for a stable flow condition in a grate inlet type and free surface
configuration and flow regime, of some grating types (source: produced with FlowSight®)
Fig. 6. Example of the results of flow depth and velocity vectors in the xy plane, for a stable flow condition in a grate inlet type and free surface configuration and flow regime, of some grating types (source: produced with FlowSight®)

References

Alia Md., S., and Sabtu, N. (2020). Comparison of Different Methodologies for Determining the Efficiency of Gully Inlets. In F. M.
Nazri (Ed.), Proceedings of AICCE‘19: Transforming the Nation
for a Sustainable Tomorrow (Vol. 53, pp. 1275-1284). Springer
Nature Switzerland AG. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-
32816-0_99
Antunes do Carmo, J. S. (2020). Physical Modelling vs. Numerical Modelling: Complementarity and Learning. July. https://doi.
org/10.20944/preprints202007.0753.v1
Aragón-Hernández, J. L. (2013). Modelación numérica integrada de los procesos hidráulicos en el drenaje urbano [Universidad Politécnica de Cataluña]. In Doctoral Tesis. https://
upcommons.upc.edu/handle/2117/95059?locale-attribute=es
Argue, J. R., and Pezzaniti, D. (1996). How reliable are inlet
(hydraulic) models at representing stormwater flow? Science
of the Total Environment, 189-190, 355-359. https://doi.org/10.1016/0048-9697(96)05231-X
Banco Mundial, O. (2019). Agua: Panorama general. https://
www.bancomundial.org/es/topic/water/overview
Cárdenas-Quintero, M., Carvajal-Serna, L. F., and Marbello-Pérez, R. (2018). Evaluación numérica tridimensional de un
sumidero de reja de fondo (Three-Dimensional Numerical Assessment of Grate Inlet). SSRN Electronic Journal, November.
https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3112980
Carvalho, R. F., Lopes, P., Leandro, J., and David, L. M. (2019).
Numerical Research of Flows into Gullies with Different Outlet Locations. Water, 11(2), 794. https://doi.org/10.3390/
w11040794
Chaparro Andrade, F. G., and Abaunza Tabares, K. V. (2021). Importancia de los sumideros, su funcionamiento y diseño en redes de alcantarillado caso de estudio sector nororiental Tunja.
Universidad Santo Tomás.
Cortés Zambrano, M., Amaya Tequia, W. E., and Gamba Fernández, D. S. (2020). Implementation of the hydraulic modelling of
urban drainage in the northeast sector, Tunja, Boyacá. Revista
Facultad de Ingeniería Universidad de Antioquia. https://doi.
org/10.17533/udea.redin.20200578
Cosco, C., Gómez, M., Russo, B., Tellez-Alvarez, J., Macchione, F., Costabile, P., and Costanzo, C. (2020). Discharge coefficients for specific grated inlets. Influence of the Froude
number. Urban Water Journal, 17(7), 656-668. https://doi.org/10.1080/1573062X.2020.1811881
Despotovic, J., Plavsic, J., Stefanovic, N., and Pavlovic, D. (2005).
Inefficiency of storm water inlets as a source of urban floods.
Water Science and Technology, 51(2), 139-145. https://doi.
org/10.2166/wst.2005.0041
Ellis, J. B., and Marsalek, J. (1996). Overview of urban drainage:
Environmental impacts and concerns, means of mitigation and
implementation policies. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 34(6),
723-732. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221689609498446
Fang, X., Jiang, S., and Alam, S. R. (2010). Numerical simulations of efficiency of curb-opening inlets. Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, 136(1), 62-66. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)
HY.1943-7900.0000131
Faram, M. G., and Harwood, R. (2000). CFD for the Water Industry; The Role of CFD as a Tool for the Development of Wastewater Treatment Systems. Hydro International, 21-22.
Faram, M. G., and Harwood, R. (2002). Assessment of the
effectiveness of stormwater treatment chambers using
computational fluid dynamics. Global Solutions for Urban Drainage, 40644(September 2002), 1-14. https://doi.
org/10.1061/40644(2002)7
Flow Science, I. (2018). FLOW-3D® Version 12.0 Users Manual.
In FLOW-3D [Computer software]. https://www.flow3d.com
Flow Science, I. (2019). FLOW-3D® Version 12.0 [Computer software] (No. 12). https://www.flow3d.com
Ghanbari, R., and Heidarnejad, M. (2020). Experimental and numerical analysis of flow hydraulics in triangular and rectangular
piano key weirs. Water Science, 00(00), 1-7. https://doi.org/10.
1080/11104929.2020.1724649

Gómez, M., and Russo, B. (2005a). Comparative study of methodologies to determine inlet efficiency from test data. HEC-12
methodology vs UPC method. Water Resources Management,
Algarve, Portugal., 80(October 2014), 623-632. https://doi.
org/10.2495/WRM050621
Gómez, M., and Russo, B. (2005b). Comparative study among
different methodologies to determine storm sewer inlet efficiency from test data. 10th International Conference on Urban
Drainage, August, 21-26. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/255602448_Comparative_study_among_different_methodologies_to_determine_storm_sewer_inlet_efficiency_
from_test_data
Gómez, M., Recasens, J., Russo, B., and Martínez-Gomariz, E.
(2016). Assessment of inlet efficiency through a 3D simulation: Numerical and experimental comparison. Water Science
and Technology, 74(8), 1926-1935. https://doi.org/10.2166/
wst.2016.326
Gómez, M., and Russo, B. (2011). Methodology to estimate hydraulic efficiency of drain inlets. Proceedings of the Institution of
Civil Engineers: Water Management, 164(2), 81-90. https://doi.
org/10.1680/wama.900070
Gómez Valentin, M. (2007). Hidrología urbana. In Hidrología Urbana (pp. 135-147). Instituto Flumen.
Jakeman, A. J., Letcher, R. A., and Norton, J. P. (2006). Ten iterative steps in development and evaluation of environmental
models. Environmental Modelling and Software, 21, 602-614.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsoft.2006.01.004
Jang, J. H., Hsieh, C. T., and Chang, T. H. (2019). The importance of gully flow modelling to urban flood simulation. Urban Water Journal, 16(5), 377-388. https://doi.org/10.1080/1573062X.2019.1669198
Kaushal, D. R., Thinglas, T., Tomita, Y., Kuchii, S., and Tsukamoto, H. (2012). Experimental investigation on optimization of
invert trap configuration for sewer solid management. Powder Technology, 215-216, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2011.08.029
Khazaee, I., and Mohammadiun, M. (2010). Effects of flow field
on open channel flow properties using numerical investigation
and experimental comparison. International Journal of Energy
and Environment, 1(6), 1083-1096. https://doi.org/10.1016/
S0031-9384(10)00122-8
Kleidorfer, M., Tscheikner-Gratl, F., Vonach, T., and Rauch, W.
(2018). What can we learn from a 500-year event? Experiences
from urban drainage in Austria. Water Science and Technology,
77(8), 2146-2154. https://doi.org/10.2166/wst.2018.138
Leitão, J. P., Simões, N. E., Pina, R. D., Ochoa-Rodriguez, S.,
Onof, C., and Sá Marques, A. (2017). Stochastic evaluation of
the impact of sewer inlets‘ hydraulic capacity on urban pluvial
flooding. Stochastic Environmental Research and Risk Assessment, 31(8), 1907-1922. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00477-016-
1283-x
Lopes, P., Leandro, J., Carvalho, R. F., Russo, B., and Gómez, M.
(2016). Assessment of the ability of a volume of fluid model to
reproduce the efficiency of a continuous transverse gully with
grate. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, 142(10),
1-9. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)IR.1943-4774.0001058
Mohsin, M., and Kaushal, D. R. (2016). 3D CFD validation of invert trap efficiency for sewer solid management using VOF model. Water Science and Engineering, 9(2), 106-114. https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.wse.2016.06.006
Palla, A., Colli, M., Candela, A., Aronica, G. T., and Lanza, L.
G. (2018). Pluvial flooding in urban areas: the role of surface
drainage efficiency. Journal of Flood Risk Management, 11,
S663-S676. https://doi.org/10.1111/jfr3.12246
Russo, B. (2010). Design of surface drainage systems according
to hazard criteria related to flooding of urban areas [Universitat
Politècnica de Catalunya]. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/
tesis?codigo=258828
Sedano-Cruz, K., Carvajal-Escoar, Y., and Ávila Díaz, A. J. (2013).
ANÁLISIS DE ASPECTOS QUE INCREMENTAN EL RIESGO
DE INUNDACIONES EN COLOMBIA. Luna Azul, 37, 219-218.
https://www.redalyc.org/articulo.oa?id=321729206014
Spaliviero, F., May, R. W. P., Escarameia, M. (2000). Spacing of road gullies. Hydraulic performance of BS EN 124 gully gratings. HR Walingford, 44(0). https://doi.org/10.13140/
RG.2.1.1344.0889
Téllez-Álvarez, J., Gómez, M., and Russo, B. (2020). Quantification of energy loss in two grated inlets under pressure. Water
(Switzerland), 12(6). https://doi.org/10.3390/w12061601
Téllez Álvarez, J., Gómez, V., Russo, B., and Redondo, J. M.
(2003). Performance assessment of numerical modelling
for hydraulic efficiency of a grated inlet. 1, 6-8. https://doi.org/10.16309/j.cnki.issn.1007-1776.2003.03.004
Téllez Álvarez, J., Gómez Valentin, M., Paindelli, A., and Russo,
B. (2017). ACTIVIDAD EXPERIMENTAL DE I+D+i EN INGENIERÍA
HIDRÁULICA EN ESPAÑA. In L. J. Balairón Pérez and D. López
Gómez (Eds.), Seminario 2017, Comunicaciones de las líneas prioritarias (pp. 41-43). Universitat Politècnica de València.
https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107415324.004
Téllez Álvarez, J., Gómez Valentin, M., and Russo, B. (2019).
Modelling of Surcharge Flow Through Grated Inlet. In P. Gourbesville and G. Caignaert (Eds.), Advances in Hydroinformati-

cs. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-
4451-42-0
UNDRR, I., and CRED, I. (2018). Pérdidas económicas, pobreza y
Desastres 1998 – 2017 (Vol. 6, Issue 1). https://doi.org/10.12962/
j23373520.v6i1.22451
Vyzikas, T., and Greaves, D. (2018). Numerial Modelling.
In D. Greaves and G. Iglesias (Eds.), Wave and Tidal Energy (pp. 289-363). John Wiley and Sons Ltd. https://doi.
org/10.1002/9781119014492
Yakhot, V., and Orszag, S. A. (1986). Renormalization Group Analysis of Turbulence. I . Basic Theory. Journal of Scientific Computing, 1(1), 3-51. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01061452
Yakhot, V., and Smith, L. M. (1992). The renormalization group,
the ɛ-expansion and derivation of turbulence models. Journal
of Scientific Computing, 7(l), 35-61. https://doi.org/10.1007/
BF01060210
Yazdanfar, Z., and Sharma, A. (2015). Urban drainage system
planning and design – Challenges with climate change and urbanization: A review. Water Science and Technology, 72(2), 165-https://doi.org/10.2166/wst.2015.207

Figure 3. Different parts of a Searaser; 1) Buoy 2) Chamber 3) Valves 4) Generator 5) Anchor system

데이터 기반 방법을 활용한 재생 가능 에너지 변환기의 전력 및 수소 생성 예측 지속 가능한 스마트 그리드 사례 연구

Fatemehsadat Mirshafiee1, Emad Shahbazi 2, Mohadeseh Safi 3, Rituraj Rituraj 4,*
1Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, K.N. Toosi University of Technology, Tehran 1999143344 , Iran
2Department of Mechatronic, Amirkabir University of Technology, Tehran 158754413, Iran
3Department of Mechatronic, Electrical and Computer Engineering, University of Tehran, Tehran 1416634793, Iran
4 Faculty of Informatics, Obuda University, 1023, Budapest, Hungary

  • Correspondence: rituraj88@stud.uni-obuda.hu

ABSTRACT

본 연구는 지속가능한 에너지 변환기의 전력 및 수소 발생 모델링을 위한 데이터 기반 방법론을 제안합니다. 파고와 풍속을 달리하여 파고와 수소생산을 예측합니다.

또한 이 연구는 파도에서 수소를 추출할 수 있는 가능성을 강조하고 장려합니다. FLOW-3D 소프트웨어 시뮬레이션에서 추출한 데이터와 해양 특수 테스트의 실험 데이터를 사용하여 두 가지 데이터 기반 학습 방법의 비교 분석을 수행합니다.

결과는 수소 생산의 양은 생성된 전력의 양에 비례한다는 것을 보여줍니다. 제안된 재생 에너지 변환기의 신뢰성은 지속 가능한 스마트 그리드 애플리케이션으로 추가로 논의됩니다.

This study proposes a data-driven methodology for modeling power and hydrogen generation of a sustainable energy converter. The wave and hydrogen production at different wave heights and wind speeds are predicted. Furthermore, this research emphasizes and encourages the possibility of extracting hydrogen from ocean waves. By using the extracted data from FLOW-3D software simulation and the experimental data from the special test in the ocean, the comparison analysis of two data-driven learning methods is conducted. The results show that the amount of hydrogen production is proportional to the amount of generated electrical power. The reliability of the proposed renewable energy converter is further discussed as a sustainable smart grid application.

Key words

Cavity, Combustion efficiency, hydrogen fuel, Computational Fluent and Gambit.

Figure 1. The process of power and hydrogen production with Searaser.
Figure 1. The process of power and hydrogen production with Searaser.
Figure 2. The cross-section A-A of the two essential parts of a Searaser
Figure 2. The cross-section A-A of the two essential parts of a Searaser
Figure 3. Different parts of a Searaser; 1) Buoy 2) Chamber 3) Valves 4) Generator 5) Anchor system
Figure 3. Different parts of a Searaser; 1) Buoy 2) Chamber 3) Valves 4) Generator 5) Anchor system
Figure 4. The boundary conditions of the control volume
Figure 4. The boundary conditions of the control volume
Figure 5. The wind velocity during the period of the experimental test
Figure 5. The wind velocity during the period of the experimental test

REFERENCES

  1. Kalbasi, R., Jahangiri, M., Dehshiri, S.J.H., Dehshiri, S.S.H., Ebrahimi, S., Etezadi, Z.A.S. and Karimipour, A., 2021. Finding the
    best station in Belgium to use residential-scale solar heating, one-year dynamic simulation with considering all system losses:
    economic analysis of using ETSW. Sustainable Energy Technologies and Assessments, 45, p.101097.
  2. Megura M, Gunderson R. Better poison is the cure? Critically examining fossil fuel companies, climate change framing, and
    corporate sustainability reports. Energy Research & Social Science. 2022 Mar 1;85:102388.
  3. Holechek JL, Geli HM, Sawalhah MN, Valdez R. A global assessment: can renewable energy replace fossil fuels by 2050?.
    Sustainability. 2022 Jan;14(8):4792.
  4. Ahmad M, Kumar A, Ranjan R. Recent Developments of Tidal Energy as Renewable Energy: An Overview. River and Coastal
    Engineering. 2022:329-43.
  5. Amini E, Mehdipour H, Faraggiana E, Golbaz D, Mozaffari S, Bracco G, Neshat M. Optimization of hydraulic power take-off
    system settings for point absorber wave energy converter. Renewable Energy. 2022 Jun 4.
  6. Claywell, R., Nadai, L., Felde, I., Ardabili, S. 2020. Adaptive neuro-fuzzy inference system and a multilayer perceptron model
    trained with grey wolf optimizer for predicting solar diffuse fraction. Entropy, 22(11), p.1192.
  7. McLeod I, Ringwood JV. Powering data buoys using wave energy: a review of possibilities. Journal of Ocean Engineering and
    Marine Energy. 2022 Jun 20:1-6.
  8. Olsson G. Water interactions: A systemic view: Why we need to comprehend the water-climate-energy-food-economics-lifestyle connections.
  9. Malkowska A, Malkowski A. Green Energy in the Political Debate. InGreen Energy 2023 (pp. 17-39). Springer, Cham.
  10. Mayon R, Ning D, Ding B, Sergiienko NY. Wave energy converter systems–status and perspectives. InModelling and Optimisation of Wave Energy Converters (pp. 3-58). CRC Press.
  11. Available online at: https://www.offshore-energy.biz/uk-ecotricity-introduces-wave-power-device-searaser/ (9/27/2022)
  12. Mousavi SM, et al.,. Deep learning for wave energy converter modeling using long short-term memory. Mathematics. 2021 Apr
    15;9(8):871.
  13. Mega V. The Energy Race to Decarbonisation. InHuman Sustainable Cities 2022 (pp. 105-141). Springer, Cham.
  14. Li R, Tang BJ, Yu B, Liao H, Zhang C, Wei YM. Cost-optimal operation strategy for integrating large scale of renewable energy
    in China’s power system: From a multi-regional perspective. Applied Energy. 2022 Nov 1;325:119780.
  15. Ardabili S., Abdolalizadeh L., Mako C., Torok B., Systematic Review of Deep Learning and Machine Learning for Building
    Energy, Frontiers in Energy Research, 10, 2022.
  16. Penalba M, Aizpurua JI, Martinez-Perurena A, Iglesias G. A data-driven long-term metocean data forecasting approach for the
    design of marine renewable energy systems. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews. 2022 Oct 1;167:112751.
  17. Torabi, M., Hashemi, S., Saybani, M.R., 2019. A Hybrid clustering and classification technique for forecasting short‐term energy
    consumption. Environmental progress & sustainable energy, 38(1), pp.66-76.
  18. Rivera FP, Zalamea J, Espinoza JL, Gonzalez LG. Sustainable use of spilled turbinable energy in Ecuador: Three different energy
    storage systems. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews. 2022 Mar 1;156:112005.
  19. Raza SA, Jiang J. Mathematical foundations for balancing single-phase residential microgrids connected to a three-phase distribution system. IEEE Access. 2022 Jan 6;10:5292-303.
  20. Takach M, Sarajlić M, Peters D, Kroener M, Schuldt F, von Maydell K. Review of Hydrogen Production Techniques from Water
    Using Renewable Energy Sources and Its Storage in Salt Caverns. Energies. 2022 Feb 15;15(4):1415.
  21. Lv Z, Li W, Wei J, Ho F, Cao J, Chen X. Autonomous Chemistry Enabling Environment-Adaptive Electrochemical Energy
    Storage Devices. CCS Chemistry. 2022 Jul 7:1-9.
  22. Dehghan Manshadi, Mahsa, Milad Mousavi, M. Soltani, Amir Mosavi, and Levente Kovacs. 2022. “Deep Learning for Modeling
    an Offshore Hybrid Wind–Wave Energy System” Energies 15, no. 24: 9484. https://doi.org/10.3390/en15249484
  23. Ishaq H, Dincer I, Crawford C. A review on hydrogen production and utilization: Challenges and opportunities. International
    Journal of Hydrogen Energy. 2022 Jul 22;47(62):26238-64.
  24. Maguire JF, Woodcock LV. On the Thermodynamics of Aluminum Cladding Oxidation: Water as the Catalyst for Spontaneous
    Combustion. Journal of Failure Analysis and Prevention. 2022 Sep 10:1-5.
  25. Mohammadi, M. R., Hadavimoghaddam, F., Pourmahdi, M., Atashrouz, S., Munir, M. T., Hemmati-Sarapardeh, A., … & Mohaddespour, A. (2021). Modeling hydrogen solubility in hydrocarbons using extreme gradient boosting and equations of state.
    Scientific reports, 11(1).
  26. Ma S, Qin J, Xiu X, Wang S. Design and performance evaluation of an underwater hybrid system of fuel cell and battery. Energy
    Conversion and Management. 2022 Jun 15;262:115672.
  27. Ahamed R, McKee K, Howard I. A Review of the Linear Generator Type of Wave Energy Converters’ Power Take-Off Systems.
    Sustainability. 2022 Jan;14(16):9936.
  28. Nejad, H.D., Nazari, M., Nazari, M., Mardan, M.M.S., 2022. Fuzzy State-Dependent Riccati Equation (FSDRE) Control of the
    Reverse Osmosis Desalination System With Photovoltaic Power Supply. IEEE Access, 10, pp.95585-95603.
  29. Zou S, Zhou X, Khan I, Weaver WW, Rahman S. Optimization of the electricity generation of a wave energy converter using
    deep reinforcement learning. Ocean Engineering. 2022 Jan 15;244:110363.
  30. Wu J, Qin L, Chen N, Qian C, Zheng S. Investigation on a spring-integrated mechanical power take-off system for wave energy
    conversion purpose. Energy. 2022 Apr 15;245:123318.
  31. Papini G, Dores Piuma FJ, Faedo N, Ringwood JV, Mattiazzo G. Nonlinear Model Reduction by Moment-Matching for a Point
    Absorber Wave Energy Conversion System. Journal of Marine Science and Engineering. 2022 May;10(5):656.
  32. Forbush DD, Bacelli G, Spencer SJ, Coe RG, Bosma B, Lomonaco P. Design and testing of a free floating dual flap wave energy
    converter. Energy. 2022 Feb 1;240:122485.
  33. Rezaei, M.A., 2022. A New Hybrid Cascaded Switched-Capacitor Reduced Switch Multilevel Inverter for Renewable Sources
    and Domestic Loads. IEEE Access, 10, pp.14157-14183.
  34. Lin Z, Cheng L, Huang G. Electricity consumption prediction based on LSTM with attention mechanism. IEEJ Transactions on
    Electrical and Electronic Engineering. 2020;15(4):556-562.
  35. Tavoosi, J., Mohammadzadeh, A., Pahlevanzadeh, B., Kasmani, M.B., 2022. A machine learning approach for active/reactive
    power control of grid-connected doubly-fed induction generators. Ain Shams Engineering Journal, 13(2), p.101564.
  36. Ghalandari, M., 2019. Flutter speed estimation using presented differential quadrature method formulation. Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 13(1), pp.804-810.
  37. Li Z, Bouscasse B, Ducrozet G, Gentaz L, Le Touzé D, Ferrant P. Spectral wave explicit navier-stokes equations for wavestructure interactions using two-phase computational fluid dynamics solvers. Ocean Engineering. 2021 Feb 1;221:108513.
  38. Zhou Y. Ocean energy applications for coastal communities with artificial intelligencea state-of-the-art review. Energy and AI.
    2022 Jul 29:100189.
  39. Miskati S, Farin FM. Performance evaluation of wave-carpet in wave energy extraction at different coastal regions: an analytical
    approach (Doctoral dissertation, Department of Mechanical and Production Engineering).
  40. Gu C, Li H. Review on Deep Learning Research and Applications in Wind and Wave Energy. Energies. 2022 Feb 17;15(4):1510.
  41. Aazami, R., 2022. Optimal Control of an Energy-Storage System in a Microgrid for Reducing Wind-Power Fluctuations. Sustainability, 14(10), p.6183.
  42. Kabir M, Chowdhury MS, Sultana N, Jamal MS, Techato K. Ocean renewable energy and its prospect for developing economies.
    InRenewable Energy and Sustainability 2022 Jan 1 (pp. 263-298). Elsevier.
  43. Babajani A, Jafari M, Hafezisefat P, Mirhosseini M, Rezania A, Rosendahl L. Parametric study of a wave energy converter
    (Searaser) for Caspian Sea. Energy Procedia. 2018 Aug 1;147:334-42.
  44. He J. Coherence and cross-spectral density matrix analysis of random wind and wave in deep water. Ocean Engineering.
    2020;197:106930
  45. Ijadi Maghsoodi, A., 2018. Renewable energy technology selection problem using integrated h-swara-multimoora approach.
    Sustainability, 10(12), p.4481.
  46. Band, S.S., Ardabili, S., Sookhak, M., Theodore, A., Elnaffar, S., Moslehpour, M., Csaba, M., Torok, B., Pai, H.T., 2022. When
    Smart Cities Get Smarter via Machine Learning: An In-depth Literature Review. IEEE Access.
  47. Shamshirband, S., Rabczuk, T., Nabipour, N. and Chau, K.W., 2020. Prediction of significant wave height; comparison between
    nested grid numerical model, and machine learning models of artificial neural networks, extreme learning and support vector
    machines. Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 14(1), pp.805-817.
  48. Liu, Z., Mohammadzadeh, A., Turabieh, H., Mafarja, M., 2021. A new online learned interval type-3 fuzzy control system for
    solar energy management systems. IEEE Access, 9, pp.10498-10508.
  49. Bavili, R.E., Mohammadzadeh, A., Tavoosi, J., Mobayen, S., Assawinchaichote, W., Asad, J.H. 2021. A New Active Fault Tolerant Control System: Predictive Online Fault Estimation. IEEE Access, 9, pp.118461-118471.
  50. Akbari, E., Teimouri, A.R., Saki, M., Rezaei, M.A., Hu, J., Band, S.S., Pai, H.T., 2022. A Fault-Tolerant Cascaded SwitchedCapacitor Multilevel Inverter for Domestic Applications in Smart Grids. IEEE Access.
  51. Band, S.S., Ardabili, S., 2022. Feasibility of soft computing techniques for estimating the long-term mean monthly wind speed.
    Energy Reports, 8, pp.638-648.
  52. Tavoosi, J., Mohammadzadeh, A., Pahlevanzadeh, B., Kasmani, M.B., 2022. A machine learning approach for active/reactive
    power control of grid-connected doubly-fed induction generators. Ain Shams Engineering Journal, 13(2), p.101564.
  53. Ponnusamy, V. K., Kasinathan, P., Madurai Elavarasan, R., Ramanathan, V., Anandan, R. K., Subramaniam, U., … & Hossain,
    E. A Comprehensive Review on Sustainable Aspects of Big Data Analytics for the Smart Grid. Sustainability, 2021; 13(23),
    13322.
  54. Ahmad, T., Zhang, D., Huang, C., Zhang, H., Dai, N., Song, Y., & Chen, H. Artificial intelligence in sustainable energy industry:
    Status Quo, challenges and opportunities. Journal of Cleaner Production, 2021; 289, 125834.
  55. Wang, G., Chao, Y., Cao, Y., Jiang, T., Han, W., & Chen, Z. A comprehensive review of research works based on evolutionary
    game theory for sustainable energy development. Energy Reports, 2022; 8, 114-136.
  56. Iranmehr H., Modeling the Price of Emergency Power Transmission Lines in the Reserve Market Due to the Influence of Renewable Energies, Frontiers in Energy Research, 9, 2022
  57. Farmanbar, M., Parham, K., Arild, Ø., & Rong, C. A widespread review of smart grids towards smart cities. Energies, 2019;
    12(23), 4484.
  58. Quartier, N., Crespo, A. J., Domínguez, J. M., Stratigaki, V., & Troch, P. Efficient response of an onshore Oscillating Water
    Column Wave Energy Converter using a one-phase SPH model coupled with a multiphysics library. Applied Ocean Research,
    2021; 115, 102856.
  59. Mahmoodi, K., Nepomuceno, E., & Razminia, A. Wave excitation force forecasting using neural networks. Energy, 2022; 247,
    123322.
  60. Wang, H., Alattas, K.A., 2022. Comprehensive review of load forecasting with emphasis on intelligent computing approaches.
    Energy Reports, 8, pp.13189-13198.
  61. Clemente, D., Rosa-Santos, P., & Taveira-Pinto, F. On the potential synergies and applications of wave energy converters: A
    review. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 2021; 135, 110162.
  62. Felix, A., V. Hernández-Fontes, J., Lithgow, D., Mendoza, E., Posada, G., Ring, M., & Silva, R. Wave energy in tropical regions:
    deployment challenges, environmental and social perspectives. Journal of Marine Science and Engineering, 2019; 7(7), 219.
  63. Farrok, O., Ahmed, K., Tahlil, A. D., Farah, M. M., Kiran, M. R., & Islam, M. R. Electrical power generation from the oceanic
    wave for sustainable advancement in renewable energy technologies. Sustainability, 2020; 12(6), 2178.
  64. Guo, B., & Ringwood, J. V. A review of wave energy technology from a research and commercial perspective. IET Renewable
    Power Generation, 2021; 15(14), 3065-3090.
  65. López-Ruiz, A., Bergillos, R. J., Lira-Loarca, A., & Ortega-Sánchez, M. A methodology for the long-term simulation and uncertainty analysis of the operational lifetime performance of wave energy converter arrays. Energy, 2018; 153, 126-135.
  66. Safarian, S., Saryazdi, S. M. E., Unnthorsson, R., & Richter, C. Artificial neural network integrated with thermodynamic equilibrium modeling of downdraft biomass gasification-power production plant. Energy, 2020; 213, 118800.
  67. Kushwah, S. An oscillating water column (OWC): the wave energy converter. Journal of The Institution of Engineers (India):
    Series C, 2021; 102(5), 1311-1317.
  68. Pap, J., Mako, C., Illessy, M., Kis, N., 2022. Modeling Organizational Performance with Machine Learning. Journal of Open
    Innovation: Technology, Market, and Complexity, 8(4), p.177.
  69. Pap, J., Mako, C., Illessy, M., Dedaj, Z., Ardabili, S., Torok, B., 2022. Correlation Analysis of Factors Affecting Firm Performance
    and Employees Wellbeing: Application of Advanced Machine Learning Analysis. Algorithms, 15(9), p.300.
  70. Alanazi, A., 2022. Determining Optimal Power Flow Solutions Using New Adaptive Gaussian TLBO Method. Applied Sciences, 12(16), p.7959.
  71. Shakibjoo, A.D., Moradzadeh, M., Din, S.U., 2021. Optimized Type-2 Fuzzy Frequency Control for Multi-Area Power Systems.
    IEEE access, 10, pp.6989-7002.
  72. Zhang, G., 2021. Solar radiation estimation in different climates with meteorological variables using Bayesian model averaging
    and new soft computing models. Energy Reports, 7, pp.8973-8996.
  73. Cao, Y., Raise, A., Mohammadzadeh, A., Rathinasamy, S., 2021. Deep learned recurrent type-3 fuzzy system: Application for
    renewable energy modeling/prediction. Energy Reports, 7, pp.8115-8127.
  74. Tavoosi, J., Suratgar, A.A., Menhaj, M.B., 2021. Modeling renewable energy systems by a self-evolving nonlinear consequent
    part recurrent type-2 fuzzy system for power prediction. Sustainability, 13(6), p.3301.
  75. Bourouis, S., Band, S.S., 2022. Meta-Heuristic Algorithm-Tuned Neural Network for Breast Cancer Diagnosis Using Ultrasound
    Images. Frontiers in Oncology, 12, p.834028.
  76. Mosavi, A.H., Mohammadzadeh, A., Rathinasamy, S., Zhang, C., Reuter, U., Levente, K. and Adeli, H., 2022. Deep learning
    fuzzy immersion and invariance control for type-I diabetes. Computers in Biology and Medicine, 149, p.105975.
  77. Almutairi, K., Algarni, S., Alqahtani, T., Moayedi, H., 2022. A TLBO-Tuned Neural Processor for Predicting Heating Load in
    Residential Buildings. Sustainability, 14(10), p.5924.
  78. Ahmad, Z., Zhong, H., 2020. Machine learning modeling of aerobic biodegradation for azo dyes and hexavalent chromium.
    Mathematics, 8(6), p.913.
  79. Mosavi, A., Shokri, M., Mansor, Z., Qasem, S.N., Band, S.S. and Mohammadzadeh, A., 2020. Machine learning for modeling
    the singular multi-pantograph equations. Entropy, 22(9), p.1041.
  80. Ardabili, S., 2019, September. Deep learning and machine learning in hydrological processes climate change and earth systems
    a systematic review. In International conference on global research and education (pp. 52-62). Springer, Cham.
  81. Moayedi, H., (2021). Suggesting a stochastic fractal search paradigm in combination with artificial neural network for early
    prediction of cooling load in residential buildings. Energies, 14(6), 1649.
  82. Rezakazemi, M., et al., 2019. ANFIS pattern for molecular membranes separation optimization. Journal of Molecular Liquids,
    274, pp.470-476.
  83. Mosavi, A., Faghan, Y., Ghamisi, P., Duan, P., Ardabili, S.F., Salwana, E. and Band, S.S., 2020. Comprehensive review of deep
    reinforcement learning methods and applications in economics. Mathematics, 8(10), p.1640.
  84. Samadianfard, S., Jarhan, S., Salwana, E., 2019. Support vector regression integrated with fruit fly optimization algorithm for
    river flow forecasting in Lake Urmia Basin. Water, 11(9), p.1934.
  85. Moayedi, H., (2021). Double-target based neural networks in predicting energy consumption in residential buildings. Energies,
    14(5), 1331.
  86. Choubin, B., 2019. Earth fissure hazard prediction using machine learning models. Environmental research, 179, p.108770.
  87. Mohammadzadeh S, D., Kazemi, S.F., 2019. Prediction of compression index of fine-grained soils using a gene expression programming model. Infrastructures, 4(2), p.26.
  88. Karballaeezadeh, N., Mohammadzadeh S, D., Shamshirband, S., Hajikhodaverdikhan, P., 2019. Prediction of remaining service
    life of pavement using an optimized support vector machine (case study of Semnan–Firuzkuh road). Engineering Applications
    of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 13(1), pp.188-198.
  89. Rezaei, M. Et al., (2022). Adaptation of A Real-Time Deep Learning Approach with An Analog Fault Detection Technique for
    Reliability Forecasting of Capacitor Banks Used in Mobile Vehicles. IEEE Access v. 21 pp. 89-99.
  90. Khakian, R., et al., (2020). Modeling nearly zero energy buildings for sustainable development in rural areas. Energies, 13(10),
    2593.
Figure 5. Schematic view of flap and support structure [32]

Design Optimization of Ocean Renewable Energy Converter Using a Combined Bi-level Metaheuristic Approach

결합된 Bi-level 메타휴리스틱 접근법을 사용한 해양 재생 에너지 변환기의 설계 최적화

Erfan Amini a1, Mahdieh Nasiri b1, Navid Salami Pargoo a, Zahra Mozhgani c, Danial Golbaz d, Mehrdad Baniesmaeil e, Meysam Majidi Nezhad f, Mehdi Neshat gj, Davide Astiaso Garcia h, Georgios Sylaios i

Abstract

In recent years, there has been an increasing interest in renewable energies in view of the fact that fossil fuels are the leading cause of catastrophic environmental consequences. Ocean wave energy is a renewable energy source that is particularly prevalent in coastal areas. Since many countries have tremendous potential to extract this type of energy, a number of researchers have sought to determine certain effective factors on wave converters’ performance, with a primary emphasis on ambient factors. In this study, we used metaheuristic optimization methods to investigate the effects of geometric factors on the performance of an Oscillating Surge Wave Energy Converter (OSWEC), in addition to the effects of hydrodynamic parameters. To do so, we used CATIA software to model different geometries which were then inserted into a numerical model developed in Flow3D software. A Ribed-surface design of the converter’s flap is also introduced in this study to maximize wave-converter interaction. Besides, a Bi-level Hill Climbing Multi-Verse Optimization (HCMVO) method was also developed for this application. The results showed that the converter performs better with greater wave heights, flap freeboard heights, and shorter wave periods. Additionally, the added ribs led to more wave-converter interaction and better performance, while the distance between the flap and flume bed negatively impacted the performance. Finally, tracking the changes in the five-dimensional objective function revealed the optimum value for each parameter in all scenarios. This is achieved by the newly developed optimization algorithm, which is much faster than other existing cutting-edge metaheuristic approaches.

Keywords

Wave Energy Converter

OSWEC

Hydrodynamic Effects

Geometric Design

Metaheuristic Optimization

Multi-Verse Optimizer

1Introduction

The increase in energy demand, the limitations of fossil fuels, as well as environmental crises, such as air pollution and global warming, are the leading causes of calling more attention to harvesting renewable energy recently [1][2][3]. While still in its infancy, ocean wave energy has neither reached commercial maturity nor technological convergence. In recent decades, remarkable progress has been made in the marine energy domain, which is still in the early stage of development, to improve the technology performance level (TPL) [4][5]and technology readiness level (TRL) of wave energy converters (WECs). This has been achieved using novel modeling techniques [6][7][8][9][10][11][12][13][14] to gain the following advantages [15]: (i) As a source of sustainable energy, it contributes to the mix of energy resources that leads to greater diversity and attractiveness for coastal cities and suppliers. [16] (ii) Since wave energy can be exploited offshore and does not require any land, in-land site selection would be less expensive and undesirable visual effects would be reduced. [17] (iii) When the best layout and location of offshore site are taken into account, permanent generation of energy will be feasible (as opposed to using solar energy, for example, which is time-dependent) [18].

In general, the energy conversion process can be divided into three stages in a WEC device, including primary, secondary, and tertiary stages [19][20]. In the first stage of energy conversion, which is the subject of this study, the wave power is converted to mechanical power by wave-structure interaction (WSI) between ocean waves and structures. Moreover, the mechanical power is transferred into electricity in the second stage, in which mechanical structures are coupled with power take-off systems (PTO). At this stage, optimal control strategies are useful to tune the system dynamics to maximize power output [10][13][12]. Furthermore, the tertiary energy conversion stage revolves around transferring the non-standard AC power into direct current (DC) power for energy storage or standard AC power for grid integration [21][22]. We discuss only the first stage regardless of the secondary and tertiary stages. While Page 1 of 16 WECs include several categories and technologies such as terminators, point absorbers, and attenuators [15][23], we focus on oscillating surge wave energy converters (OSWECs) in this paper due to its high capacity for industrialization [24].

Over the past two decades, a number of studies have been conducted to understand how OSWECs’ structures and interactions between ocean waves and flaps affect converters performance. Henry et al.’s experiment on oscillating surge wave energy converters is considered as one of the most influential pieces of research [25], which demonstrated how the performance of oscillating surge wave energy converters (OSWECs) is affected by seven different factors, including wave period, wave power, flap’s relative density, water depth, free-board of the flap, the gap between the tubes, gap underneath the flap, and flap width. These parameters were assessed in their two models in order to estimate the absorbed energy from incoming waves [26][27]. In addition, Folly et al. investigated the impact of water depth on the OSWECs performance analytically, numerically, and experimentally. According to this and further similar studies, the average annual incident wave power is significantly reduced by water depth. Based on the experimental results, both the surge wave force and the power capture of OSWECs increase in shallow water [28][29]. Following this, Sarkar et al. found that under such circumstances, the device that is located near the coast performs much better than those in the open ocean [30]. On the other hand, other studies are showing that the size of the converter, including height and width, is relatively independent of the location (within similar depth) [31]. Subsequently, Schmitt et al. studied OSWECs numerically and experimentally. In fact, for the simulation of OSWEC, OpenFOAM was used to test the applicability of Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) solvers. Then, the experimental model reproduced the numerical results with satisfying accuracy [32]. In another influential study, Wang et al. numerically assessed the effect of OSWEC’s width on their performance. According to their findings, as converter width increases, its efficiency decreases in short wave periods while increases in long wave periods [33]. One of the main challenges in the analysis of the OSWEC is the coupled effect of hydrodynamic and geometric variables. As a result, numerous cutting-edge geometry studies have been performed in recent years in order to find the optimal structure that maximizes power output and minimizes costs. Garcia et al. reviewed hull geometry optimization studies in the literature in [19]. In addition, Guo and Ringwood surveyed geometric optimization methods to improve the hydrodynamic performance of OSWECs at the primary stage [14]. Besides, they classified the hull geometry of OSWECs based on Figure 1. Subsequently, Whittaker et al. proposed a different design of OSWEC called Oyster2. There have been three examples of different geometries of oysters with different water depths. Based on its water depth, they determined the width and height of the converter. They also found that in the constant wave period the less the converter’s width, the less power captures the converter has [34]. Afterward, O’Boyle et al. investigated a type of OSWEC called Oyster 800. They compared the experimental and numerical models with the prototype model. In order to precisely reproduce the shape, mass distribution, and buoyancy properties of the prototype, a 40th-scale experimental model has been designed. Overall, all the models were fairly accurate according to the results [35].

Inclusive analysis of recent research avenues in the area of flap geometry has revealed that the interaction-based designs of such converters are emerging as a novel approach. An initiative workflow is designed in the current study to maximizing the wave energy extrication by such systems. To begin with, a sensitivity analysis plays its role of determining the best hydrodynamic values for installing the converter’s flap. Then, all flap dimensions and characteristics come into play to finalize the primary model. Following, interactive designs is proposed to increase the influence of incident waves on the body by adding ribs on both sides of the flap as a novel design. Finally, a new bi-level metaheuristic method is proposed to consider the effects of simultaneous changes in ribs properties and other design parameters. We hope this novel approach will be utilized to make big-scale projects less costly and justifiable. The efficiency of the method is also compared with four well known metaheuristic algorithms and out weight them for this application.

This paper is organized as follows. First, the research methodology is introduced by providing details about the numerical model implementation. To that end, we first introduced the primary model’s geometry and software details. That primary model is later verified with a benchmark study with regard to the flap angle of rotation and water surface elevation. Then, governing equations and performance criteria are presented. In the third part of the paper, we discuss the model’s sensitivity to lower and upper parts width (we proposed a two cross-sectional design for the flap), bottom elevation, and freeboard. Finally, the novel optimization approach is introduced in the final part and compared with four recent metaheuristic algorithms.

2. Numerical Methods

In this section, after a brief introduction of the numerical software, Flow3D, boundary conditions are defined. Afterwards, the numerical model implementation, along with primary model properties are described. Finally, governing equations, as part of numerical process, are discussed.

2.1Model Setup

FLOW-3D is a powerful and comprehensive CFD simulation platform for studying fluid dynamics. This software has several modules to solve many complex engineering problems. In addition, modeling complex flows is simple and effective using FLOW-3D’s robust meshing capabilities [36]. Interaction between fluid and moving objects might alter the computational range. Dynamic meshes are used in our modeling to take these changes into account. At each time step, the computational node positions change in order to adapt the meshing area to the moving object. In addition, to choose mesh dimensions, some factors are taken into account such as computational accuracy, computational time, and stability. The final grid size is selected based on the detailed procedure provided in [37]. To that end, we performed grid-independence testing on a CFD model using three different mesh grid sizes of 0.01, 0.015, and 0.02 meters. The problem geometry and boundary conditions were defined the same, and simulations were run on all three grids under the same conditions. The predicted values of the relevant variable, such as velocity, was compared between the grids. The convergence behavior of the numerical solution was analyzed by calculating the relative L2 norm error between two consecutive grids. Based on the results obtained, it was found that the grid size of 0.02 meters showed the least error, indicating that it provided the most accurate and reliable solution among the three grids. Therefore, the grid size of 0.02 meters was selected as the optimal spatial resolution for the mesh grid.

In this work, the flume dimensions are 10 meters long, 0.1 meters wide, and 2.2 meters high, which are shown in figure2. In addition, input waves with linear characteristics have a height of 0.1 meters and a period of 1.4 seconds. Among the linear wave methods included in this software, RNGk-ε and k- ε are appropriate for turbulence model. The research of Lopez et al. shows that RNGk- ε provides the most accurate simulation of turbulence in OSWECs [21]. We use CATIA software to create the flap primary model and other innovative designs for this project. The flap measures 0.1 m x 0.65 m x 0.360 m in x, y and z directions, respectively. In Figure 3, the primary model of flap and its dimensions are shown. In this simulation, five boundaries have been defined, including 1. Inlet, 2. Outlet, 3. Converter flap, 4. Bed flume, and 5. Water surface, which are shown in figure 2. Besides, to avoid wave reflection in inlet and outlet zones, Flow3D is capable of defining some areas as damping zones, the length of which has to be one to one and a half times the wavelength. Therefore, in the model, this length is considered equal to 2 meters. Furthermore, there is no slip in all the boundaries. In other words, at every single time step, the fluid velocity is zero on the bed flume, while it is equal to the flap velocity on the converter flap. According to the wave theory defined in the software, at the inlet boundary, the water velocity is called from the wave speed to be fed into the model.

2.2Verification

In the current study, we utilize the Schmitt experimental model as a benchmark for verification, which was developed at the Queen’s University of Belfast. The experiments were conducted on the flap of the converter, its rotation, and its interaction with the water surface. Thus, the details of the experiments are presented below based up on the experimental setup’s description [38]. In the experiment, the laboratory flume has a length of 20m and a width of 4.58m. Besides, in order to avoid incident wave reflection, a wave absorption source is devised at the end of the left flume. The flume bed, also, includes two parts with different slops. The flap position and dimensions of the flume can be seen in Figure4. In addition, a wave-maker with 6 paddles is installed at one end. At the opposite end, there is a beach with wire meshes. Additionally, there are 6 indicators to extract the water level elevation. In the flap model, there are three components: the fixed support structure, the hinge, and the flap. The flap measures 0.1m x 0.65m x 0.341m in x, y and z directions, respectively. In Figure5, the details are given [32]. The support structure consists of a 15 mm thick stainless steel base plate measuring 1m by 1.4m, which is screwed onto the bottom of the tank. The hinge is supported by three bearing blocks. There is a foam centerpiece on the front and back of the flap which is sandwiched between two PVC plates. Enabling changes of the flap, three metal fittings link the flap to the hinge. Moreover, in this experiment, the selected wave is generated based on sea wave data at scale 1:40. The wave height and the wave period are equal to 0.038 (m) and 2.0625 (s), respectively, which are tantamount to a wave with a period of 13 (s) and a height of 1.5 (m).

Two distinct graphs illustrate the numerical and experi-mental study results. Figure6 and Figure7 are denoting the angle of rotation of flap and surface elevation in computational and experimental models, respectively. The two figures roughly represent that the numerical and experimental models are a good match. However, for the purpose of verifying the match, we calculated the correlation coefficient (C) and root mean square error (RMSE). According to Figure6, correlation coefficient and RMSE are 0.998 and 0.003, respectively, and in Figure7 correlation coefficient and RMSE are respectively 0.999 and 0.001. Accordingly, there is a good match between the numerical and empirical models. It is worth mentioning that the small differences between the numerical and experimental outputs may be due to the error of the measuring devices and the calibration of the data collection devices.

Including continuity equation and momentum conserva- tion for incompressible fluid are given as [32][39]:(1)

where P represents the pressure, g denotes gravitational acceleration, u represents fluid velocity, and Di is damping coefficient. Likewise, the model uses the same equation. to calculate the fluid velocity in other directions as well. Considering the turbulence, we use the two-equation model of RNGK- ε. These equations are:

(3)��t(��)+����(����)=����[�eff�������]+��-��and(4)���(��)+����(����)=����[�eff�������]+�1�∗����-��2��2�Where �2� and �1� are constants. In addition, �� and �� represent the turbulent Prandtl number of � and k, respectively.

�� also denote the production of turbulent kinetic energy of k under the effect of velocity gradient, which is calculated as follows:(5)��=�eff[�����+�����]�����(6)�eff=�+��(7)�eff=�+��where � is molecular viscosity,�� represents turbulence viscosity, k denotes kinetic energy, and ∊∊ is energy dissipation rate. The values of constant coefficients in the two-equation RNGK ∊-∊ model is as shown in the Table 1 [40].Table 2.

Table 1. Constant coefficients in RNGK- model

Factors�0�1�2������
Quantity0.0124.381.421.681.391.390.084

Table 2. Flap properties

Joint height (m)0.476
Height of the center of mass (m)0.53
Weight (Kg)10.77

It is worth mentioning that the volume of fluid method is used to separate water and air phases in this software [41]. Below is the equation of this method [40].(8)����+����(���)=0where α and 1 − α are portion of water phase and air phase, respectively. As a weighting factor, each fluid phase portion is used to determine the mixture properties. Finally, using the following equations, we calculate the efficiency of converters [42][34][43]:(9)�=14|�|2�+�2+(�+�a)2(�n2-�2)2where �� represents natural frequency, I denotes the inertia of OSWEC, Ia is the added inertia, F is the complex wave force, and B denotes the hydrodynamic damping coefficient. Afterward, the capture factor of the converter is calculated by [44]:(10)��=�1/2��2����gw where �� represents the capture factor, which is the total efficiency of device per unit length of the wave crest at each time step [15], �� represent the dimensional amplitude of the incident wave, w is the flap’s width, and Cg is the group velocity of the incident wave, as below:(11)��=��0·121+2�0ℎsinh2�0ℎwhere �0 denotes the wave number, h is water depth, and H is the height of incident waves.

According to previous sections ∊,����-∊ modeling is used for all models simulated in this section. For this purpose, the empty boundary condition is used for flume walls. In order to preventing wave reflection at the inlet and outlet of the flume, the length of wave absorption is set to be at least one incident wavelength. In addition, the structured mesh is chosen, and the mesh dimensions are selected in two distinct directions. In each model, all grids have a length of 2 (cm) and a height of 1 (cm). Afterwards, as an input of the software for all of the models, we define the time step as 0.001 (s). Moreover, the run time of every simulation is 30 (s). As mentioned before, our primary model is Schmitt model, and the flap properties is given in table2. For all simulations, the flume measures 15 meters in length and 0.65 meters in width, and water depth is equal to 0.335 (m). The flap is also located 7 meters from the flume’s inlet.

Finally, in order to compare the results, the capture factor is calculated for each simulation and compared to the primary model. It is worth mentioning that capture factor refers to the ratio of absorbed wave energy to the input wave energy.

According to primary model simulation and due to the decreasing horizontal velocity with depth, the wave crest has the highest velocity. Considering the fact that the wave’s orbital velocity causes the flap to move, the contact between the upper edge of the flap and the incident wave can enhance its performance. Additionally, the numerical model shows that the dynamic pressure decreases as depth increases, and the hydrostatic pressure increases as depth increases.

To determine the OSWEC design, it is imperative to understand the correlation between the capture factor, wave period, and wave height. Therefore, as it is shown in Figure8, we plot the change in capture factor over the variations in wave period and wave height in 3D and 2D. In this diagram, the first axis features changes in wave period, the second axis displays changes in wave height, and the third axis depicts changes in capture factor. According to our wave properties in the numerical model, the wave period and wave height range from 2 to 14 seconds and 2 to 8 meters, respectively. This is due to the fact that the flap does not oscillate if the wave height is less than 2 (m), and it does not reverse if the wave height is more than 8 (m). In addition, with wave periods more than 14 (s), the wavelength would be so long that it would violate the deep-water conditions, and with wave periods less than 2 (s), the flap would not oscillate properly due to the shortness of wavelength. The results of simulation are shown in Figure 8. As it can be perceived from Figure 8, in a constant wave period, the capture factor is in direct proportion to the wave height. It is because of the fact that waves with more height have more energy to rotate the flap. Besides, in a constant wave height, the capture factor increases when the wave period increases, until a given wave period value. However, the capture factor falls after this point. These results are expected since the flap’s angular displacement is not high in lower wave periods, while the oscillating motion of that is not fast enough to activate the power take-off system in very high wave periods.

As is shown in Figure 9, we plot the change in capture factor over the variations in wave period (s) and water depth (m) in 3D. As it can be seen in this diagram, the first axis features changes in water depth (m), the second axis depicts the wave period (s), and the third axis displays OSWEC’s capture factor. The wave period ranges from 0 to 10 seconds based on our wave properties, which have been adopted from Schmitt’s model, while water depth ranges from 0 to 0.5 meters according to the flume and flap dimensions and laboratory limitations. According to Figure9, for any specific water depth, the capture factor increases in a varying rate when the wave period increases, until a given wave period value. However, the capture factor falls steadily after this point. In fact, the maximum capture factor occurs when the wave period is around 6 seconds. This trend is expected since, in a specific water depth, the flap cannot oscillate properly when the wavelength is too short. As the wave period increases, the flap can oscillate more easily, and consequently its capture factor increases. However, the capture factor drops in higher wave periods because the wavelength is too large to move the flap. Furthermore, in a constant wave period, by changing the water depth, the capture factor does not alter. In other words, the capture factor does not depend on the water depth when it is around its maximum value.

3Sensitivity Analysis

Based on previous studies, in addition to the flap design, the location of the flap relative to the water surface (freeboard) and its elevation relative to the flume bed (flap bottom elevation) play a significant role in extracting energy from the wave energy converter. This study measures the sensitivity of the model to various parameters related to the flap design including upper part width of the flap, lower part width of the flap, the freeboard, and the flap bottom elevation. Moreover, as a novel idea, we propose that the flap widths differ in the lower and upper parts. In Figure10, as an example, a flap with an upper thickness of 100 (mm) and a lower thickness of 50 (mm) and a flap with an upper thickness of 50 (mm) and a lower thickness of 100 (mm) are shown. The influence of such discrepancy between the widths of the upper and lower parts on the interaction between the wave and the flap, or in other words on the capture factor, is evaluated. To do so, other parameters are remained constant, such as the freeboard, the distance between the flap and the flume bed, and the wave properties.

In Figure11, models are simulated with distinct upper and lower widths. As it is clear in this figure, the first axis depicts the lower part width of the flap, the second axis indicates the upper part width of the flap, and the colors represent the capture factor values. Additionally, in order to consider a sufficient range of change, the flap thickness varies from half to double the value of the primary model for each part.

According to this study, the greater the discrepancy in these two parts, the lower the capture factor. It is on account of the fact that when the lower part of the flap is thicker than the upper part, and this thickness difference in these two parts is extremely conspicuous, the inertia against the motion is significant at zero degrees of rotation. Consequently, it is difficult to move the flap, which results in a low capture factor. Similarly, when the upper part of the flap is thicker than the lower part, and this thickness difference in these two parts is exceedingly noticeable, the inertia is so great that the flap can not reverse at the maximum degree of rotation. As the results indicate, the discrepancy can enhance the performance of the converter if the difference between these two parts is around 20%. As it is depicted in the Figure11, the capture factor reaches its own maximum amount, when the lower part thickness is from 5 to 6 (cm), and the upper part thickness is between 6 and 7 (cm). Consequently, as a result of this discrepancy, less material will be used, and therefore there will be less cost.

As illustrated in Figure12, this study examines the effects of freeboard (level difference between the flap top and water surface) and the flap bottom elevation (the distance between the flume bed and flap bottom) on the converter performance. In this diagram, the first axis demonstrates the freeboard and the second axis on the left side displays the flap bottom elevation, while the colors indicate the capture factor. In addition, the feasible range of freeboard is between -15 to 15 (cm) due to the limitation of the numerical model, so that we can take the wave slamming and the overtopping into consideration. Additionally, based on the Schmitt model and its scaled model of 1:40 of the base height, the flap bottom should be at least 9 (cm) high. Since the effect of surface waves is distributed over the depth of the flume, it is imperative to maintain a reasonable flap height exposed to incoming waves. Thus, the maximum flap bottom elevation is limited to 19 (cm). As the Figure12 pictures, at constant negative values of the freeboard, the capture factor is in inverse proportion with the flap bottom elevation, although slightly.

Furthermore, at constant positive values of the freeboard, the capture factor fluctuates as the flap bottom elevation decreases while it maintains an overall increasing trend. This is on account of the fact that increasing the flap bottom elevation creates turbulence flow behind the flap, which encumbers its rotation, as well as the fact that the flap surface has less interaction with the incoming waves. Furthermore, while keeping the flap bottom elevation constant, the capture factor increases by raising the freeboard. This is due to the fact that there is overtopping with adverse impacts on the converter performance when the freeboard is negative and the flap is under the water surface. Besides, increasing the freeboard makes the wave slam more vigorously, which improves the converter performance.

Adding ribs to the flap surface, as shown in Figure13, is a novel idea that is investigated in the next section. To achieve an optimized design for the proposed geometry of the flap, we determine the optimal number and dimensions of ribs based on the flap properties as our decision variables in the optimization process. As an example, Figure13 illustrates a flap with 3 ribs on each side with specific dimensions.

Figure14 shows the flow velocity field around the flap jointed to the flume bed. During the oscillation of the flap, the pressure on the upper and lower surfaces of the flap changes dynamically due to the changing angle of attack and the resulting change in the direction of fluid flow. As the flap moves upwards, the pressure on the upper surface decreases, and the pressure on the lower surface increases. Conversely, as the flap moves downwards, the pressure on the upper surface increases, and the pressure on the lower surface decreases. This results in a cyclic pressure variation around the flap. Under certain conditions, the pressure field around the flap can exhibit significant variations in magnitude and direction, forming vortices and other flow structures. These flow structures can affect the performance of the OSWEC by altering the lift and drag forces acting on the flap.

4Design Optimization

We consider optimizing the design parameters of the flap of converter using a nature-based swarm optimization method, that fall in the category of metaheuristic algorithms [45]. Accordingly, we choose four state-of-the-art algorithms to perform an optimization study. Then, based on their performances to achieve the highest capture factor, one of them will be chosen to be combined with the Hill Climb algorithm to carry out a local search. Therefore, in the remainder of this section, we discuss the search process of each algorithm and visualize their performance and convergence curve as they try to find the best values for decision variables.

4.1. Metaheuristic Approaches

As the first considered algorithm, the Gray Wolf Optimizer (GWO) algorithm simulates the natural leadership and hunting performance of gray wolves which tend to live in colonies. Hunters must obey the alpha wolf, the leader, who is responsible for hunting. Then, the beta wolf is at the second level of the gray wolf hierarchy. A subordinate of alpha wolf, beta stands under the command of the alpha. At the next level in this hierarchy, there are the delta wolves. They are subordinate to the alpha and beta wolves. This category of wolves includes scouts, sentinels, elders, hunters, and caretakers. In this ranking, omega wolves are at the bottom, having the lowest level and obeying all other wolves. They are also allowed to eat the prey just after others have eaten. Despite the fact that they seem less important than others, they are really central to the pack survival. Since, it has been shown that without omega wolves, the entire pack would experience some problems like fighting, violence, and frustration. In this simulation, there are three primary steps of hunting including searching, surrounding, and finally attacking the prey. Mathematically model of gray wolves’ hunting technique and their social hierarchy are applied in determined by optimization. this study. As mentioned before, gray wolves can locate their prey and surround them. The alpha wolf also leads the hunt. Assuming that the alpha, beta, and delta have more knowledge about prey locations, we can mathematically simulate gray wolf hunting behavior. Hence, in addition to saving the top three best solutions obtained so far, we compel the rest of the search agents (also the omegas) to adjust their positions based on the best search agent. Encircling behavior can be mathematically modeled by the following equations: [46].(12)�→=|�→·��→(�)-�→(�)|(13)�→(�+1)=��→(�)-�→·�→(14)�→=2.�2→(15)�→=2�→·�1→-�→Where �→indicates the position vector of gray wolf, ��→ defines the vector of prey, t indicates the current iteration, and �→and �→are coefficient vectors. To force the search agent to diverge from the prey, we use �→ with random values greater than 1 or less than -1. In addition, C→ contains random values in the range [0,2], and �→ 1 and �2→ are random vectors in [0,1]. The second considered technique is the Moth Flame Optimizer (MFO) algorithm. This method revolves around the moths’ navigation mechanism, which is realized by positioning themselves and maintaining a fixed angle relative to the moon while flying. This effective mechanism helps moths to fly in a straight path. However, when the source of light is artificial, maintaining an angle with the light leads to a spiral flying path towards the source that causes the moth’s death [47]. In MFO algorithm, moths and flames are both solutions. The moths are actual search agents that fly in hyper-dimensional space by changing their position vectors, and the flames are considered pins that moths drop when searching the search space [48]. The problem’s variables are the position of moths in the space. Each moth searches around a flame and updates it in case of finding a better solution. The fitness value is the return value of each moth’s fitness (objective) function. The position vector of each moth is passed to the fitness function, and the output of the fitness function is assigned to the corresponding moth. With this mechanism, a moth never loses its best solution [49]. Some attributes of this algorithm are as follows:

  • •It takes different values to converge moth in any point around the flame.
  • •Distance to the flame is lowered to be eventually minimized.
  • •When the position gets closer to the flame, the updated positions around the flame become more frequent.

As another method, the Multi-Verse Optimizer is based on a multiverse theory which proposes there are other universes besides the one in which we all live. According to this theory, there are more than one big bang in the universe, and each big bang leads to the birth of a new universe [50]. Multi-Verse Optimizer (MVO) is mainly inspired by three phenomena in cosmology: white holes, black holes, and wormholes. A white hole has never been observed in our universe, but physicists believe the big bang could be considered a white hole [51]. Black holes, which behave completely in contrast to white holes, attract everything including light beams with their extremely high gravitational force [52]. In the multiverse theory, wormholes are time and space tunnels that allow objects to move instantly between any two corners of a universe (or even simultaneously from one universe to another) [53]. Based on these three concepts, mathematical models are designed to perform exploration, exploitation, and local search, respectively. The concept of white and black holes is implied as an exploration phase, while the concept of wormholes is considered as an exploitation phase by MVO. Additionally, each solution is analogous to a universe, and each variable in the solution represents an object in that universe. Furthermore, each solution is assigned an inflation rate, and the time is used instead of iterations. Following are the universe rules in MVO:

  • •The possibility of having white hole increases with the inflation rate.
  • •The possibility of having black hole decreases with the inflation rate.
  • •Objects tend to pass through black holes more frequently in universes with lower inflation rates.
  • •Regardless of inflation rate, wormholes may cause objects in universes to move randomly towards the best universe. [54]

Modeling the white/black hole tunnels and exchanging objects of universes mathematically was accomplished by using the roulette wheel mechanism. With every iteration, the universes are sorted according to their inflation rates, then, based on the roulette wheel, the one with the white hole is selected as the local extremum solution. This is accomplished through the following steps:

Assume that

(16)���=����1<��(��)����1≥��(��)

Where ��� represents the jth parameter of the ith universe, Ui indicates the ith universe, NI(Ui) is normalized inflation rate of the ith universe, r1 is a random number in [0,1], and j xk shows the jth parameter of the kth universe selected by a roulette wheel selection mechanism [54]. It is assumed that wormhole tunnels always exist between a universe and the best universe formed so far. This mechanism is as follows:(17)���=if�2<���:��+���×((���-���)×�4+���)�3<0.5��-���×((���-���)×�4+���)�3≥0.5����:���where Xj indicates the jth parameter of the best universe formed so far, TDR and WEP are coefficients, where Xj indicates the jth parameter of the best universelbjshows the lower bound of the jth variable, ubj is the upper bound of the jth variable, and r2, r3, and r4 are random numbers in [1][54].

Finally, one of the newest optimization algorithms is WOA. The WOA algorithm simulates the movement of prey and the whale’s discipline when looking for their prey. Among several species, Humpback whales have a specific method of hunting [55]. Humpback whales can recognize the location of prey and encircle it before hunting. The optimal design position in the search space is not known a priori, and the WOA algorithm assumes that the best candidate solution is either the target prey or close to the optimum. This foraging behavior is called the bubble-net feeding method. Two maneuvers are associated with bubbles: upward spirals and double loops. A unique behavior exhibited only by humpback whales is bubble-net feeding. In fact, The WOA algorithm starts with a set of random solutions. At each iteration, search agents update their positions for either a randomly chosen search agent or the best solution obtained so far [56][55]. When the best search agent is determined, the other search agents will attempt to update their positions toward that agent. It is important to note that humpback whales swim around their prey simultaneously in a circular, shrinking circle and along a spiral-shaped path. By using a mathematical model, the spiral bubble-net feeding maneuver is optimized. The following equation represents this behavior:(18)�→(�+1)=�′→·�bl·cos(2��)+�∗→(�)

Where:(19)�′→=|�∗→(�)-�→(�)|

X→(t+ 1) indicates the distance of the it h whale to the prey (best solution obtained so far),� is a constant for defining the shape of the logarithmic spiral, l is a random number in [−1, 1], and dot (.) is an element-by-element multiplication [55].

Comparing the four above-mentioned methods, simulations are run with 10 search agents for 400 iterations. In Figure 15, there are 20 plots the optimal values of different parameters in optimization algorithms. The five parameters of this study are freeboard, bottom elevations, number of ribs on the converter, rib thickness, and rib Height. The optimal value for each was found by optimization algorithms, naming WOA, MVO, MFO, and GWO. By looking through the first row, the freeboard parameter converges to its maximum possible value in the optimization process of GWO after 300 iterations. Similarly, MFO finds the same result as GWO. In contrast, the freeboard converges to its minimum possible value in MVO optimizing process, which indicates positioning the converter under the water. Furthermore, WOA found the optimal value of freeboard as around 0.02 after almost 200 iterations. In the second row, the bottom elevation is found at almost 0.11 (m) in all algorithms; however, the curves follow different trends in each algorithm. The third row shows the number of ribs, where results immediately reveal that it should be over 4. All algorithms coincide at 5 ribs as the optimal number in this process. The fourth row displays the trends of algorithms to find optimal rib thickness. MFO finds the optimal value early and sets it to around 0.022, while others find the same value in higher iterations. Finally, regarding the rib height, MVO, MFO, and GWO state that the optimal value is 0.06 meters, but WOA did not find a higher value than 0.039.

4.2. HCMVO Bi-level Approach

Despite several strong search characteristics of MVO and its high performance in various optimization problems, it suffers from a few deficiencies in local and global search mechanisms. For instance, it is trapped in the local optimum when wormholes stochastically generate many solutions near the best universe achieved throughout iterations, especially in solving complex multimodal problems with high dimensions [57]. Furthermore, MVO needs to be modified by an escaping strategy from the local optima to enhance the global search abilities. To address these shortages, we propose a fast and effective meta-algorithm (HCMVO) to combine MVO with a Random-restart hill-climbing local search. This meta-algorithm uses MVO on the upper level to develop global tracking and provide a range of feasible and proper solutions. The hill-climbing algorithm is designed to develop a comprehensive neighborhood search around the best-found solution proposed by the upper-level (MVO) when MVO is faced with a stagnation issue or falling into a local optimum. The performance threshold is formulated as follows.(20)Δ����THD=∑�=1�����TH��-����TH��-1�where BestTHDis the best-found solution per generation, andM is related to the domain of iterations to compute the average performance of MVO. If the proposed best solution by the local search is better than the initial one, the global best of MVO will be updated. HCMVO iteratively runs hill climbing when the performance of MVO goes down, each time with an initial condition to prepare for escaping such undesirable situations. In order to get a better balance between exploration and exploitation, the search step size linearly decreases as follows:(21)��=��-����Ma�iter��+1where iter and Maxiter are the current iteration and maximum number of evaluation, respectively. �� stands for the step size of the neighborhood search. Meanwhile, this strategy can improve the convergence rate of MVO compared with other algorithms.

Algorithm 1 shows the technical details of the proposed optimization method (HCMVO). The initial solution includes freeboard (�), bottom elevation (�), number of ribs (Nr), rib thickness (�), and rib height(�).

5. Conclusion

The high trend of diminishing worldwide energy resources has entailed a great crisis upon vulnerable societies. To withstand this effect, developing renewable energy technologies can open doors to a more reliable means, among which the wave energy converters will help the coastal residents and infrastructure. This paper set out to determine the optimized design for such devices that leads to the highest possible power output. The main goal of this research was to demonstrate the best design for an oscillating surge wave energy converter using a novel metaheuristic optimization algorithm. In this regard, the methodology was devised such that it argued the effects of influential parameters, including wave characteristics, WEC design, and interaction criteria.

To begin with, a numerical model was developed in Flow 3D software to simulate the response of the flap of a wave energy converter to incoming waves, followed by a validation study based upon a well-reputed experimental study to verify the accuracy of the model. Secondly, the hydrodynamics of the flap was investigated by incorporating the turbulence. The effect of depth, wave height, and wave period are also investigated in this part. The influence of two novel ideas on increasing the wave-converter interaction was then assessed: i) designing a flap with different widths in the upper and lower part, and ii) adding ribs on the surface of the flap. Finally, four trending single-objective metaheuristic optimization methods

Empty CellAlgorithm 1: Hill Climb Multiverse Optimization
01:procedure HCMVO
02:�=30,�=5▹���������������������������������
03:�=〈F1,B1,N,R,H1〉,…〈FN,B2,N,R,HN〉⇒lb1N⩽�⩽ubN
04:Initialize parameters�ER,�DR,�EP,Best�,���ite��▹Wormhole existence probability (WEP)
05:��=����(��)
06:��=Normalize the inflation rate��
07:for iter in[1,⋯,���iter]do
08:for�in[1,⋯,�]do
09:Update�EP,�DR,Black����Index=�
10:for���[1,⋯,�]��
11:�1=����()
12:if�1≤��(��)then
13:White HoleIndex=Roulette�heelSelection(-��)
14:�(Black HoleIndex,�)=��(White HoleIndex,�)
15:end if
16:�2=����([0,�])
17:if�2≤�EPthen
18:�3=����(),�4=����()
19:if�3<0.5then
20:�1=((��(�)-��(�))�4+��(�))
21:�(�,�)=Best�(�)+�DR�
22:else
23:�(�,�)=Best�(�)-�DR�
24:end if
25:end if
26:end for
27:end for
28:�HD=����([�1,�2,⋯,�Np])
29:Bes�TH�itr=����HD
30:ΔBestTHD=∑�=1�BestTII��-BestTII��-1�
31:ifΔBestTHD<��then▹Perform hill climbing local search
32:BestTHD=����-�lim��������THD
33:end if
34:end for
35:return�,BestTHD▹Final configuration
36:end procedure

The implementation details of the hill-climbing algorithm applied in HCMPA can be seen in Algorithm 2. One of the critical parameters isg, which denotes the resolution of the neighborhood search around the proposed global best by MVO. If we set a small step size for hill-climbing, the convergence speed will be decreased. On the other hand, a large step size reinforces the exploration ability. Still, it may reduce the exploitation ability and in return increase the act of jumping from a global optimum or surfaces with high-potential solutions. Per each decision variable, the neighborhood search evaluates two different direct searches, incremental or decremental. After assessing the generated solutions, the best candidate will be selected to iterate the search algorithm. It is noted that the hill-climbing algorithm should not be applied in the initial iteration of the optimization process due to the immense tendency for converging to local optima. Meanwhile, for optimizing largescale problems, hill-climbing is not an appropriate selection. In order to improve understanding of the proposed hybrid optimization algorithm’s steps, the flowchart of HCMVO is designed and can be seen in Figure 16.

Figure 17 shows the observed capture factor (which is the absorbed energy with respect to the available energy) by each optimization algorithm from iterations 1 to 400. The algorithms use ten search agents in their modified codes to find the optimal solutions. While GWO and MFO remain roughly constant after iterations 54 and 40, the other three algorithms keep improving the capture factor. In this case, HCMVO and MVO worked very well in the optimizing process with a capture factor obtained by the former as 0.594 and by the latter as 0.593. MFO almost found its highest value before the iteration 50, which means the exploration part of the algorithm works out well. Similarly, HCMVO does the same. However, it keeps finding the better solution during the optimization process until the last iteration, indicating the strong exploitation part of the algorithm. GWO reveals a weakness in exploration and exploitation because not only does it evoke the least capture factor value, but also the curve remains almost unchanged throughout 350 iterations.

Figure 18 illustrates complex interactions between the five optimization parameters and the capture factor for HCMVO (a), MPA (b), and MFO (c) algorithms. The first interesting observation is that there is a high level of nonlinear relationships among the setting parameters that can make a multi-modal search space. The dark blue lines represent the best-found configuration throughout the optimisation process. Based on both HCMVO (a) and MVO (b), we can infer that the dark blue lines concentrate in a specific range, showing the high convergence ability of both HCMVO and MVO. However, MFO (c) could not find the exact optimal range of the decision variables, and the best-found solutions per generation distribute mostly all around the search space.

Empty CellAlgorithm 1: Hill Climb Multiverse Optimization
01:procedure HCMVO
02:Initialization
03:Initialize the constraints��1�,��1�
04:�1�=Mi�1�+���1�/�▹Compute the step size,�is search resolution
05:So�1=〈�,�,�,�,�〉▹���������������
06:�������1=����So�1▹���������ℎ���������
07:Main loop
08:for iter≤���ita=do
09:���=���±��
10:while�≤���(Sol1)do
11:���=���+�,▹����ℎ���ℎ��������ℎ
12:fitness��iter=�������
13:t = t+1
14:end while
15:〈�����,������max〉=����������
16:���itev=���Inde�max▹�������ℎ�������������������������������ℎ�������
17:��=��-����Max��+1▹�����������������
18:end for
19:return���iter,����
20:end procedure

were utilized to illuminate the optimum values of the design parameters, and the best method was chosen to develop a new algorithm that performs both local and global search methods.

The correlation between hydrodynamic parameters and the capture factor of the converter was supported by the results. For any given water depth, the capture factor increases as the wave period increases, until a certain wave period value (6 seconds) is reached, after which the capture factor gradually decreases. It is expected since the flap cannot oscillate effectively when the wavelength is too short for a certain water depth. Conversely, when the wavelength is too long, the capture factor decreases. Furthermore, under a constant wave period, increasing the water depth does not affect the capture factor. Regarding the sensitivity analysis, the study found that increasing the flap bottom elevation causes turbulence flow behind the flap and limitation of rotation, which leads to less interaction with the incoming waves. Furthermore, while keeping the flap bottom elevation constant, increasing the freeboard improves the capture factor. Overtopping happens when the freeboard is negative and the flap is below the water surface, which has a detrimental influence on converter performance. Furthermore, raising the freeboard causes the wave impact to become more violent, which increases converter performance.

In the last part, we discussed the search process of each algorithm and visualized their performance and convergence curves as they try to find the best values for decision variables. Among the four selected metaheuristic algorithms, the Multi-verse Optimizer proved to be the most effective in achieving the best answer in terms of the WEC capture factor. However, the MVO needed modifications regarding its escape approach from the local optima in order to improve its global search capabilities. To overcome these constraints, we presented a fast and efficient meta-algorithm (HCMVO) that combines MVO with a Random-restart hill-climbing local search. On a higher level, this meta-algorithm employed MVO to generate global tracking and present a range of possible and appropriate solutions. Taken together, the results demonstrated that there is a significant degree of nonlinearity among the setup parameters that might result in a multimodal search space. Since MVO was faced with a stagnation issue or fell into a local optimum, we constructed a complete neighborhood search around the best-found solution offered by the upper level. In sum, the newly-developed algorithm proved to be highly effective for the problem compared to other similar optimization methods. The strength of the current findings may encourage future investigation on design optimization of wave energy converters using developed geometry as well as the novel approach.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Erfan Amini: Conceptualization, Methodology, Validation, Data curation, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing, Visualization. Mahdieh Nasiri: Conceptualization, Methodology, Validation, Data curation, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing, Visualization. Navid Salami Pargoo: Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing. Zahra Mozhgani: Conceptualization, Methodology. Danial Golbaz: Writing – original draft. Mehrdad Baniesmaeil: Writing – original draft. Meysam Majidi Nezhad: . Mehdi Neshat: Supervision, Conceptualization, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing, Visualization. Davide Astiaso Garcia: Supervision. Georgios Sylaios: Supervision.

Declaration of Competing Interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Acknowledgement

This research has been carried out within ILIAD (Inte-grated Digital Framework for Comprehensive Maritime Data and Information Services) project that received funding from the European Union’s H2020 programme.

Data availability

Data will be made available on request.

References

Figure 1: Drawing of the experimental set-up, Figure 2: Experimental tank with locations of temperature sensors

실험 및 수치 시뮬레이션에 기반한 극저온 추진제 탱크 가압 분석

Analyses of Cryogenic Propellant Tank Pressurization based upon Experiments and Numerical Simulations
Carina Ludwig? and Michael Dreyer**
*DLR – German Aerospace Center, Space Launcher Systems Analysis (SART),
Institute of Space Systems, 28359 Bremen, Germany, Carina.Ludwig@dlr.de
**ZARM – Center for Applied Space Technology and Microgravity,
University of Bremen, 28359 Bremen, Germany

Abstract

본 연구에서는 발사대 적용을 위한 극저온 추진제 탱크의 능동 가압을 분석하였다. 따라서 지상 실험, 수치 시뮬레이션 및 분석 연구를 수행하여 다음과 같은 중요한 결과를 얻었습니다.

필요한 가압 기체 질량을 최소화하기 위해 더 높은 가압 기체 온도가 유리하거나 헬륨을 가압 기체로 적용하는 것이 좋습니다.

Flow-3D를 사용한 가압 가스 질량의 수치 시뮬레이션은 실험 결과와 잘 일치함을 보여줍니다. 가압 중 지배적인 열 전달은 주입된 가압 가스에서 축방향 탱크 벽으로 나타나고 능동 가압 단계 동안 상 변화의 주된 방식은 가압 가스의 유형에 따라 다릅니다.

가압 단계가 끝나면 상당한 압력 강하가 발생합니다. 이 압력 강하의 분석적 결정을 위해 이론적 모델이 제공됩니다.

The active-pressurization of cryogenic propellant tanks for the launcher application was analyzed in this study. Therefore, ground experiments, numerical simulations and analytical studies were performed with the following important results: In order to minimize the required pressurant gas mass, a higher pressurant gas temperature is advantageous or the application of helium as pressurant gas. Numerical simulations of the pressurant gas mass using Flow-3D show good agreement to the experimental results. The dominating heat transfer during pressurization appears from the injected pressurant gas to the axial tank walls and the predominant way of phase change during the active-pressurization phase depends on the type of the pressurant gas. After the end of the pressurization phase, a significant pressure drop occurs. A theoretical model is presented for the analytical determination of this pressure drop.

Figure 1: Drawing of the experimental set-up, Figure 2: Experimental tank with locations of temperature sensors
Figure 1: Drawing of the experimental set-up, Figure 2: Experimental tank with locations of temperature sensors
Figure 3: Non-dimensional (a) tank pressure, (b) liquid temperatures, (c) vapor temperatures, (d) wall and lid temperatures during pressurization and relaxation of the N300h experiment (for details see Table 2). T14 is the pressurant
gas temperature at the diffuser. Pressurization starts at tp,0 (t
∗ = 0.06·10−4
) and ends at tp, f (t
∗ = 0.84·10−4
). Relaxation
takes place until tp,T (t
∗ = 2.79·10−4
) and ∆p is the characteristic pressure drop
Figure 3: Non-dimensional (a) tank pressure, (b) liquid temperatures, (c) vapor temperatures, (d) wall and lid temperatures during pressurization and relaxation of the N300h experiment (for details see Table 2). T14 is the pressurant gas temperature at the diffuser. Pressurization starts at tp,0 (t ∗ = 0.06·10−4 ) and ends at tp, f (t ∗ = 0.84·10−4 ). Relaxation takes place until tp,T (t ∗ = 2.79·10−4 ) and ∆p is the characteristic pressure drop
Figure 5: Nondimensional vapor mass at pressurization start (m
∗
v,0
), pressurant gas mass (m
∗
pg), condensed vapor mass
from pressurization start to pressurization end (m
∗
cond,0,f
) and condensed vapor mass from pressurization end to relaxation end (m
∗
cond, f,T
) for all GN2 (a) and the GHe (b) pressurized experiments with the relating errors.
Figure 5: Nondimensional vapor mass at pressurization start (m ∗ v,0 ), pressurant gas mass (m ∗ pg), condensed vapor mass from pressurization start to pressurization end (m ∗ cond,0,f ) and condensed vapor mass from pressurization end to relaxation end (m ∗ cond, f,T ) for all GN2 (a) and the GHe (b) pressurized experiments with the relating errors.
Figure 6: Schematical propellant tank with vapor and liquid phase, pressurant gas and condensation mass flow as well as the applied control volumes. ., Figure 7: N300h experiment: wall to fluid heat flux at pressurization end (tp, f) over the tank height.
Figure 6: Schematical propellant tank with vapor and liquid phase, pressurant gas and condensation mass flow as well as the applied control volumes. ., Figure 7: N300h experiment: wall to fluid heat flux at pressurization end (tp, f) over the tank height.

References

[1] M.E. Nein and R.R. Head. Experiences with pressurized discharge of liquid oxygen from large flight vehicle
propellant tanks. In Advances in Cryogenig Engineering, vol. 7, New York, Plenum Press, 244–250.
[2] M.E. Nein and J.F. Thompson. Experimental and analytical studies of cryogenic propellant tank pressurant
requirements: NASA TN D-3177, 1966.
[3] R.J. Stochl, J.E. Maloy, P.A. Masters and R.L. DeWitt. Gaseous-helium requirements for the discharge of liquid
hydrogen from a 1.52-meter- (5-ft-) diameter spherical tank: NASA TN D-5621, 1970.
[4] R.J. Stochl, J.E. Maloy, P.A. Masters and R.L. DeWitt. Gaseous-helium requirements for the discharge of liquid
hydrogen from a 3.96-meter- (13-ft-) diameter spherical tank: NASA TN D-7019, 1970.
[5] R.J. Stochl, P.A. Masters, R.L. DeWitt and J.E. Maloy. Gaseous-hydrogen requirements for the discharge of
liquid hydrogen from a 1.52-meter- (5-ft-) diameter spherical tank: NASA TN D-5336, 1969.
[6] R.J. Stochl, P.A. Masters, R.L. DeWitt and J.E. Maloy. Gaseous-hydrogen requirements for the discharge of
liquid hydrogen from a 3.96-meter- (13-ft-) diameter spherical tank: NASA TN D-5387, 1969.
[7] R.F. Lacovic. Comparison of experimental and calculated helium requirements for pressurization of a Centaur
liquid oxygen tank: NASA TM X-2013, 1970.
[8] N.T. van Dresar and R.J. Stochl. Pressurization and expulsion of a flightweight liquid hydrogen tank: AIAA-93-
1966, 1993.
[9] T.L. Hardy and T.M. Tomsik. Prediction of the ullage gas thermal stratification in a NASP vehicle propellant tank
experimental simulation using Flow-3D: Nasa technical memorandum 103217, 1990.
[10] G.P. Samsal, J.I. Hochstein, M.C. Wendl and T.L. Hardy. Computational modeling of the pressurization process
in a NASP vehicle propellant tank experimental simulation: AIAA 91-2407. AIAA Joint Propulsion Conference
and Exhibit, 1991.
[11] P. Adnani and R.W. Jennings. Pressurization analysis of cryogenic propulsion systems: AIAA 2000-3788. In
36th AIAA/ASME/SAE/ASEE Joint Propulsion Conference & Exhibit, Huntsville, Alabama, USA, 2000.
[12] C. Ludwig and M. Dreyer. Analyses of cryogenic propellant tank pressurization based upon ground experiments:
AIAA 2012-5199. In AIAA Space 2012 Conference & Exhibit, Pasadena, California, USA, 2012.
[13] Flow Science Inc. Flow-3D User Manual – Version 10.0, 2011.
[14] R.F. Barron. Cryogenic heat transfer, 3. ed., Taylor & Francis, Philadelphia, 1999, p. 23
[15] E.W. Lemmon, M.L. Huber and M.O. McLinden. NIST Standard Reference Database 23: Reference Fluid Thermodynamic and Transport Properties-REFPROP, Version 9.0, National Institute of Standards and Technology,
Standard Reference Data Program, Gaithersburg, 2010.
[16] E.J. Hopfinger and S.P. Das. Mass transfer enhancement by capillary waves at a liquid–vapour interface. Experiments in Fluids, Vol. 46, No.4: 597-605, 2009.
[17] S.P. Das and E.J. Hopfinger. Mass transfer enhancement by gravity waves at a liquid–vapour interface. International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, Vol. 52, No. 5-6: 1400-1411, 2009.
[18] H.D. Baehr and K. Stephan. Wärme- und Stoffübertragung, 6. ed., Springer, Berlin, 2008, p.491, p.302.

Flow Hydrodynamics Influences Due to Flood Plain Sand Mining in a Meandering Channel

Flow Hydrodynamics Influences Due to Flood Plain Sand Mining in a Meandering Channel

Abstract

Flow hydrodynamics in the main channel due to floodplain sand mining is important for a better understanding of maintaining the natural habitat or the reliance between the flood plain and the main channel for the river’s long-term survival and also facilitates more effective river restoration engineering. Day by day anthropogenic stresses are increasing in the river corridor system, indiscriminate sand mining is one of them. In this study, a computational fluid dynamics (CFD)-based software Flow-3D hydro (renormalized group K-ε turbulence model used) is used to study the flow hydrodynamics of sinuous (sinuosity index = 1.25) channel 18 m long, 1 m width, and 0.3 m height with floodplain sand mining pit. Sand mining additionally increases the secondary current near the outer bank of the channel, therefore leading to scouring or erosion at the outer bank, as a result, rivers migrate laterally. The turbulence kinetic energy (TKE) is concentrated in the mining pit and near the inner bank. This study result can be used to understand the flow hydrodynamic of the river system due to the series of sand mining.

Keywords

  • Flow hydrodynamics
  • Turbulence modeling
  • Flow-3D
  • Sinuosity
  • Sand mining

References

  1. Best, J.: Anthropogenic stresses on the world’s big rivers. Nat. Geosci. 12(1), 7–21 (2019)CrossRef CAS Google Scholar 
  2. Bagnold, R.A.: Some Aspects of the Shape of River Meanders. US Government Printing Office (1960)Google Scholar 
  3. Kondolf, G.M.: Freshwater Gravel Mining and Dredging Issues: White Paper. Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (2002)Google Scholar 
  4. Molnár, P., Ramírez, J.A.: Energy dissipation theories and optimal channel characteristics of river networks. Water Resour. Res. 34(7), 1809–1818 (1998)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  5. Padmalal, D., Maya, K.: Sand Mining: Environmental Impacts and Selected Case Studies. Springer (2014)Google Scholar 
  6. Hübler, M., Pothen, F.: Can smart policies solve the sand mining problem? PLoS ONE 16(4), e0248882 (2021)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  7. Khan, S., Sugie, A.: Sand mining and its social impacts on local society in rural Bangladesh: a case study of a village in Tangail district. J. Urban Reg. Stud. Contemp. India 2(1), 1–11 (2015)Google Scholar 
  8. Daneshfaraz, R. et al.: The experimental study of the effects of river mining holes on the bridge piers. Iranian J. Soil Water Res. 50(7), 1619–1633 (2019)Google Scholar 
  9. Hackney, C. R., Darby, S. E., Parsons, D. R., Leyland, J., Best, J. L., Aalto, R., … & Houseago, R. C.: River bank instability from unsustainable sand mining in the lower Mekong River. Nat. Sustain. 3(3), 217–225 (2020)Google Scholar 
  10. Callander, R.A.: River meandering. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 10(1), 129–158 (1978)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  11. Koehnken, L., Rintoul, M.: Impacts of sand mining on ecosystem structure, process and biodiversity in rivers. World Wildlife Fund International (2018)Google Scholar 
  12. Gavriletea, M.D.: Environmental impacts of sand exploitation. Analysis of sand market. Sustainability 9(7), 1118 (2017)Google Scholar 
  13. Koehnken, L., et al.: Impacts of riverine sand mining on freshwater ecosystems: a review of the scientific evidence and guidance for future research. River Res. Appl. 36(3), 362–370 (2020)Google Scholar 
  14. Myers, W.R.C.: Momentum transfer in a compound channel. J. Hydraul. Res. 16(2), 139–150 (1978)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  15. Rajaratnam, N., Ahmadi, R.M.: Interaction between main channel and flood-plain flows. J. Hydraul. Div. 105(5), 573–588 (1979)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  16. Sellin, R.H.J.: A laboratory investigation into the interaction between the flow in the channel of a river and that over its flood plain. La Houille Blanche 7, 793–802 (1964)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  17. Karami, H., et al.: Verification of numerical study of scour around spur dikes using experimental data. Water Environ. J. 28(1), 124–134 (2014)Google Scholar 
  18. Bathurst, J.C., et al.: Overbank sediment deposition patterns for straight and meandering flume channels. Earth Surf. Proc. Land. 27(6), 659–665 (2002)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  19. Xu, D., Bai, Y.: Experimental study on the bed topography evolution in alluvial meandering rivers with various sinuousnesses. J. Hydro-Environ. Res. 7(2), 92–102 (2013)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  20. Priego-Hernández, G.A., Rivera-Trejo, F.: Secondary currents: measurement and analysis. Atmósfera 29(1), 23–34 (2016)Google Scholar 
  21. Alshamani, K.M.M.: Correlations among turbulent shear stress, turbulent kinetic energy, and axial turbulence intensity. AIAA J. 16(8), 859–861 (1978)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  22. Biron, P.M., et al.: Comparing different methods of bed shear stress estimates in simple and complex flow fields. Earth Surface Process. Landforms: J. British Geomorphol. Res. Group 29(11), 1403–1415 (2004)Google Scholar 
  23. Clark, L.A., Theresa, M.W.: Boundary Shear Stress Along Vegetated Streambanks (2007)Google Scholar 
  24. Kim, S.-C., et al.: Estimating bottom stress in tidal boundary layer from acoustic Doppler velocimeter data. J. Hydraul. Eng. 126(6), 399–406 (2000)CrossRef Google Scholar 

  1. Home  
  2. Sustainable Environment  
  3. Conference paper

Flow Hydrodynamics Influences Due to Flood Plain Sand Mining in a Meandering Channel

  • 14 Accesses

Abstract

Flow hydrodynamics in the main channel due to floodplain sand mining is important for a better understanding of maintaining the natural habitat or the reliance between the flood plain and the main channel for the river’s long-term survival and also facilitates more effective river restoration engineering. Day by day anthropogenic stresses are increasing in the river corridor system, indiscriminate sand mining is one of them. In this study, a computational fluid dynamics (CFD)-based software Flow-3D hydro (renormalized group K-ε turbulence model used) is used to study the flow hydrodynamics of sinuous (sinuosity index = 1.25) channel 18 m long, 1 m width, and 0.3 m height with floodplain sand mining pit. Sand mining additionally increases the secondary current near the outer bank of the channel, therefore leading to scouring or erosion at the outer bank, as a result, rivers migrate laterally. The turbulence kinetic energy (TKE) is concentrated in the mining pit and near the inner bank. This study result can be used to understand the flow hydrodynamic of the river system due to the series of sand mining.

Keywords

  • Flow hydrodynamics
  • Turbulence modeling
  • Flow-3D
  • Sinuosity
  • Sand mining

This is a preview of subscription content, access via your institution.

References

  1. Best, J.: Anthropogenic stresses on the world’s big rivers. Nat. Geosci. 12(1), 7–21 (2019)CrossRef CAS Google Scholar 
  2. Bagnold, R.A.: Some Aspects of the Shape of River Meanders. US Government Printing Office (1960)Google Scholar 
  3. Kondolf, G.M.: Freshwater Gravel Mining and Dredging Issues: White Paper. Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (2002)Google Scholar 
  4. Molnár, P., Ramírez, J.A.: Energy dissipation theories and optimal channel characteristics of river networks. Water Resour. Res. 34(7), 1809–1818 (1998)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  5. Padmalal, D., Maya, K.: Sand Mining: Environmental Impacts and Selected Case Studies. Springer (2014)Google Scholar 
  6. Hübler, M., Pothen, F.: Can smart policies solve the sand mining problem? PLoS ONE 16(4), e0248882 (2021)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  7. Khan, S., Sugie, A.: Sand mining and its social impacts on local society in rural Bangladesh: a case study of a village in Tangail district. J. Urban Reg. Stud. Contemp. India 2(1), 1–11 (2015)Google Scholar 
  8. Daneshfaraz, R. et al.: The experimental study of the effects of river mining holes on the bridge piers. Iranian J. Soil Water Res. 50(7), 1619–1633 (2019)Google Scholar 
  9. Hackney, C. R., Darby, S. E., Parsons, D. R., Leyland, J., Best, J. L., Aalto, R., … & Houseago, R. C.: River bank instability from unsustainable sand mining in the lower Mekong River. Nat. Sustain. 3(3), 217–225 (2020)Google Scholar 
  10. Callander, R.A.: River meandering. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 10(1), 129–158 (1978)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  11. Koehnken, L., Rintoul, M.: Impacts of sand mining on ecosystem structure, process and biodiversity in rivers. World Wildlife Fund International (2018)Google Scholar 
  12. Gavriletea, M.D.: Environmental impacts of sand exploitation. Analysis of sand market. Sustainability 9(7), 1118 (2017)Google Scholar 
  13. Koehnken, L., et al.: Impacts of riverine sand mining on freshwater ecosystems: a review of the scientific evidence and guidance for future research. River Res. Appl. 36(3), 362–370 (2020)Google Scholar 
  14. Myers, W.R.C.: Momentum transfer in a compound channel. J. Hydraul. Res. 16(2), 139–150 (1978)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  15. Rajaratnam, N., Ahmadi, R.M.: Interaction between main channel and flood-plain flows. J. Hydraul. Div. 105(5), 573–588 (1979)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  16. Sellin, R.H.J.: A laboratory investigation into the interaction between the flow in the channel of a river and that over its flood plain. La Houille Blanche 7, 793–802 (1964)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  17. Karami, H., et al.: Verification of numerical study of scour around spur dikes using experimental data. Water Environ. J. 28(1), 124–134 (2014)Google Scholar 
  18. Bathurst, J.C., et al.: Overbank sediment deposition patterns for straight and meandering flume channels. Earth Surf. Proc. Land. 27(6), 659–665 (2002)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  19. Xu, D., Bai, Y.: Experimental study on the bed topography evolution in alluvial meandering rivers with various sinuousnesses. J. Hydro-Environ. Res. 7(2), 92–102 (2013)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  20. Priego-Hernández, G.A., Rivera-Trejo, F.: Secondary currents: measurement and analysis. Atmósfera 29(1), 23–34 (2016)Google Scholar 
  21. Alshamani, K.M.M.: Correlations among turbulent shear stress, turbulent kinetic energy, and axial turbulence intensity. AIAA J. 16(8), 859–861 (1978)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  22. Biron, P.M., et al.: Comparing different methods of bed shear stress estimates in simple and complex flow fields. Earth Surface Process. Landforms: J. British Geomorphol. Res. Group 29(11), 1403–1415 (2004)Google Scholar 
  23. Clark, L.A., Theresa, M.W.: Boundary Shear Stress Along Vegetated Streambanks (2007)Google Scholar 
  24. Kim, S.-C., et al.: Estimating bottom stress in tidal boundary layer from acoustic Doppler velocimeter data. J. Hydraul. Eng. 126(6), 399–406 (2000)CrossRef Google Scholar 

Download references

Author information

Authors and Affiliations

  1. Department of Civil Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Guwahati, Guwahati, Assam, IndiaO. P. Maurya, K. K. Nandi, S. Modalavalasa & S. Dutta

Corresponding author

Correspondence to O. P. Maurya .

Editor information

Editors and Affiliations

  1. Centre for the Environment, Indian Institute of Technology Guwahati, Guwahati, IndiaDeepmoni Deka
  2. Department of Chemical engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Guwahati, Guwahati, IndiaSubrata Kumar Majumder
  3. Department of Chemical engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Guwahati, Guwahati, IndiaMihir Kumar Purkait
Figure 1.| Physical models of the vertical drop, backdrop and stepped drop developed in the Technical University of Lisbon.

Numerical modelling of air-water flows in sewer drops

하수구 방울의 공기-물 흐름 수치 모델링

Paula Beceiro (corresponding author)
Maria do Céu Almeida
Hydraulic and Environment Department (DHA), National Laboratory for Civil Engineering, Avenida do Brasil 101, 1700-066 Lisbon, Portugal
E-mail: pbeceiro@lnec.pt
Jorge Matos
Department of Civil Engineering, Arquitecture and Geosources,
Technical University of Lisbon (IST), Avenida Rovisco Pais 1, 1049-001 Lisbon, Portugal

ABSTRACT

물 흐름에 용존 산소(DO)의 존재는 해로운 영향의 발생을 방지하는 데 유익한 것으로 인식되는 호기성 조건을 보장하는 중요한 요소입니다.

하수도 시스템에서 흐르는 폐수에 DO를 통합하는 것은 공기-액체 경계면 또는 방울이나 접합부와 같은 특이점의 존재로 인해 혼입된 공기를 통한 연속 재방출의 영향을 정량화하기 위해 광범위하게 조사된 프로세스입니다. 공기 혼입 및 후속 환기를 향상시키기 위한 하수구 드롭의 위치는 하수구의 호기성 조건을 촉진하는 효과적인 방법입니다.

본 논문에서는 수직 낙하, 배경 및 계단식 낙하를 CFD(전산유체역학) 코드 FLOW-3D®를 사용하여 모델링하여 이러한 유형의 구조물의 존재로 인해 발생하는 난류로 인한 공기-물 흐름을 평가했습니다. 이용 가능한 실험적 연구에 기초한 수력학적 변수의 평가와 공기 혼입의 분석이 수행되었습니다.

이러한 구조물에 대한 CFD 모델의 결과는 Soares(2003), Afonso(2004) 및 Azevedo(2006)가 개발한 해당 물리적 모델에서 얻은 방류, 압력 헤드 및 수심의 측정을 사용하여 검증되었습니다.

유압 거동에 대해 매우 잘 맞았습니다. 수치 모델을 검증한 후 공기 연행 분석을 수행했습니다.

The presence of dissolved oxygen (DO) in water flows is an important factor to ensure the aerobic conditions recognised as beneficial to prevent the occurrence of detrimental effects. The incorporation of DO in wastewater flowing in sewer systems is a process widely investigated in order to quantify the effect of continuous reaeration through the air-liquid interface or air entrained due the presence of singularities such as drops or junctions. The location of sewer drops to enhance air entrainment and subsequently reaeration is an effective practice to promote aerobic conditions in sewers. In the present paper, vertical drops, backdrops and stepped drop was modelled using the computational fluid dynamics (CFD) code FLOW-3D® to evaluate the air-water flows due to the turbulence induced by the presence of this type of structures. The assessment of the hydraulic variables and an analysis of the air entrainment based in the available experimental studies were carried out. The results of the CFD models for these structures were validated using measurements of discharge, pressure head and water depth obtained in the corresponding physical models developed by Soares (2003), Afonso (2004) and Azevedo (2006). A very good fit was obtained for the hydraulic behaviour. After validation of numerical models, analysis of the air entrainment was carried out.

Key words | air entrainment, computational fluid dynamics (CFD), sewer drops

Figure 1.| Physical models of the vertical drop, backdrop and stepped drop developed in the Technical University of Lisbon.
Figure 1.| Physical models of the vertical drop, backdrop and stepped drop developed in the Technical University of Lisbon.
Figure 3. Comparison between the experimental and numerical pressure head along of the invert of the outlet pipe.
Figure 3. Comparison between the experimental and numerical pressure head along of the invert of the outlet pipe.
Figure 4. Average void fraction along the longitudinal axis of the outlet pipe for the lower discharges in the vertical drop and backdrop.
Figure 4. Average void fraction along the longitudinal axis of the outlet pipe for the lower discharges in the vertical drop and backdrop.

REFERENCES

Afonso, J. Dissipação de energia e rearejamento em quedas em colectores. M.Sc. Thesis, UTL/IST, Lisboa, Portugal.
Almeida, M. C., Butler, D. & Matos, J. S. Reaeration by sewer drops. In: 8th Int. Conf. on Urban Storm Drainage, Sydney, Australia.
Azevedo, R. I. Transferência de oxigénio em quedas guiadas em colectores. M.Sc. Thesis, IST, Lisboa, Portugal.
Beceiro, P., Almeida, M. C. & Matos, J. Numerical Modelling of air-water flows in a vertical drop and a backdrop. In: 3rd IAHR Europe Congress, Porto, Portugal.
Bombardelli, F. A., Meireles, I. & Matos, J. S. Laboratory measurements and multi-block numerical simulations of the mean flow and turbulence in the non-aerated skimming flow region of step stepped spillways. Environ. Fluid Mech. 11 (3), 263–288.
Brethour, J. M. & Hirt, C. W. Drift Model for TwoComponent Flows. Flow Science, Inc., Los Alamos, NM, USA.
Chamani, M. R. Jet Flow on Stepped Spillways and Drops. M.Sc. Thesis, University of Alberta, Alberta, Canada.
Chanson, H. Air Bubble Entrainment in Free-Surface Turbulent Shear Flow. Academic Press Inc., California, USA.
Chanson, H. Air bubble entrainment in open channels: flow structure and bubble size distribution. Int. J. Multiphase 23 (1), 193–203.
Chanson, H. Hydraulics of aerated flows: qui pro quo? Journal of Hydraulic Research 51 (3), 223–243.
Dufresne, M., Vazques, J., Terfous, A., Ghenaim, A. & Poulet, J. Experimental investigation and CFD modelling of flow, sedimentation, and solids separation in a combined sewer detention tank. Computer and Fluids 38, 1042–1049.
Durve, A. P. & Patwardhan, A. W. Numerical and experimental investigation of onset of gas entrainment phenomenon. Chemical Engineering Science 73, 140–150.
Felder, S. & Chanson, H. Air–water flows and free-surface profiles on a non-uniform stepped chute. Journal of Hydraulic Research 52 (2), 253–263.
Flow Science FLOW-3D User’s Manuals Version 10.0. Vol.1/2. Flow Science Inc., Los Alamos, NM, USA.
Granata, F., Marinis, G., Gargano, R. & Hager, W. H. Energy loss in circular drop manholes. In: 33rd IAHR Congress: Water Engineering for Sustainable Environment, British
Columbia, Vancouver, Canada. Hirt, C. W. Modeling Turbulent Entrainment of air at A Free Surface. Flow Science Inc., Los Alamos, NM, USA.
Hirt, C. W. & Nichols, B. D. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. Journal of Computational Physics 39, 201–225.
Hirt, C. W. & Sicilian, J. M. A porosity technique for the definition of obstacles in rectangular cell meshes. In: Proc. 4th Int, Conf. Ship Hydro., National Academy of Science, Washington, DC, USA.
Isfahani, A. H. G. & Brethour, J. On the Implementation of Two-Equation Turbulence Models in FLOW-3D. Flow Science Inc., Los Alamos, NM, USA.
Kouyi, G. L., Bret, P., Didier, J. M., Chocat, B. & Billat, C. The use of CFD modelling to optimise measurement of overflow rates in a downstream-controlled dual-overflow structure. Water Science and Technology 64 (2), 521–527.
Lopes, P., Leandro, J., Carvalho, R. F., Páscoa, P. & Martins, R. Numerical and experimental investigation of a gully under surcharge conditions. Urban Water Journal 12 (6), 468–476.
Martins, R., Leandro, J. & Carvalho, R. F. Characterization of the hydraulic performance of a gully under drainage conditions. Water Science and Technology 69 (12), 2423–2430.
Matias, N., Nielsel, A. H., Vollertsen, J., Ferreira, F. & Matos, J. S. Reaeration and hydrogen sulfide release at drop structures. In: 8th International Conference on Sewer Processes and Networks (SPN8), Rotterdam, Netherlands.
Matos, J. S. & Sousa, E. R. Prediction of dissolved oxygen concentration along sanitary sewers. Water Science and Technology 34 (5–6), 525–532.
Mignot, E., Bonakdari, H., Knothe, P., Lipeme Kouyi, G., Bessette, A., Rivière, N. & Bertrand-Krajewski, J. L. Experiments and 3D simulations of flow structures in junctions and of their influence on location of flowmeters. In: 12th International Conference on Urban Drainage, Porto Alegre, Brazil.
Ozmen-Cagatay, H. & Kocaman, S. Dam-break flow in the presence of obstacle: experiment and CFD Simulation. Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics 5 (4), 541–552.
Shojaee Fard, M. H. & Boyaghchi, F. A. Studies of the influence of various blade outlet angles in a centrifugal pump when handling viscous fluids. American Journal of Applied Sciences 4 (9), 718–724.
Soares, A. Rearejamento em Quedas em Colectores de Águas Residuais. M.Sc. Thesis, FCTUC, Coimbra, Portugal.
Sousa, C. M. & Lopes, R. R. Hidráulica e rearejamento em quedas verticais em colectores. Estudo Experimental. Research Report, UTL/IST, Lisboa, Portugal.
Sousa, V., Meireles, I., Matos, J. & Almeida, M. C. Numerical modelling of air-water flow in a vertical drop manhole. In: 7th International Conference on Sewer Processes and Networks (SPN7), Shefield, UK.
Stovin, V., Guymer, I. & Lau, S. D. Approaches to validating a 3D CFD manhole model. In: 11th International Conference on Urban Drainage, Edinburgh, Scotland, UK.
Tota, P. V. Turbulent Flow Over A Backward-Facing Step Using the RNG Model. Flow Science Inc., Los Alamos, NM, USA.
Valero, D. & García-Bartual, R. Calibration of an air entrainment model for CFD spillway applications. In: Advances in Hydroinformatics. Springer, Singapore, pp. 571–582.
Versteeg, H. K. & Malalasekera, W. An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics. The Finite Volume Method. Longman Group limited, England.
Yang, Y., Yang, J., Zuo, J., Li, Y., He, S., Yang, X. & Zhang, K. Study on two operating conditions of a full-scale oxidation ditch for optimization of energy consumption and effluent quality by using CFD model. Water Research 45 (11), 3439–3452.
Zhai, A. J., Zhang, Z., Zhang, W. & Chen, Q. Y. Evaluation of various turbulence models in predicting airflow and turbulence in enclosed environments by CFD: part 1— summary of prevalent Turbulence models. HVAC&R Research 13 (6), 853–870.
Zhao, C., Zhu, D. Z. & Rajaratnam, N. Computational and experimental study of surcharged flow at a 90W combining sewer junction. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 134 (6), 688–700.

Figure 2. Different PKW Types.

A review of Piano Key Weir as a superior alternative for dam rehabilitation

댐 복구를 위한 우수한 대안으로서의 Piano Key Weir에 대한 검토

Amiya Abhash &

K. K. Pandey

Pages 541-551 | Received 03 Mar 2020, Accepted 07 May 2020, Published online: 21 May 2020

ABSTRACT

Dams fall in ‘installations containing dangerous forces’ because of their massive impact on the environment and civilian life and property as per International humanitarian law. As such, it becomes vital for hydraulic engineers to refurbish various solutions for dam rehabilitation. This paper presents a review of a new type of weir installation called Piano Key Weir (PKW), which is becoming popular around the world for its higher spillway capacity both for existing and new dam spillway installations. This paper reviews the geometry along with structural integrity, discharging capacity, economic aspects, aeration requirements, sediment transport and erosion aspects of Piano Key Weir (PKW) as compared with other traditional spillway structures and alternatives from literature. The comparison with other alternatives shows PKW to be an excellent alternative for dam risk mitigation owing to its high spillway capabilities and economy, along with its use in both existing and new hydraulic structures.

댐은 국제 인도법에 따라 환경과 민간인 생활 및 재산에 막대한 영향을 미치기 때문에 ‘위험한 힘을 포함하는 시설물’에 속합니다. 따라서 유압 엔지니어는 댐 복구를 위한 다양한 솔루션을 재정비해야 합니다.

이 백서에서는 PKW(Piano Key Weir)라는 새로운 유형의 둑 설치에 대한 검토를 제공합니다. PKW는 기존 및 신규 댐 방수로 설치 모두에서 더 높은 방수로 용량으로 전 세계적으로 인기를 얻고 있습니다.

이 백서에서는 구조적 무결성, 배출 용량, 경제적 측면, 폭기 요구 사항, 퇴적물 운반 및 PKW(Piano Key Weir)의 침식 측면과 함께 다른 전통적인 여수로 구조 및 문헌의 대안과 비교하여 기하학을 검토합니다.

다른 대안과의 비교는 PKW가 높은 여수로 기능과 경제성으로 인해 댐 위험 완화를 위한 탁월한 대안이며 기존 및 새로운 수력 구조물 모두에 사용됨을 보여줍니다.

KEYWORDS: 

Figure 2. Different PKW Types.
Figure 2. Different PKW Types.

References

  • Anderson, R., and Tullis, B. (2011). Influence of Piano Key Weir geometry on discharge. Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Anderson, R., and Tullis, B. (2012a). “Piano key weir hydraulics and labyrinth weir comparison”. J. Irrig. Drain. Eng., 139(3), 246–253. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)IR.1943-4774.0000530 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Anderson, R., and Tullis, B. (2012b). “Piano key weir: Reservoir versus channel application”. J. Irrig. Drain. Eng., 138(8), 773–776. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)IR.1943-4774.0000464 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Anderson, R.M. 2011. Piano key weir head discharge relationships, M.S. Thesis, Utah State University, Logan, Utah. [Google Scholar]
  • Bashiri, H., Dewals, B., Pirotton, M., Archambeau, P., and Erpicum, S. (2016). “Towards a new design equation for piano key weirs discharge capacity.” Proc. of the 6th International Symposium on Hydraulic Structures. Portland, USA. [Google Scholar]
  • Bianucci, S.P., Sordo Ward, Á.F., Pérez Díaz, J.I., García-Palacios, J.H., Mediero Orduña, L.J., and Garrote de Marcos, L. (2013). “Risk-based methodology for parameter calibration of a reservoir flood control model”. Natl. Hazard Earth Syst. Sci., 13(4), 965–981. doi:https://doi.org/10.5194/nhess-13-965-2013 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Blancher, B., Montarros, F., and Laugier, F. (2011). Hydraulic comparison between Piano Key Weirs and labyrinth spillways. Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Botha, A., Fitz, I., Moore, A., Mulder, F., and Van Deventer, N. 2013. “Application of the Piano Key Weir spillway in the Republic of South Africa”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 185. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Chahartaghi, M.K., Nazari, S., and Shooshtari, M.M. 2019. “Experimental and numerical simulation of arced trapezoidal Piano Key Weirs”. Flow Meas. Instrum., 68, 101576. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2019.101576 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Chi Hien, T., Thanh Son, H., and Ho Ta Khanh, M. (2006). Results of some ‘piano keys’ weir hydraulic model tests in Vietnam. Proc., 22nd Int. Congress of Large Dams, Question 87, Response 39, International Commission on Large Dams (ICOLD). Barcelona, Spain. [Google Scholar]
  • Cicero, G., Barcouda, M., Luck, M., and Vettori, E. (2011). Study of a piano key morning glory to increase the spillway capacity of the Bage dam. Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth Piano Key Weirs-PKW2011, Taylor & Francis, London. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Cicero, G., De Miranda, D., and Luck, M. (2012). “Assessment of the code Wolf 1D PKW for predicting the hydraulic behaviour of PK-Weirs.” Congrès SHF-33èmes journées de l’hydraulique “Grands aménagements hydrauliques 2012”, Paris, France. [Google Scholar]
  • Cicero, G., and Delisle, J. (2013). “Discharge characteristics of Piano Key weirs under submerged flow”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II–PKW 2013, 101–109. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Cicero, G., Delisle, J., Lefebvre, V., and Vermeulen, J. (2013). “Experimental and numerical study of the hydraulic performance of a trapezoidal Piano Key weir.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II: Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 265. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Cicéro, G., Guene, C., Luck, M., Pinchard, T., Lochu, A., and Brousse, P. (2010). “Experimental optimization of a Piano Key Weir to increase the spillway capacity of the Malarce dam.” 1st IAHR European Congress, Edinbourgh, Mai 4–6, 2010. [Google Scholar]
  • Crookston, B., Anderson, R., and Tullis, B. (2018). “Free-flow discharge estimation method for Piano Key weir geometries.” J. Hydro. Environ. Res., 19, 160–167. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jher.2017.10.003 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Das Singhal, G., and Sharma, N. 2011. “Rehabilitation of Sawara Kuddu Hydroelectric Project–Model studies of Piano Key Weir in India”. Proc. Int. Workshop on Labyrinths and Piano Key Weirs PKW 2011. Taylor & Francis, London. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Denys, F., Basson, G., and Strasheim, J. (2017). Fluid Structure Interaction of Piano Key Weirs. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Eichenberger, P. (2013). “The first commercial piano key weir in Switzerland.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 227. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Erpicum, S., Laugier, F., Pfister, M., Pirotton, M., Cicero, G.-M., and Schleiss, A.J. 2013. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, CRC Press. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Erpicum, S., Machiels, O., Dewals, B., Pirotton, M., and Archambeau, P. (2012). “Numerical and physical hydraulic modelling of Piano Key Weirs.” Proceedings of the 4th Int. Conf. on Water Resources and Renewable Energy Development in Asia. Chiang Mai, Thailande. [Google Scholar]
  • Erpicum, S., Nagel, V., and Laugier, F. (2011). “Piano Key Weir design study at Raviege dam”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs–PKW 2011, 43–50. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ervine, D., and Elsawy, E. (1975). “The effect of a falling nappe on river aeration.” Proc. 16th IAHR Congress, Sao Paulo, Brazil. [Google Scholar]
  • Falvey, H.T. 1980. “Air-water flow in hydraulic structures”. NASA STI/Recon Technical Report N, 81. [Google Scholar]
  • Gabriel-Martin, I., Sordo-Ward, A., Garrote, L., and Castillo, L.G. (2017). “Influence of initial reservoir level and gate failure in dam safety analysis. Stochastic approach.” J. Hydrol., 550, 669–684. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2017.05.032 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Gebhardt, M., Herbst, J., Merkel, J., and Belzner, F. (2019). “Sedimentation at labyrinth weirs–an experimental study of the self-cleaning process”. J. Hydraulic Res., 57(4), 579–590. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2018.1494053 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Hu, H., Qian, Z., Yang, W., Hou, D., and Du, L. (2018). “Numerical study of characteristics and discharge capacity of piano key weirs.” Flow Meas. Instrum., 62, 27–32. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2018.05.004 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Javaheri, A., and Kabiri-Samani, A. (2012). “Threshold submergence of flow over PK weirs”. Int. J. Civil Geol. Eng., 6, 46–49. [Google Scholar]
  • Jayatillake, H., and Perera, K. (2013). “Design of a Piano-Key Weir for Giritale Dam spillway in Sri Lanka.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 151. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Jayatillake, H., and Perera, K. (2017). “Adoption of a type D Piano Key Weir spillway with tapered noses at Rambawa Tank, Sri Lanka.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Jüstrich, S., Pfister, M., and Schleiss, A.J. (2016). “Mobile riverbed scour downstream of a Piano Key weir”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 142(11), 04016043. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001189 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Kabiri-Samani, A., and Javaheri, A. (2012). “Discharge coefficients for free and submerged flow over Piano Key weirs”. J. Hydraulic Res., 50(1), 114–120. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2011.647888 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Karimi, M., Attari, J., Saneie, M., and Jalili Ghazizadeh, M.R. (2018). “Side weir flow characteristics: comparison of piano key, labyrinth, and linear types”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 144(12), 04018075. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001539 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Karimi, M., Attari, J., Saneie, M., and Jalili-Ghazizadeh, M. (2017). “Experimental study of discharge coefficient of a piano key side weir.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017). Proceedings of the Third International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2017, Qui Nhon, Vietnam, 22–24. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Khanh, M.H.T. (2013). “The Piano Key Weirs: 15 years of Research & Development–Prospect.” Labyrinth and piano key weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 3. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Khanh, M.H.T. (2017). “History and development of Piano Key Weirs in Vietnam from 2004 to 2016.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Google Scholar]
  • Khanh, M.H.T., Hien, T.C., and Hai, N.T. (2011). “Main results of the PK weir model tests in Vietnam (2004 to 2010).” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs, 191. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Khassaf, S.I., Aziz, L.J., and Elkatib, Z.A. (2016). “Hydraulic behavior of piano key weir type B under free flow conditions”. Int. J. Sci. Technol. Res., 5(3), 158–163. [Google Scholar]
  • Khassaf, S.I., and Al-Baghdadi, M.B. (2015). “Experimental study of non-rectangular piano key weir discharge coefficient”. J. Homepage, 6(5), 425–436. [Google Scholar]
  • Khassaf, S.I., and Al-Baghdadi, M.B.N. (2018). “Experimental investigation of submerged flow over piano key weir”. Int. J. Energy Environ., 9(3), 249–260. [Google Scholar]
  • Kwon, -H.-H., and Moon, Y.-I. (2006). “Improvement of overtopping risk evaluations using probabilistic concepts for existing dams”. Stochastic Environ. Res. Risk Assess., 20(4), 223. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s00477-005-0017-2 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Laugier, F. (2007). “Design and construction of the first Piano Key Weir spillway at Goulours dam”. Int. J. Hydropower Dams, 14(5), 94. [Google Scholar]
  • Laugier, F., Lochu, A., Gille, C., Leite Ribeiro, M., and Boillat, J.-L. (2009). “Design and construction of a labyrinth PKW spillway at Saint-Marc dam, France”. Hydropower Dams, 16(LCH–ARTICLE–2009–023), 100–107. [Google Scholar]
  • Laugier, F., Pralong, J., and Blancher, B. (2011). “Influence of structural thickness of sidewalls on PKW spillway discharge capacity.” Proc. Intl Workshop on Labyrinths and Piano Key Weirs PKW 2011. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Le Blanc, M., Spinazzola, U., and Kocahan, H. (2011). “Labyrinth fusegate applications on free overflow spillways–Overview of recent projects.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs, 261, Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Leite Ribeiro, M., Bieri, M., Boillat, J.-L., Schleiss, A., Delorme, F., and Laugier, F. (2009). “Hydraulic capacity improvement of existing spillways–design of a piano key weirs.” Proc. (on CD) of the 23rd Congress of the Int. Commission on Large Dams CIGB-ICOLD. Brasilia, Brazil. [Google Scholar]
  • Leite Ribeiro, M., Bieri, M., Boillat, J.-L., Schleiss, A., Singhal, G., and Sharma, N. (2011). “Discharge capacity of piano key weirs”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 138(2), 199–203. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000490 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lempérière, F., and Ouamane, A. (2003). “The Piano Keys weir: a new cost-effective solution for spillways”. Int. J. Hydropower Dams, 10(5), 144–149. [Google Scholar]
  • Lempérière, F., and Vigny, J. (2011). “General comments on labyrinth and Piano Keys Weirs–The future”. Labyrinth and Piano Key weirs–PKW 2011, 289–294. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lempérière, F., Vigny, J., and Ouamane, A. (2011). General comments on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs: The past and present. Proc. Intl. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs, Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lewin, J., Ballard, G., and Bowles, D.S. (2003). “Spillway gate reliability in the context of overall dam failure risk.” USSD Annual Lecture, Charleston, South Carolina. [Google Scholar]
  • Lodomez, M., Pirotton, M., Dewals, B., Archambeau, P., and Erpicum, S. (2017). “Could piano key weirs be subject to nappe oscillations?” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Erpicum, S., Archambeau, P., Dewals, B., and Pirotton, M. (2009). “Large scale experimental study of piano key weirs.” Proc. 33rd IAHR Congress: Water Engineering for a Sustainable Environment, IAHR. Vancouver, Canada [Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Erpicum, S., Archambeau, P., Dewals, B., and Pirotton, M. (2011a). “Piano Key Weir preliminary design method–Application to a new dam project.” Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Erpicum, S., Dewals, B., Archambeau, P., and Pirotton, M. (2010). “Piano Key Weirs: The experimental study of an efficient solution for rehabilitation”. WIT Trans. Ecol., 133, 95–106. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Erpicum, S., Dewals, B.J., Archambeau, P., and Pirotton, M. (2011b). “Experimental observation of flow characteristics over a Piano Key Weir”. J Hydraulic Res, 49(3), 359–366. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2011.567761 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Pirotton, M., Pierre, A., Dewals, B., and Erpicum, S. (2014). “Experimental parametric study and design of Piano Key Weirs”. J. Hydraulic Res., 52(3), 326–335. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2013.875070 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Mehboudi, A., Attari, J., and Hosseini, S. (2016). “Experimental study of discharge coefficient for trapezoidal piano key weirs.” Flow Meas. Instrum., 50, 65–72. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2016.06.005 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Micovic, Z., Hartford, D.N., Schaefer, M.G., and Barker, B.L. (2016). “A non-traditional approach to the analysis of flood hazard for dams”. Stochastic Environ. Res. Risk Assess., 30(2), 559–581. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s00477-015-1052-2 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Monjezi, R., Heidarnejad, M., Masjedi, A., Purmohammadi, M.H., and Kamanbedast, A. (2018). “Laboratory investigation of the discharge coefficient of flow in arced labyrinth weirs with triangular plans.” Flow Meas. Instrum., 64, 64–70. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2018.10.011 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Noseda, M., Stojnic, I., Pfister, M., and Schleiss, A.J. (2019). “Upstream Erosion and sediment passage at piano key weirs”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 145(8), 04019029. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001616 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Oertel, M. (2015). “Discharge coefficients of piano key weirs from experimental and numerical modelS.” E= proceedings of the 36th IAHR world congress. 28 June – 3 July, The Hague, The Netherlands. [Google Scholar]
  • Ouamane, A. (2011). Nine years of study of the Piano Key Weir in the university laboratory of Biskra “lessons and reflections”. Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth Piano Key Weirs-PKW2011, Taylor & Francis, London. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ouamane, A., Debabeche, M., Lempérière, F., and Vigny, J. (2017). Twenty years of research in Biskra University for Labyrinths and Piano Key Weirs and associated fuse plugs. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ouamane, A., and Lempérière, F. (2006). Design of a new economic shape of weir. Proc. Int. Symp. on Dams in the Societies of the 21st Century. Barcelona, Spain. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Patev, R., and Putcha, C. (2005). “Development of fault trees for risk assessment of dam gates and associated operating equipment”. Int. J. Modell. Simul., 25(3), 190–201. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/02286203.2005.11442336 [Taylor & Francis Online][Google Scholar]
  • Paxson, G., Tullis, B., and Hertel, D. 2013. “Comparison of Piano Key Weirs with labyrinth and gated spillways: Hydraulics, cost, constructability and operations”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 123–130. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Pfister, M., Capobianco, D., Tullis, B., and Schleiss, A.J. (2013). “Debris-blocking sensitivity of piano key weirs under reservoir-type approach flow”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 139(11), 1134–1141. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000780 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Phillips, M., and Lesleighter, E. 2013. “Piano Key Weir spillway: Upgrade option for a major dam”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 159–168. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Pinchard, T., Boutet, J., and Cicero, G. (2011). “Spillway capacity upgrade at Malarce dam: design of an additional Piano Key Weir spillway.” Proc. Int. Workshop on Labyrinths and Piano Key Weirs PKW. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Pralong, J., J. Vermeulen, B. Blancher, F. Laugier, S. Erpicum, O. Machiels, M. Pirotton, J.-L. Boillat, M. Leite Ribeiro and A. Schleiss (2011). “A naming convention for the piano key weirs geometrical parameters.” Labyrinth and piano key weirs, 271–278. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ribeiro, M.L., Boillat, J.-L., Schleiss, A., Laugier, F., and Albalat, C. (2007). “Rehabilitation of St-Marc dam.” Experimental optimization of a piano key weir. Proc. of 32nd Congress of IAHR, Vince, Italy. [Google Scholar]
  • Ribeiro, M.L., Pfister, M., and Schleiss, A.J. (2013). “Overview of Piano Key weir prototypes and scientific model investigations”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 273. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ribeiro, M.L., Pfister, M., Schleiss, A.J., and Boillat, J.-L. (2012). “Hydraulic design of A-type piano key weirs”. J. Hydraulic Res., 50(4), 400–408. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2012.695041 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Ribi, J., Spahni, B., Dorthe, D., and Pfister, M. (2017). Piano Key Weir as overflow on sedimentation basin of wastewater treatment plant. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Schleiss, A. (2011). “From labyrinth to piano key weirs: a historical review.” Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Sharma, N., and Tiwari, H. (2013). “Experimental study on vertical velocity and submergence depth near Piano Key Weir.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II-PKW, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 93–100. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Tiwari, H. (2016). Experimental Study of Turbulence Characteristics Near Piano Key Weir. PhD, Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee. [Google Scholar]
  • Tiwari, H., and Sharma, N. 2017. “Empirical and Mathematical Modeling of Head and Discharge Over Piano Key Weir”. Development of Water Resources in India. Springer, Cham. 341–354. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-55125-8_29 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Valley, P., and Blancher, B. (2017). Construction and testing of two Piano Key Weirs at Charmines dam. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Vermeulen, J., Lassus, C., and Pinchard, T. (2017). Design of a Piano Key Weir aeration network. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), February 22- 24,2017, Qui Nhon, Vietnam, CRC Press. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Vermeulen, J., Laugier, F., Faramond, L., and Gille, C. (2011). “Lessons learnt from design and construction of EDF first Piano Key Weirs”. Labyrinth and Piano Key weirs-PKW 2011, 215–224. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
Figure 4. Field gate discharge experiment.

FLOW-3D Model Development for the Analysis of the Flow Characteristics of Downstream Hydraulic Structures

하류 유압 구조물의 유동 특성 분석을 위한 FLOW-3D 모델 개발

Beom-Jin Kim 1, Jae-Hong Hwang 2 and Byunghyun Kim 3,*
1 Advanced Structures and Seismic Safety Research Division, Korea Atomic Energy Research Institute,
Daejeon 34057, Korea
2 Korea Water Resources Corporation (K-Water), Daejeon 34350, Korea
3 Department of Civil Engineering, Kyungpook National University, Daegu 41566, Korea

  • Correspondence: bhkimc@knu.ac.kr; Tel.: +82-53-950-7819

Abstract

Hydraulic structures installed in rivers inevitably create a water level difference between upstream and downstream regions. The potential energy due to this difference in water level is converted into kinetic energy, causing high-velocity flow and hydraulic jumps in the river. As a result, problems such as scouring and sloping downstream may occur around the hydraulic structures. In this study, a FLOW-3D model was constructed to perform a numerical analysis of the ChangnyeongHaman weir in the Republic of Korea. The constructed model was verified based on surface velocity measurements from a field gate operation experiment. In the simulation results, the flow discharge differed from the measured value by 9–15 m3/s, from which the accuracy was evaluated to be 82–87%. The flow velocity was evaluated with an accuracy of 92% from a difference of 0.01 to 0.16 m/s. Following this verification, a flow analysis of the hydraulic structures was performed according to boundary conditions and operation conditions for numerous scenarios. Since 2018, the ChangnyeongHaman weir gate has been fully opened due to the implementation of Korea’s eco-environmental policy; therefore, in this study, the actual gate operation history data prior to 2018 was applied and evaluated. The evaluation conditions were a 50% open gate condition and the flow discharge of two cases with a large difference in water level. As a result of the analysis, the actual operating conditions showed that the velocity and the Froude number were lower than the optimal conditions, confirming that the selected design was appropriate. It was also found that in the bed protection section, the average flow velocity was high when the water level difference was large, whereas the bottom velocity was high when the gate opening was large. Ultimately, through the reviewed status survey data in this study, the downstream flow characteristics of hydraulic structures along with adequacy verification techniques, optimal design techniques such as procedures for design, and important considerations were derived. Based on the current results, the constructed FLOW-3D-based model can be applied to creating or updating flow analysis guidelines for future repair and reinforcement measures as well as hydraulic structure design.

하천에 설치되는 수력구조물은 필연적으로 상류와 하류의 수위차를 발생시킨다. 이러한 수위차로 인한 위치에너지는 운동에너지로 변환되어 하천의 고속유동과 수압점프를 일으킨다. 그 결과 수력구조물 주변에서 하류의 세굴, 경사 등의 문제가 발생할 수 있다.

본 연구에서는 대한민국 창녕함안보의 수치해석을 위해 FLOW-3D 모델을 구축하였다. 구축된 모델은 현장 게이트 작동 실험에서 표면 속도 측정을 기반으로 검증되었습니다.

시뮬레이션 결과에서 유량은 측정값과 9~15 m3/s 차이가 나고 정확도는 82~87%로 평가되었다. 유속은 0.01~0.16m/s의 차이에서 92%의 정확도로 평가되었습니다.

검증 후 다양한 시나리오에 대한 경계조건 및 운전조건에 따른 수리구조물의 유동해석을 수행하였다. 2018년부터 창녕함안보 문은 한국의 친환경 정책 시행으로 전면 개방되었습니다.

따라서 본 연구에서는 2018년 이전의 실제 게이트 운영 이력 데이터를 적용하여 평가하였다. 평가조건은 50% open gate 조건과 수위차가 큰 2가지 경우의 유수방류로 하였다. 해석 결과 실제 운전조건은 속도와 Froude수가 최적조건보다 낮아 선정된 설계가 적합함을 확인하였다.

또한 베드보호구간에서는 수위차가 크면 평균유속이 높고, 수문개구가 크면 저저유속이 높은 것으로 나타났다. 최종적으로 본 연구에서 검토한 실태조사 자료를 통해 적정성 검증기법과 함께 수력구조물의 하류 유동특성, 설계절차 등 최적 설계기법 및 중요 고려사항을 도출하였다.

현재의 결과를 바탕으로 구축된 FLOW-3D 기반 모델은 수력구조 설계뿐만 아니라 향후 보수 및 보강 조치를 위한 유동해석 가이드라인 생성 또는 업데이트에 적용할 수 있습니다.

Figure 1. Effect of downstream riverbed erosion according to the type of weir foundation.
Figure 1. Effect of downstream riverbed erosion according to the type of weir foundation.
Figure 2. Changnyeong-Haman weir depth survey results (June 2015)
Figure 2. Changnyeong-Haman weir depth survey results (June 2015)
Figure 4. Field gate discharge experiment.
Figure 4. Field gate discharge experiment.
Figure 16. Analysis results for Case 7 and Case 8
Figure 16. Analysis results for Case 7 and Case 8

References

  1. Wanoschek, R.; Hager, W.H. Hydraulic jump in trapezoidal channel. J. Hydraul. Res. 1989, 27, 429–446. [CrossRef]
  2. Bohr, T.; Dimon, P.; Putkaradze, V. Shallow-water approach to the circular hydraulic jump. J. Fluid Mech. 1993, 254, 635–648.
    [CrossRef]
  3. Chanson, H.; Brattberg, T. Experimental study of the air–water shear flow in a hydraulic jump. Int. J. Multiph. Flow 2000, 26,
    583–607. [CrossRef]
  4. Dhamotharan, S.; Gulliver, J.S.; Stefan, H.G. Unsteady one-dimensional settling of suspended sediment. Water Resour. Res. 1981,
    17, 1125–1132. [CrossRef]
  5. Ziegler, C.K.; Nisbet, B.S. Long-term simulation of fine-grained sediment transport in large reservoir. J. Hydraul. Eng. 1995, 121,
    773–781. [CrossRef]
  6. Olsen, N.R.B. Two-dimensional numerical modelling of flushing processes in water reservoirs. J. Hydraul. Res. 1999, 37, 3–16.
    [CrossRef]
  7. Saad, N.Y.; Fattouh, E.M. Hydraulic characteristics of flow over weirs with circular openings. Ain Shams Eng. J. 2017, 8, 515–522.
    [CrossRef]
  8. Bagheri, S.; Kabiri-Samani, A.R. Hydraulic Characteristics of flow over the streamlined weirs. Modares Civ. Eng. J. 2018, 17, 29–42.
  9. Hussain, Z.; Khan, S.; Ullah, A.; Ayaz, M.; Ahmad, I.; Mashwani, W.K.; Chu, Y.-M. Extension of optimal homotopy asymptotic
    method with use of Daftardar–Jeffery polynomials to Hirota–Satsuma coupled system of Korteweg–de Vries equations. Open
    Phys. 2020, 18, 916–924. [CrossRef]
  10. Arifeen, S.U.; Haq, S.; Ghafoor, A.; Ullah, A.; Kumam, P.; Chaipanya, P. Numerical solutions of higher order boundary value
    problems via wavelet approach. Adv. Differ. Equ. 2021, 2021, 347. [CrossRef]
  11. Sharafati, A.; Haghbin, M.; Motta, D.; Yaseen, Z.M. The application of soft computing models and empirical formulations for
    hydraulic structure scouring depth simulation: A comprehensive review, assessment and possible future research direction. Arch.
    Comput. Methods Eng. 2021, 28, 423–447. [CrossRef]
  12. Khan, S.; Selim, M.M.; Khan, A.; Ullah, A.; Abdeljawad, T.; Ayaz, M.; Mashwani, W.K. On the analysis of the non-Newtonian
    fluid flow past a stretching/shrinking permeable surface with heat and mass transfer. Coatings 2021, 11, 566. [CrossRef]
  13. Khan, S.; Selim, M.M.; Gepreel, K.A.; Ullah, A.; Ayaz, M.; Mashwani, W.K.; Khan, E. An analytical investigation of the mixed
    convective Casson fluid flow past a yawed cylinder with heat transfer analysis. Open Phys. 2021, 19, 341–351. [CrossRef]
  14. Ullah, A.; Selim, M.M.; Abdeljawad, T.; Ayaz, M.; Mlaiki, N.; Ghafoor, A. A Magnetite–Water-Based Nanofluid Three-Dimensional
    Thin Film Flow on an Inclined Rotating Surface with Non-Linear Thermal Radiations and Couple Stress Effects. Energies 2021,
    14, 5531. [CrossRef]
  15. Aamir, M.; Ahmad, Z.; Pandey, M.; Khan, M.A.; Aldrees, A.; Mohamed, A. The Effect of Rough Rigid Apron on Scour Downstream
    of Sluice Gates. Water 2022, 14, 2223. [CrossRef]
  16. Gharebagh, B.A.; Bazargan, J.; Mohammadi, M. Experimental Investigation of Bed Scour Rate in Flood Conditions. Environ. Water
    Eng. 2022, in press. [CrossRef]
  17. Laishram, K.; Devi, T.T.; Singh, N.B. Experimental Comparison of Hydraulic Jump Characteristics and Energy Dissipation
    Between Sluice Gate and Radial Gate. In Innovative Trends in Hydrological and Environmental Systems; Springer: Berlin/Heidelberg,
    Germany, 2022; pp. 207–218.
  18. Varaki, M.E.; Sedaghati, M.; Sabet, B.S. Effect of apron length on local scour at the downstream of grade control structures with
    labyrinth planform. Arab. J. Geosci. 2022, 15, 1240. [CrossRef]
  19. Rizk, D.; Ullah, A.; Elattar, S.; Alharbi, K.A.M.; Sohail, M.; Khan, R.; Khan, A.; Mlaiki, N. Impact of the KKL Correlation Model on
    the Activation of Thermal Energy for the Hybrid Nanofluid (GO+ ZnO+ Water) Flow through Permeable Vertically Rotating
    Surface. Energies 2022, 15, 2872. [CrossRef]
  20. Kim, K.H.; Choi, G.W.; Jo, J.B. An Experimental Study on the Stream Flow by Discharge Ratio. Korea Water Resour. Assoc. Acad.
    Conf. 2005, 05b, 377–382.
  21. Lee, D.S.; Yeo, H.G. An Experimental Study for Determination of the Material Diameter of Riprap Bed Protection Structure. Korea
    Water Resour. Assoc. Acad. Conf. 2005, 05b, 1036–1039.
  22. Choi, G.W.; Byeon, S.J.; Kim, Y.G.; Cho, S.U. The Flow Characteristic Variation by Installing a Movable Weir having Water
    Drainage Equipment on the Bottom. J. Korean Soc. Hazard Mitig. 2008, 8, 117–122.
  23. Jung, J.G. An Experimental Study for Estimation of Bed Protection Length. J. Korean Wetl. Soc. 2011, 13, 677–686.
  24. Kim, S.H.; Kim, W.; Lee, E.R.; Choi, G.H. Analysis of Hydraulic Effects of Singok Submerged Weir in the Lower Han River. J.
    Korean Water Resour. Assoc. 2005, 38, 401–413. [CrossRef]
  25. Kim, J.H.; Sim, M.P.; Choi, G.W.; Oh, J.M. Hydraulic Analysis of Air Entrainment by Weir Types. J. Korean Water Resour. Assoc.
    2003, 36, 971–984. [CrossRef]
  26. Jeong, S.; Yeo, C.G.; Yun, G.S.; Lee, S.O. Analysis of Characteristics for Bank Scour around Low Dam using 3D Numerical
    Simulation. Korean Soc. Hazard Mitig. Acad. Conf. 2011, 02a, 102.
  27. Son, A.R.; Kim, B.H.; Moon, B.R.; Han, G.Y. An Analysis of Bed Change Characteristics by Bed Protection Work. J. Korean Soc. Civ.
    Eng. 2015, 35, 821–834.
  28. French, R.H.; French, R.H. Open-Channel Hydraulics; McGraw-Hill: New York, NY, USA, 1985; ISBN 0070221340.
Sketch of approach channel and spillway of the Kamal-Saleh dam

CFD modeling of flow pattern in spillway’s approach channel

Sustainable Water Resources Management volume 1, pages245–251 (2015)Cite this article

Abstract

Analysis of behavior and hydraulic characteristics of flow over the dam spillway is a complicated task that takes lots of money and time in water engineering projects planning. To model those hydraulic characteristics, several methods such as physical and numerical methods can be used. Nowadays, by utilizing new methods in computational fluid dynamics (CFD) and by the development of fast computers, the numerical methods have become accessible for use in the analysis of such sophisticated flows. The CFD softwares have the capability to analyze two- and three-dimensional flow fields. In this paper, the flow pattern at the guide wall of the Kamal-Saleh dam was modeled by Flow 3D. The results show that the current geometry of the left wall causes instability in the flow pattern and making secondary and vortex flow at beginning approach channel. This shape of guide wall reduced the performance of weir to remove the peak flood discharge.

댐 여수로 흐름의 거동 및 수리학적 특성 분석은 물 공학 프로젝트 계획에 많은 비용과 시간이 소요되는 복잡한 작업입니다. 이러한 수력학적 특성을 모델링하기 위해 물리적, 수치적 방법과 같은 여러 가지 방법을 사용할 수 있습니다. 요즘에는 전산유체역학(CFD)의 새로운 방법을 활용하고 빠른 컴퓨터의 개발로 이러한 정교한 흐름의 해석에 수치 방법을 사용할 수 있게 되었습니다. CFD 소프트웨어에는 2차원 및 3차원 유동장을 분석하는 기능이 있습니다. 본 논문에서는 Kamal-Saleh 댐 유도벽의 흐름 패턴을 Flow 3D로 모델링하였다. 결과는 왼쪽 벽의 현재 형상이 흐름 패턴의 불안정성을 유발하고 시작 접근 채널에서 2차 및 와류 흐름을 만드는 것을 보여줍니다. 이러한 형태의 안내벽은 첨두방류량을 제거하기 위해 둑의 성능을 저하시켰다.

Introduction

Spillways are one of the main structures used in the dam projects. Design of the spillway in all types of dams, specifically earthen dams is important because the inability of the spillway to remove probable maximum flood (PMF) discharge may cause overflow of water which ultimately leads to destruction of the dam (Das and Saikia et al. 2009; E 2013 and Novak et al. 2007). So study on the hydraulic characteristics of this structure is important. Hydraulic properties of spillway including flow pattern at the entrance of the guide walls and along the chute. Moreover, estimating the values of velocity and pressure parameters of flow along the chute is very important (Chanson 2004; Chatila and Tabbara 2004). The purpose of the study on the flow pattern is the effect of wall geometry on the creation transverse waves, flow instability, rotating and reciprocating flow through the inlet of spillway and its chute (Parsaie and Haghiabi 2015ab; Parsaie et al. 2015; Wang and Jiang 2010). The purpose of study on the values of velocity and pressure is to calculate the potential of the structure to occurrence of phenomena such as cavitation (Fattor and Bacchiega 2009; Ma et al. 2010). Sometimes, it can be seen that the spillway design parameters of pressure and velocity are very suitable, but geometry is considered not suitable for conducting walls causing unstable flow pattern over the spillway, rotating flows at the beginning of the spillway and its design reduced the flood discharge capacity (Fattor and Bacchiega 2009). Study on spillway is usually conducted using physical models (Su et al. 2009; Suprapto 2013; Wang and Chen 2009; Wang and Jiang 2010). But recently, with advances in the field of computational fluid dynamics (CFD), study on hydraulic characteristics of this structure has been done with these techniques (Chatila and Tabbara 2004; Zhenwei et al. 2012). Using the CFD as a powerful technique for modeling the hydraulic structures can reduce the time and cost of experiments (Tabbara et al. 2005). In CFD field, the Navier–Stokes equation is solved by powerful numerical methods such as finite element method and finite volumes (Kim and Park 2005; Zhenwei et al. 2012). In order to obtain closed-form Navier–Stokes equations turbulence models, such k − ε and Re-Normalisation Group (RNG) models have been presented. To use the technique of computational fluid dynamics, software packages such as Fluent and Flow 3D, etc., are provided. Recently, these two software packages have been widely used in hydraulic engineering because the performance and their accuracy are very suitable (Gessler 2005; Kim 2007; Kim et al. 2012; Milési and Causse 2014; Montagna et al. 2011). In this paper, to assess the flow pattern at Kamal-Saleh guide wall, numerical method has been used. All the stages of numerical modeling were conducted in the Flow 3D software.

Materials and methods

Firstly, a three-dimensional model was constructed according to two-dimensional map that was prepared for designing the spillway. Then a small model was prepared with scale of 1:80 and entered into the Flow 3D software; all stages of the model construction was conducted in AutoCAD 3D. Flow 3D software numerically solved the Navier–Stokes equation by finite volume method. Below is a brief reference on the equations that used in the software. Figure 1 shows the 3D sketch of Kamal-Saleh spillway and Fig. 2 shows the uploading file of the Kamal-Saleh spillway in Flow 3D software.

figure 1
Fig. 1
figure 2
Fig. 2

Review of the governing equations in software Flow 3D

Continuity equation at three-dimensional Cartesian coordinates is given as Eq (1).

vf∂ρ∂t+∂∂x(uAx)+∂∂x(vAy)+∂∂x(wAz)=PSORρ,vf∂ρ∂t+∂∂x(uAx)+∂∂x(vAy)+∂∂x(wAz)=PSORρ,

(1)

where uvz are velocity component in the x, y, z direction; A xA yA z cross-sectional area of the flow; ρ fluid density; PSOR the source term; v f is the volume fraction of the fluid and three-dimensional momentum equations given in Eq (2).

∂u∂t+1vf(uAx∂u∂x+vAy∂u∂y+wAz∂u∂z)=−1ρ∂P∂x+Gx+fx∂v∂t+1vf(uAx∂v∂x+vAy∂v∂y+wAz∂v∂z)=−1ρ∂P∂y+Gy+fy∂w∂t+1vf(uAx∂w∂x+vAy∂w∂y+wAz∂w∂z)=−1ρ∂P∂y+Gz+fz,∂u∂t+1vf(uAx∂u∂x+vAy∂u∂y+wAz∂u∂z)=−1ρ∂P∂x+Gx+fx∂v∂t+1vf(uAx∂v∂x+vAy∂v∂y+wAz∂v∂z)=−1ρ∂P∂y+Gy+fy∂w∂t+1vf(uAx∂w∂x+vAy∂w∂y+wAz∂w∂z)=−1ρ∂P∂y+Gz+fz,

(2)

where P is the fluid pressure; G xG yG z the acceleration created by body fluids; f xf yf z viscosity acceleration in three dimensions and v f is related to the volume of fluid, defined by Eq. (3). For modeling of free surface profile the VOF technique based on the volume fraction of the computational cells has been used. Since the volume fraction F represents the amount of fluid in each cell, it takes value between 0 and 1.

∂F∂t+1vf[∂∂x(FAxu)+∂∂y(FAyv)+∂∂y(FAzw)]=0∂F∂t+1vf[∂∂x(FAxu)+∂∂y(FAyv)+∂∂y(FAzw)]=0

(3)

Turbulence models

Flow 3D offers five types of turbulence models: Prantl mixing length, k − ε equation, RNG models, Large eddy simulation model. Turbulence models that have been proposed recently are based on Reynolds-averaged Navier–Stokes equations. This approach involves statistical methods to extract an averaged equation related to the turbulence quantities.

Steps of solving a problem in Flow 3D software

(1) Preparing the 3D model of spillway by AutoCAD software. (2) Uploading the file of 3D model in Flow 3D software and defining the problem in the software and checking the final mesh. (3) Choosing the basic equations that should be solved. (4) Defining the characteristics of fluid. (5) Defining the boundary conditions; it is notable that this software has a wide range of boundary conditions. (6) Initializing the flow field. (7) Adjusting the output. (8) Adjusting the control parameters, choice of the calculation method and solution formula. (9) Start of calculation. Figure 1 shows the 3D model of the Kamal-Saleh spillway; in this figure, geometry of the left and right guide wall is shown.

Figure 2 shows the uploading of the 3D spillway dam in Flow 3D software. Moreover, in this figure the considered boundary condition in software is shown. At the entrance and end of spillway, the flow rate or fluid elevation and outflow was considered as BC. The bottom of spillway was considered as wall and left and right as symmetry.

Model calibration

Calibration of the Flow 3D for modeling the effect of geometry of guide wall on the flow pattern is included for comparing the results of Flow 3D with measured water surface profile. Calibration the Flow 3D software could be conducted in two ways: first, changing the value of upstream boundary conditions is continued until the results of water surface profile of the Flow 3D along the spillway successfully covered the measurement water surface profile; second is the assessment the mesh sensitivity. Analyzing the size of mesh is a trial-and-error process where the size of mesh is evaluated form the largest to the smallest. With fining the size of mesh the accuracy of model is increased; whereas, the cost of computation is increased. In this research, the value of upstream boundary condition was adjusted with measured data during the experimental studies on the scaled model and the mesh size was equal to 1 × 1 × 1 cm3.

Results and discussion

The behavior of water in spillway is strongly affected by the flow pattern at the entrance of the spillway, the flow pattern formation at the entrance is affected by the guide wall, and choice of an optimized form for the guide wall has a great effect on rising the ability of spillway for easy passing the PMF, so any nonuniformity in flow in the approach channel can cause reduction of spillway capacity, reduction in discharge coefficient of spillway, and even probability of cavitation. Optimizing the flow guiding walls (in terms of length, angle and radius) can cause the loss of turbulence and flow disturbances on spillway. For this purpose, initially geometry proposed for model for the discharge of spillway dam, Kamal-Saleh, 80, 100, and 120 (L/s) were surveyed. These discharges of flow were considered with regard to the flood return period, 5, 100 and 1000 years. Geometric properties of the conducting guidance wall are given in Table 1.Table 1 Characteristics and dimensions of the guidance walls tested

Full size table

Results of the CFD simulation for passing the flow rate 80 (L/s) are shown in Fig. 3. Figure 3 shows the secondary flow and vortex at the left guide wall.

figure 3
Fig. 3

For giving more information about flow pattern at the left and right guide wall, Fig. 4 shows the flow pattern at the right side guide wall and Fig. 5 shows the flow pattern at the left side guide wall.

figure 4
Fig. 4
figure 5
Fig. 5

With regard to Figs. 4 and 5 and observing the streamlines, at discharge equal to 80 (L/s), the right wall has suitable performance but the left wall has no suitable performance and the left wall of the geometric design creates a secondary and circular flow, and vortex motion in the beginning of the entrance of spillway that creates cross waves at the beginning of spillway. By increasing the flow rate (Q = 100 L/s), at the inlet spillway secondary flows and vortex were removed, but the streamline is severely distorted. Results of the guide wall performances at the Q = 100 (L/s) are shown in Fig. 6.

figure 6
Fig. 6

Also more information about the performance of each guide wall can be derived from Figs. 7 and 8. These figures uphold that the secondary and vortex flows were removed, but the streamlines were fully diverted specifically near the left side guide wall.

figure 7
Fig. 7
figure 8
Fig. 8

As mentioned in the past, these secondary and vortex flows and diversion in streamline cause nonuniformity and create cross wave through the spillway. Figure 9 shows the cross waves at the crest of the spillway.

figure 9
Fig. 9

The performance of guide walls at the Q = 120 (L/s) also was assessed. The result of simulation is shown in Fig. 10. Figures 11 and 12 show a more clear view of the streamlines near to right and left side guide wall, respectively. As seen in Fig. 12, the left side wall still causes vortex flow and creation of and diversion in streamline.

figure 10
Fig. 10
figure 11
Fig. 11
figure 12
Fig. 12

The results of the affected left side guide wall shape on the cross wave creation are shown in Fig. 13. As seen from Fig. 3, the left side guide wall also causes cross wave at the spillway crest.

figure 13
Fig. 13

As can be seen clearly in Figs. 9 and 13, by moving from the left side to the right side of the spillway, the cross waves and the nonuniformity in flow is removed. By reviewing Figs. 9 and 13, it is found that the right side guide wall removes the cross waves and nonuniformity. With this point as aim, a geometry similar to the right side guide wall was considered instead of the left side guide wall. The result of simulation for Q = 120 (L/s) is shown in Fig. 14. As seen from this figure, the proposed geometry for the left side wall has suitable performance smoothly passing the flow through the approach channel and spillway.

figure 14
Fig. 14

More information about the proposed shape for the left guide wall is shown in Fig. 15. As seen from this figure, this shape has suitable performance for removing the cross waves and vortex flows.

figure 15
Fig. 15

Figure 16 shows the cross section of flow at the crest of spillway. As seen in this figure, the proposed shape for the left side guide wall is suitable for removing the cross waves and secondary flows.

figure 16
Fig. 16

Conclusion

Analysis of behavior and hydraulic properties of flow over the spillway dam is a complicated task which is cost and time intensive. Several techniques suitable to the purposes of study have been undertaken in this research. Physical modeling, usage of expert experience, usage of mathematical models on simulation flow in one-dimensional, two-dimensional and three-dimensional techniques, are some of the techniques utilized to study this phenomenon. The results of the modeling show that the CFD technique is a suitable tool for simulating the flow pattern in the guide wall. Using this tools helps the designer for developing the optimal shape for hydraulic structure which the flow pattern through them are important.

References

  • Chanson H (2004) 19—Design of weirs and spillways. In: Chanson H (ed) Hydraulics of open channel flow, 2nd edn. Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, pp 391–430Chapter Google Scholar 
  • Chatila J, Tabbara M (2004) Computational modeling of flow over an ogee spillway. Comput Struct 82:1805–1812Article Google Scholar 
  • Das MM, Saikia MD (2009) Irrigation and water power engineering. PHI Learning, New DelhiGoogle Scholar 
  • E, Department Of Army: U.S. Army Corps (2013) Hydraulic Design of Spillways. BiblioBazaar, CharlestonGoogle Scholar 
  • Fattor C, Bacchiega J (2009) Design conditions for morning-glory spillways: application to potrerillos dam spillway. Adv Water Res Hydraul Eng Springer, Berlin, pp 2123–2128Google Scholar 
  • Gessler D (2005) CFD modeling of spillway performance. Impacts Glob Clim Change. doi:10.1061/40792(173)398
  • Kim D-G (2007) Numerical analysis of free flow past a sluice gate. KSCE J Civ Eng 11:127–132Article Google Scholar 
  • Kim D, Park J (2005) Analysis of flow structure over ogee-spillway in consideration of scale and roughness effects by using CFD model. KSCE J Civ Eng 9:161–169Article Google Scholar 
  • Kim S, Yu K, Yoon B, Lim Y (2012) A numerical study on hydraulic characteristics in the ice Harbor-type fishway. KSCE J Civ Eng 16:265–272Article Google Scholar 
  • Ma X-D, Dai G-Q, Yang Q, Li G-J, Zhao L (2010) Analysis of influence factors of cavity length in the spillway tunnel downstream of middle gate chamber outlet with sudden lateral enlargement and vertical drop aerator. J Hydrodyn Ser B 22:680–686Article Google Scholar 
  • Milési G, Causse S (2014) 3D numerical modeling of a side-channel spillway. In: Gourbesville P, Cunge J, Caignaert G (eds) Advances in hydroinformatics. Springer, Singapore, pp 487–498Chapter Google Scholar 
  • Montagna F, Bellotti G, Di Risio M (2011) 3D numerical modeling of landslide-generated tsunamis around a conical island. Nat Hazards 58:591–608Article Google Scholar 
  • Novak P, Moffat AIB, Nalluri C, Narayanan R (2007) Hydraulic structures. Taylor & Francis, LondonGoogle Scholar 
  • Parsaie A, Haghiabi A (2015a) Computational modeling of pollution transmission in rivers. Appl Water Sci. doi:10.1007/s13201-015-0319-6
  • Parsaie A, Haghiabi A (2015b) The effect of predicting discharge coefficient by neural network on increasing the numerical modeling accuracy of flow over side weir. Water Res Manag 29:973–985Article Google Scholar 
  • Parsaie A, Yonesi H, Najafian S (2015) Predictive modeling of discharge in compound open channel by support vector machine technique. Model Earth Syst Environ 1:1–6Article Google Scholar 
  • Su P-L, Liao H-S, Qiu Y, Li CJ (2009) Experimental study on a new type of aerator in spillway with low Froude number and mild slope flow. J Hydrodyn Ser B 21:415–422Article Google Scholar 
  • Suprapto M (2013) Increase spillway capacity using Labyrinth Weir. Procedia Eng 54:440–446Article Google Scholar 
  • Tabbara M, Chatila J, Awwad R (2005) Computational simulation of flow over stepped spillways. Comput Struct 83:2215–2224Article Google Scholar 
  • Wang J, Chen H (2009) Experimental study of elimination of vortices along guide wall of bank spillway. Adv Water Res Hydraul Eng Springer, Berlin, pp 2059–2063Google Scholar 
  • Wang Y, Jiang C (2010) Investigation of the surface vortex in a spillway tunnel intake. Tsinghua Sci Technol 15:561–565Article Google Scholar 
  • Zhenwei MU, Zhiyan Z, Tao Z (2012) Numerical simulation of 3-D flow field of spillway based on VOF method. Procedia Eng 28:808–812Article Google Scholar 

Download references

Author information

Authors and Affiliations

  1. Department of Water Engineering, Lorestan University, Khorram Abad, IranAbbas Parsaie, Amir Hamzeh Haghiabi & Amir Moradinejad

Corresponding author

Correspondence to Abbas Parsaie.

Reprints and Permissions

About this article

Cite this article

Parsaie, A., Haghiabi, A.H. & Moradinejad, A. CFD modeling of flow pattern in spillway’s approach channel. Sustain. Water Resour. Manag. 1, 245–251 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40899-015-0020-9

Download citation

  • Received28 April 2015
  • Accepted28 August 2015
  • Published15 September 2015
  • Issue DateSeptember 2015
  • DOIhttps://doi.org/10.1007/s40899-015-0020-9

Share this article

Anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content:Get shareable link

Provided by the Springer Nature SharedIt content-sharing initiative

Keywords

  • Approach channel
  • Kamal-Saleh dam
  • Guide wall
  • Flow pattern
  • Numerical modeling
  • Flow 3D software
    Extratropical cyclone damage to the seawall in Dawlish, UK: eyewitness accounts, sea level analysis and numerical modelling

    영국 Dawlish의 방파제에 대한 온대 저기압 피해: 목격자 설명, 해수면 분석 및 수치 모델링

    Extratropical cyclone damage to the seawall in Dawlish, UK: eyewitness accounts, sea level analysis and numerical modelling

    Natural Hazards (2022)Cite this article

    Abstract

    2014년 2월 영국 해협(영국)과 특히 Dawlish에 영향을 미친 온대 저기압 폭풍 사슬은 남서부 지역과 영국의 나머지 지역을 연결하는 주요 철도에 심각한 피해를 입혔습니다.

    이 사건으로 라인이 두 달 동안 폐쇄되어 5천만 파운드의 피해와 12억 파운드의 경제적 손실이 발생했습니다. 이 연구에서는 폭풍의 파괴력을 해독하기 위해 목격자 계정을 수집하고 해수면 데이터를 분석하며 수치 모델링을 수행합니다.

    우리의 분석에 따르면 이벤트의 재난 관리는 성공적이고 효율적이었으며 폭풍 전과 도중에 인명과 재산을 구하기 위해 즉각적인 조치를 취했습니다. 파도 부이 분석에 따르면 주기가 4–8, 8–12 및 20–25초인 복잡한 삼중 봉우리 바다 상태가 존재하는 반면, 조위계 기록에 따르면 최대 0.8m의 상당한 파도와 최대 1.5m의 파도 성분이 나타났습니다.

    이벤트에서 가능한 기여 요인으로 결합된 진폭. 최대 286 KN의 상당한 임펄스 파동이 손상의 시작 원인일 가능성이 가장 높았습니다. 수직 벽의 반사는 파동 진폭의 보강 간섭을 일으켜 파고가 증가하고 최대 16.1m3/s/m(벽의 미터 너비당)의 상당한 오버탑핑을 초래했습니다.

    이 정보와 우리의 공학적 판단을 통해 우리는 이 사고 동안 다중 위험 계단식 실패의 가장 가능성 있는 순서는 다음과 같다고 결론을 내립니다. 조적 파괴로 이어지는 파도 충격력, 충전물 손실 및 연속적인 조수에 따른 구조물 파괴.

    The February 2014 extratropical cyclonic storm chain, which impacted the English Channel (UK) and Dawlish in particular, caused significant damage to the main railway connecting the south-west region to the rest of the UK. The incident caused the line to be closed for two months, £50 million of damage and an estimated £1.2bn of economic loss. In this study, we collate eyewitness accounts, analyse sea level data and conduct numerical modelling in order to decipher the destructive forces of the storm. Our analysis reveals that the disaster management of the event was successful and efficient with immediate actions taken to save lives and property before and during the storm. Wave buoy analysis showed that a complex triple peak sea state with periods at 4–8, 8–12 and 20–25 s was present, while tide gauge records indicated that significant surge of up to 0.8 m and wave components of up to 1.5 m amplitude combined as likely contributing factors in the event. Significant impulsive wave force of up to 286 KN was the most likely initiating cause of the damage. Reflections off the vertical wall caused constructive interference of the wave amplitudes that led to increased wave height and significant overtopping of up to 16.1 m3/s/m (per metre width of wall). With this information and our engineering judgement, we conclude that the most probable sequence of multi-hazard cascading failure during this incident was: wave impact force leading to masonry failure, loss of infill and failure of the structure following successive tides.

    Introduction

    The progress of climate change and increasing sea levels has started to have wide ranging effects on critical engineering infrastructure (Shakou et al. 2019). The meteorological effects of increased atmospheric instability linked to warming seas mean we may be experiencing more frequent extreme storm events and more frequent series or chains of events, as well as an increase in the force of these events, a phenomenon called storminess (Mölter et al. 2016; Feser et al. 2014). Features of more extreme weather events in extratropical latitudes (30°–60°, north and south of the equator) include increased gusting winds, more frequent storm squalls, increased prolonged precipitation and rapid changes in atmospheric pressure and more frequent and significant storm surges (Dacre and Pinto 2020). A recent example of these events impacting the UK with simultaneous significant damage to coastal infrastructure was the extratropical cyclonic storm chain of winter 2013/2014 (Masselink et al. 2016; Adams and Heidarzadeh 2021). The cluster of storms had a profound effect on both coastal and inland infrastructure, bringing widespread flooding events and large insurance claims (RMS 2014).

    The extreme storms of February 2014, which had a catastrophic effect on the seawall of the south Devon stretch of the UK’s south-west mainline, caused a two-month closure of the line and significant disruption to the local and regional economy (Fig. 1b) (Network Rail 2014; Dawson et al. 2016; Adams and Heidarzadeh 2021). Restoration costs were £35 m, and economic effects to the south-west region of England were estimated up to £1.2bn (Peninsula Rail Taskforce 2016). Adams and Heidarzadeh (2021) investigated the disparate cascading failure mechanisms which played a part in the failure of the railway through Dawlish and attempted to put these in the context of the historical records of infrastructure damage on the line. Subsequent severe storms in 2016 in the region have continued to cause damage and disruption to the line in the years since 2014 (Met Office 2016). Following the events of 2014, Network Rail Footnote1 who owns the network has undertaken a resilience study. As a result, it has proposed a £400 m refurbishment of the civil engineering assets that support the railway (Fig. 1) (Network Rail 2014). The new seawall structure (Fig. 1a,c), which is constructed of pre-cast concrete sections, encases the existing Brunel seawall (named after the project lead engineer, Isambard Kingdom Brunel) and has been improved with piled reinforced concrete foundations. It is now over 2 m taller to increase the available crest freeboard and incorporates wave return features to minimise wave overtopping. The project aims to increase both the resilience of the assets to extreme weather events as well as maintain or improve amenity value of the coastline for residents and visitors.

    figure 1
    Fig. 1

    In this work, we return to the Brunel seawall and the damage it sustained during the 2014 storms which affected the assets on the evening of the 4th and daytime of the 5th of February and eventually resulted in a prolonged closure of the line. The motivation for this research is to analyse and model the damage made to the seawall and explain the damage mechanisms in order to improve the resilience of many similar coastal structures in the UK and worldwide. The innovation of this work is the multidisciplinary approach that we take comprising a combination of analysis of eyewitness accounts (social science), sea level and wave data analysis (physical science) as well as numerical modelling and engineering judgement (engineering sciences). We investigate the contemporary wave climate and sea levels by interrogating the real-time tide gauge and wave buoys installed along the south-west coast of the English Channel. We then model a typical masonry seawall (Fig. 2), applying the computational fluid dynamics package FLOW3D-Hydro,Footnote2 to quantify the magnitude of impact forces that the seawall would have experienced leading to its failure. We triangulate this information to determine the probable sequence of failures that led to the disaster in 2014.

    figure 2
    Fig. 2

    Data and methods

    Our data comprise eyewitness accounts, sea level records from coastal tide gauges and offshore wave buoys as well as structural details of the seawall. As for methodology, we analyse eyewitness data, process and investigate sea level records through Fourier transform and conduct numerical simulations using the Flow3D-Hydro package (Flow Science 2022). Details of the data and methodology are provided in the following.

    Eyewitness data

    The scale of damage to the seawall and its effects led the local community to document the first-hand accounts of those most closely affected by the storms including residents, local businesses, emergency responders, politicians and engineering contractors involved in the post-storm restoration work. These records now form a permanent exhibition in the local museum in DawlishFootnote3, and some of these accounts have been transcribed into a DVD account of the disaster (Dawlish Museum 2015). We have gathered data from the Dawlish Museum, national and international news reports, social media tweets and videos. Table 1 provides a summary of the eyewitness accounts. Overall, 26 entries have been collected around the time of the incident. Our analysis of the eyewitness data is provided in the third column of Table 1 and is expanded in Sect. 3.Table 1 Eyewitness accounts of damage to the Dawlish railway due to the February 2014 storm and our interpretations

    Full size table

    Sea level data and wave environment

    Our sea level data are a collection of three tide gauge stations (Newlyn, Devonport and Swanage Pier—Fig. 5a) owned and operated by the UK National Tide and Sea Level FacilityFootnote4 for the Environment Agency and four offshore wave buoys (Dawlish, West Bay, Torbay and Chesil Beach—Fig. 6a). The tide gauge sites are all fitted with POL-EKO (www.pol-eko.com.pl) data loggers. Newlyn has a Munro float gauge with one full tide and one mid-tide pneumatic bubbler system. Devonport has a three-channel data pneumatic bubbler system, and Swanage Pier consists of a pneumatic gauge. Each has a sampling interval of 15 min, except for Swanage Pier which has a sampling interval of 10 min. The tide gauges are located within the port areas, whereas the offshore wave buoys are situated approximately 2—3.3 km from the coast at water depths of 10–15 m. The wave buoys are all Datawell Wavemaker Mk III unitsFootnote5 and come with sampling interval of 0.78 s. The buoys have a maximum saturation amplitude of 20.5 m for recording the incident waves which implies that every wave larger than this threshold will be recorded at 20.5 m. The data are provided by the British Oceanographic Data CentreFootnote6 for tide gauges and the Channel Coastal ObservatoryFootnote7 for wave buoys.

    Sea level analysis

    The sea level data underwent quality control to remove outliers and spikes as well as gaps in data (e.g. Heidarzadeh et al. 2022; Heidarzadeh and Satake 2015). We processed the time series of the sea level data using the Matlab signal processing tool (MathWorks 2018). For calculations of the tidal signals, we applied the tidal package TIDALFIT (Grinsted 2008), which is based on fitting tidal harmonics to the observed sea level data. To calculate the surge signals, we applied a 30-min moving average filter to the de-tided data in order to remove all wind, swell and infra-gravity waves from the time series. Based on the surge analysis and the variations of the surge component before the time period of the incident, an error margin of approximately ± 10 cm is identified for our surge analysis. Spectral analysis of the wave buoy data is performed using the fast Fourier transform (FFT) of Matlab package (Mathworks 2018).

    Numerical modelling

    Numerical modelling of wave-structure interaction is conducted using the computational fluid dynamics package Flow3D-Hydro version 1.1 (Flow Science 2022). Flow3D-Hydro solves the transient Navier–Stokes equations of conservation of mass and momentum using a finite difference method and on Eulerian and Lagrangian frameworks (Flow Science 2022). The aforementioned governing equations are:

    ∇.u=0∇.u=0

    (1)

    ∂u∂t+u.∇u=−∇Pρ+υ∇2u+g∂u∂t+u.∇u=−∇Pρ+υ∇2u+g

    (2)

    where uu is the velocity vector, PP is the pressure, ρρ is the water density, υυ is the kinematic viscosity and gg is the gravitational acceleration. A Fractional Area/Volume Obstacle Representation (FAVOR) is adapted in Flow3D-Hydro, which applies solid boundaries within the Eulerian grid and calculates the fraction of areas and volume in partially blocked volume in order to compute flows on corresponding boundaries (Hirt and Nichols 1981). We validated the numerical modelling through comparing the results with Sainflou’s analytical equation for the design of vertical seawalls (Sainflou 1928; Ackhurst 2020), which is as follows:

    pd=ρgHcoshk(d+z)coshkdcosσtpd=ρgHcoshk(d+z)coshkdcosσt

    (3)

    where pdpd is the hydrodynamic pressure, ρρ is the water density, gg is the gravitational acceleration, HH is the wave height, dd is the water depth, kk is the wavenumber, zz is the difference in still water level and mean water level, σσ is the angular frequency and tt is the time. The Sainflou’s equation (Eq. 3) is used to calculate the dynamic pressure from wave action, which is combined with static pressure on the seawall.

    Using Flow3D-Hydro, a model of the Dawlish seawall was made with a computational domain which is 250.0 m in length, 15.0 m in height and 0.375 m in width (Fig. 3a). The computational domain was discretised using a single uniform grid with a mesh size of 0.125 m. The model has a wave boundary at the left side of the domain (x-min), an outflow boundary on the right side (x-max), a symmetry boundary at the bottom (z-min) and a wall boundary at the top (z-max). A wall boundary implies that water or waves are unable to pass through the boundary, whereas a symmetry boundary means that the two edges of the boundary are identical and therefore there is no flow through it. The water is considered incompressible in our model. For volume of fluid advection for the wave boundary (i.e. the left-side boundary) in our simulations, we utilised the “Split Lagrangian Method”, which guarantees the best accuracy (Flow Science, 2022).

    figure 3
    Fig. 3

    The stability of the numerical scheme is controlled and maintained through checking the Courant number (CC) as given in the following:

    C=VΔtΔxC=VΔtΔx

    (4)

    where VV is the velocity of the flow, ΔtΔt is the time step and ΔxΔx is the spatial step (i.e. grid size). For stability and convergence of the numerical simulations, the Courant number must be sufficiently below one (Courant et al. 1928). This is maintained by a careful adjustment of the ΔxΔx and ΔtΔt selections. Flow3D-Hydro applies a dynamic Courant number, meaning the program adjusts the value of time step (ΔtΔt) during the simulations to achieve a balance between accuracy of results and speed of simulation. In our simulation, the time step was in the range ΔtΔt = 0.0051—0.051 s.

    In order to achieve the most efficient mesh resolution, we varied cell size for five values of ΔxΔx = 0.1 m, 0.125 m, 0.15 m, 0.175 m and 0.20 m. Simulations were performed for all mesh sizes, and the results were compared in terms of convergence, stability and speed of simulation (Fig. 3). A linear wave with an amplitude of 1.5 m and a period of 6 s was used for these optimisation simulations. We considered wave time histories at two gauges A and B and recorded the waves from simulations using different mesh sizes (Fig. 3). Although the results are close (Fig. 3), some limited deviations are observed for larger mesh sizes of 0.20 m and 0.175 m. We therefore selected mesh size of 0.125 m as the optimum, giving an extra safety margin as a conservative solution.

    The pressure from the incident waves on the vertical wall is validated in our model by comparing them with the analytical equation of Sainflou (1928), Eq. (3), which is one of the most common set of equations for design of coastal structures (Fig. 4). The model was tested by running a linear wave of period 6 s and wave amplitude of 1.5 m against the wall, with a still water level of 4.5 m. It can be seen that the model results are very close to those from analytical equations of Sainflou (1928), indicating that our numerical model is accurately modelling the wave-structure interaction (Fig. 4).

    figure 4
    Fig. 4

    Eyewitness account analysis

    Contemporary reporting of the 4th and 5th February 2014 storms by the main national news outlets in the UK highlights the extreme nature of the events and the significant damage and disruption they were likely to have on the communities of the south-west of England. In interviews, this was reinforced by Network Rail engineers who, even at this early stage, were forecasting remedial engineering works to last for at least 6 weeks. One week later, following subsequent storms the cascading nature of the events was obvious. Multiple breaches of the seawall had taken place with up to 35 separate landslide events and significant damage to parapet walls along the coastal route also were reported. Residents of the area reported extreme effects of the storm, one likening it to an earthquake and reporting water ingress through doors windows and even through vertical chimneys (Table 1). This suggests extreme wave overtopping volumes and large wave impact forces. One resident described the structural effects as: “the house was jumping up and down on its footings”.

    Disaster management plans were quickly and effectively put into action by the local council, police service and National Rail. A major incident was declared, and decisions regarding evacuation of the residents under threat were taken around 2100 h on the night of 4th February when reports of initial damage to the seawall were received (Table 1). Local hotels were asked to provide short-term refuge to residents while local leisure facilities were prepared to accept residents later that evening. Initial repair work to the railway line was hampered by successive high spring tides and storms in the following days although significant progress was still made when weather conditions permitted (Table 1).

    Sea level observations and spectral analysis

    The results of surge and wave analyses are presented in Figs. 5 and 6. A surge height of up to 0.8 m was recorded in the examined tide gauge stations (Fig. 5b-d). Two main episodes of high surge heights are identified: the first surge started on 3rd February 2014 at 03:00 (UTC) and lasted until 4th of February 2014 at 00:00; the second event occurred in the period 4th February 2014 15:00 to 5th February 2014 at 17:00 (Fig. 5b-d). These data imply surge durations of 21 h and 26 h for the first and the second events, respectively. Based on the surge data in Fig. 5, we note that the storm event of early February 2014 and the associated surges was a relatively powerful one, which impacted at least 230 km of the south coast of England, from Land’s End to Weymouth, with large surge heights.

    figure 5
    Fig. 5
    figure 6
    Fig. 6

    Based on wave buoy records, the maximum recorded amplitudes are at least 20.5 m in Dawlish and West Bay, 1.9 m in Tor Bay and 4.9 m in Chesil (Fig. 6a-b). The buoys at Tor Bay and Chesil recorded dual peak period bands of 4–8 and 8–12 s, whereas at Dawlish and West Bay registered triple peak period bands at 4–8, 8–12 and 20–25 s (Fig. 6c, d). It is important to note that the long-period waves at 20–25 s occur with short durations (approximately 2 min) while the waves at the other two bands of 4–8 and 8–12 s appear to be present at all times during the storm event.

    The wave component at the period band of 4–8 s can be most likely attributed to normal coastal waves while the one at 8–12 s, which is longer, is most likely the swell component of the storm. Regarding the third component of the waves with long period of 20 -25 s, which occurs with short durations of 2 min, there are two hypotheses; it is either the result of a local (port and harbour) and regional (the Lyme Bay) oscillations (eg. Rabinovich 1997; Heidarzadeh and Satake 2014; Wang et al. 1992), or due to an abnormally long swell. To test the first hypothesis, we consider various water bodies such as Lyme Bay (approximate dimensions of 70 km × 20 km with an average water depth of 30 m; Fig. 6), several local bays (approximate dimensions of 3.6 km × 0.6 km with an average water depth of 6 m) and harbours (approximate dimensions of 0.5 km × 0.5 km with an average water depth of 4 m). Their water depths are based on the online Marine navigation website.Footnote8 According to Rabinovich (2010), the oscillation modes of a semi-enclosed rectangle basin are given by the following equation:

    Tmn=2gd−−√[(m2L)2+(nW)2]−1/2Tmn=2gd[(m2L)2+(nW)2]−1/2

    (5)

    where TmnTmn is the oscillation period, gg is the gravitational acceleration, dd is the water depth, LL is the length of the basin, WW is the width of the basin, m=1,2,3,…m=1,2,3,… and n=0,1,2,3,…n=0,1,2,3,…; mm and nn are the counters of the different modes. Applying Eq. (5) to the aforementioned water bodies results in oscillation modes of at least 5 min, which is far longer than the observed period of 20–25 s. Therefore, we rule out the first hypothesis and infer that the long period of 20–25 s is most likely a long swell wave coming from distant sources. As discussed by Rabinovich (1997) and Wang et al. (2022), comparison between sea level spectra before and after the incident is a useful method to distinguish the spectrum of the weather event. A visual inspection of Fig. 6 reveals that the forcing at the period band of 20–25 s is non-existent before the incident.

    Numerical simulations of wave loading and overtopping

    Based on the results of sea level data analyses in the previous section (Fig. 6), we use a dual peak wave spectrum with peak periods of 10.0 s and 25.0 s for numerical simulations because such a wave would be comprised of the most energetic signals of the storm. For variations of water depth (2.0–4.0 m), coastal wave amplitude (0.5–1.5 m) (Fig. 7) and storm surge height (0.5–0.8 m) (Fig. 5), we developed 20 scenarios (Scn) which we used in numerical simulations (Table 2). Data during the incident indicated that water depth was up to the crest level of the seawall (approximately 4 m water depth); therefore, we varied water depth from 2 to 4 m in our simulation scenarios. Regarding wave amplitudes, we referred to the variations at a nearby tide gauge station (West Bay) which showed wave amplitude up to 1.2 m (Fig. 7). Therefore, wave amplitude was varied from 0.5 m to 1.5 m by considering a factor a safety of 25% for the maximum wave amplitude. As for the storm surge component, time series of storm surges calculated at three coastal stations adjacent to Dawlish showed that it was in the range of 0.5 m to 0.8 m (Fig. 5). These 20 scenarios would help to study uncertainties associated with wave amplitudes and pressures. Figure 8 shows snapshots of wave propagation and impacts on the seawall at different times.

    figure 7
    Fig. 7

    Table 2 The 20 scenarios considered for numerical simulations in this study

    Full size table

    figure 8
    Fig. 8

    Results of wave amplitude simulations

    Large wave amplitudes can induce significant wave forcing on the structure and cause overtopping of the seawall, which could eventually cascade to other hazards such as erosion of the backfill and scour (Adams and Heidarzadeh, 2021). The first 10 scenarios of our modelling efforts are for the same incident wave amplitudes of 0.5 m, which occur at different water depths (2.0–4.0 m) and storm surge heights (0.5–0.8 m) (Table 2 and Fig. 9). This is because we aim at studying the impacts of effective water depth (deff—the sum of mean sea level and surge height) on the time histories of wave amplitudes as the storm evolves. As seen in Fig. 9a, by decreasing effective water depth, wave amplitude increases. For example, for Scn-1 with effective depth of 4.5 m, the maximum amplitude of the first wave is 1.6 m, whereas it is 2.9 m for Scn-2 with effective depth of 3.5 m. However, due to intensive reflections and interferences of the waves in front of the vertical seawall, such a relationship is barely seen for the second and the third wave peaks. It is important to note that the later peaks (second or third) produce the largest waves rather than the first wave. Extraordinary wave amplifications are seen for the Scn-2 (deff = 3.5 m) and Scn-7 (deff = 3.3 m), where the corresponding wave amplitudes are 4.5 m and 3.7 m, respectively. This may indicate that the effective water depth of deff = 3.3–3.5 m is possibly a critical water depth for this structure resulting in maximum wave amplitudes under similar storms. In the second wave impact, the combined wave height (i.e. the wave amplitude plus the effective water depth), which is ultimately an indicator of wave overtopping, shows that the largest wave heights are generated by Scn-2, 7 and 8 (Fig. 9a) with effective water depths of 3.5 m, 3.3 m and 3.8 m and combined heights of 8.0 m, 7.0 m and 6.9 m (Fig. 9b). Since the height of seawall is 5.4 m, the combined wave heights for Scn-2, 7 and 8 are greater than the crest height of the seawall by 2.6 m, 1.6 m and 1.5 m, respectively, which indicates wave overtopping.

    figure 9
    Fig. 9

    For scenarios 11–20 (Fig. 10), with incident wave amplitudes of 1.5 m (Table 2), the largest wave amplitudes are produced by Scn-17 (deff = 3.3 m), Scn-13 (deff = 2.5 m) and Scn-12 (deff = 3.5 m), which are 5.6 m, 5.1 m and 4.5 m. The maximum combined wave heights belong to Scn-11 (deff = 4.5 m) and Scn-17 (deff = 3.3 m), with combined wave heights of 9.0 m and 8.9 m (Fig. 10b), which are greater than the crest height of the seawall by 4.6 m and 3.5 m, respectively.

    figure 10
    Fig. 10

    Our simulations for all 20 scenarios reveal that the first wave is not always the largest and wave interactions, reflections and interferences play major roles in amplifying the waves in front of the seawall. This is primarily because the wall is fully vertical and therefore has a reflection coefficient of close to one (i.e. full reflection). Simulations show that the combined wave height is up to 4.6 m higher than the crest height of the wall, implying that severe overtopping would be expected.

    Results of wave loading calculations

    The pressure calculations for scenarios 1–10 are given in Fig. 11 and those of scenarios 11–20 in Fig. 12. The total pressure distribution in Figs. 1112 mostly follows a triangular shape with maximum pressure at the seafloor as expected from the Sainflou (1928) design equations. These pressure plots comprise both static (due to mean sea level in front of the wall) and dynamic (combined effects of surge and wave) pressures. For incident wave amplitudes of 0.5 m (Fig. 11), the maximum wave pressure varies in the range of 35–63 kPa. At the sea surface, it is in the range of 4–20 kPa (Fig. 11). For some scenarios (Scn-2 and 7), the pressure distribution deviates from a triangular shape and shows larger pressures at the top, which is attributed to the wave impacts and partial breaking at the sea surface. This adds an additional triangle-shaped pressure distribution at the sea surface elevation consistent with the design procedure developed by Goda (2000) for braking waves. The maximum force on the seawall due to scenarios 1–10, which is calculated by integrating the maximum pressure distribution over the wave-facing surface of the seawall, is in the range of 92–190 KN (Table 2).

    figure 11
    Fig. 11
    figure 12
    Fig. 12

    For scenarios 11–20, with incident wave amplitude of 1.5 m, wave pressures of 45–78 kPa and 7–120 kPa, for  the bottom and top of the wall, respectively, were observed (Fig. 12). Most of the plots show a triangular pressure distribution, except for Scn-11 and 15. A significant increase in wave impact pressure is seen for Scn-15 at the top of the structure, where a maximum pressure of approximately 120 kPa is produced while other scenarios give a pressure of 7–32 kPa for the sea surface. In other words, the pressure from Scn-15 is approximately four times larger than the other scenarios. Such a significant increase of the pressure at the top is most likely attributed to the breaking wave impact loads as detailed by Goda (2000) and Cuomo et al. (2010). The wave simulation snapshots in Fig. 8 show that the wave breaks before reaching the wall. The maximum force due to scenarios 11–20 is 120–286 KN.

    The breaking wave impacts peaking at 286 KN in our simulations suggest destabilisation of the upper masonry blocks, probably by grout malfunction. This significant impact force initiated the failure of the seawall which in turn caused extensive ballast erosion. Wave impact damage was proposed by Adams and Heidarzadeh (2021) as one of the primary mechanisms in the 2014 Dawlish disaster. In the multi-hazard risk model proposed by these authors, damage mechanism III (failure pathway 5 in Adams and Heidarzadeh, 2021) was characterised by wave impact force causing damage to the masonry elements, leading to failure of the upper sections of the seawall and loss of infill material. As blocks were removed, access to the track bed was increased for inbound waves allowing infill material from behind the seawall to be fluidised and subsequently removed by backwash. The loss of infill material critically compromised the stability of the seawall and directly led to structural failure. In parallel, significant wave overtopping (discussed in the next section) led to ballast washout and cascaded, in combination with masonry damage, to catastrophic failure of the wall and suspension of the rails in mid-air (Fig. 1b), leaving the railway inoperable for two months.

    Wave Overtopping

    The two most important factors contributing to the 2014 Dawlish railway catastrophe were wave impact forces and overtopping. Figure 13 gives the instantaneous overtopping rates for different scenarios, which experienced overtopping. It can be seen that the overtopping rates range from 0.5 m3/s/m to 16.1 m3/s/m (Fig. 13). Time histories of the wave overtopping rates show that the phenomenon occurs intermittently, and each time lasts 1.0–7.0 s. It is clear that the longer the overtopping time, the larger the volume of the water poured on the structure. The largest wave overtopping rates of 16.1 m3/s/m and 14.4 m3/s/m belong to Scn-20 and 11, respectively. These are the two scenarios that also give the largest combined wave heights (Fig. 10b).

    figure 13
    Fig. 13

    The cumulative overtopping curves (Figs. 1415) show the total water volume overtopped the structure during the entire simulation time. This is an important hazard factor as it determines the level of soil saturation, water pore pressure in the soil and soil erosion (Van der Meer et al. 2018). The maximum volume belongs to Scn-20, which is 65.0 m3/m (m-cubed of water per metre length of the wall). The overtopping volumes are 42.7 m3/m for Scn-11 and 28.8 m3/m for Scn-19. The overtopping volume is in the range of 0.7–65.0 m3/m for all scenarios.

    figure 14
    Fig. 14
    figure 15
    Fig. 15

    For comparison, we compare our modelling results with those estimated using empirical equations. For the case of the Dawlish seawall, we apply the equation proposed by Van Der Meer et al. (2018) to estimate wave overtopping rates, based on a set of decision criteria which are the influence of foreshore, vertical wall, possible breaking waves and low freeboard:

    qgH3m−−−−√=0.0155(Hmhs)12e(−2.2RcHm)qgHm3=0.0155(Hmhs)12e(−2.2RcHm)

    (6)

    where qq is the mean overtopping rate per metre length of the seawall (m3/s/m), gg is the acceleration due to gravity, HmHm is the incident wave height at the toe of the structure, RcRc is the wall crest height above mean sea level, hshs is the deep-water significant wave height and e(x)e(x) is the exponential function. It is noted that Eq. (6) is valid for 0.1<RcHm<1.350.1<RcHm<1.35. For the case of the Dawlish seawall and considering the scenarios with larger incident wave amplitude of 1.5 m (hshs= 1.5 m), the incident wave height at the toe of the structure is HmHm = 2.2—5.6 m, and the wall crest height above mean sea level is RcRc = 0.6–2.9 m. As a result, Eq. (6) gives mean overtopping rates up to approximately 2.9 m3/s/m. A visual inspection of simulated overtopping rates in Fig. 13 for Scn 11–20 shows that the mean value of the simulated overtopping rates (Fig. 13) is close to estimates using Eq. (6).

    Discussion and conclusions

    We applied a combination of eyewitness account analysis, sea level data analysis and numerical modelling in combination with our engineering judgement to explain the damage to the Dawlish railway seawall in February 2014. Main findings are:

    • Eyewitness data analysis showed that the extreme nature of the event was well forecasted in the hours prior to the storm impact; however, the magnitude of the risks to the structures was not well understood. Multiple hazards were activated simultaneously, and the effects cascaded to amplify the damage. Disaster management was effective, exemplified by the establishment of an emergency rendezvous point and temporary evacuation centre during the storm, indicating a high level of hazard awareness and preparedness.
    • Based on sea level data analysis, we identified triple peak period bands at 4–8, 8–12 and 20–25 s in the sea level data. Storm surge heights and wave oscillations were up to 0.8 m and 1.5 m, respectively.
    • Based on the numerical simulations of 20 scenarios with different water depths, incident wave amplitudes, surge heights and peak periods, we found that the wave oscillations at the foot of the seawall result in multiple wave interactions and interferences. Consequently, large wave amplitudes, up to 4.6 m higher than the height of the seawall, were generated and overtopped the wall. Extreme impulsive wave impact forces of up to 286 KN were generated by the waves interacting with the seawall.
    • We measured maximum wave overtopping rates of 0.5–16.1 m3/s/m for our scenarios. The cumulative overtopping water volumes per metre length of the wall were 0.7–65.0 m3/m.
    • Analysis of all the evidence combined with our engineering judgement suggests that the most likely initiating cause of the failure was impulsive wave impact forces destabilising one or more grouted joints between adjacent masonry blocks in the wall. Maximum observed pressures of 286 KN in our simulations are four times greater in magnitude than background pressures leading to block removal and initiating failure. Therefore, the sequence of cascading events was :1) impulsive wave impact force causing damage to masonry, 2) failure of the upper sections of the seawall, 3) loss of infill resulting in a reduction of structural strength in the landward direction, 4) ballast washout as wave overtopping and inbound wave activity increased and 5) progressive structural failure following successive tides.

    From a risk mitigation point of view, the stability of the seawall in the face of future energetic cyclonic storm events and sea level rise will become a critical factor in protecting the rail network. Mitigation efforts will involve significant infrastructure investment to strengthen the civil engineering assets combined with improved hazard warning systems consisting of meteorological forecasting and real-time wave observations and instrumentation. These efforts must take into account the amenity value of coastal railway infrastructure to local communities and the significant number of tourists who visit every year. In this regard, public awareness and active engagement in the planning and execution of the project will be crucial in order to secure local stakeholder support for the significant infrastructure project that will be required for future resilience.

    Notes

    1. https://www.networkrail.co.uk/..
    2. https://www.flow3d.com/products/flow-3d-hydro/.
    3. https://www.devonmuseums.net/Dawlish-Museum/Devon-Museums/.
    4. https://ntslf.org/.
    5. https://www.datawell.nl/Products/Buoys/DirectionalWaveriderMkIII.aspx.
    6. https://www.bodc.ac.uk/.
    7. https://coastalmonitoring.org/cco/.
    8. https://webapp.navionics.com/#boating@8&key=iactHlwfP.

    References

    Download references

    Acknowledgements

    We are grateful to Brunel University London for administering the scholarship awarded to KA. The Flow3D-Hydro used in this research for numerical modelling is licenced to Brunel University London through an academic programme contract. We sincerely thank Prof Harsh Gupta (Editor-in-Chief) and two anonymous reviewers for their constructive review comments.

    Funding

    This project was funded by the UK Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) through a PhD scholarship to Keith Adams.

    Author information

    Authors and Affiliations

    1. Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Brunel University London, Uxbridge, UB8 3PH, UKKeith Adams
    2. Department of Architecture and Civil Engineering, University of Bath, Bath, BA2 7AY, UKMohammad Heidarzadeh

    Corresponding author

    Correspondence to Keith Adams.

    Ethics declarations

    Conflict of interest

    The authors have no relevant financial or non-financial interests to disclose.

    Availability of data

    All data used in this study are provided in the body of the article.

    Additional information

    Publisher’s Note

    Springer Nature remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.

    Open Access This article is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License, which permits use, sharing, adaptation, distribution and reproduction in any medium or format, as long as you give appropriate credit to the original author(s) and the source, provide a link to the Creative Commons licence, and indicate if changes were made. The images or other third party material in this article are included in the article’s Creative Commons licence, unless indicated otherwise in a credit line to the material. If material is not included in the article’s Creative Commons licence and your intended use is not permitted by statutory regulation or exceeds the permitted use, you will need to obtain permission directly from the copyright holder. To view a copy of this licence, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

    Reprints and Permissions

    About this article

    Cite this article

    Adams, K., Heidarzadeh, M. Extratropical cyclone damage to the seawall in Dawlish, UK: eyewitness accounts, sea level analysis and numerical modelling. Nat Hazards (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11069-022-05692-2

    Download citation

    • Received17 May 2022
    • Accepted17 October 2022
    • Published14 November 2022
    • DOIhttps://doi.org/10.1007/s11069-022-05692-2

    Share this article

    Anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content:Get shareable link

    Provided by the Springer Nature SharedIt content-sharing initiative

    Keywords

    • Storm surge
    • Cyclone
    • Railway
    • Climate change
    • Infrastructure
    • Resilience
    Fig. 1. (a) Dimensions of the casting with runners (unit: mm), (b) a melt flow simulation using Flow-3D software together with Reilly's model[44], predicted that a large amount of bifilms (denoted by the black particles) would be contained in the final casting. (c) A solidification simulation using Pro-cast software showed that no shrinkage defect was contained in the final casting.

    AZ91 합금 주물 내 연행 결함에 대한 캐리어 가스의 영향

    TianLiabJ.M.T.DaviesaXiangzhenZhuc
    aUniversity of Birmingham, Birmingham B15 2TT, United Kingdom
    bGrainger and Worrall Ltd, Bridgnorth WV15 5HP, United Kingdom
    cBrunel Centre for Advanced Solidification Technology, Brunel University London, Kingston Ln, London, Uxbridge UB8 3PH, United Kingdom

    Abstract

    An entrainment defect (also known as a double oxide film defect or bifilm) acts a void containing an entrapped gas when submerged into a light-alloy melt, thus reducing the quality and reproducibility of the final castings. Previous publications, carried out with Al-alloy castings, reported that this trapped gas could be subsequently consumed by the reaction with the surrounding melt, thus reducing the void volume and negative effect of entrainment defects. Compared with Al-alloys, the entrapped gas within Mg-alloy might be more efficiently consumed due to the relatively high reactivity of magnesium. However, research into the entrainment defects within Mg alloys has been significantly limited. In the present work, AZ91 alloy castings were produced under different carrier gas atmospheres (i.e., SF6/CO2, SF6/air). The evolution processes of the entrainment defects contained in AZ91 alloy were suggested according to the microstructure inspections and thermodynamic calculations. The defects formed in the different atmospheres have a similar sandwich-like structure, but their oxide films contained different combinations of compounds. The use of carrier gases, which were associated with different entrained-gas consumption rates, affected the reproducibility of AZ91 castings.

    연행 결함(이중 산화막 결함 또는 이중막이라고도 함)은 경합금 용융물에 잠길 때 갇힌 가스를 포함하는 공극으로 작용하여 최종 주물의 품질과 재현성을 저하시킵니다. Al-합금 주물을 사용하여 수행된 이전 간행물에서는 이 갇힌 가스가 주변 용융물과의 반응에 의해 후속적으로 소모되어 공극 부피와 연행 결함의 부정적인 영향을 줄일 수 있다고 보고했습니다. Al-합금에 비해 마그네슘의 상대적으로 높은 반응성으로 인해 Mg-합금 내에 포집된 가스가 더 효율적으로 소모될 수 있습니다. 그러나 Mg 합금 내 연행 결함에 대한 연구는 상당히 제한적이었습니다. 현재 작업에서 AZ91 합금 주물은 다양한 캐리어 가스 분위기(즉, SF6/CO2, SF6/공기)에서 생산되었습니다. AZ91 합금에 포함된 연행 결함의 진화 과정은 미세 조직 검사 및 열역학 계산에 따라 제안되었습니다. 서로 다른 분위기에서 형성된 결함은 유사한 샌드위치 구조를 갖지만 산화막에는 서로 다른 화합물 조합이 포함되어 있습니다. 다른 동반 가스 소비율과 관련된 운반 가스의 사용은 AZ91 주물의 재현성에 영향을 미쳤습니다.

    Keywords

    Magnesium alloy, Casting, Oxide film, Bifilm, Entrainment defect, Reproducibility

    1. Introduction

    As the lightest structural metal available on Earth, magnesium became one of the most attractive light metals over the last few decades. The magnesium industry has consequently experienced a rapid development in the last 20 years [1,2], indicating a large growth in demand for Mg alloys all over the world. Nowadays, the use of Mg alloys can be found in the fields of automobiles, aerospace, electronics and etc.[3,4]. It has been predicted that the global consumption of Mg metals will further increase in the future, especially in the automotive industry, as the energy efficiency requirement of both traditional and electric vehicles further push manufactures lightweight their design [3,5,6].

    The sustained growth in demand for Mg alloys motivated a wide interest in the improvement of the quality and mechanical properties of Mg-alloy castings. During a Mg-alloy casting process, surface turbulence of the melt can lead to the entrapment of a doubled-over surface film containing a small quantity of the surrounding atmosphere, thus forming an entrainment defect (also known as a double oxide film defect or bifilm) [7][8][9][10]. The random size, quantity, orientation, and placement of entrainment defects are widely accepted to be significant factors linked to the variation of casting properties [7]. In addition, Peng et al. [11] found that entrained oxides films in AZ91 alloy melt acted as filters to Al8Mn5 particles, trapping them as they settle. Mackie et al. [12] further suggested that entrained oxide films can act to trawl the intermetallic particles, causing them to cluster and form extremely large defects. The clustering of intermetallic compounds made the entrainment defects more detrimental for the casting properties.

    Most of the previous studies regarding entrainment defects were carried out on Al-alloys [7,[13][14][15][16][17][18], and a few potential methods have been suggested for diminishing their negative effect on the quality of Al-alloy castings. Nyahumwa et al.,[16] shows that the void volume within entrainment defects could be reduced by a hot isostatic pressing (HIP) process. Campbell [7] suggested the entrained gas within the defects could be consumed due to reaction with the surrounding melt, which was further verified by Raiszedeh and Griffiths [19].The effect of the entrained gas consumption on the mechanical properties of Al-alloy castings has been investigated by [8,9], suggesting that the consumption of the entrained gas promoted the improvement of the casting reproducibility.

    Compared with the investigation concerning the defects within Al-alloys, research into the entrainment defects within Mg-alloys has been significantly limited. The existence of entrainment defects has been demonstrated in Mg-alloy castings [20,21], but their behaviour, evolution, as well as entrained gas consumption are still not clear.

    In a Mg-alloy casting process, the melt is usually protected by a cover gas to avoid magnesium ignition. The cavities of sand or investment moulds are accordingly required to be flushed with the cover gas prior to the melt pouring [22]. Therefore, the entrained gas within Mg-alloy castings should contain the cover gas used in the casting process, rather than air only, which may complicate the structure and evolution of the corresponding entrainment defects.

    SF6 is a typical cover gas widely used for Mg-alloy casting processes [23][24][25]. Although this cover gas has been restricted to use in European Mg-alloy foundries, a commercial report has pointed out that this cover is still popular in global Mg-alloy industry, especially in the countries which dominated the global Mg-alloy production, such as China, Brazil, India, etc. [26]. In addition, a survey in academic publications also showed that this cover gas was widely used in recent Mg-alloy studies [27]. The protective mechanism of SF6 cover gas (i.e., the reaction between liquid Mg-alloy and SF6 cover gas) has been investigated by several previous researchers, but the formation process of the surface oxide film is still not clearly understood, and even some published results are conflicting with each other. In early 1970s, Fruehling [28] found that the surface film formed under SF6 was MgO mainly with traces of fluorides, and suggested that SF6 was absorbed in the Mg-alloy surface film. Couling [29] further noticed that the absorbed SF6 reacted with the Mg-alloy melt to form MgF2. In last 20 years, different structures of the Mg-alloy surface films have been reported, as detailed below.(1)

    Single-layered film. Cashion [30,31] used X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) and Auger Spectroscopy (AES) to identify the surface film as MgO and MgF2. He also found that composition of the film was constant throughout the thickness and the whole experimental holding time. The film observed by Cashion had a single-layered structure created from a holding time from 10 min to 100 min.(2)

    Double-layered film. Aarstad et. al [32] reported a doubled-layered surface oxide film in 2003. They observed several well-distributed MgF2 particles attached to the preliminary MgO film and grew until they covered 25–50% of the total surface area. The inward diffusion of F through the outer MgO film was the driving force for the evolution process. This double-layered structure was also supported by Xiong’s group [25,33] and Shih et al. [34].(3)

    Triple-layered film. The triple-layered film and its evolution process were reported in 2002 by Pettersen [35]. Pettersen found that the initial surface film was a MgO phase and then gradually evolved to the stable MgF2 phase by the inward diffusion of F. In the final stage, the film has a triple-layered structure with a thin O-rich interlayer between the thick top and bottom MgF2 layers.(4)

    Oxide film consisted of discrete particles. Wang et al [36] stirred the Mg-alloy surface film into the melt under a SF6 cover gas, and then inspect the entrained surface film after the solidification. They found that the entrained surface films were not continues as the protective surface films reported by other researchers but composed of discrete particles. The young oxide film was composed of MgO nano-sized oxide particles, while the old oxide films consist of coarse particles (about 1  µm in average size) on one side that contained fluorides and nitrides.

    The oxide films of a Mg-alloy melt surface or an entrained gas are both formed due to the reaction between liquid Mg-alloy and the cover gas, thus the above-mentioned research regarding the Mg-alloy surface film gives valuable insights into the evolution of entrainment defects. The protective mechanism of SF6 cover gas (i.e., formation of a Mg-alloy surface film) therefore indicated a potential complicated evolution process of the corresponding entrainment defects.

    However, it should be noted that the formation of a surface film on a Mg-alloy melt is in a different situation to the consumption of an entrained gas that is submerged into the melt. For example, a sufficient amount of cover gas was supported during the surface film formation in the studies previously mentioned, which suppressed the depletion of the cover gas. In contrast, the amount of entrained gas within a Mg-alloy melt is finite, and the entrained gas may become fully depleted. Mirak [37] introduced 3.5%SF6/air bubbles into a pure Mg-alloy melt solidifying in a specially designed permanent mould. It was found that the gas bubbles were entirely consumed, and the corresponding oxide film was a mixture of MgO and MgF2. However, the nucleation sites (such as the MgF2 spots observed by Aarstad [32] and Xiong [25,33]) were not observed. Mirak also speculated that the MgF2 formed prior to MgO in the oxide film based on the composition analysis, which was opposite to the surface film formation process reported in previous literatures (i.e., MgO formed prior to MgF2). Mirak’s work indicated that the oxide-film formation of an entrained gas may be quite different from that of surface films, but he did not reveal the structure and evolution of the oxide films.

    In addition, the use of carrier gas in the cover gases also influenced the reaction between the cover gas and the liquid Mg-alloy. SF6/air required a higher content of SF6 than did a SF6/CO2 carrier gas [38], to avoid the ignition of molten magnesium, revealing different gas-consumption rates. Liang et.al [39] suggested that carbon was formed in the surface film when CO2 was used as a carrier gas, which was different from the films formed in SF6/air. An investigation into Mg combustion [40] reported a detection of Mg2C3 in the Mg-alloy sample after burning in CO2, which not only supported Liang’s results, but also indicated a potential formation of Mg carbides in double oxide film defects.

    The work reported here is an investigation into the behaviour and evolution of entrainment defects formed in AZ91 Mg-alloy castings, protected by different cover gases (i.e., SF6/air and SF6/CO2). These carrier gases have different protectability for liquid Mg alloy, which may be therefore associated with different consumption rates and evolution processes of the corresponding entrained gases. The effect of the entrained-gas consumption on the reproducibility of AZ91 castings was also studied.

    2. Experiment

    2.1. Melting and casting

    Three kilograms AZ91 alloy was melted in a mild steel crucible at 700 ± 5 °C. The composition of the AZ91 alloy has been shown in Table 1. Prior to heating, all oxide scale on the ingot surface was removed by machining. The cover gases used were 0.5%SF6/air or 0.5%SF6/CO2 (vol.%) at a flow rate of 6 L/min for different castings. The melt was degassed by argon with a flow rate of 0.3 L/min for 15 min [41,42], and then poured into sand moulds. Prior to pouring, the sand mould cavity was flushed with the cover gas for 20 min [22]. The residual melt (around 1 kg) was solidified in the crucible.

    Table 1. Composition (wt.%) of the AZ91 alloy used in this study.

    AlZnMnSiFeNiMg
    9.40.610.150.020.0050.0017Residual

    Fig. 1(a) shows the dimensions of the casting with runners. A top-filling system was deliberately used to generate entrainment defects in the final castings. Green and Campbell [7,43] suggested that a top-filling system caused more entrainment events (i.e., bifilms) during a casting process, compared with a bottom-filling system. A melt flow simulation (Flow-3D software) of this mould, using Reilly’s model [44] regarding the entrainment events, also predicted that a large amount of bifilms would be contained in the final casting (denoted by the black particles in Fig. 1b).

    Fig. 1. (a) Dimensions of the casting with runners (unit: mm), (b) a melt flow simulation using Flow-3D software together with Reilly's model[44], predicted that a large amount of bifilms (denoted by the black particles) would be contained in the final casting. (c) A solidification simulation using Pro-cast software showed that no shrinkage defect was contained in the final casting.

    Shrinkage defects also affect the mechanical properties and reproducibility of castings. Since this study focused on the effect of bifilms on the casting quality, the mould has been deliberately designed to avoid generating shrinkage defects. A solidification simulation using ProCAST software showed that no shrinkage defect would be contained in the final casting, as shown in Fig. 1c. The casting soundness has also been confirmed using a real time X-ray prior to the test bar machining.

    The sand moulds were made from resin-bonded silica sand, containing 1wt. % PEPSET 5230 resin and 1wt. % PEPSET 5112 catalyst. The sand also contained 2 wt.% Na2SiF6 to act as an inhibitor [45]. The pouring temperature was 700 ± 5 °C. After the solidification, a section of the runner bars was sent to the Sci-Lab Analytical Ltd for a H-content analysis (LECO analysis), and all the H-content measurements were carried out on the 5th day after the casting process. Each of the castings was machined into 40 test bars for a tensile strength test, using a Zwick 1484 tensile test machine with a clip extensometer. The fracture surfaces of the broken test bars were examined using Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM, Philips JEOL7000) with an accelerating voltage of 5–15 kV. The fractured test bars, residual Mg-alloy solidified in the crucible, and the casting runners were then sectioned, polished and also inspected using the same SEM. The cross-section of the oxide film found on the test-bar fracture surface was exposed by the Focused Ion Beam milling technique (FIB), using a CFEI Quanta 3D FEG FIB-SEM. The oxide film required to be analysed was coated with a platinum layer. Then, a gallium ion beam, accelerated to 30 kV, milled the material substrate surrounding the platinum coated area to expose the cross section of the oxide film. EDS analysis of the oxide film’s cross section was carried out using the FIB equipment at accelerating voltage of 30 kV.

    2.2. Oxidation cell

    As previously mentioned, several past researchers investigated the protective film formed on a Mg-alloy melt surface [38,39,[46][47][48][49][50][51][52]. During these experiments, the amount of cover gas used was sufficient, thus suppressing the depletion of fluorides in the cover gas. The experiment described in this section used a sealed oxidation cell, which limited the supply of cover gas, to study the evolution of the oxide films of entrainment defects. The cover gas contained in the oxidation cell was regarded as large-size “entrained bubble”.

    As shown in Fig. 2, the main body of the oxidation cell was a closed-end mild steel tube which had an inner length of 400 mm, and an inner diameter of 32 mm. A water-cooled copper tube was wrapped around the upper section of the cell. When the tube was heated, the cooling system created a temperature difference between the upper and lower sections, causing the interior gas to convect within the tube. The temperature was monitored by a type-K thermocouple located at the top of the crucible. Nie et al. [53] suggested that the SF6 cover gas would react with the steel wall of the holding furnace when they investigated the surface film of a Mg-alloy melt. To avoid this reaction, the interior surface of the steel oxidation cell (shown in Fig. 2) and the upper half section of the thermocouple were coated with boron nitride (the Mg-alloy was not in contact with boron nitride).

    Fig. 2. Schematic of the oxidation cell used to study the evolution of the oxide films of the entrainment defects (unit mm).

    During the experiment, a block of solid AZ91 alloy was placed in a magnesia crucible located at the bottom of the oxidation cell. The cell was heated to 100 °C in an electric resistance furnace under a gas flow rate of 1 L/min. The cell was held at this temperature for 20 min, to replace the original trapped atmosphere (i.e. air). Then, the oxidation cell was further heated to 700 °C, melting the AZ91 sample. The gas inlet and exit valves were then closed, creating a sealed environment for oxidation under a limited supply of cover gas. The oxidation cell was then held at 700 ± 10 °C for periods of time from 5 min to 30 min in 5-min intervals. At the end of each holding time, the cell was quenched in water. After cooling to room temperature, the oxidised sample was sectioned, polished, and subsequently examined by SEM.

    3. Results

    3.1. Structure and composition of the entrainment defects formed in SF6/air

    The structure and composition of the entrainment defect formed in the AZ91 castings under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/air was observed by SEM and EDS. The results indicate that there exist two types of entrainment defects which are sketched in Fig. 3: (1) Type A defect whose oxide film has a traditional single-layered structure and (2) Type B defect, whose oxide film has two layers. The details of these defects were introduced in the following. Here it should be noticed that, as the entrainment defects are also known as biofilms or double oxide film, the oxide films of Type B defect were referred to as “multi-layered oxide film” or “multi-layered structure” in the present work to avoid a confusing description such as “the double-layered oxide film of a double oxide film defect”.

    Fig. 3. Schematic of the different types of entrainment defects found in AZ91 castings. (a) Type A defect with a single-layered oxide film and (b) Type B defect with two-layered oxide film.

    Fig. 4(a-b) shows a Type A defect having a compact single-layered oxide film with about 0.4 µm thickness. Oxygen, fluorine, magnesium and aluminium were detected in this film (Fig. 4c). It is speculated that oxide film is the mixture of fluoride and oxide of magnesium and aluminium. The detection of fluorine revealed that an entrained cover gas was contained in the formation of this defect. That is to say that the pores shown in Fig. 4(a) were not shrinkage defects or hydrogen porosity, but entrainment defects. The detection of aluminium was different with Xiong and Wang’s previous study [47,48], which showed that no aluminium was contained in their surface film of an AZ91 melt protected by a SF6 cover gas. Sulphur could not be clearly recognized in the element map, but there was a S-peak in the corresponding ESD spectrum.

    Fig. 4. (a) A Type A entrainment defect formed in SF6/air and having a single-layered oxide film, (b) the oxide film of this defect, (c) SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000) corresponding to the area highlighted in (b).

    Fig. 5(a-b) shows a Type B entrainment defect having a multi-layered oxide film. The compact outer layers of the oxide films were enriched with fluorine and oxygen (Fig. 5c), while their relatively porous inner layers were only enriched with oxygen (i.e., poor in fluorine) and partly grew together, thus forming a sandwich-like structure. Therefore, it is speculated that the outer layer is the mixture of fluoride and oxide, while the inner layer is mainly oxide. Sulphur could only be recognized in the EDX spectrum and could not be clearly identified in the element map, which might be due to the small S-content in the cover gas (i.e., 0.5% volume content of SF6 in the cover gas). In this oxide film, aluminium was contained in the outer layer of this oxide film but could not be clearly detected in the inner layer. Moreover, the distribution of Al seems to be uneven. It can be found that, in the right side of the defect, aluminium exists in the film but its concentration can not be identified to be higher than the matrix. However, there is a small area with much higher aluminium concentration in the left side of the defect. Such an uneven distribution of aluminium was also observed in other defects (shown in the following), and it is the result of the formation of some oxide particles in or under the film.

    Fig. 5. (a) A Type B entrainment defect formed in SF6/air and having a multi-layered oxide film, (b) the oxide films of this defect have grown together, (c) SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000) corresponding to the area shown in (b).

    Figs. 4 and 5 show cross sectional observations of the entrainment defects formed in the AZ91 alloy sample cast under a cover gas of SF6/air. It is not sufficient to characterize the entrainment defects only by the figures observed from the two-dimensional section. To have a further understanding, the surface of the entrainment defects (i.e. the oxide film) was further studied by observing the fracture surface of the test bars.

    Fig. 6(a) shows fracture surfaces of an AZ91 alloy tensile test bar produced in SF6/air. Symmetrical dark regions can be seen on both sides of the fracture surfaces. Fig. 6(b) shows boundaries between the dark and bright regions. The bright region consisted of jagged and broken features, while the surface of the dark region was relatively smooth and flat. In addition, the EDS results (Fig. 6c-d and Table 2) show that fluorine, oxygen, sulphur, and nitrogen were only detected in the dark regions, indicating that the dark regions were surface protective films entrained into the melt. Therefore, it could be suggested that the dark regions were an entrainment defect with consideration of their symmetrical nature. Similar defects on fracture surfaces of Al-alloy castings have been previously reported [7]Nitrides were only found in the oxide films on the test-bar fracture surfaces but never detected in the cross-sectional samples shown in Figs. 4 and 5. An underlying reason is that the nitrides contained in these samples may have hydrolysed during the sample polishing process [54].

    Fig. 6. (a) A pair of the fracture surfaces of a AZ91 alloy tensile test bar produced under a cover gas of SF6/air. The dimension of the fracture surface is 5 mm × 6 mm, (b) a section of the boundary between the dark and bright regions shown in (a), (c-d) EDS spectrum of the (c) bright regions and (d) dark regions, (e) schematic of an entrainment defect contained in a test bar.

    Table 2. EDS results (wt.%) corresponding to the regions shown in Fig. 6 (cover gas: SF6/air).

    Empty CellCOMgFAlZnSN
    Dark region in Fig. 6(b)3.481.3279.130.4713.630.570.080.73
    Bright region in Fig. 6(b)3.5884.4811.250.68

    In conjunction with the cross-sectional observation of the defects shown in Figs. 4 and 5, the structure of an entrainment defect contained in a tensile test bar was sketched as shown in Fig. 6(e). The defect contained an entrained gas enclosed by its oxide film, creating a void section inside the test bar. When the tensile force applied on the defect during the fracture process, the crack was initiated at the void section and propagated along the entrainment defect, since cracks would be propagated along the weakest path [55]. Therefore, when the test bar was finally fractured, the oxide films of entrainment defect appeared on both fracture surfaces of the test bar, as shown in Fig. 6(a).

    3.2. Structure and composition of the entrainment defects formed in SF6/CO2

    Similar to the entrainment defect formed in SF6/air, the defects formed under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/CO2 also had two types of oxide films (i.e., single-layered and multi-layered types). Fig. 7(a) shows an example of the entrainment defects containing a multi-layered oxide film. A magnified observation to the defect (Fig. 7b) shows that the inner layers of the oxide films had grown together, presenting a sandwich-like structure, which was similar to the defects formed in an atmosphere of SF6/air (Fig. 5b). An EDS spectrum (Fig. 7c) revealed that the joint area (inner layer) of this sandwich-like structure mainly contained magnesium oxides. Peaks of fluorine, sulphur, and aluminium were recognized in this EDS spectrum, but their amount was relatively small. In contrast, the outer layers of the oxide films were compact and composed of a mixture of fluorides and oxides (Fig. 7d-e).

    Fig. 7. (a) An example of entrainment defects formed in SF6/CO2 and having a multi-layered oxide film, (b) magnified observation of the defect, showing the inner layer of the oxide films has grown together, (c) EDS spectrum of the point denoted in (b), (d) outer layer of the oxide film, (e) SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000) corresponding to the area shown in (d).

    Fig. 8(a) shows an entrainment defect on the fracture surfaces of an AZ91 alloy tensile test bar, which was produced in an atmosphere of 0.5%SF6/CO2. The corresponding EDS results (Table 3) showed that oxide film contained fluorides and oxides. Sulphur and nitrogen were not detected. Besides, a magnified observation (Fig. 8b) indicated spots on the oxide film surface. The diameter of the spots ranged from hundreds of nanometres to a few micron meters.

    Fig. 8. (a) A pair of the fracture surfaces of a AZ91 alloy tensile test bar, produced in an atmosphere of SF6/CO2. The dimension of the fracture surface is 5 mm × 6 mm, (b) surface appearance of the oxide films on the fracture surfaces, showing spots on the film surface.

    To further reveal the structure and composition of the oxide film clearly, the cross-section of the oxide film on a test-bar fracture surface was onsite exposed using the FIB technique (Fig. 9). As shown in Fig. 9a, a continuous oxide film was found between the platinum coating layer and the Mg-Al alloy substrate. Fig. 9 (b-c) shows a magnified observation to oxide films, indicating a multi-layered structure (denoted by the red box in Fig. 9c). The bottom layer was enriched with fluorine and oxygen and should be the mixture of fluoride and oxide, which was similar to the “outer layer” shown in Figs. 5 and 7, while the only-oxygen-enriched top layer was similar to the “inner layer” shown in Figs. 5 and 7.

    Fig. 9. (a) A cross-sectional observation of the oxide film on the fracture surface of the AZ91 casting produced in SF6/CO2, exposed by FIB, (b) a magnified observation of area highlighted in (a), and (c) SEM-EDS elements map of the area shown in (b), obtained by CFEI Quanta 3D FEG FIB-SEM.

    Except the continuous film, some individual particles were also observed in or below the continuous film, as shown in Fig. 9. An Al-enriched particle was detected in the left side of the oxide film shown in Fig. 9b and might be speculated to be spinel Mg2AlO4 because it also contains abundant magnesium and oxygen elements. The existing of such Mg2AlO4 particles is responsible for the high concentration of aluminium in small areas of the observed film and the uneven distribution of aluminium, as shown in Fig. 5(c). Here it should be emphasized that, although the other part of the bottom layer of the continuous oxide film contains less aluminium than this Al-enriched particle, the Fig. 9c indicated that the amount of aluminium in this bottom layer was still non-negligible, especially when comparing with the outer layer of the film. Below the right side of the oxide film shown in Fig. 9b, a particle was detected and speculated to be MgO because it is rich in Mg and O. According to Wang’s result [56], lots of discrete MgO particles can be formed on the surface of the Mg melt by the oxidation of Mg melt and Mg vapor. The MgO particles observed in our present work may be formed due to the same reasons. While, due to the differences in experimental conditions, less Mg melt can be vapored or react with O2, thus only a few of MgO particles formed in our work. An enrichment of carbon was also found in the film, revealing that CO2 was able to react with the melt, thus forming carbon or carbides. This carbon concentration was consistent with the relatively high carbon content of the oxide film shown in Table 3 (i.e., the dark region). In the area next to the oxide film.

    Table 3. EDS results (wt.%) corresponding to the regions shown in Fig. 8 (cover gas: SF6/ CO2).

    Empty CellCOMgFAlZnSN
    Dark region in Fig. 8(a)7.253.6469.823.827.030.86
    Bright region in Fig. 8(a)2.100.4482.8313.261.36

    This cross-sectional observation of the oxide film on a test bar fracture surface (Fig. 9) further verified the schematic of the entrainment defect shown in Fig. 6(e). The entrainment defects formed in different atmospheres of SF6/CO2 and SF6/air had similar structures, but their compositions were different.

    3.3. Evolution of the oxide films in the oxidation cell

    The results in Section 3.1 and 3.2 have shown the structures and compositions of entrainment defects formed in AZ91 castings under cover gases of SF6/air and SF6/CO2. Different stages of the oxidation reaction may lead to the different structures and compositions of entrainment defects. Although Campbell has conjectured that an entrained gas may react with the surrounding melt, it is rarely reported that the reaction occurring between the Mg-alloy melt and entrapped cover gas. Previous researchers normally focus on the reaction between a Mg-alloy melt and the cover gas in an open environment [38,39,[46][47][48][49][50][51][52], which was different from the situation of a cover gas trapped into the melt. To further understand the formation of the entrainment defect in an AZ91 alloy, the evolution process of oxide films of the entrainment defect was further studied using an oxidation cell.

    Fig. 10 (a and d) shows a surface film held for 5 min in the oxidation cell, protected by 0.5%SF6/air. There was only one single layer consisting of fluoride and oxide (MgF2 and MgO). In this surface film. Sulphur was detected in the EDS spectrum, but its amount was too small to be recognized in the element map. The structure and composition of this oxide film was similar to the single-layered films of entrainment defects shown in Fig. 4.

    Fig. 10. Oxide films formed in the oxidation cell under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/air and held at 700 °C for (a) 5 min; (b) 10 min; (c) 30 min, and (d-f) the SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000) corresponding to the oxide film shown in (a-c) respectively, (d) 5 min; (e) 10 min; (f) 30 min. The red points in (c and f) are the location references, denoting the boundary of the F-enriched layer in different element maps.

    After a holding time of 10 min, a thin (O, S)-enriched top layer (around 700 nm) appeared upon the preliminary F-enriched film, forming a multi-layered structure, as shown in Fig. 10(b and e). The thickness of the (O, S)-enriched top layer increased with increased holding time. As shown in Fig. 10(c and f), the oxide film held for 30 min also had a multi-layered structure, but the thickness of its (O, S)-enriched top layer (around 2.5 µm) was higher than the that of the 10-min oxide film. The multi-layered oxide films shown in Fig. 10(b-c) presented a similar appearance to the films of the sandwich-like defect shown in Fig. 5.

    The different structures of the oxide films shown in Fig. 10 indicated that fluorides in the cover gas would be preferentially consumed due to the reaction with the AZ91 alloy melt. After the depletion of fluorides, the residual cover gas reacted further with the liquid AZ91 alloy, forming the top (O, S)-enriched layer in the oxide film. Therefore, the different structures and compositions of entrainment defects shown in Figs. 4 and 5 may be due to an ongoing oxidation reaction between melt and entrapped cover gas.

    This multi-layered structure has not been reported in previous publications concerning the protective surface film formed on a Mg-alloy melt [38,[46][47][48][49][50][51]. This may be due to the fact that previous researchers carried out their experiments with an un-limited amount of cover gas, creating a situation where the fluorides in the cover gas were not able to become depleted. Therefore, the oxide film of an entrainment defect had behaviour traits similar to the oxide films shown in Fig. 10, but different from the oxide films formed on the Mg-alloy melt surface reported in [38,[46][47][48][49][50][51].

    Similar with the oxide films held in SF6/air, the oxide films formed in SF6/CO2 also had different structures with different holding times in the oxidation cell. Fig. 11(a) shows an oxide film, held on an AZ91 melt surface under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/CO2 for 5 min. This film had a single-layered structure consisting of MgF2. The existence of MgO could not be confirmed in this film. After the holding time of 30 min, the film had a multi-layered structure; the inner layer was of a compact and uniform appearance and composed of MgF2, while the outer layer is the mixture of MgF2 and MgO. Sulphur was not detected in this film, which was different from the surface film formed in 0.5%SF6/air. Therefore, fluorides in the cover gas of 0.5%SF6/CO2 were also preferentially consumed at an early stage of the film growth process. Compared with the film formed in SF6/air, the MgO in film formed in SF6/CO2 appeared later and sulphide did not appear within 30 min. It may mean that the formation and evolution of film in SF6/air is faster than SF6/CO2. CO2 may have subsequently reacted with the melt to form MgO, while sulphur-containing compounds accumulated in the cover gas and reacted to form sulphide in very late stage (may after 30 min in oxidation cell).

    Fig. 11. Oxide films formed in the oxidation cell under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/CO2, and their SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000). They were held at 700 °C for (a) 5 min; (b) 30 min. The red points in (b) are the location references, denoting the boundary between the top and bottom layers in the oxide film.

    4. Discussion

    4.1. Evolution of entrainment defects formed in SF6/air

    HSC software from Outokumpu HSC Chemistry for Windows (http://www.hsc-chemistry.net/) was used to carry out thermodynamic calculations needed to explore the reactions which might occur between the trapped gases and liquid AZ91 alloy. The solutions to the calculations suggest which products are most likely to form in the reaction process between a small amount of cover gas (i.e., the amount within a trapped bubble) and the AZ91-alloy melt.

    In the trials, the pressure was set to 1 atm, and the temperature set to 700 °C. The amount of the cover gas was assumed to be 7 × 10−7 kg, with a volume of approximately 0.57 cm3 (3.14 × 10−8 kmol) for 0.5%SF6/air, and 0.35 cm3 (3.12 × 10−8 kmol) for 0.5%SF6/CO2. The amount of the AZ91 alloy melt in contact with the trapped gas was assumed to be sufficient to complete all reactions. The decomposition products of SF6 were SF5, SF4, SF3, SF2, F2, S(g), S2(g) and F(g) [57][58][59][60].

    Fig. 12 shows the equilibrium diagram of the thermodynamic calculation of the reaction between the AZ91 alloy and 0.5%SF6/air. In the diagram, the reactants and products with less than 10−15 kmol have not been shown, as this was 5 orders of magnitude less than the amount of SF6 present (≈ 1.57 × 10−10 kmol) and therefore would not affect the observed process in a practical way.

    Fig. 12. An equilibrium diagram for the reaction between 7e-7 kg 0.5%SF6/air and a sufficient amount of AZ91 alloy. The X axis is the amount of AZ91 alloy melt having reacted with the entrained gas, and the vertical Y-axis is the amount of the reactants and products.

    This reaction process could be divided into 3 stages.

    Stage 1: The formation of fluorides. the AZ91 melt preferentially reacted with SF6 and its decomposition products, producing MgF2, AlF3, and ZnF2. However, the amount of ZnF2 may have been too small to be detected practically (1.25 × 10−12 kmol of ZnF2 compared with 3 × 10−10 kmol of MgF2), which may be the reason why Zn was not detected in any the oxide films shown in Sections 3.13.3. Meanwhile, sulphur accumulated in the residual gas as SO2.

    Stage 2: The formation of oxides. After the liquid AZ91 alloy had depleted all the available fluorides in the entrapped gas, the amount of AlF3 and ZnF2 quickly reduced due to a reaction with Mg. O2(g) and SO2 reacted with the AZ91 melt, forming MgO, Al2O3, MgAl2O4, ZnO, ZnSO4 and MgSO4. However, the amount of ZnO and ZnSO4 would have been too small to be found practically by EDS (e.g. 9.5 × 10−12 kmol of ZnO,1.38 × 10−14 kmol of ZnSO4, in contrast to 4.68 × 10−10 kmol of MgF2, when the amount of AZ91 on the X-axis is 2.5 × 10−9 kmol). In the experimental cases, the concentration of F in the cover gas is very low, whole the concentration f O is much higher. Therefore, the stage 1 and 2, i.e, the formation of fluoride and oxide may happen simultaneously at the beginning of the reaction, resulting in the formation of a singer-layered mixture of fluoride and oxide, as shown in Figs. 4 and 10(a). While an inner layer consisted of oxides but fluorides could form after the complete depletion of F element in the cover gas.

    Stages 1- 2 theoretically verified the formation process of the multi-layered structure shown in Fig. 10.

    The amount of MgAl2O4 and Al2O3 in the oxide film was of a sufficient amount to be detected, which was consistent with the oxide films shown in Fig. 4. However, the existence of aluminium could not be recognized in the oxide films grown in the oxidation cell, as shown in Fig. 10. This absence of Al may be due to the following reactions between the surface film and AZ91 alloy melt:(1)

    Al2O3 + 3Mg + = 3MgO + 2Al, △G(700 °C) = -119.82 kJ/mol(2)

    Mg + MgAl2O4 = MgO + Al, △G(700 °C) =-106.34 kJ/molwhich could not be simulated by the HSC software since the thermodynamic calculation was carried out under an assumption that the reactants were in full contact with each other. However, in a practical process, the AZ91 melt and the cover gas would not be able to be in contact with each other completely, due to the existence of the protective surface film.

    Stage 3: The formation of Sulphide and nitride. After a holding time of 30 min, the gas-phase fluorides and oxides in the oxidation cell had become depleted, allowing the melt reaction with the residual gas, forming an additional sulphur-enriched layer upon the initial F-enriched or (F, O)-enriched surface film, thus resulting in the observed multi-layered structure shown in Fig. 10 (b and c). Besides, nitrogen reacted with the AZ91 melt until all reactions were completed. The oxide film shown in Fig. 6 may correspond to this reaction stage due to its nitride content. However, the results shows that the nitrides were not detected in the polished samples shown in Figs. 4 and 5, but only found on the test bar fracture surfaces. The nitrides may have hydrolysed during the sample preparation process, as follows [54]:(3)

    Mg3N2 + 6H2O =3Mg(OH)2 + 2NH3↑(4)

    AlN+ 3H2O =Al(OH)3 + NH3

    In addition, Schmidt et al. [61] found that Mg3N2 and AlN could react to form ternary nitrides (Mg3AlnNn+2, n= 1, 2, 3…). HSC software did not contain the database of ternary nitrides, and it could not be added into the calculation. The oxide films in this stage may also contain ternary nitrides.

    4.2. Evolution of entrainment defects formed in SF6/CO2

    Fig. 13 shows the results of the thermodynamic calculation between AZ91 alloy and 0.5%SF6/CO2. This reaction processes can also be divided into three stages.

    Fig. 13. An equilibrium diagram for the reaction between 7e-7 kg 0.5%SF6/CO2 and a sufficient amount of AZ91 alloy. The X axis denotes the amount of Mg alloy melt having reacted with the entrained gas, and the vertical Y-axis denotes the amounts of the reactants and products.

    Stage 1: The formation of fluorides. SF6 and its decomposition products were consumed by the AZ91 melt, forming MgF2, AlF3, and ZnF2. As in the reaction of AZ91 in 0.5%SF6/air, the amount of ZnF2 was too small to be detected practically (1.51 × 10−13 kmol of ZnF2 compared with 2.67 × 10−10 kmol of MgF2). Sulphur accumulated in the residual trapped gas as S2(g) and a portion of the S2(g) reacted with CO2, to form SO2 and CO. The products in this reaction stage were consistent with the film shown in Fig. 11(a), which had a single layer structure that contained fluorides only.

    Stage 2: The formation of oxides. AlF3 and ZnF2 reacted with the Mg in the AZ91 melt, forming MgF2, Al and Zn. The SO2 began to be consumed, producing oxides in the surface film and S2(g) in the cover gas. Meanwhile, the CO2 directly reacted with the AZ91 melt, forming CO, MgO, ZnO, and Al2O3. The oxide films shown in Figs. 9 and 11(b) may correspond to this reaction stage due to their oxygen-enriched layer and multi-layered structure.

    The CO in the cover gas could further react with the AZ91 melt, producing C. This carbon may further react with Mg to form Mg carbides, when the temperature reduced (during solidification period) [62]. This may be the reason for the high carbon content in the oxide film shown in Figs. 89. Liang et al. [39] also reported carbon-detection in an AZ91 alloy surface film protected by SO2/CO2. The produced Al2O3 may be further combined with MgO, forming MgAl2O4 [63]. As discussed in Section 4.1, the alumina and spinel can react with Mg, causing an absence of aluminium in the surface films, as shown in Fig. 11.

    Stage 3: The formation of Sulphide. the AZ91 melt began to consume S2(g) in the residual entrapped gas, forming ZnS and MgS. These reactions did not occur until the last stage of the reaction process, which could be the reason why the S-content in the defect shown Fig. 7(c) was small.

    In summary, thermodynamic calculations indicate that the AZ91 melt will react with the cover gas to form fluorides firstly, then oxides and sulphides in the last. The oxide film in the different reaction stages would have different structures and compositions.

    4.3. Effect of the carrier gases on consumption of the entrained gas and the reproducibility of AZ91 castings

    The evolution processes of entrainment defects, formed in SF6/air and SF6/CO2, have been suggested in Sections 4.1 and 4.2. The theoretical calculations were verified with respect to the corresponding oxide films found in practical samples. The atmosphere within an entrainment defect could be efficiently consumed due to the reaction with liquid Mg-alloy, in a scenario dissimilar to the Al-alloy system (i.e., nitrogen in an entrained air bubble would not efficiently react with Al-alloy melt [64,65], however, nitrogen would be more readily consumed in liquid Mg alloys, commonly referred to as “nitrogen burning” [66]).

    The reaction between the entrained gas and the surrounding liquid Mg-alloy converted the entrained gas into solid compounds (e.g. MgO) within the oxide film, thus reducing the void volume of the entrainment defect and hence probably causing a collapse of the defect (e.g., if an entrained gas of air was depleted by the surrounding liquid Mg-alloy, under an assumption that the melt temperature is 700 °C and the depth of liquid Mg-alloy is 10 cm, the total volume of the final solid products would be 0.044% of the initial volume taken by the entrapped air).

    The relationship between the void volume reduction of entrainment defects and the corresponding casting properties has been widely studied in Al-alloy castings. Nyahumwa and Campbell [16] reported that the Hot Isostatic Pressing (HIP) process caused the entrainment defects in Al-alloy castings to collapse and their oxide surfaces forced into contact. The fatigue lives of their castings were improved after HIP. Nyahumwa and Campbell [16] also suggested a potential bonding of the double oxide films that were in contact with each other, but there was no direct evidence to support this. This binding phenomenon was further investigated by Aryafar et.al.[8], who re-melted two Al-alloy bars with oxide skins in a steel tube and then carried out a tensile strength test on the solidified sample. They found that the oxide skins of the Al-alloy bars strongly bonded with each other and became even stronger with an extension of the melt holding time, indicating a potential “healing” phenomenon due to the consumption of the entrained gas within the double oxide film structure. In addition, Raidszadeh and Griffiths [9,19] successfully reduced the negative effect of entrainment defects on the reproducibility of Al-alloy castings, by extending the melt holding time before solidification, which allowed the entrained gas to have a longer time to react with the surrounding melt.

    With consideration of the previous work mentioned, the consumption of the entrained gas in Mg-alloy castings may diminish the negative effect of entrainment defects in the following two ways.

    (1) Bonding phenomenon of the double oxide films. The sandwich-like structure shown in Fig. 5 and 7 indicated a potential bonding of the double oxide film structure. However, more evidence is required to quantify the increase in strength due to the bonding of the oxide films.

    (2) Void volume reduction of entrainment defects. The positive effect of void-volume reduction on the quality of castings has been widely demonstrated by the HIP process [67]. As the evolution processes discussed in Section 4.14.2, the oxide films of entrainment defects can grow together due to an ongoing reaction between the entrained gas and surrounding AZ91 alloy melt. The volume of the final solid products was significant small compared with the entrained gas (i.e., 0.044% as previously mentioned).

    Therefore, the consumption rate of the entrained gas (i.e., the growth rate of oxide films) may be a critical parameter for improving the quality of AZ91 alloy castings. The oxide film growth rate in the oxidization cell was accordingly further investigated.

    Fig. 14 shows a comparison of the surface film growth rates in different cover gases (i.e., 0.5%SF6/air and 0.5%SF6/CO2). 15 random points on each sample were selected for film thickness measurements. The 95% confidence interval (95%CI) was computed under an assumption that the variation of the film thickness followed a Gaussian distribution. It can be seen that all the surface films formed in 0.5%SF6/air grew faster than those formed in 0.5%SF6/CO2. The different growth rates suggested that the entrained-gas consumption rate of 0.5%SF6/air was higher than that of 0.5%SF6/CO2, which was more beneficial for the consumption of the entrained gas.

    Fig. 14. A comparison of the AZ91 alloy oxide film growth rates in 0.5%SF6/air and 0.5%SF6/CO2

    It should be noted that, in the oxidation cell, the contact area of liquid AZ91 alloy and cover gas (i.e. the size of the crucible) was relatively small with consideration of the large volume of melt and gas. Consequently, the holding time for the oxide film growth within the oxidation cell was comparatively long (i.e., 5–30 min). However, the entrainment defects contained in a real casting are comparatively very small (i.e., a few microns size as shown in Figs. 36, and [7]), and the entrained gas is fully enclosed by the surrounding melt, creating a relatively large contact area. Hence the reaction time for cover gas and the AZ91 alloy melt may be comparatively short. In addition, the solidification time of real Mg-alloy sand castings can be a few minutes (e.g. Guo [68] reported that a Mg-alloy sand casting with 60 mm diameter required 4 min to be solidified). Therefore, it can be expected that an entrained gas trapped during an Mg-alloy melt pouring process will be readily consumed by the surrounding melt, especially for sand castings and large-size castings, where solidification times are long.

    Therefore, the different cover gases (0.5%SF6/air and 0.5%SF6/CO2) associated with different consumption rates of the entrained gases may affect the reproducibility of the final castings. To verify this assumption, the AZ91 castings produced in 0.5%SF6/air and 0.5%SF6/CO2 were machined into test bars for mechanical evaluation. A Weibull analysis was carried out using both linear least square (LLS) method and non-linear least square (non-LLS) method [69].

    Fig. 15(a-b) shows a traditional 2-p linearized Weibull plot of the UTS and elongation of the AZ91 alloy castings, obtained by the LLS method. The estimator used is P= (i-0.5)/N, which was suggested to cause the lowest bias among all the popular estimators [69,70]. The casting produced in SF6/air has an UTS Weibull moduli of 16.9, and an elongation Weibull moduli of 5.0. In contrast, the UTS and elongation Weibull modulus of the casting produced in SF6/CO2 are 7.7 and 2.7 respectively, suggesting that the reproducibility of the casting protected by SF6/CO2 were much lower than that produced in SF6/air.

    Fig. 15. The Weibull modulus of AZ91 castings produced in different atmospheres, estimated by (a-b) the linear least square method, (c-d) the non-linear least square method, where SSR is the sum of residual squares.

    In addition, the author’s previous publication [69] demonstrated a shortcoming of the linearized Weibull plots, which may cause a higher bias and incorrect R2 interruption of the Weibull estimation. A Non-LLS Weibull estimation was therefore carried out, as shown in Fig. 15 (c-d). The UTS Weibull modulus of the SF6/air casting was 20.8, while the casting produced under SF6/CO2 had a lower UTS Weibull modulus of 11.4, showing a clear difference in their reproducibility. In addition, the SF6/air elongation (El%) dataset also had a Weibull modulus (shape = 5.8) higher than the elongation dataset of SF6/CO2 (shape = 3.1). Therefore, both the LLS and Non-LLS estimations suggested that the SF6/air casting has a higher reproducibility than the SF6/CO2 casting. It supports the method that the use of air instead of CO2 contributes to a quicker consumption of the entrained gas, which may reduce the void volume within the defects. Therefore, the use of 0.5%SF6/air instead of 0.5%SF6/CO2 (which increased the consumption rate of the entrained gas) improved the reproducibility of the AZ91 castings.

    However, it should be noted that not all the Mg-alloy foundries followed the casting process used in present work. The Mg-alloy melt in present work was degassed, thus reducing the effect of hydrogen on the consumption of the entrained gas (i.e., hydrogen could diffuse into the entrained gas, potentially suppressing the depletion of the entrained gas [7,71,72]). In contrast, in Mg-alloy foundries, the Mg-alloy melt is not normally degassed, since it was widely believed that there is not a ‘gas problem’ when casting magnesium and hence no significant change in tensile properties [73]. Although studies have shown the negative effect of hydrogen on the mechanical properties of Mg-alloy castings [41,42,73], a degassing process is still not very popular in Mg-alloy foundries.

    Moreover, in present work, the sand mould cavity was flushed with the SF6 cover gas prior to pouring [22]. However, not all the Mg-alloy foundries flushed the mould cavity in this way. For example, the Stone Foundry Ltd (UK) used sulphur powder instead of the cover-gas flushing. The entrained gas within their castings may be SO2/air, rather than the protective gas.

    Therefore, although the results in present work have shown that using air instead of CO2 improved the reproducibility of the final casting, it still requires further investigations to confirm the effect of carrier gases with respect to different industrial Mg-alloy casting processes.

    7. Conclusion

    Entrainment defects formed in an AZ91 alloy were observed. Their oxide films had two types of structure: single-layered and multi-layered. The multi-layered oxide film can grow together forming a sandwich-like structure in the final casting.2.

    Both the experimental results and the theoretical thermodynamic calculations demonstrated that fluorides in the trapped gas were depleted prior to the consumption of sulphur. A three-stage evolution process of the double oxide film defects has been suggested. The oxide films contained different combinations of compounds, depending on the evolution stage. The defects formed in SF6/air had a similar structure to those formed in SF6/CO2, but the compositions of their oxide films were different. The oxide-film formation and evolution process of the entrainment defects were different from that of the Mg-alloy surface films previous reported (i.e., MgO formed prior to MgF2).3.

    The growth rate of the oxide film was demonstrated to be greater under SF6/air than SF6/CO2, contributing to a quicker consumption of the damaging entrapped gas. The reproducibility of an AZ91 alloy casting improved when using SF6/air instead of SF6/CO2.

    Acknowledgements

    The authors acknowledge funding from the EPSRC LiME grant EP/H026177/1, and the help from Dr W.D. Griffiths and Mr. Adrian Carden (University of Birmingham). The casting work was carried out in University of Birmingham.

    Reference

    [1]

    M.K. McNutt, SALAZAR K.

    Magnesium, Compounds & Metal, U.S. Geological Survey and U.S. Department of the Interior

    Reston, Virginia (2013)

    Google Scholar[2]

    Magnesium

    Compounds & Metal, U.S. Geological Survey and U.S. Department of the Interior

    (1996)

    Google Scholar[3]

    I. Ostrovsky, Y. Henn

    ASTEC’07 International Conference-New Challenges in Aeronautics, Moscow (2007), pp. 1-5

    Aug 19-22

    View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[4]

    Y. Wan, B. Tang, Y. Gao, L. Tang, G. Sha, B. Zhang, N. Liang, C. Liu, S. Jiang, Z. Chen, X. Guo, Y. Zhao

    Acta Mater., 200 (2020), pp. 274-286

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[5]

    J.T.J. Burd, E.A. Moore, H. Ezzat, R. Kirchain, R. Roth

    Appl. Energy, 283 (2021), Article 116269

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[6]

    A.M. Lewis, J.C. Kelly, G.A. Keoleian

    Appl. Energy, 126 (2014), pp. 13-20

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[7]

    J. Campbell

    Castings

    Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford (2004)

    Google Scholar[8]

    M. Aryafar, R. Raiszadeh, A. Shalbafzadeh

    J. Mater. Sci., 45 (2010), pp. 3041-3051 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[9]

    R. Raiszadeh, W.D. Griffiths

    Metall. Mater. Trans. B-Process Metall. Mater. Process. Sci., 42 (2011), pp. 133-143 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[10]

    R. Raiszadeh, W.D. Griffiths

    J. Alloy. Compd., 491 (2010), pp. 575-580

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[11]

    L. Peng, G. Zeng, T.C. Su, H. Yasuda, K. Nogita, C.M. Gourlay

    JOM, 71 (2019), pp. 2235-2244 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[12]

    S. Ganguly, A.K. Mondal, S. Sarkar, A. Basu, S. Kumar, C. Blawert

    Corros. Sci., 166 (2020)[13]

    G.E. Bozchaloei, N. Varahram, P. Davami, S.K. Kim

    Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process., 548 (2012), pp. 99-105

    View Record in Scopus[14]

    S. Fox, J. Campbell

    Scr. Mater., 43 (2000), pp. 881-886

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[15]

    M. Cox, R.A. Harding, J. Campbell

    Mater. Sci. Technol., 19 (2003), pp. 613-625

    View Record in Scopus[16]

    C. Nyahumwa, N.R. Green, J. Campbell

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A-Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 32 (2001), pp. 349-358

    View Record in Scopus[17]

    A. Ardekhani, R. Raiszadeh

    J. Mater. Eng. Perform., 21 (2012), pp. 1352-1362 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[18]

    X. Dai, X. Yang, J. Campbell, J. Wood

    Mater. Sci. Technol., 20 (2004), pp. 505-513

    View Record in Scopus[19]

    E.M. Elgallad, M.F. Ibrahim, H.W. Doty, F.H. Samuel

    Philos. Mag., 98 (2018), pp. 1337-1359 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[20]

    W.D. Griffiths, N.W. Lai

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A-Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 38A (2007), pp. 190-196 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[21]

    A.R. Mirak, M. Divandari, S.M.A. Boutorabi, J. Campbell

    Int. J. Cast Met. Res., 20 (2007), pp. 215-220 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[22]

    C. Cingi

    Laboratory of Foundry Engineering

    Helsinki University of Technology, Espoo, Finland (2006)

    Google Scholar[23]

    Y. Jia, J. Hou, H. Wang, Q. Le, Q. Lan, X. Chen, L. Bao

    J. Mater. Process. Technol., 278 (2020), Article 116542

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[24]

    S. Ouyang, G. Yang, H. Qin, S. Luo, L. Xiao, W. Jie

    Mater. Sci. Eng. A, 780 (2020), Article 139138

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[25]

    S.-m. Xiong, X.-F. Wang

    Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China, 20 (2010), pp. 1228-1234

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[26]

    G.V. Research

    Grand View Research

    (2018)

    USA

    Google Scholar[27]

    T. Li, J. Davies

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A, 51 (2020), pp. 5389-5400 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[28]J.F. Fruehling, The University of Michigan, 1970.

    Google Scholar[29]

    S. Couling

    36th Annual World Conference on Magnesium, Norway (1979), pp. 54-57

    View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[30]

    S. Cashion, N. Ricketts, P. Hayes

    J. Light Met., 2 (2002), pp. 43-47

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[31]

    S. Cashion, N. Ricketts, P. Hayes

    J. Light Met., 2 (2002), pp. 37-42

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[32]

    K. Aarstad, G. Tranell, G. Pettersen, T.A. Engh

    Various Techniques to Study the Surface of Magnesium Protected by SF6

    TMS (2003)

    Google Scholar[33]

    S.-M. Xiong, X.-L. Liu

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A, 38 (2007), pp. 428-434 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[34]

    T.-S. Shih, J.-B. Liu, P.-S. Wei

    Mater. Chem. Phys., 104 (2007), pp. 497-504

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[35]

    G. Pettersen, E. Øvrelid, G. Tranell, J. Fenstad, H. Gjestland

    Mater. Sci. Eng. A, 332 (2002), pp. 285-294

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[36]

    H. Bo, L.B. Liu, Z.P. Jin

    J. Alloy. Compd., 490 (2010), pp. 318-325

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[37]

    A. Mirak, C. Davidson, J. Taylor

    Corros. Sci., 52 (2010), pp. 1992-2000

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[38]

    B.D. Lee, U.H. Beak, K.W. Lee, G.S. Han, J.W. Han

    Mater. Trans., 54 (2013), pp. 66-73 View PDF

    View Record in Scopus[39]

    W.Z. Liang, Q. Gao, F. Chen, H.H. Liu, Z.H. Zhao

    China Foundry, 9 (2012), pp. 226-230 View PDF

    CrossRef[40]

    U.I. Gol’dshleger, E.Y. Shafirovich

    Combust. Explos. Shock Waves, 35 (1999), pp. 637-644[41]

    A. Elsayed, S.L. Sin, E. Vandersluis, J. Hill, S. Ahmad, C. Ravindran, S. Amer Foundry

    Trans. Am. Foundry Soc., 120 (2012), pp. 423-429[42]

    E. Zhang, G.J. Wang, Z.C. Hu

    Mater. Sci. Technol., 26 (2010), pp. 1253-1258

    View Record in Scopus[43]

    N.R. Green, J. Campbell

    Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process., 173 (1993), pp. 261-266

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[44]

    C Reilly, MR Jolly, NR Green

    Proceedings of MCWASP XII – 12th Modelling of Casting, Welding and Advanced Solidifcation Processes, Vancouver, Canada (2009)

    Google Scholar[45]H.E. Friedrich, B.L. Mordike, Springer, Germany, 2006.

    Google Scholar[46]

    C. Zheng, B.R. Qin, X.B. Lou

    Proceedings of the 2010 International Conference on Mechanical, Industrial, and Manufacturing Technologies, ASME (2010), pp. 383-388

    Mimt 2010 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[47]

    S.M. Xiong, X.F. Wang

    Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China, 20 (2010), pp. 1228-1234

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[48]

    S.M. Xiong, X.L. Liu

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A-Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 38A (2007), pp. 428-434 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[49]

    T.S. Shih, J.B. Liu, P.S. Wei

    Mater. Chem. Phys., 104 (2007), pp. 497-504

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[50]

    K. Aarstad, G. Tranell, G. Pettersen, T.A. Engh

    Magn. Technol. (2003), pp. 5-10[51]

    G. Pettersen, E. Ovrelid, G. Tranell, J. Fenstad, H. Gjestland

    Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process., 332 (2002), pp. 285-294

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[52]

    X.F. Wang, S.M. Xiong

    Corros. Sci., 66 (2013), pp. 300-307

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[53]

    S.H. Nie, S.M. Xiong, B.C. Liu

    Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process., 422 (2006), pp. 346-351

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[54]

    C. Bauer, A. Mogessie, U. Galovsky

    Zeitschrift Fur Metallkunde, 97 (2006), pp. 164-168 View PDF

    CrossRef[55]

    Q.G. Wang, D. Apelian, D.A. Lados

    J. Light Met., 1 (2001), pp. 73-84

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[56]

    S. Wang, Y. Wang, Q. Ramasse, Z. Fan

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A, 51 (2020), pp. 2957-2974[57]

    S. Hayashi, W. Minami, T. Oguchi, H.J. Kim

    Kag. Kog. Ronbunshu, 35 (2009), pp. 411-415 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[58]

    K. Aarstad

    Norwegian University of Science and Technology

    (2004)

    Google Scholar[59]

    R.L. Wilkins

    J. Chem. Phys., 51 (1969), p. 853

    -&

    View Record in Scopus[60]

    O. Kubaschewski, K. Hesselemam

    Thermo-Chemical Properties of Inorganic Substances

    Springer-Verlag, Belin (1991)

    Google Scholar[61]

    R. Schmidt, M. Strobele, K. Eichele, H.J. Meyer

    Eur. J. Inorg. Chem. (2017), pp. 2727-2735 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[62]

    B. Hu, Y. Du, H. Xu, W. Sun, W.W. Zhang, D. Zhao

    J. Min. Metall. Sect. B-Metall., 46 (2010), pp. 97-103

    View Record in Scopus[63]

    O. Salas, H. Ni, V. Jayaram, K.C. Vlach, C.G. Levi, R. Mehrabian

    J. Mater. Res., 6 (1991), pp. 1964-1981

    View Record in Scopus[64]

    S.S.S. Kumari, U.T.S. Pillai, B.C. Pai

    J. Alloy. Compd., 509 (2011), pp. 2503-2509

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[65]

    H. Scholz, P. Greil

    J. Mater. Sci., 26 (1991), pp. 669-677

    View Record in Scopus[66]

    P. Biedenkopf, A. Karger, M. Laukotter, W. Schneider

    Magn. Technol., 2005 (2005), pp. 39-42

    View Record in Scopus[67]

    H.V. Atkinson, S. Davies

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A, 31 (2000), pp. 2981-3000 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[68]

    E.J. Guo, L. Wang, Y.C. Feng, L.P. Wang, Y.H. Chen

    J. Therm. Anal. Calorim., 135 (2019), pp. 2001-2008 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[69]

    T. Li, W.D. Griffiths, J. Chen

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A-Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 48A (2017), pp. 5516-5528 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[70]

    M. Tiryakioglu, D. Hudak

    J. Mater. Sci., 42 (2007), pp. 10173-10179 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[71]

    Y. Yue, W.D. Griffiths, J.L. Fife, N.R. Green

    Proceedings of the 1st International Conference on 3d Materials Science (2012), pp. 131-136 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[72]

    R. Raiszadeh, W.D. Griffiths

    Metall. Mater. Trans. B-Process Metall. Mater. Process. Sci., 37 (2006), pp. 865-871

    View Record in Scopus[73]

    Z.C. Hu, E.L. Zhang, S.Y. Zeng

    Mater. Sci. Technol., 24 (2008), pp. 1304-1308 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus

    Fig. 1 Multi-physics phenomena in the laser-material interaction zone

    COMPARISON BETWEEN GREEN AND
    INFRARED LASER IN LASER POWDER BED
    FUSION OF PURE COPPER THROUGH HIGH
    FIDELITY NUMERICAL MODELLING AT MESOSCALE

    316-L 스테인리스강의 레이저 분말 베드 융합 중 콜드 스패터 형성의 충실도 높은 수치 모델링

    W.E. ALPHONSO1*, M. BAYAT1 and J.H. HATTEL1
    *Corresponding author
    1Technical University of Denmark (DTU), 2800, Kgs, Lyngby, Denmark

    ABSTRACT

    L-PBF(Laser Powder Bed Fusion)는 금속 적층 제조(MAM) 기술로, 기존 제조 공정에 비해 부품 설계 자유도, 조립품 통합, 부품 맞춤화 및 낮은 툴링 비용과 같은 여러 이점을 산업에 제공합니다.

    전기 코일 및 열 관리 장치는 일반적으로 높은 전기 및 열 전도성 특성으로 인해 순수 구리로 제조됩니다. 따라서 순동의 L-PBF가 가능하다면 기하학적으로 최적화된 방열판과 자유형 전자코일을 제작할 수 있습니다.

    그러나 L-PBF로 조밀한 순동 부품을 생산하는 것은 적외선에 대한 낮은 광 흡수율과 높은 열전도율로 인해 어렵습니다. 기존의 L-PBF 시스템에서 조밀한 구리 부품을 생산하려면 적외선 레이저의 출력을 500W 이상으로 높이거나 구리의 광흡수율이 높은 녹색 레이저를 사용해야 합니다.

    적외선 레이저 출력을 높이면 후면 반사로 인해 레이저 시스템의 광학 구성 요소가 손상되고 렌즈의 열 광학 현상으로 인해 공정이 불안정해질 수 있습니다. 이 작업에서 FVM(Finite Volume Method)에 기반한 다중 물리학 중간 규모 수치 모델은 Flow-3D에서 개발되어 용융 풀 역학과 궁극적으로 부품 품질을 제어하는 ​​물리적 현상 상호 작용을 조사합니다.

    녹색 레이저 열원과 적외선 레이저 열원은 기판 위의 순수 구리 분말 베드에 단일 트랙 증착을 생성하기 위해 개별적으로 사용됩니다.

    용융 풀 역학에 대한 레이저 열원의 유사하지 않은 광학 흡수 특성의 영향이 탐구됩니다. 수치 모델을 검증하기 위해 단일 트랙이 구리 분말 베드에 증착되고 시뮬레이션된 용융 풀 모양과 크기가 비교되는 실험이 수행되었습니다.

    녹색 레이저는 광흡수율이 높아 전도 및 키홀 모드 용융이 가능하고 적외선 레이저는 흡수율이 낮아 키홀 모드 용융만 가능하다. 레이저 파장에 대한 용융 모드의 변화는 궁극적으로 기계적, 전기적 및 열적 특성에 영향을 미치는 열 구배 및 냉각 속도에 대한 결과를 가져옵니다.

    Laser Powder Bed Fusion (L-PBF) is a Metal Additive Manufacturing (MAM) technology which offers several advantages to industries such as part design freedom, consolidation of assemblies, part customization and low tooling cost over conventional manufacturing processes. Electric coils and thermal management devices are generally manufactured from pure copper due to its high electrical and thermal conductivity properties. Therefore, if L-PBF of pure copper is feasible, geometrically optimized heat sinks and free-form electromagnetic coils can be manufactured. However, producing dense pure copper parts by L-PBF is difficult due to low optical absorptivity to infrared radiation and high thermal conductivity. To produce dense copper parts in a conventional L-PBF system either the power of the infrared laser must be increased above 500W, or a green laser should be used for which copper has a high optical absorptivity. Increasing the infrared laser power can damage the optical components of the laser systems due to back reflections and create instabilities in the process due to thermal-optical phenomenon of the lenses. In this work, a multi-physics meso-scale numerical model based on Finite Volume Method (FVM) is developed in Flow-3D to investigate the physical phenomena interaction which governs the melt pool dynamics and ultimately the part quality. A green laser heat source and an infrared laser heat source are used individually to create single track deposition on pure copper powder bed above a substrate. The effect of the dissimilar optical absorptivity property of laser heat sources on the melt pool dynamics is explored. To validate the numerical model, experiments were conducted wherein single tracks are deposited on a copper powder bed and the simulated melt pool shape and size are compared. As the green laser has a high optical absorptivity, a conduction and keyhole mode melting is possible while for the infrared laser only keyhole mode melting is possible due to low absorptivity. The variation in melting modes with respect to the laser wavelength has an outcome on thermal gradient and cooling rates which ultimately affect the mechanical, electrical, and thermal properties.

    Keywords

    Pure Copper, Laser Powder Bed Fusion, Finite Volume Method, multi-physics

    Fig. 1 Multi-physics phenomena in the laser-material interaction zone
    Fig. 1 Multi-physics phenomena in the laser-material interaction zone
    Fig. 2 Framework for single laser track simulation model including powder bed and substrate (a) computational domain with boundaries (b) discretization of the domain with uniform quad mesh.
    Fig. 2 Framework for single laser track simulation model including powder bed and substrate (a) computational domain with boundaries (b) discretization of the domain with uniform quad mesh.
    Fig. 3 2D melt pool contours from the numerical model compared to experiments [16] for (a) VED = 65 J/mm3 at 7 mm from the beginning of the single track (b) VED = 103 J/mm3 at 3 mm from the beginning of the single track (c) VED = 103 J/mm3 at 7 mm from the beginning of the single track. In the 2D contour, the non-melted region is indicated in blue, and the melted region is indicated by red and green when the VED is 65 J/mm3 and 103 J/mm3 respectively.
    Fig. 3 2D melt pool contours from the numerical model compared to experiments [16] for (a) VED = 65 J/mm3 at 7 mm from the beginning of the single track (b) VED = 103 J/mm3 at 3 mm from the beginning of the single track (c) VED = 103 J/mm3 at 7 mm from the beginning of the single track. In the 2D contour, the non-melted region is indicated in blue, and the melted region is indicated by red and green when the VED is 65 J/mm3 and 103 J/mm3 respectively.
    Fig. 4 3D temperature contour plots of during single track L-PBF process at time1.8 µs when (a) VED = 65 J/mm3 (b) VED = 103 J/mm3 along with 2D melt pool contours at 5 mm from the laser initial position. In the 2D contour, the non-melted region is indicated in blue, and the melted region is indicated by red and green when the VED is 65 J/mm3 and 103 J/mm3 respectively.
    Fig. 4 3D temperature contour plots of during single track L-PBF process at time1.8 µs when (a) VED = 65 J/mm3 (b) VED = 103 J/mm3 along with 2D melt pool contours at 5 mm from the laser initial position. In the 2D contour, the non-melted region is indicated in blue, and the melted region is indicated by red and green when the VED is 65 J/mm3 and 103 J/mm3 respectively.

    References

    [1] L. Jyothish Kumar, P. M. Pandey, and D. I. Wimpenny, 3D printing and additive
    manufacturing technologies. Springer Singapore, 2018. doi: 10.1007/978-981-13-0305-0.
    [2] T. DebRoy et al., “Additive manufacturing of metallic components – Process, structure
    and properties,” Progress in Materials Science, vol. 92, pp. 112–224, 2018, doi:
    10.1016/j.pmatsci.2017.10.001.
    [3] C. S. Lefky, B. Zucker, D. Wright, A. R. Nassar, T. W. Simpson, and O. J. Hildreth,
    “Dissolvable Supports in Powder Bed Fusion-Printed Stainless Steel,” 3D Printing and
    Additive Manufacturing, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 3–11, 2017, doi: 10.1089/3dp.2016.0043.
    [4] J. L. Bartlett and X. Li, “An overview of residual stresses in metal powder bed fusion,”
    Additive Manufacturing, vol. 27, no. January, pp. 131–149, 2019, doi:
    10.1016/j.addma.2019.02.020.
    [5] I. H. Ahn, “Determination of a process window with consideration of effective layer
    thickness in SLM process,” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing
    Technology, vol. 105, no. 10, pp. 4181–4191, 2019, doi: 10.1007/s00170-019-04402-w.

    [6] R. McCann et al., “In-situ sensing, process monitoring and machine control in Laser
    Powder Bed Fusion: A review,” Additive Manufacturing, vol. 45, no. May, 2021, doi:
    10.1016/j.addma.2021.102058.
    [7] M. Bayat et al., “Keyhole-induced porosities in Laser-based Powder Bed Fusion (L-PBF)
    of Ti6Al4V: High-fidelity modelling and experimental validation,” Additive
    Manufacturing, vol. 30, no. August, p. 100835, 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.addma.2019.100835.
    [8] M. Bayat, S. Mohanty, and J. H. Hattel, “Multiphysics modelling of lack-of-fusion voids
    formation and evolution in IN718 made by multi-track/multi-layer L-PBF,” International
    Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, vol. 139, pp. 95–114, 2019, doi:
    10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.05.003.
    [9] S. D. Jadhav, L. R. Goossens, Y. Kinds, B. van Hooreweder, and K. Vanmeensel, “Laserbased powder bed fusion additive manufacturing of pure copper,” Additive Manufacturing,
    vol. 42, no. March, 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.addma.2021.101990.
    [10] S. D. Jadhav, S. Dadbakhsh, L. Goossens, J. P. Kruth, J. van Humbeeck, and K.
    Vanmeensel, “Influence of selective laser melting process parameters on texture evolution
    in pure copper,” Journal of Materials Processing Technology, vol. 270, no. January, pp.
    47–58, 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2019.02.022.
    [11] H. Siva Prasad, F. Brueckner, J. Volpp, and A. F. H. Kaplan, “Laser metal deposition of
    copper on diverse metals using green laser sources,” International Journal of Advanced
    Manufacturing Technology, vol. 107, no. 3–4, pp. 1559–1568, 2020, doi: 10.1007/s00170-
    020-05117-z.
    [12] L. R. Goossens, Y. Kinds, J. P. Kruth, and B. van Hooreweder, “On the influence of
    thermal lensing during selective laser melting,” Solid Freeform Fabrication 2018:
    Proceedings of the 29th Annual International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium – An
    Additive Manufacturing Conference, SFF 2018, no. December, pp. 2267–2274, 2020.
    [13] M. Bayat, V. K. Nadimpalli, D. B. Pedersen, and J. H. Hattel, “A fundamental investigation
    of thermo-capillarity in laser powder bed fusion of metals and alloys,” International
    Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, vol. 166, p. 120766, 2021, doi:
    10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2020.120766.
    [14] H. Chen, Q. Wei, Y. Zhang, F. Chen, Y. Shi, and W. Yan, “Powder-spreading mechanisms
    in powder-bed-based additive manufacturing: Experiments and computational modeling,”
    Acta Materialia, vol. 179, pp. 158–171, 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.actamat.2019.08.030.
    [15] S. K. Nayak, S. K. Mishra, C. P. Paul, A. N. Jinoop, and K. S. Bindra, “Effect of energy
    density on laser powder bed fusion built single tracks and thin wall structures with 100 µm
    preplaced powder layer thickness,” Optics and Laser Technology, vol. 125, May 2020, doi:
    10.1016/j.optlastec.2019.106016.
    [16] G. Nordet et al., “Absorptivity measurements during laser powder bed fusion of pure
    copper with a 1 kW cw green laser,” Optics & Laser Technology, vol. 147, no. April 2021,
    p. 107612, 2022, doi: 10.1016/j.optlastec.2021.107612.
    [17] M. Hummel, C. Schöler, A. Häusler, A. Gillner, and R. Poprawe, “New approaches on
    laser micro welding of copper by using a laser beam source with a wavelength of 450 nm,”
    Journal of Advanced Joining Processes, vol. 1, no. February, p. 100012, 2020, doi:
    10.1016/j.jajp.2020.100012.
    [18] M. Hummel, M. Külkens, C. Schöler, W. Schulz, and A. Gillner, “In situ X-ray
    tomography investigations on laser welding of copper with 515 and 1030 nm laser beam
    sources,” Journal of Manufacturing Processes, vol. 67, no. April, pp. 170–176, 2021, doi:
    10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.04.063.
    [19] L. Gargalis et al., “Determining processing behaviour of pure Cu in laser powder bed
    fusion using direct micro-calorimetry,” Journal of Materials Processing Technology, vol.
    294, no. March, p. 117130, 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2021.117130.
    [20] A. Mondal, D. Agrawal, and A. Upadhyaya, “Microwave heating of pure copper powder
    with varying particle size and porosity,” Journal of Microwave Power and
    Electromagnetic Energy, vol. 43, no. 1, pp. 4315–43110, 2009, doi:
    10.1080/08327823.2008.11688599.

    Fig. 9 Test facility a plan view, b the bottom elevation of the reservoir to the channel (Bell et al. 1992)

    2-D Dam-Break Flow Modeling Based on Weighted Average Flux Method

    Iranian Journal of Science and Technology, Transactions of Civil Engineering volume 46, pages1515–1525 (2022)Cite this article

    Abstract

    천해 방정식을 기반으로 하는 2차원 흐름 모델은 댐 붕괴 흐름을 모델링하기 위해 개발되었습니다. 공간 이산화는 유한 체적 셀 중심 유형 방법에 의해 얻어집니다.

    수치 시스템은 명시적인 방식으로 해결됩니다. 플럭스 모델링은 시간과 공간 모두에서 2차 정확도로 TVD WAF 방식으로 배포되었습니다. 로컬 리만 문제는 셀 인터페이스에서 HLLC 방법으로 해결됩니다. 수치 모델은 모델 결과와 해석 솔루션을 비교하여 검증합니다.

    그런 다음 수치 모델의 결과는 90° 및 180° 편차 각도를 갖는 수로 및 삼각형 바텀 씰 위의 직선 수로에서 사용 가능한 실험 데이터와 비교됩니다. 결과는 댐 파괴파를 예측하는 현재 모델의 합리적인 성능을 확인합니다.

    A two-dimensional flow model based on shallow water equations is developed for modeling dam-break flows. The spatial discretization is obtained by the finite volume cell centered type method. The numerical system is solved in explicit way. The flux modeling has been deployed by TVD WAF scheme with a second-order accuracy in both time and space. The local Riemann problem is solved by the HLLC method in the interface of the cells. The numerical model is verified by comparison of model results and analytical solutions. Then the results of numerical model are compared with available experimental data of dam-break waves in a channel with 90° and 180° deviation angle and in a straight channel over a triangular bottom sill. The results confirm the reasonable performance of the present model in predicting dam-break waves.

    This is a preview of subscription content, access via your institution.

    Keywords

    • Finite volume
    • Shallow water equations
    • Dam-break
    • HLLC
    • TVD
    • WAF
    Fig. 2 Generic control volume and notations
    Fig. 2 Generic control volume and notations
    Fig. 1 The generated grid for a channel with a 180° bend
    Fig. 1 The generated grid for a channel with a 180° bend
    Fig. 4 a Water surface profle and b velocity profle of dam-break problem with left dry bed
    Fig. 4 a Water surface profle and b velocity profle of dam-break problem with left dry bed
    Fig. 5 a Water surface profle and b velocity profle of appearance dry region
    Fig. 5 a Water surface profle and b velocity profle of appearance dry region
    Fig. 6 Comparison of the present model results and exact solution for transcritical fow over a bump with a shock
    Fig. 6 Comparison of the present model results and exact solution for transcritical fow over a bump with a shock
    Fig. 7 Geometry of the reservoir and L-shaped channel: plan view (Soares-Frazao et al. 2019)
    Fig. 7 Geometry of the reservoir and L-shaped channel: plan view (Soares-Frazao et al. 2019)
    Fig. 9 Test facility a plan view, b the bottom elevation of the reservoir to the channel (Bell et al. 1992)
    Fig. 9 Test facility a plan view, b the bottom elevation of the reservoir to the channel (Bell et al. 1992)

    References

    • Ata R, Pavan S, Khelladi S, Toro EF (2013) A Weighted Average Flux (WAF) scheme applied to shallow water equations for real-life applications. Adv Water Resour 62:155–172Article Google Scholar 
    • Aureli F, Maranzoni A, Mignosa P, Ziveri C (2008) A weighted surface-depth gradient method for the numerical integration of the 2D shallow water equations with topography. Adv Water Resour 31(7):962–974Article Google Scholar 
    • Bell SW, Elliot RC, Hanif Chaudhry M (1992) Experimental results of two-dimensional dam-break flows. J Hydraul Res 30(2):225–252Article Google Scholar 
    • Benkhaldoun F, Sari S, Seaid M (2015) Projection finite volume method for shallow water flows. Math Comput Simul 118:87–101MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Chung TJ (2010) Computational fluid dynamics. Cambridge University PressBook Google Scholar 
    • Einfeldt B, Munz CD, Roe PL, Sjögreen B (1991) On Godunov-type methods near low densities. J Comput Phys 92(2):273–295MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Erduran KS, Kutija V, Hewett CJM (2002) Performance of finite volume solutions to the shallow water equations with shock-capturing schemes. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 40(10):1237–1273MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Gallardo JM, Schneider KA, Castro MJ (2019) On a class of two-dimensional incomplete Riemann solvers. J Comput Phys 386:541–567MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Fraccarollo L, Toro EF (1995) Experimental and numerical assessment of the shallow water model for two-dimensional dam-break type problems. J Hydraul Res 33(6):843–864Article Google Scholar 
    • Gupta SC (2019) Numerical grid generation and parallel computations. J Aerosp Eng Technol 5(1):11–22Google Scholar 
    • Hosseinzadeh-Tabrizi A, Ghaeini-Hessaroeyeh M (2015) Coupled dam-break flow and bed load modelling using HLLC-WAF scheme. Water Sci Technol 72(7):1155–1167Article Google Scholar 
    • Kocaman S, Ozmen-Cagatay H (2015) Investigation of dam-break induced shock waves impact on a vertical wall. J Hydrol 525:1–12Article Google Scholar 
    • Liang Q, Borthwick AGL, Stelling G (2004) Simulation of dam-and dyke-break hydrodynamics on dynamically adaptive quadtree grids. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 46(2):127–162Article Google Scholar 
    • Liang D, Lin B, Falconer RA (2007) Simulation of rapidly varying flow using an efficient TVD–MacCormack scheme. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 53(5):811–826Article Google Scholar 
    • Munoz DH, Constantinescu G (2020) 3-D dam break flow simulations in simplified and complex domains. Adv Water Resour 103510
    • Muscat L, Puigt G, Montagnac M, Brenner P (2019) A coupled implicit-explicit time integration method for compressible unsteady flows. J Comput Phys 398:183MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Ozmen-Cagatay H, Kocaman S (2010) Dam-break flows during initial stage using SWE and RANS approaches. J Hydraul Res 48(5):603–611Article Google Scholar 
    • Ozmen-Cagatay H, Kocaman S, Guzel H (2014) Investigation of dam-break flood waves in a dry channel with a hump. J Hydro Environ Res 8(3):304–315Article Google Scholar 
    • Pongsanguansin T, Maleewong M, Mekchay K (2015) Consistent weighted average flux of well-balanced TVD-RK discontinuous galerkin method for shallow water flows. Modelling and simulation in Engineering, pp. 591282
    • Pongsanguansin T, Maleewong M, Mekchay K (2016) Shallow-water simulations by a well-balanced WAF finite volume method: a case study to the great flood in 2011. Thailand Comput Geosci 20(6):1269–1285MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Soares-Frazão S (2007) Experiments of dam-break wave over a triangular bottom sill. J Hydraul Res 45(sup1):19–26MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Soares Frazao S, Abbeels S, Messens M (2019) Dam-break flow in a channel with a 90° bend and mobile bed: experimental and numerical simulations. In: 38th IAHR world congress
    • Toro EF (1992) Riemann problems and the WAF method for solving the two-dimensional shallow water equations. Philos Trans Roy Soc Lond Ser A Phys Eng Sci 338(1649):43–68MathSciNet MATH Google Scholar 
    • Toro EF, Spruce M, Speares W (1994) Restoration of the contact surface in the HLL-Riemann solver. Shock Waves 4(1):25–34Article Google Scholar 
    • Toro EF (2001) Shock-capturing methods for free-surface shallow flows, vol 868. Wiley, New YorkMATH Google Scholar 
    • Toro EF, Garcia-Navarro P (2007) Godunov-type methods for free-surface shallow flows: a review. J Hydraul Res 45(6):736–751Article Google Scholar 
    • Toro, E.F., 2013. Riemann solvers and numerical methods for fluid dynamics: a practical introduction. Springer Science & Business Media.
    • Valiani A, Caleffi V, Zanni A (2002) Case study: Malpasset dam-break simulation using a two-dimensional finite volume method. J Hydraul Eng 128(5):460–472Article Google Scholar 
    • Xia J, Lin B, Falconer RA, Wang G (2010) Modelling dam-break flows over mobile beds using a 2-D coupled approach. Adv Water Resour 33(2):171–183Article Google Scholar 
    • Zia A, Banihashemi MA (2008) Simple efficient algorithm (SEA) for shallow flows with shock wave on dry and irregular beds. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 56(11):2021–2043MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Zoppou C, Roberts S (2003) Explicit schemes for dam-break simulations. J Hydraul Eng 129(1):11–34Article Google Scholar 
    • Zhou JG, Causon DM, Ingram DM, Mingham CG (2002) Numerical solutions of the shallow water equations with discontinuous bed topography. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 38(8):769–788Article Google Scholar 
    Flow Field in a Sloped Channel with Damaged and Undamaged Piers: Numerical and Experimental Studies

    Flow Field in a Sloped Channel with Damaged and Undamaged Piers: Numerical and Experimental Studies

    Ehsan OveiciOmid Tayari & Navid Jalalkamali
    KSCE Journal of Civil Engineering volume 25, pages4240–4251 (2021)Cite this article

    Abstract

    본 논문은 경사가 완만한 수로에서 손상되거나 손상되지 않은 교각 주변의 유동 패턴을 분석했습니다. 실험은 길이가 12m이고 기울기가 0.008인 직선 수로에서 수행되었습니다. Acoustic Doppler Velocimeter(ADV)를 이용하여 3차원 유속 데이터를 수집하였고, 그 결과를 PIV(Particle Image Velocimetry) 데이터와 분석하여 비교하였습니다.

    다중 블록 옵션이 있는 취수구의 퇴적물 시뮬레이션(SSIIM)은 이 연구에서 흐름의 수치 시뮬레이션을 위해 통합되었습니다. 일반적으로 비교에서 얻은 결과는 수치 데이터와 실험 데이터 간의 적절한 일치를 나타냅니다. 결과는 모든 경우에 수로 입구에서 2m 거리에서 기복적 수압 점프가 발생했음을 보여주었습니다.

    경사진 수로의 최대 베드 전단응력은 2개의 손상 및 손상되지 않은 교각을 설치하기 위한 수평 수로의 12배였습니다. 이와 같은 경사수로 교각의 위치에 따라 상류측 수위는 수평수로의 유사한 조건에 비해 72.5% 감소한 반면, 이 감소량은 경사면에서 다른 경우에 비해 8.3% 감소하였다. 채널 또한 두 교각이 있는 경우 최대 Froude 수는 수평 수로의 5.7배였습니다.

    This paper analyzed the flow pattern around damaged and undamaged bridge piers in a channel with a mild slope. The experiments were carried out on a straight channel with a length of 12 meters and a slope of 0.008. Acoustic Doppler velocimeter (ADV) was employed to collect three-dimensional flow velocity data, and the results were analyzed and compared with particle image velocimetry (PIV) data. Sediment Simulation in Intakes with Multiblock option (SSIIM) was incorporated for the numerical simulation of the flow in this study. Generally, the results obtained from the comparisons referred to the appropriate agreement between the numerical and the experimental data. The results showed that an undular hydraulic jump occurred at a distance of two meters from the channel entrance in every case; the maximum bed shear stress in the sloped channel was 12 times that in a horizontal channel for installing two damaged and undamaged piers. With this position of the piers in the sloped channel, the upstream water level underwent a 72.5% reduction compared to similar conditions in a horizontal channel, while the amount of this water level decrease was equal to 8.3% compared to the other cases in a sloped channel. In addition, with the presence of both piers, the maximum Froude number was 5.7 times that in a horizontal channel.

    This is a preview of subscription content, access via your institution.

    References

    Download references

    Figure 2.1: Types of Landslides[2]

    Landslide flow path modelling
    A Case Study on Aranayaka
    Landslide

    산사태 유로 모델링 : Aranayaka 산사태 사례 연구

    Authors:

    Malithi De Silva : University of Kelaniya

    N.M.T De Silva
    University of Colombo School of Computing
    2018

    Abstract

    산사태가 발생하기 쉬운 구릉 지역 근처에서 발생하는 최근 인구 증가 및 개발은 취약성을 증가시킵니다. 기후 변화의 영향은 산사태 위험의 가능성을 더욱 높입니다. 따라서 인명 및 재산 피해를 방지하기 위해서는 불안정한 경사면 거동에 대한 적절한 관찰과 분석이 중요합니다.

    산사태 흐름 경로 예측은 산사태 흐름 경로를 결정하는 데 중요하며 위험 매핑의 필수 요소입니다. 그러나 현상의 복잡한 특성과 관련 매개변수의 불확실성으로 인해 흐름 경로 예측은 어려운 작업입니다. 이 작업에서는 Kegalle 지역의 Aranayaka 지역의 주요 산사태 사고를 흐름 경로를 모델링하기 위한 사례 연구로 사용합니다.

    위치에서 디지털 고도 모델을 기반으로 잠재적 소스 영역이 식별되었습니다. 확산 영역 평가는 D8 및 다중 방향 흐름 알고리즘이라는 두 가지 흐름 방향 알고리즘을 기반으로 했습니다. 이 프로토타입 모델을 사용하여 사용자는 슬라이드의 최대 너비, 런아웃 거리 및 슬립 표면적과 같은 산사태 관련 통계를 대화식으로 얻을 수 있습니다.

    모델에서 얻은 결과는 실제 Aranayaka 산사태 데이터 세트와 해당 지역의 산사태 위험 지도와 비교되었습니다. D8 알고리즘을 사용하여 구현된 도구에서 생성된 산사태 흐름 경로는 65% 이상의 일치를 나타내고 다중 방향 흐름 알고리즘은 실제 흐름 경로 및 기타 관련 통계와 69% 이상의 일치를 나타냅니다.

    또한, 생성된 유동 경로 방향과 예상되는 산사태 시작 지점이 실제 산사태 경계 내부에 잘 일치합니다.

    Recent population growth and developments taking place close to landslides prone
    hilly areas increase their vulnerability. Climate change impacts further raise the
    potential of landslide hazard. Therefore, to prevent loss of lives and damage to
    property, proper observation and analysis of unstable slope behavior is crucial.
    Landslide flow path forecasting is important for determining a landslide flow route and
    it is an essential element in hazard mapping. However, due to the complex nature of
    the phenomenon and the uncertainties of associated parameters flow path prediction is
    a challenging task.
    In this work, the major landslide incident at Aranayaka area in Kegalle district is taken
    as the case study to model the flow path. At the location, potential source areas were
    identified on the basis of the Digital Elevation Model. Spreading area assessment was
    based on two flow directional algorithms namely D8 and Multiple Direction Flow
    Algorithm. Using this prototype model, a user can interactively get landslide specific
    statistics such as the maximum width of the slide, runout distance, and slip surface area.
    Results obtained by the model were compared with the actual Aranayaka landslide data
    set the landslide hazard map of the area.
    Landslide flow paths generated from the implemented tool using D8 algorithm shows
    more than 65% agreement and Multiple Direction Flow Algorithm shows more than
    69% agreement with the actual flow paths and other related statistics. Also, the
    generated flow path directions and predicted possible landslide initiation points fit
    inside the actual landslide boundary with good agreement.

    Figure 2.1: Types of Landslides[2]
    Figure 2.1: Types of Landslides[2]
    Figure 2.2: Landslide Glossary [2]
    Figure 2.2: Landslide Glossary [2]

    References

    [1] na, “Landslides 101,” [Online]. Available: https://landslides.usgs.gov/learn/ls101.php.
    [Accessed 20 01 2017].
    [2] U.S. Department of the Interior, “Landslide Types and Processes,” July 2004. [Online].
    Available: https://pubs.usgs.gov/fs/2004/3072/fs-2004-3072.html. [Accessed 20 July 2017].
    [3] “Department of conservation,” 2016. [Online]. Available:
    http://www.conservation.ca.gov/cgs/geologic_hazards/landslides/Pages/LandslideTypes.aspx.
    [Accessed 20 July 2017].
    [4] 22nd May 2016, Aerial Survey report on inundation damages and sediment disasters, 2016.
    [5] Peter V. Gorsevski, Paul Gessler and Randy B. Foltz, “Spatial Prediction of Landslide
    Hazard Using Discriminant Analysis and GIS,” in GIS in the Rockies 2000 Conference and
    Workshop Applications for the 21st Century, Denver, Colorado. , 2000.
    [6] M. Casadei, W. E. Dietrich and N. L. Miller, “Testing A Model For Predicting The Timing
    And Location Of Shallow Landslide Initiation In Soil-Mantled Landscapes,” Earth Surface
    Processes and Landforms, vol. 28, p. 925–950, 2003.
    [7] Roberto Arnaldo Trancoso Gomes, Renato Fontes, Osmar Abílio de Carvalho Júnior, Nelson
    Ferreira and Eurípedes Vargas do Amaral, “Combining Spatial Models for Shallow
    Landslides and Debris-Flows Prediction,” Remote Sensing, no. 5, pp. 2219-2237, 2013.
    [8] P. Bertolo and G. F. Wieczorek, “Calibration of numerical models for small debris flow in
    Yosemite Valley, California, USA,” Documentation and monitoring of landslides and debris
    flows for mathematical modelling and design of mitigation measures, 13 December 2005.
    [9] T. A. Gebreslassie, “Dynamic simulations of landslide runout in cohesive Soils,” Oslo, 2015.
    [10] P. Tarolli and D. G. Tarboton, “A new method for determination of most likely landslide
    initiation points and the evaluation of digital terrain model scale in terrain stability mapping,”
    Hydrology and Earth System Sciences, no. 10, p. 663–677, 2006.
    [11] G.-B. Kim, “Numerical Simulation Of Three-Dimensional Tsunami Generation By Subaerial
    Landslides,” 2013.

    [12] Giuseppe Formetta, Giovanna Capparelli, and Pasqua, “Evaluating performance of simplified
    physically based models for shallow landslide susceptibility,” Hydrol. Earth System, no. 20,
    p. 4585–4603, 2016.
    [13] F. Dai and C. Lee, “Landslide characteristics and slope instability modeling using GIS,
    Lantau Island, Hong Kong,” 2001.
    [14] S. McDougall, “Landslide runout analysis — current practice and challenges,” Canadian
    Geotechnical Colloquium, vol. 57, pp. 605-620, 2017.
    [15] P. Quinn, K. Beven, P. Chevallier And O. Planchon, “The Prediction Of Hillslope Flow Paths
    For Distributed Hydrological Modelling Using Digital Terrain Models,” Hydrological
    Processes, Vol. Vol. 5, Pp. 59-79, 1991.
    [16] V. B., “Comparison of Single and Multiple Flow Direction Algorithm for Computing
    Topographic Parameters in Topmodel,” 2000.
    [17] J.-f. G. P. T. K. T. Guang-ju ZHAO, “Comparison of two different methods for determining
    flow direction in catchment hydrological modeling,” Water Science and Engineering, vol. 2,
    no. 4, pp. 1-15, 2009.
    [18] D. G. Tarboton, “A New Method For The Determination Of Flow Directions And Upslope
    Areas In Grid Digital Elevation Models,” Water Resources Research, Vol. 33, No. 2, P. 33,
    309-319.
    [19] V. Baumann, “Debris flow susceptibility mapping at a regional scale along the National Road
    N7, Argentina,” in CGS Geotechnical Conference, Argentina, 2011.
    [20] Q. Z. Petter Pilesjö, “Theoretical Estimation Of Flow Accumulation From A Grid-Based
    Digital Elevation Model,” In Proceedings Of Gis Am/Fm Asia’97 And Geoinformatics’97
    Conference, Taipei, 1997.
    [21] G. A. D. Y. a. C. S. L. John P. WILSON, “Water in the Landscape: A Review of
    Contemporary Flow Routing Algorithms,” pp. 213-236.
    [22] “MathWorks,” The MathWorks, Inc., [Online]. Available: https://in.mathworks.com/.
    [Accessed 1 10 2017].
    [23] “What is GIS?,” Esri, [Online]. Available: http://www.esri.com/what-is-gis. [Accessed 12 11
    2017].
    [24] P. Barrett, “Paul Barrett,” Wikimedia Foundation, Inc, [Online]. Available:
    http://www.pbarrett.net/techpapers/euclid.pdf. [Accessed 05 01 2018].

    [25] S. S. Gruber, Land-surface parameters and objects in hydrology., Elsevier, 2009.
    [26] “Landscape Evolution Modeling with CHILD,” Community Surface Dynamics Modeling
    System, [Online]. Available:
    http://csdms.colorado.edu/wiki/Labs_Landscape_Evolution_Modeling_With_Child_Part_2.
    [Accessed 13 01 2018].
    [27] M. Cooper, “Depth Recovery through Linear Algebra,” in Line Drawing Interpretation,
    Springer Science & Business Media., p. 118.
    [28] A. P. Nicholas, “Cellular modelling in fluvial geomorphology,” in Earth Surface Processes
    and Landforms, 2005, p. 645–649.
    [29] “Making Successful Maps,” DroneDeploy, [Online]. Available:
    https://support.dronedeploy.com/v1.0/docs/making-successful-maps. [Accessed 15 10 2017].
    [30] “M_Map:A mapping package for Matlab,” rich@eos.ubc.ca, [Online]. Available:
    https://www.eoas.ubc.ca/~rich/map.html. [Accessed 15 01 2018].
    [31] P. Dulanjalee, “Landslide Flow Path Assessment for Susceptibility Mapping at a Regional
    Scale,” in ‘Investing in Disaster Risk Reduction for Resilience’’- NBRO holds 8th Annual
    Symposium, Colombo, 2017.
    [32] L. K. a. D. M. E. Boyagoda, ” Subsurface Geotechnical Characterization,” in International
    Symposium, NBRO, Colombo, Sri Lanka, 2016.
    [33] E. E. Duncan and A. A. Rahman, “An Amalgamation Of 3d Spatial Data Model For Surface
    And Subsurface Spatial Objects.,” in Knowing To Manage The Territory, Protect The
    Environment, Evaluate The Cultural Heritage, Rome, Italy, 2012.

    Figure 2. Schematic diagram for pilot-scale cooling-water circulation system (a) along with a real picture of the system (b).

    Application of Computational Fluid Dynamics in Chlorine-Dynamics Modeling of In-Situ Chlorination Systems for Cooling Systems

    Jongchan Yi 1, Jonghun Lee 1, Mohd Amiruddin Fikri 2,3, Byoung-In Sang 4 and Hyunook Kim 1,*

    Abstract

    염소화는 상대적인 효율성과 저렴한 비용으로 인해 발전소 냉각 시스템에서 생물학적 오염을 제어하는​​데 선호되는 방법입니다. 해안 지역에 발전소가 있는 경우 바닷물을 사용하여 현장에서 염소를 전기화학적으로 생성할 수 있습니다. 이를 현장 전기염소화라고 합니다. 이 접근 방식은 유해한 염소화 부산물이 적고 염소를 저장할 필요가 없다는 점을 포함하여 몇 가지 장점이 있습니다. 그럼에도 불구하고, 이 전기화학적 공정은 실제로는 아직 초기 단계에 있습니다. 이 연구에서는 파일럿 규모 냉각 시스템에서 염소 붕괴를 시뮬레이션하기 위해 병렬 1차 동역학을 적용했습니다. 붕괴가 취수관을 따라 발생하기 때문에 동역학은 전산유체역학(CFD) 코드에 통합되었으며, 이후에 파이프의 염소 거동을 시뮬레이션하는데 적용되었습니다. 실험과 시뮬레이션 데이터는 강한 난류가 형성되는 조건하에서도 파이프 벽을 따라 염소 농도가 점진적인 것으로 나타났습니다. 염소가 중간보다 파이프 표면을 따라 훨씬 더 집중적으로 남아 있다는 사실은 전기 염소화를 기반으로 하는 시스템의 전체 염소 요구량을 감소시킬 수 있었습니다. 현장 전기 염소화 방식의 냉각 시스템은 직접 주입 방식에 필요한 염소 사용량의 1/3만 소비했습니다. 따라서 현장 전기염소화는 해안 지역의 발전소에서 바이오파울링 제어를 위한 비용 효율적이고 환경 친화적인 접근 방식으로 사용될 수 있다고 결론지었습니다.

    Chlorination is the preferred method to control biofouling in a power plant cooling system due to its comparative effectiveness and low cost. If a power plant is located in a coastal area, chlorine can be electrochemically generated in-situ using seawater, which is called in-situ electrochlorination; this approach has several advantages including fewer harmful chlorination byproducts and no need for chlorine storage. Nonetheless, this electrochemical process is still in its infancy in practice. In this study, a parallel first-order kinetics was applied to simulate chlorine decay in a pilot-scale cooling system. Since the decay occurs along the water-intake pipe, the kinetics was incorporated into computational fluid dynamics (CFD) codes, which were subsequently applied to simulate chlorine behavior in the pipe. The experiment and the simulation data indicated that chlorine concentrations along the pipe wall were incremental, even under the condition where a strong turbulent flow was formed. The fact that chlorine remained much more concentrated along the pipe surface than in the middle allowed for the reduction of the overall chlorine demand of the system based on the electro-chlorination. The cooling system, with an in-situ electro-chlorination, consumed only 1/3 of the chlorine dose demanded by the direct injection method. Therefore, it was concluded that in-situ electro-chlorination could serve as a cost-effective and environmentally friendly approach for biofouling control at power plants on coastal areas.

    Keywords

    computational fluid dynamics; power plant; cooling system; electro-chlorination; insitu chlorination

    Figure 1. Electrodes and batch experiment set-up. (a) Two cylindrical electrodes used in this study. (b) Batch experiment set-up for kinetic tests.
    Figure 1. Electrodes and batch experiment set-up. (a) Two cylindrical electrodes used in this study. (b) Batch experiment set-up for kinetic tests.
    Figure 2. Schematic diagram for pilot-scale cooling-water circulation system (a) along with a real picture of the system (b).
    Figure 2. Schematic diagram for pilot-scale cooling-water circulation system (a) along with a real picture of the system (b).
    Figure 3. Free chlorine decay curves in seawater with different TOC and initial chlorine concentration. Each line represents the predicted concentration of chlorine under a given condition. (a) Artificial seawater solution with 1 mg L−1 of TOC; (b) artificial seawater solution with 2 mg L−1 of TOC; (c) artificial seawater solution with 3 mg L−1 of TOC; (d) West Sea water (1.3 mg L−1 of TOC).
    Figure 3. Free chlorine decay curves in seawater with different TOC and initial chlorine concentration. Each line represents the predicted concentration of chlorine under a given condition. (a) Artificial seawater solution with 1 mg L−1 of TOC; (b) artificial seawater solution with 2 mg L−1 of TOC; (c) artificial seawater solution with 3 mg L−1 of TOC; (d) West Sea water (1.3 mg L−1 of TOC).
    Figure 4. Correlation between model and experimental data in the chlorine kinetics using seawater.
    Figure 4. Correlation between model and experimental data in the chlorine kinetics using seawater.
    Figure 5. Free chlorine concentrations in West Sea water under different current conditions in an insitu electro-chlorination system.
    Figure 5. Free chlorine concentrations in West Sea water under different current conditions in an insitu electro-chlorination system.
    Figure 6. Free chlorine distribution along the sampling ports under different flow rates. Each dot represents experimental data, and each point on the black line is the expected chlorine concentration obtained from computational fluid dynamics (CFD) simulation with a parallel first-order decay model. The red-dotted line is the desirable concentration at the given flow rate: (a) 600 L min−1 of flow rate, (b) 700 L min−1 of flow rate, (c) 800 L min−1 of flow rate, (d) 900 L min−1 of flow rate.
    Figure 6. Free chlorine distribution along the sampling ports under different flow rates. Each dot represents experimental data, and each point on the black line is the expected chlorine concentration obtained from computational fluid dynamics (CFD) simulation with a parallel first-order decay model. The red-dotted line is the desirable concentration at the given flow rate: (a) 600 L min−1 of flow rate, (b) 700 L min−1 of flow rate, (c) 800 L min−1 of flow rate, (d) 900 L min−1 of flow rate.
    Figure 7. Fluid contour images from CFD simulation of the electro-chlorination experiment. Inlet flow rate is 800 L min−1. Outlet pressure was set to 10.8 kPa. (a) Chlorine concentration; (b) expanded view of electrode side in image (a); (c) velocity magnitude; (d) pressure.
    Figure 7. Fluid contour images from CFD simulation of the electro-chlorination experiment. Inlet flow rate is 800 L min−1. Outlet pressure was set to 10.8 kPa. (a) Chlorine concentration; (b) expanded view of electrode side in image (a); (c) velocity magnitude; (d) pressure.
    Figure 8. Chlorine concentration contour in the simulation of full-scale in-situ electro-chlorination with different cathode positions. The pipe diameter is 2 m and the flow rate is 14 m3 s−1. The figure shows 10 m of the pipeline. (a) The simulation result when the cathode is placed on the surface of the pipe wall. (b) The simulation result when the cathode is placed on the inside of the pipe with 100 mm of distance from the pipe wall.
    Figure 8. Chlorine concentration contour in the simulation of full-scale in-situ electro-chlorination with different cathode positions. The pipe diameter is 2 m and the flow rate is 14 m3 s−1. The figure shows 10 m of the pipeline. (a) The simulation result when the cathode is placed on the surface of the pipe wall. (b) The simulation result when the cathode is placed on the inside of the pipe with 100 mm of distance from the pipe wall.
    Figure 9. Comparison of in-situ electro-chlorination and direct chlorine injection in full-scale applications. (a) Estimated chlorine concentrations along the pipe surface. (b) Relative chlorine demands.
    Figure 9. Comparison of in-situ electro-chlorination and direct chlorine injection in full-scale applications. (a) Estimated chlorine concentrations along the pipe surface. (b) Relative chlorine demands.

    References

    1. Macknick, J.; Newmark, R.; Heath, G.; Hallett, K.C. Operational water consumption and withdrawal factors for electricity generating technologies: A review of existing literature. Environ. Res. Lett. 2012, 7, 045802.
    2. Pan, S.-Y.; Snyder, S.W.; Packman, A.I.; Lin, Y.J.; Chiang, P.-C. Cooling water use in thermoelectric power generation and its associated challenges for addressing water-energy nexus. Water-Energy Nexus 2018, 1, 26–41.
    3. Feeley, T.J., III; Skone, T.J.; Stiegel, G.J., Jr.; McNemar, A.; Nemeth, M.; Schimmoller, B.; Murphy, J.T.;
      Manfredo, L. Water: A critical resource in the thermoelectric power industry. Energy 2008, 33, 1–11.
    4. World Nuclear Association. World Nuclear Performance Report 2016; World Nuclear Association: London, UK, 2016.
    5. Pugh, S.; Hewitt, G.; Müller-Steinhagen, H. Fouling during the use of seawater as coolant—The development of a user guide. Heat Transf. Eng. 2005, 26, 35–43.
    6. Satpathy, K.K.; Mohanty, A.K.; Sahu, G.; Biswas, S.; Prasad, M.; Slvanayagam, M. Biofouling and its control in seawater cooled power plant cooling water system—A review. Nucl. Power 2010, 17, 191–242.
    7. Cristiani, P.; Perboni, G. Antifouling strategies and corrosion control in cooling circuits. Bioelectrochemistry 2014, 97, 120–126.
    8. Walker, M.E.; Safari, I.; Theregowda, R.B.; Hsieh, M.-K.; Abbasian, J.; Arastoopour, H.; Dzombak, D.A.; Miller, D.C. Economic impact of condenser fouling in existing thermoelectric power plants. Energy 2012,44, 429–437.
    9. Yi, J.; Ahn, Y.; Hong, M.; Kim, G.-H.; Shabnam, N.; Jeon, B.; Sang, B.-I.; Kim, H. Comparison between OCl−-Injection and In Situ Electrochlorination in the Formation of Chlorate and Perchlorate in Seawater. Appl.Sci. 2019, 9, 229.
    10. Xue, Y.; Zhao, J.; Qiu, R.; Zheng, J.; Lin, C.; Ma, B.; Wang, P. In Situ glass antifouling using Pt nanoparticle coating for periodic electrolysis of seawater. Appl. Surf. Sci. 2015, 357, 60–68.
    11. Mahfouz, A.B.; Atilhan, S.; Batchelor, B.; Linke, P.; Abdel-Wahab, A.; El-Halwagi, M.M. Optimal scheduling of biocide dosing for seawater-cooled power and desalination plants. Clean Technol. Environ. Policy 2011, 13, 783–796.
    12. Rubio, D.; López-Galindo, C.; Casanueva, J.F.; Nebot, E. Monitoring and assessment of an industrial antifouling treatment. Seasonal effects and influence of water velocity in an open once-through seawater cooling system. Appl. Therm. Eng. 2014, 67, 378–387.
    13. European Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control (IPPC) Bureau, European Commission. Reference Document on the Application of Best Available Techniques to Industrial Cooling Systems December 2001; European Commission, Tech. Rep: Brussels, Belgium, 2001.
    14. Venkatesan R.; Murthy P. S. Macrofouling Control in Power Plants. In Springer Series on Biofilms; Springer: Berlin/Heidelberg, Germany, 2008.
    15. Kastl, G.; Fisher, I.; Jegatheesan, V. Evaluation of chlorine decay kinetics expressions for drinking water distribution systems modelling. J. Water Supply Res. Technol. AQUA 1999, 48, 219–226.
    16. Fisher, I.; Kastl, G.; Sathasivan, A.; Cook, D.; Seneverathne, L. General model of chlorine decay in blends of surface waters, desalinated water, and groundwaters. J. Environ. Eng. 2015, 141, 04015039.
    17. Fisher, I.; Kastl, G.; Sathasivan, A.; Jegatheesan, V. Suitability of chlorine bulk decay models for planning and management of water distribution systems. Crit. Rev. Environ. Sci. Technol. 2011, 41, 1843–1882.
    18. Fisher, I.; Kastl, G.; Sathasivan, A. Evaluation of suitable chlorine bulk-decay models for water distribution systems. Water Res. 2011, 45, 4896–4908.
    19. Haas, C.N.; Karra, S. Kinetics of wastewater chlorine demand exertion. J. (Water Pollut. Control Fed.) 1984, 56, 170–173.
    20. Zeng, J.; Jiang, Z.; Chen, Q.; Zheng, P.; Huang, Y. The decay kinetics of residual chlorine in cooling seawater simulation experiments. Acta Oceanol. Sin. 2009, 28, 54–59.
    21. Saeed, S.; Prakash, S.; Deb, N.; Campbell, R.; Kolluru, V.; Febbo, E.; Dupont, J. Development of a sitespecific kinetic model for chlorine decay and the formation of chlorination by-products in seawater. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 2015, 3, 772–792.
    22. Al Heboos, S.; Licskó, I. Application and comparison of two chlorine decay models for predicting bulk chlorine residuals. Period. Polytech. Civ. Eng. 2017, 61, 7–13.
    23. Shadloo, M.S.; Oger, G.; Le Touzé, D. Smoothed particle hydrodynamics method for fluid flows, towards industrial applications: Motivations, current state, and challenges. Comput. Fluids 2016, 136, 11–34.
    24. Wols, B.; Hofman, J.; Uijttewaal, W.; Rietveld, L.; Van Dijk, J. Evaluation of different disinfection calculation methods using CFD. Environ. Model. Softw. 2010, 25, 573–582.
    25. Angeloudis, A.; Stoesser, T.; Falconer, R.A. Predicting the disinfection efficiency range in chlorine contact tanks through a CFD-based approach. Water Res. 2014, 60, 118–129.
    26. Zhang, J.; Tejada-Martínez, A.E.; Zhang, Q. Developments in computational fluid dynamics-based modeling for disinfection technologies over the last two decades: A review. Environ. Model. Softw. 2014, 58,71–85.
    27. Lim, Y.H.; Deering, D.D. In Modeling Chlorine Residual in a Ground Water Supply Tank for a Small Community in Cold Conditions, World Environmental and Water Resources Congress 2017; American Society of Civil Engineers: Reston, Virginia, USA, 2017; pp. 124–138.
    28. Hernández-Cervantes, D.; Delgado-Galván, X.; Nava, J.L.; López-Jiménez, P.A.; Rosales, M.; Mora Rodríguez, J. Validation of a computational fluid dynamics model for a novel residence time distribution analysis in mixing at cross-junctions. Water 2018, 10, 733.
    29. Hua, F.; West, J.; Barker, R.; Forster, C. Modelling of chlorine decay in municipal water supplies. Water Res. 1999, 33, 2735–2746.
    30. Jonkergouw, P.M.; Khu, S.-T.; Savic, D.A.; Zhong, D.; Hou, X.Q.; Zhao, H.-B. A variable rate coefficient chlorine decay model. Environ. Sci. Technol. 2009, 43, 408–414.
    31. Nejjari, F.; Puig, V.; Pérez, R.; Quevedo, J.; Cugueró, M.; Sanz, G.; Mirats, J. Chlorine decay model calibration and comparison: Application to a real water network. Procedia Eng. 2014, 70, 1221–1230.
    32. Kohpaei, A.J.; Sathasivan, A.; Aboutalebi, H. Effectiveness of parallel second order model over second and first order models. Desalin. Water Treat. 2011, 32, 107–114.
    33. Powell, J.C.; Hallam, N.B.; West, J.R.; Forster, C.F.; Simms, J. Factors which control bulk chlorine decay rates. Water Res. 2000, 34, 117–126.
    34. Clark, R.M.; Sivaganesan, M. Predicting chlorine residuals in drinking water: Second order model. J. Water Resour. Plan. Manag. 2002, 128, 152–161.
    35. Li, X.; Li, C.; Bayier, M.; Zhao, T.; Zhang, T.; Chen, X.; Mao, X. Desalinated seawater into pilot-scale drinking water distribution system: Chlorine decay and trihalomethanes formation. Desalin. Water Treat. 2016, 57,19149–19159.
    36. United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Chlorine, Total Residual (Spectrophotometric, DPD); EPA-NERL: 330.5; EPA: Cincinnati, OH, USA, 1978.
    37. Polman, H.; Verhaart, F.; Bruijs, M. Impact of biofouling in intake pipes on the hydraulics and efficiency of pumping capacity. Desalin. Water Treat. 2013, 51, 997–1003.
    38. Rajagopal, S.; Van der Velde, G.; Van der Gaag, M.; Jenner, H.A. How effective is intermittent chlorination to control adult mussel fouling in cooling water systems? Water Res. 2003, 37, 329–338.
    39. Bruijs, M.C.; Venhuis, L.P.; Daal, L. Global Experiences in Optimizing Biofouling Control through PulseChlorination®. 2017. Available online: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/318561645_Global_Experiences_in_Optimizing_Biofouling_Co ntrol_through_Pulse-ChlorinationR (accessed on 1 May 2020).
    40. Kim, H.; Hao, O.J.; McAvoy, T.J. Comparison between model-and pH/ORP-based process control for an AAA system. Tamkang J. Sci. Eng. 2000, 3, 165–172.
    41. Brdys, M.; Chang, T.; Duzinkiewicz, K. Intelligent Model Predictive Control of Chlorine Residuals in Water Distribution Systems, Bridging the Gap: Meeting the World’s Water and Environmental Resources Challenges. In Proceedings of the ASCE Water Resource Engineering and Water Resources Planning and Management, July 30–August 2, 2000; pp. 1–11
    Fig. 1. Modified Timelli mold design.

    Characterization of properties of Vanadium, Boron and Strontium addition on HPDC of A360 alloy

    A360 합금의 HPDC에 대한 바나듐, 붕소 및 스트론튬 첨가 특성 특성

    OzenGursoya
    MuratColakb
    KazimTurc
    DeryaDispinarde

    aUniversity of Padova, Department of Management and Engineering, Vicenza, Italy
    bUniversity of Bayburt, Mechanical Engineering, Bayburt, Turkey
    cAtilim University, Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Ankara, Turkey
    dIstanbul Technical University, Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Istanbul, Turkey
    eCenter for Critical and Functional Materials, ITU, Istanbul, Turkey

    ABSTRACT

    The demand for lighter weight decreased thickness and higher strength has become the focal point in the
    automotive industry. In order to meet such requirements, the addition of several alloying elements has been started to be investigated. In this work, the additions of V, B, and Sr on feedability and tensile properties of A360 has been studied. A mold design that consisted of test bars has been produced. Initially, a simulation was carried out to optimize the runners, filling, and solidification parameters. Following the tests, it was found that V addition revealed the highest UTS but low elongation at fracture, while B addition exhibited visa verse. On the other hand, impact energy was higher with B additions.

    더 가벼운 무게의 감소된 두께와 더 높은 강도에 대한 요구는 자동차 산업의 초점이 되었습니다. 이러한 요구 사항을 충족하기 위해 여러 합금 원소의 추가가 조사되기 시작했습니다. 이 연구에서는 A360의 이송성 및 인장 특성에 대한 V, B 및 Sr의 첨가가 연구되었습니다. 시험봉으로 구성된 금형 설계가 제작되었습니다. 처음에는 러너, 충전 및 응고 매개변수를 최적화하기 위해 시뮬레이션이 수행되었습니다. 시험 결과, V 첨가는 UTS가 가장 높지만 파단 연신율은 낮았고, B 첨가는 visa verse를 나타냈다. 반면에 충격 에너지는 B 첨가에서 더 높았다.

    Fig. 1. Modified Timelli mold design.
    Fig. 1. Modified Timelli mold design.
    Fig. 2. Microstructural images (a) unmodified alloy, (b) Sr modified, (c) V added, (d) B added.
    Fig. 2. Microstructural images (a) unmodified alloy, (b) Sr modified, (c) V added, (d) B added.
    Fig. 3. Effect of Sr and V addition on the tensile properties of A360
    Fig. 3. Effect of Sr and V addition on the tensile properties of A360
    Fig. 4. Effect of Sr and B addition on the tensile properties of A360.
    Fig. 4. Effect of Sr and B addition on the tensile properties of A360.
    Fig. 5. Bubbles chart of tensile properties values obtained from Weibull statistics. | Fig. 6. Effect of Sr, V and B addition on the impact properties of A360.
    Fig. 5. Bubbles chart of tensile properties values obtained from Weibull statistics.
    Fig. 6. Effect of Sr, V and B addition on the impact properties of A360.
    Fig. 7. SEM images on the fracture surfaces (a) V added, (b) B added.
    Fig. 7. SEM images on the fracture surfaces (a) V added, (b) B added.

    References

    [1] A. Johanson, Effect of Vanadium on Grain Refinement of Aluminium, Institutt for
    materialteknologi, 2013.
    [2] D.G. McCartney, Grain refining of aluminium and its alloys using inoculants, Int.
    Mater. Rev. 34 (1) (1989) 247–260.
    [3] M.T. Di Giovanni, The Influence of Ni and V Trace Elements on the High
    Temperature Tensile Properties of A356 Aluminium Foundry Alloy, Institutt for
    materialteknologi, 2014.
    [4] D. Casari, T.H. Ludwig, M. Merlin, L. Arnberg, G.L. Garagnani, The effect of Ni and
    V trace elements on the mechanical properties of A356 aluminium foundry alloy in
    as-cast and T6 heat treated conditions, Mater. Sci. Eng., A 610 (2014) 414–426.
    [5] D. Casari, T.H. Ludwig, M. Merlin, L. Arnberg, G.L. Garagnani, Impact behavior of
    A356 foundry alloys in the presence of trace elements Ni and V, J. Mater. Eng.
    Perform. 24 (2) (2015) 894–908.
    [6] T.H. Ludwig, P.L. Schaffer, L. Arnberg, Influence of some trace elements on
    solidification path and microstructure of Al-Si foundry alloys, Metall. Mater. Trans.
    44 (8) (2013) 3783–3796.
    [7] H.A. Elhadari, H.A. Patel, D.L. Chen, W. Kasprzak, Tensile and fatigue properties of
    a cast aluminum alloy with Ti, Zr and V additions, Mater. Sci. Eng., A 528 (28)
    (2011) 8128–8138.
    [8] Y. Wu, H. Liao, K. Zhou, “Effect of minor addition of vanadium on mechanical
    properties and microstructures of as-extruded near eutectic Al–Si–Mg alloy, Mater.
    Sci. Eng., A 602 (2014) 41–48.
    [9] E.S. Dæhlen, The Effect of Vanadium on AlFeSi-Intermetallic Phases in a
    Hypoeutectic Al-Si Foundry Alloy, Institutt for materialteknologi, 2013.
    [10] B. Lin, H. Li, R. Xu, H. Xiao, W. Zhang, S. Li, Effects of vanadium on modification of
    iron-rich intermetallics and mechanical properties in A356 cast alloys with 1.5 wt.
    % Fe, J. Mater. Eng. Perform. 28 (1) (2019) 475–484.
    [11] P.A. Tøndel, G. Halvorsen, L. Arnberg, Grain refinement of hypoeutectic Al-Si
    foundry alloys by addition of boron containing silicon metal, Light Met. (1993)
    783.
    [12] Z. Chen, et al., Grain refinement of hypoeutectic Al-Si alloys with B, Acta Mater.
    120 (2016) 168–178.
    [13] T. Wang, Z. Chen, H. Fu, J. Xu, Y. Fu, T. Li, “Grain refining potency of Al–B master
    alloy on pure aluminum, Scripta Mater. 64 (12) (2011) 1121–1124.
    [14] M. Gorny, ´ G. Sikora, M. Kawalec, Effect of titanium and boron on the stability of
    grain refinement of Al-Cu alloy, Arch. Foundry Eng. 16 (2016).
    [15] O. ¨ Gürsoy, E. Erzi, D. Dıs¸pınar, Ti grain refinement myth and cleanliness of A356
    melt, in: Shape Casting, Springer, 2019, pp. 125–130.
    [16] D. Dispinar, A. Nordmark, J. Voje, L. Arnberg, Influence of hydrogen content and
    bi-film index on feeding behaviour of Al-7Si, in: 138th TMS Annual Meeting, Shape
    Casting, 3rd International Symposium, San Francisco, California, USA, 2009,
    pp. 63–70. February 2009.
    [17] M. Uludag, ˘ R. Çetin, D. Dıs¸pınar, Observation of hot tearing in Sr-B modified A356
    alloy, Arch. Foundry Eng. 17 (2017).
    [18] X.L. Cui, Y.Y. Wu, T. Gao, X.F. Liu, “Preparation of a novel Al–3B–5Sr master alloy
    and its modification and refinement performance on A356 alloy, J. Alloys Compd.
    615 (2014) 906–911.
    [19] F. Wang, Z. Liu, D. Qiu, J.A. Taylor, M.A. Easton, M.-X. Zhang, Revisiting the role
    of peritectics in grain refinement of Al alloys, Acta Mater. 61 (1) (2013) 360–370.
    [20] M. Akhtar, A. Khajuria, Effects of prior austenite grain size on impression creep and
    microstructure in simulated heat affected zones of boron modified P91 steels,
    Mater. Chem. Phys. 249 (2020) 122847.
    [21] M. Akhtar, A. Khajuria, Probing true creep-hardening interaction in weld simulated
    heat affected zone of P91 steels, J. Manuf. Process. 46 (2019) 345–356.
    [22] E.M. Schulson, T.P. Weihs, I. Baker, H.J. Frost, J.A. Horton, Grain boundary
    accommodation of slip in Ni3Al containing boron, Acta Metall. 34 (7) (1986)
    1395–1399.
    [23] I. Baker, E.M. Schulson, J.R. Michael, The effect of boron on the chemistry of grain
    boundaries in stoichiometric Ni3Al, Philos. Mag. A B 57 (3) (Mar. 1988) 379–385.
    [24] S. Zhu, et al., Influences of nickel and vanadium impurities on microstructure of
    aluminum alloys, JOM (J. Occup. Med.) 65 (5) (2013) 584–592.
    [25] D.J. Beerntsen, Effect of vanadium and zirconium on the formation of CrAI 7
    primary crystals in 7075 aluminum alloy, Metall. Mater. Trans. B 8 (3) (1977)
    687–688.
    [26] G. Timelli, A. Fabrizi, S. Capuzzi, F. Bonollo, S. Ferraro, The role of Cr additions
    and Fe-rich compounds on microstructural features and impact toughness of
    AlSi9Cu3 (Fe) diecasting alloys, Mater. Sci. Eng., A 603 (2014) 58–68.
    [27] S. Kirtay, D. Dispinar, Effect of ranking selection on the Weibull modulus
    estimation, Gazi Univ. J. Sci. 25 (1) (2012) 175–187.
    [28] J. Rakhmonov, G. Timelli, F. Bonollo, “The effect of transition elements on hightemperature mechanical properties of Al–Si foundry alloys–A review, Adv. Eng.
    Mater. 18 (7) (2016) 1096–1105.

    Fig. 5. The predicted shapes of initial breach (a) Rectangular (b) V-notch. Fig. 6. Dam breaching stages.

    Investigating the peak outflow through a spatial embankment dam breach

    공간적 제방댐 붕괴를 통한 최대 유출량 조사

    Mahmoud T.GhonimMagdy H.MowafyMohamed N.SalemAshrafJatwaryFaculty of Engineering, Zagazig University, Zagazig 44519, Egypt

    Abstract

    Investigating the breach outflow hydrograph is an essential task to conduct mitigation plans and flood warnings. In the present study, the spatial dam breach is simulated by using a three-dimensional computational fluid dynamics model, FLOW-3D. The model parameters were adjusted by making a comparison with a previous experimental model. The different parameters (initial breach shape, dimensions, location, and dam slopes) are studied to investigate their effects on dam breaching. The results indicate that these parameters have a significant impact. The maximum erosion rate and peak outflow for the rectangular shape are higher than those for the V-notch by 8.85% and 5%, respectively. Increasing breach width or decreasing depth by 5% leads to increasing maximum erosion rate by 11% and 15%, respectively. Increasing the downstream slope angle by 4° leads to an increase in both peak outflow and maximum erosion rate by 2.0% and 6.0%, respectively.

    유출 유출 수문곡선을 조사하는 것은 완화 계획 및 홍수 경보를 수행하는 데 필수적인 작업입니다. 본 연구에서는 3차원 전산유체역학 모델인 FLOW-3D를 사용하여 공간 댐 붕괴를 시뮬레이션합니다. 이전 실험 모델과 비교하여 모델 매개변수를 조정했습니다.

    다양한 매개변수(초기 붕괴 형태, 치수, 위치 및 댐 경사)가 댐 붕괴에 미치는 영향을 조사하기 위해 연구됩니다. 결과는 이러한 매개변수가 상당한 영향을 미친다는 것을 나타냅니다. 직사각형 형태의 최대 침식율과 최대 유출량은 V-notch보다 각각 8.85%, 5% 높게 나타났습니다.

    위반 폭을 늘리거나 깊이를 5% 줄이면 최대 침식률이 각각 11% 및 15% 증가합니다. 하류 경사각을 4° 증가시키면 최대 유출량과 최대 침식률이 각각 2.0% 및 6.0% 증가합니다.

    Keywords

    Spatial dam breach; FLOW-3D; Overtopping erosion; Computational fluid dynamics (CFD)

    1. Introduction

    There are many purposes for dam construction, such as protection from flood disasters, water storage, and power generationEmbankment failures may have a catastrophic impact on lives and infrastructure in the downstream regions. One of the most common causes of embankment dam failure is overtopping. Once the overtopping of the dam begins, the breach formation will start in the dam body then end with the dam failure. This failure occurs within a very short time, which threatens to be very dangerous. Therefore, understanding and modeling the embankment breaching processes is essential for conducting mitigation plans, flood warnings, and forecasting flood damage.

    The analysis of the dam breaching process is implemented by different techniques: comparative methods, empirical models with dimensional and dimensionless solutions, physical-based models, and parametric models. These models were described in detail [1]Parametric modeling is commonly used to simulate breach growth as a time-dependent linear process and calculate outflow discharge from the breach using hydraulics principles [2]. Alhasan et al. [3] presented a simple one-dimensional mathematical model and a computer code to simulate the dam breaching process. These models were validated by small dams breaching during the floods in 2002 in the Czech Republic. Fread [4] developed an erosion model (BREACH) based on hydraulics principles, sediment transport, and soil mechanics to estimate breach size, time of formation, and outflow discharge. Říha et al. [5] investigated the dam break process for a cascade of small dams using a simple parametric model for piping and overtopping erosion, as well as a 2D shallow-water flow model for the flood in downstream areas. Goodarzi et al. [6] implemented mathematical and statistical methods to assess the effect of inflows and wind speeds on the dam’s overtopping failure.

    Dam breaching studies can be divided into two main modes of erosion. The first mode is called “planar dam breach” where the flow overtops the whole dam width. While the second mode is called “spatial dam breach” where the flow overtops through the initial pilot channel (i.e., a channel created in the dam body). Therefore, the erosion will be in both vertical and horizontal directions [7].

    The erosion process through the embankment dams occurs due to the shear stress applied by water flows. The dam breaching evolution can be divided into three stages [8][9], but Y. Yang et al. [10] divided the breach development into five stages: Stage I, the seepage erosion; Stage II, the initial breach formation; Stage III, the head erosion; Stage IV, the breach expansion; and Stage V, the re-equilibrium of the river channel through the breach. Many experimental tests have been carried out on non-cohesive embankment dams with an initial breach to examine the effect of upstream inflow discharges on the longitudinal profile evolution and the time to inflection point [11].

    Zhang et al. [12] studied the effect of changing downstream slope angle, sediment grain size, and dam crest length on erosion rates. They noticed that increasing dam crest length and decreasing downstream slope angle lead to decreasing sediment transport rate. While the increase in sediment grain size leads to an increased sediment transport rate at the initial stages. Höeg et al. [13] presented a series of field tests to investigate the stability of embankment dams made of various materials. Overtopping and piping were among the failure tests carried out for the dams composed of homogeneous rock-fill, clay, or gravel with a height of up to 6.0 m. Hakimzadeh et al. [14] constructed 40 homogeneous cohesive and non-cohesive embankment dams to study the effect of changing sediment diameter and dam height on the breaching process. They also used genetic programming (GP) to estimate the breach outflow. Refaiy et al. [15] studied different scenarios for the downstream drain geometry, such as length, height, and angle, to minimize the effect of piping phenomena and therefore increase dam safety.

    Zhu et al. [16] examined the effect of headcut erosion on dam breach growth, especially in the case of cohesive dams. They found that the breach growth in non-cohesive embankments is slower than cohesive embankments due to the little effect of headcut. Schmocker and Hager [7] proposed a relationship for estimating peak outflow from the dam breach process.(1)QpQin-1=1.7exp-20hc23d5013H0

    where: Qp = peak outflow discharge.

    Qin = inflow discharge.

    hc = critical flow depth.

    d50 = mean sediment diameter.

    Ho = initial dam height.

    Yu et al. [17] carried out an experimental study for homogeneous non-cohesive embankment dams in a 180° bending rectangular flume to determine the effect of overtopping flows on breaching formation. They found that the main factors influencing breach formation are water level, river discharge, and embankment material diameter.

    Wu et al. [18] carried out a series of experiments to investigate the effect of breaching geometry on both non-cohesive and cohesive embankment dams in a U-bend flume due to overtopping flows. In the case of non-cohesive embankments, the non-symmetrical lateral expansion was noticed during the breach formation. This expansion was described by a coefficient ranging from 2.7 to 3.3.

    The numerical models of the dam breach can be categorized according to different parameters, such as flow dimensions (1D, 2D, or 3D), flow governing equations, and solution methods. The 1D models are mainly used to predict the outflow hydrograph from the dam breach. Saberi et al. [19] applied the 1D Saint-Venant equation, which is solved by the finite difference method to investigate the outflow hydrograph during dam overtopping failure. Because of the ability to study dam profile evolution and breach formation, 2D models are more applicable than 1D models. Guan et al. [20] and Wu et al. [21] employed both 2D shallow water equations (SWEs) and sediment erosion equations, which are solved by the finite volume method to study the effect of the dam’s geometry parameters on outflow hydrograph and dam profile evolution. Wang et al. [22] also proposed a second-order hybrid-type of total variation diminishing (TVD) finite-difference to estimate the breach outflow by solving the 2D (SWEs). The accuracy of (SWEs) for both vertical flow contraction and surface roughness has been assessed [23]. They noted that the accuracy of (SWEs) is acceptable for milder slopes, but in the case of steeper slopes, modelers should be more careful. Generally, the accuracy of 2D models is still low, especially with velocity distribution over the flow depth, lateral momentum exchange, density-driven flows, and bottom friction [24]. Therefore, 3D models are preferred. Larocque et al. [25] and Yang et al. [26] started to use three-dimensional (3D) models that depend on the Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) equations.

    Previous experimental studies concluded that there is no clear relationship between the peak outflow from the dam breach and the initial breach characteristics. Some of these studies depend on the sharp-crested weir fixed at the end of the flume to determine the peak outflow from the breach, which leads to a decrease in the accuracy of outflow calculations at the microscale. The main goals of this study are to carry out a numerical simulation for a spatial dam breach due to overtopping flows by using (FLOW-3D) software to find an empirical equation for the peak outflow discharge from the breach and determine the worst-case that leads to accelerating the dam breaching process.

    2. Numerical simulation

    The current study for spatial dam breach is simulated by using (FLOW-3D) software [27], which is a powerful computational fluid dynamics (CFD) program.

    2.1. Geometric presentations

    A stereolithographic (STL) file is prepared for each change in the initial breach geometry and dimensions. The CAD program is useful for creating solid objects and converting them to STL format, as shown in Fig. 1.

    2.2. Governing equations

    The governing equations for water flow are three-dimensional Reynolds Averaged Navier-Stokes equations (RANS).

    The continuity equation:(2)∂ui∂xi=0

    The momentum equation:(3)∂ui∂t+1VFuj∂ui∂xj=1ρ∂∂xj-pδij+ν∂ui∂xj+∂uj∂xi-ρu`iu`j¯

    where u is time-averaged velocity,ν is kinematic viscosity, VF is fractional volume open to flow, p is averaged pressure and -u`iu`j¯ are components of Reynold’s stress. The Volume of Fluid (VOF) technique is used to simulate the free surface profile. Hirt et al. [28] presented the VOF algorithm, which employs the function (F) to express the occupancy of each grid cell with fluid. The value of (F) varies from zero to unity. Zero value refers to no fluid in the grid cell, while the unity value refers to the grid cell being fully occupied with fluid. The free surface is formed in the grid cells having (F) values between zero and unity.(4)∂F∂t+1VF∂∂xFAxu+∂∂yFAyv+∂∂zFAzw=0

    where (u, v, w) are the velocity components in (x, y, z) coordinates, respectively, and (AxAyAz) are the area fractions.

    2.3. Boundary and initial conditions

    To improve the accuracy of the results, the boundary conditions should be carefully determined. In this study, two mesh blocks are used to minimize the time consumed in the simulation. The boundary conditions for mesh block 1 are as follows: The inlet and sides boundaries are defined as a wall boundary condition (wall boundary condition is usually used for bound fluid by solid regions. In the case of viscous flows, no-slip means that the tangential velocity is equal to the wall velocity and the normal velocity is zero), the outlet is defined as a symmetry boundary condition (symmetry boundary condition is usually used to reduce computational effort during CFD simulation. This condition allows the flow to be transferred from one mesh block to another. No inputs are required for this boundary condition except that its location should be defined accurately), the bottom boundary is defined as a uniform flow rate boundary condition, and the top boundary is defined as a specific pressure boundary condition with assigned atmospheric pressure. The boundary conditions for mesh block 2 are as follows: The inlet is defined as a symmetry boundary condition, the outlet is defined as a free flow boundary condition, the bottom and sides boundaries are defined as a wall boundary condition, and the top boundary is defined as a specific pressure boundary condition with assigned atmospheric pressure as shown in Fig. 2. The initial conditions required to be set for the fluid (i.e., water) inside of the domain include configuration, temperature, velocities, and pressure distribution. The configuration of water depends on the dimensions and shape of the dam reservoir. While the other conditions have been assigned as follows: temperature is normal water temperature (25 °c) and pressure distribution is hydrostatic with no initial velocity.

    2.4. Numerical method

    FLOW-3D uses the finite volume method (FVM) to solve the governing equation (Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes) over the computational domain. A finite-volume method is an Eulerian approach for representing and evaluating partial differential equations in algebraic equations form [29]. At discrete points on the mesh geometry, values are determined. Finite volume expresses a small volume surrounding each node point on a mesh. In this method, the divergence theorem is used to convert volume integrals with a divergence term to surface integrals. After that, these terms are evaluated as fluxes at each finite volume’s surfaces.

    2.5. Turbulent models

    Turbulence is the chaotic, unstable motion of fluids that occurs when there are insufficient stabilizing viscous forces. In FLOW-3D, there are six turbulence models available: the Prandtl mixing length model, the one-equation turbulent energy model, the two-equation (k – ε) model, the Renormalization-Group (RNG) model, the two-equation (k – ω) models, and a large eddy simulation (LES) model. For simulating flow motion, the RNG model is adopted to simulate the motion behavior better than the k – ε and k – ω.

    models [30]. The RNG model consists of two main equations for the turbulent kinetic energy KT and its dissipation.εT(5)∂kT∂t+1VFuAx∂kT∂x+vAy∂kT∂y+wAz∂kT∂z=PT+GT+DiffKT-εT(6)∂εT∂t+1VFuAx∂εT∂x+vAy∂εT∂y+wAz∂εT∂z=C1.εTKTPT+c3.GT+Diffε-c2εT2kT

    where KT is the turbulent kinetic energy, PT is the turbulent kinetic energy production, GT is the buoyancy turbulence energy, εT is the turbulent energy dissipation rate, DiffKT and Diffε are terms of diffusion, c1, c2 and c3 are dimensionless parameters, in which c1 and c3 have a constant value of 1.42 and 0.2, respectively, c2 is computed from the turbulent kinetic energy (KT) and turbulent production (PT) terms.

    2.6. Sediment scour model

    The sediment scour model available in FLOW-3D can calculate all the sediment transport processes including Entrainment transport, Bedload transport, Suspended transport, and Deposition. The erosion process starts once the water flows remove the grains from the packed bed and carry them into suspension. It happens when the applied shear stress by water flows exceeds critical shear stress. This process is represented by entrainment transport in the numerical model. After entrained, the grains carried by water flow are represented by suspended load transport. After that, some suspended grains resort to settling because of the combined effect of gravity, buoyancy, and friction. This process is described through a deposition. Finally, the grains sliding motions are represented by bedload transport in the model. For the entrainment process, the shear stress applied by the fluid motion on the packed bed surface is calculated using the standard wall function as shown in Eq.7.(7)ks,i=Cs,i∗d50

    where ks,i is the Nikuradse roughness and Cs,i is a user-defined coefficient. The critical bed shear stress is defined by a dimensionless parameter called the critical shields number as expressed in Eq.8.(8)θcr,i=τcr,i‖g‖diρi-ρf

    where θcr,i is the critical shields number, τcr,i is the critical bed shear stress, g is the absolute value of gravity acceleration, di is the diameter of the sediment grain, ρi is the density of the sediment species (i) and ρf is the density of the fluid. The value of the critical shields number is determined according to the Soulsby-Whitehouse equation.(9)θcr,i=0.31+1.2d∗,i+0.0551-exp-0.02d∗,i

    where d∗,i is the dimensionless diameter of the sediment, given by Eq.10.(10)d∗,i=diρfρi-ρf‖g‖μf213

    where μf is the fluid dynamic viscosity. For the sloping bed interface, the value of the critical shields number is modified according to Eq.11.(11)θ`cr,i=θcr,icosψsinβ+cos2βtan2φi-sin2ψsin2βtanφi

    where θ`cr,i is the modified critical shields number, φi is the angle of repose for the sediment, β is the angle of bed slope and ψ is the angle between the flow and the upslope direction. The effects of the rolling, hopping, and sliding motions of grains along the packed bed surface are taken by the bedload transport process. The volumetric bedload transport rate (qb,i) per width of the bed is expressed in Eq.12.(12)qb,i=Φi‖g‖ρi-ρfρfdi312

    where Φi is the dimensionless bedload transport rate is calculated by using Meyer Peter and Müller equation.(13)Φi=βMPM,iθi-θ`cr,i1.5cb,i

    where βMPM,i is the Meyer Peter and Müller user-defined coefficient and cb,i is the volume fraction of species i in the bed material. The suspended load transport is calculated as shown in Eq.14.(14)∂Cs,i∂t+∇∙Cs,ius,i=∇∙∇DCs,i

    where Cs,i is the suspended sediment mass concentration, D is the diffusivity, and us,i is the grain velocity of species i. Entrainment and deposition are two opposing processes that take place at the same time. The lifting and settling velocities for both entrainment and deposition processes are calculated according to Eq.15 and Eq.16, respectively.(15)ulifting,i=αid∗,i0.3θi-θ`cr,igdiρiρf-1(16)usettling,i=υfdi10.362+1.049d∗,i3-10.36

    where αi is the entrainment coefficient of species i and υf is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid.

    2.7. Grid type

    Using simple rectangular orthogonal elements in planes and hexahedral in volumes in the (FLOW-3D) program makes the mesh generation process easier, decreases the required memory, and improves numerical accuracy. Two mesh blocks were used in a joined form with a size ratio of 2:1. The first mesh block is coarser, which contains the reservoir water, and the second mesh block is finer, which contains the dam. For achieving accuracy and efficiency in results, the mesh size is determined by using a grid convergence test. The optimum uniform cell size for the first mesh block is 0.012 m and for the second mesh block is 0.006 m.

    2.8. Time step

    The maximum time step size is determined by using a Courant number, which controls the distance that the flow will travel during the simulation time step. In this study, the Courant number was taken equal to 0.25 to prevent the flow from traveling through more than one cell in the time step. Based on the Courant number, a maximum time step value of 0.00075 s was determined.

    2.9. Numerical model validation

    The numerical model accuracy was achieved by comparing the numerical model results with previous experimental results. The experimental study of Schmocker and Hager [7] was based on 31 tests with changes in six parameters (d50, Ho, Bo, Lk, XD, and Qin). All experimental tests were conducted in a straight open glass-sided flume. The horizontal flume has a rectangular cross-section with a width of 0.4 m and a height of 0.7 m. The flume was provided with a flow straightener and an intake with a length of 0.66 m. All tested dams were inserted at various distances (XD) from the intake. Test No.1 from this experimental program was chosen to validate the numerical model. The different parameters used in test No.1 are as follows:

    (1) uniform sediment with a mean diameter (d50 = 0.31 mm), (2) Ho = 0.2 m, (3) Bo = 0.2 m, (4) Lk = 0.1 m,

    (5) XD = 1.0 m, (6) Qin = 6.0 lit/s, (7) Su and Sd = 2:1, (8) mass density (ρs = 2650 kg/m3(9) Homogenous and non-cohesive embankment dam. As shown in Fig. 2, the simulation is contained within a rectangular grid with dimensions: 3.56 m in the x-direction (where 0.66 m is used as inlet, 0.9 m as dam base width, and 1.0 m as outlet), in y-direction 0.2 m (dam length), and in the z-direction 0.3 m, which represents the dam height (0.2 m) with a free distance (0.1 m) above the dam. There are two main reasons that this experimental program is preferred for the validation process. The first reason is that this program deals with homogenous, non-cohesive soil, which is available in FLOW-3D. The second reason is that this program deals with small-scale models which saves time for numerical simulation. Finally, some important assumptions were considered during the validation process. The flow is assumed to be incompressible, viscous, turbulent, and three-dimensional.

    By comparing dam profiles at different time instants for the experimental test with the current numerical model, it appears that the numerical model gives good agreement as shown in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4, with an average error percentage of 9% between the experimental results and the numerical model.

    3. Analysis and discussions

    The current model is used to study the effects of different parameters such as (initial breach shapes, dimensions, locations, upstream and downstream dam slopes) on the peak outflow discharge, QP, time of peak outflow, tP, and rate of erosion, E.

    This study consists of a group of scenarios. The first scenario is changing the shapes of the initial breach according to Singh [1], the most predicted shapes are rectangular and V-notch as shown in Fig. 5. The second scenario is changing the initial breach dimensions (i.e., width and depth). While the third scenario is changing the location of the initial breach. Eventually, the last scenario is changing the upstream and downstream dam slopes.

    All scenarios of this study were carried out under the same conditions such as inflow discharge value (Qin=1.0lit/s), dimensions of the tested dam, where dam height (Ho=0.20m), crest width.

    (Lk=0.1m), dam length (Bo=0.20m), and homogenous & non-cohesive soil with a mean diameter (d50=0.31mm).

    3.1. Dam breaching process evolution

    The dam breaching process is a very complex process due to the quick changes in hydrodynamic conditions during dam failure. The dam breaching process starts once water flows reach the downstream face of the dam. During the initial stage of dam breaching, the erosion process is relatively quiet due to low velocities of flow. As water flows continuously, erosion rates increase, especially in two main zones: the crest and the downstream face. As soon as the dam crest is totally eroded, the water levels in the dam reservoir decrease rapidly, accompanied by excessive erosion in the dam body. The erosion process continues until the water levels in the dam reservoir equal the remaining height of the dam.

    According to Zhou et al. [11], the breaching process consists of three main stages. The first stage starts with beginning overtopping flow, then ends when the erosion point directed upstream and reached the inflection point at the inflection time (ti). The second stage starts from the end of the stage1 until the occurrence of peak outflow discharge at the peak outflow time (tP). The third stage starts from the end of the stage2 until the value of outflow discharge becomes the same as the value of inflow discharge at the final time (tf). The outflow discharge from the dam breach increases rapidly during stage1 and stage2 because of the large dam storage capacity (i.e., the dam reservoir is totally full of water) and excessive erosion. While at stage3, the outflow values start to decrease slowly because most of the dam’s storage capacity was run out. The end of stage3 indicates that the dam storage capacity was totally run out, so the outflow equalized with the inflow discharge as shown in Fig. 6 and Fig. 7.

    3.2. The effect of initial breach shape

    To identify the effect of the initial breach shape on the evolution of the dam breaching process. Three tests were carried out with different cross-section areas for each shape. The initial breach is created at the center of the dam crest. Each test had an ID to make the process of arranging data easier. The rectangular shape had an ID (Rec5h & 5b), which means that its depth and width are equal to 5% of the dam height, and the V-notch shape had an ID (V-noch5h & 1:1) which means that its depth is equal to 5% of the dam height and its side slope is equal to 1:1. The comparison between rectangular and V-notch shapes is done by calculating the ratio between maximum dam height at different times (ZMax) to the initial dam height (Ho), rate of erosion, and hydrograph of outflow discharge for each test. The rectangular shape achieves maximum erosion rate and minimum inflection time, in addition to a rapid decrease in the dam reservoir levels. Therefore, the dam breaching is faster in the case of a rectangular shape than in a V-notch shape, which has the same cross-section area as shown in Fig. 8.

    Also, by comparing the hydrograph for each test, the peak outflow discharge value in the case of a rectangular shape is higher than the V-notch shape by 5% and the time of peak outflow for the rectangular shape is shorter than the V-notch shape by 9% as shown in Fig. 9.

    3.3. The effect of initial breach dimensions

    The results of the comparison between the different initial breach shapes indicate that the worst initial breach shape is rectangular, so the second scenario from this study concentrated on studying the effect of a change in the initial rectangular breach dimensions. Groups of tests were carried out with different depths and widths for the rectangular initial breach. The first group had a depth of 5% from the dam height and with three different widths of 5,10, and 15% from the dam height, the second group had a depth of 10% with three different widths of 5,10, and 15%, the third group had a depth of 15% with three different widths of 5,10, and 15% and the final group had a width of 15% with three different heights of 5, 10, and 15% for a rectangular breach shape. The comparison was made as in the previous section to determine the worst case that leads to the quick dam failure as shown in Fig. 10.

    The results show that the (Rec 5 h&15b) test achieves a maximum erosion rate for a shorter period of time and a minimum ratio for (Zmax / Ho) as shown in Fig. 10, which leads to accelerating the dam failure process. The dam breaching process is faster with the minimum initial breach depth and maximum initial breach width. In the case of a minimum initial breach depth, the retained head of water in the dam reservoir is high and the crest width at the bottom of the initial breach (L`K) is small, so the erosion point reaches the inflection point rapidly. While in the case of the maximum initial breach width, the erosion perimeter is large.

    3.4. The effect of initial breach location

    The results of the comparison between the different initial rectangular breach dimensions indicate that the worst initial breach dimension is (Rec 5 h&15b), so the third scenario from this study concentrated on studying the effect of a change in the initial breach location. Three locations were checked to determine the worst case for the dam failure process. The first location is at the center of the dam crest, which was named “Center”, the second location is at mid-distance between the dam center and dam edge, which was named “Mid”, and the third location is at the dam edge, which was named “Edge” as shown in Fig. 11. According to this scenario, the results indicate that the time of peak outflow discharge (tP) is the same in the three cases, but the maximum value of the peak outflow discharge occurs at the center location. The difference in the peak outflow values between the three cases is relatively small as shown in Fig. 12.

    The rates of erosion were also studied for the three cases. The results show that the maximum erosion rate occurs at the center location as shown in Fig. 13. By making a comparison between the three cases for the dam storage volume. The results show that the center location had the minimum values for the dam storage volume, which means that a large amount of water has passed to the downstream area as shown in Fig. 14. According to these results, the center location leads to increased erosion rate and accelerated dam failure process compared with the two other cases. Because the erosion occurs on both sides, but in the case of edge location, the erosion occurs on one side.

    3.5. The effect of upstream and downstream dam slopes

    The results of the comparison between the different initial rectangular breach locations indicate that the worst initial breach location is the center location, so the fourth scenario from this study concentrated on studying the effect of a change in the upstream (Su) and downstream (Sd) dam slopes. Three slopes were checked individually for both upstream and downstream slopes to determine the worst case for the dam failure process. The first slope value is (2H:1V), the second slope value is (2.5H:1V), and the third slope value is (3H:1V). According to this scenario, the results show that the decreasing downstream slope angle leads to increasing time of peak outflow discharge (tP) and decreasing value of peak outflow discharge. The difference in the peak outflow values between the three cases for the downstream slope is 2%, as shown in Fig. 15, but changing the upstream slope has a negligible impact on the peak outflow discharge and its time as shown in Fig. 16.

    The rates of erosion were also studied in the three cases for both upstream and downstream slopes. The results show that the maximum erosion rate increases by 6.0% with an increasing downstream slope angle by 4°, as shown in Fig. 17. The results also indicate that the erosion rates aren’t affected by increasing or decreasing the upstream slope angle, as shown in Fig. 18. According to these results, increasing the downstream slope angle leads to increased erosion rate and accelerated dam failure process compared with the upstream slope angle. Because of increasing shear stress applied by water flows in case of increasing downstream slope.

    According to all previous scenarios, the dimensionless peak outflow discharge QPQin is presented for a fixed dam height (Ho) and inflow discharge (Qin). Fig. 19 illustrates the relationship between QP∗=QPQin and.

    Lr=ho2/3∗bo2/3Ho. The deduced relationship achieves R2=0.96.(17)QP∗=2.2807exp-2.804∗Lr

    4. Conclusions

    A spatial dam breaching process was simulated by using FLOW-3D Software. The validation process was performed by making a comparison between the simulated results of dam profiles and the dam profiles obtained by Schmocker and Hager [7] in their experimental study. And also, the peak outflow value recorded an error percentage of 12% between the numerical model and the experimental study. This model was used to study the effect of initial breach shape, dimensions, location, and dam slopes on peak outflow discharge, time of peak outflow, and the erosion process. By using the parameters obtained from the validation process, the results of this study can be summarized in eight points as follows.1.

    The rectangular initial breach shape leads to an accelerating dam failure process compared with the V-notch.2.

    The value of peak outflow discharge in the case of a rectangular initial breach is higher than the V-notch shape by 5%.3.

    The time of peak outflow discharge for a rectangular initial breach is shorter than the V-notch shape by 9%.4.

    The minimum depth and maximum width for the initial breach achieve maximum erosion rates (increasing breach width, b0, or decreasing breach depth, h0, by 5% from the dam height leads to an increase in the maximum rate of erosion by 11% and 15%, respectively), so the dam failure is rapid.5.

    The center location of the initial breach leads to an accelerating dam failure compared with the edge location.6.

    The initial breach location has a negligible effect on the peak outflow discharge value and its time.7.

    Increasing the downstream slope angle by 4° leads to an increase in both peak outflow discharge and maximum rate of erosion by 2.0% and 6.0%, respectively.8.

    The upstream slope has a negligible effect on the dam breaching process.

    References

    [1]V. SinghDam breach modeling technologySpringer Science & Business Media (1996)Google Scholar[2]Wahl TL. Prediction of embankment dam breach parameters: a literature review and needs assessment. 1998.Google Scholar[3]Z. Alhasan, J. Jandora, J. ŘíhaStudy of dam-break due to overtopping of four small dams in the Czech RepublicActa Universitatis Agriculturae et Silviculturae Mendelianae Brunensis, 63 (3) (2015), pp. 717-729 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[4]D. FreadBREACH, an erosion model for earthen dam failures: Hydrologic Research LaboratoryNOAA, National Weather Service (1988)Google Scholar[5]J. Říha, S. Kotaška, L. PetrulaDam Break Modeling in a Cascade of Small Earthen Dams: Case Study of the Čižina River in the Czech RepublicWater, 12 (8) (2020), p. 2309, 10.3390/w12082309 View PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[6]E. Goodarzi, L. Teang Shui, M. ZiaeiDam overtopping risk using probabilistic concepts–Case study: The Meijaran DamIran Ain Shams Eng J, 4 (2) (2013), pp. 185-197ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[7]L. Schmocker, W.H. HagerPlane dike-breach due to overtopping: effects of sediment, dike height and dischargeJ Hydraul Res, 50 (6) (2012), pp. 576-586 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[8]J.S. Walder, R.M. Iverson, J.W. Godt, M. Logan, S.A. SolovitzControls on the breach geometry and flood hydrograph during overtopping of noncohesive earthen damsWater Resour Res, 51 (8) (2015), pp. 6701-6724View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[9]H. Wei, M. Yu, D. Wang, Y. LiOvertopping breaching of river levees constructed with cohesive sedimentsNat Hazards Earth Syst Sci, 16 (7) (2016), pp. 1541-1551 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[10]Y. Yang, S.-Y. Cao, K.-J. Yang, W.-P. LiYang K-j, Li W-p. Experimental study of breach process of landslide dams by overtopping and its initiation mechanismsJ Hydrodynamics, 27 (6) (2015), pp. 872-883ArticleDownload PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[11]G.G.D. Zhou, M. Zhou, M.S. Shrestha, D. Song, C.E. Choi, K.F.E. Cui, et al.Experimental investigation on the longitudinal evolution of landslide dam breaching and outburst floodsGeomorphology, 334 (2019), pp. 29-43ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[12]J. Zhang, Z.-x. Guo, S.-y. CaoYang F-g. Experimental study on scour and erosion of blocked damWater Sci Eng, 5 (2012), pp. 219-229ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[13]K. Höeg, A. Løvoll, K. VaskinnStability and breaching of embankment dams: Field tests on 6 m high damsInt J Hydropower Dams, 11 (2004), pp. 88-92View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[14]H. Hakimzadeh, V. Nourani, A.B. AminiGenetic programming simulation of dam breach hydrograph and peak outflow dischargeJ Hydrol Eng, 19 (4) (2014), pp. 757-768View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[15]A.R. Refaiy, N.M. AboulAtta, N.Y. Saad, D.A. El-MollaModeling the effect of downstream drain geometry on seepage through earth damsAin Shams Eng J, 12 (3) (2021), pp. 2511-2531ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[16]Y. Zhu, P.J. Visser, J.K. Vrijling, G. WangExperimental investigation on breaching of embankmentsScience China Technological Sci, 54 (1) (2011), pp. 148-155 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[17]M.-H. Yu, H.-Y. Wei, Y.-J. Liang, Y. ZhaoInvestigation of non-cohesive levee breach by overtopping flowJ Hydrodyn, 25 (4) (2013), pp. 572-579ArticleDownload PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[18]S. Wu, M. Yu, H. Wei, Y. Liang, J. ZengNon-symmetrical levee breaching processes in a channel bend due to overtoppingInt J Sedim Res, 33 (2) (2018), pp. 208-215ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[19]O. Saberi, G. ZenzNumerical investigation on 1D and 2D embankment dams failure due to overtopping flowInt J Hydraulic Engineering, 5 (2016), pp. 9-18View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[20]M. Guan, N.G. Wright, P.A. Sleigh2D Process-Based Morphodynamic Model for Flooding by Noncohesive Dyke BreachJ Hydraul Eng, 140 (7) (2014), p. 04014022, 10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000861 View PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[21]W. Wu, R. Marsooli, Z. HeDepth-Averaged Two-Dimensional Model of Unsteady Flow and Sediment Transport due to Noncohesive Embankment Break/BreachingJ Hydraul Eng, 138 (6) (2012), pp. 503-516View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[22]Z. Wang, D.S. BowlesThree-dimensional non-cohesive earthen dam breach model. Part 1: Theory and methodologyAdv Water Resour, 29 (10) (2006), pp. 1528-1545ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[23]Říha J, Duchan D, Zachoval Z, Erpicum S, Archambeau P, Pirotton M, et al. Performance of a shallow-water model for simulating flow over trapezoidal broad-crested weirs. J Hydrology Hydromechanics. 2019;67:322-8.Google Scholar[24]C.B. VreugdenhilNumerical methods for shallow-water flowSpringer Science & Business Media (1994)Google Scholar[25]L.A. Larocque, J. Imran, M.H. Chaudhry3D numerical simulation of partial breach dam-break flow using the LES and k–∊ turbulence modelsJ Hydraul Res, 51 (2) (2013), pp. 145-157 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[26]C. Yang, B. Lin, C. Jiang, Y. LiuPredicting near-field dam-break flow and impact force using a 3D modelJ Hydraul Res, 48 (6) (2010), pp. 784-792 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[27]FLOW-3D. Version 11.1.1 Flow Science, Inc., Santa Fe, NM. https://wwwflow3dcom.Google Scholar[28]C.W. Hirt, B.D. NicholsVolume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundariesJ Comput Phys, 39 (1) (1981), pp. 201-225ArticleDownload PDFGoogle Scholar[29]S.V. PatankarNumerical heat transfer and fluid flow, Hemisphere PublCorp, New York, 58 (1980), p. 288View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[30]M. Alemi, R. MaiaNumerical simulation of the flow and local scour process around single and complex bridge piersInt J Civil Eng, 16 (5) (2018), pp. 475-487 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar

    Fluid Thermodynamic Simulation of Ti-6Al-4V Alloy in Laser Wire Deposition

    Fluid Thermodynamic Simulation of Ti-6Al-4V Alloy in Laser Wire Deposition

    Xiang WangLin-Jie ZhangJie Ning, and Suck-Joo Na
    Published Online:8 Apr 2022https://doi.org/10.1089/3dp.2021.0159

    Abstract

    A 3D numerical model of heat transfer and fluid flow of molten pool in the process of laser wire deposition was presented by computational fluid dynamics technique. The simulation results of the deposition morphology were also compared with the experimental results under the condition of liquid bridge transfer mode. Moreover, they showed a good agreement. Considering the effect of recoil pressure, the morphology of the deposit metal obtained by the simulation was similar to the experiment result. Molten metal at the wire tip was peeled off and flowed into the molten pool, and then spread to both sides of the deposition layer under the recoil pressure. In addition, the results of simulation and high-speed charge-coupled device presented that a wedge transition zone, with a length of ∼6 mm, was formed behind the keyhole in the liquid bridge transfer process, where the height of deposited metal decreased gradually. After solidification, metal in the transition zone retained the original melt morphology, resulting in a decrease in the height of the tail of the deposition layer.

    Keywords

    LWD, CFD, liquid bridge transfer, fluid dynamics, wedge transition zone

    Fluid Thermodynamic Simulation of Ti-6Al-4V Alloy in Laser Wire Deposition
    Fluid Thermodynamic Simulation of Ti-6Al-4V Alloy in Laser Wire Deposition
    Fluid Thermodynamic Simulation of Ti-6Al-4V Alloy in Laser Wire Deposition
    Fluid Thermodynamic Simulation of Ti-6Al-4V Alloy in Laser Wire Deposition

    References

    1. Matthews MJ, Guss G, Khairallah SA, et al. Denudation of metal powder layers in laser powder bed fusion processes. Acta Mater 2016;114:33–42. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    2. Ge WJ, Han SW, Fang YC, et al. Mechanism of surface morphology in electron beam melting of Ti6Al4V based on computational flow patterns. Appl Surf Sci 2017;419:150–158. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    3. Bai XW, Colegrove P, Ding JL, et al. Numerical analyswas of heat transfer and fluid flow in multilayer deposition of PAW-based wire and arc additive manufacturing. Int J Heat Mass Transf 2018;124:504–516. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    4. Torkamany MJ, Kaplan AFH, Ghaini FM. Wire deposition by a laser-induced boiling front. Opt Laser Technol 2015;69:104–112. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    5. Yu Y, Huang W, Wang G. Investigation of melting dynamics of filler wire during wire feed laser welding. J Mec Sci Technol 2013;27:1097–1108. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    6. Ma G, Li L, Chen Y. Effects of beam confgurations on wire melting and transfer behaviors in dual beam laser welding with fller wire. Opt Laser Technol 2017;91:138–148. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    7. Abioye TE, Folkes J, Clare AT. A parametric study of Inconel 625 wire laser deposition. J Mater Process Tech 2013;213:2145–2151. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    8. Wei S, Wang G, Shin YC, et al. Comprehensive modeling of transport phenomena in laser hot-wire deposition process. Int J Heat Mass Transf 2018;125:1356–1368. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    9. Gu H, Li L. Computational fluid dynamic simulation of gravity and pressure effects in laser metal deposition for potential additive manufacturing in space. Int J Heat Mass Transf 2019;140:51–65. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    10. Hu R, Luo M, Liu T, et al. Thermal fluid dynamics of liquid bridge transfer in laser wire deposition 3D printing. Sci Technolf Weld Join 2019;24:1–11. Google Scholar

    11. Chatterjee D, Chakraborty S. A hybrid lattice Boltzmann model for solid–liquid phase transition in presence of fluid flow. Phys Lett A 2006;351:359–367. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    12. Wu L, Cheon J, Kiran DV, et al. CFD simulations of GMA welding of horizontal fillet joints based on coordinate rotation of arc models. J Mater Process Tech 2016;231:221–238. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    13. Gerhard W, Boyer RR, Collings EW. Materials Properties Handbook: Titanium Alloys. ASM International: Almere, The Netherlands, 1994. Google Scholar

    14. Colegrove P, Simiand PE, Varughese A, et al. Evaluation of a drilling model approach to represent laser spot microwelding. In: ASM Proceedings of the international conference: trends in welding research; 2009. Google Scholar

    15. Boivineau M, Cagran C, Doytier D, et al. Thermophysical properties of solid and liquid Ti-6Al-4V (TA6V) alloy. Int J Thermophys 2006;27:507–529. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    16. Shejndlin AE, Kenisarin MM, Chekhovskoj VY. Melting point of yttrium oxide. AN SSSR 1974;216:582–584. Google Scholar

    17. Cho JH, Na SJ. Teflection and Fresnel absorption of laser beam in keyhole. J Phys D Appl Phys 2006;39:5372–5378. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    18. Han SW, Ahn J, Na SJ. A study on ray tracing method for CFD simulations of laser keyhole welding: Progressive search method. Weld World 2016;60:247–258. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    19. Allmen MV. Laser-Beam Interactions with Materials. Springer, Berlin-Heidelberg, 1995. Google Scholar

    20. Dobson PJ. Absorption and scattering of light by small particles. Phys Bull 1984;35:104. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    21. Greses J, Hilton PA, Barlow CY. Plume attenuation under high power Nd:yttritium aluminum garnet laser welding. J Laser Appl 2004;16:9–15. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    22. Shcheglov PY, Uspenskiy SA, Gumenyuk AV, et al. Plume attenuation of laser radiation during high power fiber laser welding. Laser Phys Lett 2011;8:475–480. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    23. Yang P, Liou KN. Effective refractive index for determining ray propagation in an absorbing dielectric particle. J Quant Spectrosc Radiat Transf 2009;110:300–306. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    24. Barber PW. Absorption and scattering of light by small particles. J Colloid Interface Sci 1984;98:290–291. Google Scholar

    25. Hu ZR, Chen X, Yang G, et al. Metal transfer in wire feeding-based electron beam 3D printing: Modes, dynamics, and transition criterion. Int J Heat Mass Transf 2018;126:877–887. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    26. David SA, Babu SS, Vitek JM. Welding: Solidification and microstructure. JOM 2013;55:14–20. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    27. Zhong ML, Liu W. Laser surface cladding: The state of the art and challenges. Proc Inst Mech Eng Part C J Mech Eng Sci 2010;224:1041–1060. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    28. Kobryn PA, Semiatin S. Microstructure and texture evolution during solidification processing of Ti-6Al-4V. J Mater Process Technol 2003;135:330–339. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    29. Debroy T, David S. Physical processes in fusion welding. Rev Mod Phys 1995;67:85–112. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    30. Lee YS, Nordin M, Babu SS, et al. Effect of fluid convection on dendrite arm spacing in laser deposition. Metall Trans B 2014;45:1520–1528. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    31. Rappaz M, David SA, Vitek JM, et al. Development of microstructures in Fe15Ni15Cr single crystal electron beam welds. Metall Trans A 1989;20:1125–1138. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    그림 1 하천횡단구조물 하류부 횡단구조물 파괴

    유입조건에 따른압력변이로 인한하천횡단구조물 하류물받이공 및 바닥보호공설계인자 도출최종보고서

    주관연구기관 / 홍익대학교 산학협력단
    공동연구기관 / 한국건설기술연구원
    공동연구기관 / 주식회사 지티이

    연구의 목적 및 내용

    하천횡단구조물이 하천설계기준(2009)대로 설계되었음에도 불구하고, 하류부에서 물받이공 및 바닥보호공의 피해가 발생하여, 구조물 본체에 대한 안전성이 현저하 게 낮아지고 있는 실정이다. 하천설계기준이 상류부의 수리특성을 반영하였다고 하나 하류부의 수리특성인 유속의 변동 성분 또는 압력의 변동성분까지 고려하고 있지는 않다. 현재 많은 선행연구에서 이러한 난류적 특성이 구조물에 미치는 영 향에 대해 제시하고 있는 실정이며, 국내 하천에서의 피해 또한 이와 관련이 있다 고 판단된다. 이에 본 연구에서는 난류성분 특히 압력의 변동성분이 물받이공과 바닥보호공에 미치는 영향을 정량적으로 분석하여, 하천 횡단구조물의 치수 안전 성 증대에 기여하고자 한다. 물받이공과 바닥보호공에 미치는 압력의 변동성분 (pressure fluctuation) 영향을 분석하기 위해 크게 3가지로 연구내용을 분류하였 다. 첫 번째는 압력의 변동으로 순간적인 음압구배(adversed pressure gradient) 가 발생할 경우 바닥보호공의 사석 및 블록이 이탈하는 것이다. 이를 확인하기 위 해 정밀한 압력 측정장치를 통해 압력변이를 측정하여, 사석의 이탈 가능성을 검 토할 것이며, 최종적으로 이탈에 대한 한계조건을 도출할 것이다. 두 번째는 압력 의 변동이 물받이공의 진동을 유발시켜 이를 지지하고 있는 지반에 다짐효과를 가 져와 물받이공과 지반사이에 공극이 발생하는 경우이다. 이러한 공극으로 물받이 공은 자중 및 물의 압력을 받게 되어, 결국 휨에 의한 파괴가 발생할 가능성이 있 게 된다. 본 연구에서는 실험을 통하여 압력의 변동과 물받이공의 진동을 동시에 측정하여, 진동이 발생하지 않을 최소 두께를 제시할 것이다. 세 번째는 압력변이 로 인한 물받이공의 진동이 피로파괴로 연결되는 경우이다. 이 현상 또한 수리실 험을 통해 압력변이-피로파괴의 관계를 정량적으로 분석하여, 한계 조건을 제시할 것이다. 본 연구는 국내 보 및 낙차공에서 발생하는 다양한 Jet의 특성을 수리실 험으로 재현해야 하며, 이를 위해 평면 Jet 분사기(plane Jet injector)를 고안/ 제작하여, 효율적인 수리실험을 수행할 것이다. 또한 3차원 수치해석을 통해 실제 스케일에 적용함으로써 연구결과의 활용도 및 적용성을 높이고자 한다.

    Keywords

    압력변이, 물받이공, 바닥보호공, 난류, 진동

     그림 1 하천횡단구조물 하류부 횡단구조물 파괴
    그림 1 하천횡단구조물 하류부 횡단구조물 파괴
    그림 2. 시간에 따른 압력의 변동 양상 및 정의
    그림 2. 시간에 따른 압력의 변동 양상 및 정의
     그림 3. 하천횡단구조물 하류부 도수현상시 발생하는 압력변이 분포도, Fr=8.0 상태이며, 바닥(slab)에 양압과 음압이 지속적으로 작용한다. (Fiorotto & Rinaldo, 2010)
    그림 3. 하천횡단구조물 하류부 도수현상시 발생하는 압력변이 분포도, Fr=8.0 상태이며, 바닥(slab)에 양압과 음압이 지속적으로 작용한다. (Fiorotto & Rinaldo, 2010)
     그림 4. 파괴 개념
    그림 4. 파괴 개념
    그림 6. PIV 측정 원리(www.photonics.com)
    그림 6. PIV 측정 원리(www.photonics.com)
    그림 7. LED회로판 및 BIV기법 기본개념
    그림 7. LED회로판 및 BIV기법 기본개념
    그림 8. BIV측정기법을 적용한 순간이미지 (Lin et al., 2012)
    그림 8. BIV측정기법을 적용한 순간이미지 (Lin et al., 2012)
    그림 9. 감세공의 분류
    그림 9. 감세공의 분류
    그림 17 수리실헐 수로시설: (a) 전체수로전경, (b) Weir 보를 포함한 측면도, (c) 도수조건 실험전경
    그림 17 수리실헐 수로시설: (a) 전체수로전경, (b) Weir 보를 포함한 측면도, (c) 도수조건 실험전경
    그림 18 수리실험 개요도
    그림 18 수리실험 개요도
    그림 127 난류모형별 압력 Data (측정위치는 그림 125 참조)
    그림 127 난류모형별 압력 Data (측정위치는 그림 125 참조)
    그림 128 RNG 모형을 이용한 수치모의 결과
    그림 128 RNG 모형을 이용한 수치모의 결과
    그림 129 LES 모형을 이용한 수치모의 결과
    그림 129 LES 모형을 이용한 수치모의 결과
    그림 130 압력 Data의 필터링
    그림 130 압력 Data의 필터링
    그림 134 Case 1의 흐름특성 분포도 및 그래프
    그림 134 Case 1의 흐름특성 분포도 및 그래프

    참고문헌

    국토기술연구센터 (1998) 하상유지공의 구조설계 지침.

    감사원 (2013) 감사원 결과보고서- 4대강살리기 사업 주요시설물 품질 밑 수질관리 실태.

    국토해양부 (2009) 전국 하천횡단 구조물 설치현황 및 어도 실태조사 보고서. 국토해양부 (2010). 낙동강 살리기 사업 24공구(성주칠곡지구) 실시설계보고서.

    국토해양부 (2012) 보도자료-준공대비 점검결과, 4대강 보 안전 재확인.

    국토해양부 (2012) 국가 및 지방하천 종합정비 마스터플랜.

    국토교통성 (2008) 하천사방기술기준.

    농림부 (1996). 농업생산기반정비사업계획 설계기준. 류권규(역자) (2009). 난류의 수치모의(원저자 : 梶島岳夫, 1999).

    류권규, 마리안 머스테, 로버트 에테마, 윤병만 (2006). “난류 중 부유사의 속도 지체 측정.” 한국수자원학회논문집, 제39권, 제2호, pp.99-108.

    배재현, 이경훈, 신종근, 양용수, 이주희 (2011). “입자영상유속계를 이용한 은어의 유영능력 측정.” 제47권, 제4호, pp.411-418.

    우효섭 (2001). 하천수리학. 청문각.

    한국수자원학회 (2009). 하천설계기준해설.

    한국건설기술연구원 (2014) 입자영상유속계(PIV)를 이용한 하천구조물 주변 유동해석 기법 개발

    한국건설기술연구원 (2017) 보와 하상유지공의 안전성 확보를 위한 물받이와 바닥보호공의 성능평가
    기법에 대한 원천기술개발

    국토기술연구센터 (1998) 하상유지공의 구조설계 지침.

    감사원 (2013) 감사원 결과보고서- 4대강살리기 사업 주요시설물 품질 밑 수질관리 실태. 국토해양부 (2009) 전국 하천횡단 구조물 설치현황 및 어도 실태조사 보고서.

    국토해양부 (2012) 보도자료-준공대비 점검결과, 4대강 보 안전 재확인. 국토해양부 (2012) 국가 및 지방하천 종합정비 마스터플랜.

    국토교통성 (2008) 하천사방기술기준.

    농림부 (1996). 농업생산기반정비사업계획 설계기

    류권규(역자) (2009). 난류의 수치모의(원저자 : 梶島岳夫, 1999).
    류권규, 마리안 머스테, 로버트 에테마, 윤병만 (2006). “난류 중 부유사의 속도 지체 측정.” 한국수자원학회논문집, 제39권, 제2호, pp.99-108.
    배재현, 이경훈, 신종근, 양용수, 이주희 (2011). “입자영상유속계를 이용한 은어의 유영능력 측정.” 제47권, 제4호, pp.411-418.
    우효섭 (2001). 하천수리학. 청문각. 한국수자원학회 (2009). 하천설계기준해설. 한국건설기술연구원 (2014) 입자영상유속계(PIV)를 이용한 하천구조물 주변 유동해석 기법 개발
    한국건설기술연구원 (2017) 보와 하상유지공의 안전성 확보를 위한 물받이와 바닥보호공의 성능평가
    기법에 대한 원천기술개발

    Adrian, R. J., Meinhart, C. D., & Tomkins, C. D. (2000). Vortex organization in the outer
    region of the turbulent boundary layer. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 422, 1-54.
    Anderson, T. W., & Darling, D. A. (1954). A test of goodness of fit. Journal of the American
    statistical association, 49(268), 765-769.
    Altman, E. I. (1968). Financial ratios, discriminant analysis and the prediction of corporate
    bankruptcy. The journal of finance, 23(4), 589-609.
    Barjastehmaleki, S., Fiorotto, V., & Caroni, E. (2016). Spillway stilling basins lining design
    via Taylor hypothesis. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 142(6), 04016010.
    Beheshti, M. R., Khosrojerdi, A., & Borghei, S. M. (2013). Experimental study of air-water
    turbulent flow structures on stepped spillways. International Journal of Physical Sciences,
    8(25), 1362-1370.
    Bligh, W. G. (1910). Dams, barrages and weirs on porous foundations. Engineering News, 64(26),
    708-710.
    Bowers, C. E., &Tsai, F. Y. (1969). Fluctuating pressure in spillway stilling basins. Journal
    of the Hydraulics Division, 95(6), 2071-2080.
    Brater, E. F., King, H. W., Lindell, J. E., & Wei, C. Y. (1976). Handbook of hydraulics for
    the solution of hydraulic engineering problems (Vol. 7). New York: McGraw-Hill.
    Castillo, L. G., Carrillo, J. M., & Sordo-Ward, Á. (2014). Simulation of overflow nappe
    impingement jets. Journal of Hydroinformatics, 16(4), 922-940

    Lin, C., Hsieh, S. C., Lin, I. J., Chang, K. A., & Raikar, R. V. (2012). Flow property and
    self-similarity in steady hydraulic jumps. Experiments in Fluids, 53(5), 1591-1616

    Chanson, H. (1999). The Hydraulics of Open Channel Flow: An Introduction. Physical Modelling
    of Hydraulics.
    Chow, V. T. (1959). Open-Channel Hydraulics, McGraw Hill Book Company, Inc., New York.
    Christensen, B. A. (1984). “Analysis of Partially Filled Circular Storm Sewers.” J. of
    Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 110, No. 8.
    El-Ragaby, A., El-Salakawy, E., and Benmokrane, B., “Fatigue Life Evaluation of Concrete
    Bridge Deck Slabs Reinforced with Glass FRP Composite Bars,” Journal of Composites for
    Construction, ASCE, Vol. 11, No. 3, 2007, pp. 258-268. (doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)
    1090-0268(2007)11:3(258),
    Fiorotto, V., & Rinaldo, A. (1992). Turbulent pressure fluctuations under hydraulic jumps.
    Journal of Hydraulic Research, 30(4), 499-520.
    Flow Science (2015). FLOW-3D User Manual(Release 11.1.0), Los Alamos, New Mexico.
    González-Betancourt, M. (2016). Uplift force and momenta on a slab subjected to hydraulic
    jump. Dyna, 83(199), 124-133.
    Grinstein, L., & Lipsey, S. I. (2001). Encyclopedia of mathematics education. Routledge.
    Grubbs, F. E., & Beck, G. (1972). Extension of sample sizes and percentage points for
    significance tests of outlying observations. Technometrics, 14(4), 847-854.
    Gylltoft K. (1983): Fracture mechanics models for fatigue in concrete structures. Doctoral
    thesis / Tekniska högskolan i Luleå, 25D, Luleå, 210 pp.
    Herlina, H. and Jirka, G. H. (2008). “Experiments on gas transfer near the air-water
    interface in a grid-stirred tank.” Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 594, pp.183-208.
    IACWD (Interagency Advisory Committee on Water Data). (1982). Guidelines for determining flood
    flow frequency. Bulletin 17B.
    JIRKA, G. H. (2008). Experiments on gas transfer at the air–water interface induced by
    oscillating grid turbulence. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 594, 183-208.
    Kadota, A., Suzuki, K., Rummel, A. C., Weitbrecht, V., & Jirka, G. H. (2007). Shallow flow
    visualization around a single groyne. In Proc. of 7th International Symposium of Particle
    Image Velocimetry (CD-ROM).
    Kazemi, F., Khodashenas, S. R., & Sarkardeh, H. (2016). Experimental study of pressure
    fluctuation in stilling basins. International Journal of Civil Engineering, 14(1), 13-21.
    Klowak, C., Memon, A., and Mufti, A., “Static and fatigue investigation of second generation
    steel-free bridge decks,” Cement & Concrete Composites, ScienceDirect, Elsevier, Vol. 28, No.

    10, 2006, pp. 890-897. (doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.cemconcomp.2006.07.019),
    Koca, K., Noss, C., Anlanger, C., Brand, A., & Lorke, A. (2017). Performance of the Vectrino
    Profiler at the sediment–water interface. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 55(4), 573-581.
    Kolmogorov, A. (1933). Sulla determinazione empirica di una lgge di distribuzione. Inst. Ital.
    Attuari, Giorn., 4, 83-91.
    Leon, A., & Alnahit, A. (2016). A Remotely Controlled Siphon System for Dynamic Water Storage
    Management.
    Lin, C., Hsieh, S., Chang, K. and Raikar, R. (2012). “Flow property and self-similarity in
    steady hydraulic jumps.” Experiments in Fluid, 53, pp. 1591-1616.
    Lopardo, R., Fattor, C. A., Casado, J. M. and Lopardo, M. C. (2004). “Aspects of vibration
    and fatigue of materials related to coherent structures of macroturbulent flows”
    International Conference on Hydraulic of Dams and River Structures.
    Lopardo, R. A., & Romagnoli, M. (2009). Pressure and velocity fluctuations in stilling basins.
    In Advances in Water Resources and Hydraulic Engineering (pp. 2093-2098). Springer, Berlin,
    Heidelberg.
    Sanchez, P. A., Ramirez, G. E., Vergara, R., & Minguillo, F. (1973). Performance of
    Sulfur-Coated Urea Under Intermittently Flooded Rice Culture in Peru 1. Soil Science Society
    of America Journal, 37(5), 789-792.
    Matsui, S., Tokai, D., Higashiyama, H., and Mizukoshi, M., “Fatigue Durability of Fiber
    Reinforced Concrete Decks Under Running Wheel Load,” Proceedings 3rd International Conference
    on Concrete Under Severe Conditions, Ed. N. Banthia, Vancouver, Canada, 2001, pp. 982-991.,
    Mohammadi, S. F., Galgoul, N. S., Starossek, U., & Videiro, P. M. (2016). An efficient time
    domain fatigue analysis and its comparison to spectral fatigue assessment for an offshore
    jacket structure. Marine Structures, 49, 97-115.
    Pothof, I. (2011). Co-current air-water flow in downward sloping pipes. Stichting Deltares
    Pothof, I. W. M., & Clemens, F. H. L. R. (2011). Experimental study of air–water flow in
    downward sloping pipes. International journal of multiphase flow, 37(3), 278-292.
    Ryu, Y., Chang, K. A., & Lim, H. J. (2005). Use of bubble image velocimetry for measurement of
    plunging wave impinging on structure and associated greenwater. Measurement Science and
    Technology, 16(10), 1945.
    Sanjou, M., & Nezu, I. (2009). Turbulence structure and coherent motion in meandering compound
    open-channel flows. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 47(5), 598-610.
    Sargison, J. E., & Percy, A. (2009). Hydraulics of broad-crested weirs with varying side
    slopes. Journal of irrigation and drainage engineering, 135(1), 115-118.

    Sobani, A. (2014). Pressure fluctuations on the slabs of stilling basins under hydraulic jump.
    Song, Y., Chang, K, Ryu, Y. and Kwon, S. (2013). “ Experimental study on flow kinematics and
    impact pressure in liquid sloshing.”, Experiments in Fluid, 54, pp. 1592.
    Stagonas, D., Lara, J. L., Losada, I. J., Higuera, P., Jaime, F. F., & Muller, G. (2014).
    Large scale measurements of wave loads and mapping of impact pressure distribution at the
    underside of wave recurves. In Proceedings of the HYDRALAB IV Joint User Meeting.
    Toso, J. W., & Bowers, C. E. (1988). Extreme pressures in hydraulic-jump stilling basins.
    Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 114(8), 829-843.
    Youn, S. G. and Chang, S. P., “Behavior of Composite Bridge Decks Subjected to Static and
    Fatigue Loading,” Structural Journal, ACI Technical paper, Title No. 95-S23, 1998, pp.
    249-258. (doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.14359/543),

    Figure 3.10: Snapshots of Temperature Profile for Single Track in Keyhole Regime (P = 250W and V = 0.5m/s) at the Preheating Temperature of 100 °C

    Multiscale Process Modeling of Residual Deformation and Defect Formation for Laser Powder Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing

    Qian Chen, PhD
    University of Pittsburgh, 2021

    레이저 분말 베드 퓨전(L-PBF) 적층 제조(AM)는 우수한 기계적 특성으로 그물 모양에 가까운 복잡한 부품을 생산할 수 있습니다. 그러나 빌드 실패 및 다공성과 같은 결함으로 이어지는 원치 않는 잔류 응력 및 왜곡이 L-PBF의 광범위한 적용을 방해하고 있습니다.

    L-PBF의 잠재력을 최대한 실현하기 위해 잔류 변형, 용융 풀 및 다공성 형성을 예측하는 다중 규모 모델링 방법론이 개발되었습니다. L-PBF의 잔류 변형 및 응력을 부품 규모에서 예측하기 위해 고유 변형 ​​방법을 기반으로 하는 다중 규모 프로세스 모델링 프레임워크가 제안됩니다.

    고유한 변형 벡터는 마이크로 스케일에서 충실도가 높은 상세한 다층 프로세스 시뮬레이션에서 추출됩니다. 균일하지만 이방성인 변형은 잔류 왜곡 및 응력을 예측하기 위해 준 정적 평형 유한 요소 분석(FEA)에서 레이어별로 L-PBF 부품에 적용됩니다.

    부품 규모에서의 잔류 변형 및 응력 예측 외에도 분말 규모의 다중물리 모델링을 수행하여 공정 매개변수, 예열 온도 및 스패터링 입자에 의해 유도된 용융 풀 변동 및 결함 형성을 연구합니다. 이러한 요인과 관련된 용융 풀 역학 및 다공성 형성 메커니즘은 시뮬레이션 및 실험을 통해 밝혀졌습니다.

    제안된 부품 규모 잔류 응력 및 왜곡 모델을 기반으로 경로 계획 방법은 큰 잔류 변형 및 건물 파손을 방지하기 위해 주어진 형상에 대한 레이저 스캐닝 경로를 조정하기 위해 개발되었습니다.

    연속 및 아일랜드 스캐닝 전략을 위한 기울기 기반 경로 계획이 공식화되고 공식화된 컴플라이언스 및 스트레스 최소화 문제에 대한 전체 감도 분석이 수행됩니다. 이 제안된 경로 계획 방법의 타당성과 효율성은 AconityONE L-PBF 시스템을 사용하여 실험적으로 입증되었습니다.

    또한 기계 학습을 활용한 데이터 기반 프레임워크를 개발하여 L-PBF에 대한 부품 규모의 열 이력을 예측합니다. 본 연구에서는 실시간 열 이력 예측을 위해 CNN(Convolutional Neural Network)과 RNN(Recurrent Neural Network)을 포함하는 순차적 기계 학습 모델을 제안합니다.

    유한 요소 해석과 비교하여 100배의 예측 속도 향상이 달성되어 실제 제작 프로세스보다 빠른 예측이 가능하고 실시간 온도 프로파일을 사용할 수 있습니다.

    Laser powder bed fusion (L-PBF) additive manufacturing (AM) is capable of producing complex parts near net shape with good mechanical properties. However, undesired residual stress and distortion that lead to build failure and defects such as porosity are preventing broader applications of L-PBF. To realize the full potential of L-PBF, a multiscale modeling methodology is developed to predict residual deformation, melt pool, and porosity formation. To predict the residual deformation and stress in L-PBF at part-scale, a multiscale process modeling framework based on inherent strain method is proposed.

    Inherent strain vectors are extracted from detailed multi-layer process simulation with high fidelity at micro-scale. Uniform but anisotropic strains are then applied to L-PBF part in a layer-by-layer fashion in a quasi-static equilibrium finite element analysis (FEA) to predict residual distortion and stress. Besides residual distortion and stress prediction at part scale, multiphysics modeling at powder scale is performed to study the melt pool variation and defect formation induced by process parameters, preheating temperature and spattering particles. Melt pool dynamics and porosity formation mechanisms associated with these factors are revealed through simulation and experiments.

    Based on the proposed part-scale residual stress and distortion model, path planning method is developed to tailor the laser scanning path for a given geometry to prevent large residual deformation and building failures. Gradient based path planning for continuous and island scanning strategy is formulated and full sensitivity analysis for the formulated compliance- and stress-minimization problem is performed.

    The feasibility and effectiveness of this proposed path planning method is demonstrated experimentally using the AconityONE L-PBF system. In addition, a data-driven framework utilizing machine learning is developed to predict the thermal history at part-scale for L-PBF.

    In this work, a sequential machine learning model including convolutional neural network (CNN) and recurrent neural network (RNN), long shortterm memory unit, is proposed for real-time thermal history prediction. A 100x prediction speed improvement is achieved compared to the finite element analysis which makes the prediction faster than real fabrication process and real-time temperature profile available.

    Figure 1.1: Schematic Overview of Metal Laser Powder Bed Fusion Process [2]
    Figure 1.1: Schematic Overview of Metal Laser Powder Bed Fusion Process [2]
    Figure 1.2: Commercial Powder Bed Fusion Systems
    Figure 1.2: Commercial Powder Bed Fusion Systems
    Figure 1.3: Commercial Metal Components Fabricated by Powder Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing: (a) GE Fuel Nozzle; (b) Stryker Hip Biomedical Implant.
    Figure 1.3: Commercial Metal Components Fabricated by Powder Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing: (a) GE Fuel Nozzle; (b) Stryker Hip Biomedical Implant.
    Figure 2.1: Proposed Multiscale Process Simulation Framework
    Figure 2.1: Proposed Multiscale Process Simulation Framework
    Figure 2.2: (a) Experimental Setup for In-situ Thermocouple Measurement in the EOS M290 Build Chamber; (b) Themocouple Locations on the Bottom Side of the Substrate.
    Figure 2.2: (a) Experimental Setup for In-situ Thermocouple Measurement in the EOS M290 Build Chamber; (b) Themocouple Locations on the Bottom Side of the Substrate.
    Figure 2.3: (a) Finite Element Model for Single Layer Thermal Analysis; (b) Deposition Layer
    Figure 2.3: (a) Finite Element Model for Single Layer Thermal Analysis; (b) Deposition Layer
    Figure 2.4: Core-skin layer: (a) Surface Morphology; (b) Scanning Strategy; (c) Transient Temperature Distribution and Temperature History at (d) Point 1; (e) Point 2 and (f) Point 3
    Figure 2.4: Core-skin layer: (a) Surface Morphology; (b) Scanning Strategy; (c) Transient Temperature Distribution and Temperature History at (d) Point 1; (e) Point 2 and (f) Point 3
    Figure 2.5: (a) Scanning Orientation of Each Layer; (b) Finite Element Model for Micro-scale Representative Volume
    Figure 2.5: (a) Scanning Orientation of Each Layer; (b) Finite Element Model for Micro-scale Representative Volume
    Figure 2.6: Bottom Layer (a) Thermal History; (b) Plastic Strain and (c) Elastic Strain Evolution History
    Figure 2.6: Bottom Layer (a) Thermal History; (b) Plastic Strain and (c) Elastic Strain Evolution History
    Figure 2.7: Bottom Layer Inherent Strain under Default Process Parameters along Horizontal Scanning Path
    Figure 2.7: Bottom Layer Inherent Strain under Default Process Parameters along Horizontal Scanning Path
    Figure 2.8: Snapshots of the Element Activation Process
    Figure 2.8: Snapshots of the Element Activation Process
    Figure 2.9: Double Cantilever Beam Structure Built by the EOS M290 DMLM Process (a) Before and (b) After Cutting off; (c) Faro Laser ScanArm V3 for Distortion Measurement
    Figure 2.9: Double Cantilever Beam Structure Built by the EOS M290 DMLM Process (a) Before and (b) After Cutting off; (c) Faro Laser ScanArm V3 for Distortion Measurement
    Figure 2.10: Square Canonical Structure Built by the EOS M290 DMLM Process
    Figure 2.10: Square Canonical Structure Built by the EOS M290 DMLM Process
    Figure 2.11: Finite Element Mesh for the Square Canonical and Snapshots of Element Activation Process
    Figure 2.11: Finite Element Mesh for the Square Canonical and Snapshots of Element Activation Process
    Figure 2.12: Simulated Distortion Field for the Double Cantilever Beam before Cutting off the Supports: (a) Inherent Strain Method; (b) Simufact Additive 3.1
    Figure 2.12: Simulated Distortion Field for the Double Cantilever Beam before Cutting off the Supports: (a) Inherent Strain Method; (b) Simufact Additive 3.1
    Figure 3.10: Snapshots of Temperature Profile for Single Track in Keyhole Regime (P = 250W and V = 0.5m/s) at the Preheating Temperature of 100 °C
    Figure 3.10: Snapshots of Temperature Profile for Single Track in Keyhole Regime (P = 250W and V = 0.5m/s) at the Preheating Temperature of 100 °C
    s) at the Preheating Temperature of 500 °C
    s) at the Preheating Temperature of 500 °C
    Figure 3.15: Melt Pool Cross Section Comparison Between Simulation and Experiment for Single Track
    Figure 3.15: Melt Pool Cross Section Comparison Between Simulation and Experiment for Single Track

    Bibliography

    [1] I. Astm, ASTM52900-15 Standard Terminology for Additive Manufacturing—General
    Principles—Terminology, ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA 3(4) (2015) 5.
    [2] W.E. King, A.T. Anderson, R.M. Ferencz, N.E. Hodge, C. Kamath, S.A. Khairallah, A.M.
    Rubenchik, Laser powder bed fusion additive manufacturing of metals; physics, computational,
    and materials challenges, Applied Physics Reviews 2(4) (2015) 041304.
    [3] W. Yan, Y. Lu, K. Jones, Z. Yang, J. Fox, P. Witherell, G. Wagner, W.K. Liu, Data-driven
    characterization of thermal models for powder-bed-fusion additive manufacturing, Additive
    Manufacturing (2020) 101503.
    [4] K. Dai, L. Shaw, Thermal and stress modeling of multi-material laser processing, Acta
    Materialia 49(20) (2001) 4171-4181.
    [5] K. Dai, L. Shaw, Distortion minimization of laser-processed components through control of
    laser scanning patterns, Rapid Prototyping Journal 8(5) (2002) 270-276.
    [6] S.S. Bo Cheng, Kevin Chou, Stress and deformation evaluations of scanning strategy effect in
    selective laser melting, Additive Manufacturing (2017).
    [7] C. Fu, Y. Guo, Three-dimensional temperature gradient mechanism in selective laser melting
    of Ti-6Al-4V, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 136(6) (2014) 061004.
    [8] P. Prabhakar, W.J. Sames, R. Dehoff, S.S. Babu, Computational modeling of residual stress
    formation during the electron beam melting process for Inconel 718, Additive Manufacturing 7
    (2015) 83-91.
    [9] A. Hussein, L. Hao, C. Yan, R. Everson, Finite element simulation of the temperature and
    stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting, Materials & Design
    (1980-2015) 52 (2013) 638-647.
    [10] P.Z. Qingcheng Yang, Lin Cheng, Zheng Min, Minking Chyu, Albert C. To, articleFinite
    element modeling and validation of thermomechanicalbehavior of Ti-6Al-4V in directed energy
    deposition additivemanufacturing, Additive Manufacturing (2016).
    [11] E.R. Denlinger, J. Irwin, P. Michaleris, Thermomechanical Modeling of Additive
    Manufacturing Large Parts, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 136(6) (2014)
    061007.
    [12] E.R. Denlinger, M. Gouge, J. Irwin, P. Michaleris, Thermomechanical model development
    and in situ experimental validation of the Laser Powder-Bed Fusion process, Additive
    Manufacturing 16 (2017) 73-80.
    [13] V.J. Erik R Denlinger, G.V. Srinivasan, Tahany EI-Wardany, Pan Michaleris, Thermal
    modeling of Inconel 718 processed with powder bed fusionand experimental validation using in
    situ measurements, Additive Manufacturing 11 (2016) 7-15.
    [14] N. Patil, D. Pal, H.K. Rafi, K. Zeng, A. Moreland, A. Hicks, D. Beeler, B. Stucker, A
    Generalized Feed Forward Dynamic Adaptive Mesh Refinement and Derefinement Finite Element
    Framework for Metal Laser Sintering—Part I: Formulation and Algorithm Development, Journal
    of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 137(4) (2015) 041001.
    [15] D. Pal, N. Patil, K.H. Kutty, K. Zeng, A. Moreland, A. Hicks, D. Beeler, B. Stucker, A
    Generalized Feed-Forward Dynamic Adaptive Mesh Refinement and Derefinement FiniteElement Framework for Metal Laser Sintering—Part II: Nonlinear Thermal Simulations and
    Validations, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 138(6) (2016) 061003.
    [16] N. Keller, V. Ploshikhin, New method for fast predictions of residual stress and distortion of
    AM parts, Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium, Austin, Texas, 2014, pp. 1229-1237.
    [17] S.A. Khairallah, A.T. Anderson, A. Rubenchik, W.E. King, Laser powder-bed fusion additive
    manufacturing: Physics of complex melt flow and formation mechanisms of pores, spatter, and
    denudation zones, Acta Materialia 108 (2016) 36-45.
    [18] M.J. Matthews, G. Guss, S.A. Khairallah, A.M. Rubenchik, P.J. Depond, W.E. King,
    Denudation of metal powder layers in laser powder bed fusion processes, Acta Materialia 114
    (2016) 33-42.
    [19] A.A. Martin, N.P. Calta, S.A. Khairallah, J. Wang, P.J. Depond, A.Y. Fong, V. Thampy, G.M.
    Guss, A.M. Kiss, K.H. Stone, Dynamics of pore formation during laser powder bed fusion additive
    manufacturing, Nature communications 10(1) (2019) 1987.
    [20] R. Shi, S.A. Khairallah, T.T. Roehling, T.W. Heo, J.T. McKeown, M.J. Matthews,
    Microstructural control in metal laser powder bed fusion additive manufacturing using laser beam
    shaping strategy, Acta Materialia (2019).
    [21] S.A. Khairallah, A.A. Martin, J.R. Lee, G. Guss, N.P. Calta, J.A. Hammons, M.H. Nielsen,
    K. Chaput, E. Schwalbach, M.N. Shah, Controlling interdependent meso-nanosecond dynamics
    and defect generation in metal 3D printing, Science 368(6491) (2020) 660-665.
    [22] W. Yan, W. Ge, Y. Qian, S. Lin, B. Zhou, W.K. Liu, F. Lin, G.J. Wagner, Multi-physics
    modeling of single/multiple-track defect mechanisms in electron beam selective melting, Acta
    Materialia 134 (2017) 324-333.
    [23] S. Shrestha, Y. Kevin Chou, A Numerical Study on the Keyhole Formation During Laser
    Powder Bed Fusion Process, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 141(10) (2019).
    [24] S. Shrestha, B. Cheng, K. Chou, An Investigation into Melt Pool Effective Thermal
    Conductivity for Thermal Modeling of Powder-Bed Electron Beam Additive Manufacturing.
    [25] D. Rosenthal, Mathematical theory of heat distribution during welding and cutting, Welding
    journal 20 (1941) 220-234.
    [26] P. Promoppatum, S.-C. Yao, P.C. Pistorius, A.D. Rollett, A comprehensive comparison of the
    analytical and numerical prediction of the thermal history and solidification microstructure of
    Inconel 718 products made by laser powder-bed fusion, Engineering 3(5) (2017) 685-694.
    [27] M. Tang, P.C. Pistorius, J.L. Beuth, Prediction of lack-of-fusion porosity for powder bed
    fusion, Additive Manufacturing 14 (2017) 39-48.
    [28] T. Moran, P. Li, D. Warner, N. Phan, Utility of superposition-based finite element approach
    for part-scale thermal simulation in additive manufacturing, Additive Manufacturing 21 (2018)
    215-219.
    [29] Y. Yang, M. Knol, F. van Keulen, C. Ayas, A semi-analytical thermal modelling approach
    for selective laser melting, Additive Manufacturing 21 (2018) 284-297.
    [30] B. Cheng, S. Shrestha, K. Chou, Stress and deformation evaluations of scanning strategy
    effect in selective laser melting, Additive Manufacturing 12 (2016) 240-251.
    [31] L.H. Ahmed Hussein, Chunze Yan, Richard Everson, Finite element simulation of the
    temperature and stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting,
    Materials and Design 52 (2013) 638-647.
    [32] H. Peng, D.B. Go, R. Billo, S. Gong, M.R. Shankar, B.A. Gatrell, J. Budzinski, P. Ostiguy,
    R. Attardo, C. Tomonto, Part-scale model for fast prediction of thermal distortion in DMLS
    additive manufacturing; Part 2: a quasi-static thermo-mechanical model, Austin, Texas (2016).
    [33] M.F. Zaeh, G. Branner, Investigations on residual stresses and deformations in selective laser
    melting, Production Engineering 4(1) (2010) 35-45.
    [34] C. Li, C. Fu, Y. Guo, F. Fang, A multiscale modeling approach for fast prediction of part
    distortion in selective laser melting, Journal of Materials Processing Technology 229 (2016) 703-
    712.
    [35] C. Li, Z. Liu, X. Fang, Y. Guo, On the Simulation Scalability of Predicting Residual Stress
    and Distortion in Selective Laser Melting, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering
    140(4) (2018) 041013.
    [36] S. Afazov, W.A. Denmark, B.L. Toralles, A. Holloway, A. Yaghi, Distortion Prediction and
    Compensation in Selective Laser Melting, Additive Manufacturing 17 (2017) 15-22.
    [37] Y. Lee, W. Zhang, Modeling of heat transfer, fluid flow and solidification microstructure of
    nickel-base superalloy fabricated by laser powder bed fusion, Additive Manufacturing 12 (2016)
    178-188.
    [38] L. Scime, J. Beuth, A multi-scale convolutional neural network for autonomous anomaly
    detection and classification in a laser powder bed fusion additive manufacturing process, Additive
    Manufacturing 24 (2018) 273-286.
    [39] L. Scime, J. Beuth, Using machine learning to identify in-situ melt pool signatures indicative
    of flaw formation in a laser powder bed fusion additive manufacturing process, Additive
    Manufacturing 25 (2019) 151-165.
    [40] X. Xie, J. Bennett, S. Saha, Y. Lu, J. Cao, W.K. Liu, Z. Gan, Mechanistic data-driven
    prediction of as-built mechanical properties in metal additive manufacturing, npj Computational
    Materials 7(1) (2021) 1-12.
    [41] C. Wang, X. Tan, S. Tor, C. Lim, Machine learning in additive manufacturing: State-of-theart and perspectives, Additive Manufacturing (2020) 101538.
    [42] J. Li, R. Jin, Z.Y. Hang, Integration of physically-based and data-driven approaches for
    thermal field prediction in additive manufacturing, Materials & Design 139 (2018) 473-485.
    [43] M. Mozaffar, A. Paul, R. Al-Bahrani, S. Wolff, A. Choudhary, A. Agrawal, K. Ehmann, J.
    Cao, Data-driven prediction of the high-dimensional thermal history in directed energy deposition
    processes via recurrent neural networks, Manufacturing letters 18 (2018) 35-39.
    [44] A. Paul, M. Mozaffar, Z. Yang, W.-k. Liao, A. Choudhary, J. Cao, A. Agrawal, A real-time
    iterative machine learning approach for temperature profile prediction in additive manufacturing
    processes, 2019 IEEE International Conference on Data Science and Advanced Analytics (DSAA),
    IEEE, 2019, pp. 541-550.
    [45] S. Clijsters, T. Craeghs, J.-P. Kruth, A priori process parameter adjustment for SLM process
    optimization, Innovative developments on virtual and physical prototyping, Taylor & Francis
    Group., 2012, pp. 553-560.
    [46] R. Mertens, S. Clijsters, K. Kempen, J.-P. Kruth, Optimization of scan strategies in selective
    laser melting of aluminum parts with downfacing areas, Journal of Manufacturing Science and
    Engineering 136(6) (2014) 061012.
    [47] J.-P. Kruth, J. Deckers, E. Yasa, R. Wauthlé, Assessing and comparing influencing factors of
    residual stresses in selective laser melting using a novel analysis method, Proceedings of the
    institution of mechanical engineers, Part B: Journal of Engineering Manufacture 226(6) (2012)
    980-991.
    [48] Y. Lu, S. Wu, Y. Gan, T. Huang, C. Yang, L. Junjie, J. Lin, Study on the microstructure,
    mechanical property and residual stress of SLM Inconel-718 alloy manufactured by differing
    island scanning strategy, Optics & Laser Technology 75 (2015) 197-206.
    [49] E. Foroozmehr, R. Kovacevic, Effect of path planning on the laser powder deposition process:
    thermal and structural evaluation, The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing
    Technology 51(5-8) (2010) 659-669.
    [50] L.H. Ahmed Hussein, Chunze Yan, Richard Everson, Finite element simulation of the
    temperature and stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting,
    Materials and Design (2013).
    [51] J.-P. Kruth, M. Badrossamay, E. Yasa, J. Deckers, L. Thijs, J. Van Humbeeck, Part and
    material properties in selective laser melting of metals, Proceedings of the 16th international
    symposium on electromachining, 2010, pp. 1-12.
    [52] L. Thijs, K. Kempen, J.-P. Kruth, J. Van Humbeeck, Fine-structured aluminium products with
    controllable texture by selective laser melting of pre-alloyed AlSi10Mg powder, Acta Materialia
    61(5) (2013) 1809-1819.
    [53] D. Ding, Z.S. Pan, D. Cuiuri, H. Li, A tool-path generation strategy for wire and arc additive
    manufacturing, The international journal of advanced manufacturing technology 73(1-4) (2014)
    173-183.
    [54] B.E. Carroll, T.A. Palmer, A.M. Beese, Anisotropic tensile behavior of Ti–6Al–4V
    components fabricated with directed energy deposition additive manufacturing, Acta Materialia
    87 (2015) 309-320.
    [55] D. Ding, Z. Pan, D. Cuiuri, H. Li, A practical path planning methodology for wire and arc
    additive manufacturing of thin-walled structures, Robotics and Computer-Integrated
    Manufacturing 34 (2015) 8-19.
    [56] D. Ding, Z. Pan, D. Cuiuri, H. Li, S. van Duin, N. Larkin, Bead modelling and implementation
    of adaptive MAT path in wire and arc additive manufacturing, Robotics and Computer-Integrated
    Manufacturing 39 (2016) 32-42.
    [57] R. Ponche, O. Kerbrat, P. Mognol, J.-Y. Hascoet, A novel methodology of design for Additive
    Manufacturing applied to Additive Laser Manufacturing process, Robotics and ComputerIntegrated Manufacturing 30(4) (2014) 389-398.
    [58] D.E. Smith, R. Hoglund, Continuous fiber angle topology optimization for polymer fused
    fillament fabrication, Annu. Int. Solid Free. Fabr. Symp. Austin, TX, 2016.
    [59] J. Liu, J. Liu, H. Yu, H. Yu, Concurrent deposition path planning and structural topology
    optimization for additive manufacturing, Rapid Prototyping Journal 23(5) (2017) 930-942.
    [60] Q. Xia, T. Shi, Optimization of composite structures with continuous spatial variation of fiber
    angle through Shepard interpolation, Composite Structures 182 (2017) 273-282.
    [61] C. Kiyono, E. Silva, J. Reddy, A novel fiber optimization method based on normal distribution
    function with continuously varying fiber path, Composite Structures 160 (2017) 503-515.
    [62] C.J. Brampton, K.C. Wu, H.A. Kim, New optimization method for steered fiber composites
    using the level set method, Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization 52(3) (2015) 493-505.
    [63] J. Liu, A.C. To, Deposition path planning-integrated structural topology optimization for 3D
    additive manufacturing subject to self-support constraint, Computer-Aided Design 91 (2017) 27-
    45.
    [64] H. Shen, J. Fu, Z. Chen, Y. Fan, Generation of offset surface for tool path in NC machining
    through level set methods, The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology
    46(9-12) (2010) 1043-1047.
    [65] C. Zhuang, Z. Xiong, H. Ding, High speed machining tool path generation for pockets using
    level sets, International Journal of Production Research 48(19) (2010) 5749-5766.
    [66] K.C. Mills, Recommended values of thermophysical properties for selected commercial
    alloys, Woodhead Publishing2002.
    [67] S.S. Sih, J.W. Barlow, The prediction of the emissivity and thermal conductivity of powder
    beds, Particulate Science and Technology 22(4) (2004) 427-440.
    [68] L. Dong, A. Makradi, S. Ahzi, Y. Remond, Three-dimensional transient finite element
    analysis of the selective laser sintering process, Journal of materials processing technology 209(2)
    (2009) 700-706.
    [69] J.J. Beaman, J.W. Barlow, D.L. Bourell, R.H. Crawford, H.L. Marcus, K.P. McAlea, Solid
    freeform fabrication: a new direction in manufacturing, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Norwell,
    MA 2061 (1997) 25-49.
    [70] G. Bugeda Miguel Cervera, G. Lombera, Numerical prediction of temperature and density
    distributions in selective laser sintering processes, Rapid Prototyping Journal 5(1) (1999) 21-26.
    [71] T. Mukherjee, W. Zhang, T. DebRoy, An improved prediction of residual stresses and
    distortion in additive manufacturing, Computational Materials Science 126 (2017) 360-372.
    [72] A.J. Dunbar, E.R. Denlinger, M.F. Gouge, P. Michaleris, Experimental validation of finite
    element modeling for laser powderbed fusion deformation, Additive Manufacturing 12 (2016)
    108-120.
    [73] J. Goldak, A. Chakravarti, M. Bibby, A new finite element model for welding heat sources,
    Metallurgical and Materials Transactions B 15(2) (1984) 299-305.
    [74] J. Liu, Q. Chen, Y. Zhao, W. Xiong, A. To, Quantitative Texture Prediction of Epitaxial
    Columnar Grains in Alloy 718 Processed by Additive Manufacturing, Proceedings of the 9th
    International Symposium on Superalloy 718 & Derivatives: Energy, Aerospace, and Industrial
    Applications, Springer, 2018, pp. 749-755.
    [75] J. Irwin, P. Michaleris, A line heat input model for additive manufacturing, Journal of
    Manufacturing Science and Engineering 138(11) (2016) 111004.
    [76] M. Gouge, J. Heigel, P. Michaleris, T. Palmer, Modeling forced convection in the thermal
    simulation of laser cladding processes, International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing
    Technology 79 (2015).
    [77] J. Heigel, P. Michaleris, E. Reutzel, Thermo-mechanical model development and validation
    of directed energy deposition additive manufacturing of Ti–6Al–4V, Additive manufacturing 5
    (2015) 9-19.
    [78] E.R. Denlinger, J.C. Heigel, P. Michaleris, Residual stress and distortion modeling of electron
    beam direct manufacturing Ti-6Al-4V, Proceedings of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers,
    Part B: Journal of Engineering Manufacture 229(10) (2015) 1803-1813.
    [79] X. Liang, Q. Chen, L. Cheng, Q. Yang, A. To, A modified inherent strain method for fast
    prediction of residual deformation in additive manufacturing of metal parts, 2017 Solid Freeform
    Fabrication Symposium Proceedings, Austin, Texas, 2017.
    [80] X. Liang, L. Cheng, Q. Chen, Q. Yang, A. To, A Modified Method for Estimating Inherent
    Strains from Detailed Process Simulation for Fast Residual Distortion Prediction of Single-Walled
    Structures Fabricated by Directed Energy Deposition, Additive Manufacturing 23 (2018) 471-486.
    [81] L. Sochalski-Kolbus, E.A. Payzant, P.A. Cornwell, T.R. Watkins, S.S. Babu, R.R. Dehoff,
    M. Lorenz, O. Ovchinnikova, C. Duty, Comparison of residual stresses in Inconel 718 simple parts
    made by electron beam melting and direct laser metal sintering, Metallurgical and Materials
    Transactions A 46(3) (2015) 1419-1432.
    [82] P. Mercelis, J.-P. Kruth, Residual stresses in selective laser sintering and selective laser
    melting, Rapid Prototyping Journal 12(5) (2006) 254-265.
    [83] N. Hodge, R. Ferencz, J. Solberg, Implementation of a thermomechanical model for the
    simulation of selective laser melting, Computational Mechanics 54(1) (2014) 33-51.
    [84] A.S. Wu, D.W. Brown, M. Kumar, G.F. Gallegos, W.E. King, An experimental investigation
    into additive manufacturing-induced residual stresses in 316L stainless steel, Metallurgical and
    Materials Transactions A 45(13) (2014) 6260-6270.
    [85] C. Li, J. liu, Y. Guo, Efficient predictive model of part distortion and residual stress in
    selective laser melting, Solid Freeform Fabrication 2016, 2017.
    [86] Y. Zhao, Y. Koizumi, K. Aoyagi, D. Wei, K. Yamanaka, A. Chiba, Molten pool behavior and
    effect of fluid flow on solidification conditions in selective electron beam melting (SEBM) of a
    biomedical Co-Cr-Mo alloy, Additive Manufacturing 26 (2019) 202-214.
    [87] J.-H. Cho, S.-J. Na, Implementation of real-time multiple reflection and Fresnel absorption of
    laser beam in keyhole, Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics 39(24) (2006) 5372.
    [88] Q. Guo, C. Zhao, M. Qu, L. Xiong, L.I. Escano, S.M.H. Hojjatzadeh, N.D. Parab, K. Fezzaa,
    W. Everhart, T. Sun, In-situ characterization and quantification of melt pool variation under
    constant input energy density in laser powder-bed fusion additive manufacturing process, Additive
    Manufacturing (2019).
    [89] E. Assuncao, S. Williams, D. Yapp, Interaction time and beam diameter effects on the
    conduction mode limit, Optics and Lasers in Engineering 50(6) (2012) 823-828.
    [90] R. Cunningham, C. Zhao, N. Parab, C. Kantzos, J. Pauza, K. Fezzaa, T. Sun, A.D. Rollett,
    Keyhole threshold and morphology in laser melting revealed by ultrahigh-speed x-ray imaging,
    Science 363(6429) (2019) 849-852.
    [91] W. Tan, N.S. Bailey, Y.C. Shin, Investigation of keyhole plume and molten pool based on a
    three-dimensional dynamic model with sharp interface formulation, Journal of Physics D: Applied
    Physics 46(5) (2013) 055501.
    [92] W. Tan, Y.C. Shin, Analysis of multi-phase interaction and its effects on keyhole dynamics
    with a multi-physics numerical model, Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics 47(34) (2014)
    345501.
    [93] R. Fabbro, K. Chouf, Keyhole modeling during laser welding, Journal of applied Physics
    87(9) (2000) 4075-4083.
    [94] Q. Guo, C. Zhao, M. Qu, L. Xiong, S.M.H. Hojjatzadeh, L.I. Escano, N.D. Parab, K. Fezzaa,
    T. Sun, L. Chen, In-situ full-field mapping of melt flow dynamics in laser metal additive
    manufacturing, Additive Manufacturing 31 (2020) 100939.
    [95] Y. Ueda, K. Fukuda, K. Nakacho, S. Endo, A new measuring method of residual stresses with
    the aid of finite element method and reliability of estimated values, Journal of the Society of Naval
    Architects of Japan 1975(138) (1975) 499-507.
    [96] M.R. Hill, D.V. Nelson, The inherent strain method for residual stress determination and its
    application to a long welded joint, ASME-PUBLICATIONS-PVP 318 (1995) 343-352.
    [97] H. Murakawa, Y. Luo, Y. Ueda, Prediction of welding deformation and residual stress by
    elastic FEM based on inherent strain, Journal of the society of Naval Architects of Japan 1996(180)
    (1996) 739-751.
    [98] M. Yuan, Y. Ueda, Prediction of residual stresses in welded T-and I-joints using inherent
    strains, Journal of Engineering Materials and Technology, Transactions of the ASME 118(2)
    (1996) 229-234.
    [99] L. Zhang, P. Michaleris, P. Marugabandhu, Evaluation of applied plastic strain methods for
    welding distortion prediction, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 129(6) (2007)
    1000-1010.
    [100] M. Bugatti, Q. Semeraro, Limitations of the Inherent Strain Method in Simulating Powder
    Bed Fusion Processes, Additive Manufacturing 23 (2018) 329-346.
    [101] L. Cheng, X. Liang, J. Bai, Q. Chen, J. Lemon, A. To, On Utilizing Topology Optimization
    to Design Support Structure to Prevent Residual Stress Induced Build Failure in Laser Powder Bed
    Metal Additive Manufacturing, Additive Manufacturing (2019).
    [102] Q. Chen, X. Liang, D. Hayduke, J. Liu, L. Cheng, J. Oskin, R. Whitmore, A.C. To, An
    inherent strain based multiscale modeling framework for simulating part-scale residual
    deformation for direct metal laser sintering, Additive Manufacturing 28 (2019) 406-418.
    [103] S. Osher, J.A. Sethian, Fronts propagating with curvature-dependent speed: algorithms based
    on Hamilton-Jacobi formulations, Journal of computational physics 79(1) (1988) 12-49.
    [104] M.Y. Wang, X. Wang, D. Guo, A level set method for structural topology optimization,
    Computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering 192(1) (2003) 227-246.
    [105] G. Allaire, F. Jouve, A.-M. Toader, Structural optimization using sensitivity analysis and a
    level-set method, Journal of computational physics 194(1) (2004) 363-393.
    [106] Y. Wang, Z. Luo, Z. Kang, N. Zhang, A multi-material level set-based topology and shape
    optimization method, Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 283 (2015)
    1570-1586.
    [107] P. Dunning, C. Brampton, H. Kim, Simultaneous optimisation of structural topology and
    material grading using level set method, Materials Science and Technology 31(8) (2015) 884-894.
    [108] P. Liu, Y. Luo, Z. Kang, Multi-material topology optimization considering interface
    behavior via XFEM and level set method, Computer methods in applied mechanics and
    engineering 308 (2016) 113-133.
    [109] J. Liu, Q. Chen, Y. Zheng, R. Ahmad, J. Tang, Y. Ma, Level set-based heterogeneous object
    modeling and optimization, Computer-Aided Design (2019).
    [110] J. Liu, Q. Chen, X. Liang, A.C. To, Manufacturing cost constrained topology optimization
    for additive manufacturing, Frontiers of Mechanical Engineering 14(2) (2019) 213-221.
    [111] Z. Kang, Y. Wang, Integrated topology optimization with embedded movable holes based
    on combined description by material density and level sets, Computer methods in applied
    mechanics and engineering 255 (2013) 1-13.
    [112] P.D. Dunning, H. Alicia Kim, A new hole insertion method for level set based structural
    topology optimization, International Journal for Numerical Methods in Engineering 93(1) (2013)
    118-134.
    [113] J.A. Sethian, A fast marching level set method for monotonically advancing fronts,
    Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 93(4) (1996) 1591-1595.
    [114] J.A. Sethian, Level set methods and fast marching methods: evolving interfaces in
    computational geometry, fluid mechanics, computer vision, and materials science, Cambridge
    university press1999.
    [115] C. Le, J. Norato, T. Bruns, C. Ha, D. Tortorelli, Stress-based topology optimization for
    continua, Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization 41(4) (2010) 605-620.
    [116] A. Takezawa, G.H. Yoon, S.H. Jeong, M. Kobashi, M. Kitamura, Structural topology
    optimization with strength and heat conduction constraints, Computer Methods in Applied
    Mechanics and Engineering 276 (2014) 341-361.
    [117] S. Hochreiter, J. Schmidhuber, Long short-term memory, Neural computation 9(8) (1997)
    1735-1780.
    [118] A. Krizhevsky, I. Sutskever, G.E. Hinton, Imagenet classification with deep convolutional
    neural networks, Advances in neural information processing systems 25 (2012) 1097-1105.
    [119] K. Simonyan, A. Zisserman, Very deep convolutional networks for large-scale image
    recognition, arXiv preprint arXiv:1409.1556 (2014).
    [120] K. He, X. Zhang, S. Ren, J. Sun, Deep residual learning for image recognition, Proceedings
    of the IEEE conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 2016, pp. 770-778.
    [121] O. Russakovsky, J. Deng, H. Su, J. Krause, S. Satheesh, S. Ma, Z. Huang, A. Karpathy, A.
    Khosla, M. Bernstein, Imagenet large scale visual recognition challenge, International journal of
    computer vision 115(3) (2015) 211-252.
    [122] S. Ren, K. He, R. Girshick, J. Sun, Faster r-cnn: Towards real-time object detection with
    region proposal networks, Advances in neural information processing systems 28 (2015) 91-99.
    [123] E.J. Schwalbach, S.P. Donegan, M.G. Chapman, K.J. Chaput, M.A. Groeber, A discrete
    source model of powder bed fusion additive manufacturing thermal history, Additive
    Manufacturing 25 (2019) 485-498.
    [124] D.G. Duffy, Green’s functions with applications, Chapman and Hall/CRC2015.
    [125] J. Martínez-Frutos, D. Herrero-Pérez, Efficient matrix-free GPU implementation of fixed
    grid finite element analysis, Finite Elements in Analysis and Design 104 (2015) 61-71.
    [126] F. Dugast, P. Apostolou, A. Fernandez, W. Dong, Q. Chen, S. Strayer, R. Wicker, A.C. To,
    Part-scale thermal process modeling for laser powder bed fusion with matrix-free method and GPU
    computing, Additive Manufacturing 37 (2021) 101732.
    [127] A. Vaswani, N. Shazeer, N. Parmar, J. Uszkoreit, L. Jones, A.N. Gomez, Ł. Kaiser, I.
    Polosukhin, Attention is all you need, Advances in neural information processing systems, 2017,
    pp. 5998-6008.
    [128] J. Devlin, M.-W. Chang, K. Lee, K. Toutanova, Bert: Pre-training of deep bidirectional
    transformers for language understanding, arXiv preprint arXiv:1810.04805 (2018).

    3D Numerical Modeling of a Side-Channel Spillway

    3D Numerical Modeling of a Side-Channel Spillway

    Géraldine MilésiStéphane Causse

    Abstract

    Electricité de Tahiti(GDF Suez) 댐의 재건이라는 틀 내에서 Coyne et Bellier는 진단과 Tahiti 댐의 전반적인 연구를 수행했습니다.

    Tahinu는 프랑스령 폴리네시아의 Tahiti 섬에 위치한 37m 높이의 수력 발전 댐입니다. 수문학적 연구의 검토와 프랑스 표준의 적용은 최대 설계 홍수를 500에서 644 m3/s(+30%)로 증가시켰습니다.

    먼저 측수로 여수로(마루 길이 60m)의 1D 수치 모델링을 수행하여 배수 용량을 평가했습니다. 결론은 마루댐과 배수로 수로 측벽의 오버토핑을 유발할 수 있는 배수로의 용량이 충분하지 않다는 것이었습니다.

    그런 다음 이러한 결과를 확인하고 배수로의 특정 구성(정원 아래의 접근 속도와 깊이의 불균일한 분포, 측면 채널 단면의 불규칙한 기하학, 잠긴 둑, 곡선 채널 배수로)을 고려하기 위해, 3D 수치 모델링은 Flow 3D®로 수행되었습니다.

    시뮬레이션은 1D 모델(흐름의 일반적인 패턴, 상류 저수지 수위)보다 더 정확한 결과를 보여주었습니다. 이에 따라 댐 능선의 높이와 여수로 측벽을 설계 및 최적화하여 안전을 위한 충분한 freeboards을 확보하도록 하였습니다.

    Within the framework of the rehabilitation of Electricité de Tahiti (GDF Suez) dams, Coyne et Bellier carried out a diagnosis and an overall study of the Tahinu dam. Tahinu is a 37-m-high earthfill hydroelectric dam, located in the island of Tahiti, French Polynesia. The review of the hydrological study and the application of French standards lead to increase the peak design flood from 500 to 644 m3/s (+30 %). First, a 1D numerical modeling of the side-channel spillway (crest length 60 m) was performed to assess its discharge capacity. The conclusion was an insufficient capacity of the spillway that might induce an overtopping of the crest dam and of the sidewalls of the spillway channel. Then, to confirm these results and to take into account the specific configuration of the spillway (non-uniform distribution of the approach velocity and depth below crest, irregular geometry of the side-channel cross section, submerged weir, curved channel spillway), a 3D numerical modeling was carried out with Flow 3D®. Simulations showed more accurate results than 1D model (general pattern of the flow, upstream reservoir level). Consequently, heightenings of the dam crest and the sidewalls of the spillway channel were designed and optimized to secure sufficient freeboards for safety.

    Keywords

    CFD, Dam, FLOW-3D, Hydraulics, Numerical simulation, Rehabilitation, Submergence, Weir, 저수지, 댐, 측수로, 여수로

    References

    1. 1.Khatsuria, R. M. (2005). Hydraulics of spillways and energy dissipators. New York: Marcel Dekker.Google Scholar
    2. 2.USBR. (1987). Design of small dams (3rd ed.). Washington: US Government printing office.Google Scholar

    Copyright information

    © Springer Science+Business Media Singapore 2014

    About this chapter

    Cite this chapter as:Milési G., Causse S. (2014) 3D Numerical Modeling of a Side-Channel Spillway. In: Gourbesville P., Cunge J., Caignaert G. (eds) Advances in Hydroinformatics. Springer Hydrogeology. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4451-42-0_39

    • First Online12 November 2013
    • DOI : https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4451-42-0_39
    • Publisher NameSpringer, Singapore
    • Print ISBN978-981-4451-41-3
    • Online ISBN978-981-4451-42-0
    • eBook PackagesEarth and Environmental ScienceEarth and Environmental Science (R0)
    • Reprints and Permissions
    Forming characteristics and control method of weld bead for GMAW on curved surface

    곡면에 GMAW용 용접 비드의 형성 특성 및 제어 방법

    Forming characteristics and control method of weld bead for GMAW on curved surface

    The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology (2021)Cite this article

    Abstract

    곡면에서 GMAW 기반 적층 가공의 용접 성형 특성은 중력의 영향을 크게 받습니다. 성형면의 경사각이 크면 혹 비드(hump bead)와 같은 심각한 결함이 발생합니다.

    본 논문에서는 양생면에서 용접 비드 형성의 형성 특성과 제어 방법을 연구하기 위해 용접 용융 풀 유동 역학의 전산 모델을 수립하고 제안된 모델을 검증하기 위해 증착 실험을 수행하였습니다.

    결과는 용접 비드 경사각(α)이 증가함에 따라 역류의 속도가 증가하고 상향 용접의 경우 α > 60°일 때 불규칙한 험프 결함이 나타나는 것으로 나타났습니다.

    상부 과잉 액체의 하향 압착력과 하부 상향 유동의 반동력과 표면장력 사이의 상호작용은 용접 혹 형성의 주요 요인이었다. 하향 용접의 경우 양호한 형태를 얻을 수 있었으며, 용접 비드 경사각이 증가함에 따라 용접 높이는 감소하고 용접 폭은 증가하였습니다.

    하향 및 상향 용접을 위한 곡면의 용융 거동 및 성형 특성을 기반으로 험프 결함을 제어하기 위해 위브 용접을 통한 증착 방법을 제안하였습니다.

    성형 궤적의 변화로 인해 용접 방향의 중력 성분이 크게 감소하여 용융 풀 흐름의 안정성이 향상되었으며 복잡한 표면에서 안정적이고 일관된 용접 비드를 얻는 데 유리했습니다.

    하향 용접과 상향 용접 사이의 단일 비드의 치수 편차는 7% 이내였으며 하향 및 상향 혼합 혼합 비드 중첩 증착에서 비드의 변동 편차는 0.45로 GMAW 기반 적층 제조 공정에서 허용될 수 있었습니다.

    이러한 발견은 GMAW를 기반으로 하는 곡선 적층 적층 제조의 용접 비드 형성 제어에 기여했습니다.

    The weld forming characteristics of GMAW-based additive manufacturing on curved surface are dramatically influenced by gravity. Large inclined angle of the forming surface would lead to severe defects such as hump bead. In this paper, a computational model of welding molten pool flow dynamics was established to research the forming characteristic and control method of weld bead forming on cured surface, and deposition experiments were conducted to verify the proposed model. Results indicated that the velocity of backward flows increased with the increase of weld bead tilt angle (α) and irregular hump defects appeared when α > 60° for upward welding. The interaction between the downward squeezing force of the excess liquid at the top and the recoil force of the upward flow at the bottom and the surface tension were primary factors for welding hump formation. For downward welding, a good morphology shape could be obtained, and the weld height decreased and the weld width increased with the increase of weld bead tilt angle. Based on the molten behaviors and forming characteristics on curved surface for downward and upward welding, the method of deposition with weave welding was proposed to control hump defects. Gravity component in the welding direction was significantly reduced due to the change of forming trajectory, which improved the stability of the molten pool flow and was beneficial to obtain stable and consistent weld bead on complex surface. The dimensional deviations of the single bead between downward and upward welding were within 7% and the fluctuation deviation of the bead in multi-bead overlapping deposition with mixing downward and upward welding was 0.45, which could be acceptable in GMAW-based additive manufacturing process. These findings contributed to the weld bead forming control of curve layered additive manufacturing based on GMAW.

    Keywords

    • Molten pool behaviors
    • GMAW-based WAAM
    • Deposition with weave welding
    • Welding on curved surface
    • Fig. 1extended data figure 1
    • Fig. 2extended data figure 2
    • Fig. 3extended data figure 3
    • Fig. 4extended data figure 4
    • Fig. 5extended data figure 5
    • Fig. 6extended data figure 6
    • Fig. 7extended data figure 7
    • Fig. 8extended data figure 8
    • Fig. 9extended data figure 9
    • Fig. 10extended data figure 10
    • Fig. 11extended data figure 11
    • Fig. 12extended data figure 12
    • Fig. 13extended data figure 13
    • Fig. 14extended data figure 14
    • Fig. 15extended data figure 15
    • Fig. 16extended data figure 16
    • Fig. 17extended data figure 17
    • Fig. 18extended data figure 18
    • Fig. 19extended data figure 19
    • Fig. 20extended data figure 20
    • Fig. 21extended data figure 21
    • Fig. 22extended data figure 22
    • Fig. 23extended data figure 23
    • Fig. 24extended data figure 24
    • Fig. 25extended data figure 25
    • Fig. 26extended data figure 26
    • Fig. 27extended data figure 27
    • Fig. 28extended data figure 28
    • Fig. 29extended data figure 29
    • Fig. 30extended data figure 30
    • Fig. 31extended data figure 31
    • Fig. 32extended data figure 32
    • Fig. 33extended data figure 33
    • Fig. 34extended data figure 34
    • Fig. 35extended data figure 35
    • Fig. 36extended data figure 36
    • Fig. 37extended data figure 37
    • Fig. 38extended data figure 38

    References

    1. 1.Williams SW, Martina F, Addison AC, Ding J, Pardal G, Colegrove P (2016) Wire + arc additive manufacturing. Mater Sci Technol (United Kingdom) 32:641–647. https://doi.org/10.1179/1743284715Y.0000000073Article Google Scholar 
    2. 2.Pan ZX, Ding DH, Wu BT, Cuiuri D, Li HJ, Norrish J (2018) Arc welding processes for additive manufacturing: a review. In: Transactions on intelligent welding manufacturing. Springer Singapore, pp 3–24. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-5355-9_1
    3. 3.Panchagnula JS, Simhambhatla S (2018) Manufacture of complex thin-walled metallic objects using weld-deposition based additive manufacturing. Robot Comput Integr Manuf 49:194–203. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcim.2017.06.003Article Google Scholar 
    4. 4.Lu S, Zhou J, Zhang JS (2015) Optimization of welding thickness on casting-steel surface for production of forging die. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 76:1411–1419. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-014-6371-9Article Google Scholar 
    5. 5.Huang B, Singamneni SB (2015) Curved layer adaptive slicing (CLAS) for fused deposition modelling. Rapid Prototyp J 21:354–367. https://doi.org/10.1108/RPJ-06-2013-0059Article Google Scholar 
    6. 6.Jin Y, Du J, He Y, Fu GQ (2017) Modeling and process planning for curved layer fused deposition. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 91:273–285. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-016-9743-5Article Google Scholar 
    7. 7.Xie FB, Chen LF, Li ZY, Tang K (2020) Path smoothing and feed rate planning for robotic curved layer additive manufacturing. Robot Comput Integr Manuf 65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcim.2020.101967
    8. 8.Ding YY, Dwivedi R, Kovacevic R (2017) Process planning for 8-axis robotized laser-based direct metal deposition system: a case on building revolved part. Robot Comput Integr Manuf 44:67–76. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcim.2016.08.008Article Google Scholar 
    9. 9.Cho DW, Na SJ (2015) Molten pool behaviors for second pass V-groove GMAW. Int J Heat Mass Transf 88:945–956. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2015.05.021Article Google Scholar 
    10. 10.Cho DW, Na SJ, Cho MH, Lee JS (2013) A study on V-groove GMAW for various welding positions. J Mater Process Technol 213:1640–1652. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2013.02.015Article Google Scholar 
    11. 11.Hejripour F, Valentine DT, Aidun DK (2018) Study of mass transport in cold wire deposition for wire arc additive manufacturing. Int J Heat Mass Transf 125:471–484. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2018.04.092Article Google Scholar 
    12. 12.Yuan L, Pan ZX, Ding DH, He FY, Duin SV, Li HJ, Li WH (2020) Investigation of humping phenomenon for the multi-directional robotic wire and arc additive manufacturing. Robot Comput Integr Manuf 63. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcim.2019.101916
    13. 13.Nguyen MC, Medale M, Asserin O, Gounand S, Gilles P (2017) Sensitivity to welding positions and parameters in GTA welding with a 3D multiphysics numerical model. Numer Heat Transf Part A Appl 71:233–249. https://doi.org/10.1080/10407782.2016.1264747Article Google Scholar 
    14. 14.Gu H, Li L (2019) Computational fluid dynamic simulation of gravity and pressure effects in laser metal deposition for potential additive manufacturing in space. Int J Heat Mass Transf 140:51–65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.05.081Article Google Scholar 
    15. 15.Cho MH, Farson DF (2007) Understanding bead hump formation in gas metal arc welding using a numerical simulation. Metall Mater Trans B Process Metall Mater Process Sci 38:305–319. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11663-007-9034-5Article Google Scholar 
    16. 16.Nguyen TC, Weckman DC, Johnson DA, Kerr HW (2005) The humping phenomenon during high speed gas metal arc welding. Sci Technol Weld Join 10:447–459. https://doi.org/10.1179/174329305X44134Article Google Scholar 
    17. 17.Philip Y, Xu ZY, Wang Y, Wang R, Ye X (2019) Investigation of humping defect formation in a lap joint at a high-speed hybrid laser-GMA welding. Results Phys 13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rinp.2019.102341
    18. 18.Hu ZQ, Qin XP, Shao T, Liu HM (2018) Understanding and overcoming of abnormity at start and end of the weld bead in additive manufacturing with GMAW. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 95:2357–2368. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-017-1392-9Article Google Scholar 
    19. 19.Tang SY, Wang GL, Huang C, Li RS, Zhou SY, Zhang HO (2020) Investigation, modeling and optimization of abnormal areas of weld beads in wire and arc additive manufacturing. Rapid Prototyp J 26:1183–1195. https://doi.org/10.1108/RPJ-08-2019-0229Article Google Scholar 
    20. 20.Bai X, Colegrove P, Ding J, Zhou XM, Diao CL, Bridgeman P, Honnige JR, Zhang HO, Williams S (2018) Numerical analysis of heat transfer and fluid flow in multilayer deposition of PAW-based wire and arc additive manufacturing. Int J Heat Mass Transf 124:504–516. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2018.03.085Article Google Scholar 
    21. 21.Siewert E, Schein J, Forster G (2013) Determination of enthalpy, temperature, surface tension and geometry of the material transfer in PGMAW for the system argon-iron. J Phys D Appl Phys 46. https://doi.org/10.1088/0022-3727/46/22/224008
    22. 22.Goldak J, Chakravarti A, Bibby M (1984) A new finite element model for welding heat sources. Metall Trans B 15:299–305. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02667333Article Google Scholar 
    23. 23.Fachinotti VD, Cardona A (2008) Semi-analytical solution of the thermal field induced by a moving double-ellipsoidal welding heat source in a semi-infinite body. Mec Comput XXVII:1519–1530
    24. 24.Nguyen NT, Mai YW, Simpson S, Ohta A (2004) Analytical approximate solution for double ellipsoidal heat source in finite thick plate. Weld J 83:82–93Google Scholar 
    25. 25.Goldak J, Chakravarti A, Bibby M (1985) A double ellipsoid finite element model for welding heat sources. IIW Doc. No. 212-603-85
    26. 26.Gu Y, Li YD, Yong Y, Xu FL, Su LF (2019) Determination of parameters of double-ellipsoidal heat source model based on optimization method. Weld World 63:365–376. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40194-018-00678-wArticle Google Scholar 
    27. 27.Wu CS, Tsao KC (1990) Modelling the three-dimensional fluid flow and heat transfer in a moving weld pool. Eng Comput 7:241–248. https://doi.org/10.1108/eb023811Article Google Scholar 
    28. 28.Zhan XH, Liu XB, Wei YH, Chen JC, Chen J, Liu HB (2017) Microstructure and property characteristics of thick Invar alloy plate joints using weave bead welding. J Mater Process Technol 244:97–105. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.01.014Article Google Scholar 
    29. 29.Zhan XH, Zhang D, Liu XB, Chen J, Wei YH, Liu RP (2017) Comparison between weave bead welding and multi-layer multi-pass welding for thick plate Invar steel. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 88:2211–2225. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-016-8926-4Article Google Scholar 
    30. 30.Xu GX, Li L, Wang JY, Zhu J, Li PF (2018) Study of weld formation in swing arc narrow gap vertical GMA welding by numerical modeling and experiment. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 96:1905–1917. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-018-1729-zArticle Google Scholar 
    31. 31.Li YZ, Sun YF, Han QL, Zhang GJ, Horvath I (2018) Enhanced beads overlapping model for wire and arc additive manufacturing of multi-layer multi-bead metallic parts. J Mater Process Technol 252:838–848. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.10.017Article Google Scholar 
    Wave Loads Assessment on Coastal Structures at Inundation Risk Using CFD Modelling

    CFD 모델링을 사용하여 침수 위험이 있는 해안 구조물에 대한 파랑 하중 평가

    Wave Loads Assessment on Coastal Structures at Inundation Risk Using CFD Modellin

    Ana GomesJosé Pinho

    Conference paperFirst Online: 19 November 2021

    지난 수십 년 동안 극한 현상은 심각성과 주민, 기반 시설 및 인류 활동에 대한 위험 증가로 인해 우려를 불러일으켰습니다. 오늘날 해안 구조물이 범람하고 해변 침식 및 기반 시설 파괴가 전 세계 해안에서 흔히 발생합니다. 

    완화에 효율적으로 기여하고 효율적인 방어 조치를 채택하려면 이러한 영향을 예상하는 것이 매우 중요합니다. 대규모 물리적 모델을 기반으로 하는 이전 실험 작업에서 목조 교각 상단의 고가 해안 구조물의 공극과 그에 따른 수평 및 수직 파도력 사이의 관계가 다양한 파도 하중 조건에 대해 연구되었습니다. 

    이러한 실험 결과는 CFD 도구를 사용하여 유체/구조 상호 작용을 시뮬레이션하기 위한 수치 모델에 대한 보정 데이터 역할을 합니다. 주어진 파도 조건에 대해 물과 구조물 베이스 레벨 사이의 공극 높이를 다르게 하여 세 가지 시나리오를 시뮬레이션했습니다. 

    수치 결과를 물리적 모델 결과와 비교하면 수치적으로 구한 수평력과 수직력의 최대값은 각각 평균 ​​14.4%와 25.4%의 상대차로 만족할 만합니다. 또한 구조물을 지지하는 교각에 작용하는 압력과 전단응력을 시뮬레이션하기 위해 실제 수치모델을 적용하였으며, 서로 다른 공극의 높이를 고려하고 각각의 CPU 시뮬레이션 시간을 평가하였습니다. 

    이러한 방식으로 CFD 모델의 운영 모델링 기능을 평가하여 조기 경보 시스템 내에서 최종 사용에 대한 예측 선행 시간 제한을 결정했습니다.

    키워드

    Coastal risk, Elevated coastal structure, Numerical simulation, Flow-3D® , 해안 위험, 높은 해안 구조, 수치 시뮬레이션

    References

    1. 1.Neumann B, Vafeidis AT, Zimmermann J, Nicholls RJ (2015) Future coastal population growth and exposure to sea-level rise and coastal flooding-a global assessment. PloS one, n. 10(3), p. X-XGoogle Scholar
    2. 2.Jones B, O’Neill BC (2016) Spatially explicit global population scenarios consistent with the Shared Socioeconomic Pathways. Environmental Research Letters, N. 11(8):1–10Google Scholar
    3. 3.Talbot J (2005) Repairing Florida’s Escambia Bay Bridge. Associated Construction Publications, available online at http://www.acppubs.com/article/CA511040
    4. 4.Kennedy A, Rogers S, Sallenger A, Gravois U, Zachry B, Dosa M, Zarama F (2011a) Building destruction from wave and surge on the bolivar peninsula during hurricane Ike. J. Waterw. Port, Coast. Ocean Eng. 137 (3), 132–141Google Scholar
    5. 5.Tomiczek T, Kennedy A, Rogers S (2014) Collapse limit state fragilities of woodframed residences from storm surge and waves during hurricane Ike. J. Waterw. Port, Coast. Ocean Eng. 140 (1), 43–55Google Scholar
    6. 6.Dentale F, Donnarumma G, Pugliese Carratelli E (2014a) Simulation of flow within armour blocks in a breakwater. J Coast Res 30(3):528–536CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    7. 7.Peregrine DH (2003) Water wave impact on walls. Annu Rev Fluid Mech 35:23–43CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    8. 8.Cuomo G, Piscopia R, Allsop W (2011) Evaluation of wave impact loads on caisson breakwaters based on joint probability of impact maxima and rise times. Coast Eng 58(1):9–27CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    9. 9.Faltinsen OM, Landrini M, Greco M (2004) Slamming in marine applications. J Eng Math 48(3–4):187–217CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    10. 10.Peregrine DH. et al (2005) Violent water wave impact on a wall. In: Proceedings of 14th Aha Huliko Winter Workshop, Honolulu, HawaiiGoogle Scholar
    11. 11.Cuomo G, Tirindelli M, Allsop W (2007) Wave in deck loads on exposed jetties. Coast Eng 54(9):657–679CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    12. 12.Azadbakht M, Yim SC (2015) Simulation and estimation of tsunami loads on bridge superstructures. J Waterw Port Coast Ocean Eng 141(2):20CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    13. 13.Wiebe DM, Park H, Cox DT (2014) Application of the Goda pressure formulae for horizontal wave loads on elevated structures. KSCE J. Civ. EngGoogle Scholar
    14. 14.Hayatdavoodi M, Seiffert B, Ertekin RC (2015) Experiments and calculations of cnoidal wave loads on a flat plate in shallow-water. J. Ocean Eng. Mar. Energy 1(1):77–99CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    15. 15.Wei Z, Dalrymple RA (2016) Numerical study on mitigating tsunami force on bridges by an SPH model. J. Ocean. Eng. Mar. Energy 2(365):365–380CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    16. 16.Bradner, C., Schumacher, T., Cox, D., Higgins, C.: Experimental Setup for a largescale bridge superstructure model subjected to waves. J. Waterw. Port, Coast. Ocean Eng. 137 (1), 3–11 (2011)Google Scholar
    17. 17.Xiao H, Huang W (2008) Numerical modeling of wave runup and forces on an idealized beachfront house. Ocean Eng 35(1):106–116CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    18. 18.Do T, van de Lindt JW, Cox D (2016) Performance-based design methodology for inundated elevated coastal structures subjected to wave load. Eng Struct 117:250–262CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    19. 19.Lara JL, Garcia N, Losada IJ (2006) RANS modeling applied to random wave interaction with submerged permeable structures. Coastal Eng 53(5–6):395–417CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    20. 20.Meringolo DD, Aristodemo F, Veltri P (2015) SPH numerical modeling of wave–perforated breakwater interaction. Coast Eng 101:48–68CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    21. 21.Al-Banaa K, Liu PLF (2007) Numerical study on the hydraulic performance of submerged porous breakwater under solitary wave attack. J Coast Res 50:201–205Google Scholar
    22. 22.Gomes, A., Pinho, J.L.S., Valente, T., Antunes do Carmo, J.S., V. Hegde, A.: Performance Assessment of a Semi-Circular Breakwater through CFD Modelling. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 2020, 8, 226 (2020).Google Scholar
    23. 23.Flow Sciences Inc. Flow-3D User Manual, release 9.4, Santa Fe, NM, USA (2009).Google Scholar
    24. 24.Smith, H., Foster., D.L.: Modeling of flow around a cylinder over a scoured bed. J. Waterw., Port, Coastal, Ocean Eng.131(1),14–24 (2005).Google Scholar
    25. 25.Richardson JE, Panchang VG (1998) Three-dimensional simulation of scour-inducing flow at bridge piers. J Hydraul Eng 124(5):530–540CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    26. 26.Jin J, Meng B (2011) Computation of wave loads on the superstructures of coastal highway bridges. Ocean Eng 38(17–18):2185–2200CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    27. 27.Dentale F, Donnarumma G, Pugliese Carratelli E (2014b) Numerical wave interaction with tetrapods breakwater. Int. J. Nav. Arch. Ocean 6:13Google Scholar
    28. 28.Carratelli EP, Viccione G, Bovolin V (2016) Free surface flow impact on a vertical wall: a numerical assessment. Theor. Comput. Fluid Mech. 30(5):403–414CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    29. 29.Cavallaro, L., Dentale, F., Donnarumma, G., Foti, E., Musumeci, R.E., Pugliese Carratelli, E.: Rubble mound breakwater overtopping: estimation of the reliability of a 3D numerical simulation, In: ICCE 2012, Interntional Conference on Coastal Engineering, Santander, Spain (2012).Google Scholar
    30. 30.Vanneste, D., Suzuki, T., Altomare, C.: Comparison of numerical models for wave overtoping and impact on storm return walls. In: ICCE 2014, International Conference on Coastal Engineering, Seoul, Korea (2014).Google Scholar
    31. 31.Park H, Tomiczek T, Cox DT, van de Lindt JW, Lomonaco P (2017) Experimental modeling of horizontal and vertical wave forces on an elevated coastal structure. Coast Eng 128:58–74CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    32. 32.Isfahani AHG, Brethour JM (2009) On the Implementation of Two-Equation Turbulence Models in FLOW-3D; FSI-09-TN86; Flow Science: Santa Fe. NM, USAGoogle Scholar
    33. 33.Novais-Barbosa J (1985) Mecânica dos Fluidos e Hidráulica Geral Vol 1 e II Porto Editora, PortoGoogle Scholar
    34. 34.Le Méhauté B (1976) An Introduction to Hydrodynamics and Water Waves. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg, GermanyCrossRefGoogle Scholar
    Fig. 11. Velocity vectors along x-direction through the center of the box culvert for B0, B30, B50, and B70 respectively.

    Numerical investigation of scour characteristics downstream of blocked culverts

    막힌 암거 하류의 세굴 특성 수치 조사

    NesreenTahabMaged M.El-FekyaAtef A.El-SaiadaIsmailFathya
    aDepartment of Water and Water Structures Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, Zagazig University, Zagazig 44519, Egypt
    bLab Manager, Faculty of Engineering, Zagazig University, Zagazig 44519, Egypt

    Abstract

    횡단 구조물을 통한 막힘은 안정성을 위협하는 위험한 문제 중 하나입니다. 암거의 막힘 형상 및 하류 세굴 특성에 미치는 영향에 관한 연구는 거의 없습니다.

    이 연구의 목적은 수면과 세굴 모두에서 상자 암거를 통한 막힘의 작용을 수치적으로 논의하는 것입니다. 이를 위해 FLOW 3D v11.1.0을 사용하여 퇴적물 수송 모델을 조사했습니다.

    상자 암거를 통한 다양한 차단 비율이 연구되었습니다. FLOW 3D 모델은 실험 데이터로 보정되었습니다. 결과는 FLOW 3D 프로그램이 세굴 다운스트림 상자 암거를 정확하게 시뮬레이션할 수 있음을 나타냅니다.

    막힌 경우에 대한 속도 분포, 최대 세굴 깊이 및 수심을 플롯하고 비차단된 사례(기본 사례)와 비교했습니다.

    그 결과 암거 높이의 70% 차단율은 상류의 수심을 암거 높이의 2.3배 증가시키고 평균 유속은 기본 경우보다 3배 더 증가시키는 것으로 입증되었다. 막힘 비율의 함수로 상대 최대 세굴 깊이를 추정하는 방정식이 만들어졌습니다.

    Blockage through crossing structures is one of the dangerous problems that threaten its stability. There are few researches concerned with blockage shape in culverts and its effect on characteristics of scour downstream it.

    The study’s purpose is to discuss the action of blockage through box culvert on both water surface and scour numerically. A sediment transport model has been investigated for this purpose using FLOW 3D v11.1.0. Different ratios of blockage through box culvert have been studied. The FLOW 3D model was calibrated with experimental data.

    The results present that the FLOW 3D program was capable to simulate accurately the scour downstream box culvert. The velocity distribution, maximum scour depth and water depths for blocked cases have been plotted and compared with the non-blocked case (base case).

    The results proved that the blockage ratio 70% of culvert height makes the water depth upstream increases by 2.3 times of culvert height and mean velocity increases by 3 times more than in the base case. An equation has been created to estimate the relative maximum scour depth as a function of blockage ratio.

    1. Introduction

    Local scour is the removal of granular bed material by the action of hydrodynamic forces. As the depth of scour hole increases, the stability of the foundation of the structure may be endangered, with a consequent risk of damage and failure [1]. So the prediction and control of scour is considered to be very important for protecting the water structures from failure. Most previous studies were designed to study the different factors that impact on scour and their relationship with scour hole dimensions like fluid characteristics, flow conditions, bed properties, and culvert geometry. Many previous researches studied the effect of flow rate on scour hole by information Froude number or modified Froude number [2][3][4][5][6]. Cesar Mendoza [6] found a good correlation between the scour depth and the discharge Intensity (Qg−.5D−2.5). Breusers and Raudkiv [7] used shear velocity in the outlet-scour prediction procedure. Ali and Lim [8] used the densimetric Froude number in estimation of the scour depth [1][8][9][10][11][12][13][14]. “The densimetric Froude number presents the ratio of the tractive force on sediment particle to the submerged specific weight of the sediment” [15](1)Fd=uρsρ-1gD50

    Ali and Lim [8] pointed to the consequence of tailwater depth on scour behavior [1][2][8][13]. Abida and Townsend [2] indicated that the maximum depth of local scour downstream culvert was varying with the tailwater depth in three ways: first, for very shallow tailwater depths, local scouring decreases with a decrease in tailwater depth; second, when the ratio of tailwater depth to culvert height ranged between 0.2 and 0.7, the scour depth increases with decreasing tailwater depth; and third for a submerged outlet condition. The tailwater depth has only a marginal effect on the maximum depth of scour [2]. Ruff et al. [16] observed that for materials having similar mean grain sizes (d50) but different standard deviations (σ). As (σ) increased, the maximum scour hole depth decreased. Abt et al. [4] mentioned to role of soil type of maximum scour depth. It was noticed that local scour was more dangerous for uniform sands than for well-graded mixtures [1][2][4][9][17][18]. Abt et al [3][19] studied the culvert shape effect on scour hole. The results evidenced that the culvert shape has a limited effect on outlet scour. Under equivalent discharge conditions, it was noted that a square culvert with height equal to the diameter of a circular culvert would reduce scour [16][20]. The scour hole dimension was also effected by the culvert slope. Abt et al. [3][21] showed that the culvert slope is a key element in estimating the culvert flow velocity, the discharge capacity, and sediment transport capability. Abt et al. [21][22] tested experimentally culvert drop height effect on maximum scour depth. It was observed that as the drop height was increasing, the depth of scour was also increasing. From the previous studies, it could have noticed that the most scour prediction formula downstream unblocked culvert was the function of densimetric Froude number, soil properties (d50, σ), tailwater depth and culvert opening size. Blockage is the phenomenon of plugging water structures due to the movement of water flow loaded with sediment and debris. Water structures blockage has a bad effect on water flow where it causes increasing of upstream water level that may cause flooding around the structure and increase of scour rate downstream structures [23][24]. The blockage phenomenon through was studied experimentally and numerical [15][25][26][27][28][29][30][31][32][33]. Jaeger and Lucke [33] studied the debris transport behavior in a natural channel in Australia. Froude number scale model of an existing culvert was used. It was noticed that through rainfall event, the mobility of debris was impressed by stream shape (depth and width). The condition of the vegetation (size and quantities) through the catchment area was the main factor in debris transport. Rigby et al. [26] reported that steep slope was increasing the ability to mobilize debris that form field data of blocked culverts and bridges during a storm in Wollongong city.

    Streftaris et al. [32] studied the probability of screen blockage by debris at trash screens through a numerical model to relate between the blockage probability and nature of the area around. Recently, many commercial computational fluid programs (CFD) such as SSIIM, Fluent, and FLOW 3D are used in the analysis of the scour process. Scour and sediment transport numerical model need to validate by using experimental data or field data [34][35][36][37][38]. Epely-Chauvin et al. [36] investigated numerically the effect of a series of parallel spur diked. The experimental data were compared by SSIIM and FLOW 3D program. It was found that the accuracy of calibrated FLOW 3D model was better than SSIIM model. Nielsen et al. [35] used the physical model and FLOW 3D model to analyze the scour process around the pile. The soil around the pile was uniform coarse stones in the physical models that were simulated by regular spheres, porous media, and a mixture of them. The calibrated porous media model can be used to determine the bed shear stress. In partially blocked culverts, there aren’t many studies that explain the blockage impact on scour dimensions. Sorourian et al. [14][15] studied the effect of inlet partial blockage on scour characteristics downstream box culvert. It resulted that the partial blockage at the culvert inlet could be the main factor in estimating the depth of scour. So, this study is aiming to investigate the effects of blockage through a box culvert on flow and scour characteristics by different blockage ratios and compares the results with a non-blocked case. Create a dimensionless equation relates the blockage ratio of the culvert with scour characteristics downstream culvert.

    2. Experimental data

    The experimental work of the study was conducted in the Hydraulics and Water Engineering Laboratory, Faculty of Engineering, Zagazig University, Egypt. The flume had a rectangular cross-section of 66 cm width, 65.5 cm depth, and 16.2 m long. A rectangular culvert was built with 0.2 m width, 0.2 m height and 3.00 m long with θ = 25° gradually outlet and 0.8 m fixed apron. The model was located on the mid-point of the channel. The sediment part was extended for a distance 2.20 m with 0.66 m width and 0.20 m depth of coarse sand with specific weight 1.60 kg/cm3, d50 = 2.75 mm and σ (d90/d50) = 1.50. The particle size distribution was as shown in Fig. 1. The experimental model was tested for different inlet flow (Q) of 25, 30, 34, 40 l/s for different submerged ratio (S) of 1.25, 1.50, 1.75.

    3. Dimensional analysis

    A dimensional analysis has been used to reduce the number of variables which affecting on the scour pattern downstream partial blocked culvert. The main factors affecting the maximum scour depth are:(2)ds=f(b.h.L.hb.lb.Q.ud.hu.hd.D50.ρ.ρs.g.ls.dd.ld)

    Fig. 2 shows a definition sketch of the experimental model. The maximum scour depth can be written in a dimensionless form as:(3)dsh=f(B.Fd.S)where the ds/h is the relative maximum scour depth.

    4. Numerical work

    The FLOW 3D is (CFD) program used by many researchers and appeared high accuracy in solving hydrodynamic and sediment transport models in the three dimensions. Numerical simulation with FLOW 3D was performed to study the impacts of blockage ratio through box culvert on shear stress, velocity distribution and the sediment transport in terms of the hydrodynamic features (water surface, velocity and shear stress) and morphological parameters (scour depth and sizes) conditions in accurately and efficiently. The renormalization group (RNG) turbulence model was selected due to its high ability to predict the velocity profiles and turbulent kinetic energy for the flow through culvert [39]. The one-fluid incompressible mode was used to simulate the water surface. Volume of fluid (VOF) method was employed in FLOW 3D to tracks a liquid interface through arbitrary deformations and apply the correct boundary conditions at the interface [40].1.

    Governing equations

    Three-dimensional Reynolds-averaged Navier Stokes (RANS) equation was applied for incompressible viscous fluid motion. The continuity equation is as following:(4)VF∂ρ∂t+∂∂xρuAx+∂∂yρvAy+∂∂zρwAz=RDIF(5)∂u∂t+1VFuAx∂u∂x+vAy∂u∂y+ωAz∂u∂z=-1ρ∂P∂x+Gx+fx(6)∂v∂t+1VFuAx∂v∂x+vAy∂v∂y+ωAz∂v∂z=-1ρ∂P∂y+Gy+fy(7)∂ω∂t+1VFuAx∂ω∂x+vAy∂ω∂y+ωAz∂ω∂z=-1ρ∂P∂z+Gz+fz

    ρ is the fluid density,

    VF is the volume fraction,

    (x,y,z) is the Cartesian coordinates,

    (u,v,w) are the velocity components,

    (Ax,Ay,Az) are the area fractions and

    RDIF is the turbulent diffusion.

    P is the average hydrodynamic pressure,

    (Gx, Gy, Gz) are the body accelerations and

    (fx, fy, fz) are the viscous accelerations.

    The motion of sediment transport (suspended, settling, entrainment, bed load) is estimated by predicting the erosion, advection and deposition process as presented in [41].

    The critical shields parameter is (θcr) is defined as the critical shear stress τcr at which sediments begin to move on a flat and horizontal bed [41]:(8)θcr=τcrgd50(ρs-ρ)

    The Soulsby–Whitehouse [42] is used to predict the critical shields parameter as:(9)θcr=0.31+1.2d∗+0.0551-e(-0.02d∗)(10)d∗=d50g(Gs-1ν3where:

    d* is the dimensionless grain size

    Gs is specific weight (Gs = ρs/ρ)

    The entrainment coefficient (0.005) was used to scale the scour rates and fit the experimental data. The settling velocity controls the Soulsby deposition equation. The volumetric sediment transport rate per width of the bed is calculated using Van Rijn [43].2.

    Meshing and geometry of model

    After many trials, it was found that the uniform cell size with 0.03 m cell size is the closest to the experimental results and takes less time. As shown in Fig. 3. In x-direction, the total model length in this direction is 700 cm with mesh planes at −100, 0, 300, 380 and 600 cm respectively from the origin point, in y-direction, the total model length in this direction is 66 cm at distances 0, 23, 43 and 66 cm respectively from the origin point. In z-direction, the total model length in this direction is 120 cm. with mesh planes at −20, 0, 20 and 100 cm respectively.3.

    Boundary condition

    As shown in Fig. 4, the boundary conditions of the model have been defined to simulate the experimental flow conditions accurately. The upstream boundary was defined as the volume flow rate with a different flow rate. The downstream boundary was defined as specific pressure with different fluid elevation. Both of the right side, the left side, and the bottom boundary were defined as a wall. The top boundary defined as specified pressure with pressure value equals zero.

    5. Validation of experimental results and numerical results

    The experimental results investigated the flow and scour characteristics downstream culvert due to different flow conditions. The measured value of maximum scour depth is compared with the simulated depth from FLOW 3D model as shown in Fig. 5. The scour results show that the simulated results from the numerical model is quite close to the experimental results with an average error of 3.6%. The water depths in numerical model results is so close to the experimental results as shown in Fig. 6 where the experiment and numerical results are compared at different submerged ratios and flow rates. The results appear maximum error percentage in water depths upstream and downstream the culvert is about 2.37%. This indicated that the FLOW 3D is efficient for the prediction of maximum scour depth and the flow depths downstream box culvert.

    6. Computation time

    The run time was chosen according to reaching to the stability limit. Hydraulic stability was achieved after 50 s, where the scour development may still go on. For run 1, the numerical simulation was run for 1000 s as shown in Fig. 7 where it mostly reached to scour stability at 800 s. The simulation time was taken 500 s at about 95% of scour stability.

    7. Analysis and discussions

    Fig. 8 shows the study sections where sec 1 represents to upstream section, sec2 represents to inside section and sec3 represents to downstream stream section. Table 1 indicates the scour hole dimensions at different blockage case. The symbol (B) represents to blockage and the number points to blockage ratio. B0 case signifies to the non-blocked case, B30 is that blockage height is 30% to the culvert height and so on.

    Table 1. The scour results of different blockage ratio.

    Casehb cmB = hb/hQ lit/sSFdd50 mmds/h measuredls/hdd/hld/hds/h estimated
    B000351.261.692.50.581.500.275.000.46
    B3060.30351.261.682.50.481.250.274.250.40
    B50100.50351.221.742.50.451.100.244.000.37
    B70140.70351.231.732.50.431.500.165.500.33

    7.1. Scour hole geometry

    The scour hole geometry mainly depends on the properties of soil of the bed downstream the fixed apron. From Table 1, the results show that the maximum scour depth in B0 case is about 0.58 of culvert height while the maximum deposition in B0 is 0.27 culvert height. There is a symmetric scour hole as shown in Fig. 9 in B0 case. An asymmetric scour hole is created in B50 and B70 due to turbulences that causes the deviation of the jet direction from the center of the flume where appear in Fig. 11 and Fig. 19.

    7.2. Flow water surface

    Fig. 10 presents the relative free surface water (hw/h) along the x-direction at center of the box culvert. From the mention Figure, it is easy to release the effect of different blockage ratios. The upstream water level rises by increasing the blockage ratio. Increasing upstream water level may cause flooding over the banks of the waterway. In the 70% blockage case, the upstream water level rises to 2.3 times of culvert height more than the non-blocked case at the same discharge and submerged ratio. The water surface profile shows an increase in water level upstream the culvert due to a decrease in transverse velocity. Because of decreasing velocity downstream culvert, there is an increase in water level before it reaches its uniform depth.

    7.3. Velocity vectors

    Scour downstream hydraulic structures mainly affects by velocities distribution and bed shear stress. Fig. 11 shows the velocity vectors and their magnitude in xz plane at the same flow conditions. The difference in the upstream water level due to the different blockage ratios is so clear. The maximum water level is in B70 and the minimum level is in B0. The inlet mean velocity value is about 0.88 m/s in B0 increases to 2.86 m/s in B70. As the blockage ratio increases, the inlet velocity increases. The outlet velocity in B0 case makes downward jet causes scour hole just after the fixed apron in the middle of the bed while the blockage causes upward water flow that appears clearly in B70. The upward jet decreases the scour depth to 0.13 culvert height less than B0 case. After the scour hole, the velocity decreases and the flow becomes uniform.

    7.4. Velocity distribution

    Fig. 12 represents flow velocity (Vx) distribution along the vertical depth (z/hu) upstream the inlet for the different blockage ratios at the same flow conditions. From the Figure, the maximum velocity creates closed to bed in B0 while in blocked case, the maximum horizontal velocity creates at 0.30 of relative vertical depth (z/hu). Fig. 13 shows the (Vz) distribution along the vertical depth (z/hu) upstream culvert at sec 1. From the mentioned Figure, it is easy to note that the maximum vertical is in B70 which appears that as the blockage ratio increases the vertical ratio also increases. In the non-blocked case. The vertical velocity (Vz) is maximum at (z/hu) equals 0.64. At the end of the fixed apron (sec 3), the horizontal velocity (Vx) is slowly increasing to reach the maximum value closed to bed in B0 and B30 while the maximum horizontal velocity occurs near to the top surface in B50 and B70 as shown in Fig. 14. The vertical velocity component along the vertical depth (z/hd) is presented in Fig. 15. The vertical velocity (Vz) is maximum in B0 at vertical depth (z/hd) 0.3 with value 0.45 m/s downward. Figs. 16 and 17 observe velocity components (Vx, Vz) along the vertical depth just after the end of blockage length at the centerline of the culvert barrel. It could be noticed the uniform velocity distribution in B0 case with horizontal velocity (Vx) closed to 1.0 m/s and vertical velocity closed to zero. In the blocked case, the maximum horizontal velocity occurs in depth more than the blockage height.

    7.5. Bed velocity distribution

    Fig. 18 presents the x-velocity vectors at 1.5 cm above the bed for different blockage ratios from the velocity vectors distribution and magnitude, it is easy to realize the position of the scour hole and deposition region. In B0 and B30, the flow is symmetric so that the scour hole is created around the centerline of flow while in B50 and B70 cases, the flow is asymmetric and the scour hole creates in the right of flow direction in B50. The maximum scour depth is found in the left of flow direction in B70 case where the high velocity region is found.

    8. Maximum scour depth prediction

    Regression analysis is used to estimate maximum scour depth downstream box culvert for different ratios of blockage by correlating the maximum relative scour by other variables that affect on it in one formula. An equation is developed to predict maximum scour depth for blocked and non-blocked. As shown in the equation below, the relative maximum scour depth(ds/hd) is a function of densimetric Froude number (Fd), blockage ratio (B) and submerged ratio (S)(11)dsh=0.56Fd-0.20B+0.45S-1.05

    In this equation the coefficient of correlation (R2) is 0.82 with standard error equals 0·08. The developed equation is valid for Fd = [0.9 to 2.10] and submerged ratio (S) ≥ 1.00. Fig. 19 shows the comparison between relative maximum scour depths (ds/h) measured and estimated for different blockage ratios. Fig. 20 clears the comparison between residuals and ds/h estimated for the present study. From these figures, it could be noticed that there is a good agreement between the measured and estimated relative scour depth.

    9. Comparison with previous scour equations

    Many previous scour formulae have been produced for calculation the maximum scour depth downstream non-blockage culvert. These equations have been included the effect of flow regime, culvert shape, soil properties and the flow rate on maximum scour depth. Two of previous experimental studies data have been chosen to be compared with the present study results in non-blocked study data. Table 2 shows comparison of culvert shape, densmetric Froude number, median particle size and scour equations for these previous studies. By applying the present study data in these studies scour formula as shown in Fig. 21, it could be noticed that there are a good agreement between present formula results and others empirical equations results. Where that Lim [44] and Abt [4] are so closed to the present study data.

    Table 2. Comparison of some previous scour formula.

    ResearchersFdCulvert shaped50(mm)Proposed equationSubmerged ratio
    Present study0.9–2.11square2.75dsh=0.56Fd-0.20B+0.45S-1.051.25–1.75
    Lim [44]1–10Circular1.65dsh=0.45Fd0.47
    Abt [4]Fd ≥ 1Circular0.22–7.34-dsh=3.67Fd0.57∗D500.4∗σ-0.4

    10. Conclusions

    The present study has shown that the FLOW 3D model can accurately simulate water surface and the scour hole characteristics downstream the box culvert with error percentage in water depths does not exceed 2.37%. Velocities distribution through and outlets culvert barrel helped on understanding the scour hole shape.

    The blockage through culvert had caused of increasing of water surface upstream structure where the upstream water level in B70 was 2.3 of culvert height more than non-blocked case at the same discharge that could be dangerous on the stability of roads above. The depth averaged velocity through culvert barrel increased by 3 times its value in non-blocked case.

    On the other hand, blockage through culvert had a limited effect on the maximum scour depth. The little effect of blockage on maximum scour depth could be noticed in Fig. 11. From this Figure, it could be noted that the residual part of culvert barrel after the blockage part had made turbulences. These turbulences caused the deviation of the flow resulting in the formation of asymmetric scour hole on the side of channel. This not only but in B70 the blockage height caused upward jet which made a wide far scour hole as cleared from the results in Table 1.

    An empirical equation was developed from the results to estimate the maximum scour depth relative to culvert height function of blockage ratio (B), submerged ratio (S), and densimetric Froude number (Fd). The equation results was compared with some scour formulas at the same densimetric Froude number rang where the present study results was in between the other equations results as shown in Fig. 21.

    Declaration of Competing Interest

    The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

    References

    [1]P. Sarathi, M. Faruque, R. BalachandarInfluence of tailwater depth, sediment size and densimetric Froude number on scour by submerged square wall jetsJ. Hydraul. Res., 46 (2) (2008), pp. 158-175CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[2]H. Abida, R. TownsendLocal scour downstream of box-culvert outletsJ. Irrig. Drain. Eng., 117 (3) (1991), pp. 425-440CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[3]S.R. Abt, C.A. Donnell, J.F. Ruff, F.K. DoehringCulvert Slope and Shape Effects on Outlet ScourTransp. Res. Rec., 1017 (1985), pp. 24-30View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[4]S.R. Abt, R.L. Kloberdanz, C. MendozaUnified culvert scour determinationJ. Hydraul. Eng., 110 (10) (1984), pp. 1475-1479CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[5]J.P. Bohan, Erosion And Riprap Requirements At Culvert And Storm-Drain Outlets, ARMY ENGINEER WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION VICKSBURG MISS1970.Google Scholar[6]C. Mendoza, S.R. Abt, J.F. RuffHeadwall influence on scour at culvert outletsJ. Hydraul. Eng., 109 (7) (1983), pp. 1056-1060CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[7]H. Breusers, A. Raudkivi, Scouring, hydraulic structures design manual, vol. 143, IAHR, AA Balkema, Rotterdam, 1991.Google Scholar[8]K. Ali, S. LimLocal scour caused by submerged wall jetsProc. Inst. Civ. Eng., 81 (4) (1986), pp. 607-645CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[9]O. Aderibigbe, N. RajaratnamEffect of sediment gradation on erosion by plane turbulent wall jetsJ. Hydraul. Eng., 124 (10) (1998), pp. 1034-1042View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[10]F.W. Blaisdell, C.L. AndersonA comprehensive generalized study of scour at cantilevered pipe outletsJ. Hydraul. Res., 26 (4) (1988), pp. 357-376CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[11]Y.-M. Chiew, S.-Y. LimLocal scour by a deeply submerged horizontal circular jetJ. Hydraul. Eng., 122 (9) (1996), pp. 529-532View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[12]R.A. Day, S.L. Liriano, W.R. WhiteEffect of tailwater depth and model scale on scour at culvert outletsProc. Instit. Civil Eng. – Water Marit. Eng., 148 (3) (2001), pp. 189-198http://www.icevirtuallibrary.com/doi/10.1680/wame.2001.148.3.18910.1680/wame.2001.148.3.189View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[13]S. Emami, A.J. SchleissPrediction of localized scour hole on natural mobile bed at culvert outletsScour and Erosion (2010), pp. 844-853CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[14]S. Sorourian, A. Keshavarzi, J. Ball, B. SamaliStudy of Blockage Effect on Scouring Pattern Downstream of a Box Culvert under Unsteady FlowAustr. J Water Resor. (2013)Google Scholar[15]S. Sorourian, Turbulent Flow Characteristics At The Outlet Of Partially Blocked Box Culverts, in: 36th IAHR World Congress, The Hague, the Netherlands, 2015.Google Scholar[16]J. Ruff, S. Abt, C. Mendoza, A. Shaikh, R. KloberdanzScour at culvert outlets in mixed bed materialsUnited States. Federal Highway Administration. Office of Research and Development (1982)Google Scholar[17]S.A. Ansari, U.C. Kothyari, K.G.R. RajuInfluence of cohesion on scour under submerged circular vertical jetsJ. Hydraul. Eng., 129 (12) (2003), pp. 1014-1019View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[18]B. Crookston B. Tullis, Scour and Riprap Protection in a Bottomless Arch Culvert, in: World Environmental and Water Resources Congress 2008: Ahupua’A, 2008, pp. 1–10.Google Scholar[19]S.R. Abt, J. Ruff, F. Doehring, C. DonnellInfluence of culvert shape on outlet scourJ. Hydraul. Eng., 113 (3) (1987), pp. 393-400View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[20]Y.H. Chen, Scour at outlets of box culverts, Colorado State University, 1970.Google Scholar[21]S. Abt, P. Thompson, T. LewisEnhancement of the culvert outlet scour estimation equationsTransp. Res. Rec. J. Transp. Res. Board, 1523 (1996), pp. 178-185View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[22]F.K. Doehring, S.R. AbtDrop height influence on outlet scourJ. Hydraul. Eng., 120 (12) (1994), pp. 1470-1476CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[23]W. Weeks, A. Barthelmess, E. Rigby, G. Witheridge, R. Adamson, Australian rainfall and runoff revison project 11: blockage of hydraulic structures, 2009.Google Scholar[24]W. Weeks, G. Witheridge, E. Rigby, A. BarthelmessProject 11: blockage of hydraulic structuresEngineers Australia (2013)Google Scholar[25]S.R. Abt, T.E. Brisbane, D.M. Frick, C.A. McKnightTrash rack blockage in supercritical flowJ. Hydraul. Eng., 118 (12) (1992), pp. 1692-1696View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[26]E. Rigby, M. Boyd, S. Roso, P. Silveri, A. Davis, Causes and effects of culvert blockage during large storms, in: Global solutions for urban drainage, 2002, pp. 1–16.Google Scholar[27]S. Roso, M. Boyd, E. Rigby, R. VanDrie“Prediction of increased flooding in urban catchments due to debris blockage and flow diversionsProceedings Novatech (2004), pp. 8-13View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[28]C.-D. Jan, C.-L. ChenDebris flows caused by Typhoon Herb in Taiwanin Debris-Flow Hazards and Related Phenomena, Springer (2005), pp. 539-563CrossRefGoogle Scholar[29]L.W. Zevenbergen, P.F. Lagasse, P.E. Clopper, Effects of debris on bridge pier scour, in: World Environmental and Water Resources Congress 2007: Restoring Our Natural Habitat, 2007, pp. 1–10.Google Scholar[30]A. Barthelmess, E. Rigby, Estimating Culvert and Bridge Blockages-a Simplified Procedure, in: Proceedings of the 34th World Congress of the International Association for Hydro-Environment Research and Engineering: 33rd Hydrology and Water Resources Symposium and 10th Conference on Hydraulics in Water Engineering, Engineers Australia, 2011, pp. 39.Google Scholar[31]E. Rigby, A. Barthelmess, Culvert Blockage Mechanisms and their Impact on Flood Behaviour, in: Proceedings of the 34th World Congress of the International Association for Hydro-Environment Research and Engineering: 33rd Hydrology and Water Resources Symposium and 10th Conference on Hydraulics in Water Engineering, Engineers Australia, 2011, pp. 380.Google Scholar[32]G. Streftaris, N. Wallerstein, G. Gibson, S. ArthurModeling probability of blockage at culvert trash screens using Bayesian approachJ. Hydraul. Eng., 139 (7) (2012), pp. 716-726Google Scholar[33]R. Jaeger, T. LuckeInvestigating the relationship between rainfall intensity, catchment vegetation and debris mobilityInt. J. GEOMATE, 12 (33) (2017), pp. 22-29 Download PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[34]S. Amiraslani, J. Fahimi, H. Mehdinezhad, The Numerical Investigation of Free Falling Jet’s Effect On the Scour of Plunge Pool, in: XVIII International conference on water resources, Tehran University, Iran, 2008.Google Scholar[35]A.W. Nielsen, X. Liu, B.M. Sumer, J. FredsøeFlow and bed shear stresses in scour protections around a pile in a currentCoast. Eng., 72 (2013), pp. 20-38ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[36]G. Epely-Chauvin, G. De Cesare, S. SchwindtNumerical modelling of plunge pool scour evolution in non-cohesive sedimentsEng. Appl. Comput. Fluid Mech., 8 (4) (2014), pp. 477-487 Download PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[37]H. Karami, H. Basser, A. Ardeshir, S.H. HosseiniVerification of numerical study of scour around spur dikes using experimental dataWater Environ. J., 28 (1) (2014), pp. 124-134CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[38]S.-H. Oh, K.S. Lee, W.-M. JeongThree-dimensional experiment and numerical simulation of the discharge performance of sluice passageway for tidal power plantRenew. Energy, 92 (2016), pp. 462-473ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[39]M.A. Khodier, B.P. TullisExperimental and computational comparison of baffled-culvert hydrodynamics for fish passageJ. Appl. Water Eng. Res. (2017), pp. 1-9CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[40]F.S. Inc., FLOW-3D user’s manual, Flow Science, Inc., 2009.Google Scholar[41]G. Wei, J. Brethour, M. Grünzner, J. BurnhamSedimentation scour modelFlow Science Report, 7 (2014), pp. 1-29View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[42]R. Soulsby, R. Whitehouse, Threshold of sediment motion in coastal environments, in: Pacific Coasts and Ports’ 97: Proceedings of the 13th Australasian Coastal and Ocean Engineering Conference and the 6th Australasian Port and Harbour Conference, vol. 1, Centre for Advanced Engineering, University of Canterbury, 1997, pp. 145.Google Scholar[43]L.C.v. RijnSediment transport, part II: suspended load transportJ. Hydraul. Eng., 110 (11) (1984), pp. 1613-1641View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[44]S Y LIMScour below unsubmerged full-flowing culvert outletsProc. Instit. Civil Eng. – Water Marit. Energy, 112 (2) (1995), pp. 136-149http://www.icevirtuallibrary.com/doi/10.1680/iwtme.1995.2765910.1680/iwtme.1995.27659View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar

    Peer review under responsibility of Faculty of Engineering, Alexandria University.

    Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 3 m and flow velocities of 5–5.3 m/s.

    Optimization Algorithms and Engineering: Recent Advances and Applications

    Mahdi Feizbahr,1 Navid Tonekaboni,2Guang-Jun Jiang,3,4 and Hong-Xia Chen3,4Show moreAcademic Editor: Mohammad YazdiReceived08 Apr 2021Revised18 Jun 2021Accepted17 Jul 2021Published11 Aug 2021

    Abstract

    Vegetation along the river increases the roughness and reduces the average flow velocity, reduces flow energy, and changes the flow velocity profile in the cross section of the river. Many canals and rivers in nature are covered with vegetation during the floods. Canal’s roughness is strongly affected by plants and therefore it has a great effect on flow resistance during flood. Roughness resistance against the flow due to the plants depends on the flow conditions and plant, so the model should simulate the current velocity by considering the effects of velocity, depth of flow, and type of vegetation along the canal. Total of 48 models have been simulated to investigate the effect of roughness in the canal. The results indicated that, by enhancing the velocity, the effect of vegetation in decreasing the bed velocity is negligible, while when the current has lower speed, the effect of vegetation on decreasing the bed velocity is obviously considerable.


    강의 식생은 거칠기를 증가시키고 평균 유속을 감소시키며, 유속 에너지를 감소시키고 강의 단면에서 유속 프로파일을 변경합니다. 자연의 많은 운하와 강은 홍수 동안 초목으로 덮여 있습니다. 운하의 조도는 식물의 영향을 많이 받으므로 홍수시 유동저항에 큰 영향을 미칩니다. 식물로 인한 흐름에 대한 거칠기 저항은 흐름 조건 및 식물에 따라 다르므로 모델은 유속, 흐름 깊이 및 운하를 따라 식생 유형의 영향을 고려하여 현재 속도를 시뮬레이션해야 합니다. 근관의 거칠기의 영향을 조사하기 위해 총 48개의 모델이 시뮬레이션되었습니다. 결과는 유속을 높임으로써 유속을 감소시키는 식생의 영향은 무시할 수 있는 반면, 해류가 더 낮은 유속일 때 유속을 감소시키는 식생의 영향은 분명히 상당함을 나타냈다.

    1. Introduction

    Considering the impact of each variable is a very popular field within the analytical and statistical methods and intelligent systems [114]. This can help research for better modeling considering the relation of variables or interaction of them toward reaching a better condition for the objective function in control and engineering [1527]. Consequently, it is necessary to study the effects of the passive factors on the active domain [2836]. Because of the effect of vegetation on reducing the discharge capacity of rivers [37], pruning plants was necessary to improve the condition of rivers. One of the important effects of vegetation in river protection is the action of roots, which cause soil consolidation and soil structure improvement and, by enhancing the shear strength of soil, increase the resistance of canal walls against the erosive force of water. The outer limbs of the plant increase the roughness of the canal walls and reduce the flow velocity and deplete the flow energy in vicinity of the walls. Vegetation by reducing the shear stress of the canal bed reduces flood discharge and sedimentation in the intervals between vegetation and increases the stability of the walls [3841].

    One of the main factors influencing the speed, depth, and extent of flood in this method is Manning’s roughness coefficient. On the other hand, soil cover [42], especially vegetation, is one of the most determining factors in Manning’s roughness coefficient. Therefore, it is expected that those seasonal changes in the vegetation of the region will play an important role in the calculated value of Manning’s roughness coefficient and ultimately in predicting the flood wave behavior [4345]. The roughness caused by plants’ resistance to flood current depends on the flow and plant conditions. Flow conditions include depth and velocity of the plant, and plant conditions include plant type, hardness or flexibility, dimensions, density, and shape of the plant [46]. In general, the issue discussed in this research is the optimization of flood-induced flow in canals by considering the effect of vegetation-induced roughness. Therefore, the effect of plants on the roughness coefficient and canal transmission coefficient and in consequence the flow depth should be evaluated [4748].

    Current resistance is generally known by its roughness coefficient. The equation that is mainly used in this field is Manning equation. The ratio of shear velocity to average current velocity  is another form of current resistance. The reason for using the  ratio is that it is dimensionless and has a strong theoretical basis. The reason for using Manning roughness coefficient is its pervasiveness. According to Freeman et al. [49], the Manning roughness coefficient for plants was calculated according to the Kouwen and Unny [50] method for incremental resistance. This method involves increasing the roughness for various surface and plant irregularities. Manning’s roughness coefficient has all the factors affecting the resistance of the canal. Therefore, the appropriate way to more accurately estimate this coefficient is to know the factors affecting this coefficient [51].

    To calculate the flow rate, velocity, and depth of flow in canals as well as flood and sediment estimation, it is important to evaluate the flow resistance. To determine the flow resistance in open ducts, Manning, Chézy, and Darcy–Weisbach relations are used [52]. In these relations, there are parameters such as Manning’s roughness coefficient (n), Chézy roughness coefficient (C), and Darcy–Weisbach coefficient (f). All three of these coefficients are a kind of flow resistance coefficient that is widely used in the equations governing flow in rivers [53].

    The three relations that express the relationship between the average flow velocity (V) and the resistance and geometric and hydraulic coefficients of the canal are as follows:where nf, and c are Manning, Darcy–Weisbach, and Chézy coefficients, respectively. V = average flow velocity, R = hydraulic radius, Sf = slope of energy line, which in uniform flow is equal to the slope of the canal bed,  = gravitational acceleration, and Kn is a coefficient whose value is equal to 1 in the SI system and 1.486 in the English system. The coefficients of resistance in equations (1) to (3) are related as follows:

    Based on the boundary layer theory, the flow resistance for rough substrates is determined from the following general relation:where f = Darcy–Weisbach coefficient of friction, y = flow depth, Ks = bed roughness size, and A = constant coefficient.

    On the other hand, the relationship between the Darcy–Weisbach coefficient of friction and the shear velocity of the flow is as follows:

    By using equation (6), equation (5) is converted as follows:

    Investigation on the effect of vegetation arrangement on shear velocity of flow in laboratory conditions showed that, with increasing the shear Reynolds number (), the numerical value of the  ratio also increases; in other words the amount of roughness coefficient increases with a slight difference in the cases without vegetation, checkered arrangement, and cross arrangement, respectively [54].

    Roughness in river vegetation is simulated in mathematical models with a variable floor slope flume by different densities and discharges. The vegetation considered submerged in the bed of the flume. Results showed that, with increasing vegetation density, canal roughness and flow shear speed increase and with increasing flow rate and depth, Manning’s roughness coefficient decreases. Factors affecting the roughness caused by vegetation include the effect of plant density and arrangement on flow resistance, the effect of flow velocity on flow resistance, and the effect of depth [4555].

    One of the works that has been done on the effect of vegetation on the roughness coefficient is Darby [56] study, which investigates a flood wave model that considers all the effects of vegetation on the roughness coefficient. There are currently two methods for estimating vegetation roughness. One method is to add the thrust force effect to Manning’s equation [475758] and the other method is to increase the canal bed roughness (Manning-Strickler coefficient) [455961]. These two methods provide acceptable results in models designed to simulate floodplain flow. Wang et al. [62] simulate the floodplain with submerged vegetation using these two methods and to increase the accuracy of the results, they suggested using the effective height of the plant under running water instead of using the actual height of the plant. Freeman et al. [49] provided equations for determining the coefficient of vegetation roughness under different conditions. Lee et al. [63] proposed a method for calculating the Manning coefficient using the flow velocity ratio at different depths. Much research has been done on the Manning roughness coefficient in rivers, and researchers [496366] sought to obtain a specific number for n to use in river engineering. However, since the depth and geometric conditions of rivers are completely variable in different places, the values of Manning roughness coefficient have changed subsequently, and it has not been possible to choose a fixed number. In river engineering software, the Manning roughness coefficient is determined only for specific and constant conditions or normal flow. Lee et al. [63] stated that seasonal conditions, density, and type of vegetation should also be considered. Hydraulic roughness and Manning roughness coefficient n of the plant were obtained by estimating the total Manning roughness coefficient from the matching of the measured water surface curve and water surface height. The following equation is used for the flow surface curve:where  is the depth of water change, S0 is the slope of the canal floor, Sf is the slope of the energy line, and Fr is the Froude number which is obtained from the following equation:where D is the characteristic length of the canal. Flood flow velocity is one of the important parameters of flood waves, which is very important in calculating the water level profile and energy consumption. In the cases where there are many limitations for researchers due to the wide range of experimental dimensions and the variety of design parameters, the use of numerical methods that are able to estimate the rest of the unknown results with acceptable accuracy is economically justified.

    FLOW-3D software uses Finite Difference Method (FDM) for numerical solution of two-dimensional and three-dimensional flow. This software is dedicated to computational fluid dynamics (CFD) and is provided by Flow Science [67]. The flow is divided into networks with tubular cells. For each cell there are values of dependent variables and all variables are calculated in the center of the cell, except for the velocity, which is calculated at the center of the cell. In this software, two numerical techniques have been used for geometric simulation, FAVOR™ (Fractional-Area-Volume-Obstacle-Representation) and the VOF (Volume-of-Fluid) method. The equations used at this model for this research include the principle of mass survival and the magnitude of motion as follows. The fluid motion equations in three dimensions, including the Navier–Stokes equations with some additional terms, are as follows:where  are mass accelerations in the directions xyz and  are viscosity accelerations in the directions xyz and are obtained from the following equations:

    Shear stresses  in equation (11) are obtained from the following equations:

    The standard model is used for high Reynolds currents, but in this model, RNG theory allows the analytical differential formula to be used for the effective viscosity that occurs at low Reynolds numbers. Therefore, the RNG model can be used for low and high Reynolds currents.

    Weather changes are high and this affects many factors continuously. The presence of vegetation in any area reduces the velocity of surface flows and prevents soil erosion, so vegetation will have a significant impact on reducing destructive floods. One of the methods of erosion protection in floodplain watersheds is the use of biological methods. The presence of vegetation in watersheds reduces the flow rate during floods and prevents soil erosion. The external organs of plants increase the roughness and decrease the velocity of water flow and thus reduce its shear stress energy. One of the important factors with which the hydraulic resistance of plants is expressed is the roughness coefficient. Measuring the roughness coefficient of plants and investigating their effect on reducing velocity and shear stress of flow is of special importance.

    Roughness coefficients in canals are affected by two main factors, namely, flow conditions and vegetation characteristics [68]. So far, much research has been done on the effect of the roughness factor created by vegetation, but the issue of plant density has received less attention. For this purpose, this study was conducted to investigate the effect of vegetation density on flow velocity changes.

    In a study conducted using a software model on three density modes in the submerged state effect on flow velocity changes in 48 different modes was investigated (Table 1).Table 1 The studied models.

    The number of cells used in this simulation is equal to 1955888 cells. The boundary conditions were introduced to the model as a constant speed and depth (Figure 1). At the output boundary, due to the presence of supercritical current, no parameter for the current is considered. Absolute roughness for floors and walls was introduced to the model (Figure 1). In this case, the flow was assumed to be nonviscous and air entry into the flow was not considered. After  seconds, this model reached a convergence accuracy of .

    Figure 1 The simulated model and its boundary conditions.

    Due to the fact that it is not possible to model the vegetation in FLOW-3D software, in this research, the vegetation of small soft plants was studied so that Manning’s coefficients can be entered into the canal bed in the form of roughness coefficients obtained from the studies of Chow [69] in similar conditions. In practice, in such modeling, the effect of plant height is eliminated due to the small height of herbaceous plants, and modeling can provide relatively acceptable results in these conditions.

    48 models with input velocities proportional to the height of the regular semihexagonal canal were considered to create supercritical conditions. Manning coefficients were applied based on Chow [69] studies in order to control the canal bed. Speed profiles were drawn and discussed.

    Any control and simulation system has some inputs that we should determine to test any technology [7077]. Determination and true implementation of such parameters is one of the key steps of any simulation [237881] and computing procedure [8286]. The input current is created by applying the flow rate through the VFR (Volume Flow Rate) option and the output flow is considered Output and for other borders the Symmetry option is considered.

    Simulation of the models and checking their action and responses and observing how a process behaves is one of the accepted methods in engineering and science [8788]. For verification of FLOW-3D software, the results of computer simulations are compared with laboratory measurements and according to the values of computational error, convergence error, and the time required for convergence, the most appropriate option for real-time simulation is selected (Figures 2 and 3 ).

    Figure 2 Modeling the plant with cylindrical tubes at the bottom of the canal.

    Figure 3 Velocity profiles in positions 2 and 5.

    The canal is 7 meters long, 0.5 meters wide, and 0.8 meters deep. This test was used to validate the application of the software to predict the flow rate parameters. In this experiment, instead of using the plant, cylindrical pipes were used in the bottom of the canal.

    The conditions of this modeling are similar to the laboratory conditions and the boundary conditions used in the laboratory were used for numerical modeling. The critical flow enters the simulation model from the upstream boundary, so in the upstream boundary conditions, critical velocity and depth are considered. The flow at the downstream boundary is supercritical, so no parameters are applied to the downstream boundary.

    The software well predicts the process of changing the speed profile in the open canal along with the considered obstacles. The error in the calculated speed values can be due to the complexity of the flow and the interaction of the turbulence caused by the roughness of the floor with the turbulence caused by the three-dimensional cycles in the hydraulic jump. As a result, the software is able to predict the speed distribution in open canals.

    2. Modeling Results

    After analyzing the models, the results were shown in graphs (Figures 414 ). The total number of experiments in this study was 48 due to the limitations of modeling.(a)
    (a)(b)
    (b)(c)
    (c)(d)
    (d)(a)
    (a)(b)
    (b)(c)
    (c)(d)
    (d)Figure 4 Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 1 m and flow velocities of 3–3.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 1 meter and a flow velocity of (a) 3 meters per second, (b) 3.1 meters per second, (c) 3.2 meters per second, and (d) 3.3 meters per second.

    Figure 5 Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3 meters per second.

    Figure 6 Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.1 meters per second.

    Figure 7 Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.2 meters per second.

    Figure 8 Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.3 meters per second.(a)
    (a)(b)
    (b)(c)
    (c)(d)
    (d)(a)
    (a)(b)
    (b)(c)
    (c)(d)
    (d)Figure 9 Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 2 m and flow velocities of 4–4.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of (a) 4 meters per second, (b) 4.1 meters per second, (c) 4.2 meters per second, and (d) 4.3 meters per second.

    Figure 10 Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4 meters per second.

    Figure 11 Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.1 meters per second.

    Figure 12 Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.2 meters per second.

    Figure 13 Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.3 meters per second.(a)
    (a)(b)
    (b)(c)
    (c)(d)
    (d)(a)
    (a)(b)
    (b)(c)
    (c)(d)
    (d)Figure 14 Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 3 m and flow velocities of 5–5.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of (a) 4 meters per second, (b) 4.1 meters per second, (c) 4.2 meters per second, and (d) 4.3 meters per second.

    To investigate the effects of roughness with flow velocity, the trend of flow velocity changes at different depths and with supercritical flow to a Froude number proportional to the depth of the section has been obtained.

    According to the velocity profiles of Figure 5, it can be seen that, with the increasing of Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.

    According to Figures 5 to 8, it can be found that, with increasing the Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the models 1 to 12, which can be justified by increasing the speed and of course increasing the Froude number.

    According to Figure 10, we see that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.

    According to Figure 11, we see that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of Figures 510, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

    With increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases (Figure 12). But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models (Figures 58 and 1011), which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

    According to Figure 13, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of Figures 5 to 12, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

    According to Figure 15, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.

    Figure 15 Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5 meters per second.

    According to Figure 16, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher model, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

    Figure 16 Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.1 meters per second.

    According to Figure 17, it is clear that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

    Figure 17 Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.2 meters per second.

    According to Figure 18, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

    Figure 18 Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.3 meters per second.

    According to Figure 19, it can be seen that the vegetation placed in front of the flow input velocity has negligible effect on the reduction of velocity, which of course can be justified due to the flexibility of the vegetation. The only unusual thing is the unexpected decrease in floor speed of 3 m/s compared to higher speeds.(a)
    (a)(b)
    (b)(c)
    (c)(a)
    (a)(b)
    (b)(c)
    (c)Figure 19 Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 1 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 1 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 1 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 1 m.

    According to Figure 20, by increasing the speed of vegetation, the effect of vegetation on reducing the flow rate becomes more noticeable. And the role of input current does not have much effect in reducing speed.(a)
    (a)(b)
    (b)(c)
    (c)(a)
    (a)(b)
    (b)(c)
    (c)Figure 20 Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 2 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 2 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 2 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 2 m.

    According to Figure 21, it can be seen that, with increasing speed, the effect of vegetation on reducing the bed flow rate becomes more noticeable and the role of the input current does not have much effect. In general, it can be seen that, by increasing the speed of the input current, the slope of the profiles increases from the bed to the water surface and due to the fact that, in software, the roughness coefficient applies to the channel floor only in the boundary conditions, this can be perfectly justified. Of course, it can be noted that, due to the flexible conditions of the vegetation of the bed, this modeling can show acceptable results for such grasses in the canal floor. In the next directions, we may try application of swarm-based optimization methods for modeling and finding the most effective factors in this research [27815188994]. In future, we can also apply the simulation logic and software of this research for other domains such as power engineering [9599].(a)
    (a)(b)
    (b)(c)
    (c)(a)
    (a)(b)
    (b)(c)
    (c)Figure 21 Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 3 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 3 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 3 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 3 m.

    3. Conclusion

    The effects of vegetation on the flood canal were investigated by numerical modeling with FLOW-3D software. After analyzing the results, the following conclusions were reached:(i)Increasing the density of vegetation reduces the velocity of the canal floor but has no effect on the velocity of the canal surface.(ii)Increasing the Froude number is directly related to increasing the speed of the canal floor.(iii)In the canal with a depth of one meter, a sudden increase in speed can be observed from the lowest speed and higher speed, which is justified by the sudden increase in Froude number.(iv)As the inlet flow rate increases, the slope of the profiles from the bed to the water surface increases.(v)By reducing the Froude number, the effect of vegetation on reducing the flow bed rate becomes more noticeable. And the input velocity in reducing the velocity of the canal floor does not have much effect.(vi)At a flow rate between 3 and 3.3 meters per second due to the shallow depth of the canal and the higher landing number a more critical area is observed in which the flow bed velocity in this area is between 2.86 and 3.1 m/s.(vii)Due to the critical flow velocity and the slight effect of the roughness of the horseshoe vortex floor, it is not visible and is only partially observed in models 1-2-3 and 21.(viii)As the flow rate increases, the effect of vegetation on the rate of bed reduction decreases.(ix)In conditions where less current intensity is passing, vegetation has a greater effect on reducing current intensity and energy consumption increases.(x)In the case of using the flow rate of 0.8 cubic meters per second, the velocity distribution and flow regime show about 20% more energy consumption than in the case of using the flow rate of 1.3 cubic meters per second.

    Nomenclature

    n:Manning’s roughness coefficient
    C:Chézy roughness coefficient
    f:Darcy–Weisbach coefficient
    V:Flow velocity
    R:Hydraulic radius
    g:Gravitational acceleration
    y:Flow depth
    Ks:Bed roughness
    A:Constant coefficient
    :Reynolds number
    y/∂x:Depth of water change
    S0:Slope of the canal floor
    Sf:Slope of energy line
    Fr:Froude number
    D:Characteristic length of the canal
    G:Mass acceleration
    :Shear stresses.

    Data Availability

    All data are included within the paper.

    Conflicts of Interest

    The authors declare that they have no conflicts of interest.

    Acknowledgments

    This work was partially supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Contract no. 71761030 and Natural Science Foundation of Inner Mongolia under Contract no. 2019LH07003.

    References

    1. H. Yu, L. Jie, W. Gui et al., “Dynamic Gaussian bare-bones fruit fly optimizers with abandonment mechanism: method and analysis,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 20, pp. 1–29, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    2. X. Zhao, D. Li, B. Yang, C. Ma, Y. Zhu, and H. Chen, “Feature selection based on improved ant colony optimization for online detection of foreign fiber in cotton,” Applied Soft Computing, vol. 24, pp. 585–596, 2014.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    3. J. Hu, H. Chen, A. A. Heidari et al., “Orthogonal learning covariance matrix for defects of grey wolf optimizer: insights, balance, diversity, and feature selection,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 213, Article ID 106684, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    4. C. Yu, M. Chen, K. Chen et al., “SGOA: annealing-behaved grasshopper optimizer for global tasks,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 4, pp. 1–28, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    5. W. Shan, Z. Qiao, A. A. Heidari, H. Chen, H. Turabieh, and Y. Teng, “Double adaptive weights for stabilization of moth flame optimizer: balance analysis, engineering cases, and medical diagnosis,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 8, Article ID 106728, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
    6. J. Tu, H. Chen, J. Liu et al., “Evolutionary biogeography-based whale optimization methods with communication structure: towards measuring the balance,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 212, Article ID 106642, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    7. Y. Zhang, R. Liu, X. Wang et al., “Towards augmented kernel extreme learning models for bankruptcy prediction: algorithmic behavior and comprehensive analysis,” Neurocomputing, vol. 430, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
    8. H.-L. Chen, G. Wang, C. Ma, Z.-N. Cai, W.-B. Liu, and S.-J. Wang, “An efficient hybrid kernel extreme learning machine approach for early diagnosis of Parkinson׳s disease,” Neurocomputing, vol. 184, pp. 131–144, 2016.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    9. J. Xia, H. Chen, Q. Li et al., “Ultrasound-based differentiation of malignant and benign thyroid Nodules: an extreme learning machine approach,” Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, vol. 147, pp. 37–49, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    10. C. Li, L. Hou, B. Y. Sharma et al., “Developing a new intelligent system for the diagnosis of tuberculous pleural effusion,” Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, vol. 153, pp. 211–225, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    11. X. Xu and H.-L. Chen, “Adaptive computational chemotaxis based on field in bacterial foraging optimization,” Soft Computing, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 797–807, 2014.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    12. M. Wang, H. Chen, B. Yang et al., “Toward an optimal kernel extreme learning machine using a chaotic moth-flame optimization strategy with applications in medical diagnoses,” Neurocomputing, vol. 267, pp. 69–84, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    13. L. Chao, K. Zhang, Z. Li, Y. Zhu, J. Wang, and Z. Yu, “Geographically weighted regression based methods for merging satellite and gauge precipitation,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 558, pp. 275–289, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    14. F. J. Golrokh, G. Azeem, and A. Hasan, “Eco-efficiency evaluation in cement industries: DEA malmquist productivity index using optimization models,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
    15. D. Zhao, L. Lei, F. Yu et al., “Chaotic random spare ant colony optimization for multi-threshold image segmentation of 2D Kapur entropy,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 8, Article ID 106510, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
    16. Y. Zhang, R. Liu, X. Wang, H. Chen, and C. Li, “Boosted binary Harris hawks optimizer and feature selection,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 517, pp. 1–30, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    17. L. Hu, G. Hong, J. Ma, X. Wang, and H. Chen, “An efficient machine learning approach for diagnosis of paraquat-poisoned patients,” Computers in Biology and Medicine, vol. 59, pp. 116–124, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    18. L. Shen, H. Chen, Z. Yu et al., “Evolving support vector machines using fruit fly optimization for medical data classification,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 96, pp. 61–75, 2016.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    19. X. Zhao, X. Zhang, Z. Cai et al., “Chaos enhanced grey wolf optimization wrapped ELM for diagnosis of paraquat-poisoned patients,” Computational Biology and Chemistry, vol. 78, pp. 481–490, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    20. Y. Xu, H. Chen, J. Luo, Q. Zhang, S. Jiao, and X. Zhang, “Enhanced Moth-flame optimizer with mutation strategy for global optimization,” Information Sciences, vol. 492, pp. 181–203, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    21. M. Wang and H. Chen, “Chaotic multi-swarm whale optimizer boosted support vector machine for medical diagnosis,” Applied Soft Computing Journal, vol. 88, Article ID 105946, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    22. Y. Chen, J. Li, H. Lu, and P. Yan, “Coupling system dynamics analysis and risk aversion programming for optimizing the mixed noise-driven shale gas-water supply chains,” Journal of Cleaner Production, vol. 278, Article ID 123209, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
    23. H. Tang, Y. Xu, A. Lin et al., “Predicting green consumption behaviors of students using efficient firefly grey wolf-assisted K-nearest neighbor classifiers,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 35546–35562, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    24. H.-J. Ma and G.-H. Yang, “Adaptive fault tolerant control of cooperative heterogeneous systems with actuator faults and unreliable interconnections,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, vol. 61, no. 11, pp. 3240–3255, 2015.View at: Google Scholar
    25. H.-J. Ma and L.-X. Xu, “Decentralized adaptive fault-tolerant control for a class of strong interconnected nonlinear systems via graph theory,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, vol. 66, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
    26. H. J. Ma, L. X. Xu, and G. H. Yang, “Multiple environment integral reinforcement learning-based fault-tolerant control for affine nonlinear systems,” IEEE Transactions on Cybernetics, vol. 51, pp. 1–16, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    27. J. Hu, M. Wang, C. Zhao, Q. Pan, and C. Du, “Formation control and collision avoidance for multi-UAV systems based on Voronoi partition,” Science China Technological Sciences, vol. 63, no. 1, pp. 65–72, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    28. C. Zhang, H. Li, Y. Qian, C. Chen, and X. Zhou, “Locality-constrained discriminative matrix regression for robust face identification,” IEEE Transactions on Neural Networks and Learning Systems, vol. 99, pp. 1–15, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    29. X. Zhang, D. Wang, Z. Zhou, and Y. Ma, “Robust low-rank tensor recovery with rectification and alignment,” IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 43, no. 1, pp. 238–255, 2019.View at: Google Scholar
    30. X. Zhang, J. Wang, T. Wang, R. Jiang, J. Xu, and L. Zhao, “Robust feature learning for adversarial defense via hierarchical feature alignment,” Information Sciences, vol. 560, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
    31. X. Zhang, R. Jiang, T. Wang, and J. Wang, “Recursive neural network for video deblurring,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology, vol. 03, p. 1, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    32. X. Zhang, T. Wang, J. Wang, G. Tang, and L. Zhao, “Pyramid channel-based feature attention network for image dehazing,” Computer Vision and Image Understanding, vol. 197-198, Article ID 103003, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    33. X. Zhang, T. Wang, W. Luo, and P. Huang, “Multi-level fusion and attention-guided CNN for image dehazing,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology, vol. 3, p. 1, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    34. L. He, J. Shen, and Y. Zhang, “Ecological vulnerability assessment for ecological conservation and environmental management,” Journal of Environmental Management, vol. 206, pp. 1115–1125, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    35. Y. Chen, W. Zheng, W. Li, and Y. Huang, “Large group Activity security risk assessment and risk early warning based on random forest algorithm,” Pattern Recognition Letters, vol. 144, pp. 1–5, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    36. J. Hu, H. Zhang, Z. Li, C. Zhao, Z. Xu, and Q. Pan, “Object traversing by monocular UAV in outdoor environment,” Asian Journal of Control, vol. 25, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
    37. P. Tian, H. Lu, W. Feng, Y. Guan, and Y. Xue, “Large decrease in streamflow and sediment load of Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau driven by future climate change: a case study in Lhasa River Basin,” Catena, vol. 187, Article ID 104340, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    38. A. Stokes, C. Atger, A. G. Bengough, T. Fourcaud, and R. C. Sidle, “Desirable plant root traits for protecting natural and engineered slopes against landslides,” Plant and Soil, vol. 324, no. 1, pp. 1–30, 2009.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    39. T. B. Devi, A. Sharma, and B. Kumar, “Studies on emergent flow over vegetative channel bed with downward seepage,” Hydrological Sciences Journal, vol. 62, no. 3, pp. 408–420, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
    40. G. Ireland, M. Volpi, and G. Petropoulos, “Examining the capability of supervised machine learning classifiers in extracting flooded areas from Landsat TM imagery: a case study from a Mediterranean flood,” Remote Sensing, vol. 7, no. 3, pp. 3372–3399, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    41. L. Goodarzi and S. Javadi, “Assessment of aquifer vulnerability using the DRASTIC model; a case study of the Dezful-Andimeshk Aquifer,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering, vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 17–22, 2016.View at: Google Scholar
    42. K. Zhang, Q. Wang, L. Chao et al., “Ground observation-based analysis of soil moisture spatiotemporal variability across a humid to semi-humid transitional zone in China,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 574, pp. 903–914, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    43. L. De Doncker, P. Troch, R. Verhoeven, K. Bal, P. Meire, and J. Quintelier, “Determination of the Manning roughness coefficient influenced by vegetation in the river Aa and Biebrza river,” Environmental Fluid Mechanics, vol. 9, no. 5, pp. 549–567, 2009.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    44. M. Fathi-Moghadam and K. Drikvandi, “Manning roughness coefficient for rivers and flood plains with non-submerged vegetation,” International Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 1–4, 2012.View at: Google Scholar
    45. F.-C. Wu, H. W. Shen, and Y.-J. Chou, “Variation of roughness coefficients for unsubmerged and submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 125, no. 9, pp. 934–942, 1999.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    46. M. K. Wood, “Rangeland vegetation-hydrologic interactions,” in Vegetation Science Applications for Rangeland Analysis and Management, vol. 3, pp. 469–491, Springer, 1988.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    47. C. Wilson, O. Yagci, H.-P. Rauch, and N. Olsen, “3D numerical modelling of a willow vegetated river/floodplain system,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 327, no. 1-2, pp. 13–21, 2006.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    48. R. Yazarloo, M. Khamehchian, and M. R. Nikoodel, “Observational-computational 3d engineering geological model and geotechnical characteristics of young sediments of golestan province,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 03, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
    49. G. E. Freeman, W. H. Rahmeyer, and R. R. Copeland, “Determination of resistance due to shrubs and woody vegetation,” International Journal of River Basin Management, vol. 19, 2000.View at: Google Scholar
    50. N. Kouwen and T. E. Unny, “Flexible roughness in open channels,” Journal of the Hydraulics Division, vol. 99, no. 5, pp. 713–728, 1973.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    51. S. Hosseini and J. Abrishami, Open Channel Hydraulics, Elsevier, Amsterdam, Netherlands, 2007.
    52. C. S. James, A. L. Birkhead, A. A. Jordanova, and J. J. O’Sullivan, “Flow resistance of emergent vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 42, no. 4, pp. 390–398, 2004.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    53. F. Huthoff and D. Augustijn, “Channel roughness in 1D steady uniform flow: Manning or Chézy?,,” NCR-days, vol. 102, 2004.View at: Google Scholar
    54. M. S. Sabegh, M. Saneie, M. Habibi, A. A. Abbasi, and M. Ghadimkhani, “Experimental investigation on the effect of river bank tree planting array, on shear velocity,” Journal of Watershed Engineering and Management, vol. 2, no. 4, 2011.View at: Google Scholar
    55. A. Errico, V. Pasquino, M. Maxwald, G. B. Chirico, L. Solari, and F. Preti, “The effect of flexible vegetation on flow in drainage channels: estimation of roughness coefficients at the real scale,” Ecological Engineering, vol. 120, pp. 411–421, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    56. S. E. Darby, “Effect of riparian vegetation on flow resistance and flood potential,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 125, no. 5, pp. 443–454, 1999.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    57. V. Kutija and H. Thi Minh Hong, “A numerical model for assessing the additional resistance to flow introduced by flexible vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 34, no. 1, pp. 99–114, 1996.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    58. T. Fischer-Antze, T. Stoesser, P. Bates, and N. R. B. Olsen, “3D numerical modelling of open-channel flow with submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 39, no. 3, pp. 303–310, 2001.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    59. U. Stephan and D. Gutknecht, “Hydraulic resistance of submerged flexible vegetation,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 269, no. 1-2, pp. 27–43, 2002.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    60. F. G. Carollo, V. Ferro, and D. Termini, “Flow resistance law in channels with flexible submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 131, no. 7, pp. 554–564, 2005.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    61. W. Fu-sheng, “Flow resistance of flexible vegetation in open channel,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. S1, 2007.View at: Google Scholar
    62. P.-f. Wang, C. Wang, and D. Z. Zhu, “Hydraulic resistance of submerged vegetation related to effective height,” Journal of Hydrodynamics, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 265–273, 2010.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    63. J. K. Lee, L. C. Roig, H. L. Jenter, and H. M. Visser, “Drag coefficients for modeling flow through emergent vegetation in the Florida Everglades,” Ecological Engineering, vol. 22, no. 4-5, pp. 237–248, 2004.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    64. G. J. Arcement and V. R. Schneider, Guide for Selecting Manning’s Roughness Coefficients for Natural Channels and Flood Plains, US Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, USA, 1989.
    65. Y. Ding and S. S. Y. Wang, “Identification of Manning’s roughness coefficients in channel network using adjoint analysis,” International Journal of Computational Fluid Dynamics, vol. 19, no. 1, pp. 3–13, 2005.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    66. E. T. Engman, “Roughness coefficients for routing surface runoff,” Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, vol. 112, no. 1, pp. 39–53, 1986.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    67. M. Feizbahr, C. Kok Keong, F. Rostami, and M. Shahrokhi, “Wave energy dissipation using perforated and non perforated piles,” International Journal of Engineering, vol. 31, no. 2, pp. 212–219, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    68. M. Farzadkhoo, A. Keshavarzi, H. Hamidifar, and M. Javan, “Sudden pollutant discharge in vegetated compound meandering rivers,” Catena, vol. 182, Article ID 104155, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    69. V. T. Chow, Open-channel Hydraulics, Mcgraw-Hill Civil Engineering Series, Chennai, TN, India, 1959.
    70. X. Zhang, R. Jing, Z. Li, Z. Li, X. Chen, and C.-Y. Su, “Adaptive pseudo inverse control for a class of nonlinear asymmetric and saturated nonlinear hysteretic systems,” IEEE/CAA Journal of Automatica Sinica, vol. 8, no. 4, pp. 916–928, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
    71. C. Zuo, Q. Chen, L. Tian, L. Waller, and A. Asundi, “Transport of intensity phase retrieval and computational imaging for partially coherent fields: the phase space perspective,” Optics and Lasers in Engineering, vol. 71, pp. 20–32, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    72. C. Zuo, J. Sun, J. Li, J. Zhang, A. Asundi, and Q. Chen, “High-resolution transport-of-intensity quantitative phase microscopy with annular illumination,” Scientific Reports, vol. 7, no. 1, pp. 7654–7722, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    73. B.-H. Li, Y. Liu, A.-M. Zhang, W.-H. Wang, and S. Wan, “A survey on blocking technology of entity resolution,” Journal of Computer Science and Technology, vol. 35, no. 4, pp. 769–793, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    74. Y. Liu, B. Zhang, Y. Feng et al., “Development of 340-GHz transceiver front end based on GaAs monolithic integration technology for THz active imaging array,” Applied Sciences, vol. 10, no. 21, p. 7924, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    75. J. Hu, H. Zhang, L. Liu, X. Zhu, C. Zhao, and Q. Pan, “Convergent multiagent formation control with collision avoidance,” IEEE Transactions on Robotics, vol. 36, no. 6, pp. 1805–1818, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    76. M. B. Movahhed, J. Ayoubinejad, F. N. Asl, and M. Feizbahr, “The effect of rain on pedestrians crossing speed,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 6, no. 3, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
    77. A. Li, D. Spano, J. Krivochiza et al., “A tutorial on interference exploitation via symbol-level precoding: overview, state-of-the-art and future directions,” IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 796–839, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    78. W. Zhu, C. Ma, X. Zhao et al., “Evaluation of sino foreign cooperative education project using orthogonal sine cosine optimized kernel extreme learning machine,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 61107–61123, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    79. G. Liu, W. Jia, M. Wang et al., “Predicting cervical hyperextension injury: a covariance guided sine cosine support vector machine,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 46895–46908, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    80. Y. Wei, H. Lv, M. Chen et al., “Predicting entrepreneurial intention of students: an extreme learning machine with Gaussian barebone harris hawks optimizer,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 76841–76855, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    81. A. Lin, Q. Wu, A. A. Heidari et al., “Predicting intentions of students for master programs using a chaos-induced sine cosine-based fuzzy K-Nearest neighbor classifier,” Ieee Access, vol. 7, pp. 67235–67248, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    82. Y. Fan, P. Wang, A. A. Heidari et al., “Rationalized fruit fly optimization with sine cosine algorithm: a comprehensive analysis,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 157, Article ID 113486, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    83. E. Rodríguez-Esparza, L. A. Zanella-Calzada, D. Oliva et al., “An efficient Harris hawks-inspired image segmentation method,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 155, Article ID 113428, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    84. S. Jiao, G. Chong, C. Huang et al., “Orthogonally adapted Harris hawks optimization for parameter estimation of photovoltaic models,” Energy, vol. 203, Article ID 117804, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    85. Z. Xu, Z. Hu, A. A. Heidari et al., “Orthogonally-designed adapted grasshopper optimization: a comprehensive analysis,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 150, Article ID 113282, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    86. A. Abbassi, R. Abbassi, A. A. Heidari et al., “Parameters identification of photovoltaic cell models using enhanced exploratory salp chains-based approach,” Energy, vol. 198, Article ID 117333, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    87. M. Mahmoodi and K. K. Aminjan, “Numerical simulation of flow through sukhoi 24 air inlet,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 03, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
    88. F. J. Golrokh and A. Hasan, “A comparison of machine learning clustering algorithms based on the DEA optimization approach for pharmaceutical companies in developing countries,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
    89. H. Chen, A. A. Heidari, H. Chen, M. Wang, Z. Pan, and A. H. Gandomi, “Multi-population differential evolution-assisted Harris hawks optimization: framework and case studies,” Future Generation Computer Systems, vol. 111, pp. 175–198, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    90. J. Guo, H. Zheng, B. Li, and G.-Z. Fu, “Bayesian hierarchical model-based information fusion for degradation analysis considering non-competing relationship,” IEEE Access, vol. 7, pp. 175222–175227, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    91. J. Guo, H. Zheng, B. Li, and G.-Z. Fu, “A Bayesian approach for degradation analysis with individual differences,” IEEE Access, vol. 7, pp. 175033–175040, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    92. M. M. A. Malakoutian, Y. Malakoutian, P. Mostafapour, and S. Z. D. Abed, “Prediction for monthly rainfall of six meteorological regions and TRNC (case study: north Cyprus),” ENG Transactions, vol. 2, no. 2, 2021.View at: Google Scholar
    93. H. Arslan, M. Ranjbar, and Z. Mutlum, “Maximum sound transmission loss in multi-chamber reactive silencers: are two chambers enough?,,” ENG Transactions, vol. 2, no. 1, 2021.View at: Google Scholar
    94. N. Tonekaboni, M. Feizbahr, N. Tonekaboni, G.-J. Jiang, and H.-X. Chen, “Optimization of solar CCHP systems with collector enhanced by porous media and nanofluid,” Mathematical Problems in Engineering, vol. 2021, Article ID 9984840, 12 pages, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    95. Z. Niu, B. Zhang, J. Wang et al., “The research on 220GHz multicarrier high-speed communication system,” China Communications, vol. 17, no. 3, pp. 131–139, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    96. B. Zhang, Z. Niu, J. Wang et al., “Four‐hundred gigahertz broadband multi‐branch waveguide coupler,” IET Microwaves, Antennas & Propagation, vol. 14, no. 11, pp. 1175–1179, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    97. Z.-Q. Niu, L. Yang, B. Zhang et al., “A mechanical reliability study of 3dB waveguide hybrid couplers in the submillimeter and terahertz band,” Journal of Zhejiang University Science, vol. 1, no. 1, 1998.View at: Google Scholar
    98. B. Zhang, D. Ji, D. Fang, S. Liang, Y. Fan, and X. Chen, “A novel 220-GHz GaN diode on-chip tripler with high driven power,” IEEE Electron Device Letters, vol. 40, no. 5, pp. 780–783, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
    99. M. Taleghani and A. Taleghani, “Identification and ranking of factors affecting the implementation of knowledge management engineering based on TOPSIS technique,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, no. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
    Fig. 1. (a) Dimensions of the casting with runners (unit: mm), (b) a melt flow simulation using Flow-3D software together with Reilly's model[44], predicted that a large amount of bifilms (denoted by the black particles) would be contained in the final casting. (c) A solidification simulation using Pro-cast software showed that no shrinkage defect was contained in the final casting.

    AZ91 합금 주물 내 연행 결함에 대한 캐리어 가스의 영향

    Effect of carrier gases on the entrainment defects within AZ91 alloy castings

    Tian Liab J.M.T.Daviesa Xiangzhen Zhuc
    aUniversity of Birmingham, Birmingham B15 2TT, United Kingdom
    bGrainger and Worrall Ltd, Bridgnorth WV15 5HP, United Kingdom
    cBrunel Centre for Advanced Solidification Technology, Brunel University London, Kingston Ln, London, Uxbridge UB8 3PH, United Kingdom

    Abstract

    An entrainment defect (also known as a double oxide film defect or bifilm) acts a void containing an entrapped gas when submerged into a light-alloy melt, thus reducing the quality and reproducibility of the final castings. Previous publications, carried out with Al-alloy castings, reported that this trapped gas could be subsequently consumed by the reaction with the surrounding melt, thus reducing the void volume and negative effect of entrainment defects. Compared with Al-alloys, the entrapped gas within Mg-alloy might be more efficiently consumed due to the relatively high reactivity of magnesium. However, research into the entrainment defects within Mg alloys has been significantly limited. In the present work, AZ91 alloy castings were produced under different carrier gas atmospheres (i.e., SF6/CO2, SF6/air). The evolution processes of the entrainment defects contained in AZ91 alloy were suggested according to the microstructure inspections and thermodynamic calculations. The defects formed in the different atmospheres have a similar sandwich-like structure, but their oxide films contained different combinations of compounds. The use of carrier gases, which were associated with different entrained-gas consumption rates, affected the reproducibility of AZ91 castings.

    Keywords

    Magnesium alloyCastingOxide film, Bifilm, Entrainment defect, Reproducibility

    연행 결함(이중 산화막 결함 또는 이중막 결함이라고도 함)은 경합금 용융물에 잠길 때 갇힌 가스를 포함하는 공극으로 작용하여 최종 주물의 품질과 재현성을 저하시킵니다. Al-합금 주조로 수행된 이전 간행물에서는 이 갇힌 가스가 주변 용융물과의 반응에 의해 후속적으로 소모되어 공극 부피와 연행 결함의 부정적인 영향을 줄일 수 있다고 보고했습니다. Al-합금에 비해 마그네슘의 상대적으로 높은 반응성으로 인해 Mg-합금 내에 포집된 가스가 더 효율적으로 소모될 수 있습니다. 그러나 Mg 합금 내 연행 결함에 대한 연구는 상당히 제한적이었습니다. 현재 작업에서 AZ91 합금 주물은 다양한 캐리어 가스 분위기(즉, SF 6 /CO2 , SF 6 / 공기). AZ91 합금에 포함된 엔트레인먼트 결함의 진화 과정은 미세조직 검사 및 열역학적 계산에 따라 제안되었습니다. 서로 다른 분위기에서 형성된 결함은 유사한 샌드위치 구조를 갖지만 산화막에는 서로 다른 화합물 조합이 포함되어 있습니다. 다른 동반 가스 소비율과 관련된 운반 가스의 사용은 AZ91 주물의 재현성에 영향을 미쳤습니다.

    키워드

    마그네슘 합금주조Oxide film, Bifilm, Entrainment 불량, 재현성

    1 . 소개

    지구상에서 가장 가벼운 구조용 금속인 마그네슘은 지난 수십 년 동안 가장 매력적인 경금속 중 하나가 되었습니다. 결과적으로 마그네슘 산업은 지난 20년 동안 급속한 발전을 경험했으며 [1 , 2] , 이는 전 세계적으로 Mg 합금에 대한 수요가 크게 증가했음을 나타냅니다. 오늘날 Mg 합금의 사용은 자동차, 항공 우주, 전자 등의 분야에서 볼 수 있습니다. [3 , 4] . Mg 금속의 전 세계 소비는 특히 자동차 산업에서 앞으로 더욱 증가할 것으로 예측되었습니다. 기존 자동차와 전기 자동차 모두의 에너지 효율성 요구 사항이 설계를 경량화하도록 더욱 밀어붙이기 때문입니다 [3 , 56] .

    Mg 합금에 대한 수요의 지속적인 성장은 Mg 합금 주조의 품질 및 기계적 특성 개선에 대한 광범위한 관심을 불러일으켰습니다. Mg 합금 주조 공정 동안 용융물의 표면 난류는 소량의 주변 대기를 포함하는 이중 표면 필름의 포획으로 이어질 수 있으므로 동반 결함(이중 산화막 결함 또는 이중막 결함이라고도 함)을 형성합니다. ) [7] , [8] , [9] , [10] . 무작위 크기, 수량, 방향 및 연행 결함의 배치는 주조 특성의 변화와 관련된 중요한 요인으로 널리 받아들여지고 있습니다 [7] . 또한 Peng et al. [11]AZ91 합금 용융물에 동반된 산화물 필름이 Al 8 Mn 5 입자에 대한 필터 역할을 하여 침전될 때 가두는 것을 발견했습니다 . Mackie et al. [12]는 또한 동반된 산화막이 금속간 입자를 트롤(trawl)하는 작용을 하여 입자가 클러스터링되어 매우 큰 결함을 형성할 수 있다고 제안했습니다. 금속간 화합물의 클러스터링은 비말동반 결함을 주조 특성에 더 해롭게 만들었습니다.

    연행 결함에 관한 이전 연구의 대부분은 Al-합금에 대해 수행되었으며 [7 , [13] , [14] , [15] , [16] , [17] , [18] 몇 가지 잠재적인 방법이 제안되었습니다. 알루미늄 합금 주물의 품질에 대한 부정적인 영향을 줄이기 위해. Nyahumwa et al., [16] 은 연행 결함 내의 공극 체적이 열간 등방압 압축(HIP) 공정에 의해 감소될 수 있음을 보여줍니다. Campbell [7] 은 결함 내부의 동반된 가스가 주변 용융물과의 반응으로 인해 소모될 수 있다고 제안했으며, 이는 Raiszedeh와 Griffiths [19]에 의해 추가로 확인되었습니다 ..혼입 가스 소비가 Al-합금 주물의 기계적 특성에 미치는 영향은 [8 , 9]에 의해 조사되었으며 , 이는 혼입 가스의 소비가 주조 재현성의 개선을 촉진함을 시사합니다.

    Al-합금 내 결함에 대한 조사와 비교하여 Mg-합금 내 연행 결함에 대한 연구는 상당히 제한적입니다. 연행 결함의 존재는 Mg 합금 주물 [20 , 21] 에서 입증 되었지만 그 거동, 진화 및 연행 가스 소비는 여전히 명확하지 않습니다.

    Mg 합금 주조 공정에서 용융물은 일반적으로 마그네슘 점화를 피하기 위해 커버 가스로 보호됩니다. 따라서 모래 또는 매몰 몰드의 공동은 용융물을 붓기 전에 커버 가스로 세척해야 합니다 [22] . 따라서, Mg 합금 주물 내의 연행 가스는 공기만이 아니라 주조 공정에 사용되는 커버 가스를 포함해야 하며, 이는 구조 및 해당 연행 결함의 전개를 복잡하게 만들 수 있습니다.

    SF 6 은 Mg 합금 주조 공정에 널리 사용되는 대표적인 커버 가스입니다 [23] , [24] , [25] . 이 커버 가스는 유럽의 마그네슘 합금 주조 공장에서 사용하도록 제한되었지만 상업 보고서에 따르면 이 커버는 전 세계 마그네슘 합금 산업, 특히 다음과 같은 글로벌 마그네슘 합금 생산을 지배한 국가에서 여전히 인기가 있습니다. 중국, 브라질, 인도 등 [26] . 또한, 최근 학술지 조사에서도 이 커버가스가 최근 마그네슘 합금 연구에서 널리 사용된 것으로 나타났다 [27] . SF 6 커버 가스 의 보호 메커니즘 (즉, 액체 Mg 합금과 SF 6 사이의 반응Cover gas)에 대한 연구는 여러 선행연구자들에 의해 이루어졌으나 표면 산화막의 형성과정이 아직 명확하게 밝혀지지 않았으며, 일부 발표된 결과들도 상충되고 있다. 1970년대 초 Fruehling [28] 은 SF 6 아래에 형성된 표면 피막이 주로 미량의 불화물과 함께 MgO 임을 발견 하고 SF 6 이 Mg 합금 표면 피막에 흡수 된다고 제안했습니다 . Couling [29] 은 흡수된 SF 6 이 Mg 합금 용융물과 반응하여 MgF 2 를 형성함을 추가로 확인했습니다 . 지난 20년 동안 아래에 자세히 설명된 것처럼 Mg 합금 표면 필름의 다양한 구조가 보고되었습니다.(1)

    단층 필름 . Cashion [30 , 31] 은 X선 광전자 분광법(XPS)과 오제 분광법(AES)을 사용하여 표면 필름을 MgO 및 MgF 2 로 식별했습니다 . 그는 또한 필름의 구성이 두께와 전체 실험 유지 시간에 걸쳐 일정하다는 것을 발견했습니다. Cashion이 관찰한 필름은 10분에서 100분의 유지 시간으로 생성된 단층 구조를 가졌다.(2)

    이중층 필름 . Aarstad et. al [32] 은 2003년에 이중층 표면 산화막을 보고했습니다. 그들은 예비 MgO 막에 부착된 잘 분포된 여러 MgF 2 입자를 관찰 하고 전체 표면적의 25-50%를 덮을 때까지 성장했습니다. 외부 MgO 필름을 통한 F의 내부 확산은 진화 과정의 원동력이었습니다. 이 이중층 구조는 Xiong의 그룹 [25 , 33] 과 Shih et al. 도 지지했습니다 . [34] .(삼)

    트리플 레이어 필름 . 3층 필름과 그 진화 과정은 Pettersen [35]에 의해 2002년에 보고되었습니다 . Pettersen은 초기 표면 필름이 MgO 상이었고 F의 내부 확산에 의해 점차적으로 안정적인 MgF 2 상 으로 진화한다는 것을 발견했습니다 . 두꺼운 상부 및 하부 MgF 2 층.(4)

    산화물 필름은 개별 입자로 구성 됩니다. Wang et al [36] 은 Mg-alloy 표면 필름을 SF 6 커버 가스 하에서 용융물에 교반 한 다음 응고 후 동반된 표면 필름을 검사했습니다. 그들은 동반된 표면 필름이 다른 연구자들이 보고한 보호 표면 필름처럼 계속되지 않고 개별 입자로 구성된다는 것을 발견했습니다. 젊은 산화막은 MgO 나노 크기의 산화물 입자로 구성되어 있는 반면, 오래된 산화막은 한쪽 면에 불화물과 질화물이 포함된 거친 입자(평균 크기 약 1μm)로 구성되어 있습니다.

    Mg 합금 용융 표면의 산화막 또는 동반 가스는 모두 액체 Mg 합금과 커버 가스 사이의 반응으로 인해 형성되므로 Mg 합금 표면막에 대한 위에서 언급한 연구는 진화에 대한 귀중한 통찰력을 제공합니다. 연행 결함. 따라서 SF 6 커버 가스 의 보호 메커니즘 (즉, Mg-합금 표면 필름의 형성)은 해당 동반 결함의 잠재적인 복잡한 진화 과정을 나타냅니다.

    그러나 Mg 합금 용융물에 표면 필름을 형성하는 것은 용융물에 잠긴 동반된 가스의 소비와 다른 상황에 있다는 점에 유의해야 합니다. 예를 들어, 앞서 언급한 연구에서 표면 성막 동안 충분한 양의 커버 가스가 담지되어 커버 가스의 고갈을 억제했습니다. 대조적으로, Mg 합금 용융물 내의 동반된 가스의 양은 유한하며, 동반된 가스는 완전히 고갈될 수 있습니다. Mirak [37] 은 3.5% SF 6 /기포를 특별히 설계된 영구 금형에서 응고되는 순수한 Mg 합금 용융물에 도입했습니다. 기포가 완전히 소모되었으며, 해당 산화막은 MgO와 MgF 2 의 혼합물임을 알 수 있었다.. 그러나 Aarstad [32] 및 Xiong [25 , 33]에 의해 관찰된 MgF 2 스팟 과 같은 핵 생성 사이트 는 관찰되지 않았습니다. Mirak은 또한 조성 분석을 기반으로 산화막에서 MgO 이전에 MgF 2 가 형성 되었다고 추측했는데 , 이는 이전 문헌에서 보고된 표면 필름 형성 과정(즉, MgF 2 이전에 형성된 MgO)과 반대 입니다. Mirak의 연구는 동반된 가스의 산화막 형성이 표면막의 산화막 형성과 상당히 다를 수 있음을 나타내었지만 산화막의 구조와 진화에 대해서는 밝히지 않았습니다.

    또한 커버 가스에 캐리어 가스를 사용하는 것도 커버 가스와 액체 Mg 합금 사이의 반응에 영향을 미쳤습니다. SF 6 /air 는 용융 마그네슘의 점화를 피하기 위해 SF 6 /CO 2 운반 가스 [38] 보다 더 높은 함량의 SF 6을 필요로 하여 다른 가스 소비율을 나타냅니다. Liang et.al [39] 은 CO 2 가 캐리어 가스로 사용될 때 표면 필름에 탄소가 형성된다고 제안했는데 , 이는 SF 6 /air 에서 형성된 필름과 다릅니다 . Mg 연소 [40]에 대한 조사 에서 Mg 2 C 3 검출이 보고되었습니다.CO 2 연소 후 Mg 합금 샘플 에서 이는 Liang의 결과를 뒷받침할 뿐만 아니라 이중 산화막 결함에서 Mg 탄화물의 잠재적 형성을 나타냅니다.

    여기에 보고된 작업은 다양한 커버 가스(즉, SF 6 /air 및 SF 6 /CO 2 )로 보호되는 AZ91 Mg 합금 주물에서 형성된 연행 결함의 거동과 진화에 대한 조사 입니다. 이러한 캐리어 가스는 액체 Mg 합금에 대해 다른 보호성을 가지며, 따라서 상응하는 동반 가스의 다른 소비율 및 발생 프로세스와 관련될 수 있습니다. AZ91 주물의 재현성에 대한 동반 가스 소비의 영향도 연구되었습니다.

    2 . 실험

    2.1 . 용융 및 주조

    3kg의 AZ91 합금을 700 ± 5 °C의 연강 도가니에서 녹였습니다. AZ91 합금의 조성은 표 1 에 나타내었다 . 가열하기 전에 잉곳 표면의 모든 산화물 스케일을 기계가공으로 제거했습니다. 사용 된 커버 가스는 0.5 %이었다 SF 6 / 공기 또는 0.5 % SF 6 / CO 2 (부피. %) 다른 주물 6L / 분의 유량. 용융물은 15분 동안 0.3L/min의 유속으로 아르곤으로 가스를 제거한 다음 [41 , 42] , 모래 주형에 부었습니다. 붓기 전에 샌드 몰드 캐비티를 20분 동안 커버 가스로 플러싱했습니다 [22] . 잔류 용융물(약 1kg)이 도가니에서 응고되었습니다.

    표 1 . 본 연구에 사용된 AZ91 합금의 조성(wt%).

    아연미네소타마그네슘
    9.40.610.150.020.0050.0017잔여

    그림 1 (a)는 러너가 있는 주물의 치수를 보여줍니다. 탑 필링 시스템은 최종 주물에서 연행 결함을 생성하기 위해 의도적으로 사용되었습니다. Green과 Campbell [7 , 43] 은 탑 필링 시스템이 바텀 필링 시스템에 비해 주조 과정에서 더 많은 연행 현상(즉, 이중 필름)을 유발한다고 제안했습니다. 이 금형의 용융 흐름 시뮬레이션(Flow-3D 소프트웨어)은 연행 현상에 관한 Reilly의 모델 [44] 을 사용하여 최종 주조에 많은 양의 이중막이 포함될 것이라고 예측했습니다( 그림 1 에서 검은색 입자로 표시됨) . NS).

    그림 1

    수축 결함은 또한 주물의 기계적 특성과 재현성에 영향을 미칩니다. 이 연구는 주조 품질에 대한 이중 필름의 영향에 초점을 맞추었기 때문에 수축 결함이 발생하지 않도록 금형을 의도적으로 설계했습니다. ProCAST 소프트웨어를 사용한 응고 시뮬레이션은 그림 1c 와 같이 최종 주조에 수축 결함이 포함되지 않음을 보여주었습니다 . 캐스팅 건전함도 테스트바 가공 전 실시간 X-ray를 통해 확인했다.

    모래 주형은 1wt를 함유한 수지 결합된 규사로 만들어졌습니다. % PEPSET 5230 수지 및 1wt. % PEPSET 5112 촉매. 모래는 또한 억제제로 작용하기 위해 2중량%의 Na 2 SiF 6 을 함유했습니다 .. 주입 온도는 700 ± 5 °C였습니다. 응고 후 러너바의 단면을 Sci-Lab Analytical Ltd로 보내 H 함량 분석(LECO 분석)을 하였고, 모든 H 함량 측정은 주조 공정 후 5일째에 실시하였다. 각각의 주물은 인장 강도 시험을 위해 클립 신장계가 있는 Zwick 1484 인장 시험기를 사용하여 40개의 시험 막대로 가공되었습니다. 파손된 시험봉의 파단면을 주사전자현미경(SEM, Philips JEOL7000)을 이용하여 가속전압 5~15kV로 조사하였다. 파손된 시험 막대, 도가니에서 응고된 잔류 Mg 합금 및 주조 러너를 동일한 SEM을 사용하여 단면화하고 연마하고 검사했습니다. CFEI Quanta 3D FEG FIB-SEM을 사용하여 FIB(집속 이온 빔 밀링 기술)에 의해 테스트 막대 파괴 표면에서 발견된 산화막의 단면을 노출했습니다. 분석에 필요한 산화막은 백금층으로 코팅하였다. 그런 다음 30kV로 가속된 갈륨 이온 빔이 산화막의 단면을 노출시키기 위해 백금 코팅 영역을 둘러싼 재료 기판을 밀링했습니다. 산화막 단면의 EDS 분석은 30kV의 가속 전압에서 FIB 장비를 사용하여 수행되었습니다.

    2.2 . 산화 세포

    전술 한 바와 같이, 몇몇 최근 연구자들은 마그네슘 합금의 용탕 표면에 형성된 보호막 조사 [38 , 39 , [46] , [47] , [48] , [49] , [50] , [51] , [52 ] . 이 실험 동안 사용된 커버 가스의 양이 충분하여 커버 가스에서 불화물의 고갈을 억제했습니다. 이 섹션에서 설명하는 실험은 엔트레인먼트 결함의 산화막의 진화를 연구하기 위해 커버 가스의 공급을 제한하는 밀봉된 산화 셀을 사용했습니다. 산화 셀에 포함된 커버 가스는 큰 크기의 “동반된 기포”로 간주되었습니다.

    도 2에 도시된 바와 같이 , 산화셀의 본체는 내부 길이가 400mm, 내경이 32mm인 폐쇄형 연강관이었다. 수냉식 동관을 전지의 상부에 감았습니다. 튜브가 가열될 때 냉각 시스템은 상부와 하부 사이에 온도 차이를 만들어 내부 가스가 튜브 내에서 대류하도록 했습니다. 온도는 도가니 상단에 위치한 K형 열전대로 모니터링했습니다. Nieet al. [53] 은 Mg 합금 용융물의 표면 피막을 조사할 때 SF 6 커버 가스가 유지로의 강철 벽과 반응할 것이라고 제안했습니다 . 이 반응을 피하기 위해 강철 산화 전지의 내부 표면(그림 2 참조)) 및 열전대의 상반부는 질화붕소로 코팅되었습니다(Mg 합금은 질화붕소와 ​​접촉하지 않았습니다).

    그림 2

    실험 중에 고체 AZ91 합금 블록을 산화 셀 바닥에 위치한 마그네시아 도가니에 넣었습니다. 전지는 1L/min의 가스 유속으로 전기 저항로에서 100℃로 가열되었다. 원래의 갇힌 대기(즉, 공기)를 대체하기 위해 셀을 이 온도에서 20분 동안 유지했습니다. 그런 다음, 산화 셀을 700°C로 더 가열하여 AZ91 샘플을 녹였습니다. 그런 다음 가스 입구 및 출구 밸브가 닫혀 제한된 커버 가스 공급 하에서 산화를 위한 밀폐된 환경이 생성되었습니다. 그런 다음 산화 전지를 5분 간격으로 5분에서 30분 동안 700 ± 10°C에서 유지했습니다. 각 유지 시간이 끝날 때 세포를 물로 켄칭했습니다. 실온으로 냉각한 후 산화된 샘플을 절단하고 연마한 다음 SEM으로 검사했습니다.

    3 . 결과

    3.1 . SF 6 /air 에서 형성된 엔트레인먼트 결함의 구조 및 구성

    0.5 % SF의 커버 가스 하에서 AZ91 주물에 형성된 유입 결함의 구조 및 조성 6 / 공기는 SEM 및 EDS에 의해 관찰되었다. 결과는 그림 3에 스케치된 엔트레인먼트 결함의 두 가지 유형이 있음을 나타냅니다 . (1) 산화막이 전통적인 단층 구조를 갖는 유형 A 결함 및 (2) 산화막이 2개 층을 갖는 유형 B 결함. 이러한 결함의 세부 사항은 다음에 소개되었습니다. 여기에서 비말동반 결함은 생물막 또는 이중 산화막으로도 알려져 있기 때문에 B형 결함의 산화막은 본 연구에서 “다층 산화막” 또는 “다층 구조”로 언급되었습니다. “이중 산화막 결함의 이중층 산화막”과 같은 혼란스러운 설명을 피하기 위해.

    그림 3

    그림 4 (ab)는 약 0.4μm 두께의 조밀한 단일층 산화막을 갖는 Type A 결함을 보여줍니다. 이 필름에서 산소, 불소, 마그네슘 및 알루미늄이 검출되었습니다( 그림 4c). 산화막은 마그네슘과 알루미늄의 산화물과 불화물의 혼합물로 추측됩니다. 불소의 검출은 동반된 커버 가스가 이 결함의 형성에 포함되어 있음을 보여주었습니다. 즉, Fig. 4 (a)에 나타난 기공 은 수축결함이나 수소기공도가 아니라 연행결함이었다. 알루미늄의 검출은 Xiong과 Wang의 이전 연구 [47 , 48] 와 다르며 , SF 6으로 보호된 AZ91 용융물의 표면 필름에 알루미늄이 포함되어 있지 않음을 보여주었습니다.커버 가스. 유황은 원소 맵에서 명확하게 인식할 수 없었지만 해당 ESD 스펙트럼에서 S-피크가 있었습니다.

    그림 4

    도 5 (ab)는 다층 산화막을 갖는 Type B 엔트레인먼트 결함을 나타낸다. 산화막의 조밀한 외부 층은 불소와 산소가 풍부하지만( 그림 5c) 상대적으로 다공성인 내부 층은 산소만 풍부하고(즉, 불소가 부족) 부분적으로 함께 성장하여 샌드위치 모양을 형성합니다. 구조. 따라서 외층은 불화물과 산화물의 혼합물이며 내층은 주로 산화물로 추정된다. 황은 EDX 스펙트럼에서만 인식될 수 있었고 요소 맵에서 명확하게 식별할 수 없었습니다. 이는 커버 가스의 작은 S 함량(즉, SF 6 의 0.5% 부피 함량 때문일 수 있음)커버 가스). 이 산화막에서는 이 산화막의 외층에 알루미늄이 포함되어 있지만 내층에서는 명확하게 검출할 수 없었다. 또한 Al의 분포가 고르지 않은 것으로 보입니다. 결함의 우측에는 필름에 알루미늄이 존재하지만 그 농도는 매트릭스보다 높은 것으로 식별할 수 없음을 알 수 있다. 그러나 결함의 왼쪽에는 알루미늄 농도가 훨씬 높은 작은 영역이 있습니다. 이러한 알루미늄의 불균일한 분포는 다른 결함(아래 참조)에서도 관찰되었으며, 이는 필름 내부 또는 아래에 일부 산화물 입자가 형성된 결과입니다.

    그림 5

    무화과 도 4 및 5 는 SF 6 /air 의 커버 가스 하에 주조된 AZ91 합금 샘플에서 형성된 연행 결함의 횡단면 관찰을 나타낸다 . 2차원 단면에서 관찰된 수치만으로 연행 결함을 특성화하는 것만으로는 충분하지 않습니다. 더 많은 이해를 돕기 위해 테스트 바의 파단면을 관찰하여 엔트레인먼트 결함(즉, 산화막)의 표면을 더 연구했습니다.

    Fig. 6 (a)는 SF 6 /air 에서 생산된 AZ91 합금 인장시험봉의 파단면을 보여준다 . 파단면의 양쪽에서 대칭적인 어두운 영역을 볼 수 있습니다. 그림 6 (b)는 어두운 영역과 밝은 영역 사이의 경계를 보여줍니다. 밝은 영역은 들쭉날쭉하고 부서진 특징으로 구성되어 있는 반면, 어두운 영역의 표면은 비교적 매끄럽고 평평했습니다. 또한 EDS 결과( Fig. 6 c-d 및 Table 2) 불소, 산소, 황 및 질소는 어두운 영역에서만 검출되었으며, 이는 어두운 영역이 용융물에 동반된 표면 보호 필름임을 나타냅니다. 따라서 어두운 영역은 대칭적인 특성을 고려할 때 연행 결함이라고 제안할 수 있습니다. Al-합금 주조물의 파단면에서 유사한 결함이 이전에 보고되었습니다 [7] . 질화물은 테스트 바 파단면의 산화막에서만 발견되었지만 그림 1과 그림 4에 표시된 단면 샘플에서는 검출되지 않았습니다 4 및 5 . 근본적인 이유는 이러한 샘플에 포함된 질화물이 샘플 연마 과정에서 가수분해되었을 수 있기 때문입니다 [54] .

    그림 6

    표 2 . EDS 결과(wt.%)는 그림 6에 표시된 영역에 해당합니다 (커버 가스: SF 6 /공기).

    영형마그네슘NS아연NSNS
    그림 6 (b)의 어두운 영역3.481.3279.130.4713.630.570.080.73
    그림 6 (b)의 밝은 영역3.5884.4811.250.68

    도 1 및 도 2에 도시된 결함의 단면 관찰과 함께 도 4 및 도 5 를 참조하면, 인장 시험봉에 포함된 연행 결함의 구조를 도 6 (e) 와 같이 스케치하였다 . 결함에는 산화막으로 둘러싸인 동반된 가스가 포함되어 있어 테스트 바 내부에 보이드 섹션이 생성되었습니다. 파괴 과정에서 결함에 인장력이 가해지면 균열이 가장 약한 경로를 따라 전파되기 때문에 보이드 섹션에서 균열이 시작되어 연행 결함을 따라 전파됩니다 [55] . 따라서 최종적으로 시험봉이 파단되었을 때 Fig. 6 (a) 와 같이 시험봉의 양 파단면에 연행결함의 산화피막이 나타났다 .

    3.2 . SF 6 /CO 2 에 형성된 연행 결함의 구조 및 조성

    SF 6 /air 에서 형성된 엔트레인먼트 결함과 유사하게, 0.5% SF 6 /CO 2 의 커버 가스 아래에서 형성된 결함 도 두 가지 유형의 산화막(즉, 단층 및 다층 유형)을 가졌다. 도 7 (a)는 다층 산화막을 포함하는 엔트레인먼트 결함의 예를 도시한다. 결함에 대한 확대 관찰( 그림 7b )은 산화막의 내부 층이 함께 성장하여 SF 6 /air 의 분위기에서 형성된 결함과 유사한 샌드위치 같은 구조를 나타냄을 보여줍니다 ( 그림 7b). 5 나 ). EDS 스펙트럼( 그림 7c) 이 샌드위치형 구조의 접합부(내층)는 주로 산화마그네슘을 함유하고 있음을 보여주었다. 이 EDS 스펙트럼에서는 불소, 황, 알루미늄의 피크가 확인되었으나 그 양은 상대적으로 적었다. 대조적으로, 산화막의 외부 층은 조밀하고 불화물과 산화물의 혼합물로 구성되어 있습니다( 그림 7d-e).

    그림 7

    Fig. 8 (a)는 0.5%SF 6 /CO 2 분위기에서 제작된 AZ91 합금 인장시험봉의 파단면의 연행결함을 보여준다 . 상응하는 EDS 결과(표 3)는 산화막이 불화물과 산화물을 함유함을 보여주었다. 황과 질소는 검출되지 않았습니다. 게다가, 확대 관찰(  8b)은 산화막 표면에 반점을 나타내었다. 반점의 직경은 수백 나노미터에서 수 마이크론 미터까지 다양했습니다.

    그림 8

    산화막의 구조와 조성을 보다 명확하게 나타내기 위해 테스트 바 파단면의 산화막 단면을 FIB 기법을 사용하여 현장에서 노출시켰다( 그림 9 ). 도 9a에 도시된 바와 같이 , 백금 코팅층과 Mg-Al 합금 기재 사이에 연속적인 산화피막이 발견되었다. 그림 9 (bc)는 다층 구조( 그림 9c 에서 빨간색 상자로 표시)를 나타내는 산화막에 대한 확대 관찰을 보여줍니다 . 바닥층은 불소와 산소가 풍부하고 불소와 산화물의 혼합물이어야 합니다 . 5 와 7, 유일한 산소가 풍부한 최상층은 도 1 및 도 2에 도시 된 “내층”과 유사하였다 5 및 7 .

    그림 9

    연속 필름을 제외하고 도 9 에 도시된 바와 같이 연속 필름 내부 또는 하부에서도 일부 개별 입자가 관찰되었다 . 그림 9( b) 의 산화막 좌측에서 Al이 풍부한 입자가 검출되었으며, 마그네슘과 산소 원소도 풍부하게 함유하고 있어 스피넬 Mg 2 AlO 4 로 추측할 수 있다 . 이러한 Mg 2 AlO 4 입자의 존재는 Fig. 5 와 같이 관찰된 필름의 작은 영역에 높은 알루미늄 농도와 알루미늄의 불균일한 분포의 원인이 된다 .(씨). 여기서 강조되어야 할 것은 연속 산화막의 바닥층의 다른 부분이 이 Al이 풍부한 입자보다 적은 양의 알루미늄을 함유하고 있지만, 그림 9c는 이 바닥층의 알루미늄 양이 여전히 무시할 수 없는 수준임을 나타냅니다 . , 특히 필름의 외층과 비교할 때. 도 9b에 도시된 산화막의 우측 아래에서 입자가 검출되어 Mg와 O가 풍부하여 MgO인 것으로 추측되었다. Wang의 결과에 따르면 [56], Mg 용융물과 Mg 증기의 산화에 의해 Mg 용융물의 표면에 많은 이산 MgO 입자가 형성될 수 있다. 우리의 현재 연구에서 관찰된 MgO 입자는 같은 이유로 인해 형성될 수 있습니다. 실험 조건의 차이로 인해 더 적은 Mg 용융물이 기화되거나 O2와 반응할 수 있으므로 우리 작업에서 형성되는 MgO 입자는 소수에 불과합니다. 또한 필름에서 풍부한 탄소가 발견되어 CO 2 가 용융물과 반응하여 탄소 또는 탄화물을 형성할 수 있음을 보여줍니다 . 이 탄소 농도는 표 3에 나타낸 산화막의 상대적으로 높은 탄소 함량 (즉, 어두운 영역) 과 일치하였다 . 산화막 옆 영역.

    표 3 . 도 8에 도시된 영역에 상응하는 EDS 결과(wt.%) (커버 가스: SF 6 / CO 2 ).

    영형마그네슘NS아연NSNS
    그림 8 (a)의 어두운 영역7.253.6469.823.827.030.86
    그림 8 (a)의 밝은 영역2.100.4482.8313.261.36

    테스트 바 파단면( 도 9 ) 에서 산화막의 이 단면 관찰은 도 6 (e)에 도시된 엔트레인먼트 결함의 개략도를 추가로 확인했다 . SF 6 /CO 2 와 SF 6 /air 의 서로 다른 분위기에서 형성된 엔트레인먼트 결함 은 유사한 구조를 가졌지만 그 조성은 달랐다.

    3.3 . 산화 전지에서 산화막의 진화

    섹션 3.1 및 3.2 의 결과 는 SF 6 /air 및 SF 6 /CO 2 의 커버 가스 아래에서 AZ91 주조에서 형성된 연행 결함의 구조 및 구성을 보여줍니다 . 산화 반응의 다른 단계는 연행 결함의 다른 구조와 조성으로 이어질 수 있습니다. Campbell은 동반된 가스가 주변 용융물과 반응할 수 있다고 추측했지만 Mg 합금 용융물과 포획된 커버 가스 사이에 반응이 발생했다는 보고는 거의 없습니다. 이전 연구자들은 일반적으로 개방된 환경에서 Mg 합금 용융물과 커버 가스 사이의 반응에 초점을 맞췄습니다 [38 , 39 , [46] , [47][48] , [49] , [50] , [51] , [52] , 이는 용융물에 갇힌 커버 가스의 상황과 다릅니다. AZ91 합금에서 엔트레인먼트 결함의 형성을 더 이해하기 위해 엔트레인먼트 결함의 산화막의 진화 과정을 산화 셀을 사용하여 추가로 연구했습니다.

    .도 10 (a 및 d) 0.5 % 방송 SF 보호 산화 셀에서 5 분 동안 유지 된 표면 막 (6) / 공기. 불화물과 산화물(MgF 2 와 MgO) 로 이루어진 단 하나의 층이 있었습니다 . 이 표면 필름에서. 황은 EDS 스펙트럼에서 검출되었지만 그 양이 너무 적어 원소 맵에서 인식되지 않았습니다. 이 산화막의 구조 및 조성은 도 4 에 나타낸 엔트레인먼트 결함의 단층막과 유사하였다 .

    그림 10

    10분의 유지 시간 후, 얇은 (O,S)가 풍부한 상부층(약 700nm)이 예비 F-농축 필름에 나타나 그림 10 (b 및 e) 에서와 같이 다층 구조를 형성했습니다 . ). (O, S)가 풍부한 최상층의 두께는 유지 시간이 증가함에 따라 증가했습니다. Fig. 10 (c, f) 에서 보는 바와 같이 30분간 유지한 산화막도 다층구조를 가지고 있으나 (O,S)가 풍부한 최상층(약 2.5μm)의 두께가 10분 산화막의 그것. 도 10 (bc) 에 도시 된 다층 산화막 은 도 5에 도시된 샌드위치형 결함의 막과 유사한 외관을 나타냈다 .

    도 10에 도시된 산화막의 상이한 구조는 커버 가스의 불화물이 AZ91 합금 용융물과의 반응으로 인해 우선적으로 소모될 것임을 나타내었다. 불화물이 고갈된 후, 잔류 커버 가스는 액체 AZ91 합금과 추가로 반응하여 산화막에 상부 (O, S)가 풍부한 층을 형성했습니다. 따라서 도 1 및 도 3에 도시된 연행 결함의 상이한 구조 및 조성 4 와 5 는 용융물과 갇힌 커버 가스 사이의 진행 중인 산화 반응 때문일 수 있습니다.

    이 다층 구조는 Mg 합금 용융물에 형성된 보호 표면 필름에 관한 이전 간행물 [38 , [46] , [47] , [48] , [49] , [50] , [51] 에서 보고되지 않았습니다 . . 이는 이전 연구원들이 무제한의 커버 가스로 실험을 수행했기 때문에 커버 가스의 불화물이 고갈되지 않는 상황을 만들었기 때문일 수 있습니다. 따라서 엔트레인먼트 결함의 산화피막은 도 10에 도시된 산화피막과 유사한 거동특성을 가지나 [38 ,[46] , [47] , [48] , [49] , [50] , [51] .

    SF 유지 산화막와 마찬가지로 6 / 공기, SF에 형성된 산화물 막 (6) / CO 2는 또한 세포 산화 다른 유지 시간과 다른 구조를 가지고 있었다. .도 11 (a)는 AZ91 개최 산화막, 0.5 %의 커버 가스 하에서 SF 표면 용융 도시 6 / CO 2, 5 분. 이 필름은 MgF 2 로 이루어진 단층 구조를 가졌다 . 이 영화에서는 MgO의 존재를 확인할 수 없었다. 30분의 유지 시간 후, 필름은 다층 구조를 가졌다; 내부 층은 조밀하고 균일한 외관을 가지며 MgF 2 로 구성 되고 외부 층은 MgF 2 혼합물및 MgO. 0.5%SF 6 /air 에서 형성된 표면막과 다른 이 막에서는 황이 검출되지 않았다 . 따라서, 0.5%SF 6 /CO 2 의 커버 가스 내의 불화물 도 막 성장 과정의 초기 단계에서 우선적으로 소모되었다. SF 6 /air 에서 형성된 막과 비교하여 SF 6 /CO 2 에서 형성된 막에서 MgO 는 나중에 나타났고 황화물은 30분 이내에 나타나지 않았다. 이는 SF 6 /air 에서 필름의 형성과 진화 가 SF 6 /CO 2 보다 빠르다 는 것을 의미할 수 있습니다 . CO 2 후속적으로 용융물과 반응하여 MgO를 형성하는 반면, 황 함유 화합물은 커버 가스에 축적되어 반응하여 매우 늦은 단계에서 황화물을 형성할 수 있습니다(산화 셀에서 30분 후).

    그림 11

    4 . 논의

    4.1 . SF 6 /air 에서 형성된 연행 결함의 진화

    Outokumpu HSC Chemistry for Windows( http://www.hsc-chemistry.net/ )의 HSC 소프트웨어를 사용하여 갇힌 기체와 액체 AZ91 합금 사이에서 발생할 수 있는 반응을 탐색하는 데 필요한 열역학 계산을 수행했습니다. 계산에 대한 솔루션은 소량의 커버 가스(즉, 갇힌 기포 내의 양)와 AZ91 합금 용융물 사이의 반응 과정에서 어떤 생성물이 가장 형성될 가능성이 있는지 제안합니다.

    실험에서 압력은 1기압으로, 온도는 700°C로 설정했습니다. 커버 가스의 사용량은 7 × 10으로 가정 하였다 -7  약 0.57 cm의 양으로 kg 3 (3.14 × 10 -6  0.5 % SF위한 kmol) 6 / 공기, 0.35 cm (3) (3.12 × 10 – 8  kmol) 0.5%SF 6 /CO 2 . 포획된 가스와 접촉하는 AZ91 합금 용융물의 양은 모든 반응을 완료하기에 충분한 것으로 가정되었습니다. SF 6 의 분해 생성물 은 SF 5 , SF 4 , SF 3 , SF 2 , F 2 , S(g), S 2(g) 및 F(g) [57] , [58] , [59] , [60] .

    그림 12 는 AZ91 합금과 0.5%SF 6 /air 사이의 반응에 대한 열역학적 계산의 평형 다이어그램을 보여줍니다 . 다이어그램에서 10 -15  kmol 미만의 반응물 및 생성물은 표시되지 않았습니다. 이는 존재 하는 SF 6 의 양 (≈ 1.57 × 10 -10  kmol) 보다 5배 적 으므로 영향을 미치지 않습니다. 실제적인 방법으로 과정을 관찰했습니다.

    그림 12

    이 반응 과정은 3단계로 나눌 수 있다.

    1단계 : 불화물의 형성. AZ91 용융물은 SF 6 및 그 분해 생성물과 우선적으로 반응하여 MgF 2 , AlF 3 및 ZnF 2 를 생성 합니다. 그러나 ZnF 2 의 양 이 너무 적어서 실제적으로 검출되지  않았을 수 있습니다(  MgF 2 의 3 × 10 -10 kmol에 비해 ZnF 2 1.25 × 10 -12 kmol ). 섹션 3.1 – 3.3에 표시된 모든 산화막 . 한편, 잔류 가스에 황이 SO 2 로 축적되었다 .

    2단계 : 산화물의 형성. 액체 AZ91 합금이 포획된 가스에서 사용 가능한 모든 불화물을 고갈시킨 후, Mg와의 반응으로 인해 AlF 3 및 ZnF 2 의 양이 빠르게 감소했습니다. O 2 (g) 및 SO 2 는 AZ91 용융물과 반응하여 MgO, Al 2 O 3 , MgAl 2 O 4 , ZnO, ZnSO 4 및 MgSO 4 를 형성 합니다. 그러나 ZnO 및 ZnSO 4 의 양은 EDS에 의해 실제로 발견되기에는 너무 적었을 것입니다(예: 9.5 × 10 -12  kmol의 ZnO, 1.38 × 10 -14  kmol의 ZnSO 4 , 대조적으로 4.68 × 10−10  kmol의 MgF 2 , X 축의 AZ91 양 이 2.5 × 10 -9  kmol일 때). 실험 사례에서 커버 가스의 F 농도는 매우 낮고 전체 농도 f O는 훨씬 높습니다. 따라서 1단계와 2단계, 즉 불화물과 산화물의 형성은 반응 초기에 동시에 일어나 그림 1과 2와 같이 불화물과 산화물의 가수층 혼합물이 형성될 수 있다 . 4 및 10 (a). 내부 층은 산화물로 구성되어 있지만 불화물은 커버 가스에서 F 원소가 완전히 고갈된 후에 형성될 수 있습니다.

    단계 1-2는 도 10 에 도시 된 다층 구조의 형성 과정을 이론적으로 검증하였다 .

    산화막 내의 MgAl 2 O 4 및 Al 2 O 3 의 양은 도 4에 도시된 산화막과 일치하는 검출하기에 충분한 양이었다 . 그러나, 도 10 에 도시된 바와 같이, 산화셀에서 성장된 산화막에서는 알루미늄의 존재를 인식할 수 없었다 . 이러한 Al의 부재는 표면 필름과 AZ91 합금 용융물 사이의 다음 반응으로 인한 것일 수 있습니다.(1)

    Al 2 O 3  + 3Mg + = 3MgO + 2Al, △G(700°C) = -119.82 kJ/mol(2)

    Mg + MgAl 2 O 4  = MgO + Al, △G(700°C) = -106.34 kJ/mol이는 반응물이 서로 완전히 접촉한다는 가정 하에 열역학적 계산이 수행되었기 때문에 HSC 소프트웨어로 시뮬레이션할 수 없었습니다. 그러나 실제 공정에서 AZ91 용융물과 커버 가스는 보호 표면 필름의 존재로 인해 서로 완전히 접촉할 수 없습니다.

    3단계 : 황화물과 질화물의 형성. 30분의 유지 시간 후, 산화 셀의 기상 불화물 및 산화물이 고갈되어 잔류 가스와 용융 반응을 허용하여 초기 F-농축 또는 (F, O )이 풍부한 표면 필름, 따라서 그림 10 (b 및 c)에 표시된 관찰된 다층 구조를 생성합니다 . 게다가, 질소는 모든 반응이 완료될 때까지 AZ91 용융물과 반응했습니다. 도 6 에 도시 된 산화막 은 질화물 함량으로 인해 이 반응 단계에 해당할 수 있다. 그러나, 그 결과는 도 1 및 도 5에 도시 된 연마된 샘플에서 질화물이 검출되지 않음을 보여준다. 4 와 5, 그러나 테스트 바 파단면에서만 발견됩니다. 질화물은 다음과 같이 샘플 준비 과정에서 가수분해될 수 있습니다 [54] .(삼)

    Mg 3 N 2  + 6H 2 O = 3Mg(OH) 2  + 2NH 3 ↑(4)

    AlN+ 3H 2 O = Al(OH) 3  + NH 3 ↑

    또한 Schmidt et al. [61] 은 Mg 3 N 2 와 AlN이 반응하여 3원 질화물(Mg 3 Al n N n+2, n=1, 2, 3…) 을 형성할 수 있음을 발견했습니다 . HSC 소프트웨어에는 삼원 질화물 데이터베이스가 포함되어 있지 않아 계산에 추가할 수 없습니다. 이 단계의 산화막은 또한 삼원 질화물을 포함할 수 있습니다.

    4.2 . SF 6 /CO 2 에서 형성된 연행 결함의 진화

    도 13 은 AZ91 합금과 0.5%SF 6 /CO 2 사이의 열역학적 계산 결과를 보여준다 . 이 반응 과정도 세 단계로 나눌 수 있습니다.

    그림 13

    1단계 : 불화물의 형성. SF 6 및 그 분해 생성물은 AZ91 용융물에 의해 소비되어 MgF 2 , AlF 3 및 ZnF 2 를 형성했습니다 . 0.5% SF 6 /air 에서 AZ91의 반응에서와 같이 ZnF 2 의 양 이 너무 작아서 실제적으로 감지되지  않았습니다( 2.67 x 10 -10  kmol의 MgF 2 에 비해 ZnF 2 1.51 x 10 -13 kmol ). S와 같은 잔류 가스 트랩에 축적 유황 2 (g) 및 (S)의 일부분 (2) (g)가 CO와 반응하여 2 SO 형성하는 2및 CO. 이 반응 단계의 생성물은 도 11 (a)에 도시된 필름과 일치하며 , 이는 불화물만을 함유하는 단일 층 구조를 갖는다.

    2단계 : 산화물의 형성. ALF 3 및 ZnF 2 MgF로 형성 용융 AZ91 마그네슘의 반응 2 , Al 및 Zn으로한다. SO 2 는 소모되기 시작하여 표면 필름에 산화물을 생성 하고 커버 가스에 S 2 (g)를 생성했습니다. 한편, CO 2 는 AZ91 용융물과 직접 반응하여 CO, MgO, ZnO 및 Al 2 O 3 를 형성 합니다. 도 1에 도시 된 산화막 9 및 11 (b)는 산소가 풍부한 층과 다층 구조로 인해 이 반응 단계에 해당할 수 있습니다.

    커버 가스의 CO는 AZ91 용융물과 추가로 반응하여 C를 생성할 수 있습니다. 이 탄소는 온도가 감소할 때(응고 기간 동안) Mg와 추가로 반응하여 Mg 탄화물을 형성할 수 있습니다 [62] . 이것은 도 4에 도시된 산화막의 탄소 함량이 높은 이유일 수 있다 8 – 9 . Liang et al. [39] 또한 SO 2 /CO 2 로 보호된 AZ91 합금 표면 필름에서 탄소 검출을 보고했습니다 . 생성된 Al 2 O 3 는 MgO와 더 결합하여 MgAl 2 O [63]를 형성할 수 있습니다 . 섹션 4.1 에서 논의된 바와 같이, 알루미나 및 스피넬은 도 11 에 도시된 바와 같이 표면 필름에 알루미늄 부재를 야기하는 Mg와 반응할 수 있다 .

    3단계 : 황화물의 형성. AZ91은 용융물 S 소비하기 시작 2 인 ZnS와 MGS 형성 갇힌 잔류 가스 (g)를. 이러한 반응은 반응 과정의 마지막 단계까지 일어나지 않았으며, 이는 Fig. 7 (c)에 나타난 결함의 S-함량 이 적은 이유일 수 있다 .

    요약하면, 열역학적 계산은 AZ91 용융물이 커버 가스와 반응하여 먼저 불화물을 형성한 다음 마지막에 산화물과 황화물을 형성할 것임을 나타냅니다. 다른 반응 단계에서 산화막은 다른 구조와 조성을 가질 것입니다.

    4.3 . 운반 가스가 동반 가스 소비 및 AZ91 주물의 재현성에 미치는 영향

    SF 6 /air 및 SF 6 /CO 2 에서 형성된 연행 결함의 진화 과정은 4.1절 과 4.2  에서 제안되었습니다 . 이론적인 계산은 실제 샘플에서 발견되는 해당 산화막과 관련하여 검증되었습니다. 연행 결함 내의 대기는 Al-합금 시스템과 다른 시나리오에서 액체 Mg-합금과의 반응으로 인해 효율적으로 소모될 수 있습니다(즉, 연행된 기포의 질소가 Al-합금 용융물과 효율적으로 반응하지 않을 것입니다 [64 , 65] 그러나 일반적으로 “질소 연소”라고 하는 액체 Mg 합금에서 질소가 더 쉽게 소모될 것입니다 [66] ).

    동반된 가스와 주변 액체 Mg-합금 사이의 반응은 동반된 가스를 산화막 내에서 고체 화합물(예: MgO)로 전환하여 동반 결함의 공극 부피를 감소시켜 결함(예: 공기의 동반된 가스가 주변의 액체 Mg 합금에 의해 고갈되면 용융 온도가 700 °C이고 액체 Mg 합금의 깊이가 10 cm라고 가정할 때 최종 고체 제품의 총 부피는 0.044가 됩니다. 갇힌 공기가 취한 초기 부피의 %).

    연행 결함의 보이드 부피 감소와 해당 주조 특성 사이의 관계는 알루미늄 합금 주조에서 널리 연구되었습니다. Nyahumwa와 Campbell [16] 은 HIP(Hot Isostatic Pressing) 공정이 Al-합금 주물의 연행 결함이 붕괴되고 산화물 표면이 접촉하게 되었다고 보고했습니다. 주물의 피로 수명은 HIP 이후 개선되었습니다. Nyahumwa와 Campbell [16] 도 서로 접촉하고 있는 이중 산화막의 잠재적인 결합을 제안했지만 이를 뒷받침하는 직접적인 증거는 없었습니다. 이 결합 현상은 Aryafar et.al에 의해 추가로 조사되었습니다. [8], 그는 강철 튜브에서 산화물 스킨이 있는 두 개의 Al-합금 막대를 다시 녹인 다음 응고된 샘플에 대해 인장 강도 테스트를 수행했습니다. 그들은 Al-합금 봉의 산화물 스킨이 서로 강하게 결합되어 용융 유지 시간이 연장됨에 따라 더욱 강해짐을 발견했으며, 이는 이중 산화막 내 동반된 가스의 소비로 인한 잠재적인 “치유” 현상을 나타냅니다. 구조. 또한 Raidszadeh와 Griffiths [9 , 19] 는 연행 가스가 반응하는 데 더 긴 시간을 갖도록 함으로써 응고 전 용융 유지 시간을 연장함으로써 Al-합금 주물의 재현성에 대한 연행 결함의 부정적인 영향을 성공적으로 줄였습니다. 주변이 녹습니다.

    앞서 언급한 연구를 고려할 때, Mg 합금 주물에서 혼입 가스의 소비는 다음 두 가지 방식으로 혼입 결함의 부정적인 영향을 감소시킬 수 있습니다.

    (1) 이중 산화막의 결합 현상 . 도 5 및 도 7 에 도시 된 샌드위치형 구조 는 이중 산화막 구조의 잠재적인 결합을 나타내었다. 그러나 산화막의 결합으로 인한 강도 증가를 정량화하기 위해서는 더 많은 증거가 필요합니다.

    (2) 연행 결함의 보이드 체적 감소 . 주조품의 품질에 대한 보이드 부피 감소의 긍정적인 효과는 HIP 프로세스 [67]에 의해 널리 입증되었습니다 . 섹션 4.1 – 4.2 에서 논의된 진화 과정과 같이 , 동반된 가스와 주변 AZ91 합금 용융물 사이의 지속적인 반응으로 인해 동반 결함의 산화막이 함께 성장할 수 있습니다. 최종 고체 생성물의 부피는 동반된 기체에 비해 상당히 작았다(즉, 이전에 언급된 바와 같이 0.044%).

    따라서, 혼입 가스의 소모율(즉, 산화막의 성장 속도)은 AZ91 합금 주물의 품질을 향상시키는 중요한 매개변수가 될 수 있습니다. 이에 따라 산화 셀의 산화막 성장 속도를 추가로 조사했습니다.

    도 14 는 상이한 커버 가스(즉, 0.5%SF 6 /air 및 0.5%SF 6 /CO 2 ) 에서의 표면 필름 성장 속도의 비교를 보여준다 . 필름 두께 측정을 위해 각 샘플의 15개의 임의 지점을 선택했습니다. 95% 신뢰구간(95%CI)은 막두께의 변화가 가우시안 분포를 따른다는 가정하에 계산하였다. 0.5%SF 6 /air 에서 형성된 모든 표면막이 0.5%SF 6 /CO 2 에서 형성된 것보다 빠르게 성장함을 알 수 있다 . 다른 성장률은 0.5%SF 6 /air 의 연행 가스 소비율 이 0.5%SF 6 /CO 2 보다 더 높음 을 시사했습니다., 이는 동반된 가스의 소비에 더 유리했습니다.

    그림 14

    산화 셀에서 액체 AZ91 합금과 커버 가스의 접촉 면적(즉, 도가니의 크기)은 많은 양의 용융물과 가스를 고려할 때 상대적으로 작았다는 점에 유의해야 합니다. 결과적으로, 산화 셀 내에서 산화막 성장을 위한 유지 시간은 비교적 길었다(즉, 5-30분). 하지만, 실제 주조에 함유 된 혼입 결함은 (상대적으로 매우 적은, 즉, 수 미크론의 크기에 도시 된 바와 같이 ,도 3. – 6 및 [7]), 동반된 가스는 주변 용융물로 완전히 둘러싸여 상대적으로 큰 접촉 영역을 생성합니다. 따라서 커버 가스와 AZ91 합금 용융물의 반응 시간은 비교적 짧을 수 있습니다. 또한 실제 Mg 합금 모래 주조의 응고 시간은 몇 분일 수 있습니다(예: Guo [68] 은 직경 60mm의 Mg 합금 모래 주조가 응고되는 데 4분이 필요하다고 보고했습니다). 따라서 Mg-합금 용융주조 과정에서 포획된 동반된 가스는 특히 응고 시간이 긴 모래 주물 및 대형 주물의 경우 주변 용융물에 의해 쉽게 소모될 것으로 예상할 수 있습니다.

    따라서, 동반 가스의 다른 소비율과 관련된 다른 커버 가스(0.5%SF 6 /air 및 0.5%SF 6 /CO 2 )가 최종 주물의 재현성에 영향을 미칠 수 있습니다. 이 가정을 검증하기 위해 0.5%SF 6 /air 및 0.5%SF 6 /CO 2 에서 생산된 AZ91 주물 을 기계적 평가를 위해 테스트 막대로 가공했습니다. Weibull 분석은 선형 최소 자승(LLS) 방법과 비선형 최소 자승(비 LLS) 방법을 모두 사용하여 수행되었습니다 [69] .

    그림 15 (ab)는 LLS 방법으로 얻은 UTS 및 AZ91 합금 주물의 연신율의 전통적인 2-p 선형 Weibull 플롯을 보여줍니다. 사용된 추정기는 P= (i-0.5)/N이며, 이는 모든 인기 있는 추정기 중 가장 낮은 편향을 유발하는 것으로 제안되었습니다 [69 , 70] . SF 6 /air 에서 생산된 주물 은 UTS Weibull 계수가 16.9이고 연신율 Weibull 계수가 5.0입니다. 대조적으로, SF 6 /CO 2 에서 생산된 주물의 UTS 및 연신 Weibull 계수는 각각 7.7과 2.7로, SF 6 /CO 2 에 의해 보호된 주물의 재현성이 SF 6 /air 에서 생산된 것보다 훨씬 낮음을 시사합니다. .

    그림 15

    또한 저자의 이전 출판물 [69] 은 선형화된 Weibull 플롯의 단점을 보여주었으며, 이는 Weibull 추정 의 더 높은 편향과 잘못된 2 중단을 유발할 수 있습니다 . 따라서 그림 15 (cd) 와 같이 Non-LLS Weibull 추정이 수행되었습니다 . SF 6 /공기주조물 의 UTS Weibull 계수 는 20.8인 반면, SF 6 /CO 2 하에서 생산된 주조물의 UTS Weibull 계수는 11.4로 낮아 재현성에서 분명한 차이를 보였다. 또한 SF 6 /air elongation(El%) 데이터 세트는 SF 6 /CO 2 의 elongation 데이터 세트보다 더 높은 Weibull 계수(모양 = 5.8)를 가졌습니다.(모양 = 3.1). 따라서 LLS 및 Non-LLS 추정 모두 SF 6 /공기 주조가 SF 6 /CO 2 주조 보다 더 높은 재현성을 갖는다고 제안했습니다 . CO 2 대신 공기를 사용 하면 혼입된 가스의 더 빠른 소비에 기여하여 결함 내의 공극 부피를 줄일 수 있다는 방법을 지원합니다 . 따라서 0.5%SF 6 /CO 2 대신 0.5%SF 6 /air를 사용 하면(동반된 가스의 소비율이 증가함) AZ91 주물의 재현성이 향상되었습니다.

    그러나 모든 Mg 합금 주조 공장이 현재 작업에서 사용되는 주조 공정을 따랐던 것은 아니라는 점에 유의해야 합니다. Mg의 합금 용탕 본 작업은 탈기에 따라서, 동반 가스의 소비에 수소의 영향을 감소 (즉, 수소 잠재적 동반 가스의 고갈 억제, 동반 된 기체로 확산 될 수있다 [7 , 71 , 72] ). 대조적으로, 마그네슘 합금 주조 공장에서는 마그네슘을 주조할 때 ‘가스 문제’가 없고 따라서 인장 특성에 큰 변화가 없다고 널리 믿어지기 때문에 마그네슘 합금 용융물은 일반적으로 탈기되지 않습니다 [73] . 연구에 따르면 Mg 합금 주물의 기계적 특성에 대한 수소의 부정적인 영향 [41 ,42 , 73] , 탈기 공정은 마그네슘 합금 주조 공장에서 여전히 인기가 없습니다.

    또한 현재 작업에서 모래 주형 공동은 붓기 전에 SF 6 커버 가스 로 플러싱되었습니다 [22] . 그러나 모든 Mg 합금 주조 공장이 이러한 방식으로 금형 캐비티를 플러싱한 것은 아닙니다. 예를 들어, Stone Foundry Ltd(영국)는 커버 가스 플러싱 대신 유황 분말을 사용했습니다. 그들의 주물 내의 동반된 가스 는 보호 가스라기 보다는 SO 2 /공기일 수 있습니다 .

    따라서 본 연구의 결과는 CO 2 대신 공기를 사용 하는 것이 최종 주조의 재현성을 향상시키는 것으로 나타났지만 다른 산업용 Mg 합금 주조 공정과 관련하여 캐리어 가스의 영향을 확인하기 위해서는 여전히 추가 조사가 필요합니다.

    7 . 결론

    1.

    AZ91 합금에 형성된 연행 결함이 관찰되었습니다. 그들의 산화막은 단층과 다층의 두 가지 유형의 구조를 가지고 있습니다. 다층 산화막은 함께 성장하여 최종 주조에서 샌드위치 같은 구조를 형성할 수 있습니다.2.

    실험 결과와 이론적인 열역학적 계산은 모두 갇힌 가스의 불화물이 황을 소비하기 전에 고갈되었음을 보여주었습니다. 이중 산화막 결함의 3단계 진화 과정이 제안되었습니다. 산화막은 진화 단계에 따라 다양한 화합물 조합을 포함했습니다. SF 6 /air 에서 형성된 결함 은 SF 6 /CO 2 에서 형성된 것과 유사한 구조를 갖지만 산화막의 조성은 달랐다. 엔트레인먼트 결함의 산화막 형성 및 진화 과정은 이전에 보고된 Mg 합금 표면막(즉, MgF 2 이전에 형성된 MgO)의 것과 달랐다 .삼.

    산화막의 성장 속도는 SF하에 큰 것으로 입증되었다 (6) / SF보다 공기 6 / CO 2 손상 봉입 가스의 빠른 소비에 기여한다. AZ91 합금 주물의 재현성은 SF 6 /CO 2 대신 SF 6 /air를 사용할 때 향상되었습니다 .

    감사의 말

    저자는 EPSRC LiME 보조금 EP/H026177/1의 자금 지원 과 WD Griffiths 박사와 Adrian Carden(버밍엄 대학교)의 도움을 인정합니다. 주조 작업은 University of Birmingham에서 수행되었습니다.

    참조
    [1]
    MK McNutt , SALAZAR K.
    마그네슘, 화합물 및 금속, 미국 지질 조사국 및 미국 내무부
    레 스톤 , 버지니아 ( 2013 )
    Google 학술검색
    [2]
    마그네슘
    화합물 및 금속, 미국 지질 조사국 및 미국 내무부
    ( 1996 )
    Google 학술검색
    [삼]
    I. Ostrovsky , Y. Henn
    ASTEC’07 International Conference-New Challenges in Aeronautics , Moscow ( 2007 ) , pp. 1 – 5
    8월 19-22일
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기Google 학술검색
    [4]
    Y. Wan , B. Tang , Y. Gao , L. Tang , G. Sha , B. Zhang , N. Liang , C. Liu , S. Jiang , Z. Chen , X. Guo , Y. Zhao
    액타 메이터. , 200 ( 2020 ) , 274 – 286 페이지
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [5]
    JTJ Burd , EA Moore , H. Ezzat , R. Kirchain , R. Roth
    적용 에너지 , 283 ( 2021 ) , 제 116269 조
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [6]
    AM 루이스 , JC 켈리 , 조지아주 Keoleian
    적용 에너지 , 126 ( 2014 ) , pp. 13 – 20
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [7]
    J. 캠벨
    주물
    버터워스-하이네만 , 옥스퍼드 ( 2004 )
    Google 학술검색
    [8]
    M. Aryafar , R. Raiszadeh , A. Shalbafzadeh
    J. 메이터. 과학. , 45 ( 2010 년 ) , PP. (3041) – 3051
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [9]
    R. 라이자데 , WD 그리피스
    메탈. 메이터. 트랜스. B-프로세스 메탈. 메이터. 프로세스. 과학. , 42 ( 2011 ) , 133 ~ 143페이지
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [10]
    R. 라이자데 , WD 그리피스
    J. 합금. Compd. , 491 ( 2010 ) , 575 ~ 580 쪽
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [11]
    L. Peng , G. Zeng , TC Su , H. Yasuda , K. Nogita , CM Gourlay
    JOM , 71 ( 2019 ) , pp. 2235 – 2244
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [12]
    S. Ganguly , AK Mondal , S. Sarkar , A. Basu , S. Kumar , C. Blawert
    코로스. 과학. , 166 ( 2020 )
    [13]
    GE Bozchaloei , N. Varahram , P. Davami , SK 김
    메이터. 과학. 영어 A-구조체. 메이터. 소품 Microstruct. 프로세스. , 548 ( 2012 ) , 99 ~ 105페이지
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [14]
    S. 폭스 , J. 캠벨
    Scr. 메이터. , 43 ( 2000 ) , PP. 881 – 886
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [15]
    M. 콕스 , RA 하딩 , J. 캠벨
    메이터. 과학. 기술. , 19 ( 2003 ) , 613 ~ 625페이지
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [16]
    C. Nyahumwa , NR Green , J. Campbell
    메탈. 메이터. 트랜스. A-Phys. 메탈. 메이터. 과학. , 32 ( 2001 ) , 349 ~ 358 쪽
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [17]
    A. Ardekhani , R. Raiszadeh
    J. 메이터. 영어 공연하다. , 21 ( 2012 ) , pp. 1352 – 1362
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [18]
    X. Dai , X. Yang , J. Campbell , J. Wood
    메이터. 과학. 기술. , 20 ( 2004 ) , 505 ~ 513 쪽
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [19]
    EM 엘갈라드 , MF 이브라힘 , HW 도티 , FH 사무엘
    필로스. 잡지. , 98 ( 2018 ) , PP. 1337 – 1359
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [20]
    WD 그리피스 , NW 라이
    메탈. 메이터. 트랜스. A-Phys. 메탈. 메이터. 과학. , 38A ( 2007 ) , PP. 190 – 196
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [21]
    AR Mirak , M. Divandari , SMA Boutorabi , J. 캠벨
    국제 J. 캐스트 만났습니다. 해상도 , 20 ( 2007 ) , PP. 215 – 220
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [22]
    C. 칭기
    주조공학 연구실
    Helsinki University of Technology , Espoo, Finland ( 2006 )
    Google 학술검색
    [23]
    Y. Jia , J. Hou , H. Wang , Q. Le , Q. Lan , X. Chen , L. Bao
    J. 메이터. 프로세스. 기술. , 278 ( 2020 ) , 제 116542 조
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [24]
    S. Ouyang , G. Yang , H. Qin , S. Luo , L. Xiao , W. Jie
    메이터. 과학. 영어 A , 780 ( 2020 ) , 제 139138 조
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [25]
    에스엠. Xiong , X.-F. 왕
    트랜스. 비철금속 사회 중국 , 20 ( 2010 ) , pp. 1228 – 1234
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [26]
    지브이리서치
    그랜드뷰 리서치
    ( 2018 )
    미국
    Google 학술검색
    [27]
    T. 리 , J. 데이비스
    메탈. 메이터. 트랜스. , 51 ( 2020 ) , PP. 5,389 – (5400)
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [28]
    JF Fruehling, 미시간 대학, 1970.
    Google 학술검색
    [29]
    S. 쿨링
    제36회 세계 마그네슘 연례 회의 , 노르웨이 ( 1979 ) , pp. 54 – 57
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기Google 학술검색
    [30]
    S. Cashion , N. Ricketts , P. Hayes
    J. 가벼운 만남. , 2 ( 2002 ) , 43 ~ 47페이지
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [31]
    S. Cashion , N. Ricketts , P. Hayes
    J. 가벼운 만남. , 2 ( 2002 ) , PP. 37 – 42
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [32]
    K. Aarstad , G. Tranell , G. Pettersen , TA Engh
    SF6에 의해 보호되는 마그네슘의 표면을 연구하는 다양한 기술
    TMS ( 2003년 )
    Google 학술검색
    [33]
    에스엠 Xiong , X.-L. 리우
    메탈. 메이터. 트랜스. , 38 ( 2007 년 ) , PP. (428) – (434)
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [34]
    T.-S. 시 , J.-B. Liu , P.-S. 웨이
    메이터. 화학 물리. , 104 ( 2007 ) , 497 ~ 504페이지
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [35]
    G. Pettersen , E. Øvrelid , G. Tranell , J. Fenstad , H. Gjestland
    메이터. 과학. 영어 , 332 ( 2002 ) , PP. (285) – (294)
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [36]
    H. Bo , LB Liu , ZP Jin
    J. 합금. Compd. , 490 ( 2010 ) , 318 ~ 325 쪽
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [37]
    A. 미락 , C. 데이비슨 , J. 테일러
    코로스. 과학. , 52 ( 2010 ) , PP. 1992 년 – 2000
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [38]
    BD 리 , UH 부리 , KW 리 , GS 한강 , JW 한
    메이터. 트랜스. , 54 ( 2013 ) , 66 ~ 73페이지
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [39]
    WZ Liang , Q. Gao , F. Chen , HH Liu , ZH Zhao
    China Foundry , 9 ( 2012 ) , pp. 226 – 230
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [40]
    UI 골드슐레거 , EY 샤피로비치
    연소. 폭발 충격파 , 35 ( 1999 ) , 637 ~ 644페이지
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [41]
    A. Elsayed , SL Sin , E. Vandersluis , J. Hill , S. Ahmad , C. Ravindran , S. Amer Foundry
    트랜스. 오전. 파운드리 Soc. , 120 ( 2012 ) , 423 ~ 429페이지
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [42]
    E. Zhang , GJ Wang , ZC Hu
    메이터. 과학. 기술. , 26 ( 2010 ) , 1253 ~ 1258페이지
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [43]
    NR 그린 , J. 캠벨
    메이터. 과학. 영어 A-구조체. 메이터. 소품 Microstruct. 프로세스. , 173 ( 1993 ) , 261 ~ 266 쪽
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [44]
    C 라일리 , MR 졸리 , NR 그린
    MCWASP XII 논문집 – 주조, 용접 및 고급 Solidifcation 프로세스의 12 모델링 , 밴쿠버, 캐나다 ( 2009 )
    Google 학술검색
    [45]
    HE Friedrich, BL Mordike, Springer, 독일, 2006.
    Google 학술검색
    [46]
    C. Zheng , BR Qin , XB Lou
    기계, 산업 및 제조 기술에 관한 2010 국제 회의 , ASME ( 2010 ) , pp. 383 – 388
    2010년 미트
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기Google 학술검색
    [47]
    SM Xiong , XF 왕
    트랜스. 비철금속 사회 중국 , 20 ( 2010 ) , pp. 1228 – 1234
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [48]
    SM Xiong , XL Liu
    메탈. 메이터. 트랜스. A-Phys. 메탈. 메이터. 과학. , 38A ( 2007 ) , PP. (428) – (434)
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [49]
    TS Shih , JB Liu , PS Wei
    메이터. 화학 물리. , 104 ( 2007 ) , 497 ~ 504페이지
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [50]
    K. Aarstad , G. Tranell , G. Pettersen , TA Engh
    매그. 기술. ( 2003 ) , PP. (5) – (10)
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [51]
    G. Pettersen , E. Ovrelid , G. Tranell , J. Fenstad , H. Gjestland
    메이터. 과학. 영어 A-구조체. 메이터. 소품 Microstruct. 프로세스. , 332 ( 2002 ) , 285 ~ 294페이지
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [52]
    XF 왕 , SM Xiong
    코로스. 과학. , 66 ( 2013 ) , PP. 300 – 307
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [53]
    SH Nie , SM Xiong , BC Liu
    메이터. 과학. 영어 A-구조체. 메이터. 소품 Microstruct. 프로세스. , 422 ( 2006 ) , 346 ~ 351페이지
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [54]
    C. Bauer , A. Mogessie , U. Galovsky
    Zeitschrift 모피 Metallkunde , 97 ( 2006 ) , PP. (164) – (168)
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [55]
    QG 왕 , D. Apelian , DA Lados
    J. 가벼운 만남. , 1 ( 2001 ) , PP. (73) – 84
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [56]
    S. Wang , Y. Wang , Q. Ramasse , Z. Fan
    메탈. 메이터. 트랜스. , 51 ( 2020 ) , PP. 2957 – 2974
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [57]
    S. Hayashi , W. Minami , T. Oguchi , HJ Kim
    카그. 코그. 론분슈 , 35 ( 2009 ) , 411 ~ 415페이지
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [58]
    K. 아르스타드
    노르웨이 과학 기술 대학교
    ( 2004년 )
    Google 학술검색
    [59]
    RL 윌킨스
    J. Chem. 물리. , 51 ( 1969 ) , p. 853
    -&
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [60]
    O. Kubaschewski , K. Hesselemam
    무기물의 열화학적 성질
    Springer-Verlag , 벨린 ( 1991 )
    Google 학술검색
    [61]
    R. Schmidt , M. Strobele , K. Eichele , HJ Meyer
    유로 J. Inorg. 화학 ( 2017 ) , PP. 2727 – 2735
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [62]
    B. Hu , Y. Du , H. Xu , W. Sun , WW Zhang , D. Zhao
    제이민 메탈. 분파. B-금속. , 46 ( 2010 ) , 97 ~ 103페이지
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [63]
    O. Salas , H. Ni , V. Jayaram , KC Vlach , CG Levi , R. Mehrabian
    J. 메이터. 해상도 , 6 ( 1991 ) , 1964 ~ 1981페이지
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [64]
    SSS Kumari , UTS Pillai , BC 빠이
    J. 합금. Compd. , 509 ( 2011 ) , pp. 2503 – 2509
    기사PDF 다운로드Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [65]
    H. Scholz , P. Greil
    J. 메이터. 과학. , 26 ( 1991 ) , 669 ~ 677 쪽
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [66]
    P. Biedenkopf , A. Karger , M. Laukotter , W. Schneider
    매그. 기술. , 2005년 ( 2005년 ) , 39 ~ 42 쪽
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [67]
    HV 앳킨슨 , S. 데이비스
    메탈. 메이터. 트랜스. , 31 ( 2000 ) , PP. 2981 – 3000
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [68]
    EJ Guo , L. Wang , YC Feng , LP Wang , YH Chen
    J. 썸. 항문. 칼로리. , 135 ( 2019 ) , PP. 2001 년 – 2008 년
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [69]
    T. Li , WD Griffiths , J. Chen
    메탈. 메이터. 트랜스. A-Phys. 메탈. 메이터. 과학. , 48A ( 2017 ) , PP. 5516 – 5528
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [70]
    M. Tiryakioglu , D. Hudak는
    J. 메이터. 과학. , 42 ( 2007 ) , pp. 10173 – 10179
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [71]
    Y. Yue , WD Griffiths , JL Fife , NR Green
    제1회 3d 재료과학 국제학술대회 논문집 ( 2012 ) , pp. 131 – 136
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기Google 학술검색
    [72]
    R. 라이자데 , WD 그리피스
    메탈. 메이터. 트랜스. B-프로세스 메탈. 메이터. 프로세스. 과학. , 37 ( 2006 ) , PP. (865) – (871)
    Scopus에서 레코드 보기
    [73]
    ZC Hu , EL Zhang , SY Zeng
    메이터. 과학. 기술. , 24 ( 2008 ) , 1304 ~ 1308페이지
    교차 참조Scopus에서 레코드 보기

    Fig. 1. Hydraulic jump flow structure.

    Performance assessment of OpenFOAM and FLOW-3D in the numerical modeling of a low Reynolds number hydraulic jump

    낮은 레이놀즈 수 유압 점프의 수치 모델링에서 OpenFOAM 및 FLOW-3D의 성능 평가

    ArnauBayona DanielValerob RafaelGarcía-Bartuala Francisco ​JoséVallés-Morána P. AmparoLópez-Jiméneza

    Abstract

    A comparative performance analysis of the CFD platforms OpenFOAM and FLOW-3D is presented, focusing on a 3D swirling turbulent flow: a steady hydraulic jump at low Reynolds number. Turbulence is treated using RANS approach RNG k-ε. A Volume Of Fluid (VOF) method is used to track the air–water interface, consequently aeration is modeled using an Eulerian–Eulerian approach. Structured meshes of cubic elements are used to discretize the channel geometry. The numerical model accuracy is assessed comparing representative hydraulic jump variables (sequent depth ratio, roller length, mean velocity profiles, velocity decay or free surface profile) to experimental data. The model results are also compared to previous studies to broaden the result validation. Both codes reproduced the phenomenon under study concurring with experimental data, although special care must be taken when swirling flows occur. Both models can be used to reproduce the hydraulic performance of energy dissipation structures at low Reynolds numbers.

    CFD 플랫폼 OpenFOAM 및 FLOW-3D의 비교 성능 분석이 3D 소용돌이치는 난류인 낮은 레이놀즈 수에서 안정적인 유압 점프에 초점을 맞춰 제시됩니다. 난류는 RANS 접근법 RNG k-ε을 사용하여 처리됩니다.

    VOF(Volume Of Fluid) 방법은 공기-물 계면을 추적하는 데 사용되며 결과적으로 Eulerian-Eulerian 접근 방식을 사용하여 폭기가 모델링됩니다. 입방체 요소의 구조화된 메쉬는 채널 형상을 이산화하는 데 사용됩니다. 수치 모델 정확도는 대표적인 유압 점프 변수(연속 깊이 비율, 롤러 길이, 평균 속도 프로파일, 속도 감쇠 또는 자유 표면 프로파일)를 실험 데이터와 비교하여 평가됩니다.

    모델 결과는 또한 결과 검증을 확장하기 위해 이전 연구와 비교됩니다. 소용돌이 흐름이 발생할 때 특별한 주의가 필요하지만 두 코드 모두 실험 데이터와 일치하는 연구 중인 현상을 재현했습니다. 두 모델 모두 낮은 레이놀즈 수에서 에너지 소산 구조의 수리 성능을 재현하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다.

    Keywords

    CFDRANS, OpenFOAM, FLOW-3D ,Hydraulic jump, Air–water flow, Low Reynolds number

    References

    Ahmed, F., Rajaratnam, N., 1997. Three-dimensional turbulent boundary layers: a
    review. J. Hydraulic Res. 35 (1), 81e98.
    Ashgriz, N., Poo, J., 1991. FLAIR: Flux line-segment model for advection and interface
    reconstruction. Elsevier J. Comput. Phys. 93 (2), 449e468.
    Bakhmeteff, B.A., Matzke, A.E., 1936. .The hydraulic jump in terms dynamic similarity. ASCE Trans. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 101 (1), 630e647.
    Balachandar, S., Eaton, J.K., 2010. Turbulent dispersed multiphase flow. Annu. Rev.
    Fluid Mech. 42 (2010), 111e133.
    Bayon, A., Lopez-Jimenez, P.A., 2015. Numerical analysis of hydraulic jumps using

    OpenFOAM. J. Hydroinformatics 17 (4), 662e678.
    Belanger, J., 1841. Notes surl’Hydraulique, Ecole Royale des Ponts et Chaussees
    (Paris, France).
    Bennett, N.D., Crok, B.F.W., Guariso, G., Guillaume, J.H.A., Hamilton, S.H.,
    Jakeman, A.J., Marsili-Libelli, S., Newhama, L.T.H., Norton, J.P., Perrin, C.,
    Pierce, S.A., Robson, B., Seppelt, R., Voinov, A.A., Fath, B.D., Andreassian, V., 2013.
    Characterising performance of environmental models. Environ. Model. Softw.
    40, 1e20.
    Berberovic, E., 2010. Investigation of Free-surface Flow Associated with Drop
    Impact: Numerical Simulations and Theoretical Modeling. Imperial College of
    Science, Technology and Medicine, UK.
    Bidone, G., 1819. Report to Academie Royale des Sciences de Turin, s  eance. Le 
    Remou et sur la Propagation des Ondes, 12, pp. 21e112.
    Biswas, R., Strawn, R.C., 1998. Tetrahedral and hexahedral mesh adaptation for CFD
    problems. Elsevier Appl. Numer. Math. 26 (1), 135e151.
    Blocken, B., Gualtieri, C., 2012. Ten iterative steps for model development and
    evaluation applied to computational fluid dynamics for environmental fluid
    mechanics. Environ. Model. Softw. 33, 1e22.
    Bombardelli, F.A., Meireles, I., Matos, J., 2011. Laboratory measurements and multiblock numerical simulations of the mean flow and turbulence in the nonaerated skimming flow region of steep stepped spillways. Springer Environ.
    Fluid Mech. 11 (3), 263e288.
    Bombardelli, F.A., 2012. Computational multi-phase fluid dynamics to address flows
    past hydraulic structures. In: 4th IAHR International Symposium on Hydraulic
    Structures, 9e11 February 2012, Porto, Portugal, 978-989-8509-01-7.
    Borges, J.E., Pereira, N.H., Matos, J., Frizell, K.H., 2010. Performance of a combined
    three-hole conductivity probe for void fraction and velocity measurement in
    airewater flows. Exp. fluids 48 (1), 17e31.
    Borue, V., Orszag, S., Staroslesky, I., 1995. Interaction of surface waves with turbulence: direct numerical simulations of turbulent open channel flow. J. Fluid
    Mech. 286, 1e23.
    Boussinesq, J., 1871. Theorie de l’intumescence liquide, applelee onde solitaire ou de
    translation, se propageantdans un canal rectangulaire. Comptes Rendus l’Academie Sci. 72, 755e759.
    Bradley, J.N., Peterka, A.J., 1957. The hydraulic design of stilling Basins : hydraulic
    jumps on a horizontal Apron (Basin I). In: Proceedings ASCE, J. Hydraulics
    Division.
    Bradshaw, P., 1996. Understanding and prediction of turbulent flow. Elsevier Int. J.
    heat fluid flow 18 (1), 45e54.
    Bung, D.B., 2013. Non-intrusive detection of airewater surface roughness in selfaerated chute flows. J. Hydraulic Res. 51 (3), 322e329.
    Bung, D., Schlenkhoff, A., 2010. Self-aerated Skimming Flow on Embankment
    Stepped Spillways-the Effect of Additional Micro-roughness on Energy Dissipation and Oxygen Transfer. IAHR European Congress.
    Caisley, M.E., Bombardelli, F.A., Garcia, M.H., 1999. Hydraulic Model Study of a Canoe
    Chute for Low-head Dams in Illinois. Civil Engineering Studies, Hydraulic Engineering Series No-63. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
    Carvalho, R., Lemos, C., Ramos, C., 2008. Numerical computation of the flow in
    hydraulic jump stilling basins. J. Hydraulic Res. 46 (6), 739e752.
    Celik, I.B., Ghia, U., Roache, P.J., 2008. Procedure for estimation and reporting of
    uncertainty due to discretization in CFD applications. ASME J. Fluids Eng. 130
    (7), 1e4.
    Chachereau, Y., Chanson, H., 2011. .Free-surface fluctuations and turbulence in hydraulic jumps. Exp. Therm. Fluid Sci. 35 (6), 896e909.
    Chanson, H. (Ed.), 2015. Energy Dissipation in Hydraulic Structures. CRC Press.
    Chanson, H., 2007. Bubbly flow structure in hydraulic jump. Eur. J. Mechanics-B/
    Fluids 26.3(2007) 367e384.
    Chanson, H., Carvalho, R., 2015. Hydraulic jumps and stilling basins. Chapter 4. In:
    Chanson, H. (Ed.), Energy Dissipation in Hydraulic Structures. CRC Press, Taylor
    & Francis Group, ABalkema Book.
    Chanson, H., Gualtieri, C., 2008. Similitude and scale effects of air entrainment in
    hydraulic jumps. J. Hydraulic Res. 46 (1), 35e44.
    Chanson, H., Lubin, P., 2010. Discussion of “Verification and validation of a
    computational fluid dynamics (CFD) model for air entrainment at spillway
    aerators” Appears in the Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering 36(5): 826-838.
    Can. J. Civ. Eng. 37 (1), 135e138.
    Chanson, H., 1994. Drag reduction in open channel flow by aeration and suspended
    load. Taylor & Francis J. Hydraulic Res. 32, 87e101.
    Chanson, H., Montes, J.S., 1995. Characteristics of undular hydraulic jumps: experimental apparatus and flow patterns. J. hydraulic Eng. 121 (2), 129e144.
    Chanson, H., Brattberg, T., 2000. Experimental study of the airewater shear flow in
    a hydraulic jump. Int. J. Multiph. Flow 26 (4), 583e607.
    Chanson, H., 2013. Hydraulics of aerated flows: qui pro quo? Taylor & Francis
    J. Hydraulic Res. 51 (3), 223e243.
    Chaudhry, M.H., 2007. Open-channel Flow, Springer Science & Business Media.
    Chen, L., Li, Y., 1998. .A numerical method for two-phase flows with an interface.
    Environ. Model. Softw. 13 (3), 247e255.
    Chow, V.T., 1959. Open Channel Hydraulics. McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc, New
    York.
    Daly, B.J., 1969. A technique for including surface tension effects in hydrodynamic
    calculations. Elsevier J. Comput. Phys. 4 (1), 97e117.
    De Padova, D., Mossa, M., Sibilla, S., Torti, E., 2013. 3D SPH modeling of hydraulic
    jump in a very large channel. Taylor & Francis J. Hydraulic Res. 51 (2), 158e173.
    Dewals, B., Andre, S., Schleiss, A., Pirotton, M., 2004. Validation of a quasi-2D model 
    for aerated flows over stepped spillways for mild and steep slopes. Proc. 6th Int.
    Conf. Hydroinformatics 1, 63e70.
    Falvey, H.T., 1980. Air-water flow in hydraulic structures. NASA STI Recon Tech. Rep.
    N. 81, 26429.
    Fawer, C., 1937. Etude de quelquesecoulements permanents 
    a filets courbes (‘Study
    of some Steady Flows with Curved Streamlines’). Thesis. Imprimerie La Concorde, Lausanne, Switzerland, 127 pages (in French).
    Gualtieri, C., Chanson, H., 2007. .Experimental analysis of Froude number effect on
    air entrainment in the hydraulic jump. Springer Environ. Fluid Mech. 7 (3),
    217e238.
    Gualtieri, C., Chanson, H., 2010. Effect of Froude number on bubble clustering in a
    hydraulic jump. J. Hydraulic Res. 48 (4), 504e508.
    Hager, W., Sinniger, R., 1985. Flow characteristics of the hydraulic jump in a stilling
    basin with an abrupt bottom rise. Taylor & Francis J. Hydraulic Res. 23 (2),
    101e113.
    Hager, W.H., 1992. Energy Dissipators and Hydraulic Jump, Springer.
    Hager, W.H., Bremen, R., 1989. Classical hydraulic jump: sequent depths. J. Hydraulic
    Res. 27 (5), 565e583.
    Hartanto, I.M., Beevers, L., Popescu, I., Wright, N.G., 2011. Application of a coastal
    modelling code in fluvial environments. Environ. Model. Softw. 26 (12),
    1685e1695.
    Hirsch, C., 2007. Numerical Computation of Internal and External Flows: the Fundamentals of Computational Fluid Dynamics. Butterworth-Heinemann, 1.
    Hirt, C., Nichols, B., 1981. .Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free
    boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 39 (1), 201e225.
    Hyman, J.M., 1984. Numerical methods for tracking interfaces. Elsevier Phys. D.
    Nonlinear Phenom. 12 (1), 396e407.
    Juez, C., Murillo, J., Garcia-Navarro, P., 2013. Numerical assessment of bed-load
    discharge formulations for transient flow in 1D and 2D situations.
    J. Hydroinformatics 15 (4).
    Keyes, D., Ecer, A., Satofuka, N., Fox, P., Periaux, J., 2000. Parallel Computational Fluid
    Dynamics’ 99: towards Teraflops, Optimization and Novel Formulations.
    Elsevier.
    Kim, J.J., Baik, J.J., 2004. A numerical study of the effects of ambient wind direction
    on flow and dispersion in urban street canyons using the RNG keε turbulence
    model. Atmos. Environ. 38 (19), 3039e3048.
    Kim, S.-E., Boysan, F., 1999. Application of CFD to environmental flows. Elsevier
    J. Wind Eng. Industrial Aerodynamics 81 (1), 145e158.
    Liu, M., Rajaratnam, N., Zhu, D.Z., 2004. Turbulence structure of hydraulic jumps of
    low Froude numbers. J. Hydraulic Eng. 130 (6), 511e520.
    Lobosco, R., Schulz, H., Simoes, A., 2011. Analysis of Two Phase Flows on Stepped
    Spillways, Hydrodynamics – Optimizing Methods and Tools. Available from. :
    http://www.intechopen.com/books/hyd rodynamics-optimizing-methods-andtools/analysis-of-two-phase-flows-on-stepped-spillways. Accessed February
    27th 2014.
    Long, D., Rajaratnam, N., Steffler, P.M., Smy, P.R., 1991. Structure of flow in hydraulic
    jumps. Taylor & Francis J. Hydraulic Res. 29 (2), 207e218.
    Ma, J., Oberai, A.A., Lahey Jr., R.T., Drew, D.A., 2011. Modeling air entrainment and
    transport in a hydraulic jump using two-fluid RANS and DES turbulence
    models. Heat Mass Transf. 47 (8), 911e919.
    Matos, J., Frizell, K., Andre, S., Frizell, K., 2002. On the performance of velocity 
    measurement techniques in air-water flows. Hydraulic Meas. Exp. Methods
    2002, 1e11. http://dx.doi.org/10.1061/40655(2002)58.
    Meireles, I.C., Bombardelli, F.A., Matos, J., 2014. .Air entrainment onset in skimming
    flows on steep stepped spillways: an analysis. J. Hydraulic Res. 52 (3), 375e385.
    McDonald, P., 1971. The Computation of Transonic Flow through Two-dimensional
    Gas Turbine Cascades.
    Mossa, M., 1999. On the oscillating characteristics of hydraulic jumps, Journal of
    Hydraulic Research. Taylor &Francis 37 (4), 541e558.
    Murzyn, F., Chanson, H., 2009a. Two-phase Gas-liquid Flow Properties in the Hydraulic Jump: Review and Perspectives. Nova Science Publishers.
    Murzyn, F., Chanson, H., 2009b. Experimental investigation of bubbly flow and
    turbulence in hydraulic jumps. Environ. Fluid Mech. 2, 143e159.
    Murzyn, F., Mouaze, D., Chaplin, J.R., 2007. Airewater interface dynamic and free
    surface features in hydraulic jumps. J. Hydraulic Res. 45 (5), 679e685.
    Murzyn, F., Mouaze, D., Chaplin, J., 2005. Optical fiber probe measurements of
    bubbly flow in hydraulic jumps. Elsevier Int. J. Multiph. Flow 31 (1), 141e154.
    Nagosa, R., 1999. Direct numerical simulation of vortex structures and turbulence
    scalar transfer across a free surface in a fully developed turbulence. Phys. Fluids
    11, 1581e1595.
    Noh, W.F., Woodward, P., 1976. SLIC (Simple Line Interface Calculation), Proceedings
    of the Fifth International Conference on Numerical Methods in Fluid Dynamics
    June 28-July 2. 1976 Twente University, Enschede, pp. 330e340.
    Oertel, M., Bung, D.B., 2012. Initial stage of two-dimensional dam-break waves:
    laboratory versus VOF. J. Hydraulic Res. 50 (1), 89e97.
    Olivari, D., Benocci, C., 2010. Introduction to Mechanics of Turbulence. Von Karman
    Institute for Fluid Dynamics.
    Omid, M.H., Omid, M., Varaki, M.E., 2005. Modelling hydraulic jumps with artificial
    neural networks. Thomas Telford Proc. ICE-Water Manag. 158 (2), 65e70.
    OpenFOAM, 2011. OpenFOAM: the Open Source CFD Toolbox User Guide. The Free
    Software Foundation Inc.
    Peterka, A.J., 1984. Hydraulic design of spillways and energy dissipators. A water
    resources technical publication. Eng. Monogr. 25.
    Pope, S.B., 2000. Turbulent Flows. Cambridge university press.
    Pfister, M., 2011. Chute aerators: steep deflectors and cavity subpressure, Journal of
    hydraulic engineering. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 137 (10), 1208e1215.
    Prosperetti, A., Tryggvason, G., 2007. Computational Methods for Multiphase Flow.
    Cambridge University Press.
    Rajaratnam, N., 1965. The hydraulic jump as a Wall Jet. Proc. ASCE, J. Hydraul. Div. 91
    (HY5), 107e132.
    Resch, F., Leutheusser, H., 1972. Reynolds stress measurements in hydraulic jumps.
    Taylor & Francis J. Hydraulic Res. 10 (4), 409e430.
    Romagnoli, M., Portapila, M., Morvan, H., 2009. Computational simulation of a
    hydraulic jump (original title, in Spanish: “Simulacioncomputacional del
    resaltohidraulico”), MecanicaComputacional, XXVIII, pp. 1661e1672.
    Rouse, H., Siao, T.T., Nagaratnam, S., 1959. Turbulence characteristics of the hydraulic jump. Trans. ASCE 124, 926e966.
    Rusche, H., 2002. Computational Fluid Dynamics of Dispersed Two-phase Flows at
    High Phase Fractions. Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine, UK.
    Saint-Venant, A., 1871. Theorie du movement non permanent des eaux, avec
    application aux crues des riviereset a l’introduction de mareesdansleurslits.
    Comptesrendus des seances de l’Academie des Sciences.
    Schlichting, H., Gersten, K., 2000. Boundary-layer Theory. Springer.
    Spalart, P.R., 2000. Strategies for turbulence modelling and simulations. Int. J. Heat
    Fluid Flow 21 (3), 252e263.
    Speziale, C.G., Thangam, S., 1992. Analysis of an RNG based turbulence model for
    separated flows. Int. J. Eng. Sci. 30 (10), 1379eIN4.
    Toge, G.E., 2012. The Significance of Froude Number in Vertical Pipes: a CFD Study.
    University of Stavanger, Norway.
    Ubbink, O., 1997. Numerical Prediction of Two Fluid Systems with Sharp Interfaces.
    Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine, UK.
    Valero, D., García-Bartual, R., 2016. Calibration of an air entrainment model for CFD
    spillway applications. Adv. Hydroinformatics 571e582. http://dx.doi.org/
    10.1007/978-981-287-615-7_38. P. Gourbesville et al. Springer Water.
    Valero, D., Bung, D.B., 2015. Hybrid investigations of air transport processes in
    moderately sloped stepped spillway flows. In: E-Proceedings of the 36th IAHR
    World Congress, 28 June e 3 July, 2015 (The Hague, the Netherlands).
    Van Leer, B., 1977. Towards the ultimate conservative difference scheme III. Upstream-centered finite-difference schemes for ideal compressible flow. J.
    Comput. Phys 23 (3), 263e275.
    Von Karman, T., 1930. MechanischeAhnlichkeit und Turbulenz, Nachrichten von der
    Gesellschaft der WissenschaftenzuGottingen. Fachgr. 1 Math. 5, 58 € e76.
    Wang, H., Murzyn, F., Chanson, H., 2014a. Total pressure fluctuations and two-phase
    flow turbulence in hydraulic jumps. Exp. Fluids 55.11(2014) Pap. 1847, 1e16
    (DOI: 10.1007/s00348-014-1847-9).
    Wang, H., Felder, S., Chanson, H., 2014b. An experimental study of turbulent twophase flow in hydraulic jumps and application of a triple decomposition
    technique. Exp. Fluids 55.7(2014) Pap. 1775, 1e18. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/
    s00348-014-1775-8.
    Wang, H., Chanson, H., 2015a. .Experimental study of turbulent fluctuations in
    hydraulic jumps. J. Hydraul. Eng. 141 (7) http://dx.doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)
    HY.1943-7900.0001010. Paper 04015010, 10 pages.
    Wang, H., Chanson, H., 2015b. Integral turbulent length and time scales in hydraulic
    jumps: an experimental investigation at large Reynolds numbers. In: E-Proceedings of the 36th IAHR World Congress 28 June e 3 July, 2015, The
    Netherlands.
    Weller, H., Tabor, G., Jasak, H., Fureby, C., 1998. A tensorial approach to computational continuum mechanics using object-oriented techniques. Comput. Phys.
    12, 620e631.
    Wilcox, D., 1998. Turbulence Modeling for CFD, DCW Industries. La Canada, California (USA).
    Witt, A., Gulliver, J., Shen, L., June 2015. Simulating air entrainment and vortex
    dynamics in a hydraulic jump. Int. J. Multiph. Flow 72, 165e180. ISSN 0301-

    1. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmultiphaseflow.2015.02.012. http://www.
      sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0301932215000336.
      Wood, I.R., 1991. Air Entrainment in Free-surface Flows, IAHR Hydraulic Design
      Manual No.4, Hydraulic Design Considerations. Balkema Publications, Rotterdam, The Netherlands.
      Yakhot, V., Orszag, S., Thangam, S., Gatski, T., Speziale, C., 1992. Development of
      turbulence models for shear flows by a double expansion technique, Physics of
      Fluids A: fluid Dynamics (1989-1993). AIP Publ. 4 (7), 1510e1520.
      Youngs, D.L., 1984. An interface tracking method for a 3D Eulerian hydrodynamics
      code. Tech. Rep. 44 (92), 35e35.
      Zhang, G., Wang, H., Chanson, H., 2013. Turbulence and aeration in hydraulic jumps:
      free-surface fluctuation and integral turbulent scale measurements. Environ.
      fluid Mech. 13 (2), 189e204.
      Zhang, W., Liu, M., Zhu, D.Z., Rajaratnam, N., 2014. Mean and turbulent bubble
      velocities in free hydraulic jumps for small to intermediate froude numbers.
      J. Hydraulic Eng.

    FLOW DEM

    FLOW-3D DEM Module 개요

    FLOW DEM 은 FLOW-3D 의 기체 및 액체 유동 해석에 DEM(Discrete Element Method : 개별 요소법)공법인 입자의 거동을 분석해주는 모듈입니다.

    dem9

    dem10
    주요 기능 :고체 요소의 충돌, 스프링(Spring) / 대시 포트(Dash Pot) 모델 적용 Void, 1 fluid, 2 fluid(자유 계면 포함) 각각의 모드에 대응 가변 밀도 / 가변 직경 입자 크기조절로 입자 특성을 유지하면서 입자 수를 감소 독립적인 DEM의 Sub Time Step 이용

    Discrete Element Method : 개별 요소법

    다수의 고체 요소의 충돌 운동을 분석하는 데 유용합니다. 유동 해석과 함께 사용하면 광범위한 용도에 응용을 할 수 있습니다.

    dem1

    입자 간의 충돌

    Voigt model은 스프링(Spring) 및 대시 포트(Dash pot)의 조합에 의해 입자 충돌 시의 힘을 평가합니다. 탄성력 부분은 스프링 모델에서,
    비탄성 충돌의 에너지 소산부분은 대시 포트 모델에서 시뮬레이션되고 있으며, 중량 및 항력은 작용하는 외력으로 고려 될 수 있습니다.

    분석 모드

    기본적으로 이용하는 운동 방정식은 FLOW-3D 에 사용되는 질량 입자의 운동 방정식과 같은 것이지만, 여기에 DEM으로
    평가되는 항목이 추가되기 형태로되어 있으며, 실제 시뮬레이션으로는 ‘void + DEM’, ‘1 Fluid + DEM’ , ‘ 1 Fluid 자유계면 + DEM ‘을 기본 유동 모드로 취급이 가능합니다.

    dem4

    입자 유형

    입자 타입도 표준 기능의 질량 입자 모델처럼 입자 크기 (반경)와 밀도가 동일한 것 외, 크기는 같지만 밀도가 다른 것이나 밀도는 같지만 크기가 다른 것 등도 취급 가능합니다. 이로 인해 표준 질량 입자 모델에서는 입자 간의 상호 작용이 고려되어 있지 않기 때문에 모든 아래에 가라 앉아 버리고 있었지만, FLOW DEM을 이용하여 기하학적 관계를 평가하는 것이 가능합니다.

    dem7

    응용 분야

    1. Mechanical Engineering 분야

    수지 충전, 스쿠류 이송, 분말 이송 / Resin filling, screw conveyance, powder conveyance

    2. Civil Engineering분야

    3. Civil Engineering 분야

    파편, 자갈, 낙 성/ Debris flow, gravel, falling rock

    dem11

    3. Chemical Engineering, Pharmaceutics 분야

    유동층, 사이클론, 교반기 / Fluidized bed, cyclone, stirrer

    dem12

    4. MEMS, Electrical Engineering 분야

    하전 입자를 포함한 전기장 해석 등

    dem15

    입자 그룹 가시화

    그룹 가시화

    DEM은 일반적으로 다수의 입자를 필요로하는 분석을 상정하고 있습니다. 
    다만 이 경우, 계산 부하가 높아 지므로 현실적인 계산자원을 고려하면, 입자 수가 너무 많아 현실적으로 취급 할 수 없는 경우 입자의 특성은 유지하고 숫자를 줄여 가시화할 필요가 있습니다 .
    일반적인 유동해석 계산의 메쉬 해상도에 해당합니다.
    메쉬 수 많음 (계산 부하 큼) → 소 (계산 부하 적음)
    입자 수 다 (계산 부하 큼) → 소 (계산 부하 적음)

    원래 입자수

    입자 사이즈를 키운경우

    그룹 가시화

    • 입자 수를 줄이기 위해 그대로 입경을 크게했을 경우와 그룹 가시화 한 경우의 비교.
    • 입자 크기를 크게하면 개별 입자 특성이 달라지기 때문에 거동이 달라진다. (본 사례에서는 부력이 커진다.)
    • 그룹 가시화의 경우 개별 특성은 동일 원래의 거동과 대체로 일치한다.

    주조 시뮬레이션에 DEM 적용

    그룹 가시화 비교 예

    그룹 가시화한 경우와 입경을 크게하여 수를 줄인 경우, 입경을 크게하면
    개별 입자 특성이 변화하여 거동이 바뀌어 버리기 때문에 실제 계산으로는 사용할 수 어렵습니다.

    중자 모래 분사 분석

    DEM에서의 계산부하를 생각할 때는 입자모델에 의한 안정제한을 고려해야 하지만 서브타임스텝이라는 개념을 도입함으로써 입자의 경우와 유체의 경우의 타임스텝을 바꾸고 필요이상으로 계산시간을 들이지 않고 효율적으로 계산하는 것을 가능하게 하고 있습니다.

    이를 통해 예를 들어 중자사 분사 시뮬레이션 실험에서는 이러한 문제로 자주 이용되는 빙엄 유체에서는 실험과의 정합성이 별로 좋지 않기 때문에 당사에서는 이전부터 입상류 모델이라는 모델을 개발하고 연속체로부터의 접근에서도 실험과의 높은 정합성을 실현할 수 있는 모델화를 해왔는데, 이번에 DEM을 사용해도 그것과 거의 같은 결과를 얻습니다. 할 수 있음을 확인할 수 있었다.

    Reference :

    • Lefebvre D., Mackenbrock A., Vidal V., Pavan V. and Haigh PM, 2004,
    • Development and use of simulation in the Design of Blown Cores and Moulds

    FLOW-3D AM

    flow3d AM-product
    FLOW-3D AM-product

    와이어 파우더 기반 DED | Wire Powder Based DED

    일부 연구자들은 부품을 만들기 위해 더 넓은 범위의 처리 조건을 사용하여 하이브리드 와이어 분말 기반 DED 시스템을 찾고 있습니다. 예를 들어, 이 시뮬레이션은 다양한 분말 및 와이어 이송 속도를 가진 하이브리드 시스템을 살펴봅니다.

    와이어 기반 DED | Wire Based DED

    와이어 기반 DED는 분말 기반 DED보다 처리량이 높고 낭비가 적지만 재료 구성 및 증착 방향 측면에서 유연성이 떨어집니다. FLOW-3D AM 은 와이어 기반 DED의 처리 결과를 이해하는데 유용하며 최적화 연구를 통해 빌드에 대한 와이어 이송 속도 및 직경과 같은 최상의 처리 매개 변수를 찾을 수 있습니다.

    FLOW-3D AM은 레이저 파우더 베드 융합 (L-PBF), 바인더 제트 및 DED (Directed Energy Deposition)와 같은 적층 제조 공정 ( additive manufacturing )을 시뮬레이션하고 분석하는 CFD 소프트웨어입니다. FLOW-3D AM 의 다중 물리 기능은 공정 매개 변수의 분석 및 최적화를 위해 분말 확산 및 압축, 용융 풀 역학, L-PBF 및 DED에 대한 다공성 형성, 바인더 분사 공정을 위한 수지 침투 및 확산에 대해 매우 정확한 시뮬레이션을 제공합니다.

    3D 프린팅이라고도하는 적층 제조(additive manufacturing)는 일반적으로 층별 접근 방식을 사용하여, 분말 또는 와이어로 부품을 제조하는 방법입니다. 금속 기반 적층 제조 공정에 대한 관심은 지난 몇 년 동안 시작되었습니다. 오늘날 사용되는 3 대 금속 적층 제조 공정은 PBF (Powder Bed Fusion), DED (Directed Energy Deposition) 및 바인더 제트 ( Binder jetting ) 공정입니다.  FLOW-3D  AM  은 이러한 각 프로세스에 대한 고유 한 시뮬레이션 통찰력을 제공합니다.

    파우더 베드 융합 및 직접 에너지 증착 공정에서 레이저 또는 전자 빔을 열원으로 사용할 수 있습니다. 두 경우 모두 PBF용 분말 형태와 DED 공정용 분말 또는 와이어 형태의 금속을 완전히 녹여 융합하여 층별로 부품을 형성합니다. 그러나 바인더 젯팅(Binder jetting)에서는 결합제 역할을 하는 수지가 금속 분말에 선택적으로 증착되어 층별로 부품을 형성합니다. 이러한 부품은 더 나은 치밀화를 달성하기 위해 소결됩니다.

    FLOW-3D AM 의 자유 표면 추적 알고리즘과 다중 물리 모델은 이러한 각 프로세스를 높은 정확도로 시뮬레이션 할 수 있습니다. 레이저 파우더 베드 융합 (L-PBF) 공정 모델링 단계는 여기에서 자세히 설명합니다. DED 및 바인더 분사 공정에 대한 몇 가지 개념 증명 시뮬레이션도 표시됩니다.

    레이저 파우더 베드 퓨전 (L-PBF)

    LPBF 공정에는 유체 흐름, 열 전달, 표면 장력, 상 변화 및 응고와 같은 복잡한 다중 물리학 현상이 포함되어 공정 및 궁극적으로 빌드 품질에 상당한 영향을 미칩니다. FLOW-3D AM 의 물리적 모델은 질량, 운동량 및 에너지 보존 방정식을 동시에 해결하는 동시에 입자 크기 분포 및 패킹 비율을 고려하여 중규모에서 용융 풀 현상을 시뮬레이션합니다.

    FLOW-3D DEM FLOW-3D WELD 는 전체 파우더 베드 융합 공정을 시뮬레이션하는 데 사용됩니다. L-PBF 공정의 다양한 단계는 분말 베드 놓기, 분말 용융 및 응고,이어서 이전에 응고 된 층에 신선한 분말을 놓는 것, 그리고 다시 한번 새 층을 이전 층에 녹이고 융합시키는 것입니다. FLOW-3D AM  은 이러한 각 단계를 시뮬레이션하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다.

    파우더 베드 부설 공정

    FLOW-3D DEM을 통해 분말 크기 분포, 재료 특성, 응집 효과는 물론 롤러 또는 블레이드 움직임 및 상호 작용과 같은 기하학적 효과와 관련된 분말 확산 및 압축을 이해할 수 있습니다. 이러한 시뮬레이션은 공정 매개 변수가 후속 인쇄 공정에서 용융 풀 역학에 직접적인 영향을 미치는 패킹 밀도와 같은 분말 베드 특성에 어떻게 영향을 미치는지에 대한 정확한 이해를 제공합니다.

    다양한 파우더 베드 압축을 달성하는 한 가지 방법은 베드를 놓는 동안 다양한 입자 크기 분포를 선택하는 것입니다. 아래에서 볼 수 있듯이 세 가지 크기의 입자 크기 분포가 있으며, 이는 가장 높은 압축을 제공하는 Case 2와 함께 다양한 분말 베드 압축을 초래합니다.

    파우더 베드 분포 다양한 입자 크기 분포
    세 가지 다른 입자 크기 분포를 사용하여 파우더 베드 배치
    파우더 베드 압축 결과
    세 가지 다른 입자 크기 분포를 사용한 분말 베드 압축

    입자-입자 상호 작용, 유체-입자 결합 및 입자 이동 물체 상호 작용은 FLOW-3D DEM을 사용하여 자세히 분석 할 수도 있습니다 . 또한 입자간 힘을 지정하여 분말 살포 응용 분야를 보다 정확하게 연구 할 수도 있습니다.

    FLOW-3D AM  시뮬레이션은 이산 요소 방법 (DEM)을 사용하여 역 회전하는 원통형 롤러로 인한 분말 확산을 연구합니다. 비디오 시작 부분에서 빌드 플랫폼이 위로 이동하는 동안 분말 저장소가 아래로 이동합니다. 그 직후, 롤러는 분말 입자 (초기 위치에 따라 색상이 지정됨)를 다음 층이 녹고 구축 될 준비를 위해 구축 플랫폼으로 펼칩니다. 이러한 시뮬레이션은 저장소에서 빌드 플랫폼으로 전송되는 분말 입자의 선호 크기에 대한 추가 통찰력을 제공 할 수 있습니다.

    Melting | 파우더 베드 용해

    DEM 시뮬레이션에서 파우더 베드가 생성되면 STL 파일로 추출됩니다. 다음 단계는 CFD를 사용하여 레이저 용융 공정을 시뮬레이션하는 것입니다. 여기서는 레이저 빔과 파우더 베드의 상호 작용을 모델링 합니다. 이 프로세스를 정확하게 포착하기 위해 물리학에는 점성 흐름, 용융 풀 내의 레이저 반사 (광선 추적을 통해), 열 전달, 응고, 상 변화 및 기화, 반동 압력, 차폐 가스 압력 및 표면 장력이 포함됩니다. 이 모든 물리학은 이 복잡한 프로세스를 정확하게 시뮬레이션하기 위해 TruVOF 방법을 기반으로 개발되었습니다.

    레이저 출력 200W, 스캔 속도 3.0m / s, 스폿 반경 100μm에서 파우더 베드의 용융 풀 분석.

    용융 풀이 응고되면 FLOW-3D AM  압력 및 온도 데이터를 Abaqus 또는 MSC Nastran과 같은 FEA 도구로 가져와 응력 윤곽 및 변위 프로파일을 분석 할 수도 있습니다.

    Multilayer | 다층 적층 제조

    용융 풀 트랙이 응고되면 DEM을 사용하여 이전에 응고된 층에 새로운 분말 층의 확산을 시뮬레이션 할 수 있습니다. 유사하게, 레이저 용융은 새로운 분말 층에서 수행되어 후속 층 간의 융합 조건을 분석 할 수 있습니다.

    해석 진행 절차는 첫 번째 용융층이 응고되면 입자의 두 번째 층이 응고 층에 증착됩니다. 새로운 분말 입자 층에 레이저 공정 매개 변수를 지정하여 용융 풀 시뮬레이션을 다시 수행합니다. 이 프로세스를 여러 번 반복하여 연속적으로 응고된 층 간의 융합, 빌드 내 온도 구배를 평가하는 동시에 다공성 또는 기타 결함의 형성을 모니터링 할 수 있습니다.

    다층 적층 적층 제조 시뮬레이션

    LPBF의 키홀 링 | Keyholing in LPBF

    키홀링 중 다공성은 어떻게 형성됩니까? 이것은 TU Denmark의 연구원들이 FLOW-3D AM을 사용하여 답변한 질문이었습니다. 레이저 빔의 적용으로 기판이 녹으면 기화 및 상 변화로 인한 반동 압력이 용융 풀을 압박합니다. 반동 압력으로 인한 하향 흐름과 레이저 반사로 인한 추가 레이저 에너지 흡수가 공존하면 폭주 효과가 발생하여 용융 풀이 Keyholing으로 전환됩니다. 결국, 키홀 벽을 따라 온도가 변하기 때문에 표면 장력으로 인해 벽이 뭉쳐져서 진행되는 응고 전선에 의해 갇힐 수 있는 공극이 생겨 다공성이 발생합니다. FLOW-3D AM 레이저 파우더 베드 융합 공정 모듈은 키홀링 및 다공성 형성을 시뮬레이션 하는데 필요한 모든 물리 모델을 보유하고 있습니다.

    바인더 분사 (Binder jetting)

    Binder jetting 시뮬레이션은 모세관 힘의 영향을받는 파우더 베드에서 바인더의 확산 및 침투에 대한 통찰력을 제공합니다. 공정 매개 변수와 재료 특성은 증착 및 확산 공정에 직접적인 영향을 미칩니다.

    Scan Strategy | 스캔 전략

    스캔 전략은 온도 구배 및 냉각 속도에 영향을 미치기 때문에 미세 구조에 직접적인 영향을 미칩니다. 연구원들은 FLOW-3D AM 을 사용하여 결함 형성과 응고된 금속의 미세 구조에 영향을 줄 수 있는 트랙 사이에서 발생하는 재 용융을 이해하기 위한 최적의 스캔 전략을 탐색하고 있습니다. FLOW-3D AM 은 하나 또는 여러 레이저에 대해 시간에 따른 방향 속도를 구현할 때 완전한 유연성을 제공합니다.

    Beam Shaping | 빔 형성

    레이저 출력 및 스캔 전략 외에도 레이저 빔 모양과 열유속 분포는 LPBF 공정에서 용융 풀 역학에 큰 영향을 미칩니다. AM 기계 제조업체는 공정 안정성 및 처리량에 대해 다중 코어 및 임의 모양의 레이저 빔 사용을 모색하고 있습니다. FLOW-3D AM을 사용하면 멀티 코어 및 임의 모양의 빔 프로파일을 구현할 수 있으므로 생산량을 늘리고 부품 품질을 개선하기 위한 최상의 구성에 대한 통찰력을 제공 할 수 있습니다.

    이 영역에서 수행 된 일부 작업에 대해 자세히 알아 보려면 “The Next Frontier of Metal AM”웨비나를 시청하십시오.

    Multi-material Powder Bed Fusion | 다중 재료 분말 베드 융합

    이 시뮬레이션에서 스테인리스 강 및 알루미늄 분말은 FLOW-3D AM 이 용융 풀 역학을 정확하게 포착하기 위해 추적하는 독립적으로 정의 된 온도 의존 재료 특성을 가지고 있습니다. 시뮬레이션은 용융 풀에서 재료 혼합을 이해하는 데 도움이됩니다.

    다중 재료 용접 사례 연구

    이종 금속의 레이저 키홀 용접에서 금속 혼합 조사

    GM과 University of Utah의 연구원들은 FLOW-3D WELD 를 사용 하여 레이저 키홀 용접을 통한 이종 금속의 혼합을 이해했습니다. 그들은 반동 압력 및 Marangoni 대류와 관련하여 구리와 알루미늄의 혼합 농도에 대한 레이저 출력 및 스캔 속도의 영향을 조사했습니다. 그들은 시뮬레이션을 실험 결과와 비교했으며 샘플 내의 절단 단면에서 재료 농도 사이에 좋은 일치를 발견했습니다.

    이종 금속의 레이저 키홀 용접에서 금속 혼합 조사
    이종 금속의 레이저 키홀 용접에서 금속 혼합 조사
    참조 : Wenkang Huang, Hongliang Wang, Teresa Rinker, Wenda Tan, 이종 금속의 레이저 키홀 용접에서 금속 혼합 조사 , Materials & Design, Volume 195, (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2020.109056
    참조 : Wenkang Huang, Hongliang Wang, Teresa Rinker, Wenda Tan, 이종 금속의 레이저 키홀 용접에서 금속 혼합 조사 , Materials & Design, Volume 195, (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2020.109056

    방향성 에너지 증착

    FLOW-3D AM 의 내장 입자 모델 을 사용하여 직접 에너지 증착 프로세스를 시뮬레이션 할 수 있습니다. 분말 주입 속도와 고체 기질에 입사되는 열유속을 지정함으로써 고체 입자는 용융 풀에 질량, 운동량 및 에너지를 추가 할 수 있습니다. 다음 비디오에서 고체 금속 입자가 용융 풀에 주입되고 기판에서 용융 풀의 후속 응고가 관찰됩니다.

    Fig. 1. A) Computational domain showing the cylinder, the profiles PF1, PF2 and the mining pit as set-up in the laboratory (B).

    Numerical analysis of water flow around a bridge pier in a sand mined channel

    모래 채굴 수로에서 교각 주변의 물 흐름에 대한 수치 해석

    Oscar HERRERA-GRANADOS1,, Abhijit LADE2, , Bimlesh KUMAR3
    1 Faculty of Civil Engineering, Wroclaw University of Science and Technology, Poland
    email: Oscar.Herrera-Granados@pwr.edu.pl
    2 3Department of Civil Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, Guwahati, India
    email: lade176104013@iitg.ac.in
    email: bimk@iitg.ac.in

    ABSTRACT

    Extraction of sand from river beds has a variety of effects on the hydraulic and morphological characteristicsof the fluvial systems. Recent studies on mining pit have revealed that downstream reaches of the mining pitare more prone to erosion due to increased bed shear stresses. Bridge piers in the vicinity of such mining pitsare also prone to streambed instabilities due to turbulence alterations as suggested by a few recent studies.Thus, a numerical study was carried out to study the effects of a mining pit on the hydrodynamics around acircular pier. The numerical experiments were conducted with the Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) codeFlow-3D, which can run several turbulence model closures. In this contribution, the authors applied theclassical RANS equations with the volume of fluid (VOF) method (Savage and Johnson, 2001).

    강바닥에서 모래를 추출하는 것은 하강 시스템의 수력 학적 및 형태 학적 특성에 다양한 영향을 미칩니다. 광산 구덩이에 대한 최근 연구에 따르면 광산 구덩이의 하류 도달은 베드 전단 응력 증가로 인해 침식되기 쉽습니다. 이러한 광산 구덩이 근처의 교각은 최근 몇 가지 연구에서 제안한 바와 같이 난류 변화로 인해 유동 불안정성이 발생하기 쉽습니다. 따라서 원형 부두 주변의 유체 역학에 대한 광산 구덩이의 영향을 연구하기 위해 수치 연구가 수행되었습니다. 수치 실험은 CFD (Computational Fluid Dynamics) 코드 Flow-3D로 수행되었으며, 여러 난류 모델 폐쇄를 실행할 수 있습니다. 이 공헌에서 저자는 VOF (volume of fluid) 방법 (Savage and Johnson, 2001)과 함께 고전적인 RANS 방정식을 적용했습니다.

    1. Set-up and boundary conditions

    두 번의 수치 실행 결과가 이 기여도에서 비교됩니다. 첫 번째 실험에서 0.044 [m3-s-1]의 정상 유량이 원통 부두가 있는 1.0 [m] 폭의 채널을 따라 흐르는 상류 경계 조건으로 설정되었습니다. 계산 영역은 IIT Guwahati 수력학 실험실 (Lade et al., 2019b)의 틸팅 유체 크기를 기반으로 정의됩니다. 두 번째 실행에서는 동일한 배출물이 실린더의 상류에 있는 준설 사다리꼴 구덩이와 함께 실린더 주위로 통과되었습니다. 구덩이의 깊이는 0.1 [m]이고 수로 전체에 걸쳐 확장되었습니다. 수로의 길이 방향을 따라 피트의 상단 너비는 0.67 [m], 하단 너비는 0.33 [m]였습니다.

    이 연구의 주요 초점은 채굴 구덩이 (그림 1의 PF2)가있을 때 구덩이 하류 (그림 1의 PF1)와 실린더 하류의 흐름 특성의 변화를 조사하는 것이 었습니다. 따라서 채널 베드는 고정 베드 모델을 사용하여 시뮬레이션 되었습니다. 두 실험의 수압 조건은 CFD 경계 조건으로 설정된 표 1에 나와 있습니다. 배출구 (하류 경계 조건)는 실험실 기록 중에 측정된 수심을 사용하여 설정되었습니다 (Lade et al., 2019a).

    Fig. 1. A) Computational domain showing the cylinder, the profiles PF1, PF2 and the mining pit as set-up in the laboratory (B).
    Fig. 1. A) Computational domain showing the cylinder, the profiles PF1, PF2 and the mining pit as set-up in the laboratory (B).
    Fig. 2. Output of the CFD model (velocity magnitude) without the sand pit (left side) and with the trapezoidal sand pit (right side).
    Fig. 2. Output of the CFD model (velocity magnitude) without the sand pit (left side) and with the trapezoidal sand pit (right side).
    Fig. 3. Output of the CFD model. Streamwise velocity ux, TKE as well as Lt profiles along the locations PF1 and PF2
    Fig. 3. Output of the CFD model. Streamwise velocity ux, TKE as well as Lt profiles along the locations PF1 and PF2

    References

    Herrera-Granados O (2018) Turbulence flow modeling of one-sharp-groyne field. In Free surface flows and transport processes :
    36th International School of Hydraulics. Geoplanet: Earth and Planetary Series. Springer IP AG, 207-218.
    Lade AD, Deshpande V, Kumar B (2019a) Study of flow turbulence around a circular bridge pier in sand-mined stream channel.
    Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers – Water Management,https://doi.org/10.1680/jwama.19.00041
    Lade AD, A, DT, Kumar B (2019b) Randomness in flow turbulence around a bridge pier in a sand
    mined channel..Physica A 535 122426
    Savage, BM, Johnson, M.C (2001). Flow over ogee spillway: Physical and numerical model case study. J. Hydraulic Eng.,
    127(8), 640–649.

    Proceedings of the 6th International Conference on Civil, Offshore and Environmental Engineering (ICCOEE2020)

    Numerical Simulation to Assess Floating Instability of Small Passenger Vehicle Under Sub-critical Flow

    미 임계 흐름에서 소형 승용차의 부동 불안정성을 평가하기 위한 수치 시뮬레이션

    Proceedings of the International Conference on Civil, Offshore and Environmental Engineering
    ICCOEE 2021: ICCOEE2020 pp 258-265| Cite as

    • Ebrahim Hamid Hussein Al-Qadami
    • Zahiraniza Mustaffa
    • Eduardo Martínez-Gomariz
    • Khamaruzaman Wan Yusof
    • Abdurrasheed S. Abdurrasheed
    • Syed Muzzamil Hussain Shah

    Conference paperFirst Online: 01 January 2021

    • 355Downloads

    Part of the Lecture Notes in Civil Engineering book series (LNCE, volume 132)

    Abstract

    Parked vehicles can be directly affected by the floods and at a certain flow velocity and depth, vehicles can be easily swept away. Therefore, studying flooded vehicles stability limits is required. Herein, an attempt has been done to assess numerically the floating instability mode of a small passenger car with a scaled-down ratio of 1:10 using FLOW-3D. The 3D car model was placed inside a closed box and the six degrees of freedom numerical simulation was conducted. Later, numerical results validated experimentally and analytically. Results showed that buoyancy depths were 3.6 and 3.8 cm numerically and experimentally, respectively with a percentage difference of 5.4%. Further, the buoyancy forces were 8.95 N and 8.97 N numerically and analytically, respectively with a percentage difference of 0.2%. With this small difference, it can be concluded that the numerical modeling for such cases using FLOW-3D software can give an acceptable prediction on the vehicle stability limits.

    주차된 차량은 홍수의 직접적인 영향을 받을 수 있으며 특정 유속과 깊이에서 차량을 쉽게 쓸어 버릴 수 있습니다. 따라서 침수 차량 안정성 한계를 연구해야 합니다. 여기에서는 FLOW-3D를 사용하여 축소 비율이 1:10 인 소형 승용차의 부동 불안정 모드를 수치 적으로 평가하려는 시도가 이루어졌습니다. 3D 자동차 모델은 닫힌 상자 안에 배치되었고 6 개의 자유도 수치 시뮬레이션이 수행되었습니다. 나중에 수치 결과는 실험적으로 그리고 분석적으로 검증되었습니다. 결과는 부력 깊이가 각각 5.4 %의 백분율 차이로 수치 및 실험적으로 3.6 및 3.8 cm임을 보여 주었다. 또한 부력은 수치적으로 8.95N과 분석적으로 8.97N이었고 백분율 차이는 0.2 %였다. 이 작은 차이로 인해 FLOW-3D 소프트웨어를 사용한 이러한 경우의 수치 모델링은 차량 안정성 한계에 대한 허용 가능한 예측을 제공 할 수 있다는 결론을 내릴 수 있습니다.

    Keywords

    Floating instability Small passenger car Numerical simulation FLOW-3D Subcritical flowe 

    References

    1. 1.Hung, C.L.J., James, L.A., Carbone, G.J., Williams, J.M.: Impacts of combined land-use and climate change on streamflow in two nested catchments in the southeastern united states. Ecol. Eng. 143, 105665 (2020)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    2. 2.Bui, D.T., Hoang, N.D., Martínez-Álvarez, F., Ngo, P.T.T., Hoa, P.V., Pham, T.D., Samui, P., Costache, R.: A novel deep learning neural network approach for predicting flash flood susceptibility: a case study at a high frequency tropical storm area. Sci. Total Environ. 701, 134413 (2020)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    3. 3.Shah, S.M.H., Mustaffa, Z., Martínez-Gomariz, E., Yusof, K.W., Al-Qadami, E.H.H.: A review of safety guidelines for vehicles in floodwaters. Int. J. River Basin Manage. 1–17 (2019)Google Scholar
    4. 4.Shah, S.M.H., Mustaffa, Z., Yusof, K.W.: Disasters worldwide and floods in the malaysian region: a brief review. Indian J. Sci. Technol. 10(2), (2017)Google Scholar
    5. 5.Xia, J., Falconer, R.A., Lin, B., Tan, G.: Numerical assessment of flood hazard risk to people and vehicles in flash floods. Environ. Model Softw. 26(8), 987–998 (2011)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    6. 6.Bonham, A.J., Hattersley, R.T.: Low level causeways. Technical report, University of New South Wales, Water Research Laboratory (1967)Google Scholar
    7. 7.Gordon, A.D., Stone, P.B.: Car stability on road causeways. Technical report No. 73/12, Institution (1973)Google Scholar
    8. 8.Keller, R.J., Mitsch, B.: Safety aspects of the design of roadways as floodways. Research Report No. 69, Urban Water Research Association of Australia, Melbourne (1993)Google Scholar
    9. 9.Shah, S.M.H., Mustaffa, Z., Martinez-Gomariz, E., Kim, D.K., Yusof, K.W.: Criterion of vehicle instability in floodwaters: past, present and future. Int. J. River Basin Manage. 1–23 (2019)Google Scholar
    10. 10.Teo, F.Y.: Study of the hydrodynamic processes Ofrivers and flood- plains with obstructions. Ph.D. thesis (2010). https://orca.cf.ac.uk/54161/1/U517543.pdf
    11. 11.Xia, J., Teo, F.Y., Lin, B., Falconer, R.A.: Formula of incipient velocity for flooded vehicles. Nat. Hazards 58(1), 1–14 (2011)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    12. 12.Shu, C., Xia, J., Falconer, R.A., Lin, B.: Incipient velocity for partially submerged vehicles in floodwaters. J. Hydraul. Res. 49(6), 709–717 (2011)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    13. 13.Toda, K., Ishigaki, T., Ozaki, T.: Experiments study on floating car in flooding. In: International Conference on Flood Resilience: Experiences in Asia and Europe (2013)Google Scholar
    14. 14.Xia, J., Falconer, R.A., Xiao, X., Wang, Y.: Criterion of vehicle stability in floodwaters based on theoretical and experimental studies. Nat. Hazards 70(2), 1619–1630 (2014)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    15. 15.Martínez-Gomariz, E., Gómez, M., Russo, B., Djordjević, S.: A new experiments-based methodology to define the stability threshold for any vehicle exposed to flooding. Urban Water J. 14(9), 930–939 (2017)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    16. 16.Smith, G.P., Modra, B.D., Tucker, T.A., Cox, R.J.: Vehicle stability testing for flood flows. Technical report 7, Water Research Laboratory, School of Civil and Environmental Engineering (2017)Google Scholar
    17. 17.Xia, J., Falconer, R.A., Lin, B., Tan, G.: Modelling flash flood risk in urban areas. In: Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers-Water Management, vol. 164 (6), pp. 267–282. Thomas Telford Ltd, (2011)Google Scholar
    18. 18.Arrighi, C., Alcèrreca-Huerta, J.C., Oumeraci, H., Castelli, F.: Drag and lift contribution to the incipient motion of partly submerged flooded vehicles. J. Fluids Struct. 57, 170–184 (2015)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    19. 19.Gómez, M., Martínez, E., Russo, B.: Experimental and numerical study of stability of vehicles exposed to flooding. In: Advances in Hydroinformatics, pp. 595–605. Springer, Singapore (2018). http://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-7218-5_42
    20. 20.Al-Qadami, E.H.H., Abdurrasheed, A.S.I., Mustaffa, Z., Yusof, K.W., Malek, M.A., Ab Ghani, A.: Numerical modelling of flow characteristics over sharp crested triangular hump. Results Eng. 4, 100052 (2019)Google Scholar
    Figure 6. Evolution of melt pool in the overhang region (θ = 45°, P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s, the streamlines are shown by arrows).

    Experimental and numerical investigation of the origin of surface roughness in laser powder bed fused overhang regions

    레이저 파우더 베드 융합 오버행 영역에서 표면 거칠기의 원인에 대한 실험 및 수치 조사

    Shaochuan Feng,Amar M. Kamat,Soheil Sabooni &Yutao PeiPages S66-S84 | Received 18 Jan 2021, Accepted 25 Feb 2021, Published online: 10 Mar 2021

    ABSTRACT

    Surface roughness of laser powder bed fusion (L-PBF) printed overhang regions is a major contributor to deteriorated shape accuracy/surface quality. This study investigates the mechanisms behind the evolution of surface roughness (Ra) in overhang regions. The evolution of surface morphology is the result of a combination of border track contour, powder adhesion, warp deformation, and dross formation, which is strongly related to the overhang angle (θ). When 0° ≤ θ ≤ 15°, the overhang angle does not affect Ra significantly since only a small area of the melt pool boundaries contacts the powder bed resulting in slight powder adhesion. When 15° < θ ≤ 50°, powder adhesion is enhanced by the melt pool sinking and the increased contact area between the melt pool boundary and powder bed. When θ > 50°, large waviness of the overhang contour, adhesion of powder clusters, severe warp deformation and dross formation increase Ra sharply.

    레이저 파우더 베드 퓨전 (L-PBF) 프린팅 오버행 영역의 표면 거칠기는 형상 정확도 / 표면 품질 저하의 주요 원인입니다. 이 연구 는 오버행 영역에서 표면 거칠기 (Ra ) 의 진화 뒤에 있는 메커니즘을 조사합니다 . 표면 형태의 진화는 오버행 각도 ( θ ) 와 밀접한 관련이있는 경계 트랙 윤곽, 분말 접착, 뒤틀림 변형 및 드로스 형성의 조합의 결과입니다 . 0° ≤  θ  ≤ 15° 인 경우 , 용융풀 경계의 작은 영역 만 분말 베드와 접촉하여 약간의 분말 접착이 발생하기 때문에 오버행 각도가 R a에 큰 영향을 주지 않습니다 . 15° < θ 일 때  ≤ 50°, 용융 풀 싱킹 및 용융 풀 경계와 분말 베드 사이의 증가된 접촉 면적으로 분말 접착력이 향상됩니다. θ  > 50° 일 때 오버행 윤곽의 큰 파형, 분말 클러스터의 접착, 심한 휨 변형 및 드 로스 형성이 Ra 급격히 증가 합니다.

    KEYWORDS: Laser powder bed fusion (L-PBF), melt pool dynamics, overhang region, shape deviation, surface roughness

    1. Introduction

    레이저 분말 베드 융합 (L-PBF)은 첨단 적층 제조 (AM) 기술로, 집중된 레이저 빔을 사용하여 금속 분말을 선택적으로 융합하여 슬라이스 된 3D 컴퓨터 지원에 따라 층별로 3 차원 (3D) 금속 부품을 구축합니다. 설계 (CAD) 모델 (Chatham, Long 및 Williams 2019 ; Tan, Zhu 및 Zhou 2020 ). 재료가 인쇄 층 아래에 ​​존재하는지 여부에 따라 인쇄 영역은 각각 솔리드 영역 또는 돌출 영역으로 분류 될 수 있습니다. 따라서 오버행 영역은 고체 기판이 아니라 분말 베드 바로 위에 건설되는 특수 구조입니다 (Patterson, Messimer 및 Farrington 2017). 오버행 영역은지지 구조를 포함하거나 포함하지 않고 구축 할 수 있으며, 지지대가있는 돌출 영역의 L-PBF는 지지체가 더 낮은 밀도로 구축된다는 점을 제외 하고 (Wang and Chou 2018 ) 고체 기판의 공정과 유사합니다 (따라서 기계적 강도가 낮기 때문에 L-PBF 공정 후 기계적으로 쉽게 제거 할 수 있습니다. 따라서지지 구조로 인쇄 된 오버행 영역은 L-PBF 공정 후 지지물 제거, 연삭 및 연마와 같은 추가 후 처리 단계가 필요합니다.

    수평 내부 채널의 제작과 같은 일부 특정 경우에는 공정 후 지지대를 제거하기가 어려우므로 채널 상단 절반의 돌출부 영역을 지지대없이 건설해야합니다 (Hopkinson and Dickens 2000 ). 수평 내부 채널에 사용할 수없는지지 구조 외에도 내부 표면, 특히 등각 냉각 채널 (Feng, Kamat 및 Pei 2021 ) 에서 발생하는 복잡한 3D 채널 네트워크의 경우 표면 마감 프로세스를 구현하는 것도 어렵습니다 . 결과적으로 오버행 영역은 (i) 잔류 응력에 의한 변형, (ii) 계단 효과 (Kuo et al. 2020 ; Li et al. 2020 )로 인해 설계된 모양에서 벗어날 수 있습니다 .) 및 (iii) 원하지 않는 분말 소결로 인한 향상된 표면 거칠기; 여기서, 앞의 두 요소는 일반적으로 mm 길이 스케일에서 ‘매크로’편차로 분류되고 후자는 일반적으로 µm 길이 스케일에서 ‘마이크로’편차로 인식됩니다.

    열 응력에 의한 변형은 오버행 영역에서 발생하는 중요한 문제입니다 (Patterson, Messimer 및 Farrington 2017 ). 국부적 인 용융 / 냉각은 용융 풀 내부 및 주변에서 큰 온도 구배를 유도하여 응고 된 층에 집중적 인 열 응력을 유발합니다. 열 응력에 의한 뒤틀림은 고체 영역을 현저하게 변형하지 않습니다. 이러한 영역은 아래의 여러 레이어에 의해 제한되기 때문입니다. 반면에 오버행 영역은 구속되지 않고 공정 중 응력 완화로 인해 상당한 변형이 발생합니다 (Kamat 및 Pei 2019 ). 더욱이 용융 깊이는 레이어 두께보다 큽니다 (이전 레이어도 재용 해되어 빌드 된 레이어간에 충분한 결합을 보장하기 때문입니다 [Yadroitsev et al. 2013 ; Kamath et al.2014 ]),응고 된 두께가 설계된 두께보다 크기 때문에형태 편차 (예 : 드 로스 [Charles et al. 2020 ; Feng et al. 2020 ])가 발생합니다. 마이크로 스케일에서 인쇄 된 표면 (R a 및 S a ∼ 10 μm)은 기계적으로 가공 된 표면보다 거칠다 (Duval-Chaneac et al. 2018 ; Wen et al. 2018 ). 이 문제는고형화 된 용융 풀의 가장자리에 부착 된 용융되지 않은 분말의 결과로 표면 거칠기 (R a )가 일반적으로 약 20 μm인 오버행 영역에서 특히 심각합니다 (Mazur et al. 2016 ; Pakkanen et al. 2016 ).

    오버행 각도 ( θ , 빌드 방향과 관련하여 측정)는 오버행 영역의 뒤틀림 편향과 표면 거칠기에 영향을 미치는 중요한 매개 변수입니다 (Kamat and Pei 2019 ; Mingear et al. 2019 ). θ ∼ 45 ° 의 오버행 각도 는 일반적으로지지 구조없이 오버행 영역을 인쇄 할 수있는 임계 값으로 합의됩니다 (Pakkanen et al. 2016 ; Kadirgama et al. 2018 ). θ 일 때이 임계 값보다 크면 오버행 영역을 허용 가능한 표면 품질로 인쇄 할 수 없습니다. 오버행 각도 외에도 레이저 매개 변수 (레이저 에너지 밀도와 관련된)는 용융 풀의 모양 / 크기 및 용융 풀 역학에 영향을줌으로써 오버행 영역의 표면 거칠기에 영향을줍니다 (Wang et al. 2013 ; Mingear et al . 2019 ).

    용융 풀 역학은 고체 (Shrestha 및 Chou 2018 ) 및 오버행 (Le et al. 2020 ) 영역 모두에서 수행되는 L-PBF 공정을 포함한 레이저 재료 가공의 일반적인 물리적 현상입니다 . 용융 풀 모양, 크기 및 냉각 속도는 잔류 응력으로 인한 변형과 ​​표면 거칠기에 모두 영향을 미치므로 처리 매개 변수와 표면 형태 / 품질 사이의 다리 역할을하며 용융 풀을 이해하기 위해 수치 시뮬레이션을 사용하여 추가 조사를 수행 할 수 있습니다. 거동과 표면 거칠기에 미치는 영향. 현재까지 고체 영역의 L-PBF 동안 용융 풀 동작을 시뮬레이션하기 위해 여러 연구가 수행되었습니다. 유한 요소 방법 (FEM)과 같은 시뮬레이션 기술 (Roberts et al. 2009 ; Du et al.2019 ), 유한 차분 법 (FDM) (Wu et al. 2018 ), 전산 유체 역학 (CFD) (Lee and Zhang 2016 ), 임의의 Lagrangian-Eulerian 방법 (ALE) (Khairallah and Anderson 2014 )을 사용하여 증발 반동 압력 (Hu et al. 2018 ) 및 Marangoni 대류 (Zhang et al. 2018 ) 현상을포함하는 열 전달 (온도 장) 및 물질 전달 (용융 흐름) 프로세스. 또한 이산 요소법 (DEM)을 사용하여 무작위 분산 분말 베드를 생성했습니다 (Lee and Zhang 2016 ; Wu et al. 2018 ). 이 모델은 분말 규모의 L-PBF 공정을 시뮬레이션했습니다 (Khairallah et al. 2016) 메조 스케일 (Khairallah 및 Anderson 2014 ), 단일 트랙 (Leitz et al. 2017 )에서 다중 트랙 (Foroozmehr et al. 2016 ) 및 다중 레이어 (Huang, Khamesee 및 Toyserkani 2019 )로.

    그러나 결과적인 표면 거칠기를 결정하는 오버행 영역의 용융 풀 역학은 문헌에서 거의 관심을받지 못했습니다. 솔리드 영역의 L-PBF에 대한 기존 시뮬레이션 모델이 어느 정도 참조가 될 수 있지만 오버행 영역과 솔리드 영역 간의 용융 풀 역학에는 상당한 차이가 있습니다. 오버행 영역에서 용융 금속은 분말 입자 사이의 틈새로 아래로 흘러 용융 풀이 다공성 분말 베드가 제공하는 약한 지지체 아래로 가라 앉습니다. 이것은 중력과 표면 장력의 영향이 용융 풀의 결과적인 모양 / 크기를 결정하는 데 중요하며, 결과적으로 오버행 영역의 마이크로 스케일 형태의 진화에 중요합니다. 또한 분말 입자 사이의 공극, 열 조건 (예 : 에너지 흡수,2019 ; Karimi et al. 2020 ; 노래와 영 2020 ). 표면 거칠기는 (마이크로) 형상 편차를 증가시킬뿐만 아니라 주기적 하중 동안 미세 균열의 시작 지점 역할을함으로써 기계적 강도를 저하시킵니다 (Günther et al. 2018 ). 오버행 영역의 높은 표면 거칠기는 (마이크로) 정확도 / 품질에 대한 엄격한 요구 사항이있는 부품 제조에서 L-PBF의 적용을 제한합니다.

    본 연구는 실험 및 시뮬레이션 연구를 사용하여 오버행 영역 (지지물없이 제작)의 미세 형상 편차 형성 메커니즘과 표면 거칠기의 기원을 체계적이고 포괄적으로 조사합니다. 결합 된 DEM-CFD 시뮬레이션 모델은 경계 트랙 윤곽, 분말 접착 및 뒤틀림 변형의 효과를 고려하여 오버행 영역의 용융 풀 역학과 표면 형태의 형성 메커니즘을 나타 내기 위해 개발되었습니다. 표면 거칠기 R의 시뮬레이션 및 단일 요인 L-PBF 인쇄 실험을 사용하여 오버행 각도의 함수로 연구됩니다. 용융 풀의 침몰과 관련된 오버행 영역에서 분말 접착의 세 가지 메커니즘이 식별되고 자세히 설명됩니다. 마지막으로, 인쇄 된 오버행 영역에서 높은 표면 거칠기 문제를 완화 할 수 있는 잠재적 솔루션에 대해 간략하게 설명합니다.

    The shape and size of the L-PBF printed samples are illustrated in Figure 1
    The shape and size of the L-PBF printed samples are illustrated in Figure 1
    Figure 2. Borders in the overhang region depending on the overhang angle θ
    Figure 2. Borders in the overhang region depending on the overhang angle θ
    Figure 3. (a) Profile of the volumetric heat source, (b) the model geometry of single-track printing on a solid substrate (unit: µm), and (c) the comparison of melt pool dimensions obtained from the experiment (right half) and simulation (left half) for a calibrated optical penetration depth of 110 µm (laser power 200 W and scan speed 800 mm/s, solidified layer thickness 30 µm, powder size 10–45 µm).
    Figure 3. (a) Profile of the volumetric heat source, (b) the model geometry of single-track printing on a solid substrate (unit: µm), and (c) the comparison of melt pool dimensions obtained from the experiment (right half) and simulation (left half) for a calibrated optical penetration depth of 110 µm (laser power 200 W and scan speed 800 mm/s, solidified layer thickness 30 µm, powder size 10–45 µm).
    Figure 4. The model geometry of an overhang being L-PBF processed: (a) 3D view and (b) right view.
    Figure 4. The model geometry of an overhang being L-PBF processed: (a) 3D view and (b) right view.
    Figure 5. The cross-sectional contour of border tracks in a 45° overhang region.
    Figure 5. The cross-sectional contour of border tracks in a 45° overhang region.
    Figure 6. Evolution of melt pool in the overhang region (θ = 45°, P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s, the streamlines are shown by arrows).
    Figure 6. Evolution of melt pool in the overhang region (θ = 45°, P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s, the streamlines are shown by arrows).
    Figure 7. The overhang contour is contributed by (a) only outer borders when θ ≤ 60° (b) both inner borders and outer borders when θ > 60°.
    Figure 7. The overhang contour is contributed by (a) only outer borders when θ ≤ 60° (b) both inner borders and outer borders when θ > 60°.
    Figure 8. Schematic of powder adhesion on a 45° overhang region.
    Figure 8. Schematic of powder adhesion on a 45° overhang region.
    Figure 9. The L-PBF printed samples with various overhang angle (a) θ = 0° (cube), (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45°, (d) θ = 55° and (e) θ = 60°.
    Figure 9. The L-PBF printed samples with various overhang angle (a) θ = 0° (cube), (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45°, (d) θ = 55° and (e) θ = 60°.
    Figure 10. Two mechanisms of powder adhesion related to the overhang angle: (a) simulation-predicted, θ = 45°; (b) simulation-predicted, θ = 60°; (c, e) optical micrographs, θ = 45°; (d, f) optical micrographs, θ = 60°. (e) and (f) are partial enlargement of (c) and (d), respectively.
    Figure 10. Two mechanisms of powder adhesion related to the overhang angle: (a) simulation-predicted, θ = 45°; (b) simulation-predicted, θ = 60°; (c, e) optical micrographs, θ = 45°; (d, f) optical micrographs, θ = 60°. (e) and (f) are partial enlargement of (c) and (d), respectively.
    Figure 11. Simulation-predicted surface morphology in the overhang region at different overhang angle: (a) θ = 15°, (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45°, (d) θ = 60° and (e) θ = 80° (Blue solid lines: simulation-predicted contour; red dashed lines: the planar profile of designed overhang region specified by the overhang angles).
    Figure 11. Simulation-predicted surface morphology in the overhang region at different overhang angle: (a) θ = 15°, (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45°, (d) θ = 60° and (e) θ = 80° (Blue solid lines: simulation-predicted contour; red dashed lines: the planar profile of designed overhang region specified by the overhang angles).
    Figure 12. Effect of overhang angle on surface roughness Ra in overhang regions
    Figure 12. Effect of overhang angle on surface roughness Ra in overhang regions
    Figure 13. Surface morphology of L-PBF printed overhang regions with different overhang angle: (a) θ = 15°, (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45° and (d) θ = 60° (overhang border parameters: P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s).
    Figure 13. Surface morphology of L-PBF printed overhang regions with different overhang angle: (a) θ = 15°, (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45° and (d) θ = 60° (overhang border parameters: P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s).
    Figure 14. Effect of (a) laser power (scan speed = 1000 mm/s) and (b) scan speed (lase power = 100 W) on surface roughness Ra in overhang regions (θ = 45°, laser power and scan speed referred to overhang border parameters, and the other process parameters are listed in Table 2).
    Figure 14. Effect of (a) laser power (scan speed = 1000 mm/s) and (b) scan speed (lase power = 100 W) on surface roughness Ra in overhang regions (θ = 45°, laser power and scan speed referred to overhang border parameters, and the other process parameters are listed in Table 2).

    References

    • Cai, Chao, Chrupcala Radoslaw, Jinliang Zhang, Qian Yan, Shifeng Wen, Bo Song, and Yusheng Shi. 2019. “In-Situ Preparation and Formation of TiB/Ti-6Al-4V Nanocomposite via Laser Additive Manufacturing: Microstructure Evolution and Tribological Behavior.” Powder Technology 342: 73–84. doi:10.1016/j.powtec.2018.09.088. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Cai, Chao, Wei Shian Tey, Jiayao Chen, Wei Zhu, Xingjian Liu, Tong Liu, Lihua Zhao, and Kun Zhou. 2021. “Comparative Study on 3D Printing of Polyamide 12 by Selective Laser Sintering and Multi Jet Fusion.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 288 (August 2020): 116882. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2020.116882. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Cai, Chao, Xu Wu, Wan Liu, Wei Zhu, Hui Chen, Jasper Dong Qiu Chua, Chen Nan Sun, Jie Liu, Qingsong Wei, and Yusheng Shi. 2020. “Selective Laser Melting of Near-α Titanium Alloy Ti-6Al-2Zr-1Mo-1V: Parameter Optimization, Heat Treatment and Mechanical Performance.” Journal of Materials Science and Technology 57: 51–64. doi:10.1016/j.jmst.2020.05.004. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Charles, Amal, Ahmed Elkaseer, Lore Thijs, and Steffen G. Scholz. 2020. “Dimensional Errors Due to Overhanging Features in Laser Powder Bed Fusion Parts Made of Ti-6Al-4V.” Applied Sciences 10 (7): 2416. doi:10.3390/app10072416. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
    • Chatham, Camden A., Timothy E. Long, and Christopher B. Williams. 2019. “A Review of the Process Physics and Material Screening Methods for Polymer Powder Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing.” Progress in Polymer Science 93: 68–95. doi:10.1016/j.progpolymsci.2019.03.003. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Du, Yang, Xinyu You, Fengbin Qiao, Lijie Guo, and Zhengwu Liu. 2019. “A Model for Predicting the Temperature Field during Selective Laser Melting.” Results in Physics 12 (November 2018): 52–60. doi:10.1016/j.rinp.2018.11.031. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Duval-Chaneac, M. S., S. Han, C. Claudin, F. Salvatore, J. Bajolet, and J. Rech. 2018. “Experimental Study on Finishing of Internal Laser Melting (SLM) Surface with Abrasive Flow Machining (AFM).” Precision Engineering 54 (July 2017): 1–6. doi:10.1016/j.precisioneng.2018.03.006. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Feng, Shaochuan, Shijie Chen, Amar M. Kamat, Ru Zhang, Mingji Huang, and Liangcai Hu. 2020. “Investigation on Shape Deviation of Horizontal Interior Circular Channels Fabricated by Laser Powder Bed Fusion.” Additive Manufacturing 36 (December): 101585. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2020.101585. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Feng, Shaochuan, Chuanzhen Huang, Jun Wang, Hongtao Zhu, Peng Yao, and Zhanqiang Liu. 2017. “An Analytical Model for the Prediction of Temperature Distribution and Evolution in Hybrid Laser-Waterjet Micro-Machining.” Precision Engineering 47: 33–45. doi:10.1016/j.precisioneng.2016.07.002. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Feng, Shaochuan, Amar M. Kamat, and Yutao Pei. 2021. “Design and Fabrication of Conformal Cooling Channels in Molds: Review and Progress Updates.” International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2021.121082. [Crossref], [PubMed], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Flow-3D V11.2 Documentation. 2016. Flow Science, Inc. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
    • Foroozmehr, Ali, Mohsen Badrossamay, Ehsan Foroozmehr, and Sa’id Golabi. 2016. “Finite Element Simulation of Selective Laser Melting Process Considering Optical Penetration Depth of Laser in Powder Bed.” Materials and Design 89: 255–263. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2015.10.002. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • “Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) — Surface Texture: Profile Method — Rules and Procedures for the Assessment of Surface Texture (ISO 4288).” 1996. International Organization for Standardization. https://www.iso.org/standard/2096.html. [Google Scholar]
    • Günther, Johannes, Stefan Leuders, Peter Koppa, Thomas Tröster, Sebastian Henkel, Horst Biermann, and Thomas Niendorf. 2018. “On the Effect of Internal Channels and Surface Roughness on the High-Cycle Fatigue Performance of Ti-6Al-4V Processed by SLM.” Materials & Design 143: 1–11. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2018.01.042. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Hopkinson, Neil, and Phill Dickens. 2000. “Conformal Cooling and Heating Channels Using Laser Sintered Tools.” In Solid Freeform Fabrication Conference, 490–497. Texas. doi:10.26153/tsw/3075. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
    • Hu, Zhiheng, Haihong Zhu, Changchun Zhang, Hu Zhang, Ting Qi, and Xiaoyan Zeng. 2018. “Contact Angle Evolution during Selective Laser Melting.” Materials and Design 139: 304–313. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2017.11.002. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Hu, Cheng, Kejia Zhuang, Jian Weng, and Donglin Pu. 2019. “Three-Dimensional Analytical Modeling of Cutting Temperature for Round Insert Considering Semi-Infinite Boundary and Non-Uniform Heat Partition.” International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 155 (October 2018): 536–553. doi:10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2019.03.019. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Huang, Yuze, Mir Behrad Khamesee, and Ehsan Toyserkani. 2019. “A New Physics-Based Model for Laser Directed Energy Deposition (Powder-Fed Additive Manufacturing): From Single-Track to Multi-Track and Multi-Layer.” Optics & Laser Technology 109 (August 2018): 584–599. doi:10.1016/j.optlastec.2018.08.015. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Kadirgama, K., W. S. W. Harun, F. Tarlochan, M. Samykano, D. Ramasamy, Mohd Zaidi Azir, and H. Mehboob. 2018. “Statistical and Optimize of Lattice Structures with Selective Laser Melting (SLM) of Ti6AL4V Material.” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 97 (1–4): 495–510. doi:10.1007/s00170-018-1913-1. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Kamat, Amar M, and Yutao Pei. 2019. “An Analytical Method to Predict and Compensate for Residual Stress-Induced Deformation in Overhanging Regions of Internal Channels Fabricated Using Powder Bed Fusion.” Additive Manufacturing 29 (March): 100796. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2019.100796. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Kamath, Chandrika, Bassem El-Dasher, Gilbert F. Gallegos, Wayne E. King, and Aaron Sisto. 2014. “Density of Additively-Manufactured, 316L SS Parts Using Laser Powder-Bed Fusion at Powers up to 400 W.” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 74 (1–4): 65–78. doi:10.1007/s00170-014-5954-9. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Karimi, J., C. Suryanarayana, I. Okulov, and K. G. Prashanth. 2020. “Selective Laser Melting of Ti6Al4V: Effect of Laser Re-Melting.” Materials Science and Engineering A (July): 140558. doi:10.1016/j.msea.2020.140558. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Khairallah, Saad A., and Andy Anderson. 2014. “Mesoscopic Simulation Model of Selective Laser Melting of Stainless Steel Powder.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 214 (11): 2627–2636. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.001. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Khairallah, Saad A., Andrew T. Anderson, Alexander Rubenchik, and Wayne E. King. 2016. “Laser Powder-Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing: Physics of Complex Melt Flow and Formation Mechanisms of Pores, Spatter, and Denudation Zones.” Edited by Adedeji B. Badiru, Vhance V. Valencia, and David Liu. Acta Materialia 108 (April): 36–45. doi:10.1016/j.actamat.2016.02.014. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Kuo, C. N., C. K. Chua, P. C. Peng, Y. W. Chen, S. L. Sing, S. Huang, and Y. L. Su. 2020. “Microstructure Evolution and Mechanical Property Response via 3D Printing Parameter Development of Al–Sc Alloy.” Virtual and Physical Prototyping 15 (1): 120–129. doi:10.1080/17452759.2019.1698967. [Taylor & Francis Online], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Le, K. Q., C. H. Wong, K. H. G. Chua, C. Tang, and H. Du. 2020. “Discontinuity of Overhanging Melt Track in Selective Laser Melting Process.” International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 162 (December): 120284. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2020.120284. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Lee, Y. S., and W. Zhang. 2016. “Modeling of Heat Transfer, Fluid Flow and Solidification Microstructure of Nickel-Base Superalloy Fabricated by Laser Powder Bed Fusion.” Additive Manufacturing 12: 178–188. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2016.05.003. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Leitz, K. H., P. Singer, A. Plankensteiner, B. Tabernig, H. Kestler, and L. S. Sigl. 2017. “Multi-Physical Simulation of Selective Laser Melting.” Metal Powder Report 72 (5): 331–338. doi:10.1016/j.mprp.2016.04.004. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
    • Li, Jian, Jing Hu, Yi Zhu, Xiaowen Yu, Mengfei Yu, and Huayong Yang. 2020. “Surface Roughness Control of Root Analogue Dental Implants Fabricated Using Selective Laser Melting.” Additive Manufacturing 34 (September 2019): 101283. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2020.101283. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Li, Yingli, Kun Zhou, Pengfei Tan, Shu Beng Tor, Chee Kai Chua, and Kah Fai Leong. 2018. “Modeling Temperature and Residual Stress Fields in Selective Laser Melting.” International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 136 (February): 24–35. doi:10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2017.12.001. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Mazur, MacIej, Martin Leary, Matthew McMillan, Joe Elambasseril, and Milan Brandt. 2016. “SLM Additive Manufacture of H13 Tool Steel with Conformal Cooling and Structural Lattices.” Rapid Prototyping Journal 22 (3): 504–518. doi:10.1108/RPJ-06-2014-0075. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Mingear, Jacob, Bing Zhang, Darren Hartl, and Alaa Elwany. 2019. “Effect of Process Parameters and Electropolishing on the Surface Roughness of Interior Channels in Additively Manufactured Nickel-Titanium Shape Memory Alloy Actuators.” Additive Manufacturing 27 (October 2018): 565–575. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2019.03.027. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Pakkanen, Jukka, Flaviana Calignano, Francesco Trevisan, Massimo Lorusso, Elisa Paola Ambrosio, Diego Manfredi, and Paolo Fino. 2016. “Study of Internal Channel Surface Roughnesses Manufactured by Selective Laser Melting in Aluminum and Titanium Alloys.” Metallurgical and Materials Transactions A 47 (8): 3837–3844. doi:10.1007/s11661-016-3478-7. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Patterson, Albert E., Sherri L. Messimer, and Phillip A. Farrington. 2017. “Overhanging Features and the SLM/DMLS Residual Stresses Problem: Review and Future Research Need.” Technologies 5 (4): 15. doi:10.3390/technologies5020015. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Roberts, I. A., C. J. Wang, R. Esterlein, M. Stanford, and D. J. Mynors. 2009. “A Three-Dimensional Finite Element Analysis of the Temperature Field during Laser Melting of Metal Powders in Additive Layer Manufacturing.” International Journal of Machine Tools and Manufacture 49 (12–13): 916–923. doi:10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2009.07.004. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Shrestha, Subin, and Kevin Chou. 2018. “Computational Analysis of Thermo-Fluid Dynamics with Metallic Powder in SLM.” In CFD Modeling and Simulation in Materials Processing 2018, edited by Laurentiu Nastac, Koulis Pericleous, Adrian S. Sabau, Lifeng Zhang, and Brian G. Thomas, 85–95. Cham, Switzerland: Springer Nature. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-72059-3_9. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
    • Sing, S. L., and W. Y. Yeong. 2020. “Laser Powder Bed Fusion for Metal Additive Manufacturing: Perspectives on Recent Developments.” Virtual and Physical Prototyping 15 (3): 359–370. doi:10.1080/17452759.2020.1779999. [Taylor & Francis Online], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Šmilauer, Václav, Emanuele Catalano, Bruno Chareyre, Sergei Dorofeenko, Jérôme Duriez, Nolan Dyck, Jan Eliáš, et al. 2015. Yade Documentation. 2nd ed. The Yade Project. doi:10.5281/zenodo.34073. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
    • Tan, Pengfei, Fei Shen, Biao Li, and Kun Zhou. 2019. “A Thermo-Metallurgical-Mechanical Model for Selective Laser Melting of Ti6Al4V.” Materials & Design 168 (April): 107642. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2019.107642. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Tan, Lisa Jiaying, Wei Zhu, and Kun Zhou. 2020. “Recent Progress on Polymer Materials for Additive Manufacturing.” Advanced Functional Materials 30 (43): 1–54. doi:10.1002/adfm.202003062. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Wang, Xiaoqing, and Kevin Chou. 2018. “Effect of Support Structures on Ti-6Al-4V Overhang Parts Fabricated by Powder Bed Fusion Electron Beam Additive Manufacturing.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 257 (February): 65–78. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.02.038. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Wang, Di, Yongqiang Yang, Ziheng Yi, and Xubin Su. 2013. “Research on the Fabricating Quality Optimization of the Overhanging Surface in SLM Process.” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 65 (9–12): 1471–1484. doi:10.1007/s00170-012-4271-4. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Wen, Peng, Maximilian Voshage, Lucas Jauer, Yanzhe Chen, Yu Qin, Reinhart Poprawe, and Johannes Henrich Schleifenbaum. 2018. “Laser Additive Manufacturing of Zn Metal Parts for Biodegradable Applications: Processing, Formation Quality and Mechanical Properties.” Materials and Design 155: 36–45. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2018.05.057. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Wu, Yu-che, Cheng-hung San, Chih-hsiang Chang, Huey-jiuan Lin, Raed Marwan, Shuhei Baba, and Weng-Sing Hwang. 2018. “Numerical Modeling of Melt-Pool Behavior in Selective Laser Melting with Random Powder Distribution and Experimental Validation.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 254 (November 2017): 72–78. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.11.032. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Yadroitsev, I., P. Krakhmalev, I. Yadroitsava, S. Johansson, and I. Smurov. 2013. “Energy Input Effect on Morphology and Microstructure of Selective Laser Melting Single Track from Metallic Powder.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 213 (4): 606–613. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2012.11.014. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Yu, Wenhui, Swee Leong Sing, Chee Kai Chua, and Xuelei Tian. 2019. “Influence of Re-Melting on Surface Roughness and Porosity of AlSi10Mg Parts Fabricated by Selective Laser Melting.” Journal of Alloys and Compounds 792: 574–581. doi:10.1016/j.jallcom.2019.04.017. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    • Zhang, Dongyun, Pudan Zhang, Zhen Liu, Zhe Feng, Chengjie Wang, and Yanwu Guo. 2018. “Thermofluid Field of Molten Pool and Its Effects during Selective Laser Melting (SLM) of Inconel 718 Alloy.” Additive Manufacturing 21 (100): 567–578. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2018.03.031. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
    Figure 1. (a) Top view of the microfluidic-magnetophoretic device, (b) Schematic representation of the channel cross-sections studied in this work, and (c) the magnet position relative to the channel location (Sepy and Sepz are the magnet separation distances in y and z, respectively).

    Continuous-Flow Separation of Magnetic Particles from Biofluids: How Does the Microdevice Geometry Determine the Separation Performance?

    1Department of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering, ETSIIT, University of Cantabria, Avda. Los Castros s/n, 39005 Santander, Spain
    2William G. Lowrie Department of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering, The Ohio State University, 151 W. Woodruff Ave., Columbus, OH 43210, USA
    *Author to whom correspondence should be addressed.
    Sensors 202020(11), 3030; https://doi.org/10.3390/s20113030
    Received: 16 April 2020 / Revised: 21 May 2020 / Accepted: 25 May 2020 / Published: 27 May 2020
    (This article belongs to the Special Issue Lab-on-a-Chip and Microfluidic Sensors)

    Abstract

    The use of functionalized magnetic particles for the detection or separation of multiple chemicals and biomolecules from biofluids continues to attract significant attention. After their incubation with the targeted substances, the beads can be magnetically recovered to perform analysis or diagnostic tests. Particle recovery with permanent magnets in continuous-flow microdevices has gathered great attention in the last decade due to the multiple advantages of microfluidics. As such, great efforts have been made to determine the magnetic and fluidic conditions for achieving complete particle capture; however, less attention has been paid to the effect of the channel geometry on the system performance, although it is key for designing systems that simultaneously provide high particle recovery and flow rates. Herein, we address the optimization of Y-Y-shaped microchannels, where magnetic beads are separated from blood and collected into a buffer stream by applying an external magnetic field. The influence of several geometrical features (namely cross section shape, thickness, length, and volume) on both bead recovery and system throughput is studied. For that purpose, we employ an experimentally validated Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) numerical model that considers the dominant forces acting on the beads during separation. Our results indicate that rectangular, long devices display the best performance as they deliver high particle recovery and high throughput. Thus, this methodology could be applied to the rational design of lab-on-a-chip devices for any magnetically driven purification, enrichment or isolation.

    Keywords: particle magnetophoresisCFDcross sectionchip fabrication

    Korea Abstract

    생체 유체에서 여러 화학 물질과 생체 분자의 검출 또는 분리를위한 기능화 된 자성 입자의 사용은 계속해서 상당한 관심을 받고 있습니다. 표적 물질과 함께 배양 한 후 비드를 자기 적으로 회수하여 분석 또는 진단 테스트를 수행 할 수 있습니다. 연속 흐름 마이크로 장치에서 영구 자석을 사용한 입자 회수는 마이크로 유체의 여러 장점으로 인해 지난 10 년 동안 큰 관심을 모았습니다. 

    따라서 완전한 입자 포획을 달성하기 위한 자기 및 유체 조건을 결정하기 위해 많은 노력을 기울였습니다. 그러나 높은 입자 회수율과 유속을 동시에 제공하는 시스템을 설계하는 데있어 핵심이기는 하지만 시스템 성능에 대한 채널 형상의 영향에 대해서는 덜주의를 기울였습니다. 

    여기에서 우리는 자기 비드가 혈액에서 분리되고 외부 자기장을 적용하여 버퍼 스트림으로 수집되는 YY 모양의 마이크로 채널의 최적화를 다룹니다. 비드 회수 및 시스템 처리량에 대한 여러 기하학적 특징 (즉, 단면 형상, 두께, 길이 및 부피)의 영향을 연구합니다. 

    이를 위해 분리 중에 비드에 작용하는 지배적인 힘을 고려하는 실험적으로 검증 된 CFD (Computational Fluid Dynamics) 수치 모델을 사용합니다. 우리의 결과는 직사각형의 긴 장치가 높은 입자 회수율과 높은 처리량을 제공하기 때문에 최고의 성능을 보여줍니다. 

    따라서 이 방법론은 자기 구동 정제, 농축 또는 분리를 위한 랩온어 칩 장치의 합리적인 설계에 적용될 수 있습니다.

    Figure 1. (a) Top view of the microfluidic-magnetophoretic device, (b) Schematic representation of the channel cross-sections studied in this work, and (c) the magnet position relative to the channel location (Sepy and Sepz are the magnet separation distances in y and z, respectively).
    Figure 1. (a) Top view of the microfluidic-magnetophoretic device, (b) Schematic representation of the channel cross-sections studied in this work, and (c) the magnet position relative to the channel location (Sepy and Sepz are the magnet separation distances in y and z, respectively).
    Figure 2. (a) Channel-magnet configuration and (b–d) magnetic force distribution in the channel midplane for 2 mm, 5 mm and 10 mm long rectangular (left) and U-shaped (right) devices.
    Figure 2. (a) Channel-magnet configuration and (b–d) magnetic force distribution in the channel midplane for 2 mm, 5 mm and 10 mm long rectangular (left) and U-shaped (right) devices.
    Figure 3. (a) Velocity distribution in a section perpendicular to the flow for rectangular (left) and U-shaped (right) cross section channels, and (b) particle location in these cross sections.
    Figure 3. (a) Velocity distribution in a section perpendicular to the flow for rectangular (left) and U-shaped (right) cross section channels, and (b) particle location in these cross sections.
    Figure 4. Influence of fluid flow rate on particle recovery when the applied magnetic force is (a) different and (b) equal in U-shaped and rectangular cross section microdevices.
    Figure 4. Influence of fluid flow rate on particle recovery when the applied magnetic force is (a) different and (b) equal in U-shaped and rectangular cross section microdevices.
    Figure 5. Magnetic bead capture as a function of fluid flow rate for all of the studied geometries.
    Figure 5. Magnetic bead capture as a function of fluid flow rate for all of the studied geometries.
    Figure 6. Influence of (a) magnetic and fluidic forces (J parameter) and (b) channel geometry (θ parameter) on particle recovery. Note that U-2mm does not accurately fit a line.
    Figure 6. Influence of (a) magnetic and fluidic forces (J parameter) and (b) channel geometry (θ parameter) on particle recovery. Note that U-2mm does not accurately fit a line.
    Figure 7. Dependence of bead capture on the (a) functional channel volume and (b) particle residence time (tres). Note that in the curve fitting expressions V represents the functional channel volume and that U-2mm does not accurately fit a line.
    Figure 7. Dependence of bead capture on the (a) functional channel volume and (b) particle residence time (tres). Note that in the curve fitting expressions V represents the functional channel volume and that U-2mm does not accurately fit a line.

    References

    1. Gómez-Pastora, J.; Xue, X.; Karampelas, I.H.; Bringas, E.; Furlani, E.P.; Ortiz, I. Analysis of separators for magnetic beads recovery: From large systems to multifunctional microdevices. Sep. Purif. Technol. 2017172, 16–31. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    2. Wise, N.; Grob, T.; Morten, K.; Thompson, I.; Sheard, S. Magnetophoretic velocities of superparamagnetic particles, agglomerates and complexes. J. Magn. Magn. Mater. 2015384, 328–334. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    3. Khashan, S.A.; Elnajjar, E.; Haik, Y. CFD simulation of the magnetophoretic separation in a microchannel. J. Magn. Magn. Mater. 2011323, 2960–2967. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    4. Khashan, S.A.; Furlani, E.P. Scalability analysis of magnetic bead separation in a microchannel with an array of soft magnetic elements in a uniform magnetic field. Sep. Purif. Technol. 2014125, 311–318. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    5. Furlani, E.P. Magnetic biotransport: Analysis and applications. Materials 20103, 2412–2446. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    6. Gómez-Pastora, J.; Bringas, E.; Ortiz, I. Design of novel adsorption processes for the removal of arsenic from polluted groundwater employing functionalized magnetic nanoparticles. Chem. Eng. Trans. 201647, 241–246. [Google Scholar]
    7. Gómez-Pastora, J.; Bringas, E.; Lázaro-Díez, M.; Ramos-Vivas, J.; Ortiz, I. The reverse of controlled release: Controlled sequestration of species and biotoxins into nanoparticles (NPs). In Drug Delivery Systems; Stroeve, P., Mahmoudi, M., Eds.; World Scientific: Hackensack, NJ, USA, 2017; pp. 207–244. ISBN 9789813201057. [Google Scholar]
    8. Ruffert, C. Magnetic bead-magic bullet. Micromachines 20167, 21. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    9. Yáñez-Sedeño, P.; Campuzano, S.; Pingarrón, J.M. Magnetic particles coupled to disposable screen printed transducers for electrochemical biosensing. Sensors 201616, 1585. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    10. Schrittwieser, S.; Pelaz, B.; Parak, W.J.; Lentijo-Mozo, S.; Soulantica, K.; Dieckhoff, J.; Ludwig, F.; Guenther, A.; Tschöpe, A.; Schotter, J. Homogeneous biosensing based on magnetic particle labels. Sensors 201616, 828. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    11. He, J.; Huang, M.; Wang, D.; Zhang, Z.; Li, G. Magnetic separation techniques in sample preparation for biological analysis: A review. J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 2014101, 84–101. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    12. Ha, Y.; Ko, S.; Kim, I.; Huang, Y.; Mohanty, K.; Huh, C.; Maynard, J.A. Recent advances incorporating superparamagnetic nanoparticles into immunoassays. ACS Appl. Nano Mater. 20181, 512–521. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    13. Gómez-Pastora, J.; González-Fernández, C.; Fallanza, M.; Bringas, E.; Ortiz, I. Flow patterns and mass transfer performance of miscible liquid-liquid flows in various microchannels: Numerical and experimental studies. Chem. Eng. J. 2018344, 487–497. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    14. Gale, B.K.; Jafek, A.R.; Lambert, C.J.; Goenner, B.L.; Moghimifam, H.; Nze, U.C.; Kamarapu, S.K. A review of current methods in microfluidic device fabrication and future commercialization prospects. Inventions 20183, 60. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    15. Nanobiotechnology; Concepts, Applications and Perspectives; Niemeyer, C.M.; Mirkin, C.A. (Eds.) Wiley-VCH: Weinheim, Germany, 2004; ISBN 3527305068. [Google Scholar]
    16. Khashan, S.A.; Dagher, S.; Alazzam, A.; Mathew, B.; Hilal-Alnaqbi, A. Microdevice for continuous flow magnetic separation for bioengineering applications. J. Micromech. Microeng. 201727, 055016. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    17. Basauri, A.; Gomez-Pastora, J.; Fallanza, M.; Bringas, E.; Ortiz, I. Predictive model for the design of reactive micro-separations. Sep. Purif. Technol. 2019209, 900–907. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    18. Abdollahi, P.; Karimi-Sabet, J.; Moosavian, M.A.; Amini, Y. Microfluidic solvent extraction of calcium: Modeling and optimization of the process variables. Sep. Purif. Technol. 2020231, 115875. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    19. Khashan, S.A.; Alazzam, A.; Furlani, E. A novel design for a microfluidic magnetophoresis system: Computational study. In Proceedings of the 12th International Symposium on Fluid Control, Measurement and Visualization (FLUCOME2013), Nara, Japan, 18–23 November 2013. [Google Scholar]
    20. Pamme, N. Magnetism and microfluidics. Lab Chip 20066, 24–38. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    21. Gómez-Pastora, J.; Amiri Roodan, V.; Karampelas, I.H.; Alorabi, A.Q.; Tarn, M.D.; Iles, A.; Bringas, E.; Paunov, V.N.; Pamme, N.; Furlani, E.P.; et al. Two-step numerical approach to predict ferrofluid droplet generation and manipulation inside multilaminar flow chambers. J. Phys. Chem. C 2019123, 10065–10080. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    22. Gómez-Pastora, J.; Karampelas, I.H.; Bringas, E.; Furlani, E.P.; Ortiz, I. Numerical analysis of bead magnetophoresis from flowing blood in a continuous-flow microchannel: Implications to the bead-fluid interactions. Sci. Rep. 20199, 7265. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    23. Tarn, M.D.; Pamme, N. On-Chip Magnetic Particle-Based Immunoassays Using Multilaminar Flow for Clinical Diagnostics. In Microchip Diagnostics Methods and Protocols; Taly, V., Viovy, J.L., Descroix, S., Eds.; Humana Press: New York, NY, USA, 2017; pp. 69–83. [Google Scholar]
    24. Phurimsak, C.; Tarn, M.D.; Peyman, S.A.; Greenman, J.; Pamme, N. On-chip determination of c-reactive protein using magnetic particles in continuous flow. Anal. Chem. 201486, 10552–10559. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    25. Wu, X.; Wu, H.; Hu, Y. Enhancement of separation efficiency on continuous magnetophoresis by utilizing L/T-shaped microchannels. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 201111, 11–24. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    26. Vojtíšek, M.; Tarn, M.D.; Hirota, N.; Pamme, N. Microfluidic devices in superconducting magnets: On-chip free-flow diamagnetophoresis of polymer particles and bubbles. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 201213, 625–635. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    27. Gómez-Pastora, J.; González-Fernández, C.; Real, E.; Iles, A.; Bringas, E.; Furlani, E.P.; Ortiz, I. Computational modeling and fluorescence microscopy characterization of a two-phase magnetophoretic microsystem for continuous-flow blood detoxification. Lab Chip 201818, 1593–1606. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    28. Forbes, T.P.; Forry, S.P. Microfluidic magnetophoretic separations of immunomagnetically labeled rare mammalian cells. Lab Chip 201212, 1471–1479. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    29. Nandy, K.; Chaudhuri, S.; Ganguly, R.; Puri, I.K. Analytical model for the magnetophoretic capture of magnetic microspheres in microfluidic devices. J. Magn. Magn. Mater. 2008320, 1398–1405. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    30. Plouffe, B.D.; Lewis, L.H.; Murthy, S.K. Computational design optimization for microfluidic magnetophoresis. Biomicrofluidics 20115, 013413. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    31. Hale, C.; Darabi, J. Magnetophoretic-based microfluidic device for DNA isolation. Biomicrofluidics 20148, 044118. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    32. Becker, H.; Gärtner, C. Polymer microfabrication methods for microfluidic analytical applications. Electrophoresis 200021, 12–26. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    33. Pekas, N.; Zhang, Q.; Nannini, M.; Juncker, D. Wet-etching of structures with straight facets and adjustable taper into glass substrates. Lab Chip 201010, 494–498. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    34. Wang, T.; Chen, J.; Zhou, T.; Song, L. Fabricating microstructures on glass for microfluidic chips by glass molding process. Micromachines 20189, 269. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    35. Castaño-Álvarez, M.; Pozo Ayuso, D.F.; García Granda, M.; Fernández-Abedul, M.T.; Rodríguez García, J.; Costa-García, A. Critical points in the fabrication of microfluidic devices on glass substrates. Sens. Actuators B Chem. 2008130, 436–448. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    36. Prakash, S.; Kumar, S. Fabrication of microchannels: A review. Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part B J. Eng. Manuf. 2015229, 1273–1288. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    37. Leester-Schädel, M.; Lorenz, T.; Jürgens, F.; Ritcher, C. Fabrication of Microfluidic Devices. In Microsystems for Pharmatechnology: Manipulation of Fluids, Particles, Droplets, and Cells; Dietzel, A., Ed.; Springer: Basel, Switzerland, 2016; pp. 23–57. ISBN 9783319269207. [Google Scholar]
    38. Bartlett, N.W.; Wood, R.J. Comparative analysis of fabrication methods for achieving rounded microchannels in PDMS. J. Micromech. Microeng. 201626, 115013. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    39. Ng, P.F.; Lee, K.I.; Yang, M.; Fei, B. Fabrication of 3D PDMS microchannels of adjustable cross-sections via versatile gel templates. Polymers 201911, 64. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    40. Furlani, E.P.; Sahoo, Y.; Ng, K.C.; Wortman, J.C.; Monk, T.E. A model for predicting magnetic particle capture in a microfluidic bioseparator. Biomed. Microdevices 20079, 451–463. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    41. Tarn, M.D.; Peyman, S.A.; Robert, D.; Iles, A.; Wilhelm, C.; Pamme, N. The importance of particle type selection and temperature control for on-chip free-flow magnetophoresis. J. Magn. Magn. Mater. 2009321, 4115–4122. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    42. Furlani, E.P. Permanent Magnet and Electromechanical Devices; Materials, Analysis and Applications; Academic Press: Waltham, MA, USA, 2001. [Google Scholar]
    43. White, F.M. Viscous Fluid Flow; McGraw-Hill: New York, NY, USA, 1974. [Google Scholar]
    44. Mathew, B.; Alazzam, A.; El-Khasawneh, B.; Maalouf, M.; Destgeer, G.; Sung, H.J. Model for tracing the path of microparticles in continuous flow microfluidic devices for 2D focusing via standing acoustic waves. Sep. Purif. Technol. 2015153, 99–107. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    45. Furlani, E.J.; Furlani, E.P. A model for predicting magnetic targeting of multifunctional particles in the microvasculature. J. Magn. Magn. Mater. 2007312, 187–193. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    46. Furlani, E.P.; Ng, K.C. Analytical model of magnetic nanoparticle transport and capture in the microvasculature. Phys. Rev. E 200673, 061919. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    47. Eibl, R.; Eibl, D.; Pörtner, R.; Catapano, G.; Czermak, P. Cell and Tissue Reaction Engineering; Springer: Berlin/Heidelberg, Germany, 2009. [Google Scholar]
    48. Pamme, N.; Eijkel, J.C.T.; Manz, A. On-chip free-flow magnetophoresis: Separation and detection of mixtures of magnetic particles in continuous flow. J. Magn. Magn. Mater. 2006307, 237–244. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    49. Alorabi, A.Q.; Tarn, M.D.; Gómez-Pastora, J.; Bringas, E.; Ortiz, I.; Paunov, V.N.; Pamme, N. On-chip polyelectrolyte coating onto magnetic droplets-Towards continuous flow assembly of drug delivery capsules. Lab Chip 201717, 3785–3795. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    50. Zhang, H.; Guo, H.; Chen, Z.; Zhang, G.; Li, Z. Application of PECVD SiC in glass micromachining. J. Micromech. Microeng. 200717, 775–780. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    51. Mourzina, Y.; Steffen, A.; Offenhäusser, A. The evaporated metal masks for chemical glass etching for BioMEMS. Microsyst. Technol. 200511, 135–140. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    52. Mata, A.; Fleischman, A.J.; Roy, S. Fabrication of multi-layer SU-8 microstructures. J. Micromech. Microeng. 200616, 276–284. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    53. Su, N. 8 2000 Negative Tone Photoresist Formulations 2002–2025; MicroChem Corporation: Newton, MA, USA, 2002. [Google Scholar]
    54. Su, N. 8 2000 Negative Tone Photoresist Formulations 2035–2100; MicroChem Corporation: Newton, MA, USA, 2002. [Google Scholar]
    55. Fu, C.; Hung, C.; Huang, H. A novel and simple fabrication method of embedded SU-8 micro channels by direct UV lithography. J. Phys. Conf. Ser. 200634, 330–335. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    56. Kazoe, Y.; Yamashiro, I.; Mawatari, K.; Kitamori, T. High-pressure acceleration of nanoliter droplets in the gas phase in a microchannel. Micromachines 20167, 142. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    57. Sharp, K.V.; Adrian, R.J.; Santiago, J.G.; Molho, J.I. Liquid flows in microchannels. In MEMS: Introduction and Fundamentals; Gad-el-Hak, M., Ed.; CRC Press: Boca Raton, FL, USA, 2006; pp. 10-1–10-46. ISBN 9781420036572. [Google Scholar]
    58. Oh, K.W.; Lee, K.; Ahn, B.; Furlani, E.P. Design of pressure-driven microfluidic networks using electric circuit analogy. Lab Chip 201212, 515–545. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    59. Bruus, H. Theoretical Microfluidics; Oxford University Press: New York, NY, USA, 2008; ISBN 9788578110796. [Google Scholar]
    60. Beebe, D.J.; Mensing, G.A.; Walker, G.M. Physics and applications of microfluidics in biology. Annu. Rev. Biomed. Eng. 20024, 261–286. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    61. Yalikun, Y.; Tanaka, Y. Large-scale integration of all-glass valves on a microfluidic device. Micromachines 20167, 83. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    62. Van Heeren, H.; Verhoeven, D.; Atkins, T.; Tzannis, A.; Becker, H.; Beusink, W.; Chen, P. Design Guideline for Microfluidic Device and Component Interfaces (Part 2), Version 3; Available online: http://www.makefluidics.com/en/design-guideline?id=7 (accessed on 9 March 2020).
    63. Scheuble, N.; Iles, A.; Wootton, R.C.R.; Windhab, E.J.; Fischer, P.; Elvira, K.S. Microfluidic technique for the simultaneous quantification of emulsion instabilities and lipid digestion kinetics. Anal. Chem. 201789, 9116–9123. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    64. Lynch, E.C. Red blood cell damage by shear stress. Biophys. J. 197212, 257–273. [Google Scholar]
    65. Paul, R.; Apel, J.; Klaus, S.; Schügner, F.; Schwindke, P.; Reul, H. Shear stress related blood damage in laminar Couette flow. Artif. Organs 200327, 517–529. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    66. Gómez-Pastora, J.; Karampelas, I.H.; Xue, X.; Bringas, E.; Furlani, E.P.; Ortiz, I. Magnetic bead separation from flowing blood in a two-phase continuous-flow magnetophoretic microdevice: Theoretical analysis through computational fluid dynamics simulation. J. Phys. Chem. C 2017121, 7466–7477. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    67. Lim, J.; Yeap, S.P.; Leow, C.H.; Toh, P.Y.; Low, S.C. Magnetophoresis of iron oxide nanoparticles at low field gradient: The role of shape anisotropy. J. Colloid Interface Sci. 2014421, 170–177. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    68. Culbertson, C.T.; Sibbitts, J.; Sellens, K.; Jia, S. Fabrication of Glass Microfluidic Devices. In Microfluidic Electrophoresis: Methods and Protocols; Dutta, D., Ed.; Humana Press: New York, NY, USA, 2019; pp. 1–12. ISBN 978-1-4939-8963-8. [Google Scholar]
    Fluid velocity magnitude including velocity vectors and blood volumetric fraction contours for scenario 3: (a,b) Magnet distance d = 0; (c,d) Magnet distance d = 1 mm.

    Numerical Analysis of Bead Magnetophoresis from Flowing Blood in a Continuous-Flow Microchannel: Implications to the Bead-Fluid Interactions

    Scientific Reports volume 9, Article number: 7265 (2019) Cite this article

    Abstract

    이 연구에서는 비드 운동과 유체 흐름에 미치는 영향에 대한 자세한 분석을 제공하기 위해 연속 흐름 마이크로 채널 내부의 비드 자기 영동에 대한 수치 흐름 중심 연구를 보고합니다.

    수치 모델은 Lagrangian 접근 방식을 포함하며 영구 자석에 의해 생성 된 자기장의 적용에 의해 혈액에서 비드 분리 및 유동 버퍼로의 수집을 예측합니다.

    다음 시나리오가 모델링됩니다. (i) 운동량이 유체에서 점 입자로 처리되는 비드로 전달되는 단방향 커플 링, (ii) 비드가 점 입자로 처리되고 운동량이 다음으로부터 전달되는 양방향 결합 비드를 유체로 또는 그 반대로, (iii) 유체 변위에서 비드 체적의 영향을 고려한 양방향 커플 링.

    결과는 세 가지 시나리오에서 비드 궤적에 약간의 차이가 있지만 특히 높은 자기력이 비드에 적용될 때 유동장에 상당한 변화가 있음을 나타냅니다.

    따라서 높은 자기력을 사용할 때 비드 운동과 유동장의 체적 효과를 고려한 정확한 전체 유동 중심 모델을 해결해야 합니다. 그럼에도 불구하고 비드가 중간 또는 낮은 자기력을 받을 때 계산적으로 저렴한 모델을 안전하게 사용하여 자기 영동을 모델링 할 수 있습니다.

    Sketch of the magnetophoresis process in the continuous-flow microdevice.
    Sketch of the magnetophoresis process in the continuous-flow microdevice.
    Schematic view of the microdevice showing the working conditions set in the simulations.
    Schematic view of the microdevice showing the working conditions set in the simulations.
    Bead trajectories for different magnetic field conditions, magnet placed at different distances “d” from the channel: (a) d = 0; (b) d = 1 mm; (c) d = 1.5 mm; (d) d = 2 mm
    Bead trajectories for different magnetic field conditions, magnet placed at different distances “d” from the channel: (a) d = 0; (b) d = 1 mm; (c) d = 1.5 mm; (d) d = 2 mm
    Separation efficacy as a function of the magnet distance. Comparison between one-way and two-way coupling.
    Separation efficacy as a function of the magnet distance. Comparison between one-way and two-way coupling.
    (a) Fluid velocity magnitude including velocity vectors and (b) blood volumetric fraction contours with magnet distance d = 0 mm for scenario 1 (t = 0.25 s).
    (a) Fluid velocity magnitude including velocity vectors and (b) blood volumetric fraction contours with magnet distance d = 0 mm for scenario 1 (t = 0.25 s).
    luid velocity magnitude including velocity vectors and blood volumetric fraction contours for scenario 2: (a,b) Magnet distance d = 0 mm at t = 0.4 s; (c,d) Magnet distance d = 1 mm at t = 0.4 s.
    luid velocity magnitude including velocity vectors and blood volumetric fraction contours for scenario 2: (a,b) Magnet distance d = 0 mm at t = 0.4 s; (c,d) Magnet distance d = 1 mm at t = 0.4 s.
    Fluid velocity magnitude including velocity vectors and blood volumetric fraction contours for scenario 3: (a,b) Magnet distance d = 0; (c,d) Magnet distance d = 1 mm.
    Fluid velocity magnitude including velocity vectors and blood volumetric fraction contours for scenario 3: (a,b) Magnet distance d = 0; (c,d) Magnet distance d = 1 mm.
    Blood volumetric fraction contours. Scenario 1: (a) Magnet distance d = 0 and (b) Magnet distance d = 1 mm; Scenario 2: (c) Magnet distance d = 0 and (d) Magnet distance d = 1 mm; and Scenario 3: (e) Magnet distance d = 0 and (f) Magnet distance d = 1 mm.
    Blood volumetric fraction contours. Scenario 1: (a) Magnet distance d = 0 and (b) Magnet distance d = 1 mm; Scenario 2: (c) Magnet distance d = 0 and (d) Magnet distance d = 1 mm; and Scenario 3: (e) Magnet distance d = 0 and (f) Magnet distance d = 1 mm.

    References

    1. 1.Keshipour, S. & Khalteh, N. K. Oxidation of ethylbenzene to styrene oxide in the presence of cellulose-supported Pd magnetic nanoparticles. Appl. Organometal. Chem. 30, 653–656 (2016).CAS Article Google Scholar 
    2. 2.Neamtu, M. et al. Functionalized magnetic nanoparticles: synthesis, characterization, catalytic application and assessment of toxicity. Sci. Rep. 8(1), 6278 (2018).ADS MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    3. 3.Gómez-Pastora, J., Bringas, E. & Ortiz, I. Recent progress and future challenges on the use of high performance magnetic nano-adsorbents in environmental applications. Chem. Eng. J. 256, 187–204 (2014).Article Google Scholar 
    4. 4.Gómez-Pastora, J., Bringas, E. & Ortiz, I. Design of novel adsorption processes for the removal of arsenic from polluted groundwater employing functionalized magnetic nanoparticles. Chem. Eng. Trans. 47, 241–246 (2016).Google Scholar 
    5. 5.Bagbi, Y., Sarswat, A., Mohan, D., Pandey, A. & Solanki, P. R. Lead and chromium adsorption from water using L-Cysteine functionalized magnetite (Fe3O4) nanoparticles. Sci. Rep. 7(1), 7672 (2017).ADS Article Google Scholar 
    6. 6.Gómez-Pastora, J. et al. Review and perspectives on the use of magnetic nanophotocatalysts (MNPCs) in water treatment. Chem. Eng. J. 310, 407–427 (2017).Article Google Scholar 
    7. 7.Lee, H. Y. et al. A selective fluoroionophore based on BODIPY-functionalized magnetic silica nanoparticles: removal of Pb2+ from human blood. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 48, 1239–1243 (2009).CAS Article Google Scholar 
    8. 8.Buzea, C., Pacheco, I. I. & Robbie, K. Nanomaterials and nanoparticles: sources and toxicity. Biointerphases 2, MR17–MR71 (2007).Article Google Scholar 
    9. 9.Roux, S. et al. Multifunctional nanoparticles: from the detection of biomolecules to the therapy. Int. J. Nanotechnol. 7, 781–801 (2010).ADS CAS Article Google Scholar 
    10. 10.Gómez-Pastora, J., Bringas, E., Lázaro-Díez, M., Ramos-Vivas, J. & Ortiz, I. In Drug Delivery Systems (Stroeve, P. & Mahmoudi, M. ed) 207–244 (World Scientific, 2017).
    11. 11.Selmi, M., Gazzah, M. H. & Belmabrouk, H. Optimization of microfluidic biosensor efficiency by means of fluid flow engineering. Sci. Rep. 7(1), 5721 (2017).ADS Article Google Scholar 
    12. 12.Gómez-Pastora, J., González-Fernández, C., Fallanza, M., Bringas, E. & Ortiz, I. Flow patterns and mass transfer performance of miscible liquid-liquid flows in various microchannels: Numerical and experimental studies. Chem. Eng. J. 344, 487–497 (2018).Article Google Scholar 
    13. 13.Pamme, N. Magnetism and microfluidics. Lab Chip 6, 24–38 (2006).CAS Article Google Scholar 
    14. 14.Alorabi, A. Q. et al. On-chip polyelectrolyte coating onto magnetic droplets – towards continuous flow assembly of drug delivery capsules. Lab Chip 17, 3785–3795 (2017).CAS Article Google Scholar 
    15. 15.Gómez-Pastora, J. et al. Analysis of separators for magnetic beads recovery: from large systems to multifunctional microdevices. Sep. Purif. Technol. 172, 16–31 (2017).Article Google Scholar 
    16. 16.Tarn, M. D. & Pamme, N. On-chip magnetic particle-based immunoassays using multilaminar flow for clinical diagnosis. Methods Mol. Biol. 1547, 69–83 (2017).CAS Article Google Scholar 
    17. 17.Lv, C. et al. Integrated optofluidic-microfluidic twin channels: toward diverse application of lab-on-a-chip systems. Sci. Rep. 6, 19801 (2016).ADS CAS Article Google Scholar 
    18. 18.Gómez-Pastora, J. et al. Magnetic bead separation from flowing blood in a two-phase continuous-flow magnetophoretic microdevice: theoretical analysis through computational fluid dynamics simulation. J. Phys. Chem. C 121, 7466–7477 (2017).Article Google Scholar 
    19. 19.Furlani, E. P. Magnetic biotransport: analysis and applications. Materials 3, 2412–2446 (2010).ADS CAS Article Google Scholar 
    20. 20.Khashan, S. A. & Furlani, E. P. Effects of particle–fluid coupling on particle transport and capture in a magnetophoretic microsystem. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 12, 565–580 (2012).Article Google Scholar 
    21. 21.Modak, N., Datta, A. & Ganguly, R. Cell separation in a microfluidic channel using magnetic microspheres. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 6, 647–660 (2009).CAS Article Google Scholar 
    22. 22.Furlani, E. P., Sahoo, Y., Ng, K. C., Wortman, J. C. & Monk, T. E. A model for predicting magnetic particle capture in a microfluidic bioseparator. Biomed. Microdevices 9, 451–463 (2007).CAS Article Google Scholar 
    23. 23.Furlani, E. P. & Sahoo, Y. Analytical model for the magnetic field and force in a magnetophoretic microsystem. J. Phys. D: Appl. Phys. 39, 1724–1732 (2006).ADS CAS Article Google Scholar 
    24. 24.Tarn, M. D. et al. The importance of particle type selection and temperature control for on-chip free-flow magnetophoresis. J. Magn. Magn. Mater. 321, 4115–4122 (2009).ADS CAS Article Google Scholar 
    25. 25.Fonnum, G., Johansson, C., Molteberg, A., Morup, S. & Aksnes, E. Characterisation of Dynabeads® by magnetization measurements and Mössbauer spectroscopy. J. Magn. Magn. Mater. 293, 41–47 (2005).ADS CAS Article Google Scholar 
    26. 26.Xue, W., Moore, L. R., Nakano, N., Chalmers, J. J. & Zborowski, M. Single cell magnetometry by magnetophoresis vs. bulk cell suspension magnetometry by SQUID-MPMS – A comparison. J. Magn. Magn. Mater. 474, 152–160 (2019).ADS CAS Article Google Scholar 
    27. 27.Moore, L. R. et al. Continuous, intrinsic magnetic depletion of erythrocytes from whole blood with a quadrupole magnet and annular flow channel; pilot scale study. Biotechnol. Bioeng. 115, 1521–1530 (2018).CAS Article Google Scholar 
    28. 28.Furlani, E. P. & Xue, X. Field, force and transport analysis for magnetic particle-based gene delivery. Microfluid Nanofluid. 13, 589–602 (2012).CAS Article Google Scholar 
    29. 29.Furlani, E. P. & Xue, X. A model for predicting field-directed particle transport in the magnetofection process. Pharm. Res. 29, 1366–1379 (2012).CAS Article Google Scholar 
    30. 30.Furlani, E. P. Permanent Magnet and Electromechanical Devices; MaterialsAnalysis and Applications, (Academic Press, 2001).
    31. 31.Balachandar, S. & Eaton, J. K. Turbulent dispersed multiphase flow. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 42, 111–133 (2010).ADS Article Google Scholar 
    32. 32.Wakaba, L. & Balachandar, S. On the added mass force at finite Reynolds and acceleration number. Theor. Comput. Fluid. Dyn. 21, 147–153 (2007).Article Google Scholar 
    33. 33.White, F. M. Viscous Fluid Flow, (McGraw-Hill, 1974).
    34. 34.Rietema, K. & Van Den Akker, H. E. A. On the momentum equations in dispersed two-phase systems. Int. J. Multiphase Flow 9, 21–36 (1983).Article Google Scholar 
    35. 35.Furlani, E. P. & Ng, K. C. Analytical model of magnetic nanoparticle transport and capture in the microvasculature. Phys. Rev. E 73, 1–10 (2006).Article Google Scholar 
    36. 36.Eibl, R., Eibl, D., Pörtner, R., Catapano, G. & Czermak, P. Cell and Tissue Reaction Engineering, (Springer, 2009).
    37. 37.Gómez-Pastora, J. et al. Computational modeling and fluorescence microscopy characterization of a two-phase magnetophoretic microsystem for continuous-flow blood detoxification. Lab Chip 18, 1593–1606 (2018).Article Google Scholar 
    38. 38.Khashan, S. A. & Furlani, E. P. Scalability analysis of magnetic bead separation in a microchannel with an array of soft magnetic elements in a uniform magnetic field. Sep. Purif. Technol. 125, 311–318 (2014).CAS Article Google Scholar 
    39. 39.Hirt, C. W. & Sicilian, J. M. A porosity technique for the definition of obstacles in rectangular cell meshes. ProcFourth International ConfShip Hydro., National Academic of Science, Washington, DC., (1985).
    40. 40.Crank, J. Free and Moving Boundary Problems, (Oxford University Press, 1984).
    41. 41.Bruus, H. Theoretical Microfluidics, (Oxford University Press, 2008).
    42. 42.Liang, L. & Xuan, X. Diamagnetic particle focusing using ferromicrofluidics with a single magnet. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 13, 637–643 (2012).

    Author information

    1. Edward P. Furlani is deceased.

    Affiliations

    1. Department of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering, ETSIIT, University of Cantabria, Avda. Los Castros s/n, 39005, Santander, SpainJenifer Gómez-Pastora, Eugenio Bringas & Inmaculada Ortiz
    2. Flow Science, Inc, Santa Fe, New Mexico, 87505, USAIoannis H. Karampelas
    3. Department of Chemical and Biological Engineering, University at Buffalo (SUNY), Buffalo, New York, 14260, USAEdward P. Furlani
    4. Department of Electrical Engineering, University at Buffalo (SUNY), Buffalo, New York, 14260, USAEdward P. Furlani
    A new dynamic masking technique for time resolved PIV analysis

    A new dynamic masking technique for time resolved PIV analysis

    시간 분해 PIV 분석을위한 새로운 동적 마스킹 기술

    물체 가시성을 허용하기 위해 형광 코팅과 결합 된 새로운 프리웨어 레이 캐스팅 도구

    Journal of Visualization ( 2021 ) 이 기사 인용

    Abstract

    Time resolved PIV encompassing moving and/or deformable objects interfering with the light source requires the employment of dynamic masking (DM). A few DM techniques have been recently developed, mainly in microfluidics and multiphase flows fields. Most of them require ad-hoc design of the experimental setup, and may spoil the accuracy of the resulting PIV analysis. A new DM technique is here presented which envisages, along with a dedicated masking algorithm, the employment of fluorescent coating to allow for accurate tracking of the object. We show results from measurements obtained through a validated PIV setup demonstrating the need to include a DM step even for objects featuring limited displacements. We compare the proposed algorithm with both a no-masking and a static masking solution. In the framework of developing low cost, flexible and accurate PIV setups, the proposed algorithm is made available through a freeware application able to generate masks to be used by an existing, freeware PIV analysis package.

    광원을 방해하는 이동 또는 변형 가능한 물체를 포함하는 시간 해결 PIV는 동적 마스킹 (DM)을 사용해야 합니다. 주로 미세 유체 및 다상 흐름 분야에서 몇 가지 DM 기술이 최근 개발되었습니다. 대부분은 실험 설정의 임시 설계가 필요하며 결과 PIV 분석의 정확도를 떨어 뜨릴 수 있습니다. 여기에는 전용 마스킹 알고리즘과 함께 형광 코팅을 사용하여 물체를 정확하게 추적 할 수있는 새로운 DM 기술이 제시되어 있습니다. 제한된 변위를 특징으로 하는 물체에 대해서도 DM 단계를 포함해야 하는 필요성을 보여주는 검증 된 PIV 설정을 통해 얻은 측정 결과를 보여줍니다. 제안 된 알고리즘을 no-masking 및 static masking 솔루션과 비교합니다. 저비용, 유연하고 정확한 PIV 설정 개발 프레임 워크에서 제안 된 알고리즘은 기존 프리웨어 PIV 분석 패키지에서 사용할 마스크를 생성 할 수 있는 프리웨어 애플리케이션을 통해 사용할 수 있습니다.

    Keywords

    • Time resolved PIV, Dynamics masking, Image processing, Vibration inducers, Fluorescent coating

    그래픽 개요

    소개

    PIV (입자 영상 속도계)의 사용은 70 년대 후반 (Archbold 및 Ennos 1972 )이 반점 계측의 확장 (Barker and Fourney 1977 ) 으로 도입된 이래 실험 유체 역학에서 중심적인 역할을 했습니다 . PIV 기술의 기본 아이디어는 유체에 주입된 입자의 속도를 측정하여 유동장을 재구성하는 것입니다. 입자의 크기와 밀도는 확실하게 선택되고 유동을 만족스럽게 따르게 됩니다.

    흐름은 레이저 / LED 소스를 통해 조명되고 입자에 의해 산란 된 빛은 추적을 허용합니다. 독자는 리뷰 작품 Grant ( 1997 ), Westerweel et al. ( 2013 년)에 대한 자세한 설명을 참조하십시오. 기본 2D 기술은 고유한 설정으로 발전했으며, 가장 진보 된 것은 단일 / 다중 평면 입체 PIV (Prasad 2000 ) 및 체적 / 단층 PIV (Scarano 2013 )입니다. 광범위한 유동장의 비 침습적 측정이 필요한 산업 및 연구 응용 분야에서 광범위하게 사용되었습니다.

    조사된 유동장이 단단한 서있는 경계의 영향을 받는 경우 정적 마스킹 (SM) 접근 방식을 사용하여 PIV 분석을 수행하는 영역에서 솔리드 객체와 그림자가 차지하는 영역을 빼기 위해 주의를 기울여야 합니다. 실제로 이러한 영역에서는 파종 입자를 식별 할 수 없으므로 유속 재구성을 수행 할 수 없습니다. 제대로 처리되지 않으면 이 마스킹 단계는 잘못된 예측으로 이어질 수 있으며, 불행히도 그림자 영역 경계의 근접성에 국한되지 않습니다.

    PIV 기술은 획득 프레임 속도를 관심있는 시간 척도로 조정하여 정상 상태 또는 시간 변화 흐름에 적용 할 수 있습니다. 시간의 가변성이 고체 물체의 위치 / 모양과 관련된 경우 이미지를 동적으로 마스킹하기 위해 추가 노력이 필요합니다. 고체 물체뿐만 아니라 다른 유체 단계도 가려야한다는 점에 유의해야합니다 (Foeth et al. 2006). 

    이 프로세스는 고체 물체의 움직임이 선험적으로 알려진 경우 비교적 쉬우므로 SM 알고리즘에 대한 최소한의 수정이 목적에 부합 할 수 있습니다. 그러나 고체 물체의 위치 및 / 또는 모양이 알려지지 않은 방식으로 시간에 따라 변할 경우 물체를 동적으로 추적 할 수 있는 마스킹 기술이 필요합니다. PIV 분석을위한 동적 마스킹 (DM) 접근 방식은 현재 상당한 주목을 받고 있습니다 (Sanchis and Jensen 2011 , Masullo 및 Theunissen 2017 , Anders et al. 2019 ) . 시간 분해 PIV 시스템의 확산 덕분에 고속 카메라의 가용성이 높아집니다. 

    DM 기술의 주요 발전은 마이크로 PIV 분야에서 비롯됩니다 (Lindken et al. 2009) 마이크로 및 나노 스위 머 (Ergin et al. 2015 ) 및 다상 흐름 (Brücker 2000 , Khalitov 및 Longmire 2002 ) 주변의 유동장을 조사 하려면 정확하고 유연한 알고리즘이 필요합니다. DM 기술은 상용 PIV 분석 소프트웨어 패키지 (TSI Instruments 2014 , DantecDynamics 2018 )에 포함되어 있습니다. 최근 개발 (Vennemann 및 Rösgen 2020 )은 신경망 자동 마스킹 기술의 적용을 예상하지만, 네트워크를 훈련하려면 합성 데이터 세트를 생성해야합니다.

    많은 알고리즘은 이미지 처리 기술을 사용하여 개체를 추적하며, 대부분 사용자는 획득 한 이미지에서 추적 할 개체를 강조 표시 할 수있는 임시 실험 설정을 개발해야합니다. 따라서 실험 설정의 설계는 알고리즘의 최종 정확도에 영향을줍니다.

    몇 가지 해결책을 구상 할 수 있습니다. 다음에서는 간단한 2D PIV 설정을 참조하지만 대부분의 고려 사항은 더 복잡한 설정으로 확장 할 수 있습니다. PIV 설정에서 객체를 쉽고 정확하게 추적 할 수 있도록 렌더링하는 가장 간단한 방법은 일반적으로 PIV 레이저 시트에 대략 수직 인 카메라를 향한 반사를 최대화하는 방향을 가리키는 추가 광원을 사용하여 조명하는 것입니다. 이 순진한 솔루션과 관련된 주요 문제는 PIV의 ROI (관심 영역)를 비추 지 않고는 광원을 움직이는 물체에만 겨냥하는 것이 사실상 불가능하여 시딩에 의해 산란 된 레이저 광 사이의 명암비를 감소 시킨다는 것입니다. 입자와 어두운 배경.

    카메라의 프레임 속도가 높을수록 센서에 닿는 빛의 양이 적다는 사실로 인해 상황이 가혹 해집니다. 고체 물체의 움직임과 유동 입자가 모두 사용 된 설정의 획득 속도에 비해 충분히 느리다면, 가능한 해결책은 레이저 펄스 쌍 사이에 단일 확산 광 샷을 삽입하는 것입니다 (반드시 대칭 삽입은 아님). 그리고 카메라 샷을 둘 모두에 동기화합니다. 각 레이저 커플에서 물체의 위치는 확산 광에 의해 생성 된 이전 샷과 다음 샷의 두 위치를 보간하여 결정될 수 있습니다. 이 접근 방식에는 레이저, 카메라 및 빛을 제어 할 수있는 동기화 장치가 필요합니다.

    이 문제에 대한 해결책이 제안되었으며 유체 인터페이스 (Foeth et al. 2006 ; Dussol et al. 2016 ) 의 밝은 반사를 활용 하여 이미지에서 많은 양의 산란 레이저 광을 획득 할 수 있습니다. 고체 표면에는 효과를 높이기 위해 반사 코팅이 제공 될 수 있습니다. 그런 다음 물체는 비정상적으로 큰 입자로 식별되고 경계를 쉽게 추적 할 수 있습니다. 이 솔루션의 단점은 물체 표면에서 산란 된 빛이 레이저 시트에 있지 않은 많은 시딩 입자를 비추어 PIV 분석의 정확도를 점진적으로 저하 시킨다는 것입니다.

    위의 접근 방식의 개선은 다른 파장 의 두 번째 동일 평면 레이저 시트 (Driscoll et al. 2003 )를 사용합니다. 첫 번째 레이저 파장을 중심으로 한 좁은 반사 대역. 전체 설정은 매우 비쌀 수 있습니다. 파장 방출의 차이를 이용하여 설정을 저렴하게 만들 수 있습니다. 서로 다른 필터가 장착 된 두 대의 카메라를 적용하면 인터페이스로부터의 반사와 독립적으로 형광 시드 입자를 식별 할 수 있습니다 (Pedocchi et al. 2008 ).

    객체의 변위가 작을 때 기본 솔루션은 실제 시간에 따라 변하는 음영 영역에 가장 근접한 하나의 정적 마스크를 추출하는 것입니다. 일반적인 경험 법칙은 예상되는 음영 영역보다 약간 더 크게 마스크를 그려 분석에 포함 된 조명 영역의 양을 단순화하고 최소화하는 것 사이의 최상의 균형을 찾는 것입니다.

    본 논문에서는 PIV 분석을위한 DM 문제에 대한 새로운 실험적 접근법을 제안합니다. 우리의 방법은 형광 페인팅을 사용하여 물체를 쉽게 추적 할 수 있도록 하는 기술과 시변 마스크를 생성 할 수있는 특정 오픈 소스 알고리즘을 포함합니다. 이 접근법은 레이저 광에 불투명 한 물체의 큰 변위를 허용함으로써 효과적인 것으로 입증되었습니다. 

    우리의 방법인 NM (no-masking)과 SM (static masking) 접근 방식을 비교합니다. 우리의 접근 방식의 타당성을 입증하는 것 외에도 이 백서는 마스킹 단계가 정확한 결과를 얻기 위해 가장 중요하다는 것을 확인합니다. 실제로 물체의 변위가 무시할 수 없는 경우 DM에 대한 리조트는 필수이며 SM 접근 방식은 음영 처리 된 영역의 주변 환경에 국한되지 않는 부정확성을 유발합니다. 

    논문의 구조는 다음과 같습니다. 먼저 형광 코팅 기술과 마스킹 소프트웨어를 설명하는 제안된 접근법의 근거를 소개합니다. 그런 다음 PIV 설정에 대한 설명 후 두 벤치 마크 사례를 통해 전체 PIV 체인 분석의 신뢰성을 평가합니다. 그런 다음 제안 된 DM 방법의 결과를 NM 및 SM 솔루션과 비교합니다. 마지막으로 몇 가지 결론이 도출됩니다.

    행동 양식

    제안 된 DM 기술은 PIV 분석을 위해 캡처 한 동일한 이미지에서 쉽고 정확한 추적 성을 허용하기 위해 움직이는 물체 표면의 형광 코팅을 구상합니다. 물체가 가시화되면 특정 알고리즘이 물체 추적을 수행하고 레이저 위치가 알려지면 (그림 1 참조  ) 음영 영역의 마스킹을 수행합니다.

    형광 코팅

    코팅은 구조적 매트릭스 에 시판되는 형광 분말 (fluorescein (Taniguchi and Lindsey 2018 ; Taniguchi et al. 2018 )) 의 분산액으로 구성됩니다 . 단단한 물체의 경우 매트릭스는 폴리 에스터 / 에폭시 (대상 재료와의 화학적 호환성에 따라) 투명 수지 일 수 있습니다. 변형 가능한 물체의 경우 매트릭스는 투명한 실리콘 고무로 만들 수 있습니다. 형광 코팅 된 물체는 실행 중에 지속적으로 빛을 방출하기 위해 실험 전에 충분히 오랫동안 조명을 비춰 야합니다. 우리는 4W LED 소스 (그림 2 에서 볼 수 있음)에 20 초 긴 노출이  실험 실행 (몇 초)의 짧은 기간 동안 일관된 형광 방출을 제공하기에 충분하다는 것을 발견했습니다.

    우리 실험에서 물체와 입자 크기 사이의 상당한 차이를 감안할 때 전자를 식별하는 것은 간단합니다. 그림  3 은 씨 뿌리기 입자와 물체 모양이 서로 다른 세 번에 겹쳐진 모습을 보여줍니다 (색상은 다른 순간을 나타냄).

    대신, 이러한 크기 기반 분류가 가능하지 않은 경우 입자와 물체의 파장을 분리해야합니다. 이러한 분리는 시드 입자에 의해 산란 된 빛과 현저하게 다른 파장에서 방출되는 형광 코팅을 선택하여 달성 할 수 있습니다. 또는 레이저에서 멀리 떨어진 대역에서 방출되는 형광 입자를 이용하는 것 (Pedocchi et al. 2008 ). 두 경우 모두 컬러 이미지 획득의 채널 분리 또는 멀티 카메라 설정의 애드혹 필터링은 물체 식별을 크게 촉진 할 수 있습니다. 우리의 경우에는 그러한 파장 분리를 달성 할 필요가 없습니다. 실제로 형광 코팅의 방출 스펙트럼의 피크는 540nm입니다 (Taniguchi and Lindsey 2018 ; Taniguchi et al. 2018), 사용 된 레이저의 532 nm에 매우 가깝습니다.

    마스킹 소프트웨어

    DM 용으로 개발 된 알고리즘 은 무료 PIV 분석 패키지 PIVlab (Thielicke 2020 , Thielicke 및 Stamhuis 2014 ) 과 함께 작동하도록 고안된 오픈 소스 프리웨어 GUI 기반 도구 (Prestininzi 및 Lombardi 2021 )입니다. 이것은 세 단계의 순차적 실행으로 구성됩니다 (그림 1 에서 a–b–c라고 함 ). 첫 번째 단계 (a)는 장면에서 레이저 위치를 찾는 데 사용됩니다 (즉, 소스의 좌표를 계산합니다. 장애물에 부딪히는 빛); 두 번째 항목 (b)은 개체 위치를 추적하고 각 프레임의 음영 영역을 계산합니다. 세 번째 항목 (c)은 추적 된 개체 영역과 음영 처리 된 개체 영역을 PIV 알고리즘을위한 단일 마스크로 병합합니다.

    각 단계에 대한 자세한 내용은 다음과 같습니다.

    1. (ㅏ)레이저 위치는 프레임 (즉, 획득 한 프레임의 시야 (FOV)) 내에서 가시적 일 수도 있고 아닐 수도 있습니다. 전자의 경우 사용자는 GUI에서 레이저 소스를 클릭하여 찾기 만하면됩니다. 후자의 경우, 사용자는 음영 영역의 경계에 속하는 두 개의 세그먼트 (두 쌍의 점)를 그리도록 요청받습니다. 그러면 FOV 외부에있는 레이저 위치가 두 선의 교차점으로 계산됩니다. 세그먼트로 구성됩니다. 개체 그림자는 ROI 프레임 상자에 도달하는 것으로 간주됩니다.
    2. (비)레이저 위치가 알려지면 물체 추적은 다음과 같이 수행됩니다. 각 프레임의 하나의 채널 (이 경우 RGB 색상 공간이 사용되기 때문에 녹색 채널이지만 GUI는 선호하는 채널을 지정할 수 있음)은 다음과 같습니다. 로컬 적응 임계 값을 사용하여 이진화 됨 (Bradley and Roth 2007), 후자는 이웃 주변의 로컬 평균 강도를 사용하여 각 픽셀에 대해 계산됩니다. 그런 다음 입자와 물체로 구성된 이진 이미지가 영역으로 변환됩니다. 우리 실험에 존재하는 유일한 장애물은 모든 입자에 비해 더 큰 크기를 기준으로 식별됩니다. 다른 전략은 이전에 논의되었습니다. 그런 다음 장애물 영역의 경계 다각형은 사용자 정의 포인트 밀도로 결정됩니다. 여기에서는 그림자 결정을 위해 광선 투사 (RC) 접근 방식을 채택했습니다. RC는 컴퓨터 그래픽을 기반으로하는 “경 운송 모델링”의 틀에 속합니다. 수치 적으로 정확한 그림자를 제공하기 때문에 여기에서 선택됩니다. 정확도는 떨어지지 만 주로 RC의 계산 부하를 줄이는 것을 목표로하는 몇 가지 다른 방법이 개발되었습니다.2015 ), 여기서 간략히 회상합니다. 각 프레임 (명확성을 위해 여기에 색인화되지 않음)에 대해 광선아르 자형나는 j아르 자형나는제이레이저 위치 L 에서 i 번째 정점 으로 캐스트됩니다.피나는 j피나는제이의 J 오브젝트의 경계 다각형 일; 목표는피나는 j피나는제이 하위 집합에 속 ㅏ제이ㅏ제이 레이저에 의해 직접 조명되는 경계 정점의 피나는 j피나는제이 에 추가됩니다 ㅏ제이ㅏ제이 만약 아르 자형나는 j아르 자형나는제이 적어도 한쪽을 교차 에스k j에스케이제이( j 번째 개체 경계 다각형 의 모든면에 걸쳐있는 k )피나는 j피나는제이 (그것이 교차로 큐나는 j k큐나는제이케이 레이저 위치와 정점 사이에 있지 않습니다. 피나는 j피나는제이). 두 개의 광선, 즉ρ1ρ1 과 ρ2ρ2추가면을 가로 지르지 않는는 저장됩니다.
    3. (씨)일단 정점 세트, 즉 ㅏ제이ㅏ제이 레이저에 의해 직접 비춰지고 식별되었으며 ROI 프레임 상자의 음영 부분은 후자와 교차하여 결정됩니다. ρ1ρ1 과 ρ2ρ2. 두 교차점은 다음에 추가됩니다.ㅏ제이ㅏ제이. 점으로 둘러싸인 영역ㅏ제이ㅏ제이 마침내 마스크로 변환됩니다.

    레이저 소스가 여러 개인 경우 각각에 RC 알고리즘을 적용해야하며 음영 영역의 결합이 수행됩니다. 레이 캐스팅 절차의 의사 코드는 Alg에보고됩니다. 1.

    그림
    그림 1
    그림 1

    DM 검증

    이 섹션에서는 제안 된 DM으로 수행 된 PIV 측정과 두 가지 다른 접근 방식, 즉 no-masking (NM)과 static masking (SM) 간의 비교를 제시합니다.

    그림 2
    그림 2
    그림 3
    그림 3

    실험 설정

    진동 유도기 (VI)의 성능을 분석하기 위해 PIV 설정을 설계하고 현재 DM 기술을 개발했습니다 (Curatolo et al. 2019 , 2020 ). 후자는 비 맥동 ​​유체 흐름에서 역류에 배치 된 캔틸레버의 규칙적이고 넓은 진동을 유도 할 수있는 윙렛입니다. 이러한 VI는 캔틸레버의 끝에 장착되며 (그림 2 참조   ) 진동 운동의 어느 지점에서든 캔틸레버의 중립 구성을 향해 양력을 생성 할 수있는 두 개의 오목한 날개가 있습니다.

    VI는 캔틸레버 표면에 장착 된 압전 패치를 사용하여 고정 유체 흐름에서 기계적 에너지 추출을 향상시킬 수 있습니다. 그림 2 에서 강조된 날개의 전체 측면 가장자리는  Sect에 설명 된 사양에 따라 형광 페인트로 코팅되어 있습니다. 2.1 . 실험은 Roma Tre University 공학부 수력 학 실험실의 자유 표면 채널에서 수행됩니다. 10.8cm 길이의 캔틸레버는 채널의 중심선에 배치되고 상류로 향하며 수직-세로 평면에서 진동합니다. 세라믹 페 로브 스카이 트 (PZT) 압전 패치 (7××캔틸레버의 윗면에는 Physik Instrumente (PI)에서 만든 3cm)가 부착되어 있습니다. 흐름 유도 진동 하에서 변형으로 인해 AC 전압 차이를 제공합니다. VI 왼쪽 날개의 수직 중앙면에있는 2D 속도 필드는 수제 수중 PIV 장비를 통해 얻었습니다.각주1 연속파, 저비용, 저전력 (150mW), 녹색 (532nm) 레이저 빔이 2mm 두께의 부채꼴 시트에 퍼집니다.120∘120∘그림 2 와 같이 VI의 한쪽 날개를 절반으로 교차 합니다. 물은 평균 직경이 100 인 폴리 아미드 입자로 시드됩니다.μμm 및 1016 Kg / m의 밀도삼삼. 레이저 소스는 VI의 15cm 위쪽 (자유 표면 아래 약 4cm)과 VI의 하류 5cm에 경사지게 배치됩니다.5∘5∘상류. 위의 설정은 주로 날개의 후류를 조사하기 위해 고안되었습니다. 날개의 상류면과 하류 부분의 일부는 레이저 시트에 직접 맞지 않습니다. 레이저 시트에 수직으로 촬영하는 고속 상용 카메라 (Sony RX100 M5)를 사용하여 동영상을 촬영합니다. 후자는 1920의 프레임 크기로 500fps의 높은 프레임 속도 모드로 기록됩니다.×× 1080px, 나중에 더 작은 655로 잘림 ××이미지 분석 중에 분석 할 850px ROI. 시간 해결, 프리웨어, 오픈 소스, MatLab 용 PIV 분석 도구가 사용됩니다 (Thielicke and Stamhuis 2014 ). 이 도구는 질의 영역 (IA) 변형 (우리의 경우 64×× 64, 32 ×× 32 및 26 ××26). 각 패스에서 각 IA의 경계와 모서리에서 추가 변위 정보를 얻기 위해 인접한 IA 사이에 50 %의 중첩이 허용됩니다. 첫 번째 통과 후, 입자 변위 정보가 보간되어 IA의 모든 픽셀의 변위를 도출하고 그에 따라 변형됩니다.

    시딩 입자 수 밀도는 첫 번째 패스에서 IA 당 약 5입니다. Keane과 Adrian ( 1992 )에 따르면 이러한 밀도 값은 95 % 유효한 탐지 확률을 보장합니다. IA는 프레임 커플 내에서 입자의 충분한 영구성을 보장하기 위해 크기가 조정됩니다. 분석 된 유동 역학은 0.4 ~ 0.7m / s 범위의 유동 속도를 특징으로합니다. 따라서 입자는 권장 최소값 인 2 프레임 (Keane and Adrian 1992 ) 보다 큰 약 3-4 프레임의 세 번째 패스 IA에 나타납니다 .

    PIV 체인 분석 평가

    사용 된 PIV 알고리즘의 정확성은 이전에 문헌에서 광범위하게 평가되었습니다 (예 : Guérin et al. ( 2020 ), Vennemann and Rösgen ( 2020 ), Mohammadshahi et al. ( 2020 ), Narayan et al. ( 2020 )). 그러나 PIV 측정의 물리적 일관성을 보장하기 위해 두 가지 벤치 마크 사례가 여기에 나와 있습니다.

    첫 번째는 Sect에 설명 된 동일한 PIV 설정을 통해 측정 된 세로 유속의 수직 프로파일을 비교합니다. 3.1 분석 기준 용액이있는 실험 채널에서. 후자는 플로팅 트레이서로 수행되는 PTV (입자 추적 속도계) 측정을 통해 보정되었습니다. 분석 속도 프로파일은 Eq. 1 (Keulegan 1938 ).u ( z) =유∗[5.75 로그(지δ) +8.5];유(지)=유∗[5.75로그⁡(지δ)+8.5];(1)

    여기서 u 는 수평 유속 성분, z 는 수직 좌표,δδ 침대 거칠기 및 V∗V∗ 균일 한 흐름 공식에 의해 주어진 것으로 가정되는 마찰 속도, 즉 유∗= U/ C유∗=유/씨; U 는 깊이 평균 유속이고 C 는 다음 과 같이 주어진 마찰 계수입니다.씨= 5.75로그( 13.3에프R / δ)씨=5.75로그⁡(13.3에프아르 자형/δ), R = 0.2아르 자형=0.2 m은 유압 반경이고 에프= 0.92에프=0.92유한 폭 채널의 형상 계수. 그림  4 는 4 초의 시간 창에 걸쳐 순간 값을 평균화하여 얻은 분석 프로필과 PIV 측정 간의 비교를 보여줍니다. 국부적 인 변동은 대략 0.5 초의 시간 척도에서 진화하는 것으로 밝혀졌습니다. PTV 결과에 가장 적합하면 다음과 같은 값이 산출됩니다.δ= 1δ=1cm, 베드 거칠기의 경우 Eq. 1 , 실험 채널 침대 표면의 실제 조건과 호환됩니다. VI의 휴지 구성 위치에서 유속의 분석 값은 그림에서 검은 색 십자가로 표시됩니다. 비교는 놀라운 일치를 보여 주므로 실험 설정과 PIV 알고리즘의 조합이 분석 된 설정에 대해 신뢰할 수있는 것으로 간주 될 수 있음을 증명합니다.

    두 번째 벤치 마크는 VI 뒷면에 재 부착 된 흐름의 양을 비교합니다. 실제로 이러한 장치의 높은 캠버를 고려할 때 흐름은 하류 표면에서 분리되어 결국 다시 연결됩니다. 첨부 흐름을 나타내는 표면의 양 (Curatolo 외. 발견 2020 ) 흥미로운 압전 패치 (즉, 효율이 큰 경우에 더 빠르게 진동이 유발되는 것이다)에서 VI의 효율과 상관된다. 여기에서는 PIV 분석을 통해 측정 된 진동의 상사 점에서 재 부착 된 흐름의 길이를 CFD (전산 유체 역학) 상용 코드 FLOW-3D® (Flow Science 2019 )로 예측 한 길이와 비교하여 RANS를 해결합니다. 결합 식 (비어 스톡스 레이놀즈 평균) 케이 -ϵϵ구조화 된 그리드의 난류 폐쇄 (시뮬레이션을 위해 1mm 간격이 선택됨). 다운 스트림 측면의 흐름은 이러한 높은 캠버 VI를 위해 여러 위치에서 분리 및 재 부착됩니다. 이 벤치 마크에서 비교 된 양은 VI의 앞쪽 가장자리와 가장 가까운 흐름 재 부착 위치 사이의 호 길이입니다. 그림 5를 참조  하면 CFD 모델에 의해 예측 된 호의 길이는 측정 된 호의 길이보다 10 % 더 큽니다. 이 작업에 제시된 DM 기술을 사용하는 PIV 분석은 물리적으로 건전한 측정을 제공하는 것으로 입증됩니다. 후류의 유체 역학에 대한 자세한 분석과 VI의 전반적인 효율성과의 상관 관계는 현재 진행 중이며 향후 작업의 대상이 될 것입니다.

    그림 4
    그림 4
    그림 5
    그림 5

    결과

    그림 6을 참조하여  순간 유속 장의 관점에서 세 가지 접근법의 결과를 비교합니다. 선택한 순간은 진동의 상사 점에 해당합니다.

    제안 된 DM (그림 6 의 패널 a  )은 부드러운 유동장을 생성하여 후류에서 일관된 소용돌이 구조를 나타냅니다.

    NM 접근법 (그림 6 의 패널 b1  )도 후류의 와류 구조를 정확하게 예측하지만 음영 영역에서 대부분 부정확 한 값을 산출합니다. 또한 비교에서 합리적인 기준을 추론 할 수 없기 때문에 획득 한 유동장 의 사후 필터링이 실현 가능하지 않다는 것이 분명합니다 . 실제로 유속은 그림 6 의 패널 c1에서 볼 수 있듯이 가장 큰 오류가 생성되는 위치에서도 “합리적인”크기를 갖습니다. , DM 및 NM 접근 방식으로 얻은 속도 필드 간의 차이가 표시됩니다. 더욱이 후류에서 발생하는 매우 불안정한 소용돌이 운동이 이러한 위치에 가깝게 이동하기 때문에 그럴듯한 흐름 방향을 가정하더라도 필터링 기준을 공식화 할 수 없습니다. 모델러가 그러한 부정확성을 알고 있었다하더라도 NM 접근법은 “합리적”이지만 여전히 날개의 내부 현과 그 바로 아래에있는 유동장의 대부분은 부정확합니다. 이러한 행동은 매우 오해의 소지가 있습니다.

    그림 6 의 패널 b2는  SM 접근법으로 얻은 유속 장을 보여주고 패널 c2는 SM과 DM 접근법으로 얻은 결과 간의 차이를 보여줍니다. SM 접근법은 NM 대응 물에 비해 전반적으로 더 나은 정확도를 명확하게 보여 주지만, 이는 레이저 소스의 위치가 진동 중에 음영 영역이 많이 움직이지 않기 때문입니다 (그림 3 참조). 한 번의 진동 동안 VI가 경험 한 최대 변위를 육안으로 검사합니다. 즉, 분석 된 사례의 경우 정적 마스크를 그리기위한 중립 구성을 선택하면 NM 접근 방식보다 낮은 오류를 얻을 수 있습니다. 더 큰 물체 변위를 포함하는 실험 설정은 NM이 일관되게 더 정확해질 수 있기 때문에 NM보다 SM의 우월성은 일반화 될 수 없음을 강조하고 싶습니다.

    그림  6 은 분석 된 접근법에 의해 생성 된 차이를 철저히 보여 주지만 결과에 대한보다 정량적 인 평가를 제공하기 위해 오류의 빈도 분포를 계산했습니다. 그림 7 에서 이러한 분포를  살펴보면 SM 접근법이 NM보다 전체적인 예측이 더 우수하고 SM 분포가 더 정점에 있음을 확인합니다. 그럼에도 불구하고 SM은 여전히 ​​비정상적인 강도의 스파이크를 생성합니다. 분포의 꼬리로 표시되는 이러한 값은 정적 마스크 범위의 과대 평가 (왼쪽 꼬리) 및 과소 평가 (오른쪽 꼬리)에 연결됩니다. 그러나 주파수의 크기는 고려되는 경우에 SM과 NM의 적용 가능성을 배제하여 DM에 대한 리조트를 의무적으로 만듭니다.

    그림 6
    그림 6
    그림 7
    그림 7

    결론

    이 작업에서는 PIV 분석 도구에 DM (Dynamic Masking) 모듈을 제공하기위한 새로운 실험 기법을 제시합니다. 동적 마스킹은 유체 흐름에 잠긴 불투명 이동 / 변형 가능한 물체를 포함하는 시간 해결 PIV 설정에서 필요한 단계입니다. 마스킹 알고리즘과 함께 형광 코팅을 사용하여 물체를 정확하게 추적 할 수 있습니다. 우리는 제안 된 DM과 두 가지 다른 접근 방식, 즉 no-masking (NM)과 static masking (SM)을 비교하여 자체적으로 설계된 저비용 PIV 설정을 통해 수행 된 측정을 제시합니다. 분석 된 유동 역학은 고체 물체의 제한된 변위를 포함하지만 정량적 비교는 DM 기술을 채택해야하는 필수 필요성을 보여줍니다. 여기에서 정확성이 입증 된 현재의 실험적 접근 방식은

    메모

    1. 1.실험 데이터 세트는 PIV 분석의 복제를 허용하기 위해 요청시 제공됩니다.

    참고 문헌

    1. Anders S, Noto D, Seilmayer M, Eckert S (2019) 스펙트럼 랜덤 마스킹 : 다상 흐름에서 piv를위한 새로운 동적 마스킹 기술. Experim 유체 60 (4) : 1–6 Google 학술 검색 
    2. Archbold E, Ennos A (1972) 이중 노출 레이저 사진에서 변위 측정. Optica Acta Int J Opt 19 (4) : 253–271 Google 학술 검색 
    3. Barker D, Fourney M (1977) 얼룩 패턴으로 유체 속도 측정. Opt Lett 1 (4) : 135–137 Google 학술 검색 
    4. Bradley D, Roth G (2007) 적분 이미지를 사용한 적응 형 임계 값. J 그래프 도구 12 (2) : 13–21 Google 학술 검색 
    5. Brücker C (2000) Piv의 다상 흐름. 입자 이미지 유속계 및 관련 기술, 강의 시리즈, p 1
    6. Case N (2015) 시력 및 조명. GitHub 저장소. https://github.com/ncase/sight-and-light
    7. Curatolo M, La Rosa M, Prestininzi P (2019) 바이 모르 프 압전 캔틸레버의 굽힘에서 평면 상태 가정의 타당성. J Intell Mater Syst Struct 30 (10) : 1508–1517 Google 학술 검색 
    8. Curatolo M, Lombardi V, Prestininzi P (2020) 얇은 압전 캔틸레버의 유동 유도 진동 향상 : 실험 분석. In : River Flow 2020— 유체 유압에 관한 국제 회의 절차
    9. DantecDynamics : DynamicStudio 6.4 (2018) https://www.dantecdynamics.com/dynamicstudio-6-4-release-with-new-dynamic-masking-add-on/
    10. Driscoll K, Sick V, Gray C (2003) 고밀도 연료 ​​스프레이에서 동시 공기 / 연료 위상 piv 측정. Experim 유체 35 (1) : 112–115 Google 학술 검색 
    11. Dussol D, Druault P, Mallat B, Delacroix S, Germain G (2016) 불안정한 인터페이스, 거품 및 움직이는 구조를 포함하는 piv 이미지에 대한 자동 동적 마스크 추출. Comptes Rendus Mécanique 344 (7) : 464–478 Google 학술 검색 
    12. Ergin F, Watz B, Wadhwa N (2015) 장거리 micropiv를 사용하여 작은 평영 수영 선수 주변의 픽셀 정확도 동적 마스킹 및 흐름 측정. 에서 : 입자 이미지 유속계 -PIV15에 관한 제 11 회 국제 심포지엄. 캘리포니아 주 산타 바바라, 9 월, 14 ~ 16 쪽
    13. Flow Science I (2019) FLOW-3D, 버전 12.0. 산타페, NM https://www.flow3d.com/
    14. Foeth EJ, Van Doorne C, Van Terwisga T, Wieneke B (2006) 시간은 3d 시트 캐비테이션의 piv 및 유동 시각화를 해결했습니다. Experim 유체 40 (4) : 503–513 Google 학술 검색 
    15. Grant I (1997) 입자 이미지 속도 측정 : 리뷰. Proc Inst Mech Eng CJ Mech Eng Sci 211 (1) : 55–76 Google 학술 검색 
    16. Guérin A, Derr J, Du Pont SC, Berhanu M (2020) 흐르는 물막에 의해 생성 된 Streamwise 용해 패턴. Phys Rev Lett 125 (19) : 194502 Google 학술 검색 
    17. Keane RD, Adrian RJ (1992) piv 이미지의 상호 상관 분석 이론. Appl Sci Res 49 (3) : 191–215 Google 학술 검색 
    18. Keulegan GH (1938) 열린 수로에서 난류의 법칙, vol. 21. 미국 표준 국 (National Bureau of Standards)
    19. Khalitov D, Longmire EK (2002) 2 개 매개 변수 위상 차별에 의한 동시 2 상 piv. Experim 유체 32 (2) : 252–268 Google 학술 검색 
    20. Lindken R, Rossi M, Große S, Westerweel J (2009) 미세 입자 영상 속도계 (piv) : 최근 개발, 응용 및 지침. 랩 칩 9 (17) : 2551–2567 Google 학술 검색 
    21. Masullo A, Theunissen R (2017) 픽셀 강도 통계를 기반으로 한 piv 이미지 분석을위한 자동화 된 마스크 생성. Experim 유체 58 (6) : 70 Google 학술 검색 
    22. Mohammadshahi S, Samsam-Khayani H, Cai T, Kim KC (2020) 수로에서 진동하는 제트의 흐름 특성과 열 전달에 대한 실험 및 수치 연구. Int J 열 유체 흐름 86 : 108701 Google 학술 검색 
    23. Narayan S, Moravec DB, Dallas AJ, Dutcher CS (2020) 4 채널 미세 유체 유체 역학 트랩에서 물방울 모양 이완. Phys Rev Fluids 5 (11) : 113603 Google 학술 검색 
    24. Pedocchi F, Martin JE, García MH (2008) 입자 이미지 속도계를 사용하는 대규모 실험을위한 저렴한 형광 입자. Experim 유체 45 (1) : 183–186 Google 학술 검색 
    25. Prasad AK (2000) 입체 입자 영상 유속계. Experim 유체 29 (2) : 103–116 Google 학술 검색 
    26. Prestininzi P, Lombardi V (2021) DM @ PIV. https://it.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/75398-dm-piv . MATLAB Central 파일 교환. 2021 년 5 월 6 일 확인
    27. Sanchis A, Jensen A (2011) 자유 표면 흐름에서 라돈 변환을 사용한 piv 이미지의 동적 마스킹. Experim 유체 51 (4) : 871–880 Google 학술 검색 
    28. Scarano F (2013) Tomographic piv : 원리와 실행. Meas Sci Technol 24 (1)
    29. Taniguchi M, Lindsey JS (2018) photochemcad에 사용하기위한> 300 개의 일반적인 화합물의 흡수 및 형광 스펙트럼 데이터베이스. Photochem Photobiol 94 (2) : 290–327 Google 학술 검색 
    30. Taniguchi M, Du H, Lindsey JS (2018) Photochemcad 3 : 다중 스펙트럼 데이터베이스를 사용한 광 물리 계산을위한 다양한 모듈. Photochem Photobiol 94 (2) : 277–289 Google 학술 검색 
    31. Thielicke W (2020) PIVlab (2020). https://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/27659-pivlab-particle-image-velocimetry-piv-tool . MATLAB Central 파일 교환. 5 월 8 일 확인
    32. Thielicke W, Stamhuis E (2014) PIVlab-matlab의 사용자 친화적이고 저렴하며 정확한 디지털 입자 이미지 속도계를 지향합니다. J Open Res Softw 2 (1)
    33. TSI Instruments (2014) PIV 이미지에 대한 동적 마스킹. TSI Incorporated 애플리케이션 노트 PIV-018
    34. Vennemann B, Rösgen T (2020) 컨볼 루션 오토 인코더를 사용하는 입자 이미지 속도 측정을위한 동적 마스킹 기술. Experim 유체 61 (7) : 1–11 Google 학술 검색 
    35. Westerweel J, Elsinga GE, Adrian RJ (2013) 복잡하고 난류 흐름에 대한 입자 이미지 유속계. Ann Rev Fluid Mech 45 (1) : 409–436. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-fluid-120710-101204MathSciNet  수학 Google 학술 검색 

    참조 다운로드

    자금

    CRUI-CARE 계약에 따라 Università degli Studi Roma Tre가 제공하는 오픈 액세스 자금.

    작가 정보

    제휴

    1. 이탈리아 Roma, Università Roma Tre 공학과Valentina Lombardi, Michele La Rocca, Pietro Prestininzi

    교신 저자

    Valentina Lombardi에 대한 서신 .

    추가 정보

    발행인의 메모

    Springer Nature는 출판 된지도 및 기관 소속의 관할권 주장과 관련하여 중립을 유지합니다.

    오픈 액세스이 기사는 크리에이티브 커먼즈 저작자 표시 4.0 국제 라이선스에 따라 사용이 허가되었습니다.이 라이선스는 귀하가 원저자와 출처에 대해 적절한 크레딧을 제공하는 한 모든 매체 또는 형식으로 사용, 공유, 개작, 배포 및 복제를 허용합니다. 크리에이티브 커먼즈 라이센스에 대한 링크를 제공하고 변경 사항이 있는지 표시합니다. 이 기사의 이미지 또는 기타 제 3 자 자료는 자료에 대한 크레딧 라인에 달리 명시되지 않는 한 기사의 크리에이티브 커먼즈 라이선스에 포함됩니다. 자료가 기사의 크리에이티브 커먼즈 라이센스에 포함되어 있지 않고 의도 된 사용이 법적 규정에 의해 허용되지 않거나 허용 된 사용을 초과하는 경우 저작권 보유자로부터 직접 허가를 받아야합니다. 이 라이센스의 사본을 보려면 다음을 방문하십시오.http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ .

    재판 및 허가

    이 기사에 대해

    이 기사 인용

    Lombardi, V., Rocca, ML & Prestininzi, P. 시간 분해 PIV 분석을위한 새로운 동적 마스킹 기술. J Vis (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12650-021-00756-0

    인용 다운로드

    이 기사 공유

    다음 링크를 공유하는 사람은 누구나이 콘텐츠를 읽을 수 있습니다.공유 가능한 링크 받기

    Springer Nature SharedIt 콘텐츠 공유 이니셔티브 제공

    키워드

    • 시간 해결 PIV
    • 역학 마스킹
    • 이미지 처리
    • 진동 유도제
    • 형광 코팅
    The 3D computational domain model (50–18.6) slope change, and boundary condition for (50–30 slope change) model.

    Numerical investigation of flow characteristics over stepped spillways

    Güven, Aytaç
    Mahmood, Ahmed Hussein
    Water Supply (2021) 21 (3): 1344–1355.
    https://doi.org/10.2166/ws.2020.283Article history

    Abstract

    Spillways are constructed to evacuate flood discharge safely so that a flood wave does not overtop the dam body. There are different types of spillways, with the ogee type being the conventional one. A stepped spillway is an example of a nonconventional spillway. The turbulent flow over a stepped spillway was studied numerically by using the Flow-3D package. Different fluid flow characteristics such as longitudinal flow velocity, temperature distribution, density and chemical concentration can be well simulated by Flow-3D. In this study, the influence of slope changes on flow characteristics such as air entrainment, velocity distribution and dynamic pressures distribution over a stepped spillway was modelled by Flow-3D. The results from the numerical model were compared with an experimental study done by others in the literature. Two models of a stepped spillway with different discharge for each model were simulated. The turbulent flow in the experimental model was simulated by the Renormalized Group (RNG) turbulence scheme in the numerical model. A good agreement was achieved between the numerical results and the observed ones, which are exhibited in terms of graphics and statistical tables.

    배수로는 홍수가 댐 몸체 위로 넘치지 않도록 안전하게 홍수를 피할 수 있도록 건설되었습니다. 다른 유형의 배수로가 있으며, ogee 유형이 기존 유형입니다. 계단식 배수로는 비 전통적인 배수로의 예입니다. 계단식 배수로 위의 난류는 Flow-3D 패키지를 사용하여 수치적으로 연구되었습니다.

    세로 유속, 온도 분포, 밀도 및 화학 농도와 같은 다양한 유체 흐름 특성은 Flow-3D로 잘 시뮬레이션 할 수 있습니다. 이 연구에서는 계단식 배수로에 대한 공기 혼입, 속도 분포 및 동적 압력 분포와 같은 유동 특성에 대한 경사 변화의 영향을 Flow-3D로 모델링 했습니다.

    수치 모델의 결과는 문헌에서 다른 사람들이 수행한 실험 연구와 비교되었습니다. 각 모델에 대해 서로 다른 배출이 있는 계단식 배수로의 두 모델이 시뮬레이션되었습니다. 실험 모델의 난류 흐름은 수치 모델의 Renormalized Group (RNG) 난류 계획에 의해 시뮬레이션되었습니다. 수치 결과와 관찰 된 결과 사이에 좋은 일치가 이루어졌으며, 이는 그래픽 및 통계 테이블로 표시됩니다.

    HIGHLIGHTS

    ListenReadSpeaker webReader: Listen

    • A numerical model was developed for stepped spillways.
    • The turbulent flow was simulated by the Renormalized Group (RNG) model.
    • Both numerical and experimental results showed that flow characteristics are greatly affected by abrupt slope change on the steps.

    Keyword

    CFDnumerical modellingslope changestepped spillwayturbulent flow

    INTRODUCTION

    댐 구조는 물 보호가 생활의 핵심이기 때문에 물을 저장하거나 물을 운반하는 전 세계에서 가장 중요한 프로젝트입니다. 그리고 여수로는 댐의 가장 중요한 부분 중 하나로 분류됩니다. 홍수로 인한 파괴 나 피해로부터 댐을 보호하기 위해 여수로가 건설됩니다.

    수력 발전, 항해, 레크리에이션 및 어업의 중요성을 감안할 때 댐 건설 및 홍수 통제는 전 세계적으로 매우 중요한 문제로 간주 될 수 있습니다. 많은 유형의 배수로가 있지만 가장 일반적인 유형은 다음과 같습니다 : ogee 배수로, 자유 낙하 배수로, 사이펀 배수로, 슈트 배수로, 측면 채널 배수로, 터널 배수로, 샤프트 배수로 및 계단식 배수로.

    그리고 모든 여수로는 입구 채널, 제어 구조, 배출 캐리어 및 출구 채널의 네 가지 필수 구성 요소로 구성됩니다. 특히 롤러 압축 콘크리트 (RCC) 댐 건설 기술과 더 쉽고 빠르며 저렴한 건설 기술로 분류 된 계단식 배수로 건설과 관련하여 최근 수십 년 동안 많은 계단식 배수로가 건설되었습니다 (Chanson 2002; Felder & Chanson 2011).

    계단식 배수로 구조는 캐비테이션 위험을 감소시키는 에너지 소산 속도를 증가시킵니다 (Boes & Hager 2003b). 계단식 배수로는 다양한 조건에서 더 매력적으로 만드는 장점이 있습니다.

    계단식 배수로의 흐름 거동은 일반적으로 낮잠, 천이 및 스키밍 흐름 체제의 세 가지 다른 영역으로 분류됩니다 (Chanson 2002). 유속이 낮을 때 nappe 흐름 체제가 발생하고 자유 낙하하는 낮잠의 시퀀스로 특징 지워지는 반면, 스키밍 흐름 체제에서는 물이 외부 계단 가장자리 위의 유사 바닥에서 일관된 흐름으로 계단 위로 흐릅니다.

    또한 주요 흐름에서 3 차원 재순환 소용돌이가 발생한다는 것도 분명합니다 (예 : Chanson 2002; Gonzalez & Chanson 2008). 계단 가장자리 근처의 의사 바닥에서 흐름의 방향은 가상 바닥과 가상으로 정렬됩니다. Takahashi & Ohtsu (2012)에 따르면, 스키밍 흐름 체제에서 주어진 유속에 대해 흐름은 계단 가장자리 근처의 수평 계단면에 영향을 미치고 슈트 경사가 감소하면 충돌 영역의 면적이 증가합니다. 전이 흐름 체제는 나페 흐름과 스키밍 흐름 체제 사이에서 발생합니다. 계단식 배수로를 설계 할 때 스키밍 흐름 체계를 고려해야합니다 (예 : Chanson 1994, Matos 2000, Chanson 2002, Boes & Hager 2003a).

    CFD (Computational Fluid Dynamics), 즉 수력 공학의 수치 모델은 일반적으로 물리적 모델에 소요되는 총 비용과 시간을 줄여줍니다. 따라서 수치 모델은 실험 모델보다 빠르고 저렴한 것으로 분류되며 동시에 하나 이상의 목적으로 사용될 수도 있습니다. 사용 가능한 많은 CFD 소프트웨어 패키지가 있지만 가장 널리 사용되는 것은 FLOW-3D입니다. 이 연구에서는 Flow 3D 소프트웨어를 사용하여 유량이 서로 다른 두 모델에 대해 계단식 배수로에서 공기 농도, 속도 분포 및 동적 압력 분포를 시뮬레이션합니다.

    Roshan et al. (2010)은 서로 다른 수의 계단 및 배출을 가진 계단식 배수로의 두 가지 물리적 모델에 대한 흐름 체제 및 에너지 소산 조사를 연구했습니다. 실험 모델의 기울기는 각각 19.2 %, 12 단계와 23 단계의 수입니다. 결과는 23 단계 물리적 모델에서 관찰 된 흐름 영역이 12 단계 모델보다 더 수용 가능한 것으로 간주되었음을 보여줍니다. 그러나 12 단계 모델의 에너지 손실은 23 단계 모델보다 더 많았습니다. 그리고 실험은 스키밍 흐름 체제에서 23 단계 모델의 에너지 소산이 12 단계 모델보다 약 12 ​​% 더 적다는 것을 관찰했습니다.

    Ghaderi et al. (2020a)는 계단 크기와 유속이 다른 정련 매개 변수의 영향을 조사하기 위해 계단식 배수로에 대한 실험 연구를 수행했습니다. 그 결과, 흐름 체계가 냅페 흐름 체계에서 발생하는 최소 scouring 깊이와 같은 scouring 구멍 치수에 영향을 미친다는 것을 보여주었습니다. 또한 테일 워터 깊이와 계단 크기는 최대 scouring깊이에 대한 실제 매개 변수입니다. 테일 워터의 깊이를 6.31cm에서 8.54 및 11.82cm로 늘림으로써 수세 깊이가 각각 18.56 % 및 11.42 % 증가했습니다. 또한 이 증가하는 테일 워터 깊이는 scouring 길이를 각각 31.43 % 및 16.55 % 감소 시킵니다. 또한 유속을 높이면 Froude 수가 증가하고 흐름의 운동량이 증가하면 scouring이 촉진됩니다. 또한 결과는 중간의 scouring이 횡단면의 측벽보다 적다는 것을 나타냅니다. 계단식 배수로 하류의 최대 scouring 깊이를 예측 한 후 실험 결과와 비교하기 위한 실험식이 제안 되었습니다. 그리고 비교 결과 제안 된 공식은 각각 3.86 %와 9.31 %의 상대 오차와 최대 오차 내에서 scouring 깊이를 예측할 수 있음을 보여주었습니다.

    Ghaderi et al. (2020b)는 사다리꼴 미로 모양 (TLS) 단계의 수치 조사를 했습니다. 결과는 이러한 유형의 배수로가 확대 비율 LT / Wt (LT는 총 가장자리 길이, Wt는 배수로의 폭)를 증가시키기 때문에 더 나은 성능을 갖는 것으로 관찰되었습니다. 또한 사다리꼴 미로 모양의 계단식 배수로는 더 큰 마찰 계수와 더 낮은 잔류 수두를 가지고 있습니다. 마찰 계수는 다양한 배율에 대해 0.79에서 1.33까지 다르며 평평한 계단식 배수로의 경우 대략 0.66과 같습니다. 또한 TLS 계단식 배수로에서 잔류 수두의 비율 (Hres / dc)은 약 2.89이고 평평한 계단식 배수로의 경우 약 4.32와 같습니다.

    Shahheydari et al. (2015)는 Flow-3D 소프트웨어, RNG k-ε 모델 및 VOF (Volume of Fluid) 방법을 사용하여 배출 계수 및 에너지 소산과 같은 자유 표면 흐름의 프로파일을 연구하여 스키밍 흐름 체제에서 계단식 배수로에 대한 흐름을 조사했습니다. 실험 결과와 비교했습니다. 결과는 에너지 소산 율과 방전 계수율의 관계가 역으로 실험 모델의 결과와 잘 일치 함을 보여 주었다.

    Mohammad Rezapour Tabari & Tavakoli (2016)는 계단 높이 (h), 계단 길이 (L), 계단 수 (Ns) 및 단위 폭의 방전 (q)과 같은 다양한 매개 변수가 계단식 에너지 ​​소산에 미치는 영향을 조사했습니다. 방수로. 그들은 해석에 FLOW-3D 소프트웨어를 사용하여 계단식 배수로에서 에너지 손실과 임계 흐름 깊이 사이의 관계를 평가했습니다. 또한 유동 난류에 사용되는 방정식과 표준 k-ɛ 모델을 풀기 위해 유한 체적 방법을 적용했습니다. 결과에 따르면 스텝 수가 증가하고 유량 배출량이 증가하면 에너지 손실이 감소합니다. 얻은 결과를 다른 연구와 비교하고 경험적, 수학적 조사를 수행하여 결국 합격 가능한 결과를 얻었습니다.

    METHODOLOGY

    ListenReadSpeaker webReader: ListenFor all numerical models the basic principle is very similar: a set of partial differential equations (PDE) present the physical problems. The flow of fluids (gas and liquid) are governed by the conservation laws of mass, momentum and energy. For Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD), the PDE system is substituted by a set of algebraic equations which can be worked out by using numerical methods (Versteeg & Malalasekera 2007). Flow-3D uses the finite volume approach to solve the Reynolds Averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) equation, by applying the technique of Fractional Area/Volume Obstacle Representation (FAVOR) to define an obstacle (Flow Science Inc. 2012). Equations (1) and (2) are RANS and continuity equations with FAVOR variables that are applied for incompressible flows.

    formula

    (1)

    formula

    (2)where  is the velocity in xi direction, t is the time,  is the fractional area open to flow in the subscript directions,  is the volume fraction of fluid in each cell, p is the hydrostatic pressure,  is the density, is the gravitational force in subscript directions and  is the Reynolds stresses.

    Turbulence modelling is one of three key elements in CFD (Gunal 1996). There are many types of turbulence models, but the most common are Zero-equation models, One-equation models, Two-equation models, Reynolds Stress/Flux models and Algebraic Stress/Flux models. In FLOW-3D software, five turbulence models are available. The formulation used in the FLOW-3D software differs slightly from other formulations that includes the influence of the fractional areas/volumes of the FAVORTM method and generalizes the turbulence production (or decay) associated with buoyancy forces. The latter generalization, for example, includes buoyancy effects associated with non-inertial accelerations.

    The available turbulence models in Flow-3D software are the Prandtl Mixing Length Model, the One-Equation Turbulent Energy Model, the Two-Equation Standard  Model, the Two-Equation Renormalization-Group (RNG) Model and large Eddy Simulation Model (Flow Science Inc. 2012).In this research the RNG model was selected because this model is more commonly used than other models in dealing with particles; moreover, it is more accurate to work with air entrainment and other particles. In general, the RNG model is classified as a more widely-used application than the standard k-ɛ model. And in particular, the RNG model is more accurate in flows that have strong shear regions than the standard k-ɛ model and it is defined to describe low intensity turbulent flows. For the turbulent dissipation  it solves an additional transport equation:

    formula

    (3)where CDIS1, CDIS2, and CDIS3 are dimensionless parameters and the user can modify them. The diffusion of dissipation, Diff ɛ, is

    formula

    (4)where uv and w are the x, y and z coordinates of the fluid velocity; ⁠, ⁠,  and ⁠, are FLOW-3D’s FAVORTM defined terms;  and  are turbulence due to shearing and buoyancy effects, respectively. R and  are related to the cylindrical coordinate system. The default values of RMTKE, CDIS1 and CNU differ, being 1.39, 1.42 and 0.085 respectively. And CDIS2 is calculated from turbulent production (⁠⁠) and turbulent kinetic energy (⁠⁠).The kinematic turbulent viscosity is the same in all turbulence transport models and is calculated from

    formula

    (5)where ⁠: is the turbulent kinematic viscosity.  is defined as the numerical challenge between the RNG and the two-equation k-ɛ models, found in the equation below. To avoid an unphysically large result for  in Equation (3), since this equation could produce a value for  very close to zero and also because the physical value of  may approach to zero in such cases, the value of  is calculated from the following equation:

    formula

    (6)where ⁠: the turbulent length scale.

    VOF and FAVOR are classifications of volume-fraction methods. In these two methods, firstly the area should be subdivided into a control volume grid or a small element. Each flow parameter like velocity, temperature and pressure values within the element are computed for each element containing liquids. Generally, these values represent the volumetric average of values in the elements.Numerous methods have been used recently to solve free infinite boundaries in the various numerical simulations. VOF is an easy and powerful method created based on the concept of a fractional intensity of fluid. A significant number of studies have confirmed that this method is more flexible and efficient than others dealing with the configurations of a complex free boundary. By using VOF technology the Flow-3D free surface was modelled and first declared in Hirt & Nichols (1981). In the VOF method there are three ingredients: a planner to define the surface, an algorithm for tracking the surface as a net mediator moving over a computational grid, and application of the boundary conditions to the surface. Configurations of the fluids are defined in terms of VOF function, F (x, y, z, t) (Hirt & Nichols 1981). And this VOF function shows the volume of flow per unit volume

    formula

    (7)

    formula

    (8)

    formula

    (9)where  is the density of the fluid, is a turbulent diffusion term,  is a mass source,  is the fractional volume open to flow. The components of velocity (u, v, w) are in the direction of coordinates (x, y, z) or (r, ⁠).  in the x-direction is the fractional area open to flow,  and  are identical area fractions for flow in the y and z directions. The R coefficient is based on the selection of the coordinate system.

    The FAVOR method is a different method and uses another volume fraction technique, which is only used to define the geometry, such as the volume of liquid in each cell used to determine the position of fluid surfaces. Another fractional volume can be used to define the solid surface. Then, this information is used to determine the boundary conditions of the wall that the flow should be adapted for.

    Case study

    ListenReadSpeaker webReader: Listen

    In this study, the experimental results of Ostad Mirza (2016) was simulated. In a channel composed of two 4 m long modules, with a transparent sidewall of height 0.6 m and 0.5 m width. The upstream chute slope (i.e. pseudo-bottom angle) Ɵ1 = 50°, the downstream chute slope Ɵ2 = 30° or 18.6°, the step heights h = 0.06 m, the total number of steps along the 50° chute 41 steps, the total number of steps along the 30° chute 34 steps and the total number of steps along the 18.6° chute 20 steps.

    The flume inflow tool contained a jetbox with a maximum opening set to 0.12 meters, designed for passing the maximum unit discharge of 0.48 m2/s. The measurements of the flow properties (i.e. air concentration and velocity) were computed perpendicular to the pseudo-bottom as shown in Figure 1 at the centre of twenty stream-wise cross-sections, along the stepped chute, (i.e. in five steps up on the slope change and fifteen steps down on the slope change, namely from step number −09 to +23 on 50°–30° slope change, or from −09 to +15 on 50°–18.6° slope change, respectively).

    Sketch of the air concentration C and velocity V measured perpendicular to the pseudo-bottom used by Mirza (Ostad Mirza 2016).
    Sketch of the air concentration C and velocity V measured perpendicular to the pseudo-bottom used by Mirza (Ostad Mirza 2016).

    Sketch of the air concentration C and velocity V measured perpendicular to the pseudo-bottom used by Mirza (Ostad Mirza 2016).

    Pressure sensors were arranged with the x/l values for different slope change as shown in Table 1, where x is the distance from the step edge, along the horizontal step face, and l is the length of the horizontal step face. The location of pressure sensors is shown in Table 1.Table 1

    Location of pressure sensors on horizontal step faces

    Θ(°)L(m)x/l (–)
    50.0 0.050 0.35 0.64 – – – 
    30.0 0.104 0.17 0.50 0.84 – – 
    18.6 0.178 0.10 0.30 0.50 0.7 0.88 
    Location of pressure sensors on horizontal step faces
    Inlet boundary condition for Q = 0.235 m3/s and fluid elevation 4.21834 m.
    Inlet boundary condition for Q = 0.235 m3/s and fluid elevation 4.21834 m.

    Inlet boundary condition for Q = 0.235 m3/s and fluid elevation 4.21834 m.

    Numerical model set-up

    ListenReadSpeaker webReader: Listen

    A 3D numerical model of hydraulic phenomena was simulated based on an experimental study by Ostad Mirza (2016). The water surcharge and flow pressure over the stepped spillway was computed for two models of a stepped spillway with different discharge for each model. In this study, the package was used to simulate the flow parameters such as air entrainment, velocity distribution and dynamic pressures. The solver uses the finite volume technique to discretize the computational domain. In every test run, one incompressible fluid flow with a free surface flow selected at 20̊ was used for this simulation model. Table 2 shows the variables used in test runs.Table 2

    Variables used in test runs

    Test no.Θ1 (°)Θ2 (°)h(m)d0q (m3s1)dc/h (–)
    50 18.6 0.06 0.045 0.1 2.6 
    50 18.6 0.06 0.082 0.235 4.6 
    50 30.0 0.06 0.045 0.1 2.6 
    50 30.0 0.06 0.082 0.235 4.6 
    Table 2 Variables used in test runs

    For stepped spillway simulation, several parameters should be specified to get accurate simulations, which is the scope of this research. Viscosity and turbulent, gravity and non-inertial reference frame, air entrainment, density evaluation and drift-flux should be activated for these simulations. There are five different choices in the ‘viscosity and turbulent’ option, in the viscosity flow and Renormalized Group (RNG) model. Then a dynamical model is selected as the second option, the ‘gravity and non-inertial reference frame’. Only the z-component was inputted as a negative 9.81 m/s2 and this value represents gravitational acceleration but in the same option the x and y components will be zero. Air entrainment is selected. Finally, in the drift-flux model, the density of phase one is input as (water) 1,000 kg/m3 and the density of phase two (air) as 1.225 kg/m3. Minimum volume fraction of phase one is input equal to 0.1 and maximum volume fraction of phase two to 1 to allow air concentration to reach 90%, then the option allowing gas to escape at free surface is selected, to obtain closer simulation.

    The flow domain is divided into small regions relatively by the mesh in Flow-3D numerical model. Cells are the smallest part of the mesh, in which flow characteristics such as air concentration, velocity and dynamic pressure are calculated. The accuracy of the results and simulation time depends directly on the mesh block size so the cell size is very important. Orthogonal mesh was used in cartesian coordinate systems. A smaller cell size provides more accuracy for results, so we reduced the number of cells whilst including enough accuracy. In this study, the size of cells in x, y and z directions was selected as 0.015 m after several trials.

    Figure 3 shows the 3D computational domain model 50–18.6 slope change, that is 6.0 m length, 0.50 m width and 4.23 m height. The 3D model of the computational domain model 50–30 slope changes this to 6.0 m length, 0.50 m width and 5.068 m height and the size of meshes in x, y, and z directions are 0.015 m. For the 50–18.6 slope change model: both total number of active and passive cells = 4,009,952, total number of active cells = 3,352,307, include real cells (used for solving the flow equations) = 3,316,269, open real cells = 3,316,269, fully blocked real cells equal to zero, external boundary cells were 36,038, inter-block boundary cells = 0 (Flow-3D report). For 50–30 slope change model: both total number of active and passive cells = 4,760,002, total number of active cells equal to 4,272,109, including real cells (used for solving the flow equations) were 3,990,878, open real cells = 3,990,878 fully blocked real cells = zero, external boundary cells were 281,231, inter-block boundary cells = 0 (Flow-3D report).

    The 3D computational domain model (50–18.6) slope change, and boundary condition for (50–30 slope change) model.
    Figure3 The 3D computational domain model (50–18.6) slope change, and boundary condition for (50–30 slope change) model.

    Figure 3VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

    The 3D computational domain model (50–18.6) slope change, and boundary condition for (50–30 slope change) model.

    When solving the Navier-Stokes equation and continuous equations, boundary conditions should be applied. The most important work of boundary conditions is to create flow conditions similar to physical status. The Flow-3D software has many types of boundary condition; each type can be used for the specific condition of the models. The boundary conditions in Flow-3D are symmetry, continuative, specific pressure, grid overlay, wave, wall, periodic, specific velocity, outflow, and volume flow rate.

    There are two options to input finite flow rate in the Flow-3D software either for inlet discharge of the system or for the outlet discharge of the domain: specified velocity and volume flow rate. In this research, the X-minimum boundary condition, volume flow rate, has been chosen. For X-maximum boundary condition, outflow was selected because there is nothing to be calculated at the end of the flume. The volume flow rate and the elevation of surface water was set for Q = 0.1 and 0.235 m3/s respectively (Figure 2).

    The bottom (Z-min) is prepared as a wall boundary condition and the top (Z-max) is computed as a pressure boundary condition, and for both (Y-min) and (Y-max) as symmetry.

    RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

    ListenReadSpeaker webReader: Listen

    The air concentration distribution profiles in two models of stepped spillway were obtained at an acquisition time equal to 25 seconds in skimming flow for both upstream and downstream of a slope change 50°–18.6° and 50°–30° for different discharge as in Table 2, and as shown in Figure 4 for 50°–18.6° slope change and Figure 5 for 50°–30° slope change configuration for dc/h = 4.6. The simulation results of the air concentration are very close to the experimental results in all curves and fairly close to that predicted by the advection-diffusion model for the air bubbles suggested by Chanson (1997) on a constant sloping chute.

    Figure 4 Experimental and simulated air concentration distribution for steps number −5, +1, +5, +8, +11 and +15 along the 50°–18.6° slope change for dc/h = 4.6. VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE Experimental and simulated air concentration distribution for steps number −5, +1, +5, +8, +11 and +15 along the 50°–18.6° slope change for dc/h = 4.6.
    Figure 4 Experimental and simulated air concentration distribution for steps number −5, +1, +5, +8, +11 and +15 along the 50°–18.6° slope change for dc/h = 4.6. VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE Experimental and simulated air concentration distribution for steps number −5, +1, +5, +8, +11 and +15 along the 50°–18.6° slope change for dc/h = 4.6.

    Figure 4VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

    Experimental and simulated air concentration distribution for steps number −5, +1, +5, +8, +11 and +15 along the 50°–18.6° slope change for dc/h = 4.6.

    Figure5 Experimental and simulated air concentration distribution for steps number −5, +1, +5, +11, +19 and +22 along the 50°–30° slope change, for dc/h = 4.6.
    Figure5 Experimental and simulated air concentration distribution for steps number −5, +1, +5, +11, +19 and +22 along the 50°–30° slope change, for dc/h = 4.6.

    Figure 5VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

    Experimental and simulated air concentration distribution for steps number −5, +1, +5, +11, +19 and +22 along the 50°–30° slope change, for dc/h = 4.6.

    Figure 6VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

    Figure 6 Experimental and simulated dimensionless velocity distribution for steps number −5, −1, +1, +5, +8, +11 and +15 along the 50°–18.6° slope change for dc/h = 2.6.
    Figure 6 Experimental and simulated dimensionless velocity distribution for steps number −5, −1, +1, +5, +8, +11 and +15 along the 50°–18.6° slope change for dc/h = 2.6.

    Experimental and simulated dimensionless velocity distribution for steps number −5, −1, +1, +5, +8, +11 and +15 along the 50°–18.6° slope change for dc/h = 2.6.

    Figure 7 Experimental and simulated dimensionless velocity distribution for steps number −5, −1, +1, +5. +11, +15 and +22 along the 50°–30° slope change for dc/h = 2.6.
    Figure 7 Experimental and simulated dimensionless velocity distribution for steps number −5, −1, +1, +5. +11, +15 and +22 along the 50°–30° slope change for dc/h = 2.6.

    Figure 7VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

    Experimental and simulated dimensionless velocity distribution for steps number −5, −1, +1, +5. +11, +15 and +22 along the 50°–30° slope change for dc/h = 2.6.

    But as is shown in all above mentioned figures it is clear that at the pseudo-bottom the CFD results of air concentration are less than experimental ones until the depth of water reaches a quarter of the total depth of water. Also the direction of the curves are parallel to each other when going up towards the surface water and are incorporated approximately near the surface water. For all curves, the cross-section is separate between upstream and downstream steps. Therefore the (-) sign for steps represents a step upstream of the slope change cross-section and the (+) sign represents a step downstream of the slope change cross-section.

    The dimensionless velocity distribution (V/V90) profile was acquired at an acquisition time equal to 25 seconds in skimming flow of the upstream and downstream slope change for both 50°–18.6° and 50°–30° slope change. The simulation results are compared with the experimental ones showing that for all curves there is close similarity for each point between the observed and experimental results. The curves increase parallel to each other and they merge near at the surface water as shown in Figure 6 for slope change 50°–18.6° configuration and Figure 7 for slope change 50°–30° configuration. However, at step numbers +1 and +5 in Figure 7 there are few differences between the simulated and observed results, namely the simulation curves ascend regularly meaning the velocity increases regularly from the pseudo-bottom up to the surface water.

    Figure 8 (50°–18.6° slope change) and Figure 9 (50°–30° slope change) compare the simulation results and the experimental results for the presented dimensionless dynamic pressure distribution for different points on the stepped spillway. The results show a good agreement with the experimental and numerical simulations in all curves. For some points, few discrepancies can be noted in pressure magnitudes between the simulated and the observed ones, but they are in the acceptable range. Although the experimental data do not completely agree with the simulated results, there is an overall agreement.

    Figure 8 Comparison between simulated and experimental results for the dimensionless pressure for steps number  −1, −2, −3 and +1, +2 +3 and +20 on the horizontal step faces of 50°–18.6° slope change configuration, for dc/h = 4.6, x is the distance from the step edge.
    Figure 8 Comparison between simulated and experimental results for the dimensionless pressure for steps number −1, −2, −3 and +1, +2 +3 and +20 on the horizontal step faces of 50°–18.6° slope change configuration, for dc/h = 4.6, x is the distance from the step edge.

    Figure 8VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

    Comparison between simulated and experimental results for the dimensionless pressure for steps number −1, −2, −3 and +1, +2 +3 and +20 on the horizontal step faces of 50°–18.6° slope change configuration, for dc/h = 4.6, x is the distance from the step edge.

    Figure 9 Comparison between simulated and experimental results for the dimensionless pressure for steps number  −1, −2, −3 and +1, +2 and +30, +31 on the horizontal step face of 50°–30° slope change configuration, for dc/h = 4.6, x is the distance from the step edge.
    Figure 9 Comparison between simulated and experimental results for the dimensionless pressure for steps number −1, −2, −3 and +1, +2 and +30, +31 on the horizontal step face of 50°–30° slope change configuration, for dc/h = 4.6, x is the distance from the step edge.

    Figure 9VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

    Comparison between simulated and experimental results for the dimensionless pressure for steps number −1, −2, −3 and +1, +2 and +30, +31 on the horizontal step face of 50°–30° slope change configuration, for dc/h = 4.6, x is the distance from the step edge.

    The pressure profiles were acquired at an acquisition time equal to 70 seconds in skimming flow on 50°–18.6°, where p is the measured dynamic pressure, h is step height and ϒ is water specific weight. A negative sign for steps represents a step upstream of the slope change cross-section and a positive sign represents a step downstream of the slope change cross-section.

    Figure 10 shows the experimental streamwise development of dimensionless pressure on the 50°–18.6° slope change for dc/h = 4.6, x/l = 0.35 on 50° sloping chute and x/l = 0.3 on 18.6° sloping chute compared with the numerical simulation. It is obvious from Figure 10 that the streamwise development of dimensionless pressure before slope change (steps number −1, −2 and −3) both of the experimental and simulated results are close to each other. However, it is clear that there is a little difference between the results of the streamwise development of dimensionless pressure at step numbers +1, +2 and +3. Moreover, from step number +3 to the end, the curves get close to each other.

    Figure 10 Comparison between experimental and simulated results for the streamwise development of the dimensionless pressure on the 50°–18.6° slope change, for dc/h = 4.6, and x/l = 0.35 on 50° sloping chute and x/l = 0.3 on 18.6° sloping chute.
    Figure 10 Comparison between experimental and simulated results for the streamwise development of the dimensionless pressure on the 50°–18.6° slope change, for dc/h = 4.6, and x/l = 0.35 on 50° sloping chute and x/l = 0.3 on 18.6° sloping chute.

    Figure 10VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

    Comparison between experimental and simulated results for the streamwise development of the dimensionless pressure on the 50°–18.6° slope change, for dc/h = 4.6, and x/l = 0.35 on 50° sloping chute and x/l = 0.3 on 18.6° sloping chute.

    Figure 11 compares the experimental and the numerical results for the streamwise development of the dimensionless pressure on the 50°–30° slope change, for dc/h = 4.6, and x/l = 0.35 on 50° sloping chute and x/l = 0.17 on 30° sloping chute. It is apparent that the outcomes of the experimental work are close to the numerical results, however, the results of the simulation are above the experimental ones before the slope change, but the results of the simulation descend below the experimental ones after the slope change till the end.

    Figure 11 Comparison between experimental and simulated results for the streamwise development of the dimensionless pressure on the 50°–30° slope change, for dc/h = 4.6, and x/l = 0.35 on 50° sloping chute and x/l = 0.17 on 30° sloping chute.
    Figure 11 Comparison between experimental and simulated results for the streamwise development of the dimensionless pressure on the 50°–30° slope change, for dc/h = 4.6, and x/l = 0.35 on 50° sloping chute and x/l = 0.17 on 30° sloping chute.

    Figure 11VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

    Comparison between experimental and simulated results for the streamwise development of the dimensionless pressure on the 50°–30° slope change, for dc/h = 4.6, and x/l = 0.35 on 50° sloping chute and x/l = 0.17 on 30° sloping chute.

    CONCLUSION

    ListenReadSpeaker webReader: Listen

    In this research, numerical modelling was attempted to investigate the effect of abrupt slope change on the flow properties (air entrainment, velocity distribution and dynamic pressure) over a stepped spillway with two different models and various flow rates in a skimming flow regime by using the CFD technique. The numerical model was verified and compared with the experimental results of Ostad Mirza (2016). The same domain of the numerical model was inputted as in experimental models to reduce errors as much as possible.

    Flow-3D is a well modelled tool that deals with particles. In this research, the model deals well with air entrainment particles by observing their results with experimental results. And the reason for the small difference between the numerical and the experimental results is that the program deals with particles more accurately than the laboratory. In general, both numerical and experimental results showed that near to the slope change the flow bulking, air entrainment, velocity distribution and dynamic pressure are greatly affected by abrupt slope change on the steps. Although the extent of the slope change was relatively small, the influence of the slope change was major on flow characteristics.

    The Renormalized Group (RNG) model was selected as a turbulence solver. For 3D modelling, orthogonal mesh was used as a computational domain and the mesh grid size used for X, Y, and Z direction was equal to 0.015 m. In CFD modelling, air concentration and velocity distribution were recorded for a period of 25 seconds, but dynamic pressure was recorded for a period of 70 seconds. The results showed that there is a good agreement between the numerical and the physical models. So, it can be concluded that the proposed CFD model is very suitable for use in simulating and analysing the design of hydraulic structures.

    이 연구에서 수치 모델링은 두 가지 다른 모델과 다양한 유속을 사용하여 스키밍 흐름 영역에서 계단식 배수로에 대한 유동 특성 (공기 혼입, 속도 분포 및 동적 압력)에 대한 급격한 경사 변화의 영향을 조사하기 위해 시도되었습니다. CFD 기술. 수치 모델을 검증하여 Ostad Mirza (2016)의 실험 결과와 비교 하였다. 오차를 최대한 줄이기 위해 실험 모형과 동일한 수치 모형을 입력 하였다.

    Flow-3D는 파티클을 다루는 잘 모델링 된 도구입니다. 이 연구에서 모델은 실험 결과를 통해 결과를 관찰하여 공기 혼입 입자를 잘 처리합니다. 그리고 수치와 실험 결과의 차이가 작은 이유는 프로그램이 실험실보다 입자를 더 정확하게 다루기 때문입니다. 일반적으로 수치 및 실험 결과는 경사에 가까워지면 유동 벌킹, 공기 혼입, 속도 분포 및 동적 압력이 계단의 급격한 경사 변화에 크게 영향을받는 것으로 나타났습니다. 사면 변화의 정도는 상대적으로 작았지만 사면 변화의 영향은 유동 특성에 큰 영향을 미쳤다.

    Renormalized Group (RNG) 모델이 난류 솔버로 선택되었습니다. 3D 모델링의 경우 계산 영역으로 직교 메쉬가 사용되었으며 X, Y, Z 방향에 사용 된 메쉬 그리드 크기는 0.015m입니다. CFD 모델링에서 공기 농도와 속도 분포는 25 초 동안 기록되었지만 동적 압력은 70 초 동안 기록되었습니다. 결과는 수치 모델과 물리적 모델간에 좋은 일치가 있음을 보여줍니다. 따라서 제안 된 CFD 모델은 수력 구조물의 설계 시뮬레이션 및 해석에 매우 적합하다는 결론을 내릴 수 있습니다.

    DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT

    ListenReadSpeaker webReader: Listen

    All relevant data are included in the paper or its Supplementary Information.

    REFERENCES

    Boes R. M. Hager W. H. 2003a Hydraulic design of stepped spillways. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 129 (9), 671–679.
    Google Scholar
    Boes R. M. Hager W. H. 2003b Two-Phase flow characteristics of stepped spillways. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 129 (9), 661–670.
    Google Scholar
    Chanson H. 1994 Hydraulics of skimming flows over stepped channels and spillways. Journal of Hydraulic Research 32 (3), 445–460.
    Google Scholar
    Chanson H. 1997 Air Bubble Entrainment in Free Surface Turbulent Shear Flows. Academic Press, London.
    Google Scholar
    Chanson H. 2002 The Hydraulics of Stepped Chutes and Spillways. Balkema, Lisse, The Netherlands.
    Google Scholar
    Felder S. Chanson H. 2011 Energy dissipation down a stepped spillway with nonuniform step heights. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 137 (11), 1543–1548.
    Google Scholar
    Flow Science, Inc. 2012 FLOW-3D v10-1 User Manual. Flow Science, Inc., Santa Fe, CA.
    Ghaderi A. Daneshfaraz R. Torabi M. Abraham J. Azamathulla H. M. 2020a Experimental investigation on effective scouring parameters downstream from stepped spillways. Water Supply 20 (5), 1988–1998.
    Google Scholar
    Ghaderi A. Abbasi S. Abraham J. Azamathulla H. M. 2020b Efficiency of trapezoidal labyrinth shaped stepped spillways. Flow Measurement and Instrumentation 72, 101711.
    Google Scholar
    Gonzalez C. A. Chanson H. 2008 Turbulence and cavity recirculation in air-water skimming flows on a stepped spillway. Journal of Hydraulic Research 46 (1), 65–72.
    Google Scholar
    Gunal M. 1996 Numerical and Experimental Investigation of Hydraulic Jumps. PhD Thesis, University of Manchester, Institute of Science and Technology, Manchester, UK.
    Hirt C. W. Nichols B. D. 1981 Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. Journal of Computational Physics 39 (1), 201–225.
    Google Scholar
    Matos J. 2000 Hydraulic design of stepped spillways over RCC dams. In: Intl Workshop on Hydraulics of Stepped Spillways (H.-E. Minor & W. Hager, eds). Balkema Publ, Zurich, pp. 187–194.
    Google Scholar
    Mohammad Rezapour Tabari M. Tavakoli S. 2016 Effects of stepped spillway geometry on flow pattern and energy dissipation. Arabian Journal for Science & Engineering (Springer Science & Business Media BV) 41 (4), 1215–1224.
    Google Scholar
    Ostad Mirza M. J. 2016 Experimental Study on the Influence of Abrupt Slope Changes on Flow Characteristics Over Stepped Spillways. Communications du Laboratoire de Constructions Hydrauliques, No. 64 (A. J. Schleiss, ed.). Swiss Federal Institute of Technology Lausanne (EPFL), Lausanne, Switzerland.
    Roshan R. Azamathulla H. M. Marosi M. Sarkardeh H. Pahlavan H. Ab Ghani A. 2010 Hydraulics of stepped spillways with different numbers of steps. Dams and Reservoirs 20 (3), 131–136.
    Google Scholar
    Shahheydari H. Nodoshan E. J. Barati R. Moghadam M. A. 2015 Discharge coefficient and energy dissipation over stepped spillway under skimming flow regime. KSCE Journal of Civil Engineering 19 (4), 1174–1182.
    Google Scholar
    Takahashi M. Ohtsu I. 2012 Aerated flow characteristics of skimming flow over stepped chutes. Journal of Hydraulic Research 50 (4), 427–434.
    Google Scholar
    Versteeg H. K. Malalasekera W. 2007 An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics: The Finite Volume Method. Pearson Education, Harlow.
    Google Scholar
    © 2021 The Authors
    This is an Open Access article distributed under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution Licence (CC BY 4.0), which permits copying, adaptation and redistribution, provided the original work is properly cited (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/).

    Figure 4. Calculate and simulate the injection of water in a single-channel injection chamber with a nozzle diameter of 60 μm and a thickness of 50 μm, at an operating frequency of 5 KHz, in the X-Y two-dimensional cross-sectional view, at 10, 20, 30, 40 and 200 μs.

    DNA Printing Integrated Multiplexer Driver Microelectronic Mechanical System Head (IDMH) and Microfluidic Flow Estimation

    DNA 프린팅 통합 멀티플렉서 드라이버 Microelectronic Mechanical System Head (IDMH) 및 Microfluidic Flow Estimation

    by Jian-Chiun Liou 1,*,Chih-Wei Peng 1,Philippe Basset 2 andZhen-Xi Chen 11School of Biomedical Engineering, Taipei Medical University, Taipei 11031, Taiwan2ESYCOM, Université Gustave Eiffel, CNRS, CNAM, ESIEE Paris, F-77454 Marne-la-Vallée, France*Author to whom correspondence should be addressed.

    Abstract

    The system designed in this study involves a three-dimensional (3D) microelectronic mechanical system chip structure using DNA printing technology. We employed diverse diameters and cavity thickness for the heater. DNA beads were placed in this rapid array, and the spray flow rate was assessed. Because DNA cannot be obtained easily, rapidly deploying DNA while estimating the total amount of DNA being sprayed is imperative. DNA printings were collected in a multiplexer driver microelectronic mechanical system head, and microflow estimation was conducted. Flow-3D was used to simulate the internal flow field and flow distribution of the 3D spray room. The simulation was used to calculate the time and pressure required to generate heat bubbles as well as the corresponding mean outlet speed of the fluid. The “outlet speed status” function in Flow-3D was used as a power source for simulating the ejection of fluid by the chip nozzle. The actual chip generation process was measured, and the starting voltage curve was analyzed. Finally, experiments on flow rate were conducted, and the results were discussed. The density of the injection nozzle was 50, the size of the heater was 105 μm × 105 μm, and the size of the injection nozzle hole was 80 μm. The maximum flow rate was limited to approximately 3.5 cc. The maximum flow rate per minute required a power between 3.5 W and 4.5 W. The number of injection nozzles was multiplied by 100. On chips with enlarged injection nozzle density, experiments were conducted under a fixed driving voltage of 25 V. The flow curve obtained from various pulse widths and operating frequencies was observed. The operating frequency was 2 KHz, and the pulse width was 4 μs. At a pulse width of 5 μs and within the power range of 4.3–5.7 W, the monomer was injected at a flow rate of 5.5 cc/min. The results of this study may be applied to estimate the flow rate and the total amount of the ejection liquid of a DNA liquid.

    이 연구에서 설계된 시스템은 DNA 프린팅 기술을 사용하는 3 차원 (3D) 마이크로 전자 기계 시스템 칩 구조를 포함합니다. 히터에는 다양한 직경과 캐비티 두께를 사용했습니다. DNA 비드를 빠른 어레이에 배치하고 스프레이 유속을 평가했습니다.

    DNA를 쉽게 얻을 수 없기 때문에 DNA를 빠르게 배치하면서 스프레이 되는 총 DNA 양을 추정하는 것이 필수적입니다. DNA 프린팅은 멀티플렉서 드라이버 마이크로 전자 기계 시스템 헤드에 수집되었고 마이크로 플로우 추정이 수행되었습니다.

    Flow-3D는 3D 스프레이 룸의 내부 유동장과 유동 분포를 시뮬레이션 하는데 사용되었습니다. 시뮬레이션은 열 거품을 생성하는데 필요한 시간과 압력뿐만 아니라 유체의 해당 평균 출구 속도를 계산하는데 사용되었습니다.

    Flow-3D의 “출구 속도 상태”기능은 칩 노즐에 의한 유체 배출 시뮬레이션을 위한 전원으로 사용되었습니다. 실제 칩 생성 프로세스를 측정하고 시작 전압 곡선을 분석했습니다. 마지막으로 유속 실험을 하고 그 결과를 논의했습니다. 분사 노즐의 밀도는 50, 히터의 크기는 105μm × 105μm, 분사 노즐 구멍의 크기는 80μm였다. 최대 유량은 약 3.5cc로 제한되었습니다. 분당 최대 유량은 3.5W에서 4.5W 사이의 전력이 필요했습니다. 분사 노즐의 수에 100을 곱했습니다. 분사 노즐 밀도가 확대 된 칩에 대해 25V의 고정 구동 전압에서 실험을 수행했습니다. 얻은 유동 곡선 다양한 펄스 폭과 작동 주파수에서 관찰되었습니다. 작동 주파수는 2KHz이고 펄스 폭은 4μs입니다. 5μs의 펄스 폭과 4.3–5.7W의 전력 범위 내에서 단량체는 5.5cc / min의 유속으로 주입되었습니다. 이 연구의 결과는 DNA 액체의 토 출액의 유량과 총량을 추정하는 데 적용될 수 있습니다.

    Keywords: DNA printingflow estimationMEMS

    Introduction

    잉크젯 프린트 헤드 기술은 매우 중요하며, 잉크젯 기술의 거대한 발전은 주로 잉크젯 프린트 헤드 기술의 원리 개발에서 시작되었습니다. 잉크젯 인쇄 연구를 위한 대규모 액적 생성기 포함 [ 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 , 8]. 연속 식 잉크젯 시스템은 고주파 응답과 고속 인쇄의 장점이 있습니다. 그러나이 방법의 잉크젯 프린트 헤드의 구조는 더 복잡하고 양산이 어려운 가압 장치, 대전 전극, 편향 전계가 필요하다. 주문형 잉크젯 시스템의 잉크젯 프린트 헤드는 구조가 간단하고 잉크젯 헤드의 다중 노즐을 쉽게 구현할 수 있으며 디지털화 및 색상 지정이 쉽고 이미지 품질은 비교적 좋지만 일반적인 잉크 방울 토출 속도는 낮음 [ 9 , 10 , 11 ].

    핫 버블 잉크젯 헤드의 총 노즐 수는 수백 또는 수천에 달할 수 있습니다. 노즐은 매우 미세하여 풍부한 조화 색상과 부드러운 메쉬 톤을 생성할 수 있습니다. 잉크 카트리지와 노즐이 일체형 구조를 이루고 있으며, 잉크 카트리지 교체시 잉크젯 헤드가 동시에 업데이트되므로 노즐 막힘에 대한 걱정은 없지만 소모품 낭비가 발생하고 상대적으로 높음 비용. 주문형 잉크젯 기술은 배출해야 하는 그래픽 및 텍스트 부분에만 잉크 방울을 배출하고 빈 영역에는 잉크 방울이 배출되지 않습니다. 이 분사 방법은 잉크 방울을 충전할 필요가 없으며 전극 및 편향 전기장을 충전할 필요도 없습니다. 노즐 구조가 간단하고 노즐의 멀티 노즐 구현이 용이하며, 출력 품질이 더욱 개선되었습니다. 펄스 제어를 통해 디지털화가 쉽습니다. 그러나 잉크 방울의 토출 속도는 일반적으로 낮습니다. 열 거품 잉크젯, 압전 잉크젯 및 정전기 잉크젯의 세 가지 일반적인 유형이 있습니다. 물론 다른 유형이 있습니다.

    압전 잉크젯 기술의 실현 원리는 인쇄 헤드의 노즐 근처에 많은 소형 압전 세라믹을 배치하면 압전 크리스탈이 전기장의 작용으로 변형됩니다. 잉크 캐비티에서 돌출되어 노즐에서 분사되는 패턴 데이터 신호는 압전 크리스탈의 변형을 제어한 다음 잉크 분사량을 제어합니다. 압전 MEMS 프린트 헤드를 사용한 주문형 드롭 하이브리드 인쇄 [ 12]. 열 거품 잉크젯 기술의 실현 원리는 가열 펄스 (기록 신호)의 작용으로 노즐의 발열체 온도가 상승하여 근처의 잉크 용매가 증발하여 많은 수의 핵 형성 작은 거품을 생성하는 것입니다. 내부 거품의 부피는 계속 증가합니다. 일정 수준에 도달하면 생성된 압력으로 인해 잉크가 노즐에서 분사되고 최종적으로 기판 표면에 도달하여 패턴 정보가 재생됩니다 [ 13 , 14 , 15 , 16 , 17 , 18 ].

    “3D 제품 프린팅”및 “증분 빠른 제조”의 의미는 진화했으며 모든 증분 제품 제조 기술을 나타냅니다. 이는 이전 제작과는 다른 의미를 가지고 있지만, 자동 제어 하에 소재를 쌓아 올리는 3D 작업 제작 과정의 공통적 인 특징을 여전히 반영하고 있습니다 [ 19 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 ].

    이 개발 시스템은 열 거품 분사 기술입니다. 이 빠른 어레이에 DNA 비드를 배치하고 스프레이 유속을 평가하기 위해 다른 히터 직경과 캐비티 두께를 설계하는 것입니다. DNA 제트 칩의 부스트 회로 시스템은 큰 흐름을 구동하기위한 신호 소스입니다. 목적은 분사되는 DNA 용액의 양과 출력을 조정하는 것입니다. 입력 전압을 더 높은 출력 전압으로 변환해야 하는 경우 부스트 컨버터가 유일한 선택입니다. 부스트 컨버터는 내부 금속 산화물 반도체 전계 효과 트랜지스터 (MOSFET)를 통해 전압을 충전하여 부스트 출력의 목적을 달성하고, MOSFET이 꺼지면 인덕터는 부하 정류를 통해 방전됩니다.

    인덕터의 충전과 방전 사이의 변환 프로세스는 인덕터를 통한 전압의 방향을 반대로 한 다음 점차적으로 입력 작동 전압보다 높은 전압을 증가시킵니다. MOSFET의 스위칭 듀티 사이클은 확실히 부스트 비율을 결정합니다. MOSFET의 정격 전류와 부스트 컨버터의 부스트 비율은 부스트 ​​컨버터의 부하 전류의 상한을 결정합니다. MOSFET의 정격 전압은 출력 전압의 상한을 결정합니다. 일부 부스트 컨버터는 정류기와 MOSFET을 통합하여 동기식 정류를 제공합니다. 통합 MOSFET은 정확한 제로 전류 턴 오프를 달성하여 부스트 변압기를 보다 효율적으로 만듭니다. 최대 전력 점 추적 장치를 통해 입력 전력을 실시간으로 모니터링합니다. 입력 전압이 최대 입력 전력 지점에 도달하면 부스트 컨버터가 작동하기 시작하여 부스트 컨버터가 최대 전력 출력 지점으로 유리 기판에 DNA 인쇄를 하는 데 적합합니다. 일정한 온 타임 생성 회로를 통해 온 타임이 온도 및 칩의 코너 각도에 영향을 받지 않아 시스템의 안정성이 향상됩니다.

    잉크젯 프린트 헤드에 사용되는 기술은 매우 중요합니다. 잉크젯 기술의 엄청난 발전은 주로 잉크젯 프린팅에 사용되는 대형 액적 이젝터 [ 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 , 8 ]를 포함하여 잉크젯 프린트 헤드 기술의 이론 개발에서 시작되었습니다 . 연속 잉크젯 시스템은 고주파 응답과 고속 인쇄의 장점을 가지고 있습니다. 잉크젯 헤드의 총 노즐 수는 수백 또는 수천에 달할 수 있으며 이러한 노즐은 매우 복잡합니다. 노즐은 풍부하고 조화로운 색상과 부드러운 메쉬 톤을 생성할 수 있습니다 [ 9 , 10 ,11 ]. 잉크젯은 열 거품 잉크젯, 압전 잉크젯 및 정전 식 잉크젯의 세 가지 주요 유형으로 분류할 수 있습니다. 다른 유형도 사용 중입니다. 압전 잉크젯의 기능은 다음과 같습니다. 많은 소형 압전 세라믹이 잉크젯 헤드 노즐 근처에 배치됩니다. 압전 결정은 전기장 아래에서 변형됩니다. 그 후, 잉크는 잉크 캐비티에서 압착되어 노즐에서 배출됩니다. 패턴의 데이터 신호는 압전 결정의 변형을 제어한 다음 분사되는 잉크의 양을 제어합니다. 압전 마이크로 전자 기계 시스템 (MEMS) 잉크젯 헤드는 하이브리드 인쇄에 사용됩니다. [ 12]. 열 버블 잉크젯 기술은 다음과 같이 작동합니다. 가열 펄스 (즉, 기록 신호) 하에서 노즐의 가열 구성 요소의 온도가 상승하여 근처의 잉크 용매를 증발시켜 많은 양의 작은 핵 기포를 생성합니다. 내부 기포의 부피가 지속적으로 증가합니다. 압력이 일정 수준에 도달하면 노즐에서 잉크가 분출되고 잉크가 기판 표면에 도달하여 패턴과 메시지가 표시됩니다 [ 13 , 14 , 15 , 16 , 17 , 18 ].

    3 차원 (3D) 제품 프린팅 및 빠른 프로토 타입 기술의 발전에는 모든 빠른 프로토 타입의 생산 기술이 포함됩니다. 래피드 프로토 타입 기술은 기존 생산 방식과는 다르지만 3D 제품 프린팅 생산 과정의 일부 특성을 공유합니다. 구체적으로 자동 제어 [ 19 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 ] 하에서 자재를 쌓아 올립니다 .

    이 연구에서 개발된 시스템은 열 기포 방출 기술을 사용했습니다. 이 빠른 어레이에 DNA 비드를 배치하기 위해 히터에 대해 다른 직경과 다른 공동 두께가 사용되었습니다. 그 후, 스프레이 유속을 평가했다. DNA 제트 칩의 부스트 회로 시스템은 큰 흐름을 구동하기위한 신호 소스입니다. 목표는 분사되는 DNA 액체의 양과 출력을 조정하는 것입니다. 입력 전압을 더 높은 출력 전압으로 수정해야하는 경우 승압 컨버터가 유일한 옵션입니다. 승압 컨버터는 내부 금속 산화물 반도체 전계 효과 트랜지스터 (MOSFET)를 충전하여 출력 전압을 증가시킵니다. MOSFET이 꺼지면 부하 정류를 통해 인덕턴스가 방전됩니다. 충전과 방전 사이에서 인덕터를 변경하는 과정은 인덕터를 통과하는 전압의 방향을 변경합니다. 전압은 입력 작동 전압을 초과하는 지점까지 점차적으로 증가합니다. MOSFET 스위치의 듀티 사이클은 부스트 ​​비율을 결정합니다. MOSFET의 승압 컨버터의 정격 전류와 부스트 비율은 승압 컨버터의 부하 전류의 상한을 결정합니다. MOSFET의 정격 전류는 출력 전압의 상한을 결정합니다. 일부 승압 컨버터는 정류기와 MOSFET을 통합하여 동기식 정류를 제공합니다. 통합 MOSFET은 정밀한 제로 전류 셧다운을 실현할 수 있으므로 셋업 컨버터의 효율성을 높일 수 있습니다. 최대 전력 점 추적 장치는 입력 전력을 실시간으로 모니터링하는 데 사용되었습니다. 입력 전압이 최대 입력 전력 지점에 도달하면 승압 컨버터가 작동을 시작합니다. 스텝 업 컨버터는 DNA 프린팅을 위한 최대 전력 출력 포인트가 있는 유리 기판에 사용됩니다.

    MEMS Chip Design for Bubble Jet

    이 연구는 히터 크기, 히터 번호 및 루프 저항과 같은 특정 매개 변수를 조작하여 5 가지 유형의 액체 배출 챔버 구조를 설계했습니다. 표 1 은 측정 결과를 나열합니다. 이 시스템은 다양한 히터의 루프 저항을 분석했습니다. 100 개 히터 설계를 완료하기 위해 2 세트의 히터를 사용하여 각 단일 회로 시리즈를 통과하기 때문에 100 개의 히터를 설계할 때 총 루프 저항은 히터 50 개의 총 루프 저항보다 하나 더 커야 합니다. 이 연구에서 MEMS 칩에서 기포를 배출하는 과정에서 저항 층의 면저항은 29 Ω / m 2입니다. 따라서 모델 A의 총 루프 저항이 가장 컸습니다. 일반 사이즈 모델 (모델 B1, C, D, E)의 두 배였습니다. 모델 B1, C, D 및 E의 총 루프 저항은 약 29 Ω / m 2 입니다. 표 1 에 따르면 오류 범위는 허용된 설계 값 이내였습니다. 따라서야 연구에서 설계된 각 유형의 단일 칩은 동일한 생산 절차 결과를 가지며 후속 유량 측정에 사용되었습니다.

    Table 1. List of resistance measurement of single circuit resistance.
    Table 1. List of resistance measurement of single circuit resistance.

    DNA를 뿌린 칩의 파워가 정상으로 확인되면 히터 버블의 성장 특성을 테스트하고 검증했습니다. DNA 스프레이 칩의 필름 두께와 필름 품질은 히터의 작동 조건과 스프레이 품질에 영향을 줍니다. 따라서 기포 성장 현상과 그 성장 특성을 이해하면 본 연구에서 DNA 스프레이 칩의 특성과 작동 조건을 명확히 하는 데 도움이 됩니다.

    설계된 시스템은 기포 성장 조건을 관찰하기 위해 개방형 액체 공급 방법을 채택했습니다. 이미지 관찰을 위해 발광 다이오드 (LED, Nichia NSPW500GS-K1, 3.1V 백색 LED 5mm)를 사용하는 동기식 플래시 방식을 사용하여 동기식 지연 광원을 생성했습니다. 이 시스템은 또한 전하 결합 장치 (CCD, Flir Grasshopper3 GigE GS3-PGE-50S5C-C)를 사용하여 이미지를 캡처했습니다. 그림 1핵 형성, 성장, 거품 생성에서 소산에 이르는 거품의 과정을 보여줍니다. 이 시스템은 기포의 성장 및 소산 과정을 확인하여 시작 전압을 관찰하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다. 마이크로 채널의 액체 공급 방법은 LED가 깜빡이는 시간을 가장 큰 기포 발생에 필요한 시간 (15μs)으로 설정했습니다. 이 디자인은 부적합한 깜박임 시간으로 인한 잘못된 판단과 거품 이미지 캡처 불가능을 방지합니다.

    Figure 1. The system uses CCD to capture images.
    Figure 1. The system uses CCD to capture images.

    <내용 중략>…….

    Table 2. Open pool test starting voltage results.
    Table 2. Open pool test starting voltage results.
    Figure 2. Serial input parallel output shift registers forms of connection.
    Figure 2. Serial input parallel output shift registers forms of connection.
    Figure 3. The geometry of the jet cavity. (a) The actual DNA liquid chamber, (b) the three-dimensional view of the microfluidic single channel. A single-channel jet cavity with 60 μm diameter and 50 μm thickness, with an operating frequency of 5 KHz, in (a) three-dimensional side view (b) X-Z two-dimensional cross-sectional view, at 10, 20, 30, 40 and 200 μs injection conditions.
    Figure 3. The geometry of the jet cavity. (a) The actual DNA liquid chamber, (b) the three-dimensional view of the microfluidic single channel. A single-channel jet cavity with 60 μm diameter and 50 μm thickness, with an operating frequency of 5 KHz, in (a) three-dimensional side view (b) X-Z two-dimensional cross-sectional view, at 10, 20, 30, 40 and 200 μs injection conditions.
    Figure 4. Calculate and simulate the injection of water in a single-channel injection chamber with a nozzle diameter of 60 μm and a thickness of 50 μm, at an operating frequency of 5 KHz, in the X-Y two-dimensional cross-sectional view, at 10, 20, 30, 40 and 200 μs.
    Figure 4. Calculate and simulate the injection of water in a single-channel injection chamber with a nozzle diameter of 60 μm and a thickness of 50 μm, at an operating frequency of 5 KHz, in the X-Y two-dimensional cross-sectional view, at 10, 20, 30, 40 and 200 μs.
    Figure 5 depicts the calculation results of the 2D X-Z cross section. At 100 μs and 200 μs, the fluid injection orifice did not completely fill the chamber. This may be because the size of the single-channel injection cavity was unsuitable for the highest operating frequency of 10 KHz. Thus, subsequent calculation simulations employed 5 KHz as the reference operating frequency. The calculation simulation results were calculated according to the operating frequency of the impact. Figure 6 illustrates the injection cavity height as 60 μm and 30 μm and reveals the 2D X-Y cross section. At 100 μs and 200 μs, the fluid injection orifice did not completely fill the chamber. In those stages, the fluid was still filling the chamber, and the flow field was not yet stable.
    Figure 5 depicts the calculation results of the 2D X-Z cross section. At 100 μs and 200 μs, the fluid injection orifice did not completely fill the chamber. This may be because the size of the single-channel injection cavity was unsuitable for the highest operating frequency of 10 KHz. Thus, subsequent calculation simulations employed 5 KHz as the reference operating frequency. The calculation simulation results were calculated according to the operating frequency of the impact. Figure 6 illustrates the injection cavity height as 60 μm and 30 μm and reveals the 2D X-Y cross section. At 100 μs and 200 μs, the fluid injection orifice did not completely fill the chamber. In those stages, the fluid was still filling the chamber, and the flow field was not yet stable.
    Figure 6. Calculate and simulate water in a single-channel spray chamber with a spray hole diameter of 60 μm and a thickness of 50 μm, with an operating frequency of 10 KHz, in an XY cross-sectional view, at 10, 20, 30, 40, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140 and 200 μs injection situation.
    Figure 6. Calculate and simulate water in a single-channel spray chamber with a spray hole diameter of 60 μm and a thickness of 50 μm, with an operating frequency of 10 KHz, in an XY cross-sectional view, at 10, 20, 30, 40, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140 and 200 μs injection situation.
    Figure 7. The DNA printing integrated multiplexer driver MEMS head (IDMH).
    Figure 7. The DNA printing integrated multiplexer driver MEMS head (IDMH).
    Figure 8. The initial voltage diagrams of chip number A,B,C,D,E type.
    Figure 8. The initial voltage diagrams of chip number A,B,C,D,E type.
    Figure 9. The initial energy diagrams of chip number A,B,C,D,E type.
    Figure 9. The initial energy diagrams of chip number A,B,C,D,E type.
    Figure 10. A Type-Sample01 flow test.
    Figure 10. A Type-Sample01 flow test.
    Figure 11. A Type-Sample01 drop volume.
    Figure 11. A Type-Sample01 drop volume.
    Figure 12. A Type-Sample01 flow rate.
    Figure 12. A Type-Sample01 flow rate.
    Figure 13. B1-00 flow test.
    Figure 13. B1-00 flow test.
    Figure 14. C Type-01 flow test.
    Figure 14. C Type-01 flow test.
    Figure 15. D Type-02 flow test.
    Figure 15. D Type-02 flow test.
    Figure 16. E1 type flow test.
    Figure 16. E1 type flow test.
    Figure 17. E1 type ejection rate relationship.
    Figure 17. E1 type ejection rate relationship.

    Conclusions

    이 연구는 DNA 프린팅 IDMH를 제공하고 미세 유체 흐름 추정을 수행했습니다. 설계된 DNA 스프레이 캐비티와 20V의 구동 전압에서 다양한 펄스 폭의 유동 성능이 펄스 폭에 따라 증가하는 것으로 밝혀졌습니다.

    E1 유형 유량 테스트는 해당 유량이 3.1cc / min으로 증가함에 따라 유량이 전력 변화에 영향을 받는 것으로 나타났습니다. 동력이 증가함에 따라 유량은 0.75cc / min에서 3.5cc / min으로 최대 6.5W까지 증가했습니다. 동력이 더 증가하면 유량은 에너지와 함께 증가하지 않습니다. 이것은 이 테이블 디자인이 가장 크다는 것을 보여줍니다. 유속은 3.5cc / 분이었다.
    작동 주파수가 2KHz이고 펄스 폭이 4μs 및 5μs 인 특수 설계된 DNA 스프레이 룸 구조에서 다양한 전력 조건 하에서 유량 변화를 관찰했습니다. 4.3–5.87 W의 출력 범위 내에서 주입 된 모노머의 유속은 5.5cc / 분이었습니다. 이것은 힘이 증가해도 변하지 않았습니다. DNA는 귀중하고 쉽게 얻을 수 없습니다. 이 실험을 통해 우리는 DNA가 뿌려진 마이크로 어레이 바이오칩의 수천 개의 지점에 필요한 총 DNA 양을 정확하게 추정 할 수 있습니다.

    <내용 중략>…….

    References

    1. Pydar, O.; Paredes, C.; Hwang, Y.; Paz, J.; Shah, N.; Candler, R. Characterization of 3D-printed microfluidic chip interconnects with integrated O-rings. Sens. Actuators Phys. 2014205, 199–203. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    2. Ohtani, K.; Tsuchiya, M.; Sugiyama, H.; Katakura, T.; Hayakawa, M.; Kanai, T. Surface treatment of flow channels in microfluidic devices fabricated by stereolitography. J. Oleo Sci. 201463, 93–96. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    3. Castrejn-Pita, J.R.; Martin, G.D.; Hoath, S.D.; Hutchings, I.M. A simple large-scale droplet generator for studies of inkjet printing. Rev. Sci. Instrum. 200879, 075108. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    4. Asai, A. Application of the nucleation theory to the design of bubble jet printers. Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Regul. Rap. Short Notes 198928, 909–915. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    5. Aoyama, R.; Seki, M.; Hong, J.W.; Fujii, T.; Endo, I. Novel Liquid Injection Method with Wedge-shaped Microchannel on a PDMS Microchip System for Diagnostic Analyses. In Transducers’ 01 Eurosensors XV; Springer: Berlin, Germany, 2001; pp. 1204–1207. [Google Scholar]
    6. Xu, B.; Zhang, Y.; Xia, H.; Dong, W.; Ding, H.; Sun, H. Fabrication and multifunction integration of microfluidic chips by femtosecond laser direct writing. Lab Chip 201313, 1677–1690. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    7. Nayve, R.; Fujii, M.; Fukugawa, A.; Takeuchi, T.; Murata, M.; Yamada, Y. High-Resolution long-array thermal ink jet printhead fabricated by anisotropic wet etching and deep Si RIE. J. Microelectromech. Syst. 200413, 814–821. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    8. O’Connor, J.; Punch, J.; Jeffers, N.; Stafford, J. A dimensional comparison between embedded 3D: Printed and silicon microchannesl. J. Phys. Conf. Ser. 2014525, 012009. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    9. Fang, Y.J.; Lee, J.I.; Wang, C.H.; Chung, C.K.; Ting, J. Modification of heater and bubble clamping behavior in off-shooting inkjet ejector. In Proceedings of the IEEE Sensors, Irvine, CA, USA, 30 October–3 November 2005; pp. 97–100. [Google Scholar]
    10. Lee, W.; Kwon, D.; Choi, W.; Jung, G.; Jeon, S. 3D-Printed microfluidic device for the detection of pathogenic bacteria using size-based separation in helical channel with trapezoid cross-section. Sci. Rep. 20155, 7717. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    11. Shin, D.Y.; Smith, P.J. Theoretical investigation of the influence of nozzle diameter variation on the fabrication of thin film transistor liquid crystal display color filters. J. Appl. Phys. 2008103, 114905-1–114905-11. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    12. Kim, Y.; Kim, S.; Hwang, J.; Kim, Y. Drop-on-Demand hybrid printing using piezoelectric MEMS printhead at various waveforms, high voltages and jetting frequencies. J. Micromech. Microeng. 201323, 8. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    13. Shin, S.J.; Kuka, K.; Shin, J.W.; Lee, C.S.; Oha, Y.S.; Park, S.O. Thermal design modifications to improve firing frequency of back shooting inkjet printhead. Sens. Actuators Phys. 2004114, 387–391. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    14. Rose, D. Microfluidic Technologies and Instrumentation for Printing DNA Microarrays. In Microarray Biochip Technology; Eaton Publishing: Norwalk, CT, USA, 2000; p. 35. [Google Scholar]
    15. Wu, D.; Wu, S.; Xu, J.; Niu, L.; Midorikawa, K.; Sugioka, K. Hybrid femtosecond laser microfabrication to achieve true 3D glass/polymer composite biochips with multiscale features and high performance: The concept of ship-in-abottle biochip. Laser Photon. Rev. 20148, 458–467. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    16. McIlroy, C.; Harlen, O.; Morrison, N. Modelling the jetting of dilute polymer solutions in drop-on-demand inkjet printing. J. Non Newton. Fluid Mech. 2013201, 17–28. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    17. Anderson, K.; Lockwood, S.; Martin, R.; Spence, D. A 3D printed fluidic device that enables integrated features. Anal. Chem. 201385, 5622–5626. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    18. Avedisian, C.T.; Osborne, W.S.; McLeod, F.D.; Curley, C.M. Measuring bubble nucleation temperature on the surface of a rapidly heated thermal ink-jet heater immersed in a pool of water. Proc. R. Soc. A Lond. Math. Phys. Sci. 1999455, 3875–3899. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    19. Lim, J.H.; Kuk, K.; Shin, S.J.; Baek, S.S.; Kim, Y.J.; Shin, J.W.; Oh, Y.S. Failure mechanisms in thermal inkjet printhead analyzed by experiments and numerical simulation. Microelectron. Reliab. 200545, 473–478. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
    20. Shallan, A.; Semjkal, P.; Corban, M.; Gujit, R.; Breadmore, M. Cost-Effective 3D printing of visibly transparent microchips within minutes. Anal. Chem. 201486, 3124–3130. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    21. Cavicchi, R.E.; Avedisian, C.T. Bubble nucleation and growth anomaly for a hydrophilic microheater attributed to metastable nanobubbles. Phys. Rev. Lett. 200798, 124501. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    22. Kamei, K.; Mashimo, Y.; Koyama, Y.; Fockenberg, C.; Nakashima, M.; Nakajima, M.; Li, J.; Chen, Y. 3D printing of soft lithography mold for rapid production of polydimethylsiloxane-based microfluidic devices for cell stimulation with concentration gradients. Biomed. Microdevices 201517, 36. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    23. Shin, S.J.; Kuka, K.; Shin, J.W.; Lee, C.S.; Oha, Y.S.; Park, S.O. Firing frequency improvement of back shooting inkjet printhead by thermal management. In Proceedings of the TRANSDUCERS’03. 12th International Conference on Solid-State Sensors.Actuators and Microsystems. Digest of Technical Papers (Cat. No.03TH8664), Boston, MA, USA, 8–12 June 2003; Volume 1, pp. 380–383. [Google Scholar]
    24. Laio, X.; Song, J.; Li, E.; Luo, Y.; Shen, Y.; Chen, D.; Chen, Y.; Xu, Z.; Sugoioka, K.; Midorikawa, K. Rapid prototyping of 3D microfluidic mixers in glass by femtosecond laser direct writing. Lab Chip 201212, 746–749. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef] [PubMed]
    Figure 4. Structure of artificial neural network [37]

    Turbulent Flow Modeling at Tunnel Spillway Concave Bends and Prediction of Pressure using Artificial Neural Network

    터널 배수로 오목 굴곡에서 난류 유동 모델링 인공 신경망을 이용한 압력 예측 및 예측

    Zeinab Bashari Moghaddam 1
    Hossein Mohammad Vali Samani2
    Seyed Habib Mousavi Jahromi 3

    Abstract

    터널 배수로는 높은 자유 표면 유속이 설정되는 배수로 유형 중 하나입니다. 회전 가속과 난류 흐름의 불규칙성으로 인해 오목한 수직 굽힘에서 압력이 증가합니다. 물리적 모델은 이 현상을 분석하는 가장 좋은 도구입니다.

    모든 실제 프로토 타입 상태 분석을 포괄하는 데 필요한 물리적 모델의 수가 너무 많아 배치 및 비용 측면에서 비실용적입니다. 따라서 FLOW-3D 소프트웨어는 가능한 모든 실제 대안을 포괄하는 오목한 굴곡 터널의 난류 흐름 데이터베이스를 분석하고 생성하기 위해 선택되었습니다.

    이 소프트웨어는 방전과 형상이 다른 다양한 터널을 시뮬레이션했습니다. 수치 결과는 Alborz Dam 터널 배수로의 건설 된 물리적 모델의 실험 결과로 검증되었으며 만족스러운 동의를 얻었습니다. 차원 분석은 문제의 관련 변수를 차원 없는 매개 변수로 그룹화하는 데 사용됩니다.

    이러한 매개 변수는 인공 신경망 시뮬레이션에 사용됩니다. 결과는 Flow-3D 소프트웨어로 얻은 무 차원 매개 변수와 신경망에 의해 예측된 변수 사이의 상관 계수 R2 = 0.95를 보여 주었으며, 이와 관련하여 난류 모델링을 통해 얻은 데이터베이스를 기반으로 한 인공 신경망이 결론을 내릴 수있었습니다. 압력 예측을 위한 강력한 도구입니다.

    Keywords: Flow-3D, Tunnel spillway concave bend, Numerical simulation, Turbulent flow,
    Artificial neural network

    본문 내용 생략 : 본문 내용은 내용 하단부에 첨부된 본문 링크를 참조하시기 바랍니다.

    Figure 1. Flow in a concave curvature
    Figure 1. Flow in a concave curvature
    Figure 2. Flow in the curvature of the flip bucket
    Figure 2. Flow in the curvature of the flip bucket
    Figure 3. The location of piezometers on the bed of the concave curvature of tunnel spillway in Alborz Dam
    Figure 3. The location of piezometers on the bed of the concave curvature of tunnel spillway in Alborz Dam
    Figure 4. Structure of artificial neural network [37]
    Figure 4. Structure of artificial neural network [37]
    Figure 5. Correlation coefficient of the Neural Network simulation and Flow-3D in the training
stage
    Figure 6. Correlation coefficient of the Neural Network simulation and Flow-3D in the validation stage
    Figure 6. Correlation coefficient of the Neural Network simulation and Flow-3D in the validation stage
    Figure 7. Comparison 0f the Simulated Neural Network and Flow-3D Results of the validation stage
    Figure 7. Comparison 0f the Simulated Neural Network and Flow-3D Results of the validation stage
    Figure 8. Correlation coefficient of the Flow-3D numerical results and Equation (1)
    Figure 8. Correlation coefficient of the Flow-3D numerical results and Equation (1)
    Figure 9. Correlation coefficient of the Flow-3D numerical results and Equation (2)
    Figure 9. Correlation coefficient of the Flow-3D numerical results and Equation (2)
    Figure 10. Correlation coefficient of the Flow-3D numerical results and Equation (3)
    Figure 10. Correlation coefficient of the Flow-3D numerical results and Equation (3)

    현재 연구에서 FLOW-3D 소프트웨어는 처음에 다양한 크기와 배출의 터널 배수로에서 난류 흐름을 시뮬레이션하는데 사용되었습니다. 결과는 이란 에너지부 물 연구소에서 제공한 Alborz 저장 댐에서 얻은 실제 데이터와 비교하여 검증되었습니다.

    시뮬레이션에는 다양한 난류 모델이 사용되었으며 RNG 방법이 관찰된 실제 결과와 가장 잘 일치하는 것으로 나타났습니다. 직경이 3 ~ 15m 인 다양한 터널 배수로, 곡률 반경 3 개, 거의 모든 실제 사례를 포괄하는 3개의 배출이 시뮬레이션에 사용되었습니다.

    차원 분석을 사용하여 무 차원 매개 변수를 생성하고 문제의 변수 수를 줄였으며 마지막으로 두 개의 주요 무 차원 그룹이 결정되었습니다. 이러한 무 차원 변수 간의 관계를 얻기 위해 신경망을 사용하고 터널 배수로의 오목한 굴곡에서 압력 예측 단계에서 0.95의 상관 계수를 얻었습니다.

    압력 계산 결과는 다른 일반적인 방법으로 얻은 결과와 비교되었습니다. 비교는 신경망 결과가 훨씬 더 정확하고 배수로 터널의 오목한 곡률에서 압력을 예측하는 강력한 도구로 간주 될 수 있음을 나타냅니다.

    References

    1. Kim, D. G., & Park, J. H. (2005). Analysis of flow structure over ogee-spillway in
      consideration of scale and roughness effects by using CFD model. KSCE Journal of Civil
      Engineering, 9(2), 161-169.
    2. Sabbagh-Yazdi, S. R., Rostami, F., & Mastorakis, N. E. (2008, March). Simulation of selfaeration at steep chute spillway flow using VOF technique in a 3D finite volume software. In
      Am. Conf. on Appl. Maths. Harvard, Mass, 24-28.
    1. Nohani, E. (2015). Numerical simulation of the flow pattern on morning glory spillways.
      International Journal of Life Sciences, 9(4): 28-31.
    2. Parsaie, A., Dehdar-Behbahani, S., & Haghiabi, A. H. (2016). Numerical modeling of
      cavitation on spillway’s flip bucket. Frontiers of Structural and Civil Engineering, 10(4),
      438-444.
    3. Teuber, K., Broecker, T., Bay´on, A., N¨utzmann, G. and Hinkelmann, R. (2019) ‘CFDmodelling of free surface flows in closed conduits’, Progress in Computational Fluid
      Dynamics, 19(6), 368–380.
    4. Ghazanfari-Hashemi, R.S., Namin, M.M., Ghaeini-Hessaroeyeh, M. and Fadaei-Kermani,
      E., 2020. A Numerical Study on Three-Dimensionality and Turbulence in Supercritical Bend
      Flow. International Journal of Civil Engineering, 18(3), 381-391.
    5. Sha, H. F., Wu, S. Q., & Zhou, H. (2009). Flow characteristics in a circular-section bend of
      high head spillway tunnel. Advances in Water Science, (6), 14.
    6. Liu, Z., Zhang, D., Zhang, H., & Wu, Y. (2011). Hydraulic characteristics of converse
      curvature section and aerator in high-head and large discharge spillway tunnel. Science
      China Technological Sciences, 54(1), 33-39.
    7. Zheng, Q. W., Luo, S. J., & Zhang, F. X. (2012). The Effect of Concave Types on the
      Hydraulic Characteristics in Spillway Tunnels with High-Speed Velocity. China Rural
      Water and Hydropower, 4.
    8. Hongmin, G. U. O., Jiang, L. I., Shan, Q. I. N., & Yang, X. I. E. (2014). Three-Dimensional
      Numerical Simulation on Spillway Tunnel of Pankou Hydropower Station. Water Resources
      and Power, (4), 22.
    9. Wan, W., Liu, B., & Raza, A. (2018). Numerical Prediction and Risk Analysis of Hydraulic
      Cavitation Damage in a High-Speed-Flow Spillway. Shock and Vibration, 2018.
    10. Wei, W., Deng, J. and Xu, W. (2020). Numerical investigation of air demand by the free
      surface tunnel flows. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 1-8.
    11. Xu, W., Dang, Y., Li, G., Shao, J. and Chen, G. (2007) ‘Three-dimensional numerical
      simulation of the bi-tunnel spillway flow [J] ‘, Journal of Hydroelectric Engineering, 1, 56-
      60.
    12. Huang, H.Y., Gong, A.M., Qiu, Y. and Wangliang, Z.A. (2015) ‘ 3D Numerical Simulation
      and Experimental Analysis of Spillway Tunnel’ In Applied Mechanics and Materials. Trans
      Tech Publications Ltd. 723, 171-175.
    13. Li, S., Zhang, J. M., Xu, W. L., Chen, J. G., Peng, Y., Li, J. N., & He, X. L. (2016).
      Simulation and experiments of aerated flow in curve-connective tunnel with high head and
      large discharge. International Journal of Civil Engineering, 14(1), 23-33.
    14. Shilpakar, R., Hua, Z., Manandhar, B., Shrestha, N., Zafar, M. R., Iqbal, T., & Hussain, Z.
      (2017, August). Numerical simulation on tunnel spillway of Jingping-I hydropower project
      with four aerators. In IOP Conference Series: Earth and Environmental Science. 82, 012013.
    15. Song, C. C., & Zhou, F. (1999). Simulation of free surface flow over spillway. Journal of
      Hydraulic Engineering, 125(9), 959-967.
    16. Fais, L.M.C.F., Filho, J.G.D., Genovez, A.I.B. (2015). Geometry influence and discharge
      curve correction in morning glory spillways. Proceedings of the 36th IAHR World
      Congress.
    17. Falvey, H. T. (1990). Cavitation in chutes and spillways. Denver: US Department of the
      Interior, Bureau of Reclamation. 49-57.
    18. Chaudhry, M. H. (2007). Open-channel flow. Springer Science & Business Media.
    1. Novak, P., Moffat, A. I. B., Nalluri, C., & Narayanan, R. (2007). Hydraulic structures.
      Fourth Edition, Taylor & Francis, New York , 246–265.
    2. Jorabloo, M., Maghsoodi, R., Sarkardeh, H., & Branch, G. (2011). 3D simulation of flow
      over flip buckets at dams. Journal of American Science, 7(6), 931-936.
    3. Khani, S., Moghadam, M. A., & Nikookar, M. (2017). Pressure Fluctuations Investigation
      on the Curve of Flip Buckets Using Analytical and Numerical Methods. Vol. 03(04), 165-
      171.
    4. McCulloch, W. S., & Pitts, W. (1943). A logical calculus of the ideas immanent in nervous
      activity. The bulletin of mathematical biophysics, 5(4), 115-133.
    5. Hopfield, J. J. (1982). Neural networks and physical systems with emergent collective
      computational abilities. Proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 79(8), 2554-2558.
    6. Wu,C.L. Huang, B. Xie, C.B. (2008) . Comparison of calculation methods for irrigation
      district water inlet, China Rural Water and Hydropower ,5 (71) ,74–77.
    7. Qiu,J. Huang, B.S. . Lai, G.W. (2002). Research and application of discharge coefficient of
      wide crest weir, China Rural Water and Hydropower ,9 ,41–42.
    8. Xiang, H.Q .Ba,D.D. Liu, J.J. (2012) . Acquiring of curved practical weir flow coefficient by
      curve-fitting based on Matlab, Hydropower Energy Sci. 3 ,97–99.
    9. Ye,Y.T. He,J.J.(2013).Experimental study on hydraulic calculation of discharge under plane
      gate on broad-crested weir, J. Water Resour. Archit. Eng. 11 (2), 138–141.
    10. Salmasi, F., Yıldırım, G., Masoodi, A., & Parsamehr, P. (2013). Predicting discharge
      coefficient of compound broad-crested weir by using genetic programming (GP) and
      artificial neural network (ANN) techniques. Arabian Journal of Geosciences, 6(7), 2709-
      2717.
    11. Noori, R.; Hooshyaripor, F. (2014). Effective prediction of scour downstream of ski-jump
      buckets using artificial neural networks. Water Resour. 41, 8–18.
    12. Flow-Science. (2014). FLOW-3D user manual. version11. In: Flow Science Santa Fe, NM.
    13. Yakhot, V. S. A. S. T. B. C. G., Orszag, S. A., Thangam, S., Gatski, T. B., & Speziale, C. G.
      (1992). Development of turbulence models for shear flows by a double expansion technique.
      Physics of Fluids A: Fluid Dynamics, 4(7), 1510-1520.
    14. Report on the hydraulic model of Alborz dam reservoir. (2001). Iran Water Research
      Institute
    15. Lippman, R. (1987). An introduction to computing with neural nets. IEEE Assp magazine,
      4(2), pp.4-22.
    16. Baylar, A., Ozgur, K.I.S.I. and Emiroglu, M.E. (2009). Modeling air entrainment rate and
      aeration efficiency of weirs using ANN approach. Gazi University Journal of Science, 22(2),
      107-116.
    17. Maureen, C. and Caudill, M. (1989). Neural network primer: Part I. AI Expert, 2(12),
      p.1987.